UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM10-K

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the year ended December 31, 20132016

Commission File Number1-11758

 

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

1585 Broadway

New York, NY 10036

(Address of principal executive

offices,
including zip code)

 

36-3145972

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

    

(212)(212) 761-4000

(Registrant’s telephone number,

including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

  

Name of exchange on

which registered

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Common Stock, $0.01 par value

  

New York Stock Exchange

Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A, $0.01 par value

  

New York Stock Exchange

Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share ofFixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series E, $0.01 par value

New York Stock Exchange

Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share ofFixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series F, $0.01 par value

New York Stock Exchange

Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of Fixed-to-Floating Rate 6.625%Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series E,G, $0.01 par value

  

New York Stock Exchange

Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share ofFixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series F,I, $0.01 par value

  

New York Stock Exchange

Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of61/4% Capital SecuritiesFixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series K, $0.01 par value

New York Stock Exchange

Global Medium-Term Notes, Series A, Fixed RateStep-Up Senior Notes Due 2026 of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust IIIFinance LLC (and Registrant’s guarantyguarantee with respect thereto)

  

New York Stock Exchange

61/4% Capital Securities of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust IV (and Registrant’s guaranty with respect thereto)New York Stock Exchange
53/4% Capital Securities of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust V (and Registrant’s guaranty with respect thereto)New York Stock Exchange
6.60% Capital Securities of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VI (and Registrant’s guaranty with respect thereto)New York Stock Exchange
6.60% Capital Securities of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VII (and Registrant’s guaranty with respect thereto)New York Stock Exchange
6.45% Capital Securities of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VIII (and Registrant’s guaranty with respect thereto)New York Stock Exchange

Market Vectors ETNs due March 31, 2020 (2 issuances); Market Vectors ETNs due April 30, 2020 (2 issuances)

  

NYSE Arca, Inc.

Morgan Stanley Cushing® MLP High Income Index ETNs due March 21, 2031

  

NYSE Arca, Inc.

Morgan Stanley S&P 500 Crude Oil Linked ETNs due July 1, 2031NYSE Arca, Inc.

Indicate by check mark if Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    YESx  ☒    NO¨  ☐

Indicate by check mark if Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.    YES¨  ☐    NOx  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    YESx  ☒    NO¨  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of RegulationS-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files).    YESx  ☒    NO¨  ☐

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of RegulationS-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form10-K or any amendment to thisForm 10-K.¨    ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, anon-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large Accelerated Filerx  ☒

Accelerated Filer  ☐

Non-Accelerated Filer  ¨

Smaller reporting company  ☐

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Accelerated Filer ¨

Smaller reporting company ¨

Indicate by check mark whether Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule12b-2).    YES¨  ☐    NO  ☒ NOx

As of June 28, 2013,30, 2016, the aggregate market value of the common stock of Registrant held bynon-affiliates of Registrant was approximately $45,831,657,254.$47,247,843,093. This calculation does not reflect a determination that persons are affiliates for any other purposes.

As of January 31, 2014,2017, there were 1,975,673,4381,866,164,899 shares of Registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value, outstanding.

Documents Incorporated by Reference: Portions of Registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 20142017 annual meeting of shareholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form10-K.


ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM10-K

for the year ended December 31, 20132016

 

Table of Contents Page

Part I

 

Item 1.

Business

 1

Overview

 1

Available InformationBusiness Segments

 1

Competition

 1

Business SegmentsSupervision and Regulation

 2

Institutional Securities

2

Wealth Management

4

Investment Management

5

Competition

6

Supervision and Regulation

7

Executive Officers of Morgan Stanley

 2110

Item 1A. Risk Factors

 12

Risk FactorsItem 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments

 22

Item 1B.2.     Properties

 22

Unresolved Staff CommentsItem 3.     Legal Proceedings

 3323

Item 2.4.     Mine Safety Disclosures

 

Properties

3428

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

35

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

46
Part II

 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 4729

Item 6.     Selected Financial Data

 

Selected Financial Data

5031

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 32

Introduction

32

Executive Summary

33

Business Segments

37

Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures

 52

IntroductionAccounting Development Updates

 5253

Executive SummaryCritical Accounting Policies

 54

Business Segments

63

Accounting Developments

83

Other Matters

85

Critical Accounting Policies

88

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 9258

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 11175

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 136�� 94

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 13694

Consolidated Income Statements of Financial Condition

 13795

Consolidated Comprehensive Income Statements of Income

 13896

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive IncomeBalance Sheets

 13997

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

140

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity

 98
141

Consolidated Cash Flow Statements

 99

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

100

  1. Introduction and Basis of Presentation

100

  2. Significant Accounting Policies

101

  3. Fair Values

112

   4. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

129

  5. Investment Securities

136

  6. Collateralized Transactions

140

  7. Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses

143

  8. Equity Method Investments

147

  9. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

148

 

i


Table of Contents Page

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements10. Deposits

 142149

11. Borrowings and Other Secured Financings

 149

12. Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies

152

13. Variable Interest Entities and Securitization Activities

160

14. Regulatory Requirements

166

15. Total Equity

168

16. Earnings per Common Share

173

17. Interest Income and Interest Expense

173

18. Deferred Compensation Plans

173

19. Employee Benefit Plans

176

20. Income Taxes

182

21. Segment and Geographic Information

185

22. Parent Company

187

23. Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

190

24. Subsequent Events

190

Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)

 285191

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 293195

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures

 195

Controls and ProceduresItem 9B.  Other Information

 293197

Item 9B.

Other Information

295
Part III

 

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 296197

Item 11.  Executive Compensation

 

Executive Compensation

296197

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 297197

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 298197

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 298197

Part IV

 

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 299
198

Item 16. FormSignatures10-K Summary

 198

Signatures

 S-1

Exhibit Index

 E-1

 

ii


Forward-Looking Statements

We have included in or incorporated by reference into this report, and from time to time may make in our public filings, press releases or other public statements, certain statements, including (without limitation) those under “Legal Proceedings” in Part I, Item 3, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” in Part II, Item 7A, that may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. In addition, our management may make forward-looking statements to analysts, investors, representatives of the media and others. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts and represent only our beliefs regarding future events, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and beyond our control.

The nature of our business makes predicting the future trends of our revenues, expenses and net income difficult. The risks and uncertainties involved in our businesses could affect the matters referred to in such statements, and it is possible that our actual results may differ, possibly materially, from the anticipated results indicated in these forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ from those in the forward-looking statements include (without limitation):

 

the effect of economic and political conditions and geopolitical events;events, including the United Kingdom’s (the “U.K.”) anticipated withdrawal from the European Union (the “E.U.”);

sovereign risk;

the effect of market conditions, particularly in the global equity, fixed income, currency, credit and commodities markets, including corporate and mortgage (commercial and residential) lending and commercial real estate markets and energy markets;

the impact of current, pending and future legislation (including with respect to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”)), or changes thereto, regulation (including capital, leverage, funding, liquidity and liquiditytax requirements), policies (including fiscal and monetary)monetary policies established by central banks and financial regulators, and changes to global trade policies), and other legal and regulatory actions in the United States of America (“U.S.”) and worldwide;

the level and volatility of equity, fixed income and commodity prices (including oil prices), interest rates, currency values and other market indices;

the availability and cost of both credit and capital as well as the credit ratings assigned to our unsecured short-term and long-term debt;

investor, consumer and business sentiment and confidence in the financial markets;

the performance and results of our acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, strategic alliances or other strategic arrangements;

our reputation;reputation and the general perception of the financial services industry;

inflation, natural disasters, pandemics and acts of war or terrorism;

the actions and initiatives of current and potential competitors as well as governments, central banks, regulators and self-regulatory organizations;

the effectiveness of our risk management policies;

technological changes instituted by us, our competitors or counterparties and technological risks, including cybersecurity, business continuity and related operational risks;

our ability to provide innovative products and services and execute our strategic objectives; and

other risks and uncertainties detailed under “Business—Competition” and “Business—Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1, “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A and elsewhere throughout this report.

Accordingly, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date on which they are made. We undertake no obligation to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect the impact of circumstances or events that arise after the dates they are made, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise except as required by applicable law. You should, however, consult further disclosures we may make in future filings of our Annual Reports on Form10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form10-Q and Current Reports on Form8-K and any amendments thereto or in future press releases or other public statements.

 

iii


Available Information


Part I

Item 1.Business.

Overview.

Morgan Stanley is a global financial services firm that, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides its products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Morgan Stanley was originally incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in 1981, and its predecessor companies date back to 1924. The Company is a financial holding company regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”). The Company conducts its business from its headquarters in and around New York City, its regional offices and branches throughout the U.S. and its principal offices in London, Tokyo, Hong Kong and other world financial centers. At December 31, 2013, the Company had 55,794 employees worldwide. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” mean Morgan Stanley together with its consolidated subsidiaries.

Financial information concerning the Company, its business segments and geographic regions for each of the 12 months ended December 31, 2013 (“2013”), December 31, 2012 (“2012”) and December 31, 2011 (“2011”) is included in the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto in “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in Part II, Item 8.

Available Information.

The Company filesWe file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). You may read and copy any document the Company fileswe file with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at1-800-SEC-0330 for information on the public reference room. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy and information statements, and other information that issuers (including the Company)Morgan Stanley) file electronically with the SEC. The Company’sOur electronic SEC filings are available to the public at the SEC’s internet site,www.sec.gov.

The Company’sOur internet site iswww.morganstanley.com. You can access the Company’sour Investor Relations webpage atwww.morganstanley.com/about/irabout-us-ir. The Company makesWe make available free of charge, on or through itsour Investor Relations webpage, its proxy statements, Annual Reports on Form10-K, Quarterly Reports onForm 10-Q, Current Reports onForm 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The CompanyWe also makesmake available, through itsour Investor Relations webpage, via a link to the SEC’s internet site, statements of beneficial ownership of the Company’sour equity securities filed by itsour directors, officers, 10% or greater shareholders and others under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

You can access information about the Company’sour corporate governance atwww.morganstanley.com/about/company/governance.about-us-governance. The Company’sOur Corporate Governance webpage includes the Company’s includes:

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

Amended and Restated Bylaws; charters

Charters for itsour Audit Committee;Committee, Compensation, Management Development and Succession Committee;Committee, Nominating and Governance Committee;Committee, Operations and Technology Committee;Committee, and Risk Committee;

Corporate Governance Policies;

Policy Regarding Communication with the Board of Directors;

Policy Regarding Director Candidates Recommended by Shareholders;

Policy Regarding Corporate Political Activities;

Policy Regarding Shareholder Rights Plan;

Equity Ownership Commitment;

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct;

Code of Conduct; and

Integrity Hotline information.information; and

Environmental and Social Policies.

Morgan Stanley’sOur Code of Ethics and Business Conduct applies to all directors, officers and employees, including itsour Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Deputy Chief Financial Officer. The Company

1


We will post any amendments to the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct and any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the rules of either the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange LLC (“NYSE”) on itsour internet site. You can request a copy of these documents, excluding exhibits, at no cost, by contacting Investor Relations, 1585 Broadway, New York, NY 10036(212-761-4000). The information on the Company’sour internet site is not incorporated by reference into this report.

 

iv


Part I

Item  1. Business

Overview

We are a global financial services firm that, through our subsidiaries and affiliates, advises, and originates, trades, manages and distributes capital for, governments, institutions and individuals. We were originally incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in 1981, and our predecessor companies date back to 1924. We are a financial holding company (“FHC”) regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”). We conduct our business from our headquarters in and around New York City, our regional offices and branches throughout the U.S. and our principal offices in London, Tokyo, Hong Kong and other world financial centers. As of December 31, 2016, we had 55,311 employees worldwide. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley,” the “Firm,” “us,” “we,” and “our” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent Company”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries.

Financial information concerning us, our business segments and geographic regions for each of the 12 months ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 is included in the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto in “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in Part II, Item 8.

Business Segments.Segments

The Company isWe are a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of itsour business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management.

Institutional Securities.

The Company provides financial advisory Through our subsidiaries and capital-raisingaffiliates, we provide a wide variety of products and services to a diverselarge and diversified group of corporateclients and other institutionalcustomers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Additional information related to our business segments, respective clients, globally, primarily through wholly owned subsidiaries that include Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“MS&Co.”), Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc and Morgan Stanley Asia Limited, and certain joint venture entities that include Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities Co., Ltd. (“MSMS”) and Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. (“MUMSS”). The Company, primarily through these entities, also conducts sales and trading activities worldwide, as principal and agent, and provides related financing services on behalf of institutional investors.

Investment Banking and Corporate Lending Activities.

Capital Raising.    The Company manages and participates in public offerings and private placements of debt, equity and other securities worldwide. The Company is a leading underwriter of common stock, preferred stock and other equity-related securities, including convertible securities and American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”). The Company is also a leading underwriter of fixed income securities, including investment grade debt, non-investment grade instruments, mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, tax-exempt securities and commercial paper and other short-term securities.

Financial Advisory Services.    The Company provides corporate and other institutional clients globally with advisory services on key strategic matters, such as mergers and acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, corporate restructurings, recapitalizations, spin-offs, exchange offers and leveraged buyouts and takeover defenses as well as shareholder relations. The Company also provides advice and services concerning rights offerings, dividend policy, valuations, foreign exchange exposure, financial risk management strategies and financial planning. In addition, the Company furnishes advice and services regarding project financings and provides advisory services in connection with the purchase, sale, leasing and financing of real estate.

Corporate Lending.    The Company provides loans or lending commitments, including bridge financing, to select corporate clients through its subsidiaries, including Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A (“MSBNA”). These loans and lending commitments have varying terms; may be senior or subordinated; may be secured or unsecured; are generally contingent upon representations, warranties and contractual conditions applicable to the borrower; and may be syndicated, traded or hedged by the Company. The borrowers may be rated investment grade or non-investment grade.

Sales and Trading Activities.

The Company conducts sales, trading, financing and market-making activities on securities, swaps and futures, both on exchanges and in over-the-counter (“OTC”), markets around the world. The Company’s Institutional Securities sales and trading activities comprise Institutional Equity; Fixed Income and Commodities; Research; and Investments.

2


Institutional Equity.    The Company acts as agent and principal (including as a market-maker) in executing transactions globally in cash equity and equity-related products, including common stock, ADRs, global depositary receipts and exchange-traded funds.

The Company acts as agent and principal (including as a market-maker) in executing transactions globally in equity derivatives and equity-linked or related products, including options, equity swaps, warrants, structured notes and futures on individual securities, indices and baskets of securities and other equity-related products. The Company offers prime brokerage services to clients, including consolidated clearance, settlement, custody, financing and portfolio reporting. In addition, the Company provides wealth management services to ultra-high net worth and high net worth clients in select regions outside the U.S.

Fixed Income and Commodities.    The Company trades, invests and makes markets in fixed income securities and related products globally, including, among other products, investment and non-investment grade corporate debt; distressed debt; bank loans; U.S. and other sovereign securities; emerging market bonds and loans; convertible bonds; collateralized debt obligations; credit, currency, interest rate and other fixed income-linked notes; securities issued by structured investment vehicles; mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities and real estate-loan products; municipal securities; preferred stock and commercial paper; and money-market and other short-term securities. The Company is a primary dealer of U.S. federal government securities and a member of the selling groups that distribute various U.S. agency and other debt securities. The Company is also a primary dealer or market-maker of government securities in numerous European, Asian and emerging market countries, as well as Canada.

The Company trades, invests and makes markets globally in listed swaps and futures and OTC cleared and uncleared swaps, forwards, options and other derivatives referencing, among other things, interest rates, currencies, investment grade and non-investment grade corporate credits, loans, bonds, U.S. and other sovereign securities, emerging market bonds and loans, credit indexes, asset-backed security indexes, property indexes, mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities and real estate loan products.

The Company trades, invests and makes markets in major foreign currencies, such as the British pound, Canadian dollar, euro, Japanese yen and Swiss franc, as well as in emerging markets currencies. The Company trades these currencies on a principal basis in the spot, forward, option and futures markets.

Through the use of repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, the Company acts as an intermediary between borrowers and lenders of short-term funds and provides funding for various inventory positions. The Company also provides financing to customers for commercial and residential real estate loan products and other securitizable asset classes, and distributes such securitized assets to investors. In addition, the Company engages in principal securities lending with clients, institutional lenders and other broker-dealers.

The Company advises on investment and liability strategies and assists corporations in their debt repurchases and planning. The Company structures debt securities, derivatives and other instruments with risk/return factors designed to suit client objectives, including using repackaged asset and other structured vehicles through which clients can restructure asset portfolios to provide liquidity or reconfigure risk profiles.

The Company trades, invests and makes markets in the spot, forward, OTC cleared and uncleared swaps, options and futures markets in several commodities, including metals (base and precious), agricultural products, crude oil, oil products, natural gas, electric power, emission credits, coal, freight, liquefied natural gas and related products and indices. The Company offers counterparties hedging programs relating to production, consumption, reserve/inventory management and structured transactions, including energy-contract securitizations and monetization. The Company is an electricity power marketer in the U.S. and owns electricity-generating facilities in the U.S.

The Company owns TransMontaigne Inc. and its subsidiaries, a group of companies operating in the refined petroleum products marketing and distribution business, and owns a minority interest in Heidmar Holdings LLC,

3


which owns a group of companies that provide international marine transportation and U.S. marine logistics services. On December 20, 2013, the Company and a subsidiary of Rosneft Oil Company (“Rosneft”) entered into a Purchase Agreement pursuant to which the Company will sell the global oil merchanting unit of its commodities division to Rosneft. The transaction includes the sale of the Company’s minority interest in Heidmar Holdings LLC. The transaction is subject to regulatory approvals and other customary conditions and is expected to close in the second half of 2014. Also on December 20, 2013, the Company announced it is exploring strategic options for its stake in TransMontaigne Inc. and its subsidiaries.

Research.    The Company’s research department (“Research”) coordinates globally across all of the Company’s businesses and consists of economists, strategists and industry analysts who engage in equity and fixed income research activities and produce reports and studies on the U.S. and global economy, financial markets, portfolio strategy, technical market analyses, individual companies and industry developments. Research examines worldwide trends covering numerous industries and individual companies, the majority of which are located outside the U.S.; provides analysis and forecasts relating to economic and monetary developments that affect matters such as interest rates, foreign currencies, securities, derivatives and economic trends; and provides analytical support and publishes reports on asset-backed securities and the markets in which such securities are traded and data are disseminated to investors through third-party distributors, proprietary internet sites such as Client Linksm and Matrixsm, and the Company’s global representatives.

Investments.    The Company from time to time makes investments that represent business facilitation or other investing activities. Such investments are typically strategic investments undertaken by the Company to facilitate core business activities. From time to time, the Company may also make investments and capital commitments to public and private companies, funds and other entities.

The Company sponsors and manages investment vehicles and separate accounts for clients seeking exposure to private equity, infrastructure, mezzanine lending and real estate-related and other alternative investments. The Company may also invest in and provide capital to such investment vehicles. See also “Investment Management” herein.

Operations and Information Technology.

The Company’s Operations and Information Technology departments provide the process and technology platform required to support Institutional Securities sales and trading activity, including post-execution trade processing and related internal controls over activity from trade entry through settlement and custody, such as asset servicing. This support is provided for listed and OTC transactions in commodities, equity and fixed income securities, including both primary and secondary trading, as well as listed, OTC and structured derivatives in markets around the world. This activity is undertaken through the Company’s own facilities, through membership in various clearing and settlement organizations, and through agreements with unaffiliated third parties.

Wealth Management.

The Company’s Wealth Management business segment provides comprehensive financial services to clients through a network of more than 16,700 global representatives in 649 locations at year-end. As of December 31, 2013, Wealth Management had $1,909 billion in client assets.

Clients.

Wealth Management professionals serve individual investors and small-to-medium sized businesses and institutions with an emphasis on ultra-high net worth, high net worth and affluent investors. Wealth Management representatives are located in branches across the U.S. and provide solutions designed to accommodate the individual investment objectives, risk tolerance and liquidity needs of investors residing in and outside the U.S. Call centers are available to meet the needs of emerging affluent clients.

4


Products and Services.

Wealth Management provides clients with a comprehensive array of financial solutions, including products and services from the Companyprovided is included under “Management’s Discussion and third-party providers, such as other financial institutions, insurance companiesAnalysis of Financial Condition and mutual fund families. Wealth Management provides brokerage and investment advisory services covering various typesResults of investments, including equities, options, futures, foreign currencies, precious metals, fixed income securities, mutual funds, structured products, alternative investments, unit investment trusts, managed futures, separately managed accounts and mutual fund asset allocation programs. Wealth Management also engagesOperations” in fixed income principal trading, which primarily facilitates clients’ trading or investments in such securities. In addition, Wealth Management offers education savings programs, financial and wealth planning services, and annuity and other insurance products.Part II, Item 7.

In addition, Wealth Management offers its clients access to several cash management services through various banks and other third parties, including deposits, debit cards, electronic bill payments and check writing, as well as lending products through affiliates such as MSBNA and Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (“MSPNA” and, together with MSBNA, the “Subsidiary Banks”), including securities-based lending, mortgage loans and home equity lines of credit. Wealth Management also offers access to trust and fiduciary services, offers access to cash management and commercial credit solutions to qualified small- and medium-sized businesses in the U.S., and provides individual and corporate retirement solutions, including individual retirement accounts and 401(k) plans and U.S. and global stock plan services to corporate executives and businesses.

Wealth Management provides clients a variety of ways to establish a relationship and conduct business, including brokerage accounts with transaction-based pricing and investment advisory accounts with asset-based fee pricing.

Operations and Information Technology.

The Operations and Information Technology departments provide the process and technology platform to support the Wealth Management business segment, including core securities processing, capital markets operations, product services, and alternative investments, margin, payments and related internal controls over activity from trade entry through settlement and custody. This activity is undertaken through the Company’s own facilities, through membership in various clearing and settlement organizations, and through agreements with affiliates and unaffiliated third parties.

Investment Management.Competition

The Company’s Investment Management business segment, consisting of Traditional Asset Management, Merchant Banking and Real Estate Investing activities, is one of the largest global investment management organizations of any full-service financial services firm and offers clients a broad array of equity, fixed income and alternative investments and merchant banking strategies. Portfolio managers located in the U.S., Europe and Asia manage investment products ranging from money market funds to equity and fixed income strategies, alternative investment and merchant banking products in developed and emerging markets across geographies and market cap ranges.

Institutional Investors.

The Company provides investment management strategies and products to institutional investors worldwide, including corporations, pension plans, endowments, foundations, sovereign wealth funds, insurance companies and banks through a broad range of pooled vehicles and separate accounts. Additionally, the Company provides sub-advisory services to various unaffiliated financial institutions and intermediaries. A Global Sales and Client Service team is engaged in business development and relationship management for consultants to help serve institutional clients.

5


Intermediary Clients and Individual Investors.

The Company offers open-end and alternative investment funds and separately managed accounts to individual investors through affiliated and unaffiliated broker-dealers, banks, insurance companies, financial planners and other intermediaries. Closed-end funds managed by the Company are available to individual investors through affiliated and unaffiliated broker-dealers. The Company also distributes mutual funds through numerous retirement plan platforms. Internationally, the Company distributes traditional investment products to individuals outside the U.S. through non-proprietary distributors and distributes alternative investment products through affiliated broker-dealers and banks.

Merchant Banking and Real Estate Investing.

The Company offers a range of alternative investment, real estate investing and merchant banking products for institutional investors and high net worth individuals. The Company’s alternative investments platform includes funds of hedge funds, funds of private equity and real estate funds and portable alpha strategies. The Company’s alternative investments platform also includes minority stakes in Lansdowne Partners and Avenue Capital Group. The Company’s real estate and merchant banking businesses include its real estate investing business, private equity funds, corporate mezzanine debt investing group and infrastructure investing group. The Company typically acts as general partner of, and investment adviser to, its alternative investment, real estate and merchant banking funds and typically commits to invest a minority of the capital of such funds with subscribing investors contributing the majority.

Operations and Information Technology.

The Company’s Operations and Information Technology departments provide or oversee the process and technology platform required to support its Investment Management business segment, including transfer agency, mutual fund accounting and administration, transaction processing and certain fiduciary services on behalf of institutional, intermediary and high net worth clients. This activity is undertaken through the Company’s own facilities, through membership in various clearing and settlement organizations, and through agreements with unaffiliated third parties.

Competition.

All aspects of the Company’sour businesses are highly competitive, and the Company expectswe expect them to remain so. The Company competesWe compete in the U.S. and globally for clients, market share and human talenttalent. Operating within the financial services industry on a global basis presents, among other things, technological, risk management, regulatory and other infrastructure challenges that

require effective resource allocation in all aspects of its business segments. The Company’sorder for us to remain competitive. Our competitive position depends on itsour reputation and the quality and consistency of itsour long-term investment performance. The Company’sOur ability to sustain or improve itsour competitive position also depends substantially on itsour ability to continue to attract and retain highly qualified employees while managing compensation and other costs. The Company competesWe compete with commercial banks, brokerage firms, insurance companies, electronic trading and clearing platforms, financial data repositories, sponsors of mutual funds, hedge funds and private equity funds, energy companies and other companies offering financial or ancillary services in the U.S., globally and through the internet. Over time,In addition, restrictive laws and regulations applicable to certain sectors of theU.S. financial services industry have becomeinstitutions, such as Morgan Stanley, which may prohibit us from engaging in certain transactions and impose more concentrated, as institutions involved in a broad range of financial services have left businesses, been acquired by or merged into other firms or have declared bankruptcy. Such changes could result in the Company’s remaining competitors gaining greaterstringent capital and other resources, such as the abilityliquidity requirements, can put us at a competitive disadvantage to offer a broader range of products and services and geographic diversity, or new competitors may emerge.in certain businesses not subject to these same requirements. See also “—Supervision and Regulation” below and “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A herein.1A.

Institutional Securities and Wealth Management.Management

The Company’sOur competitive position for itsour Institutional Securities and Wealth Management business segments depends on innovation, execution capability and relative pricing. The Company competesWe compete directly in the U.S. and globally with other securities and financial services firms and broker-dealers and with others on a regional or product basis.

Additionally, there is increased competition driven by established firms as well as the emergence of new firms and business models (including innovative uses of technology) competing for the same clients and assets or offering similar products and services.

6


The Company’sOur ability to access capital at competitive rates (which is generally impacted by the Company’sour credit ratings), to commit and to commitdeploy capital efficiently, particularly in itsour capital-intensive underwriting and sales, trading, financing and market-making activities, also affects itsour competitive position. Corporate clients may request that the Companywe provide loans or lending commitments in connection with certain investment banking activities and such requests are expected to increase in the future.

continue.

It is possible that competition may become even more intense as the Company continueswe continue to compete with financial institutions that may be larger, or better capitalized, or may have a stronger local presence and longer operating history in certain areas.geographies or products. Many of these firms have the ability to offer a wide range of products and services that may enhance their competitive position and could result in pricing pressure in itson our businesses. The complementary trends in the financial services industry of consolidation and globalization present, among other things, technological, risk management, regulatory and other infrastructure challenges that require effective resource allocation in order for the Company to remain competitive. In addition, the Company’sour business is subject to increasedextensive regulation in the U.S. and abroad, while certain of itsour competitors may be subject to less stringent legal and regulatory regimes than the Company,us, thereby putting the Companyus at a competitive disadvantage.

 

1December 2016 Form 10-K

The Company has experienced


We continue to experience intense price competition in some of its businesses in recent years.our businesses. In particular, the ability to execute securities trades electronically on exchanges and through other automated trading markets has increased the pressure on trading commissions and comparable fees. The trend toward direct access to automated, electronic markets will likely increase as additional markets movetrading moves to more automated trading platforms. It is also possible that the Companywe will experience competitive pressures in these and other areas in the future as some of itsour competitors may seek to obtain market share by reducing prices (in the form of commissions or pricing).

Investment Management

Investment Management.

CompetitionOur ability to compete successfully in the asset management industry is affected by several factors, including the Company’sour reputation, investment objectives, quality of investment professionals, performance of investment strategies or product offerings relative to peers and an appropriate benchmark index,indices, advertising and sales promotion efforts, fee levels, the effectiveness of and access to distribution channels and investment pipelines, and the types and quality of products offered. The Company’sOur investment products, including alternative investment products, such as private equity funds, real estate and hedge funds,may compete with similar productsinvestments offered by both alternative and traditional assetother investment managers with passive investment products or who may be subject to less stringent legal and regulatory regimes than the Company.us.

Supervision and Regulation.Regulation

As a major financial services firm, the Company iswe are subject to extensive regulation by U.S. federal and state regulatory agencies and securities exchanges and by regulators and exchanges in each of the major markets where it conducts itswe conduct our business. Moreover, in response to the 2007–20082007-2008 financial crisis, legislators and regulators, both in the U.S. and worldwide, have adopted, continue to propose or are in the process of adopting, finalizing and implementing a wide range of reforms that willhave resulted or that may in the future result in major changes to the way the Company iswe are regulated and conducts itsconduct our business. It will take time for the comprehensive effects of theseThese reforms to emerge and be understood.

Regulatory Outlook.

The Dodd-Frank Act was enacted on July 21, 2010. While certain portions ofinclude the Dodd-Frank Act became effective immediately, most other portions are effective following transition periods or through numerous rulemakings by multiple governmental agencies, and although a large number of rules have been proposed, many are still subject to final rulemaking or transition periods. U.S. regulators also plan to propose additional regulations to implement the Dodd-Frank Act. Accordingly, it remains difficult to assess fully the impact that the Dodd-Frank Act will have on the Company and on the financial services industry generally. In addition, various

7


international developments, such as the adoption of or further revisions toAct; risk-based capital, leverage and liquidity standards adopted or being developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”), including Basel III, and the national implementation of those standardsstandards; capital planning and stress testing requirements; and new resolution regimes that are being developed in jurisdictions in which the Company operates, willU.S. and other jurisdictions. While certain portions of these reforms are effective, others are still subject to final rulemaking or transition periods.

We continue to impactmonitor the Company in the coming years.

Itchanging political, tax and regulatory environment; it is likely that 2014 and subsequent yearsthere will seebe further material changes in the way major financial institutions are regulated in both the U.S. and other markets in which the Company operates, we operate,

although it remains difficult to predict the exact impact these changes will have on the Company’sour business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for a particular future period.

Financial Holding Company.Company

Consolidated Supervision.

The Company has    We have operated as a bank holding company and financial holding companyFHC under the BHC Act since September 2008. As a bank holding company, the Company iswe are subject to comprehensive consolidated supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve. As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act,Under existing regulation, the Federal Reserve also gainedhas heightened authority to examine, prescribe regulations and take action with respect to all of the Company’sour subsidiaries. In particular, as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company is,we are, or will become, subject to (among other things): significantly revised and expanded regulation and supervision, tosupervision; more intensive scrutiny of itsour businesses and plans for expansion of those businesses, tobusinesses; new activities limitations, tolimitations; a systemic risk regime that will imposeimposes heightened capital and liquidity requirements, to newrequirements; restrictions on activities and investments imposed by a section of the BHC Act added by the Dodd-Frank Act referred to as the “Volcker Rule”; and to comprehensive new derivatives regulation. In addition, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has primary rulemaking, enforcement and examination authority over the Companyus and itsour subsidiaries with respect to federal consumer protection laws, to the extent applicable.

Scope of Permitted Activities.    The BHC Act places limits on the activities of bank holding companies and financial holding companies and grants the Federal Reserve authority to limit the Company’sour ability to conduct activities. The CompanyWe must obtain the Federal Reserve BoardReserve’s approval before engaging in certain banking and other financial activities both in the U.S. and internationally. Since becoming a bank holding company, in September 2008, the Company haswe have disposed of certain nonconforming assets and conformed certain activities to the requirements of the BHC Act.

In addition, the Company continues to engage in discussions with the Federal Reserve regarding its commodities activities, as theThe BHC Act also grandfathers “activities related to the trading, sale or investment in commodities and underlying physical properties,” provided that the Company waswe were engaged in “any of such activities as of September 30, 1997 in the United States” and provided that certain other conditions that are within the Company’sour reasonable control are satisfied. If the Federal Reserve were to determine that any of the Company’sWe currently engage in our commodities activities did not qualify forpursuant to the BHC Act grandfather exemption then the Company would likely be required to divest any such activities that did not otherwise conform toas well as other authorities under the BHC Act. At this time, the Company believes, based on its interpretation of applicable law, that (i) such commodities activities qualify for the BHC Act grandfather exemption or otherwise conform to the BHC Act and (ii) if the Federal Reserve were to determine otherwise, any required divestment would not have a material adverse impact on its financial condition. In January 2014, the Federal Reserve issued an advance notice of proposed rulemaking, which seeks public comment on certain matters related to financial holding companies’ physical commodity activities and merchant banking investments in nonfinancial companies.

Activities Restrictions under the Volcker Rule.    In December 2013, U.S. regulators issued final regulations to implement the Volcker Rule.    The Volcker Rule will, over time, prohibitprohibits “banking entities,” including the CompanyFirm and its affiliates, from engaging in certain prohibited “proprietary trading” activities, as defined in the Volcker Rule, subject to exemptions for underwriting, market making-relatedmarket-making-related activities, risk mitigatingrisk-mitigating hedging and certain other activities. The Volcker Rule will also requireprohibits certain investments and relationships by banking entities to either restructure or unwindwith “covered funds,” with a number of

 

December 2016 Form 10-K 82 


certain investments

exemptions and relationships with “covered funds,” as defined in the Volcker Rule.exclusions. Banking entities have until July 21, 2015were required to bring all of their activities and investments into conformance with the Volcker Rule by July 21, 2015, subject to possiblecertain extensions. TheFor more information about the conformance periods applicable to certain covered funds, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Developments.” In addition, the Volcker Rule requires banking entities to establishhave comprehensive compliance programs reasonably designed to help ensure and monitor compliance with restrictions under the Volcker Rule.

The Company is continuing its review of activities that may be affected by the Volcker Rule including its trading operations and asset management activities, and is taking steps to establish the necessary compliance programs to complyalso requires that deductions be made from a bank holding company’s Tier 1 capital for certain permissible investments in covered funds. Beginning with the Volcker Rule. The Company had already taken certain steps to comply withthree months ended September 30, 2015, the Volcker Rule prior to the issuance of final regulations, including, for example, the divestiture ofrequired deductions are reflected in our relevant regulatory capital tiers and ratios. Given its in-house proprietary quantitative trading unit in January 2013. Given the complexity, of the new framework, the full impact of the Volcker Rule is still uncertain and will ultimately depend on the interpretation and implementation by the five regulatory agencies responsible for its oversight.

Capital and Liquidity Standards.    The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements for the Companylarge bank holding companies and evaluates itsour compliance with such capital requirements. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) establishes similar capital requirements and standards for the Company’s Subsidiary Banks. Under existing capital regulations, for the Company to remain a financial holding company, its Subsidiary Banks must qualify as “well-capitalized” by maintaining a total risk-based capital ratio (total capital to risk-weighted assets) of at least 10%our U.S. bank subsidiaries, Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (“MSBNA”) and a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6%Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (“MSPBNA”) (collectively, “U.S. Bank Subsidiaries”). To maintain its status as a financial holding company, the Company is also required to be “well-capitalized” by maintaining these capital ratios. Effective January 1, 2015, the “well-capitalized” standard for the Company’s Subsidiary Banks will be revised to reflect the higher capital requirements in the U.S. Basel III final rule, as defined below.

Regulatory Capital Framework.    The Federal Reserve may require the Company and its peer financialestablishes capital requirements for large bank holding companies, including well-capitalized standards, and evaluates our compliance with such capital requirements. The OCC establishes similar capital requirements and standards for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. The regulatory capital requirements are largely based on the Basel III capital standards established by the Basel Committee and also implement certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. After completion of certain transitional arrangements in the regulatory capital framework, we will be subject to maintain riskvarious risk-based capital requirements, measured against our Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital bases, leverage-based capital ratios substantiallyrequirements, including the Supplementary Leverage Ratio, and additional capital buffers above generally applicable minimum standards for bank holding companies.

The Basel Committee is in excessthe process of mandated minimum levels, depending upon general economic conditions and a financial holding company’s particular condition, risk profile and growth plans.considering revisions to various provisions of the capital framework that, if adopted by the U.S. banking agencies, could result in substantial changes to our regulatory capital framework.

Regulated Subsidiaries.    In addition, undermany of our regulated subsidiaries are, or are expected to be in the future, subject to regulatory capital requirements, including regulated subsidiaries registered as “swap dealers” with the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) or “security-based swap dealers” with the SEC (collectively, “Swaps Entities”) or registered as broker-dealers or futures commission merchants. Specific regulatory capital requirements vary by regulated subsidiary, and in many cases these standards are not yet established or are subject to ongoing rulemakings that could substantially modify requirements.

Commodities-Related Capital Requirements.    In September 2016, the Federal Reserve issued a proposed rulemaking that would increase risk-based capital requirements for certain commodities-related activities and commodities-related merchant banking investments of U.S. FHCs, including the Firm; impose new limitations on the physical commodity trading activities of certain U.S. FHCs; and enhance reporting requirements with respect to U.S. FHCs’ commodities-related activities and investments. If adopted in its current form, the proposed rulemaking would result in increases in our risk-weighted assets (“RWAs”) with respect to certain commodities-related investments and physical commodity holdings. However, we expect that the proposed rule, if finalized in its proposed form, would not have a material impact on our aggregate RWAs or risk-based capital ratios.

For more information about the specific capital requirements applicable to us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” in Part II, Item 7.

Capital Planning, Stress Tests and Capital Distributions.    Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve has adopted capital planning and stress test requirements for large bank holding companies, including Morgan Stanley. The Dodd-Frank Act also requires each of our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries to conduct an annual stress test. For more information about the capital planning and stress test requirements, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” in Part II, Item 7.

In addition to capital planning requirements, the OCC, the Federal Reserve and OCC’s leverage capital rules, the Company andFederal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) have the Subsidiary Banks are subjectauthority to a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio (Tier 1 capitalprohibit or to average total consolidated assets)limit the payment of 4%.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company calculated its capital ratios and risk-weighted assets in accordance with the existing capital adequacy standards for financial holding companies adopteddividends by the Federal Reserve. These existing capital standards are based upon a framework describedbanking organizations they supervise, including the Firm and its U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, if, in the “International Convergencebanking regulator’s opinion, payment of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards,” July 1988, as amended, also referred to as Basel I. In December 2007,a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice in light of the U.S.financial condition of the banking regulators published final regulations incorporating the Basel II Accord, which requires internationally active U.S. banking organizations, as well as certainorganization. All of their U.S. bank subsidiaries, to implement Basel II standards over the next several years. On January 1, 2013, the U.S. banking regulators’ rules to implement the Basel Committee’s market risk capital framework, referred to as “Basel 2.5,” became effective, which increased the capital requirements for securitizations and correlation trading within the Company’s trading book, as well as incorporated add-ons for stressed Value-at-Risk and incremental risk requirements.these

In December 2010, the Basel Committee reached an agreement on Basel III. In July 2013, the U.S. banking regulators promulgated final rules to implement many aspects of Basel III (the “U.S. Basel III final rule”). The Company became subject to the U.S. Basel III final rule on January 1, 2014. Certain requirements in the U.S. Basel III final rule, including the minimum risk-based capital ratios and new capital buffers, will commence or be phased in over several years.

The U.S. Basel III final rule contains new capital standards that raise capital requirements, strengthen counterparty credit risk capital requirements, introduce a leverage ratio as a supplemental measure to the risk-based ratio and replace the use of externally developed credit ratings with alternatives such as the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development’s country risk classifications. Under the U.S. Basel III final rule, the Company is subject, on a fully phased-in basis, to a minimum Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.5%, a minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% and a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 8%.

 

 93 December 2016 Form 10-K


The Company is also subject to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer and, if deployed, up to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 countercyclical buffer, on a fully phased-in basis by 2019. Failure to maintain such buffers will result in restrictions on the Company’s ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers. In addition, certain new items will be deducted from Common Equity Tier 1 capital and certain existing deductions will be modified. The majority of these capital deductions is subject to a phase-in schedule and will be fully phased in by 2018. Under the U.S. Basel III final rule, unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities will be reflected in Common Equity Tier 1 capital, subject to a phase-in schedule.

U.S. banking regulators have published final regulations implementing a provision of the Dodd-Frank Act requiring that certain institutions supervised by the Federal Reserve, including the Company, be subject to minimum capital requirements that are not less than the generally applicable risk-based capital requirements. Currently, this minimum “capital floor” is based on Basel I. Beginning on January 1, 2015, the U.S. Basel III final rule will replace the current Basel I-based “capital floor” with a standardized approach that, among other things, modifies the existing risk weights for certain types of asset classes. The “capital floor” applies to the calculation of minimum risk-based capital requirements as well as the capital conservation buffer and, if deployed, the countercyclical capital buffer.

On February 21, 2014, the Federal Reserve and the OCC approved the Company’s and the Subsidiary Banks’ respective use of the U.S. Basel III advanced internal ratings-based approach for determining credit risk capital requirements and advanced measurement approaches for determining operational risk capital requirements (collectively, the “advanced approaches method”) to calculate and publicly disclose their risk-based capital ratios beginning with the second quarter of 2014, subject to the “capital floor” discussed above. One of the stipulations for this approval is that the Company will be required to satisfy certain conditions, as agreed to with the regulators, regarding the modeling used to determine its estimated risk-weighted assets associated with operational risk.

In addition to the U.S. Basel III final rule, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the Federal Reserve to establish more stringent capital requirements for certain bank holding companies, including the Company. The Federal Reserve has indicated that it intends to address this requirement by implementing the Basel Committee’s capital surcharge for global systemically important banks (“G-SIBs”). The Financial Stability Board (“FSB”) has provisionally identified the G-SIBs and assigned each G-SIB a Common Equity Tier 1 capital surcharge ranging from 1.0% to 2.5% of risk-weighted assets. The Company is provisionally assigned a G-SIB capital surcharge of 1.5%. The FSB has stated that it intends to update the list of G-SIBs annually.

The U.S. Basel III final rule also subjects certain banking organizations, including the Company, to a minimum supplementary leverage ratio of 3% beginning on January 1, 2018. In January 2014, the Basel Committee finalized revisions to the denominator of the Basel III leverage ratio. The revised denominator differs from the supplementary leverage ratio in the treatment of, among other things, derivatives, securities financing transactions and other off-balance sheet items. U.S. banking regulators may issue regulations to implement the revised Basel III leverage ratio.

The U.S. banking regulators have also proposed a rule to implement enhanced supplementary leverage standards for certain large bank holding companies and their subsidiary insured depository institutions, including the Company and the Subsidiary Banks. Under this proposal, a covered bank holding company would need to maintain a leverage buffer of Tier 1 capital of greater than 2% in addition to the 3% minimum (for a total of greater than 5%), in order to avoid limitations on capital distributions, including dividends and stock repurchases, and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers. This proposal would further establish a “well-capitalized” threshold based on a supplementary leverage ratio of 6% for insured depository institution subsidiaries, including the Subsidiary Banks. If this proposal is adopted, its requirements would become effective on January 1, 2018 with public disclosure of the ratio required beginning in 2015.

 10


policies and other requirements could affect our ability to pay dividends and/or repurchase stock, or require us to provide capital assistance to our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries under circumstances which we would not otherwise decide to do so.

Liquidity Standards.    In addition to capital regulations, the U.S. banking agencies and the Basel Committee have adopted, or are in the process of considering, liquidity standards. The Basel Committee has developed two standards intended for use in liquidity risk supervision, the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (“LCR”) and the Net Stable Funding Ratio (“NSFR”). The LCR was developed to ensure banks have sufficient high-quality liquid assets to cover net cash outflows arising from significant stress over 30 calendar days. This standard’s objective is to promote the short-term resilience of the liquidity risk profile of banksFirm and bank holding companies. The NSFR has a time horizon of one year and is defined as the ratio of the amount of available stable fundingits U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are subject to the amount of required stable funding. This standard’s objective is to promote resilience over a longer time horizon. In January 2014, the Basel Committee proposed revisions to the original December 2010 version of the NSFR and continues to contemplate the introduction of the NSFR, including any final revisions, as a minimum standardLCR requirements issued by January 1, 2018.

In October 2013, the U.S. banking regulators (“U.S. LCR”) and would be subject to the NSFR requirements proposed a ruleby the U.S. banking regulators (“U.S. NSFR”).

In addition to implement the U.S. LCR and U.S. NSFR, we and many of our regulated subsidiaries, including those registered as Swaps Entities with the CFTC or SEC, are, or are expected to be in the U.S. (“U.S. LCR proposal”). The U.S. LCR proposal would applyfuture, subject to the Companyother liquidity standards, including liquidity stress-testing and the Subsidiary Banks. The U.S. LCR proposal isassociated liquidity reserve requirements.

For more stringent in certain respects compared to the Basel Committee’s version of the LCR, and includes a generally narrower definition of high-quality liquid assets, a different methodology for calculating net cash outflows during the 30-day stress period as well as a shorter, two-year phase-in period that ends on December 31, 2016. The Federal Reserve has also indicated that it may implement regulatory measures related to short-term wholesale funding.

See alsoinformation, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements”Liquidity Framework” in Part II, Item 7 herein.7.

Capital Planning, Stress Tests and Dividends.    Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve has adopted capital planning and stress test requirements for large bank holding companies, including the Company, which form part of the Federal Reserve’s annual Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (“CCAR”) framework. Under the Federal Reserve’s capital plan final rule, the Company must submit an annual capital plan to the Federal Reserve, taking into account the results of separate stress tests designed by the Company and the Federal Reserve.

The capital plan must include a description of all planned capital actions over a nine-quarter planning horizon, including any issuance of a debt or equity capital instrument, any capital distribution (i.e., payments of dividends or stock repurchases), and any similar action that the Federal Reserve determines could impact the bank holding company’s consolidated capital. The capital plan must include a discussion of how the bank holding company will maintain capital above the minimum regulatory capital ratios, including the minimum ratios under the U.S. Basel III final rule that are phased in over the planning horizon, and above a Tier 1 common risk-based capital ratio of 5%, and serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary U.S. depository institutions under supervisory stress scenarios. The capital plan final rule requires that such companies receive no objection from the Federal Reserve before making a capital distribution. In addition, even with an approved capital plan, the bank holding company must seek the approval of the Federal Reserve before making a capital distribution if, among other reasons, the bank holding company would not meet its regulatory capital requirements after making the proposed capital distribution. In addition to capital planning requirements, the OCC, the Federal Reserve and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) have authority to prohibit or to limit the payment of dividends by the banking organizations they supervise, including the Company and the Subsidiary Banks, if, in the banking regulator’s opinion, payment of a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice in light of the financial condition of the banking organization. All of these policies and other requirements could influence the Company’s ability to pay dividends and repurchase stock, or require it to provide capital assistance to the Subsidiary Banks under circumstances which the Company would not otherwise decide to do so.

The Company expects that, by March 31, 2014, the Federal Reserve will either object or provide a notice of non-objection to the Company’s 2014 capital plan that was submitted to the Federal Reserve on January 6, 2014.

In October 2012, the Federal Reserve issued its stress test final rule as required by the Dodd-Frank Act that requires the Company to conduct semi-annual company-run stress tests. Under this rule, the Company is required to publicly disclose the summary results of its company-run stress tests under the severely adverse economic

11


scenario. The rule also subjects the Company to an annual supervisory stress test conducted by the Federal Reserve. The capital planning and stress testing requirements for large bank holding companies form part of the Federal Reserve’s annual CCAR process.

The Dodd-Frank Act also requires each of the Subsidiary Banks to conduct an annual stress test, although MSPNA was given an exemption by the OCC for the 2014 stress test. MSBNA submitted its 2014 annual company-run stress tests to the OCC and the Federal Reserve on January 6, 2014.

See also “—Capital and Liquidity Standards” above and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” in Part II, Item 7 herein.

Systemic Risk Regime.The Dodd-Frank Act established a regulatory framework applicablesystemic risk regime to financial institutions deemed to pose systemic risks. Bankwhich bank holding companies with $50 billion or more in consolidated assets, such as the Company, became automatically subject to the systemic risk regime in July 2010. A new oversight body, the Financial Stability Oversight Council (the “Council”), can recommend prudential standards, reporting and disclosure requirements to the Federal Reserve for systemically important financial institutions, must approve any findingMorgan Stanley, are subject. Under rules issued by the Federal Reserve that a financial institution poses a grave threat to financial stability and must undertake mitigating actions. The Council is also empowered to designate systemically important payment, clearing and settlement activities of financial institutions, subjecting them to prudential supervision and regulation and, assisted by the new Office of Financial Research within the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“U.S. Treasury”) (established by the Dodd-Frank Act), can gather data and reports from financial institutions, including the Company.

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company must also provide to the Federal Reserve and FDIC, and MSBNA must provide to the FDIC, an annual plan for rapid and orderly resolution in the event of material financial distress. The Company and MSBNA submitted their most recent annual resolution plans to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC, as required, on October 1, 2013.

In February 2014, the Federal Reserve issued final rules to implement certain requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act’s systemic risk regime. Effective on January 1, 2015, the final rules will requireenhanced prudential standards, such bank holding companies with $50 billion or more in total consolidated assets, such as the Company, tomust conduct internal liquidity stress tests, maintain unencumbered highly liquid assets to meet projected net cash outflows for 30 days over the range of liquidity stress scenarios used in internal stress tests, and comply with various liquidity risk management requirements. In addition, the final rules will require institutions toInstitutions also must comply with a range of risk management and corporate governance requirements, suchrequirements.

In March 2016, the Federal Reservere-proposed rules that would establish single-counterparty credit limits for large banking organizations (“covered companies”), with more stringent limits for the largest covered companies. U.S. global systemically important banks(“G-SIBs”), including the Firm, would be subject to a limit of 15% of Tier 1 capital for credit exposures to any “major counterparty” (defined as establishmentother U.S.G-SIBs, foreignG-SIBs and nonbank systemically important financial institutions supervised by the Federal Reserve) and to a limit of a risk committee25% of Tier 1 capital for credit exposures to any other unaffiliated counterparty. We continue to evaluate the potential impact of the board of directors and appointment of a chief risk officer, both of which the Company already has. Under the final rules, upon a grave threat determination by the Council,proposed rules.

In addition, the Federal Reserve must requirehas proposed rules that would create a new early remediation framework to address financial institutions subject to the systemic risk regime to maintain a debt-to-equity ratio of no more than 15-to-1 if the Council considers it necessary to mitigate the risk.

The systemic risk regime provides that, for institutions posing a grave threat to U.S. financial stability, the Federal Reserve, upon Council vote, must limit that institution’s ability to merge, restrict its ability to offer financial products, require it to terminate activities, impose conditions on activitiesdistress or as a last resort, require it to dispose of assets.material management weaknesses. The Federal Reserve also has the ability to establish furtheradditional prudential standards, including those regarding contingent capital, enhanced public disclosures and limits on short-term debt, includingoff-balance sheet exposures. For example, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity and Long-Term Debt Requirement” in Part II, Item 7.

In addition,Under the systemic risk regime, if the Federal Reserve has proposed rulesor the Financial Stability Oversight Council determines that would limit the aggregate exposure of eacha bank holding company with $500$50 billion or more in consolidated assets poses a “grave threat” to U.S. financial stability, the institution may be, among other things, restricted in its ability to merge or offer financial products and required to terminate activities and dispose of assets.

See also “—Capital Standards” and “—Liquidity Standards” herein and “—Resolution and Recovery Planning” below.

Resolution and Recovery Planning.    Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, we are required to submit to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC an annual resolution plan that describes our strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the event of our material financial distress or failure. Our preferred resolution strategy, which is set out in our 2015 resolution plan, is a single point of entry (“SPOE”) strategy. An SPOE strategy generally contemplates the provision of additional capital and liquidity by the Parent Company to certain of its subsidiaries so that such subsidiaries have the resources necessary to implement the resolution strategy after the Parent Company has filed for bankruptcy.

Further, we are required to submit an annual recovery plan to the Federal Reserve that outlines the steps that management could take over time to generate or conserve financial resources in times of prolonged financial stress.

Certain of our domestic and foreign subsidiaries are also subject to resolution and recovery planning requirements in the jurisdictions in which they operate. For example, MSBNA must submit to the FDIC an annual resolution plan that describes MSBNA’s strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution in the event of material financial distress or failure of MSBNA. In September 2016, the OCC issued final guidelines that establish enforceable standards for recovery planning by national banks and certain other institutions with total consolidated assets such as the Company,of $50 billion or more, calculated on a rolling four-quarter average basis, including MSBNA. The guidelines were effective on January 1, 2017, and each company designatedMSBNA must be in compliance by the Council, to each other such institution to 10% of the aggregate capital and surplus of each institution, and limit the aggregate exposure of such institutions to any other unaffiliated counterparty to 25% of the institution’s aggregate capital and surplus. The proposed rules would also create a new early remediationJanuary 1, 2018.

 

December 2016 Form 10-K 124 


framework to address financial distress or material management weaknesses determined with reference to four levels of early remediation, including heightened supervisory review, initial remediation, recovery, and resolution assessment, with specific limitations and requirements tied to each level. The Federal Reserve has stated that it will issue, at a later date, final rules establishing single counterparty credit limits and an early remediation framework.

 

See also “—Capital and Liquidity Standards” above and “—Orderly Liquidation Authority” below.

Orderly Liquidation Authority.    UnderIn addition, under the Dodd-Frank Act, certain financial companies, including bank holding companies such as the CompanyFirm and certain of its covered subsidiaries, can be subjected to a resolution proceeding under a newthe orderly liquidation authority. The U.S. Treasury Secretary,authority in consultationTitle II of the Dodd-Frank Act with the President of the U.S., must first makeFDIC being appointed as receiver, provided that certain procedures are met, including certain extraordinary financial distress and systemic risk determinations and action must be recommended by two-thirds of the FDIC Board and two-thirds of the Federal Reserve Board. Absent such actions, the Company as a bank holding company would remain subject to resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.

Treasury Secretary in consultation with the U.S. President. The orderly liquidation authority went into effect in July 2010, and rulemaking is proceeding in stages, with some regulations now finalized and others planned but not yet proposed. If the Companywe were subject to the orderly liquidation authority, the FDIC would be appointed receiver, which would give the FDIChave considerable powers, to resolve the Company, including (i)including: the power to remove officersdirectors and directorsofficers responsible for the Company’sour failure and to appoint new directors and officers; (ii) the power to assign our assets and liabilities to a third party or bridge financial company without the need for creditor consent or prior court review; (iii) the ability to differentiate among our creditors, including by treating juniorcertain creditors within the same class better than senior creditors,others, subject to a minimum recovery right on the part of disfavored creditors to receive at least what they would have received in bankruptcy liquidation; and (iv) broad powers to administer the claims process to determine distributions from the assets of the receivershipreceivership. The FDIC has been developing an SPOE strategy that could be used to creditors not transferred to a third party or bridge financial institution. In December 2013, the FDIC released its proposed single point of entry strategy for resolution of a systemically important financial institution underimplement the orderly liquidation authority. The FDIC’s release outlines how it would use its powers

Regulators have taken and proposed various actions to facilitate an SPOE strategy under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the orderly liquidation authority to resolveor other resolution regimes. For more information about our resolution plan-related submissions and associated regulatory actions, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Regulatory Requirements—Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity, Long-Term Debt and Clean Holding Company Requirements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Developments—Resolution and Recovery Planning” in Part II, Item 7.

Cyber Risk Management.    As a systemically importantgeneral matter, the financial institution by placing its top-tier U.S. holding company in receivership and keeping its operating subsidiaries open and outservices industry faces increased regulatory focus regarding cyber risk management practices. In October 2016, the federal banking regulators issued an advance notice of insolvency proceedings by transferring the operating subsidiariesproposed rulemaking regarding enhanced cyber risk management standards, which would apply to a new bridge holding company, recapitalizingwide range of large financial institutions and their third-party service providers, including the operating subsidiariesFirm. The proposed standards would expand existing cybersecurity regulations and imposing lossesguidance to focus on cyber risk governance and management; management of internal and external dependencies; and incident response, cyber resilience and situational awareness. In addition, the shareholders and creditors ofproposal contemplates more stringent standards for institutions with systems that are critical to the holding company in receivership according to their statutory order of priority. The Federal Reserve has indicated that it may also introduce a requirement that certain large bank holding companies maintain a minimum amount of long-term debt at the holding company level to facilitate orderly resolution of those firms.financial sector.

U.S. Subsidiary Banks.

U.S. Banking Institutions.Bank Subsidiaries

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries.    MSBNA, primarily a wholesale commercial bank, offers retail securities-basedcommercial lending and commercialcertain retail securities-based lending services in addition to deposit products. Certainproducts, and also conducts certain foreign exchange activities are also conducted in MSBNA. As an FDIC-insured national bank, MSBNA is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the OCC.activities.

MSPNAMSPBNA offers certain mortgage and other secured lending products, including retail securities-based lending products, primarily for customers of itsour affiliate retail broker-dealer, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC (“MSSB LLC”). MSPNAMSPBNA also offers certain deposit products as well asand prime brokerage custody services. MSPNA is an

Both MSBNA and MSPBNA are FDIC-insured national bank whose activities arebanks subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the OCC.

Effective October 1, 2013, the lending limits applicable They are both subject to the Company’s U.S. Subsidiary Banks were revised to take into account credit exposure arising from derivative transactions, securities lending, securities borrowing and repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements with third parties.

In January 2014, the OCC proposed a set of specificOCC’s risk governance guidelines, to formalize itswhich establish heightened expectationsstandards for a large national banks, including MSBNA. The proposed guidelines set minimum standards for

13


the design and implementation of a bank’s risk governance framework and the oversight of that framework by athe bank’s board of directors.

Prompt Corrective Action.    The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 provides a framework for regulation of depository institutions and their affiliates, including parent holding companies, by their federal banking regulators. Among other things, it requires the relevant federal banking regulator to take “prompt corrective action” (“PCA”) with respect to a depository institution if that institution does not meet certain capital adequacy standards. Current PCA regulations generally apply only to insured banks and thrifts such as MSBNA or MSPNAMSPBNA and not to their parent holding companies. The Federal Reserve is, however, subject to limitations, authorized to take appropriate action at the holding company level. In addition, as described above, underlevel, subject to certain limitations. Under the systemic risk regime, the Company willas described above, we also would become subject to an early remediation protocol in the event of financial distress. The Dodd-Frank Act also formalized the requirement thatIn addition, bank holding companies, such the Company,as Morgan Stanley, are required to serve as a source of strength to their U.S. bank subsidiaries and commit resources to support these subsidiaries in the event such subsidiaries are in financial distress.

Transactions with Affiliates.    The Company’s    Our U.S. bank subsidiariesBank Subsidiaries are subject to Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, which impose restrictions on “covered transactions” with any extensionsaffiliates. Covered transactions include any extension of credit to, purchase of assets from, and certain other transactions by insured banks with any affiliates.an affiliate. These restrictions limit the total amount of credit exposure that theyour U.S. Bank Subsidiaries may have to any one affiliate and to all affiliates, as well asaffiliates. Other provisions set collateral requirements and they require all such transactions to be made on market terms. Effective July 2012, derivatives,Derivatives, securities borrowing and securities lending transactions between the Company’sour U.S. bank subsidiariesBank Subsidiaries and their affiliates became are

5December 2016 Form 10-K


subject to these restrictions. The Federal Reserve has indicated that it will propose a rulemaking to implement these more recent restrictions. These reforms will place limits on the Company’s U.S. bank subsidiaries’ ability to engage in derivatives, repurchase agreements and securities lending transactions with other affiliates of the Company.

In addition, the Volcker Rule generally prohibits “coveredcovered transactions” such as extensions of credit, between (i) the Companyus or any of itsour affiliates and (ii) “covered funds”covered funds for which the Companywe or any of itsour affiliates serveserves as the investment manager, investment adviser, commodity trading advisor or sponsor, andor other “covered funds”covered funds organized and offered by us or any of our affiliates pursuant to specific exemptions in the Volcker Rule. See also “—Financial Holding Company—Activities Restriction under the Volcker Rule” above.

FDIC Regulation.    An FDIC–insuredFDIC-insured depository institution is generally liable for any loss incurred or expected to be incurred by the FDIC in connection with the failure of an insured depository institution under common control by the same bank holding company. As commonly controlled FDIC-insured depository institutions, each of MSBNA and MSPNA are exposedMSPBNA could be responsible for any loss to each other’s losses.the FDIC from the failure of the other. In addition, both institutions are exposed to changes in the cost of FDIC insurance. In 2010, the FDIC adopted a restoration plan to replenish the reserve fund over a multi-year period. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, some of the restoration of the FDIC’s reserve fund must be paid for exclusively by large depository institutions, including MSBNA, and FDIC deposit insurance assessments are calculated using a new methodology that generally favors banks that are mostly funded by deposits.MSBNA.

Institutional Securities and Wealth Management.Management

Broker-Dealer and Investment Adviser Regulation.    The Company’s    Our primary U.S. broker-dealer subsidiaries, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“MS&Co.”) and MSSB LLC, are registered broker-dealers with the SEC and in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands, and are members of various self-regulatory organizations, including the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”), and various securities exchanges and clearing organizations. Broker-dealers are subject to laws and regulations covering all aspects of the securities business, including sales and trading practices, securities offerings, publication of research reports, use of customers’ funds and securities, capital structure, risk management controls in connection with market access, recordkeeping and retention, and the conduct of their directors, officers, representatives and other associated persons. Broker-dealers are also regulated by securities administrators in those states where they do business. Violations of the laws and regulations governing a broker-dealer’s actions could result in censures, fines, the issuance ofcease-and-desist orders, revocation of licenses or registrations, the suspension or expulsion from the securities industry of such broker-dealer or its officers or employees, or other similar consequences by both federal and state securities administrators. Our broker-dealer subsidiaries are also members of the Securities Investor Protection Corporation, which provides certain protections for customers of broker-dealers against losses in the event of the insolvency of a broker-dealer.

14


In addition, MSSB LLC is also a registered investment adviser with the SEC. MSSB LLC’s relationship with its investment advisory clients is subject to the fiduciary and other obligations imposed on investment advisorsadvisers under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder as well as various state securities laws. These laws and regulations generally grant the SEC and other supervisory bodies with broad administrative powers to addressnon-compliance, including the power to restrict or limit MSSB LLC from carrying on its investment advisory and other asset management activities. Other sanctions that may be imposed include the suspension of individual employees, limitations on engaging in certain activities for specified periods of time or for specified types of clients, the revocation of registrations, other censures and significant fines.

The Dodd-Frank Act includesFirm is subject to various provisionsregulations that affect the regulation of broker-dealer sales practices and customer relationships. For example, under the Dodd-Frank Act, the SEC is authorized to adoptimpose a fiduciary duty rule applicable to broker-dealers when providing personalized investment advice about securities to retail customers. Thecustomers, although the SEC has not yet acted on this authority.

As a separate matter, in April 2016, the U.S. Department of Labor is considering revisions to regulationsadopted a conflict of interest rule under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 that could subject broker-dealers tobroadens the circumstances under which a firm and/or financial adviser is considered a fiduciary dutywhen providing certain recommendations to retirement investors and prohibit specified transactionsrequires that such recommendations be in the best interests of clients. Subject to any potential delays, the new fiduciary standard for investment advice has a wider rangescheduled applicability date of customer interactions. TheseApril 10, 2017, with certain aspects subject tophased-in compliance, and with full compliance required by January 1, 2018. Given the breadth and scale of our platform and continued investment in technology and infrastructure, we believe that we will be able to provide compliant solutions to meet our clients’ investment needs. However, these developments may impact the manner in which affected businesses are conducted, decrease profitability and increase potential liabilities.

litigation or enforcement risk.

Margin lending by broker-dealers is regulated by the Federal Reserve’s restrictions on lending in connection with customer and proprietary purchases and short sales of securities, as well as securities borrowing and lending activities. Broker-dealers are also subject to maintenance and other margin requirements imposed under FINRA and other self-regulatory organization rules. In many cases, the Company’sour broker-dealer subsidiaries’ margin policies are more stringent than these rules.

As registered U.S. broker-dealers, certain subsidiaries of the Companyour subsidiaries are subject to the SEC’s net capital rule and the net capital requirements of various exchanges, other regulatory authoritiesauthor-

December 2016 Form 10-K6


ities and self-regulatory organizations. Many non-U.S. regulatory authorities and exchanges also have rules relating to capital and, in some cases, liquidity requirements that apply to the Company’s non-U.S. broker-dealer subsidiaries. These rules are generally designed to measure the broker-dealer subsidiary’s general financial integrity and/or liquidity and require that at least a minimum amount of net and/or liquid assets be maintained by the subsidiary. See also “—Financial Holding Company—Consolidated Supervision” and “—Financial Holding Company—Capital and Liquidity Standards” above. Rules of FINRA and other self-regulatory organizations also impose limitations and requirements on the transfer of member organizations’ assets.

Compliance with regulatory capital requirements may limit the Company’s operations requiring the intensive useResearch.    Both U.S. andnon-U.S. regulators continue to focus on research conflicts of capital. Such requirements restrict the Company’s ability to withdraw capital from its broker-dealer subsidiaries, whichinterest. Research-related regulations have been implemented in turn may limit its ability to pay dividends, repay debt, or redeem or purchase shares of its own outstanding stock. Any change in such rules or the imposition of new rules affecting the scope, coverage, calculation or amount of capital requirements, or a significant operating loss or any unusually large charge against capital, could adversely affect the Company’s ability to pay dividends or to expand or maintain present business levels. In addition, such rules may require the Company to make substantial capital infusions into one or more of its broker-dealer subsidiaries in order for such subsidiaries to comply with such rules.

MS&Co. and MSSB LLC are members of the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (“SIPC”), which provides protection for customers of broker-dealers against lossesmany jurisdictions, including in the event of the insolvency of a broker-dealer. SIPC protects customers’ eligible securities held by a member broker-dealer up to $500,000 per customer for all accounts in the same capacity subject to a limitation of $250,000 for claims for uninvested cash balances. To supplement this SIPC coverage, each of MS&Co. and MSSB LLC have purchased additional protection for the benefit of their customers in the form of an annual policy issued by certain underwriters and various insurance companies that provides protection for each eligible customer above SIPC limits subject to an aggregate firmwide cap of $1 billion with no per client sublimit for securities and a $1.9 million per client limit for the cash portion of any remaining shortfall. As noted under “—Financial Holding Company—Systemic Risk Regime” above, the Dodd-Frank Act contains special provisions for the orderly liquidation of covered financial

15


institutions (which could potentially include MS&Co. and/or MSSB LLC). While these provisions are generally intended to provide customers of covered broker-dealers with protections at least as beneficial as they would enjoy in a broker-dealer liquidation proceeding under the Securities Investor Protection Act, the details and implementation of such protections are subject to further rulemaking.

The SECU.S. where FINRA has adopted rules requiring broker-dealers to maintain risk management controls and supervisory procedures with respect to providing access to securities markets, which became fully effective in 2012. In July 2012, the SEC adopted a consolidated audit trail rule, which, when fully implemented, will require broker-dealers to report into one consolidated audit trail comprehensive information about every material event in the lifecycle of every quote, order, and execution in all exchange-listed stocks and options. It is possible that the SEC or self-regulatory organizations could propose or adopt additional market structure rules forcover both equity and fixed income markets indebt. New and revised requirements resulting from these regulations and the future. The provisions, new rulesglobal research settlement with U.S. federal and proposals discussed above could result in increased costs and could otherwise adversely affect trading volumes and other conditions in the markets instate regulators (to which we operate.are a party) have necessitated the development or enhancement of corresponding policies and procedures.

Regulation of Futures Activities and Certain Commodities Activities.    As    MS&Co., as a futures commission merchants, MS&Co.merchant, and MSSB LLC, as an introducing broker, are subject to net capital requirements of, and certain of their activities are regulated by, the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”),CFTC, the National Futures Association (the “NFA”), a registered futures association,CME Group, and various commodity futures exchanges. MS&Co. and MSSB LLC and certain of their affiliates are registered members of the NFA in various capacities. Rules and regulations of the CFTC, NFA and commodity futures exchanges address obligations related to, among other things, customer protections, the segregation of customer funds and the holding apart of a secured amount,amounts, the use by futures commission merchants of customer funds, recordkeeping and reporting obligations of futures commission merchants, and introducing brokers, risk disclosure, risk management and discretionary trading. MS&Co. and MSSB LLC have affiliates that are registered as commodity trading advisors and/or commodity pool operators, or are operating under certain exemptions from such registration pursuant to CFTC rules and other guidance. Under CFTC and NFA rules, commodity trading advisors who manage accounts and commodity pool operators that are registered with the NFA must distribute disclosure documents and maintain specified records relating to their activities, and commodity trading advisors and commodity pool operators have certain responsibilities with respect to each pool they advise or operate. Violations of the rules of the CFTC, the NFA or the commodity exchanges could result in remedial actions, including fines, registration restrictions or terminations, trading prohibitions or revocations of commodity exchange memberships.

The Company’sOur commodities activities are subject to extensive and evolving energy, commodities, environmental, health and safety, and other governmental laws and regulations in the U.S. and abroad. Intensified scrutiny of certain energy markets by U.S. federal, state and local authorities in the U.S. and abroad and by the public has resulted in increased regulatory and legal enforcement and remedial proceedings involving energy companies including those engagedconducting the activities in power generation and liquid hydrocarbons trading. Terminal facilities and other assets relating to the Company’s commodities activities also are subject to environmental laws both in the U.S. and abroad. In addition, pipeline, transport and terminal operations are subject to state laws in connection with the cleanup of hazardous substances that may have been released at properties currently or previously owned or operated by us or locations to which we have sent wastes for disposal.are engaged. See also “—Financial Holding Company—Scope of Permitted Activities” and “—Capital Standards—Commodities-Related Capital Requirements” above.

Derivatives Regulation.    Through    Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company faces a comprehensive U.S. regulatory regime for its activities in certain OTC derivatives. The regulation of “swaps” and “security-based swaps” (collectively, “Swaps”) inimplemented pursuant to the U.S. is being,Dodd-Frank Act, we

are subject to regulations including, among others, public and will continue to be, effectedregulatory reporting, central clearing and implemented throughmandatory trading on regulated exchanges or execution facilities for certain types of Swaps. While the CFTC, SEC and other agency regulations. The CFTC has completed the majority of its regulations in this area, most of which are in effect. Theeffect, the SEC and other agencies charged with regulating Swaps havehas not yet adopted the majoritya number of their Swapits Swaps regulations.

Subject to certain limited exceptions, the Dodd-Frank Act requires central clearing of certain types of Swaps, public and regulatory reporting, and mandatory trading on regulated exchanges or execution facilities. Reporting requirements for CFTC-regulated Swaps are now in effect and certain types of CFTC-regulated interest rate and index credit default swaps are subject to mandatory central clearing. Certain Swaps will be required to be traded on an exchange or execution facility starting in February 2014.

16


The Dodd-Frank Act also requires the registration of “swap dealers” and “major swap participants” with the CFTC and “security-based swap dealers” and “major security-based swap participants” with the SEC (collectively, “Swaps Entities”).SEC. Certain of the Company’sour subsidiaries have registered with the CFTC as swap dealers and in the future additional subsidiaries may register with the CFTC as swap dealers. One or more subsidiaries of the Company will in the future be required to register with the SEC as security-based swap dealers.

Such Swaps Entities are or will be subject to a comprehensive regulatory regime with new obligations for the Swaps activities for which they are registered, including new capital requirements, a new margin regimerequirements for uncleared Swaps and a new segregation regime for collateralcomprehensive business conduct rules. Each of counterpartiesthe CFTC and the SEC have proposed rules to uncleared Swaps.impose capital standards on Swaps Entities are subject to additional duties, including, among others, internal and external business conduct and documentation standards with respect to their Swaps counterparties, recordkeeping and reporting. The Company’s swap dealers are also subject to newrespective jurisdictions, which include our subsidiaries, but these rules under the Dodd-Frank Act regarding segregation of customer collateral for cleared transactions, large trader reporting, and anti-fraud and anti-manipulation requirements related to activities in Swaps.

have not yet been finalized.

The specific parameters of some of these requirements for Swaps have been and continue to be developed through the CFTC, SEC and bank regulator rulemakings. While many ofIn 2015, the CFTC’s requirements are already finalfederal banking regulators and effective, others are subject to further rulemaking or deferred compliance dates. In particular, the CFTC SEC and the banking regulators have proposed, but not yet adopted,separately issued final rules regardingestablishing uncleared Swap margin and capital requirements for Swaps Entities. In September 2013, the Basel Committee and the International Organization of Securities Commissions released their final policy framework on margin requirements for non-centrally-cleared derivatives. The full impact on the Company of the U.S. agencies’ margin and capital requirements for Swaps Entities subject to their respective regulation, including MSBNA, Morgan Stanley Capital Services LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc (“MSIP”), respectively. These final rules impose variation margin requirements under aphase-in compliance schedule that applied to the largest dealers as of September 1, 2016 and will notapply to the remainder ofin-scope market participants as of March 1, 2017. Similarly, the final rulesphase-in initial margin requirements from September 1, 2016 through September 1, 2020, depending on the level ofover-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives activity of the swap dealer and the relevant counterparty. Margin rules with the same or similar compliance dates have been adopted or are in the process of being finalized by regulators outside the U.S. and certain of our subsidiaries may be known with certainty until the requirements are finalized. In November 2013, the CFTC re-proposed rules that, if finalized as proposed, would limit positions in 28 agricultural, energy and metals commodities, including swaps, futures and options that are economically equivalentsubject to those commodity contracts. Through this re-proposal, the CFTC is taking steps to institute position limits that were previously finalized in November 2011 but were vacated by a federal court in September 2012.

such rules.

Although the full impact of U.S.global derivatives regulation on the Companyus remains unclear, the Company haswe have already faced, and willare expected to continue to face, increased costs and regulatory oversight due to the registration and regulatory requirements indicated above. Complying with the Swaps rules also has required, and willis expected to in the future require, the Companyus to change itsour Swaps businesses and has required, and willmay in the future require, extensive systems and personnel changes. Compliance with Swap-related partially finalizedSwaps-related regulatory capital requirements may require the Companyus to devote more capital to itsour Swaps business.

 

7December 2016 Form 10-K

In July 2013, the CFTC issued final guidance on the cross-border application of its Swaps regulations and an exemptive order providing a delay in compliance timing of certain of those regulations as applied to certain non-U.S. entities engaging in Swaps activities. Even with the issuance of the guidance, the full scope of the extraterritorial impact of U.S. Swaps regulation remains unclear.


 

The E.U. has adopted and implemented certain rules relating to the OTC derivatives market and these rules imposed regulatory reporting beginning in February 2014. The E.U. plans to impose central clearing requirements on OTC derivatives in the future. In addition, other non-U.S. jurisdictions are in the process of adopting and implementing legislation emanating from the G20 commitments that will require, among other things, the central clearing of certain OTC derivatives, mandatory reporting of derivatives and bilateral risk mitigation procedures for non-cleared trades. It remains unclear at present how the non-U.S. and U.S. derivatives regulatory regimes will interact.

Non-U.S. Regulation.    The Company’s    Our Institutional Securities businesses also are regulated extensively bynon-U.S. regulators, including governments, securities exchanges, commodity exchanges, self-regulatory organizations, central banks and regulatory bodies, especially in those jurisdictions in which the Company maintainswe maintain an office. Non-U.S. policy makers and regulators, including the European Commission and European

17


Supervisory Authorities, continue to propose and adopt numerous market reforms, including those that may further impact the structure of banks, and formulate regulatory standards and measures that will be of relevance and importance to the Company’s European operations. CertainIn addition, certain Morgan Stanley subsidiaries are regulated as broker-dealers under the laws of the jurisdictions in which they operate. Subsidiaries engaged in banking and trust activities outside the U.S. are regulated by various government agencies in the particular jurisdiction where they are chartered, incorporated and/or conduct their business activity. For instance, the Prudential Regulation Authority (“PRA”), the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) and several securities and futures exchanges in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”), including the London Stock Exchange and Euronext.liffe,ICE Futures Europe, regulate the Company’sour activities in the U.K.; the Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (the Federal Financial Supervisory Authority) and the Deutsche rse AG regulate itsour activities in the Federal Republic of Germany; Eidgenôssische Finanzmarktaufsicht (the Financial Market Supervisory Authority) regulates its activities in Switzerland; the Financial Services Agency, the Bank of Japan, the Japanese Securities Dealers Association and several Japanese securities and futures exchanges, including the Tokyo Stock Exchange, the Osaka Securities Exchange and the Tokyo International Financial Futures Exchange, regulate itsour activities in Japan; the Hong Kong Securities and Futures Commission of Hong Kong, the Hong Kong Monetary Authority and the Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited regulate itsour operations in Hong Kong; and the Monetary Authority of Singapore and the Singapore Exchange Limited regulate itsour business in Singapore.

Our largestnon-U.S. entity, MSIP, is subject to extensive regulation and supervision by the PRA, which has broad legal authority to establish prudential and other standards applicable to MSIP that seek to ensure its safety and soundness and to minimize adverse effects on the stability of the U.K. financial system. MSIP is also regulated and supervised by the FCA with respect to business conduct matters.

Non-U.S. policymakers and regulators, including the European Commission and European Supervisory Authorities (among others, the European Banking Authority and the European Securities and Markets Authority), continue to propose and adopt numerous reforms, including those that may further impact the structure of banks, and to formulate regulatory standards and measures that will be of relevance and importance to our European operations. In November 2016, the European Commission published proposals that would require certain large,non-E.U. financial groups with two or more institutions established in the E.U., to establish a single E.U. intermediate holding company (“IHC”). The proposals would require E.U. banks and broker-dealers to be held below the E.U. IHC; until more specific regulations are proposed, it remains unclear which other E.U. entities would need to be held beneath the E.U. IHC. The E.U. IHC would be subject to: direct supervision and authorization by the European Central Bank or the relevant national E.U. regu-

lator; the E.U. bank recovery and resolution regime under the E.U. Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive (“BRRD”); and capital, liquidity, leverage and other prudential standards on a consolidated basis. The proposals will now be considered by the European Parliament and the Council of the E.U. The final form of the proposals, as well as the date of their adoption, is not yet certain.

Regulators in the U.K., E.U. and other major jurisdictions have also finalized or are in the process of proposing or finalizing risk-based capital, leverage capital, liquidity, banking structuralmarket-based reforms and other regulatory standards applicable to certain Morgan Stanleyof our subsidiaries that operate in those jurisdictions. For example, the Company’s primary broker-dealer in the U.K., Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc (“MSIP”), is subject to regulation and supervision by the PRA with respect to prudential matters. As a prudential regulator, the PRA seeks to promote the safety and soundness of the firms that it regulates and to minimize the adverse effects that such firms may have on the stability of the U.K. financial system. The PRA has broad legal authority to establish prudential and other standards to pursue these objectives, including approvals of relevant regulatory models, as well as to bring formal and informal supervisory and disciplinary actions against regulated firms to address noncompliance with such standards. MSIP is also regulated and supervised by the FCA with respect to business conduct matters. On January 1, 2014, MSIP became subject to the Capital Requirements Regulation and Capital Requirements (collectively, “CRD IV”), which implements the Basel III and other regulatory requirements for E.U. investment firms, such as MSIP.instance, European Market Infrastructure Regulation introduces new requirements regarding the central clearing and reporting of derivatives, as well as margin requirements for uncleared derivatives. The Markets in Financial Instrument Regulation and conducta revision of business with respect to derivatives. In addition, proposals to revise the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive would(together, “MiFID II”), which is now scheduled to take effect on January 3, 2018, will also introduce variouscomprehensive and new trading and market infrastructure reforms in the E.U. Lawmakers, including new trading venues, enhancements topre- and post-trading transparency, and additional investor protection requirements, among others. Although the full impact of these changes remains unclear, complying with MiFID II is expected to require extensive changes to our operations, including systems and controls.

Regulators in the U.K., E.U. and other major jurisdictions have also finalized or are also in the process of proposing or finalizing a proposed directive that would establish a framework for the recovery and resolution planning frameworks and related regulatory requirements that will apply to certain of our subsidiaries that operate in those jurisdictions. For instance, the BRRD has established a recovery and resolution framework for E.U. credit institutions and investment firms, including MSIP. E.U. Member States were required to apply provisions implementing the BRRD as of January 1, 2015, subject to certain exemptions. In addition, certain jurisdictions, including the U.K. and other E.U. jurisdictions, have implemented, or are in the process of implementing, changes to resolution regimes to provide resolution authorities with the ability to recapitalize a failing entity organized in such jurisdiction by writing down certain unsecured liabilities or converting certain unsecured liabilities into equity.

Investment Management.

Management

Many of the subsidiaries engaged in the Company’sour asset management activities are registered as investment advisers with the SEC. Many aspects of the Company’sour asset management activities are subject to federal and state laws and regulations primarily intended to benefit the investor or client. These laws and regulations generally grant supervisory agencies and bodies broad administrative powers, including the power to limit or restrict the Company us

December 2016 Form 10-K8


from carrying on itsour asset management activities in the event that it failswe fail to comply with such laws and regulations. Sanctions that may be imposed for such failure include the suspension of individual employees, limitations on the Companyour engaging in various asset management activities for specified periods of time or specified types of clients, the revocation of registrations, other censures and significant fines. In order to facilitate itsour asset management business, the Company ownswe own a registered U.S. broker-dealer, Morgan Stanley Distribution, Inc., which acts as distributor to the Morgan Stanley mutual funds and as placement agent to certain private investment funds managed by the Company’sour Investment Management business segment. A numberIn addition, certain of legal entities within the Company’s Investment Management businessour affiliates are registered as commodity trading advisors and/or commodity pool operators, or are operating under certain exemptions from such registration

18


pursuant to CFTC rules and other guidance.guidance, and have certain responsibilities with respect to each pool they advise. Violations of the rules of the CFTC, the NFA or the commodity exchanges could result in remedial actions, including fines, registration restrictions or terminations, trading prohibitions or revocations of commodity exchange memberships. See also “—Institutional Securities and Wealth Management—Broker-Dealer and Investment Adviser Regulation” andRegulation,” “—Institutional Securities and Wealth Management—Regulation of Futures Activities and Certain Commodities Activities” above.

Activities,” “—Institutional Securities and Wealth Management—Derivatives Regulation” and “—Institutional Securities and WealthManagement—Non-U.S. Regulation” above for a discussion of other regulations that impact our Investment Management business, including, among other things, the Department of Labor’s conflict of interest rule and MiFID II.

As a result of the passage of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company’sour asset management activities will beare subject to certain additional laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, additional reporting and recordkeeping requirements (including with respect to clients that are private funds), and restrictions on sponsoring or investing in, or maintaining certain other relationships with, “covered funds,” as defined in the Volcker Rule, subject to certain limited exemptions, and certain rules and regulations regarding trading activities, including trading in derivatives markets.exemptions. Many of these new requirements may increase the expenses associated with the Company’sour asset management activities and/or reduce the investment returns the Company iswe are able to generate for itsour asset management clients. Several important elements of the Dodd-Frank Act will not be known until rulemaking is finalized and certain final regulations are adopted.

The Company is continuing its review of its asset management activities that may be affected by the Volcker Rule and is taking steps to establish the necessary compliance programs to help ensure and monitor compliance with the Volcker Rule. The Company had already taken certain steps to comply with the Volcker Rule prior to the issuance of the final regulations, including, for example, launching new funds that are designed to comply with the Volcker Rule. Given the complexity of the new framework, the full impact of the Volcker Rule is still uncertain, and will ultimately depend on the interpretation and implementation by the five regulatory agencies responsible for its oversight. See also “—Financial Holding Company—Activities Restrictions under the Volcker Rule.Rule” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Developments.

The Company’sOur Investment Management business is also regulated outside the U.S. For example, the Financial Conduct Authority andFCA is the Prudential Regulation Authority regulate the Company’sprimary regulator of our business in the U.K.; the Financial Services Agency regulates the Company’sour business in Japan; the Hong Kong Securities and Futures Commission of Hong Kong regulates the Company’sour business in

Hong Kong; and the Monetary Authority of Singapore regulates the Company’sour business in Singapore. See also “—Institutional Securities and WealthManagement—Non-U.S. Regulation” herein.

Financial Crimes Program

Anti-Money Laundering and Economic Sanctions.

The Company’s Anti-Money Laundering (“AML”)Our Financial Crimes program is coordinated on an enterprise-wide basis. basis and supports our financial crime prevention efforts across all regions and business units with responsibility for governance, oversight and execution of our Anti-Money Laundering (“AML”), economic sanctions (“Sanctions”) and anti-corruption programs.

In the U.S., for example, the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, imposes significant obligations on financial institutions to detect and deter money laundering and terrorist financing activity, including requiring banks, bank holding companycompanies and their subsidiaries, broker-dealers, futures commission merchants, introducing brokers and mutual funds to implement AML programs, verify the identity of customers that maintain accounts, and monitor and report suspicious activity to appropriate law enforcement or regulatory authorities. Outside the U.S., applicable laws, rules and regulations similarly require designated types of financial institutions to implement AML programs. The Company hasWe have implemented policies, procedures and internal controls that are designed to comply with all applicable AML laws and regulations. The Company has alsoRegarding Sanctions, we have implemented policies, procedures and internal controls that are designed to comply with the regulations and economic sanctions programs administered by the U.S. Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), which enforces economic and trade sanctions against targetedtarget foreign countries, entities and individuals based on external threats to the U.S. foreign policy, national security or economy;economic interests, and to comply, as applicable, similar sanctions programs imposed by other governments;foreign governments or by global or regional multilateral organizations such as the United Nations Security Council and the E.U. as applicable.Council.

Anti-Corruption.

The Company isWe are also subject to applicable anti-corruption laws, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act, in the jurisdictions in which it operates.we operate. Anti-corruption laws generally prohibit offering, promising, giving or authorizing others to give anything of value, either directly or indirectly, to a government official or private party in order to influence official action or otherwise gain an unfair business advantage, such as to obtain or retain business. The Company hasWe have implemented policies, procedures and internal controls that are designed to comply with such laws, rules and regulations.

 

 199 December 2016 Form 10-K


Protection of Client Information.

Information

Many aspects of the Company’s businessour businesses are subject to legal requirements concerning the use and protection of certain customer information, including those adopted pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 in the U.S., the E.U. Data Protection Directive and various laws in Asia, including the Japanese Personal Information (Protection) Law, the Hong Kong Personal Data (Protection) Ordinance and the Australian Privacy Act. The Company hasWe have adopted measures designed to comply with these and related applicable requirements in all relevant jurisdictions.

Research.

Both U.S. and non-U.S. regulators continue to focus on research conflicts of interest. Research-related regulations have been implemented in many jurisdictions. New and revised requirements resulting from these regulations and the global research settlement with U.S. federal and state regulators (to which the Company is a party) have necessitated the development or enhancement of corresponding policies and procedures.

Compensation Practices and Other Regulation.Regulation

The Company’sOur compensation practices are subject to oversight by the Federal Reserve.Reserve and, with respect to some of our subsidiaries and employees, by other financial regulatory bodies worldwide. In particular, the Company iswe are subject to the Federal Reserve’s guidance that is designed to help ensure that incentive compensation paid by banking organizations does not encourage imprudent risk-takingrisk taking that threatens the organizations’ safety and soundness. The scope and content of the Federal Reserve’s policies on executive compensation are continuing to develop and may change based on findings from its peer review process, and the Company expectswe expect that these policies will evolve over a number of years.

The Company isWe are subject to the compensation-related provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, which may impact itsour compensation practices. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, federal regulators, including the Federal Reserve, must prescribe regulations to require covered financial institutions, including the Company, to report the structures of all of their incentive-based compensation arrangements and prohibit incentive-based payment arrangements that encourage inappropriate risks by providing employees, directors or principal shareholders with compensation that is excessive or that could lead to material financial loss to the covered financial institution. In April 2011, seven federal agencies, including the Federal Reserve, jointly proposed an interagency rule implementing this requirement. Further,2016, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, certain federal regulatory agencies reproposed a rule, which, if implemented as written, would require, among other things, the deferral of a percentage of certain incentive-based compensation for senior executives and certain other employees and, under certain circumstances, “clawback” of incentive-based compensation. In addition, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, in 2015, the SEC mustproposed rules that would direct listingstock exchanges to require listed companies to implement clawback policies relating to disclosure ofrecover incentive-based compensation that is based on publicly reported financial information and the clawback of such compensation from current or former executive officers followingin the event of certain accounting restatements.financial restatements and would also require companies to disclose their clawback policies and their actions under those policies. We continue to evaluate the proposed rules, both of which are subject to further rulemaking procedures.

In addition to the guidelines issued by the Federal Reserve and referenced above, the Company’sOur compensation practices may also be impacted by regulations in other regulations, including those promulgated in accordance with the FSB compensation principles and standards, CRD IV, Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive regulations, the fifth Undertakings for Collective Investment in Transferable Securities Directive and proposed second Markets in Financial Instruments Directive. The FSB standards are to be implemented by local regulators, including in the U.K., where the remuneration of employees of certain banks is governed by the Remuneration Code. In the E.U., beginning on January 1, 2014, the Company’sjurisdictions. Our compensation practices with respect to certain employees whose activities have a material impact on the risk profile of the Company’sour E.U. operations will beare subject to the Capital Requirements Directive IV (the “CRD IV”) and related E.U. and Member State regulations, including, among others, a cap on the ratio of variable remuneration to fixed

remuneration and clawback arrangements in relation to variable remuneration paid in the past. In the U.K., the remuneration of certain employees of banks and other firms is governed by the Remuneration Code of the FCA and by the PRA Rulebook (Remuneration Part), including provisions that implement the CRD IV, which includes a fixed cap on bonuses and other variable remuneration restrictions.

as well as additional U.K. requirements.

For a discussion of certain risks relating to the Company’sour regulatory environment, see “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A herein.

1A.

20


Executive Officers of Morgan Stanley.Stanley

The executive officers of Morgan Stanley and their ages and titles as of February 25, 201427, 2017 are set forth below. Business experience for the past five years is provided in accordance with SEC rules.

Gregory J. Fleming (50)Jeffrey S. Brodsky (52).    Executive Vice President (since February 2010), President of Investment Management (since February 2010) and President of Wealth ManagementChief Human Resources Officer of Morgan Stanley (since January 2016). Vice President and Global Head of Human Resources (January 2011 to December 2015).Co-Head of Human Resources (January 2010 to December 2011). President of ResearchHead of Morgan Stanley (February 2010Smith Barney Human Resources (June 2009 to January 2011)2010). Senior Research Scholar at Yale Law School and Distinguished Visiting Fellow of the Center for the Study of Corporate Law at Yale Law School (January 2009 to December 2009). President of Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. (“Merrill Lynch”) (February 2008 to January 2009). Co-President of Merrill Lynch (May 2007 to February 2008). Executive Vice President and Co-President of the Global Markets and Investment Banking Group of Merrill Lynch (August 2003 to May 2007).

James P. Gorman (55)(58).    Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of Morgan Stanley (since January 2012). President and Chief Executive Officer (January 2010 through December 2011) and member of the Board of Directors (since January 2010).Co-President (December 2007 to December 2009) andCo-Head of Strategic Planning (October 2007 to December 2009). President and Chief Operating Officer of Wealth Management (February 2006 to April 2008).

Eric F. Grossman (47)(50).    Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer of Morgan Stanley (since January 2012). Global Head of Legal (September 2010 to January 2012). Global Head of Litigation (January 2006 to September 2010) and General Counsel of the Americas (May 2009 to September 2010). General Counsel of Wealth Management (November 2008 to June 2009)September 2010). Partner at the law firm of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP (June 2001 to December 2005).

Keishi Hotsuki (51)(54).    Executive Vice President (since May 2014) and Chief Risk Officer of Morgan Stanley (since May 2011). Interim Chief Risk Officer (January 2011 to May 2011) and Head of Market Risk Department (since March 2008)(March 2008 to April 2014). Director of Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. (since May 2010). Global Head of Market Risk Management at Merrill Lynch (June 2005 to September 2007).

December 2016 Form 10-K10


 

Colm Kelleher (56)(59).    President of Morgan Stanley (since January 2016). Executive Vice President (since October 2007) and(October 2007 to January 2016). President of Institutional Securities (since(January 2013 to January 2013)2016). Head of International (January 2011 to January 2016).Co-President of Institutional Securities of Morgan Stanley (January 2010 to December 2012). Chief Financial Officer andCo-Head of Strategic Planning (October 2007 to December 2009). Head of Global Capital Markets (February 2006 to October 2007).Co-Head of Fixed Income Europe (May 2004 to February 2006).

Ruth Porat (56)Jonathan M. Pruzan (48).    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Morgan Stanley (since January 2010)May 2015). Vice ChairmanCo-Head of Investment BankingGlobal Financial Institutions Group (January 2010 to April 2015).Co-Head of North American Financial Institutions Group M&A (September 20032007 to December 2009). Global Head of Financial Institutionsthe U.S. Bank Group (September 2006(April 2005 to December 2009) and ChairmanAugust 2007).

Daniel A. Simkowitz (51).    Head of the Financial Sponsors Group (July 2004 to September 2006) within Investment Banking.

James A. Rosenthal (60).    Executive Vice President and Chief Operating OfficerManagement of Morgan Stanley (since January 2011)October 2015).Co-Head of Global Capital Markets (March 2013 to September 2015). HeadChairman of Corporate Strategy (January 2010 to May 2011). Chief Operating Officer of Wealth Management (January 2010 to August 2011). Head of Firmwide Technology and Operations of Morgan Stanley (March 2008 to January 2010). Chief Financial Officer of Tishman Speyer (May 2006Global Capital Markets (November 2009 to March 2008)2013). Managing Director in Global Capital Markets (December 2000 to November 2009).

 

 2111 December 2016 Form 10-K


Item 1A. Risk Factors.Factors

LiquidityFor a discussion of the risks and Funding Risk.

Liquidity and funding risk refers to the risk that we will be unable to finance our operations due to a loss of access to the capital markets or difficulty in liquidating our assets. Liquidity and funding risk also encompasses our ability to meet our financial obligations without experiencing significant business disruption or reputational damageuncertainties that may threatenaffect our viability as a going concern. For more informationfuture results and strategic objectives, see “Forward-Looking Statements” immediately preceding Part I, Item 1 and “Return on how we monitorEquity Target” and manage liquidity“Effects of Inflation and funding risk, seeChanges in Interest and Foreign Exchange Rates” under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources”Operations” in Part II, Item 7 herein.7.

Liquidity is essential to our businesses and we rely on external sources to finance a significant portion of our operations.

Liquidity is essential to our businesses. Our liquidity could be negatively affected by our inability to raise funding in the long-term or short-term debt capital markets or our inability to access the secured lending markets. Factors that we cannot control, such as disruption of the financial markets or negative views about the financial services industry generally, including concerns regarding the remaining sovereign debt issues in Europe or fiscal matters in the U.S., could impair our ability to raise funding. In addition, our ability to raise funding could be impaired if investors or lenders develop a negative perception of our long-term or short-term financial prospects due to factors such as if we were to incur large trading losses, are downgraded by the rating agencies, suffer a decline in the level of our business activity, or if regulatory authorities take significant action against us, or we discover significant employee misconduct or illegal activity. If we are unable to raise funding using the methods described above, we would likely need to finance or liquidate unencumbered assets, such as our investment and trading portfolios, to meet maturing liabilities. We may be unable to sell some of our assets, or we may have to sell assets at a discount from market value, either of which could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

Our borrowing costs and access to the debt capital markets depend significantly on our credit ratings.

The cost and availability of unsecured financing generally are impacted by our short-term and long-term credit ratings. The rating agencies are continuing to monitor certain issuer specific factors that are important to the determination of our credit ratings, including governance, the level and quality of earnings, capital adequacy, funding and liquidity, risk appetite and management, asset quality, strategic direction, and business mix. Additionally, the rating agencies will look at other industry-wide factors such as regulatory or legislative changes, macro-economic environment, and perceived levels of government support, and it is possible that they could downgrade our ratings and those of similar institutions. For example, in November 2013, Moody’s Investor Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”) took certain ratings actions with respect to eight large U.S. banking groups, including downgrading us, to remove certain uplift from the U.S. government support in their ratings. See also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Ratings” in Part II, Item 7 herein.

Our credit ratings also can have a significant impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer term counterparty performance is a key consideration, such as OTC derivative transactions, including credit derivatives and interest rate swaps. In connection with certain OTC trading agreements and certain other agreements associated with the Institutional Securities business segment, we may be required to provide additional collateral to, or immediately settle any outstanding liability balance with, certain counterparties in the event of a credit ratings downgrade. Termination of our trading and other agreements could cause us to sustain losses and impair our liquidity by requiring us to find other sources of financing or to make significant cash payments or securities movements. The additional collateral or termination payments which may occur in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract and can be based on ratings by either or both of Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC. At December 31, 2013, the future potential collateral amounts and termination payments that could be called or required by counterparties, exchanges and clearing organizations in the event of one-notch or two-notch downgrade scenarios based on the relevant contractual downgrade triggers were $1,522 million and an incremental $3,321 million, respectively.

22


We are a holding company and depend on payments from our subsidiaries.

The parent holding company depends on dividends, distributions and other payments from its subsidiaries to fund dividend payments and to fund all payments on its obligations, including debt obligations. Regulatory, tax restrictions or elections and other legal restrictions may limit our ability to transfer funds freely, either to or from our subsidiaries. In particular, many of our subsidiaries, including our broker-dealer subsidiaries, are subject to laws, regulations and self-regulatory organization rules that authorize regulatory bodies to block or reduce the flow of funds to the parent holding company, or that prohibit such transfers altogether in certain circumstances, including steps to “ring fence” entities by regulators outside of the U.S. to protect clients and creditors of such entities in the event of financial difficulties involving such entities. These laws, regulations and rules may hinder our ability to access funds that we may need to make payments on our obligations. Furthermore, as a bank holding company, we may become subject to a prohibition or to limitations on our ability to pay dividends or repurchase our stock. The OCC, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC have the authority, and under certain circumstances the duty, to prohibit or to limit the payment of dividends by the banking organizations they supervise, including us and our bank company subsidiaries.

Our liquidity and financial condition have in the past been, and in the future could be, adversely affected by U.S. and international markets and economic conditions.

Our ability to raise funding in the long-term or short-term debt capital markets or the equity markets, or to access secured lending markets, has in the past been, and could in the future be, adversely affected by conditions in the U.S. and international markets and economy. Global market and economic conditions have been particularly disrupted and volatile in the last several years and continue to be, including as a result of the European sovereign debt crisis, and uncertainty regarding U.S. fiscal matters. In particular, our cost and availability of funding have been, and may in the future be, adversely affected by illiquid credit markets and wider credit spreads. Continued turbulence in the U.S., the E.U. and other international markets and economies could adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition and the willingness of certain counterparties and customers to do business with us.

Market Risk.

Risk

Market risk refers to the risk that a change in the level of one or more market prices, rates, indices, implied volatilities (the price volatility of the underlying instrument imputed from option prices), correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity, will result in losses for a position or portfolio owned by us. For more information on how we monitor and manage market risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative DisclosureDisclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Market Risk” in Part II, Item 7A.

Our results of operations may be materially affected by market fluctuations and by global and economic conditions and other factors.factors, including changes in asset values.

Our results of operations have been in the past and may, in the future, be materially affected by market fluctuations due to global andfinancial markets, economic conditions, changes to the global trade policies and other factors. Our results of operations in the past have been, and in the future may continue to be, materially affected by many factors, including the effect of economic and political conditions and geopolitical events; the effect of market conditions, particularly in the global equity, fixed income, credit and commodities markets, including corporate and mortgage (commercial and residential) lending and commercial real estate markets; the impact of current, pending and future legislation (including the Dodd-Frank Act), regulation (including capital, leverage and liquidity requirements), policies (including fiscal and monetary), and legal and regulatory actions in the U.S. and worldwide; the level and volatility of equity, fixed income and commodity prices (including oil prices), interest rates, currency values and other market indices; the availability and cost of both credit and capital as well as the credit ratings assigned to our unsecured short-term and long-term debt; investor, consumer and business sentiment and confidence in the financial markets; the performance of our acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, strategic alliances or other strategic arrangements (including with Mitsubishi UFJ Financial

23


Group, Inc. (“MUFG”)); our reputation; inflation, natural disasters, and acts of war or terrorism; the actions and initiatives of current and potential competitors, as well as governments, regulators and self-regulatory organizations; the effectiveness of our risk management policies; and technological changes and risks, including cybersecurity risks; or a combination of these or other factors. In addition, legislative, legal and regulatory developments related to our businesses are likely to increase costs, thereby affecting results of operations. These factors also may have an adverse impact on our ability to achieve our strategic objectives.

indices. The results of our Institutional Securities business segment, particularly results relating to our involvement in primary and secondary markets for all types of financial products, are subject to substantial market fluctuations due to a variety of factors such as those enumerated above that we cannot control or predict with great certainty. These fluctuations impact results by causing variations in new business flows and in the fair value of securities and other financial products. Fluctuations also occur due to the level of global market activity, which, among other things, affects the size, number and timing of investment banking client assignments and transactions and the realization of returns from our principal investments. During periods of unfavorable market or economic conditions, the level of individual investor participation in the global markets, as well as the level of client assets, may also decrease, which would negatively impact the results of our Wealth Management business segment. In addition, fluctuations in global market activity could impact the flow of investment capital into or from assets under management or supervision and the way customers allocate capital among

money market, equity, fixed income or other investment alternatives, which could negatively impact our Investment Management business segment.

We may experience declines in theThe value of our financial instruments and other losses related to volatile and illiquidmay be materially affected by market conditions.

fluctuations. Market volatility, illiquid market conditions and disruptions in the credit markets make it extremely difficult to value certain of our securities,financial instruments, particularly during periods of market displacement. Subsequent valuations in future periods, in light of factors then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the values of these securitiesinstruments and may adversely impact historical or prospective performance-based fees (also known as incentive fees or carried interest) in future periods.respect of certain business. In addition, at the time of any sales and settlements of these securities,financial instruments, the price we ultimately realize will depend on the demand and liquidity in the market at that time and may be materially lower than their current fair value. Any of these factors could cause a decline in the value of our securities portfolio,financial instruments, which may have an adverse effect on our results of operations in future periods.

In addition, financial markets are susceptible to severe events evidenced by rapid depreciation in asset values accompanied by a reduction in asset liquidity. Under these extreme conditions, hedging and other risk management strategies may not be as effective at mitigating trading losses as they would be under more normal market conditions. Moreover, under these conditions, market participants are particularly exposed to trading strategies employed by many market participants simultaneously and on a large scale, such as crowded trades.scale. Our risk management and monitoring processes seek to quantify and mitigate risk to more extreme market moves. However, severe market events have historically been difficult to predict as seen in the last several years, and we could realize significant losses if extreme market events were to occur.

Holding large and concentrated positions may expose us to losses.

Concentration of risk may reduce revenues or result in losses in our market-making, investing, block trading, underwriting and lending businesses in the event of unfavorable market movements.movements, or when market conditions are more favorable for our competitors. We commit substantial amounts of capital to these businesses, which often results in our taking large positions in the securities of, or making large loans to, a particular issuer or issuers in a particular industry, country or region.

We have incurred, For further information regarding our country risk exposure, see also “Quantitative and may continue to incur, significant lossesQualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk—Country Risk Exposure” in the real estate sector.Item 7A.

We finance and acquire principal positions in a number of real estate and real estate-related products for our own account, for investment vehicles managed by affiliates in which we also may have a significant investment, for separate accounts managed by affiliates and for major participants in the commercial and residential real estate markets.

 

December 2016 Form 10-K 2412 


We also originate loans secured by commercial and residential properties. Further, we securitize and trade in a wide range of commercial and residential real estate and real estate-related whole loans, mortgages and other real estate and commercial assets and products, including residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities. These businesses have been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by the downturn in the real estate sector. In connection with these activities, we have provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, certain representations and warranties. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to repurchase such assets or make other payments related to such assets if such representations and warranties were breached. Between 2004 and December 31, 2013, we sponsored approximately $148.0 billion of residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) primarily containing U.S. residential loans. Of that amount, we made representations and warranties concerning approximately $47.0 billion of loans and agreed to be responsible for the representations and warranties made by third-party sellers, many of which are now insolvent, on approximately $21.0 billion of loans. At December 31, 2013, the current unpaid principal balance (“UPB”) for all the residential assets subject to such representations and warranties was approximately $17.2 billion and the cumulative losses associated with U.S. RMBS were approximately $13.5 billion. We did not make, or otherwise agree to be responsible, for the representations and warranties made by third party sellers on approximately $79.9 billion of residential loans that we securitized during that time period. We have not sponsored any U.S. RMBS transactions since 2007.

 

We have also made representations and warranties in connection with our role as an originator of certain commercial mortgage loans that we securitized in commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”). Between 2004 and December 31, 2013, we originated approximately $50.6 billion and $13.0 billion of U.S. and non-U.S. commercial mortgage loans, respectively, that were placed into CMBS sponsored by us. At December 31, 2013, the current UPB for all U.S. commercial mortgage loans subject to such representations and warranties was $33.0 billion. At December 31, 2013, the current UPB when known for all non-U.S. commercial mortgage loans, subject to such representations and warranties was approximately $3.0 billion and the UPB at the time of sale when the current UPB is not known was $0.4 billion.

Over the last several years, the level of litigation and investigatory activity (both formal and informal) by government and self-regulatory agencies has increased materially in the financial services industry. As a result, we have been and expect that we may continue to become, the subject of increased claims for damages and other relief in the future. We continue to monitor our real estate-related activities in order to manage our exposures and potential liability from these markets and businesses. See “Legal Proceedings—Residential Mortgage and Credit Crisis Related Matters” in Part I, Item 3 herein.

Credit Risk.

Risk

Credit risk refers to the risk of loss arising when a borrower, counterparty or issuer does not meet its financial obligations to us. For more information on how we monitor and manage credit risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative DisclosureDisclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk” in Part II, Item 7A herein.7A.

We are exposed to the risk that third parties that are indebted to us will not perform their obligations.

We incur significant credit risk exposure through theour Institutional Securities business segment. This risk may arise from a variety of business activities, including but not limited to extending credit to clients through various lending commitments; entering into swap or other derivative contracts under which counterparties have obligations to make payments to us; extending credit to clients through various lending commitments; providing short or long-term funding that is secured by physical or financial collateral whose value may at times be insufficient to fully cover the loan repayment amount; posting margin and/or collateral and other commitments to clearing houses, clearing agencies, exchanges, banks,securities firms and other financial counterparties; and investing and trading in securities and loan pools whereby the value of these assets may fluctuate based on realized or expected defaults on the underlying obligations or loans.

25


We also incur credit risk in theour Wealth Management business segment lending to mainly individual investors, including, but not limited to, margin and securities-based loans collateralized by securities, residential mortgage loans and home equity lines of credit.

While we believe current valuations and reserves adequately address our perceived levels of risk, there is a possibility that adverse difficult economic conditions may negatively impact our clients and our current credit exposures. In addition, as a clearing member firm,of several central counterparties, we finance our customer positions and we could be held responsible for the defaults or misconduct of our customers. Although we regularly review our credit exposures, default risk may arise from events or circumstances that are difficult to detect or foresee.

A default by a large financial institution could adversely affect financial markets generally.markets.

The commercial soundness of many financial institutions may be closely interrelated as a result of credit, trading, clearing or other relationships betweenamong the institutions. For example, increased centralization of trading activities through particular clearing houses, central agents or exchanges as required by provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act may increase our concentration of risk with respect to these entities. As a

result, concerns about, or a default or threatened default by, one institution could lead to significant market-wide liquidity and credit problems, losses or defaults by other institutions. This is sometimes referred to as “systemic risk” and may adversely affect financial intermediaries, such as clearing houses, clearing agencies, clearing houses,exchanges, banks and securities firms, and exchanges, with which we interact on a daily basis, and therefore could adversely affect us. See also “Systemic Risk Regime” under “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company” in Part I, Item 1 herein.1.

Operational Risk

Operational Risk.

Operational risk refers to the risk of loss, or of damage to our reputation, resulting from inadequate or failed processes people andor systems, human factors or from external events (e.g., fraud, theft, legal and compliance risks, cyber attacks or damage to physical assets). We may incur operational risk across the full scope of our business activities, including revenue-generating activities (e.g., sales and trading) and support and control groups (e.g., information technology and trade processing). Legal, regulatory and compliance risk is included in the scope of operational risk and is discussed below under “Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk.” For more information on how we monitor and manage operational risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Operational Risk” in Part II, Item 7A herein.7A.

We are subject to operational riskrisks, including a failure, breach or other disruption of our operational or security systems, that could adversely affect our businesses.businesses or reputation.

Our businesses are highly dependent on our ability to process and report, on a daily basis, a large number of transactions across numerous and diverse markets in many currencies. In some of our businesses, the transactions we process are complex. In addition, we may introduce new products or services or change processes or reporting, including in connection with new regulatory requirements, resulting in new operational risk that we may not fully appreciate or identify. In general,The trend toward direct access to automated, electronic markets and the transactions wemove to more automated trading platforms has resulted in using increasingly complex technology that relies on the continued effectiveness of the programming code and integrity of the data to process are increasingly complex.the trades. We perform the functions required to operate our different businesses either by ourselves or through agreements with third parties. We rely on the ability of our employees, our internal systems and systems at technology centers operated by unaffiliated third parties to process a high volume of transactions. Additionally, we are subject to complex and evolving laws and regulations governing privacy and data protection, which may differ, and potentially conflict, in various jurisdictions.

13December 2016 Form 10-K


 

As a major participant in the global capital markets, we maintain extensive controls to reduce the risk of incorrect valuation or risk management of our trading positions due to flaws in data, models, electronic trading systems or processes or due to fraud. Nevertheless, such risk cannot be completely eliminated.

We also face the risk of operational failure or termination of any of the clearing agents, exchanges, clearing houses or other financial intermediaries we use to facilitate our lending. securities and derivatives transactions. In the event of a breakdown or improper operation of our or a third party’s systems or improper or unauthorized action by third parties or our employees, we could suffer financial loss, an impairment to our liquidity, a disruption of our businesses, regulatory sanctions or damage to our reputation. In addition, the interconnectivity of multiple financial institutions with central agents, exchanges and clearing houses, and the increased importance of these entities, increases the risk that an operational failure at one institution or entity may cause an industry-wide operational failure that could materially impact our ability to conduct business.

Our operations rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information in our computer systems and the systems of third parties with which we do business or that facilitate our business

26


activities, such as vendors. Like other financial services firms, we and our third party providers have been and continue to be subject to unauthorized access, mishandling or misuse, computer viruses or malware, cyber attacks, denial of service attacks and other events. The increased use of smartphones, tablets and other mobile devices may also heighten these and other operational risks. Events such as these could have a security impact on our systems and jeopardize our or our clients’ or counterparties’ personal, confidential, proprietary or other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our and our third party providers’ computer systems. Furthermore, such events could cause interruptions or malfunctions in our, our clients’, our counterparties’ or third parties’ operations, which could result in reputational damage, client dissatisfaction, litigation or regulatory fines or penalties not covered by insurance maintained by us, and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Despite the business contingency plans we have in place, there can be no assurance that such plans will fully mitigate all potential business continuity risks to us. Our ability to conduct business may be adversely affected by a disruption in the infrastructure that supports our business and the communities where we are located, which are concentrated in the New York metropolitan area, London, Hong Kong and Tokyo.Tokyo as well as Mumbai, Budapest, Glasgow and Baltimore. This may include a disruption involving physical site access, cyber incidents, terrorist activities, disease pandemics, catastrophic events, natural disasters, extreme weather events, electrical outage, environmental hazard, computer servers, communications or other services we use, our employees or third parties with whom we conduct business.

Although we devote significant resources to maintaining and upgrading our systems and networks with measures such as intrusion prevention and detection systems, monitoring firewalls and network traffic to safeguard critical business applications, and supervising third party providers that have access to our systems, there is no guarantee that these measures or any other measures can provide absolute security given the techniques used in cyber attacks are complex and frequently change, and may not be able to be anticipated. Like other financial services firms, the Firm and its third party providers continue to be the subject of attempted unauthorized access, mishandling or misuse of information, computer viruses or malware, cyber attacks designed to obtain confidential information, destroy data, disrupt or degrade service, sabotage

systems or cause other damage, denial of service attacks and other events. These threats may derive from human error, fraud or malice on the part of our employees or third parties, including third party providers, or may result from accidental technological failure. Additional challenges are posed by external extremist parties, including foreign state actors, in some circumstances as a means to promote political ends. Any of these parties may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees, customers, clients, third parties or other users of our systems to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to our data or that of our customers or clients. There can be no assurance that such unauthorized access or cyber incidents will not occur in the future, and they could occur more frequently and on a more significant scale.

If one or more of these events occur, it could result in a security impact on our systems and jeopardize our or our clients’, partners’ or counterparties’ personal, confidential, proprietary or other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our and our third party providers’ computer systems. Furthermore, such events could cause interruptions or malfunctions in our, our clients’, partners’, counterparties’ or third parties’ operations, which could result in reputational damage with our clients and the market, client dissatisfaction, additional costs to us (such as repairing systems or adding new personnel or protection technologies), regulatory investigations, litigation or enforcement, or regulatory fines or penalties, all or any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Given our global footprint and the high volume of transactions we process, the large number of clients, partners and counterparties with which we do business, and the increasing sophistication of cyber attacks, a cyber attack could occur and persist for an extended period of time without detection. We expect that any investigation of a cyber attack would be inherently unpredictable and that it would take time before the completion of any investigation and before there is availability of full and reliable information. During such time we would not necessarily know the extent of the harm or how best to remediate it, and certain errors or actions could be repeated or compounded before they are discovered and remediated, all or any of which would further increase the costs and consequences of a cyber attack.

While many of our agreements with partners and third party vendors include indemnification provisions, we may not be able to recover sufficiently, or at all, under such provisions to adequately offset any losses. In addition, although we maintain insurance coverage that may, subject to policy terms and conditions, cover certain aspects of cyber risks, such insurance coverage may be insufficient to cover all losses.

December 2016 Form 10-K14


Liquidity and Funding Risk

Liquidity and funding risk refers to the risk that we will be unable to finance our operations due to a loss of access to the capital markets or difficulty in liquidating our assets. Liquidity and funding risk encompasses the risk that our financial condition or overall soundness is adversely affected by an inability or perceived inability to meet our financial obligations in a timely manner. It also includes the associated funding risks triggered by the market or idiosyncratic stress events that may cause unexpected changes in funding needs or an inability to raise new funding. For more information on how we monitor and manage liquidity and funding risk, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Part II, Item 7 and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Liquidity and Funding Risk” in Part II, Item 7A.

Liquidity is essential to our businesses and we rely on external sources to finance a significant portion of our operations.

Liquidity is essential to our businesses. Our liquidity could be negatively affected by our inability to raise funding in the long-term or short-term debt capital markets or our inability to access the secured lending markets. Factors that we cannot control, such as disruption of the financial markets or negative views about the financial services industry generally, including concerns regarding fiscal matters in the U.S. and other geographic areas, could impair our ability to raise funding.

In addition, our ability to raise funding could be impaired if investors or lenders develop a negative perception of our long-term or short-term financial prospects due to factors such as an incurrence of large trading losses, a downgrade by the rating agencies, a decline in the level of our business activity, or if regulatory authorities take significant action against us or our industry, or we discover significant employee misconduct or illegal activity. If we are unable to raise funding using the methods described above, we would likely need to finance or liquidate unencumbered assets, such as our investment portfolios or trading assets, to meet maturing liabilities. We may be unable to sell some of our assets or we may have to sell assets at a discount to market value, either of which could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

Our borrowing costs and access to the debt capital markets depend on our credit ratings.

The cost and availability of unsecured financing generally are impacted by our short-term and long-term credit ratings. The

rating agencies continue to monitor certain issuer specific factors that are important to the determination of our credit ratings, including governance, the level and quality of earnings, capital adequacy, liquidity and funding, risk appetite and management, asset quality, strategic direction, and business mix. Additionally, the rating agencies will look at other industry-wide factors such as regulatory or legislative changes, including, for example, regulatory changes, macro-economic environment, and perceived levels of third party support, and it is possible that they could downgrade our ratings and those of similar institutions.

Our credit ratings also can have a significant impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer term counterparty performance is a key consideration, such as OTC and other derivative transactions, including credit derivatives and interest rate swaps. In connection with certain OTC trading agreements and certain other agreements associated with our Institutional Securities business segment, we may be required to provide additional collateral to, or immediately settle any outstanding liability balance with, certain counterparties in the event of a credit ratings downgrade. Termination of our trading and other agreements could cause us to sustain losses and impair our liquidity by requiring us to find other sources of financing or to make significant cash payments or securities movements. The additional collateral or termination payments which may occur in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract and can be based on ratings by either or both of Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. and S&P Global Ratings. See also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Ratings—Incremental Collateral or Terminating Payments upon Potential Future Rating Downgrade” in Part II, Item 7.

We are a holding company and depend on payments from our subsidiaries.

The Parent Company has no operations and depends on dividends, distributions and other payments from its subsidiaries to fund dividend payments and to fund all payments on its obligations, including debt obligations. Regulatory, tax restrictions or elections and other legal restrictions may limit our ability to transfer funds freely, either to or from our subsidiaries. In particular, many of our subsidiaries, including our broker-dealer subsidiaries, are subject to laws, regulations and self-regulatory organization rules that limit, as well as authorize regulatory bodies to block or reduce, the flow of funds to the Parent Company, or that prohibit such transfers or dividends altogether in certain circumstances, including steps to “ring fence” entities by regulators outside of the U.S. to protect clients and creditors of such entities in the event of

15December 2016 Form 10-K


financial difficulties involving such entities. These laws, regulations and rules may hinder our ability to access funds that we may need to make payments on our obligations. Furthermore, as a bank holding company, we may become subject to a prohibition or to limitations on our ability to pay dividends or repurchase our common stock.The OCC, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC have the authority, and under certain circumstances the duty, to prohibit or to limit the payment of dividends by the banking organizations they supervise, including the Firm and its U.S. Bank Subsidiaries.

Our liquidity and financial condition have in the past been, and in the future could be, adversely affected by U.S. and international markets and economic conditions.

Our ability to raise funding in the long-term or short-term debt capital markets or the equity markets, or to access secured lending markets, has in the past been, and could in the future be, adversely affected by conditions in the U.S. and international markets and economies. Global market and economic conditions have been particularly disrupted and volatile in the last several years and may be in the future. In particular, our cost and availability of funding in the past have been, and may in the future be, adversely affected by illiquid credit markets and wider credit spreads. Significant turbulence in the U.S., the E.U. and other international markets and economies could adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition and the willingness of certain counterparties and customers to do business with us.

Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk.

Risk

Legal, regulatory and compliance risk includes the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, material financial loss including fines, penalties, judgments, damages and/or settlements, or loss to reputation we may suffer as a result of our failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, related self-regulatory organization standards and codes of conduct applicable to our business activities. Legal, regulatory and complianceThis risk also includes contractual and commercial risk, such as the risk that a counterparty’s performance obligations will be unenforceable. In today’s environment of rapidIt also includes compliance with AML, anti-corruption and possibly transformational regulatory change, we also view regulatory change as a component of legal, regulatoryterrorist financing rules and compliance risk.regulations. For more information on how we monitor and manage legal, regulatory and compliance risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Legal Regulatory and Compliance Risk” in Part II, Item 7A herein.7A.

The financial services industry is subject to extensive regulation, which is undergoing majorand changes thatin regulation will impact our business.

Like other major financial services firms, we are subject to extensive regulation by U.S. federal and state regulatory agencies and securities exchanges and by regulators and

exchanges in each of the major markets where we conduct our business. These laws and regulations significantly affect the way we do business and can restrict the scope of our existing businesses and limit our ability to expand our product offerings and pursue certain investments.

In response toThe regulation of major financial firms, including the financial crisis, legislators and regulators, both in the U.S. and worldwide, have adopted, or are currently considering enacting, financial market reforms that have resulted and could result in major changes to the way our global operations are regulated. In particular,Firm, as a resultwell as of the Dodd-Frank Act,markets in which we operate, is extensive and subject to ongoing change. We are, or will become, subject to (among other things) significantly revised and expandedwide-ranging regulation and supervision, to more intensive scrutiny of our businesses and any plans for expansion of those businesses, tolimitations on new activities, limitations, to a systemic risk regime that imposes heightened capital and liquidity requirements toand other enhanced prudential standards, resolution regimes and resolution planning requirements, new requirements for maintaining minimum amounts of external total loss-absorbing capacity and external long-term debt, restrictions on activities and investments imposed by the Volcker Rule, comprehensive derivatives regulation, tax regulations, antitrust laws, trade and to comprehensive new derivatives regulation. While certain portions of the Dodd-Frank Act became effective immediately, most other portionstransaction reporting obligations, and broadened fiduciary obligations. In some areas, regulatory standards have not yet been finalized, are effective following transition periods or through numerous rulemakings by multiple governmental agencies, and although a large number of rules have been proposed, many are still subject to final rulemaking or transition periods. U.S. regulators also plan to propose additionalperiods or may otherwise be revised in whole or in part. Ongoing implementation of, or changes in, laws and regulations to implement the Dodd-Frank Act. Many of the changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act could materially impact the profitability of our businesses and the value of

27


assets we hold, expose us to additional costs, require changes to business practices or force us to discontinue businesses, adversely affect our ability to pay dividends and repurchase our stock, or require us to raise capital, including in ways that may adversely impact our shareholders or creditors. In addition, similar regulatory requirements that are being proposedimposed by foreign policymakers and regulators which may be inconsistent or conflict with regulations that we are subject to in the U.S. and if adopted may adversely affect us. While there continuesWe expect legal and regulatory requirements to be uncertainty about the full impact of these changes, we do know that the Company will be subject to a more complex regulatory framework, and will incurongoing change for the foreseeable future, which may result in significant new costs to comply with new or revised requirements as well as to monitor for compliance on an ongoing basis.

The application of regulatory requirements and strategies in the future.United States or other jurisdictions to facilitate the orderly resolution of large financial institutions may pose a greater risk of loss for our security holders, and subject us to other restrictions.

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, we are required to submit to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC an annual resolution plan that describes our strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the event of material financial distress or failure. If the Federal Reserve and the FDIC were to jointly determine that our annual resolution plan submission was not credible or would not facilitate an orderly resolution, and if we were unable to address any defi-

December 2016 Form 10-K16


 

For example,ciencies identified by the Volcker Rule provisionregulators, we or any of our subsidiaries may be subject to more stringent capital, leverage, or liquidity requirements or restrictions on our growth, activities, or operations, or after a two year period, we may be required to divest assets or operations.

In addition, provided that certain procedures are met, we can be subject to a resolution proceeding under the orderly liquidation authority under Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act with the FDIC being appointed as receiver. The FDIC’s power under the orderly liquidation authority to disregard the priority of creditor claims and treat similarly situated creditors differently in certain circumstances, subject to certain limitations, could adversely impact holders of our unsecured debt. See “Business—Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1 and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” in Part II, Item 7.

Further, because both our resolution plan contemplates a an SPOE strategy under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and the FDIC has proposed an SPOE strategy through which it may apply its orderly liquidation authority powers, we believe that the application of an SPOE strategy is the reasonably likely outcome if either our resolution plan were implemented or a resolution proceeding were commenced under the orderly liquidation authority. An SPOE strategy generally contemplates the provision of additional capital and liquidity by the Parent Company to certain of its subsidiaries so that such subsidiaries have the resources necessary to implement the resolution strategy, and the Parent Company expects to enter into an amended and restated secured support agreement with its material subsidiaries pursuant to which it would provide such capital and liquidity.

Under the amended and restated support agreement, upon the occurrence of a resolution scenario, including one in which an SPOE strategy is used, the Parent Company will be obligated to contribute or loan on a subordinated basis all of its material assets, other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company and certain intercompany payables, to provide capital and liquidity, as applicable, to its material subsidiaries. The obligations of the Parent Company under the amended and restated support agreement will be secured on a senior basis by the assets of the Parent Company (other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company). As a result, claims of our material subsidiaries against the assets of the Parent Company (other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company) will be effectively senior to unsecured obligations of the Parent Company. Such unsecured obligations would be at risk of absorbing losses of the Parent Company and its subsidiaries. Although an SPOE strategy, whether applied pursuant to our resolution plan or in a resolution

proceeding under the orderly liquidation authority, is intended to result in better outcomes for creditors overall, there is no guarantee that the application of an SPOE strategy, including the provision of support to the Parent Company’s material subsidiaries pursuant to the amended and restated secured support agreement, will not result in greater losses for holders of our securities compared to a different resolution strategy for the firm.

Regulators have taken and proposed various actions to facilitate an impactSPOE strategy under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the orderly liquidation authority or other resolution regimes. For example, the Federal Reserve has issued a final rule that requirestop-tier bank holding companies of U.S.G-SIBs, including Morgan Stanley, to maintain minimum amounts of equity and eligible long-term debt (“total loss-absorbing capacity” or “TLAC”) in order to ensure that such institutions have enough loss-absorbing resources at the point of failure to be recapitalized through the conversion of debt to equity or otherwise by imposing losses on eligible TLAC where the SPOE strategy is used. The combined implication of the SPOE resolution strategy and the TLAC final rule is that our losses will be imposed on the holders of eligible long-term debt and other forms of eligible TLAC issued by the Parent Company before any losses are imposed on the holders of the debt securities of our operating subsidiaries or before putting U.S. taxpayers at risk.

In addition, certain jurisdictions, including the U.K. and other E.U. jurisdictions, have implemented, or are in the process of implementing, changes to resolution regimes to provide resolution authorities with the ability to recapitalize a failing entity organized in such jurisdiction by writing down certain unsecured liabilities or converting certain unsecured liabilities into equity. Such“bail-in” powers are intended to enable the recapitalization of a failing institution by allocating losses to its shareholders and unsecured creditors.Non-U.S. regulators are also considering requirements that certain subsidiaries of large financial institutions maintain minimum amounts of total loss-absorbing capacity that would pass losses up from the subsidiaries to the Parent Company and, ultimately, to security holders of the Parent Company in the event of failure.

We may be prevented from paying dividends or taking other capital actions because of regulatory constraints or revised regulatory capital standards.

We are subject to comprehensive consolidated supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve, which requires us to submit, on an annual basis, a capital plan describing proposed dividend payments to shareholders,

17December 2016 Form 10-K


proposed repurchases of our outstanding securities, and other proposed capital actions that we intend to take. The Federal Reserve may object to, or otherwise require us to modify, such plan, or may object or require modifications to a resubmitted capital plan, any of which would adversely affect shareholders. In addition, beyond review of the plan, the Federal Reserve may impose other restrictions or conditions on us including potentially limiting various aspects ofthat prevent us from paying or increasing dividends, repurchasing securities or taking other capital actions that would benefit shareholders. Finally, the Federal Reserve may change regulatory capital standards to impose higher requirements that restrict our business. We are continuingability to take capital actions, or may modify or impose other regulatory standards that increase our review of activities that may be affected by the Volcker Rule, includingoperating expenses and reduce our trading operations and asset management activities, and are taking stepsability to establish the necessary compliance programs to comply with the Volcker Rule. Given the complexity of the new framework, the full impact of the Volcker Rule is still uncertain, and will ultimately depend on the interpretation and implementation by the five regulatory agencies responsible for its oversight.take capital actions.

The financial services industry faces substantial litigation and is subject to extensive regulatory and law enforcement investigations, and we may face damage to our reputation and legal liability.

As a global financial services firm, we face the risk of investigations and proceedings by governmental and self-regulatory organizations in all countries in which we conduct our business. InterventionsInvestigations and proceedings initiated by these authorities may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief. In addition to the monetary consequences, these measures could, for example, impact our ability to engage in, or impose limitations on, certain of our businesses. The number of these investigations and proceedings, as well as the amount of penalties and fines sought, has increased substantially in recent years with regard to many firms in the financial services industry, including us.the Firm, and certain U.S. and international governmental entities have increasingly brought criminal actions against, or have sought criminal convictions, pleas or deferred prosecution agreements from, financial institutions. Significant regulatory or law enforcement action against us could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations or cause us significant reputational harm, which could seriously harm our business. The Dodd-Frank Act also provides compensation to whistleblowers who present the SEC or CFTC with information related to securities or commodities lawslaw violations that leads to a successful enforcement action. As a result of this compensation, it is possible we could face an increased number of investigations by the SEC or CFTC.

We have been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions, and other litigation, as well as investigations or proceedings brought by regulatory agencies, arising in connection with our activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal or regulatory

actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages, claims for indeterminate amounts of damages, or may result in penalties, fines, or other results adverse to us. In some cases, the issuers that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or are in financial distress. In other cases, including antitrust litigation, we may be subject to claims for joint and several liability with other defendants for treble damages or other relief related to alleged conspiracies involving other institutions. Like any large corporation, we are also subject to risk from potential employee misconduct, includingnon-compliance with policies and improper use or disclosure of confidential information.information, or improper sales practices or conduct.

We may be responsible for representations and warranties associated with residential and commercial real estate loans and may incur losses in excess of our reserves.

Substantial legal liability could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or resultsWe originate loans secured by commercial and residential properties. Further, we securitize and trade in a wide range of operations or cause us significant reputational harm, which could seriously harm our business. For example, over the last several years, the level of litigationcommercial and investigatory activity (both formalresidential real estate and informal) by governmentreal estate-related whole loans, mortgages and self-regulatory agencies has increased materially in the financial services industry. As a result,other real estate and commercial assets and products, including residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities. In connection with these activities, we have been,provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, certain representations and expectwarranties. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to repurchase such assets or make other payments related to such assets if such representations and warranties were breached. We have also made representations and warranties in connection with our role as an originator of certain commercial mortgage loans that we may continuesecuritized in commercial mortgage-backed securities. For additional information, see also Note 12 to become, the subject of increasedconsolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8.

We currently have several legal proceedings related to claims for damagesalleged breaches of representations and other reliefwarranties. If there are decisions adverse to us in the futurethose legal proceedings, we may incur losses substantially in excess of our reserves. In addition, our reserves are based, in part, on certain factual and there can be no assurance that additional material losses will not be incurred from claims that have not yet been asserted orlegal assumptions. If those assumptions are not yet determinedincorrect and need to be material. For more information regarding legal proceedings in whichrevised, we are involved see “Legal Proceedings” in Part I, Item 3 herein.

may need to adjust our reserves substantially.

28


Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected by governmental fiscal and monetary policies.

We are affected by fiscal and monetary policies adopted by regulatory authorities and bodies of the U.S. and other governments. For example, the actions of the Federal Reserve and international central banking authorities directly impact our cost of funds for lending, capital raising and investment activities and may impact the value of financial instruments we hold. In addition, such changes in monetary policy may affect the credit quality of our customers. Changes in domestic and international monetary policy are beyond our control and difficult to predict.

Our commodities activities and investments subject us to extensive regulation, potential catastrophic events and environmental risks and regulation that may expose us to significant costs and liabilities.

In connection with the commodities activities in our Institutional Securities business segment, we engage in the production, storage, transportation, marketing and tradingexecution of transactions in several commodities, including metals, (base and precious), crude oil, oil products, natural gas, electric power, emission credits, coal, freight, liquefied natural gas and related products and indices.other commodity products. In

December 2016 Form 10-K18


addition, we are an electricity power marketer in the U.S. and own electricity generating facilities in the U.S.; we own TransMontaigne Inc. and its subsidiaries, a group of companies operating in the refined petroleum products marketing and distribution business; and we own a minority interest in Heidmar Holdings LLC, which owns a group of companies that provide international marine transportation and U.S. marine logistics services. As a result of these activities, we are subject to extensive and evolving energy, commodities, environmental, health and safety and other governmental laws and regulations. In addition, liability may be incurred without regard to fault under certain environmental laws and regulations for the remediation of contaminated areas. Further, through these activities we are exposed to regulatory, physical and certain indirect risks associated with climate change. Our commodities business also exposes us to the risk of unforeseen and catastrophic events, including natural disasters, leaks, spills, explosions, release of toxic substances, fires, accidents on land and at sea, wars, and terrorist attacks that could result in personal injuries, loss of life, property damage, and suspension of operations. For more information about the planned sale of our global oil merchanting business, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Segments—Institutional Securities—Sale of Global Oil Merchanting Business” in Part II, Item 7 herein.

Although we have attempted to mitigate our pollution and other environmental risks by, among other measures, selling or ceasing most of our prior petroleum storage and transportation activities, adopting appropriate policies and procedures, for power plant operations, monitoring the quality of petroleum storage facilities and transport vessels and implementing emergency response programs, these actions may not prove adequate to address every contingency. In addition, insurance covering some of these risks may not be available, and the proceeds, if any, from insurance recovery may not be adequate to cover liabilities with respect to particular incidents. As a result, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be adversely affected by these events.

We continue to engage in discussions with the Federal Reserve regarding our commodities activities, as the BHC Act provides a grandfather exemption for “activities related to the trading, sale or investment in commodities and underlying physical properties,” provided that we were engaged in “any of such activities as of September 30, 1997 in the United States” and provided that certain other conditions that are within our reasonable control are satisfied. If the Federal Reserve were to determine that any of our commodities activities did not qualify for the BHC Act grandfather exemption, then we would likely be required to divest any such activities that did not otherwise conform to the BHC Act. See also “Scope of Permitted Activities” under “Business—Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1 herein.

We also expect the other laws and regulations affecting our commodities business to increase in both scope and complexity. During the past several years, intensified scrutiny of certain energy markets by federal, state and local authorities in the U.S. and abroad and the public has resulted in increased regulatory and legal enforcement, litigation and remedial proceedings involving companies engaged inconducting the activities in which we are engaged. For

29


example, the U.S. and the E.U. have increased their focus on the energy markets which has resulted in increased regulation of companies participating in the energy markets, including those engaged in power generation and liquid hydrocarbons trading. In addition, new regulation of OTC derivatives markets in the U.S. and similar legislation proposed or adopted abroad will impose significant new costs and impose new requirements on our commodities derivatives activities. We may incur substantial costs or loss of revenue in complying with current or future laws and regulations and our overall businesses and reputation may be adversely affected by the current legal environment. In addition, failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in substantial civil and criminal fines and penalties. See also “Financial Holding Company—Capital Standards—Commodities-Related Capital Requirements” under “Business—Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1.

A failure to address conflicts of interest appropriately could adversely affect our businesses and reputation.

As a global financial services firm that provides products and services to a large and diversified group of clients, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals, we face potential conflicts of interest in the normal course of business. For example, potential conflicts can occur when there is a divergence of interests between us and a client, among clients, or between an employee on the one hand

and us or a client on the other.other, or situations in which we may be a creditor of a client. We have policies, procedures and controls that are designed to identify and address potential conflicts of interest. However, identifying and mitigating potential conflicts of interest can be complex and challenging, and can become the focus of media and regulatory scrutiny. Indeed, actions that merely appear to create a conflict can put our reputation at risk even if the likelihood of an actual conflict has been mitigated. It is possible that potential conflicts could give rise to litigation or enforcement actions, which may lead to our clients being less willing to enter into transactions in which a conflict may occur and could adversely affect our businesses and reputation.

Our regulators have the ability to scrutinize our activities for potential conflicts of interest, including through detailed examinations of specific transactions. In addition,For example, our status as a bank holding company supervised by the Federal Reserve subjects us to direct Federal Reserve scrutiny with respect to transactions between our U.S. bank subsidiariesBank Subsidiaries and their affiliates. Further, the Volcker Rule subjects us to regulatory scrutiny regarding certain transactions between us and our clients.

Risk Management

Risk Management.

Our risk management strategies, models and processes may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposures in all market environments or against all types of risk.

We have devoted significant resources to develop our risk management policies and procedurescapabilities and expect to continue to do so in the future. Nonetheless, our risk management strategies, models and processes, including our use of various risk models for assessing market exposures and hedging strategies, stress testing and other analysis, may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposure in all market environments or against all types of risk, including risks that are unidentified or unanticipated. As our businesses change and grow, and the markets in which we operate evolve, our risk management strategies, models and processes may not always adapt with those changes. Some of our methods of managing risk are based upon our use of observed historical market behavior and management’s judgment. As a result, these methods may not predict future risk exposures, which could be significantly greater than the historical measures indicate. For example,In addition, many models we use are based on assumptions or inputs regarding correlations among prices of various asset classes or other market conditions during the financial crisis involved unprecedented dislocationsindicators and highlight the limitations inherent in using historical informationtherefore cannot anticipate sudden, unanticipated or unidentified market or economic movements, which could cause us to manage risk. incur losses.

19December 2016 Form 10-K


Management of market, credit, liquidity, operational, legal, regulatory and compliance risks requires, among other things, policies and procedures to record properly and verify a large number of transactions and events, and these policies and procedures may not be fully effective. Our trading risk management strategies and techniques also seek to balance our ability to profit from trading positions with our exposure to potential losses. While we employ a broad and diversified set of risk monitoring and risk mitigation techniques, those techniques and the judgments that accompany their application cannot anticipate every economic and financial outcome or the timing of such outcomes. For example, to the extent that our trading or investing activities involve less liquid trading markets or are otherwise subject to restrictions on salesales or hedging, we may not be able to reduce our positions and therefore reduce our risk associated with such positions. We may, therefore, incur losses in the course of our trading or investing activities. For more information on how we monitor and manage market and certain other risks and related strategies, models and processes, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Market Risk” in Part II, Item 7A herein.

7A.

30


Competitive Environment.Environment

We face strong competition from other financial services firms, which could lead to pricing pressures that could materially adversely affect our revenue and profitability.

The financial services industry and all aspects of our businesses are intensely competitive, and we expect them to remain so. We compete with commercial banks, brokerage firms, insurance companies, electronic trading and clearing platforms, financial data repositories, sponsors of mutual funds, hedge funds, energy companies and other companies offering financial or ancillary services in the U.S., globally and through the internet. We compete on the basis of several factors, including transaction execution, capital or access to capital, products and services, innovation, technology, reputation, risk appetite and price. Over time, certain sectors of the financial services industry have become more concentrated, as institutions involved in a broad range of financial services have left businesses, been acquired by or merged into other firms, or have declared bankruptcy. Such changes could result in our remaining competitors gaining greater capital and other resources, such as the ability to offer a broader range of products and services and geographic diversity, or new competitors may emerge. We have experienced and may continue to experience pricing pressures as a result of these factors and as some of our competitors seek to obtain market share by reducing prices. In addition, certain of our competitors may be subject to different, and, in some cases, less stringent, legal and regulatory regimes, than we are, thereby putting us at a competitive disadvantage. For more informationinforma-

tion regarding the competitive environment in which we operate, see “Business—Competition” and “Business—Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1 herein.1.

Automated trading markets may adversely affect our business and may increase competition.

We have experienced intense price competition in some of our businesses in recent years. In particular, the ability to execute securities, derivatives and other financial instrument trades electronically on exchanges, swap execution facilities, and through other automated trading marketsplatforms has increased the pressure on tradingbid-offer spreads, commissions, markups or comparable fees. The trend toward direct access to automated, electronic markets will likely continue and will likely increase as additional markets move to more automated trading platforms. We have experienced and it is likely that we will continue to experience competitive pressures in these and other areas in the future as some of our competitors may seek to obtain market share by reducing prices (in the form ofbid-offer spreads, commissions, markups or pricing).comparable fees.

Our ability to retain and attract qualified employees is critical to the success of our business and the failure to do so may materially adversely affect our performance.

Our people are our most important resource and competition for qualified employees is intense. In order to attract and retain qualified employees, we must compensate such employees at market levels. Typically, those levels have caused employee compensation to be our greatest expense as compensation is highly variable and changes based on business and individual performance and market conditions. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain highly qualified employees, or do so at rates or in forms necessary to maintain our competitive position, or if compensation costs required to attract and retain employees become more expensive, our performance, including our competitive position, could be materially adversely affected. The financial industry has experienced and may continue to experience more stringent regulation of employee compensation, including limitations relating to incentive-based compensation, clawback requirements and special taxation, which could have an adverse effect on our ability to hire or retain the most qualified employees.

International Risk

International Risk.

We are subject to numerous political, economic, legal, tax, operational, franchise and other risks as a result of our international operations which could adversely impact our businesses in many ways.

We are subject to political, economic, legal, tax, operational, franchise and other risks that are inherent in operating in many countries, including risks of possible nationalization, expropriation, price controls, capital controls, exchange controls, increased taxes and levies, and other restrictive governmental actions, as well as the outbreak of hostilities or political and governmental instability. In many countries, the

December 2016 Form 10-K20


laws and regulations applicable to the securities and financial services industries are uncertain and evolving, and it may be difficult for

31


us to determine the exact requirements of local laws in every market. Our inability to remain in compliance with local laws in a particular market could have a significant and negative effect not only on our business in that market but also on our reputation generally. We are also subject to the enhanced risk that transactions we structure might not be legally enforceable in all cases.

Various emerging market countries have experienced severe political, economic andor financial disruptions, including significant devaluations of their currencies, defaults or potential defaults on sovereign debt, capital and currency exchange controls, high rates of inflation and low or negative growth rates in their economies. Crime and corruption, as well as issues of security and personal safety, also exist in certain of these countries. These conditions could adversely impact our businesses and increase volatility in financial markets generally.

The emergence of a disease pandemic or other widespread health emergency, or concerns over the possibility of such an emergency as well as natural disasters, terrorist activities or military actions, could create economic and financial disruptions in emerging markets and other areas throughout the world, and could lead to operational difficulties (including travel limitations) that could impair our ability to manage our businesses around the world.

As a U.S. company, we are required to comply with the economic sanctions and embargo programs administered by OFAC and similar multi-national bodies and governmental agencies worldwide, as well as applicable anti-corruption laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate.operate, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act. A violation of a sanction, embargo program, or anti-corruption law could subject us, and individual employees, to a regulatory enforcement action as well as significant civil and criminal penalties.

The U.K.’s anticipated withdrawal from the E.U. could adversely affect us.

On June 23, 2016, the U.K. electorate voted to leave the E.U. It is difficult to predict the future of the U.K.’s relationship with the E.U., which uncertainty may increase the volatility in the global financial markets in the short- and medium-term. The U.K. Prime Minister has confirmed the U.K. will invoke Article 50 of the Lisbon Treaty by no later than the end of March 2017, subject to the passing of necessary legislation by the U.K. Parliament. This will trigger a two-year period, subject to extension, during which the U.K. government is expected to negotiate its withdrawal agreement with the E.U. Absent any changes to this time schedule, the U.K.

is expected to leave the E.U. in early 2019. The terms and conditions of the anticipated withdrawal from the E.U., and which of the several alternative models of relationship that the U.K. might seek to negotiate with the E.U., remain uncertain. However, the U.K. government has stated that the U.K. will leave the E.U. single market and will seek a phased period of implementation for the new relationship that may cover the legal and regulatory framework applicable to financial institutions with significant operations in Europe, such as the Firm. Potential effects of the U.K. exit from the E.U. and potential mitigation actions may vary considerably depending on the timing of withdrawal and the nature of any transition or successor arrangements. Any future limitations on providing financial services into the E.U. from our U.K. operations could require us to make potentially significant changes to our operations in the U.K. and Europe and our legal structure there, which could have an adverse effect on our business and financial results.

Acquisition, Divestiture and Joint Venture Risk.Risk

We may be unable to fully capture the expected value from acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, minority stakes andor strategic alliances.

In connection with past or future acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, minority stakes or strategic alliances (including with MUFG)Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc.), we face numerous risks and uncertainties combining, transferring, separating or integrating the relevant businesses and systems, including the need to combine or separate accounting and data processing systems and management controls and to integrate relationships with clients, trading counterparties and business partners. In the case of joint ventures and minority stakes, we are subject to additional risks and uncertainties because we may be dependent upon, and subject to liability, losses or reputational damage relating to systems, controls and personnel that are not under our control.

For example, the ownership arrangements relating to the Company’s joint venture in Japan with MUFG of their respective investment banking and securities businesses are complex. MUFG and the Company have integrated their respective Japanese securities businesses by forming two joint venture companies, MUMSS and MSMS. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Other Matters—Japanese Securities Joint Venture” in Part II, Item 7 herein.

In addition, conflicts or disagreements between us and any of our joint venture partners may negatively impact the benefits to be achieved by the relevant joint venture.

There is no assurance that any of our acquisitions or divestitures will be successfully integrated or disaggregated or yield all of the positive benefits anticipated. If we are not able to integrate or disaggregate successfully our past and future acquisitions or dispositions, there is a risk that our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows may be materially and adversely affected.

Certain of our business initiatives, including expansions of existing businesses, may bring us into contact, directly or

21December 2016 Form 10-K


indirectly, with individuals and entities that are not within our traditional client and counterparty base and may expose us to new asset classes and new markets. These business activities expose us to new and enhanced risks, greater regulatory scrutiny of these activities, increased credit-related, sovereign and operational risks, and reputational concerns regarding the manner in which these assets are being operated or held.

For more information regarding the regulatory environment in which we operate, see also “Business—Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1 herein.

1.

 

32


Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.Comments

The Company,We, like other well-known seasoned issuers, from time to time receivesreceive written comments from the staff of the SEC regarding itsour periodic or current reports under the Exchange Act. There are no comments that remain unresolved that the Companywe received not less than 180 days before the end of the year to which this report relates that the Company believeswe believe are material.

33


Item 2.Properties.

 

The Company hasItem 2. Properties

We have offices, operations and data centers located around the world. The Company’sOur properties that are not owned are leased on terms and for durations that are reflective of commercial standards in the communities where these properties are located. The Company believesWe believe the facilities it ownswe own or occupiesoccupy are adequate for the purposes for which they are currently used and are well maintained. The Company’sOur principal offices consist ofinclude the following properties:

 

Location  

Owned/

Leased

Lease Expiration   Lease
Expiration
Approximate Square Footage
as of December 31, 2013(A)20161
 

U.S. Locations

 

1585 Broadway

New York, New York

(Global Headquarters and Institutional Securities Headquarters)

  Owned   N/A    1,346,5001,335,500 square feet
 

2000 Westchester Avenue

Purchase, New York

(Wealth Management Headquarters)

  Owned   N/A    597,400626,100 square feet
 

522 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York

(Investment Management Headquarters)

  Owned   N/A    581,250564,900 square feet 

New York, New York

(Several locations)International Locations

Leased2014 – 2029
2,394,600 square feet

Brooklyn, New York

(Several locations)

Leased2014 – 2023344,100 square feet

Jersey City, New Jersey

(Several locations)

Leased2014369,200 square feet
  

International Locations

  

20 Bank Street

London

(London Headquarters)

  Leased   2038    546,500 square feet 

Canary Wharf

London

Leased(B)2020454,600 square feet

1 Austin Road West

Kowloon

(Hong Kong Headquarters)

  Leased   2019    572,600499,900 square feet

Sapporo’s Yebisu Garden Place

Ebisu, Shibuya-ku

Leased2013(C) 300,700 square feet
 

Otemachi Financial City South Tower

Otemachi,Chiyoda-ku

(Tokyo Headquarters)

 Leased   2028(C) 2028   246,700245,600 square feet 

(A)1.

The indicated total aggregate square footage leased does not include space occupiedleased by Morgan Stanleyour branch offices.

(B)The Company holds the freehold interest in the land and building.
December 2016 Form 10-K22


(C)The Company began relocating its Tokyo headquarters from Yebisu Garden Place to Otemachi Financial City South Tower beginning in December 2013. The relocation will be complete by March 31, 2014.

 

34Item 3. Legal Proceedings


Item 3.Legal Proceedings.

 

In addition to the matters described below, in the normal course of business, the CompanyFirm has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or are in financial distress.

The CompanyFirm is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding the Company’sFirm’s business, and involving, among other matters, sales and trading activities, financial products or offerings sponsored, underwritten or sold by the Company,Firm, and accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.

The CompanyFirm contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the CompanyFirm can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, the CompanyFirm accrues the estimated loss by a charge to income. The Company expectsFirm’s future litigation accruals in general to continue to be elevated and the changes in accrualslegal expenses may fluctuate from period to period, may fluctuate significantly, given the current environment regarding government investigations and private litigation affecting global financial services firms, including the Company.

Firm.

In many proceedings and investigations, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible, or to estimate the amount of any loss. The CompanyFirm cannot predict with certainty if, how or when such proceedings or investigations will be resolved or what the eventual settlement, fine, penalty or other relief, if any, may be, particularly for proceedings and investigations where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or government entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages, restitution, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need to be resolved, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification and the calculation of damages or other relief, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question, before a loss or additional loss or range of loss or additional loss can be reasonably estimated for a proceeding or investigation. Subject to the foregoing, the CompanyFirm believes, based on current

knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that the outcome of such proceedings and investigations will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition of the Company,Firm, although the outcome of such proceedings or investigations could be material to the Company’sFirm’s operating results and cash flows for a particular period depending on, among other things, the level of the Company’sFirm’s revenues or income for such period.

Over the last several years, the level of litigation and investigatory activity (both formal and informal) by government and self-regulatory agencies has increased materially in the financial services industry. As a result, the CompanyFirm expects that it may becomewill continue to be the subject of increasedelevated claims for damages and other relief and, while the CompanyFirm has identified below certain proceedings that the CompanyFirm believes to be material, individually or collectively, there can be no assurance that additional material losses will not be incurred from claims that have not yet been asserted or are not yet determined to be material.

Residential Mortgage and Credit Crisis Related Matters.Matters

Regulatory and Governmental Matters.    The Company is responding to subpoenas and requests for information from certain federal and state regulatory and governmental entities, including among others various members of the RMBS Working Group of the Financial Fraud Enforcement Task Force, concerning the origination, financing, purchase, securitization and servicing of subprime and non-subprime residential mortgages and related matters such as residential mortgage backed securities (“RMBS”), collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”), structured investment vehicles (“SIVs”) and credit default swaps backed by or referencing mortgage pass-

35


through certificates. These matters include, but are not limited to, investigations related to the Company’s due diligence on the loans that it purchased for securitization, the Company’s communications with ratings agencies, the Company’s disclosures to investors, and the Company’s handling of servicing and foreclosure related issues.

On January 30, 2014, the Company reached an agreement in principle with the Staff of the Enforcement Division of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) to resolve an investigation related to certain subprime RMBS transactions sponsored and underwritten by the Company in 2007. Pursuant to the agreement in principle, the Company would be charged with violating Sections 17(a)(2) and 17(a)(3) of the Securities Act, and the Company would pay disgorgement and penalties in an amount of $275 million and would neither admit nor deny the SEC’s findings. The SEC has not yet presented the proposed settlement to the Commission and no assurance can be given that it will be accepted.

Class Actions.    Beginning in December 2007, several purported class action complaints were filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (the “SDNY”) asserting claims on behalf of participants in the Company’s 401(k) plan and employee stock ownership plan against the Company and other parties, including certain present and former directors and officers, under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). In February 2008, these actions were consolidated in a single proceeding, styledIn re Morgan Stanley ERISA Litigation. The consolidated complaint relates in large part to the Company’s subprime and other mortgage related losses, but also includes allegations regarding the Company’s disclosures, internal controls, accounting and other matters. On March 16, 2011, a purported class action, styledCoulter v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated et al., was filed in the SDNY asserting claims on behalf of participants in the Company’s 401(k) plan and employee stock ownership plan against the Company and certain current and former officers and directors for breach of fiduciary duties under ERISA. The complaint alleges, among other things, that defendants knew or should have known that from January 2, 2008 to December 31, 2008, the plans’ investment in Company stock was imprudent given the extraordinary risks faced by the Company and its common stock during that period. On March 28, 2013, the court granted defendants’ motions to dismiss both actions. Plaintiffs filed notices of appeal on June 27, 2013 in the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit (the “Second Circuit”) in both matters, which have been consolidated on appeal.

On February 12, 2008, a purported class action, styledJoel Stratte-McClure, et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al., was filed in the SDNY against the Company and certain present and former executives asserting claims on behalf of a purported class of persons and entities who purchased shares of the Company’s common stock during the period June 20, 2007 to December 19, 2007 and who suffered damages as a result of such purchases. The allegations in the amended complaint related in large part to the Company’s subprime and other mortgage related losses, and also included allegations regarding the Company’s disclosures, internal controls, accounting and other matters. On August 8, 2011, defendants filed a motion to dismiss the second amended complaint, which was granted on January 18, 2013. On May 29, 2013, the plaintiffs filed an appeal in the Second Circuit, which appeal is pending.

On May 7, 2009, the Company was named as a defendant in a purported class action lawsuit brought under Sections 11, 12 and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), which is now styledIn re Morgan Stanley Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates Litigation and is pending in the SDNY. The third amended complaint, filed on September 30, 2011, alleges, among other things, that the registration statements and offering documents related to the offerings of certain mortgage pass-through certificates in 2006 contained false and misleading information concerning the pools of residential loans that backed these securitizations. The plaintiffs seek, among other relief, class certification, unspecified compensatory and rescissionary damages, costs, interest and fees. On January 31, 2013, plaintiffs filed a fourth amended complaint, in which they purport to represent investors who purchased approximately $7.82 billion in mortgage pass-through certificates issued in 2006 by 13 trusts. On August 30, 2013, plaintiffs filed a motion for class certification.

On May 14, 2009, the Company was named as one of several underwriter defendants in a purported class action lawsuit brought under Sections 11, 12 and 15 of the Securities Act which is now styledIn re IndyMac Mortgage-Backed Securities Litigation and is pending in the SDNY. The claims against the Company relate to offerings of mortgage pass-through certificates issued by several trusts sponsored by affiliates of IndyMac Bancorp during

36


2006 and 2007. Plaintiff alleges, among other things, that the registration statements and offering documents related to the offerings of certain mortgage pass-through certificates contained false and misleading information concerning the pools of residential loans that backed these securitizations. The plaintiffs seek, among other relief, class certification, unspecified compensatory and rescissionary damages, costs, interest and fees. The amount of the certificates underwritten by the Company at issue in the litigation was approximately $1.68 billion. On August 17, 2012, the court granted class certification with respect to one offering underwritten by the Company. On August 30, 2013, plaintiffs filed a motion to expand the certified class to include additional offerings. IndyMac Bank, which was the sponsor of these securitizations, filed for bankruptcy on July 31, 2008, and the Company’s ability to be indemnified by IndyMac Bank is limited.

On October 25, 2010, the Company, certain affiliates and Pinnacle Performance Limited, a special purpose vehicle (“SPV”), were named as defendants in a purported class action related to securities issued by the SPV in Singapore, commonly referred to as Pinnacle Notes. The case is styledGe Dandong, et al. v. Pinnacle Performance Ltd., et al. and is pending in the SDNY. An amended complaint was filed on October 22, 2012. The court denied defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended complaint on August 22, 2013 and granted class certification on October 17, 2013. On October 30, 2013, defendants filed a petition for permission to appeal the court’s decision granting class certification. On January 31, 2014, plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint. The second amended complaint alleges that the defendants engaged in a fraudulent scheme to defraud investors by structuring the Pinnacle Notes to fail and benefited subsequently from the securities’ failure. In addition, the second amended complaint alleges that the securities’ offering materials contained material misstatements or omissions regarding the securities’ underlying assets and the alleged conflicts of interest between the defendants and the investors. The second amended complaint asserts common law claims of fraud, aiding and abetting fraud, fraudulent inducement, aiding and abetting fraudulent inducement, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing. Plaintiffs seek damages of approximately $138.7 million, rescission, punitive damages, and interest.

Other Litigation.    On December 23, 2009, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle filed a complaint against the Company and another defendant in the Superior Court of the State of Washington, styledFederal Home Loan Bank of Seattle v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc., et al. The amended complaint, filed on September 28, 2010, alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to plaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sold to plaintiff by the Company was approximately $233 million. The complaint raises claims under the Washington State Securities Act and seeks, among other things, to rescind the plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. On October 18, 2010, defendants filed a motion to dismiss the action. By orders dated June 23, 2011 and July 18, 2011, the court denied defendants’ omnibus motion to dismiss plaintiff’s amended complaint and on August 15, 2011, the court denied the Company’s individual motion to dismiss the amended complaint.

On March 15, 2010, the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco filed two complaints against the Company and other defendants in the Superior Court of the State of California. These actions are styledFederal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco v. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, et al., andFederal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco v. Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. et al., respectively. Amended complaints were filed on June 10, 2010. The amended complaints allege that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in connection with the sale to plaintiff of a number of mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The amount of certificates allegedly sold to plaintiff by the Company in these cases was approximately $704 million and $276 million, respectively. The complaints raise claims under both the federal securities laws and California law and seek, among other things, to rescind the plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. On August 11, 2011, plaintiff’s Securities Act claims were dismissed with prejudice. The defendants filed answers to the amended complaints on October 7, 2011. On February 9, 2012, defendants’ demurrers with respect to all other claims were overruled. On December 20, 2013, plaintiff’s negligent misrepresentation claims were dismissed with prejudice. A bellwether trial is currently scheduled to begin in September 2014. The Company is not a defendant in connection with the securitizations at issue in that trial.

37


On July 15, 2010, The Charles Schwab Corp. filed a complaint against the Company and other defendants in the Superior Court of the State of California, styledThe Charles Schwab Corp. v. BNP Paribas Securities Corp., et al. The complaint alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to one of plaintiff’s subsidiaries of a number of mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sold to plaintiff’s subsidiary by the Company was approximately $180 million. The complaint raises claims under both the federal securities laws and California law and seeks, among other things, to rescind the plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. Plaintiff filed an amended complaint on August 2, 2010. On September 22, 2011, defendants filed demurrers to the amended complaint. On October 13, 2011, plaintiff voluntarily dismissed its claims brought under the Securities Act. On January 27, 2012, the court, in a ruling from the bench, substantially overruled defendants’ demurrers. On March 5, 2012, the plaintiff filed a second amended complaint. On April 10, 2012, the Company filed a demurrer to certain causes of action in the second amended complaint, which the court overruled on July 24, 2012. The Company filed its answer to the second amended complaint on August 3, 2012. An initial trial of certain of plaintiff’s claims is scheduled to begin in July 2015.

On July 15, 2010, China Development Industrial Bank (“CDIB”) filed a complaint against the Company, which isFirm, styledChina Development Industrial Bank v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated et al and., which is pending in the Supreme Court of NY.the State of New York, New York County (“Supreme Court of NY”). The Complaintcomplaint relates to a $275 million credit default swap referencing the super senior portion of the STACK2006-1 CDO. The complaint asserts claims for common law fraud, fraudulent inducement and fraudulent concealment and alleges that the CompanyFirm misrepresented the risks of the STACK2006-1 CDO to CDIB, and that the CompanyFirm knew that the assets backing the CDO were of poor quality when it entered into the credit default swap with CDIB. The complaint seeks compensatory damages related to the approximately $228 million that CDIB alleges it has already lost under the credit default swap, rescission of CDIB’s obligation to pay an additional $12 million, punitive damages, equitable relief, fees and costs. On March 10, 2011, the Company filed its answer to the complaint.

On October 15, 2010, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago filed a complaint against the Company and other defendants in the Circuit Court of the State of Illinois, styledFederal Home Loan Bank of Chicago v. Bank of America Funding Corporation et al. The complaint alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to plaintiff of a number of mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans and asserts claims under Illinois law. The total amount of certificates allegedly sold to plaintiff by the Company at issue in the action was approximately $203 million. The complaint seeks, among other things, to rescind the plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. On March 24,February 28, 2011, the court presiding overFederal Home Loan Bank of Chicago v. Bank of America Funding Corporation et al. granted plaintiff leave to file an amended complaint. The Company filed its answer on December 21, 2012. On December 13, 2013,denied the court entered an order dismissing all claims related to one of the securitizations at issue.

On April 20, 2011, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston filed a complaint against the Company and other defendants in the Superior Court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts styledFederal Home Loan Bank of Boston v. Ally Financial, Inc. F/K/A GMAC LLC et al. An amended complaint was filed on June 19, 2012 and alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to plaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly issued by the Company or sold to plaintiff by the Company was approximately $385 million. The amended complaint raises claims under the Massachusetts Uniform Securities Act, the Massachusetts Consumer Protection Act and common law and seeks, among other things, to rescind the plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. On May 26, 2011, defendants removed the case to the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts. On October 11, 2012, defendants filed motions to dismiss the amended complaint, which was granted in part and denied in part on September 30, 2013. The defendants filed an answer to the amended complaint on December 16, 2013.

On July 5, 2011, Allstate Insurance Company and certain of its affiliated entities filed a complaint against the Company in the Supreme Court of NY, styled Allstate Insurance Company, et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al. An amended complaint was filed on September 9, 2011 and alleges that defendants made untrue statements and

38


material omissions in the sale to plaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly issued and/or sold to plaintiffs by the Company was approximately $104 million. The complaint raises common law claims of fraud, fraudulent inducement, aiding and abetting fraud and negligent misrepresentation and seeks, among other things, compensatory and/or rescissionary damages associated with plaintiffs’ purchases of such certificates. On March 15, 2013, the court denied in substantial part the defendants’Firm’s motion to dismiss the amended complaint, which order the Company appealed on April 11, 2013. On May 3, 2013, the Company filed its answer to the amended complaint.

On July 18, 2011, the Western and Southern Life Insurance Company and certain affiliated companies filed a complaint against the Company and other defendants in the Court of Common Pleas in Ohio, styledWestern and Southern Life Insurance Company, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., et al. An amended complaint was filed on April 2, 2012 and alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The amount of the certificates allegedly sold to plaintiffs by the Company was approximately $153 million. The amended complaint raises claims under the Ohio Securities Act, federal securities laws, and common law and seeks, among other things, to rescind the plaintiffs’ purchases of such certificates. The Company filed its answer on August 17, 2012. Trial is currently scheduled to begin in May 2015.

On November 4, 2011, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), as receiver for Franklin Bank S.S.B, filed two complaints against the Company in the District Court of the State of Texas. Each was styledFederal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as Receiver for Franklin Bank S.S.B v. Morgan Stanley & Company LLC F/K/A Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc. and alleged that the Company made untrue statements and material omissions in connection with the sale to plaintiff of mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The amount of certificates allegedly underwritten and sold to plaintiff by the Company in these cases was approximately $67 million and $35 million, respectively. The complaints each raised claims under both federal securities law and the Texas Securities Act and each seeks, among other things, compensatory damages associated with plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. On March 20, 2012, the Company filed answers to the complaints in both cases. On June 7, 2012, the two cases were consolidated. On January 10, 2013, the Company filed a motion for summary judgment and special exceptions with respect to plaintiff’s claims. On February 6, 2013, the FDIC filed an amended consolidated complaint. On February 25, 2013, the Company filed a motion for summary judgment and special exceptions, which motion was denied in substantial part on April 26, 2013. On May 3, 2013, the FDIC filed a second amended consolidated complaint. Trial is currently scheduled to begin in November 2014.

On January 20, 2012, Sealink Funding Limited filed a complaint against the Company in the Supreme Court of NY, styled Sealink Funding Limited v. Morgan Stanley, et al. Plaintiff purports to be the assignee of claims of certain special purpose vehicles (“SPVs”) formerly sponsored by SachsenLB Europe. An amended complaint was filed on May 21, 2012 and alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to the SPVs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly issued by the Company and/or sold by the Company was approximately $507 million. The amended complaint raises common law claims of fraud, fraudulent inducement, and aiding and abetting fraud and seeks, among other things, compensatory and/or rescissionary damages as well as punitive damages associated with plaintiffs’ purchases of such certificates. On March 20, 2013, plaintiff filed a second amended complaint. On May 3, 2013, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the second amended complaint.

On January 25, 2012, Dexia SA/NV and certain of its affiliated entities filed a complaint against the Company in the Supreme Court of NY, styledDexia SA/NV et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al. An amended complaint was filed on May 24, 2012 and alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly issued by the Company and/or sold to plaintiffs by the

39


Company was approximately $626 million. The amended complaint raises common law claims of fraud, fraudulent inducement, and aiding and abetting fraud and seeks, among other things, compensatory and/or rescissionary damages as well as punitive damages associated with plaintiffs’ purchases of such certificates. On October 16, 2013, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended complaint. On November 18, 2013, plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal of the dismissal and a motion to renew their opposition to defendants’ motion to dismiss.

On April 25, 2012, The Prudential Insurance Company of America and certain affiliates filed a complaint against the Company and certain affiliates in the Superior Court of the State of New Jersey, styledThe Prudential Insurance Company ofAmerica, et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al. The complaint alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in connection with the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company is approximately $1 billion. The complaint raises claims under the New Jersey Uniform Securities Law, as well as common law claims of negligent misrepresentation, fraud and tortious interference with contract and seeks, among other things, compensatory damages, punitive damages, rescission and rescissionary damages associated with plaintiffs’ purchases of such certificates. On October 16, 2012, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint which, among other things, increases the total amount of the certificates at issue by approximately $80 million, adds causes of action for fraudulent inducement, equitable fraud, aiding and abetting fraud, and violations of the New Jersey RICO statute, and includes a claim for treble damages. On March 15, 2013, the court denied the defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended complaint. On April 26, 2013, the defendants filed an answer to the amended complaint.

On August 7, 2012, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as Trustee,trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust2006-4SL and Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series2006-4SL (together, the “Trust”) against the Company. The matter isFirm styledMorgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust2006-4SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage CapitalInc. and is, pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the Trust,trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $303 million, breached various representations and warranties.warran-

23December 2016 Form 10-K


ties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, rescission of the mortgage loan purchase agreement underlying the transaction, specific performance and unspecified damages and interest. On OctoberAugust 8, 2012,2014, the Company filed acourt granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaint. On December 2, 2016, the Firm moved for summary judgment and the plaintiffs moved for partial summary judgment.

On August 8, 2012, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as Trustee,trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-14SL, Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-14SL, Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust2007-4SL and Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series2007-4SL against the Company. The complaint isFirm styledMorgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-14SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor in interest to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc. and is, pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trusts, which had original principal balances of approximately $354 million and $305 million respectively, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, rescission of the mortgage loan purchase agreements underlying the transactions, specific performance and unspecified damages and interest. On October 9, 2012, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. On August 16, 2013, the court granted in part and denied in part the Company’sFirm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On September 17, 2013,August 16, 2016, the Company filed its answer to the complaint. On September 26, 2013, and October 7, 2013, the CompanyFirm moved for summary judgment and the plaintiffs respectively, filed notices of appeal with respect to the court’s August 16, 2013 decision.moved for partial summary judgment.

On August 10, 2012, the FDIC, as receiver for Colonial Bank, filed a complaint against the Company in the Circuit Court of Montgomery, Alabama styledFederal Deposit Insurance Corporation as Receiver for Colonial Bank v. Citigroup Mortgage Loan Trust Inc. et al.. The complaint alleges that the Company made untrue statements and material omissions in connection with the sale to Colonial Bank of a mortgage pass-through certificate backed by a securitization trust containing residential loans. The complaint raises claims under federal

40


securities law and the Alabama Securities Act and seeks, among other things, compensatory damages. The total amount of the certificate allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company to Colonial Bank was approximately $65 million. On September 13, 2013, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint. Defendants filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint on November 12, 2013.

On September 28, 2012, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as Trustee,trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-13ARX against the CompanyFirm styledMorgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-13ARX v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor in interest to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. U.S. BankPlaintiff filed an amended complaint on January 17, 2013, which asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $609 million, breached various representations and warranties. The amended complaint seeks, among other relief, declaratory judgment relief, specific performance and unspecified damages and interest. On March 18, 2013,By order entered September 30, 2014, the Company filed acourt granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint.

amended complaint, which the plaintiff appealed. On October 22, 2012, Asset Management Fund d/b/a AMF Funds and certain of its affiliated funds filed a complaint againstAugust 11, 2016, the Company in the Supreme Court of NY, styledAsset Management Fund d/b/a AMF Funds et al v. Morgan Stanley et al. The complaint alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company to plaintiffs was approximately $122 million. The complaint asserts causes of action against the Company for, among other things, common law fraud, fraudulent concealment, aiding and abetting fraud, and negligent misrepresentation, and seeks, among other things, monetary and punitive damages. On December 3, 2012, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. On July 18, 2013, the court dismissed claims with respect to seven certificates purchased by the plaintiff. The remaining claims relate to certificates with an original balance of $10.6 million. On September 12, 2013, plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal concerning the court’s decision granting in part and denyingAppellate Division, First Department reversed in part the defendants’trial court’s order that granted the Firm’s motion to dismiss. DefendantsOn December 13, 2016, the Appellate Division granted the Firm’s motion for leave to appeal to the New York Court of Appeals. The Firm filed a noticeits opening letter brief with the Court of cross-appealAppeals on September 26, 2013.February 6, 2017.

On December 14, 2012, Royal Park Investments SA/NV filed a complaint against the Company,Firm, certain affiliates, and other defendants in the Supreme Court of NY, styledRoyal Park Investments SA/NV v. Merrill Lynch et al. The complaint alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans totaling approximately $628 million. On March 15, 2013, defendants filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. On June 17, 2013, the court signed a joint proposed order and stipulation allowing plaintiffs to replead their complaint and defendants to withdraw their motion to dismiss without prejudice. On October 24, 2013, plaintiff filed a new complaint against the CompanyFirm in the Supreme Court of NY, styledRoyal Park Investments SA/NV v. Morgan Stanley et al. The new complaint alleges, alleging that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the CompanyFirm to plaintiff was approximately $597 million. The complaint raises common law claims of fraud, fraudulent inducement, negligent misrepresentation, and aiding and abetting fraud and seeks, among other things, compensatory and punitive damages. The plaintiff filed an amended complaint on December 1, 2015. On February 3, 2014,April 29, 2016, the CompanyFirm filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint.

On January 10, 2013, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as Trustee,trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-10SL and Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-10SL against the Company. The complaint isFirm styledMorgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-10SL, et al. v. Morgan StanleyMortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor in interest to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc. and is, pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $300 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, an order requiring the CompanyFirm to comply with the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, and interest. On March 11, 2013,August 8, 2014, the Company filed acourt granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint.

41


On January 31, 2013, HSH Nordbank AG and certain affiliates filed a complaint against the Company, certain affiliates, and other defendants in the Supreme Court of NY, styledHSH Nordbank AG et al. v. Morgan Stanley et al.The complaint alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company to plaintiff was approximately $524 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Company for common law fraud, fraudulent concealment, aiding and abetting fraud, negligent misrepresentation, and rescission and seeks, among other things, compensatory and punitive damages. On April 12, 2013, defendants filed a motion to dismiss the complaint.

On February 14, 2013, Bank Hapoalim B.M. filed a complaint against the Company and certain affiliates in the Supreme Court of NY, styledBank Hapoalim B.M. v. Morgan Stanley et al. The complaint alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company to plaintiff was approximately $141 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Company for common law fraud, fraudulent concealment, aiding and abetting fraud, and negligent misrepresentation, and seeks, among other things, compensatory and punitive damages. On April 26, 2013, defendants filed a motion to dismiss the complaint.

On March 7, 2013, the Federal Housing Finance Agency filed a summons with notice on behalf of the trustee of the Saxon Asset Securities Trust, Series 2007-1, against the Company and an affiliate. The matter is styledFederal Housing Finance Agency, as Conservator for the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, on behalf of the Trustee of the Saxon Asset Securities Trust, Series 2007-1 v. Saxon Funding Management LLC and Morgan Stanleyand is pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The notice asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $593 million, breached various representations and warranties. The notice seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, indemnity, and interest.

On May 3, 2013, plaintiffs inDeutsche Zentral-Genossenschaftsbank AG et al. v. Morgan Stanley et al.filed a complaint against the Company,Firm, certain affiliates, and other defendants in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the CompanyFirm to plaintiff was approximately $694$644 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the CompanyFirm for common law fraud, fraudulent concealment, aiding and abetting fraud, negligent misrepresentation, and rescission and seeks, among other things, compensatory and punitive damages. On July 12, 2013, defendants filed aJune 10, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaint. The Firm perfected its appeal from that decision on June 12, 2015.

December 2016 Form 10-K24


 

On May 17, 2013, plaintiff inIKB International S.A. in Liquidation, et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al. filed a complaint against the CompanyFirm and certain affiliates in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the CompanyFirm to plaintiff was approximately $132 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the CompanyFirm for common law fraud, fraudulent concealment, aiding and abetting fraud, and negligent misrepresentation, and seeks, among other things, compensatory and punitive damages. On July 26, 2013, defendants filed aOctober 29, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss. All claims regarding four certificates were dismissed. After these dismissals, the remaining amount of certificates allegedly issued by the Firm or sold to plaintiff by the Firm was approximately $116 million. On August 11, 2016, the Appellate Division, First Department affirmed the trial court’s order denying in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint.

On July 2, 2013, the trustee, Deutsche Bank, in its capacity as trustee, became the named plaintiff inFederal Housing Finance Agency, as Conservator for the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, on behalf of the Trustee of the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust, Series2007-NC1 (MSAC2007-NC1) v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc., and filed a complaint in the Supreme Court of NY under the captionDeutsche Bank National TrustCompany, as Trustee forthe Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust, Series2007-NC1 v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I, Inc. On

42


February 3, 2014, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint, which asserts claims for breach of contract and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $1.25 billion, breached various representations and warranties. The amended complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, rescission and interest. On April 12, 2016, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the amended complaint, dismissing all claims except a single claim, regarding which the motion was denied without prejudice. On January 17, 2017, the First Department affirmed the lower court’s April 12, 2016 order.

On July 8, 2013, plaintiffU.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint inagainst the Firm styledMorgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2007-2AX, by U.S. Bank National Association, solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust2007-2AX (MSM2007-2AX)v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor-by-mergerSuccessor-By-Merger to Morgan

Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc.,Inc. and GreenpointGreenPoint Mortgage Funding, Inc. The complaint, filed, pending in the Supreme Court of NY,NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the Trust,trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $650 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages and interest. On August 22, 2013,November 24, 2014, the Company a filed acourt granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint.

On August 5, 2013, Landesbank Baden-Württemberg and two affiliates filed a complaint against the Company and certain affiliates in the Supreme Court of NY styledLandesbank Baden-Württemberg et al. v. Morgan Stanley et al. The complaint alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company to plaintiffs was approximately $50 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Company for, among other things, common law fraud, fraudulent concealment, aiding and abetting fraud, negligent misrepresentation, and rescission based upon mutual mistake, and seeks, among other things, rescission, compensatory damages, and punitive damages. On October 4, 2013, defendants filed a motion to dismiss the complaint.

On August 16, 2013, plaintiffs inNational Credit Union Administration Board v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, et al.filed a complaint against the Company and certain affiliates in the United States District Court for the District of Kansas. The complaint alleges that defendants made untrue statements of material fact or omitted to state material facts in the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates issued by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company to plaintiffs was approximately $567 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Company for violations of Section 11 and Section 12(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, violations of the California Corporate Securities Law of 1968, and violations of the Kansas Blue Sky Law and seeks, among other things, rescissionary and compensatory damages. The defendants filed a motion to dismiss the complaint on November 4, 2013. On December 27, 2013, the court granted the motion to dismiss in substantial part. The surviving claims relate to one certificate purchased by the plaintiff for approximately $17 million.

On August 26, 2013, a complaint was filed against the CompanyFirm and certain affiliates in the Supreme Court of NY, styledPhoenix Light SF Limited et al v. Morgan Stanley et al., which was amended on April 23, 2015. The amended complaint alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to plaintiffs, or their assignors, of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly issued by the CompanyFirm and/or sold to plaintiffs or their assignors by the CompanyFirm was approximately $344 million. The amended complaint raises common law claims of fraud, fraudulent inducement, aiding and abetting fraud, negligent misrepresentation and rescission based on mutual mistake and seeks, among other things, compensatory damages, punitive damages or alternatively rescission or rescissionary damages associated with the purchase of such certificates. The defendants filed a motion to dismiss on December 13, 2013.

On SeptemberApril 23, 2013, plaintiffs inNational Credit Union Administration Board v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc., et al.filed a complaint against2015, the Company and certain affiliates incourt granted the SDNY. The complaint alleges that defendants made untrue statements of material fact or omitted to state material facts in the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates issued by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company to plaintiffs was

43


approximately $417 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Company for violations of Section 11 and Section 12(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, violations of the Texas Securities Act, and violations of the Illinois Securities Law of 1953 and seeks, among other things, rescissionary and compensatory damages. The defendants filed aFirm’s motion to dismiss the amended complaint, and on November 13, 2013. On January 22, 2014,May 21, 2015, the court granted defendants’ motion to dismiss with respect to claims arising under the Securities Actplaintiffs filed a notice of 1933 and denied defendants’ motion to dismiss with respect to claims arising under Texas Securities Act and the Illinois Securities Lawappeal of 1953.that order.

On November 6, 2013, Deutsche Bank, in its capacity as trustee, became the named plaintiff inFederal Housing Finance Agency, as Conservator for the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, on behalf of the Trustee of the Morgan StanleyABS Capital I Inc. Trust, Series2007-NC3 (MSAC2007-NC3) v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, and filed a complaint in the Supreme Court of NY under the captionDeutsche Bank National Trust Company, solely in its capacity as Trustee for Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust, Series2007-NC3 v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, asSuccessor-by-Merger to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $1.3 billion, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, rescission, interest and costs. On December 16, 2013,April 12, 2016, the Companycourt granted the Firm’s motion

25December 2016 Form 10-K


to dismiss the complaint, and granted the plaintiff the ability to seek to replead certain aspects of the complaint. On May 25, 2016, Deutsche Bank filed a notice of appeal of that order. On January 17, 2017, the First Department affirmed the lower court’s order granting the motion to dismiss the complaint.

On December 24, 2013, Commerzbank AG London Branch filed a summons with notice against the Company and others in the Supreme Court of NY, styledCommerzbank AG London Branch v. UBS AG et al.Plaintiff purports to be the assignee of claims of certain other entities. The notice alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiff’s assignors of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company to plaintiffs was approximately $207 million. The notice identifies causes of action against the Company for, among other things, common-law fraud, fraudulent inducement, aiding and abetting fraud, civil conspiracy, tortious interference and unjust enrichment. The notice identifies the relief sought to include, among other things, monetary damages of at least approximately $207 million and punitive damages.

On December 30, 2013, Wilmington Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee for Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust2007-12, filed a complaint against the Company. The matter isFirm styledWilmington Trust Company v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC et al.and is, pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $516 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, unspecified damages, interest and costs. On June 14, 2016, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On August 17, 2016, plaintiff filed a notice of appeal of that order.

On January 15,April 28, 2014, the FDIC,Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, in its capacity as receivertrustee for United Western BankMorgan Stanley Structured Trust I2007-1, filed a complaint against the Firm styledDeutsche Bank National Trust Company and othersv. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (“SDNY”). The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $735 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified compensatory and/or rescissory damages, interest and costs. On April 3, 2015, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint.

On September 19, 2014, Financial Guaranty Insurance Company (“FGIC”) filed a complaint against the Firm in the Supreme Court of NY, styledFinancial Guaranty Insurance Company v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. et al.relating to a securitization issued by Basket of Aggregated Residential NIMS2007-1 Ltd. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the net interest margin securities (“NIMS”) in the trust breached various representations and warranties. FGIC issued a financial guaranty policy with respect to certain notes that had an original balance of approximately $475 million. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the NIMS breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, reimbursement of certain payments made pursuant to the transaction documents, attorneys’ fees and interest. On

November 24, 2014, the Firm filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, which the court denied on January 19, 2017.

On September 23, 2014, FGIC filed a complaint against the Firm in the Supreme Court of NY styledFinancial Guaranty Insurance Company v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. et al. relating to the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust2007-NC4. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and fraudulent inducement and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust breached various representations and warranties and defendants made untrue statements and material omissions to induce FGIC to issue a financial guaranty policy on certain classes of certificates that had an original balance of approximately $876 million. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, compensatory, consequential and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees and interest. On January 23, 2017, the court denied the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint.

On January 23, 2015, Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint against the Firm styledDeutsche Bank National Trust Company solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust2007-NC4 v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC asSuccessor-by-Merger to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., and Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $1.05 billion, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, compensatory, consequential, rescissory, equitable and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees, costs and other related expenses, and interest. On December 11, 2015, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On February 11, 2016, plaintiff filed a notice of appeal of that order.

On April 1, 2016, the California Attorney General’s Office filed an action against the Firm in California state court styledCalifornia v. Morgan Stanley, et al., on behalf of California investors, including the California Public Employees’ Retirement System and the California Teachers’ Retirement System. The complaint alleges that the Firm made misrepresentations and omissions regarding residential mortgage-backed securities and notes issued by the Cheyne SIV, and asserts violations of the California False Claims Act and other state laws and seeks treble damages, civil penalties, disgorgement, and injunctive relief. On September 30, 2016, the court granted the Firm’s demurrer, with leave to replead. On October 21, 2016, the California Attorney General filed

December 2016 Form 10-K26


an amended complaint. On January 25, 2017, the court denied the Firm’s demurrer with respect to the amended complaint.

Currency Related Matters

The Firm is responding to a number of regulatory and governmental inquiries both in the United States and abroad related to its foreign exchange business. In addition, on June 29, 2015, the Firm and a number of other financial institutions were named as respondents in a proceeding before Brazil’s Council for Economic Defense related to alleged anticompetitive activity in the foreign exchange market for the Brazilian Real.

The Firm, as well as other foreign exchange dealers, are defendants inIn Re Foreign Exchange Benchmark Rates Antitrust Litigation, pending in the SDNY. On July 16, 2015, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint generally alleging that defendants engaged in a conspiracy to fix, maintain or make artificial prices for key benchmark rates, to manipulate bid/ask spreads, and, by their behavior in theover-the-counter market, to thereby cause corresponding manipulation in the foreign exchange futures market. Plaintiffs seek declaratory relief as well as treble damages in an unspecified amount. On December 16, 2016, the Firm and plaintiffs reached an agreement in principle to settle the litigation with respect to the Firm. After it is finalized by the parties, the settlement will be subject to court approval.

European Matters

On June 26, 2006, the public prosecutor in Parma, Italy brought criminal charges against certain present and former employees of the Firm related to the bankruptcy of Parmalat in 2003. The trial commenced in September 2009 and the evidence phase concluded in January 2017. A verdict is expected during the course of 2017. While the Firm is not a defendant in the criminal proceeding, certain investors have asserted civil claims against the Firm related to the proceedings. These claims seek, among other relief, moral damages and loss of opportunity damages related to their purchase of approximately €327 million in bonds issued by Parmalat. In addition, on October 11, 2011, an Italian financial institution, Banco Popolare Societá Cooperativa (“Banco Popolare”), filed a civil claim against the Firm in the Milan courts, styledBanco Popolare Societá Cooperativa v Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc & others (File number 63671/2011), related to its purchase of €100 million of bonds issued by Parmalat. The claim asserted by Banco Popolare alleges, among other things, that the Firm was aware of Parmalat’s impending insolvency and conspired with others to deceive Banco Popolare into buying bonds by concealing both Parmalat’s true financial condition and certain features

of the bonds from the market and Banco Popolare. Banco Popolare seeks damages of €76 million (approximately $80 million) plus damages for loss of opportunity and moral damages. The Firm filed its answer on April 20, 2012, and the hearing on the parties’ final submissions is scheduled for March 20, 2018.

On May 12, 2016, the Austrian state of Land Salzburg filed a claim against the Firm in the Regional Court in Frankfurt, Germany, styledLand Salzburg v. Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc (the “German Proceedings”) seeking €209 million (approximately $220 million) plus interest, attorneys’ fees and other relief relating to certain fixed income and commodities derivative transactions which Land Salzburg entered into with the Firm between 2005 and 2012. Land Salzburg has alleged that it had neither the capacity nor authority to enter into such transactions, which should be set aside, and that the Firm breached certain advisory and other duties which the Firm had owed to it. On April 28, 2016, the Firm filed an action against Land Salzburg in the High Court in London, England styledMorgan Stanley Capital Services LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc v. Land Salzburg (the “English Proceedings”) in which the Firm is seeking declarations that Land Salzburg had both the capacity and authority to enter into the transactions, and that the Firm has no liability to Land Salzburg arising from them. On July 25, 2016, the Firm filed an application with the Regional Court in Frankfurt to stay the German Proceedings on the basis that the High Court in London was first seized of the dispute between the parties and, pending determination of that application, filed its statement of defense on December 23, 2016. On December 8, 2016, Land Salzburg filed an application with the High Court in London challenging its jurisdiction to determine the English Proceedings.

On July 11, 2016, the Firm received an invitation to respond to a proposed claim (“Proposed Claim”) by the public prosecutor for Court of Accounts for the Republic of Italy. The Proposed Claim relates to certain derivative transactions between the Republic of Italy and the Firm. The transactions were originally entered into between 1999 and 2005, and were terminated in December 2011 and January 2012. The Proposed Claim alleges, inter alia, that the Firm was acting as an agent of the Republic of Italy, that some or all of the derivative transactions were improper and that the termination of the transactions was also improper. The Proposed Claim indicates that, if a proceeding is initiated against the Firm, the public prosecutor would be asserting administrative claims against the Firm for €2.879 billion (approximately $3 billion). The Firm does not agree with the Proposed Claim and presented its defenses to the public prosecutor.

27December 2016 Form 10-K


Other Litigation

On October 20, 2014, a purported class action complaint was filed against the Firm and other defendants styledGeneseeCounty Employees’ Retirement System v. Bank of America Corporation et al. in the SDNY. The action was later consolidated with four similar actions in SDNY under the lead case styledAlaska Electrical Pension Fund v. Bank of America Corporation et al. A consolidated amended complaint was filed on February 2, 2015 asserting claims for alleged violations of the Sherman Act, breach of contract, breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, unjust enrichment, and tortious interference with contract. The consolidated amended complaint alleges, among other things, that the defendants engaged in antitrust violations with regards to the process of setting ISDAfix, a financial benchmark and seeks treble damages, injunctive relief, attorneys’ fees and other relief. On March 28, 2016, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss the consolidated amended complaint. On February 7, 2017, the plaintiffs filed a second consolidated amended complaint.

The following matters were terminated during or following the quarter ended December 31, 2016:

On December 23, 2009, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle filed a complaint against the Firm and another defendant in the Superior Court of the State of Colorado,Washington, styledFederal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as Receiver for United WesternHome Loan Bank of Seattle v. Banc of America Funding Corp.Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc., et al. The amended complaint, filed on September 28, 2010, alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the Companysale to plaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sold to plaintiff by the Firm was approximately $233 million. The complaint raises claims under the Washington State Securities Act and seeks, among other

things, to rescind the plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. On January 23, 2017, the parties reached an agreement to settle the litigation.

On March 15, 2010, the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco filed a complaint against the Firm and other defendants in the Superior Court of the State of California styledFederal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco v. Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. et al. An amended complaint, filed on June 10, 2010, alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in connection with the sale to United Western Bankplaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold to United Western Bankplaintiff by the CompanyFirm was approximately $75$276 million. The complaint raises claims under both the federal securities lawlaws and the Colorado Securities ActCalifornia law and seeks, among other things, compensatory damages associated withto rescind the plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. On December 21, 2016, the parties reached an agreement to settle the litigation.

Other Matters.    On a case-by-case basis the Company has entered into agreements to toll the statute of limitations applicable to potential civil claims related to RMBS, CDOs and other mortgage-related products and services when the Company has concluded that it is in its interest to do so.

44


On October 18, 2011, the Company received a letter from Gibbs & Bruns LLP (the “Law Firm”), which is purportedly representing a group of investment advisers and holders of mortgage pass-through certificates issued by RMBS trusts that were sponsored or underwritten by the Company. The letter asserted that the Law Firm’s clients collectively hold 25% or more of the voting rights in 17 RMBS trusts sponsored or underwritten by the Company and that these trusts have an aggregate outstanding balance exceeding $6 billion. The letter alleged generally that large numbers of mortgages in these trusts were sold or deposited into the trusts based on false and/or fraudulent representations and warranties by the mortgage originators, sellers and/or depositors. The letter also alleged generally that there is evidence suggesting that the Company has failed prudently to service mortgage loans in these trusts. On January 31, 2012, the Law Firm announced that its clients hold over 25% of the voting rights in 69 RMBS trusts securing over $25 billion of RMBS sponsored or underwritten by the Company, and that its clients had issued instructions to the trustees of these trusts to open investigations into allegedly ineligible mortgages held by these trusts. The Law Firm’s press release also indicated that the Law Firm’s clients anticipate that they may provide additional instructions to the trustees, as needed, to further the investigations. On September 19, 2012, the Company received two purported Notices of Non-Performance from the Law Firm purportedly on behalf of the holders of significant voting rights in various trusts securing over $28 billion of residential mortgage backed securities sponsored or underwritten by the Company. The Notice purports to identify certain covenants in Pooling and Servicing Agreements (“PSAs”) that the holders allege that the Servicer and Master Servicer failed to perform, and alleges that each of these failures has materially affected the rights of certificateholders and constitutes an ongoing event of default under the relevant PSAs. On November 2, 2012, the Company responded to the letters, denying the allegations therein.

Commercial Mortgage Related Matter.

On January 25, 2011, the CompanyFirm was named as a defendant inThe Bank of New York Mellon Trust, National Association v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital, Inc.,a litigation pending in the SDNY. The suit, brought by the trustee of a series of commercial mortgage pass-through certificates, alleges that the CompanyFirm breached certain representations and warranties with respect to an $81 million commercial mortgage loan that was originated and transferred to the trust by the Company.Firm in 2007. The complaint seeks, among other things, to have the CompanyFirm repurchase the loan and pay additional monetary damages. On June 27, 2011, the court denied the Company’s motion to dismiss, but directed the filing of an amended complaint. On July 29, 2011, the Company filed its answer to the first amended complaint. On June 20, 2013, the court granted in part and denied in part the Company’s motion for summary judgment, and denied the plaintiff’s motion for summary judgment. On October 30, 2013, the Company filed a supplemental motion for summary judgment.

Matters Related to the CDS Market.

On July 1, 2013, the European Commission (“EC”) issued a Statement of Objections (“SO”) addressed to twelve financial firms (including the Company), the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (“ISDA”) and Markit Group Limited (“Markit”) and various affiliates alleging that, between 2006 and 2009, the recipients breached European Union competition law by taking and refusing to take certain actions in an effort to prevent the development of exchange traded credit default swap (“CDS”) products. The SO indicates that the EC plans to impose remedial measures and fines on the recipients. The Company and the other recipients filed a response to the SO on January 21, 2014. The Company and others have also responded to an investigation by the Antitrust Division of the United States Department of Justice related to the CDS market.

Beginning in May 2013, twelve financial firms (including the Company), as well as ISDA and Markit, were named as defendants in multiple purported antitrust class actions now consolidated into a single proceeding in the SDNY styledIn Re: Credit Default Swaps Antitrust Litigation. Plaintiffs allege that defendants violated United States antitrust laws from 2008 to present in connection with their alleged efforts to prevent the development of exchange traded CDS products. The complaints seek, among other relief, certification of a class of plaintiffs who purchased CDS from defendants in the United States, treble damages, and injunctive relief.

45


The following matters were terminated during or following the quarter ended December 31, 2013:

In re: Lehman Brothers Equity/Debt Securities Litigation, which had been pending in the SDNY, related to several offerings of debt and equity securities issued by Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. during 2007 and 2008. A group of underwriter defendants, including the Company, settled the main litigation on December 2, 2012. The remaining opt-out claims and appeals have now been resolved.

Stichting Pensioenfonds ABP v. Morgan Stanley, et al., which had been pending in the Supreme Court of NY, involved allegations that the defendants made untrue statements and material omissions to plaintiff in connection with the sale of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans.interest. On November 15, 2013, the parties entered into an agreement to settle the litigation. On December 3, 2013, the court dismissed the action.

Bayerische Landesbank, New York Branch v. Morgan Stanley, et al., which had been pending in the Supreme Court of NY, involved allegations that the defendants made untrue statements and material omissions to plaintiff in connection with the sale of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. On December 6, 2013, the parties entered into an agreement to settle the litigation. On January 2, 2014, the court dismissed the action.

Seagull Point, LLC, individually and on behalf of Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust 2007 HE-5 v. WMC Mortgage Corp., et al., which had been pending in the Supreme Court of NY, involved allegations that the loans in the trust breached various representations and warranties. On January 9, 2014, plaintiff filed a notice of discontinuance, dismissing the action against all defendants.

Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago v. Bank of America Securities LLC, et al., which had been pending in the Superior Court of the State of California, involved allegations that the defendants made untrue statements and material omissions to plaintiff in connection with the sale of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. On December 6, 2013, plaintiff filed a request for dismissal of all of its claims against the Company. On January 27, 2014, the court dismissed the action.

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al., which had been pending in the Supreme Court of NY, involved allegations that the defendants made untrue statements and material omissions to plaintiffs in connection with the sale of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. On January 23, 2014,February 17, 2017, the parties reached an agreement in principle to settle the litigation.

Cambridge Place Investment Management Inc. v. Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc., et al., which had been pending in the Superior Court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, involved allegations that the defendants made untrue statements and material omissions to plaintiff in connection with the sale of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. On February 11, 2014, the parties entered into an agreement to settle the litigation. On February 20, 2014, the court dismissed the action.

Federal Housing Finance Agency, as Conservator v. Morgan Stanley et al., which had been pending in the SDNY, involved allegations that the defendants made untrue statements and material omissions to plaintiff in connection with the sale of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. On February 7, 2014, the parties entered into an agreement to settle the litigation. On February 20, 2014, the court dismissed the action.

On December 12, 2013, the Company entered into an agreement with American International Group, Inc. (“AIG”) to resolve AIG’s potential claims against the Company related to AIG’s purchases of certain mortgage pass-through certificates sponsored or underwritten by the Company backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

 

December 2016 Form 10-K 4628 


Part II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity SecuritiesMarket for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Morgan Stanley’s common stock trades on the NYSE under the symbol “MS.”“MS” on the New York Stock Exchange. As of February 19, 2014, the Company17, 2017, we had 79,14064,798 holders of record; however, the Company believeswe believe the number of beneficial owners of common stock exceeds this number.

The table below sets forth, for each of the last eight quarters, the low and high sales prices per share of the Company’sour common stock as reported by Bloomberg Financial Markets and the amount of any cash dividends declared per common share of the Company’s common stock declared by itsour Board of Directors for such quarter.

 

   Low
Sale Price
   High
Sale Price
  Dividends 

2013:

     

Fourth Quarter

  $26.41    $31.85   $0.05  

Third Quarter

  $23.83    $29.50   $0.05  

Second Quarter

  $20.16    $27.17   $0.05  

First Quarter

  $19.32    $24.47   $0.05  

2012:

     

Fourth Quarter

  $13.49    $19.45   $0.05  

Third Quarter

  $12.29    $18.50   $0.05  

Second Quarter

  $12.26    $20.05   $0.05  

First Quarter

  $13.49    $21.19   $0.05  

47


   2016   2015 
    High   Low   Dividend
Declared per
Common Share
   High   Low   Dividend
Declared per
Common Share
 

First quarter

  $  31.70   $  21.16   $0.15   $  39.15   $  33.72   $0.10 

Second quarter

   28.29    23.11    0.15    40.26    35.36    0.15 

Third quarter

   32.44    24.57    0.20    41.04    30.40    0.15 

Fourth quarter

   44.04    30.96    0.20    35.74    30.15    0.15 

The following table below sets forth the information with respect to purchases made by us or on our behalf of the Company of itsour common stock during the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2013.2016.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

Period

 Total
Number
of
Shares
Purchased
  Average
Price
Paid Per
Share
  Total Number of
Shares Purchased
As Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs(C)
  Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares
that May Yet Be
Purchased Under
the Plans or
Programs
 

Month #1 (October 1, 2013—October 31, 2013)

    

Share Repurchase Program(A)

  1,495,000   $29.26    1,495,000   $1,394  

Employee Transactions(B)

  172,249   $27.46    —     —   

Month #2 (November 1, 2013—November 30, 2013)

    

Share Repurchase Program(A)

  4,038,832   $29.65    4,038,832   $1,274  

Employee Transactions(B)

  56,206   $30.10    —     —   

Month #3 (December 1, 2013—December 31, 2013)

    

Share Repurchase Program(A)

  2,087,000   $30.81    2,087,000   $1,210  

Employee Transactions(B)

  170,552   $31.19    —     —   

Total

    

Share Repurchase Program(A)

  7,620,832   $29.89    7,620,832   $1,210  

Employee Transactions(B)

  399,007   $29.43    —     —   
$ in millions, except per share data  Total Number of
Shares
Purchased
   

Average Price

Paid Per Share

   Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs1
   Approximate
Dollar Value of
Shares that May
Yet be Purchased
Under the Plans or
Programs
 

Month #1 (October 1, 2016-October 31, 2016)

        

Share Repurchase Program2

   4,857,000   $33.28    4,857,000   $2,088 

Employee transactions3

   63,861   $32.21         

Month #2 (November 1, 2016-November 30, 2016)

        

Share Repurchase Program2

   14,074,500   $36.09    14,074,500   $1,580 

Employee transactions3

   196,639   $39.10         

Month #3 (December 1, 2016-December 31, 2016)

        

Share Repurchase Program2

   7,751,467   $42.63    7,751,467   $1,250 

Employee transactions3

   337,765   $42.91         

Quarter ended December 31, 2016

        

Share Repurchase Program2

   26,682,967   $37.48    26,682,967   $1,250 

Employee transactions3

   598,265   $40.52         

 

(A)1.On December 19, 2006, the Company

Share purchases under publicly announced that itsprograms are made pursuant to open-market purchases, Rule10b5-1 plans or privately negotiated transactions (including with employee benefit plans) as market conditions warrant and at prices we deem appropriate and may be suspended at any time.

2.

Our Board of Directors has authorized the repurchase of up to $6 billion of the Company’sour outstanding stock under a share repurchase program (the “Share Repurchase Program”). The Share Repurchase Program is a program for capital management purposes that considers, among other things, business segment capital needs, as well as equity-basedstock-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. The Share Repurchase Program has no set expiration or termination date. Share repurchases by the Company are subject to regulatory approval. In July 2013, the CompanyJune 2016, we received no objectiona conditionalnon-objection from the Federal Reserve to our 2016 capital plan, which included a share repurchase of up to $500 million$3.5 billion of the Company’sour outstanding common stock under rules permitting annual capital distributions (12 Code of Federal Regulations 225.8, Capital Planning), of which approximately $150 million as ofduring the period beginning July 1, 2016 through June 30, 2017. During the quarter ended December 31, 2013 may yet be purchased until March 31, 2014.2016, we repurchased approximately $1.0 billion of our outstanding common stock as part of our Share Repurchase Program. For further information, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital Management” in Part I,II, Item 2.7.

(B)3.Includes: (1)

Includes shares delivered or attestedacquired by us in satisfaction of the exercise price and/or tax withholding obligations by holderson stock-based awards and the exercise of employee and director stock options (grantedgranted under employee and director stockour stock-based compensation plans) who exercised options; (2) shares withheld, delivered or attested (under the terms of grants under employee and director stock compensation plans) to offset tax withholding obligations that occur upon vesting and release of restricted shares; (3) shares withheld, delivered and attested (under the terms of grants under employee and director stock compensation plans) to offset tax withholding obligations that occur upon the delivery of outstanding shares underlying restricted stock units; and (4) shares withheld, delivered and attested (under the terms of grants under employee and director stock compensation plans) to offset the cash payment for fractional shares. The Company’s employee and director stock compensation plans provide that the value of the shares withheld, delivered or attested, shall be valued using the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date the relevant transaction occurs, using a valuation methodology established by the Company.

(C)Share purchases under publicly announced programs are made pursuant to open-market purchases, Rule 10b5-1 plans or privately negotiated transactions (including with employee benefit plans) as market conditions warrant and at prices the Company deems appropriate.plans.

 

29December 2016 Form 10-K

***


 

48Stock Performance Graph


Stock performance graph.The following graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return (rounded to the nearest whole dollar) of the Company’sour common stock, the S&PStandard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index (“S&P 500”) Stock Index and the S&P 500 Financials Index (“S5FINL”) for the last five years. The graph assumes a $100 investment at the closing price on December 31, 20082011 and reinvestment of dividends on the respective dividend payment dates without commissions. This graph does not forecast future performance of the Company’sour common stock.

Cumulative Total Return

December 31, 2011—December 31, 2016

 

 

   MS   S&P 500   S5FINL 

12/31/2008

  $100.00    $100.00    $100.00  

12/31/2009

  $187.93    $126.45    $117.15  

12/31/2010

  $174.03    $145.49    $131.36  

12/31/2011

  $97.59    $148.55    $108.95  

12/30/2012

  $124.84    $172.31    $140.27  

12/31/2013

  $206.40    $228.10    $190.19  

   At December 31, 
    2011   2012   2013   2014   2015   2016 

Morgan Stanley

  $  100.00   $  127.93   $  211.50   $  264.56   $  220.24   $  299.66 

S&P 500 Stock Index

   100.00    115.99    153.55    174.55    176.95    198.10 

S&P 500 Financials Index

   100.00    128.75    174.57    201.07    197.92    242.94 

 

December 2016 Form 10-K 4930 


Item 6.Selected Financial Data.

MORGAN STANLEY

 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

(dollars in millions, except share and per share data)Item 6. Selected Financial Data

 

   2013  2012  2011  2010   2009 

Income Statement Data:

       

Revenues:

       

Investment banking

  $5,246  $4,758  $4,991  $5,122   $5,020 

Trading

   9,359   6,990   12,384   9,393    7,723 

Investments

   1,777   742   573   1,825    (1,034

Commissions and fees

   4,629   4,253   5,343   4,909    4,210 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

   9,638   9,008   8,409   7,843    5,802 

Other

   990   556   176   1,235    672 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest revenues

   31,639   26,307   31,876   30,327    22,393 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

   5,209   5,692   7,234   7,288    7,468 

Interest expense

   4,431   5,897   6,883   6,394    6,678 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest

   778   (205  351   894    790 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

   32,417   26,102   32,227   31,221    23,183 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-interest expenses:

       

Compensation and benefits

   16,277   15,615   16,325   15,860    14,287 

Other

   11,658   9,967   9,792   9,154    7,753 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

   27,935   25,582   26,117   25,014    22,040 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   4,482   520   6,110   6,207    1,143 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   826   (237  1,414   743    (298
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

   3,656   757   4,696   5,464    1,441 

Discontinued operations(1):

       

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   (72  (48  (170  600    (127

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   (29  (7  (119  362    (92
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   (43  (41  (51  238    (35
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   3,613   716   4,645   5,702    1,406 

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests(2)

   222   124   —     —      —   

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests(2)

   459   524   535   999    60 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $2,932  $68  $4,110  $4,703   $1,346 

Preferred stock dividends

   277   98   2,043   1,109    2,253 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders(3)

  $2,655  $(30 $2,067  $3,594   $(907
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

       

Income from continuing operations

  $2,975  $138  $4,168  $4,478   $1,404 

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   (43  (70  (58  225    (58
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $2,932  $68  $4,110  $4,703   $1,346 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley Selected Financial Data

 

50


   2013  2012  2011  2010  2009 

Per Share Data:

      

Earnings (loss) per basic common share(4):

      

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $1.42  $0.02  $1.28  $2.49  $(0.72

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   (0.03)  (0.04)  (0.03)  0.15   (0.05)
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per basic common share

  $1.39  $(0.02) $1.25  $2.64  $(0.77
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share(4):

      

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $1.38  $0.02  $1.27  $2.45  $(0.72

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   (0.02)  (0.04)  (0.04)  0.18   (0.05)
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share

  $1.36  $(0.02) $1.23  $2.63  $(0.77
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Book value per common share(5)

  $32.24  $30.70  $31.42  $31.49  $27.26 

Dividends declared per common share

  $0.20  $0.20  $0.20  $0.20  $0.17 

Balance Sheet and Other Operating Data:

      

Total assets

  $832,702  $780,960  $749,898  $807,698  $771,462 

Total deposits

   112,379   83,266   65,662   63,812   62,215 

Long-term borrowings

   153,575   169,571   184,234   192,457   193,374 

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

   65,921   62,109   62,049   57,211   46,688 

Return on average common equity(6)

   4.3  N/M    3.8  9.0  N/M  

Average common shares outstanding(3):

      

Basic

   1,905,823,882   1,885,774,276   1,654,708,640   1,361,670,938   1,185,414,871 

Diluted

   1,956,519,738   1,918,811,270   1,675,271,669   1,411,268,971   1,185,414,871 

$ in millions 2016  2015  2014  2013  2012 

Income Statement Data

     

Revenues:

     

Totalnon-interest revenues

 $  30,933  $  32,062  $  32,540  $  31,715  $  26,383 

Interest income

  7,016   5,835   5,413   5,209   5,692 

Interest expense

  3,318   2,742   3,678   4,431   5,897 

Net interest

  3,698   3,093   1,735   778   (205

Net revenues

  34,631   35,155   34,275   32,493   26,178 

Non-interest expenses:

     

Compensation and benefits

  15,878   16,016   17,824   16,277   15,615 

Other

  9,905   10,644   12,860   11,658   9,967 

Totalnon-interest expenses

  25,783   26,660   30,684   27,935   25,582 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

  8,848   8,495   3,591   4,558   596 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  2,726   2,200   (90  902   (161

Income from continuing operations

  6,122   6,295   3,681   3,656   757 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

  1   (16  (14  (43  (41

Net income

  6,123   6,279   3,667   3,613   716 

Net income applicable to redeemable non- controlling interests

           222   124 

Net income applicable to nonredeemable non- controlling interests

  144   152   200   459   524 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $5,979  $6,127  $3,467  $2,932  $68 

Preferred stock dividends and other

  471   456   315   277   98 

Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders1

 $5,508  $5,671  $3,152  $2,655  $(30

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

 

   

Income from continuing operations

 $5,978  $6,143  $3,481  $2,975  $138 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

  1   (16  (14  (43  (70

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $5,979  $6,127  $3,467  $2,932  $68 
in millions, except per
share amounts
 2016  2015  2014  2013  2012 

Per Share Data

     

Earnings (loss) per basic common share2:

 

   

Income from continuing operations

 $2.98  $2.98  $1.65  $1.42  $0.02 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     (0.01  (0.01  (0.03  (0.04

Earnings (loss) per basic common share

 $2.98  $2.97  $1.64  $1.39  $(0.02

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share2:

 

   

Income from continuing operations

 $2.92  $2.91  $1.61  $1.38  $0.02 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     (0.01  (0.01  (0.02  (0.04

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share

 $2.92  $2.90  $1.60  $1.36  $(0.02

Book value per common share3

 $36.99  $35.24  $33.25  $32.24  $30.70 

Common shares outstanding at December 31st

  1,852   1,920   1,951   1,945   1,974 

Dividends declared per common share

  0.70   0.55   0.35   0.20   0.20 

Average common shares outstanding1:

 

   

Basic

  1,849   1,909   1,924   1,906   1,886 

Diluted

  1,887   1,953   1,971   1,957   1,919 

Balance Sheet and Other Operating Data

 

   

Trading assets

 $  262,154  $  239,505  $  278,117  $  301,252  $  281,881 

Loans4

  94,248   85,759   66,577   42,874   29,046 

Total assets

  814,949   787,465   801,510   832,702   780,960 

Total deposits

  155,863   156,034   133,544   112,379   83,266 

Long-term borrowings

  164,775   153,768   152,772   153,575   169,571 

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

  76,050   75,182   70,900   65,921   62,109 

Common shareholders’ equity

  68,530   67,662   64,880   62,701   60,601 

Return on average common equity5

  8.0  8.5  4.8  4.3  N/M 

N/M—Not Meaningful.Meaningful

(1)1.Prior-period amounts have been recast for discontinued operations. See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for information on discontinued operations.
(2)Information includes 100%, 65% and 51% ownership of the retail securities joint venture between the Company and Citigroup Inc. (the “Wealth Management JV”) effective June 28, 2013, September 17, 2012 and May 31, 2009, respectively (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).
(3)

Amounts shown are used to calculate earnings (loss) per basic and diluted common share.

(4)2.

For the calculation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share, see Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8.

(5)3.

Book value per common share equals common shareholders’ equity of $62,701 million at December 31, 2013, $60,601 million at December 31, 2012, $60,541 million at December 31, 2011, $47,614 million at December 31, 2010 and $37,091 million at December 31, 2009, divided by common shares outstanding of 1,945 million at December 31, 2013, 1,974 million at December 31, 2012, 1,927 million at December 31, 2011, 1,512 million at December 31, 2010 and 1,361 million at December 31, 2009.outstanding.

(6)4.

Amounts include loans held for investment and loans held for sale but exclude loans at fair value, which are included in Trading assets in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8).

5.

The calculation of return on average common equity usesequals net income applicable to Morgan Stanley less preferred dividends as a percentage of average common equity. The return on average common equity is anon-generally accepted accounting principle financial measure that the CompanyFirm considers to be a useful measure to the CompanyFirm, investors and investorsanalysts to assess operating performance.

 

 5131 December 2016 Form 10-K


Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

Introduction.Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Introduction

 

Morgan Stanley, a financial holding company, is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. The Company,Morgan Stanley, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley”Stanley,” “Firm,” “us,” “we,” or the “Company”“our” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent”“Parent Company”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries.

Effective with the quarter ended June 30, 2013, the Global Wealth Management Group and Asset Management business segments were re-titled Wealth Management and Investment Management, respectively.

A summarydescription of the activitiesclients and principal products and services of each of the Company’sour business segments is as follows:

Institutional Securities provides investment banking, sales and trading, lending and other services to corporations, governments, financial institutions, and high to ultra-high net worth clients. Investment banking services consist of capital raising and financial advisory services, including services relating to the underwriting of debt, equity and capital-raising services, including:other securities, as well as advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, real estate and project finance; corporate lending;finance. Sales and trading services include sales, trading, financing and market-making activities in equity and fixed income securities and related products, including foreign exchange and commodities;commodities, as well as prime brokerage services. Lending services include originating and/or purchasing corporate loans, commercial and investment activities.residential mortgage lending, asset-backed lending, financing extended to equities and commodities customers, and loans to municipalities. Other activities include investments and research.

Wealth Management provides a comprehensive array of financial services and solutions to individual investors and small tomedium-sized businesses and institutions covering brokerage and investment advisory services, to individual investors and small-to-medium sized businesses and institutions covering various investment alternatives; financial and

wealth planning services;services, annuity and other insurance products;products, credit and other lending products; cash management services;products, banking and retirement services; and engages in fixed income trading, which primarily facilitates clients’ trading or investments in such securities.plan services.

Investment Managementprovides a broad arrayrange of investment strategies and products that span the risk/return spectrum across geographies, asset classes, and public and private markets to a diverse group of clients across the institutional and intermediary channels as well as high net worth clients.channels. Strategies and products include equity, fixed income, liquidity and alternative/other products. Institutional clients include defined benefit/defined contribution plans, foundations, endowments, government entities, sovereign wealth funds, insurance companies, third-party fund sponsors and corporations. Individual clients are serviced through intermediaries, including affiliated andnon-affiliated

See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for a discussion of the Company’s discontinued operations.

distributors.

The results of operations in the past have been, and in the future may continue to be, materially affected by many factors, including: the effect of economiccompetition; risk factors; and political conditions and geopolitical events; the effect of market conditions, particularly in the global equity, fixed income, credit and commodities markets, including corporate and mortgage (commercial and residential) lending and commercial real estate markets; the impact of current, pending and future legislation (including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”)), regulation (including capital, leverage and liquidity requirements), policies (including fiscal and monetary) and legal and regulatory actions in the United States of America (“U.S.”) and worldwide; the level and volatility of equity, fixed income, and commodity prices, interest rates, currency values and other market indices; the availability and cost of both credit and capital as well as the credit ratings assigned to the Company’s unsecured short-term and long-term debt; investor, consumer and business sentiment and confidence in the financial markets; the performance of the Company’s acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, strategic alliances or other strategic arrangements; the Company’s reputation; inflation, natural disasters and acts of war or terrorism; the actions and initiatives of current and potential competitors as well as governments, regulators and self-regulatory organizations; the effectiveness of the Company’s risk management policies; technological changes and risks, including cybersecurity risks; or a combination of these or other factors. In addition, legislative, legal and regulatory developments related to the Company’s businesses are likely to increase costs, thereby affecting results of operations.developments; as well as other factors. These factors also may have an adverse impact on the Company’sour ability to achieve itsour strategic objectives. For a furtherAdditionally, the discussion of these and other important factors that could affect the Company’s business, see “Business—Competition” and “Business—Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1, “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A and “Other Matters” herein.

52


The discussion of the Company’sour results of operations belowherein may contain forward-looking statements. These statements, which reflect management’s beliefs and expectations, are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially. For a discussion of the risks and uncertainties that may affect the Company’sour future results, see “Forward-Looking Statements” immediately preceding Part I, Item 1, “Business—Competition” and “Business—Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1, “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A and “Executive Summary—Significant Items”“Liquidity and “Other Matters”Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.

December 2016 Form 10-K32


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Executive Summary

Overview of Financial Results

Selected Financial Information and Other Statistical Data

$ in millions, except per share
amounts
 2016  2015  2014 

Net revenues by segment

   

Institutional Securities

 $      17,459  $      17,953  $      16,871 

Wealth Management

  15,350   15,100   14,888 

Investment Management

  2,112   2,315   2,712 

Intersegment Eliminations

  (290  (213  (196

Consolidated net revenues

 $34,631  $35,155  $34,275 

Net revenues by region1

   

Americas

 $25,487  $25,080  $25,140 

EMEA

  4,994   5,353   4,772 

Asia-Pacific

  4,150   4,722   4,363 

Consolidated net revenues

 $34,631  $35,155  $34,275 

Income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley

 

Institutional Securities

 $3,650  $3,713  $(77

Wealth Management

  2,104   2,085   3,192 

Investment Management

  223   345   366 

Intersegment Eliminations

  1       

Income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $5,978  $6,143  $3,481 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations applicable to Morgan Stanley

  1   (16  (14

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  5,979   6,127   3,467 

Preferred stock dividends and other

  471   456   315 

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

 $5,508  $5,671  $3,152 

Earnings per basic common share2

 $2.98  $2.97  $1.64 

Earnings per diluted common share2

  2.92   2.90   1.60 

Effective income tax rate from continuing operations

  30.8  25.9  (2.5)% 
    At December 31,
2016
   At December 31,
2015
 

Capital ratios (Transitional)3

    

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio

   16.9%    15.5% 

Tier 1 capital ratio

   19.0%    17.4% 

Total capital ratio

   22.0%    20.7% 

Tier 1 leverage ratio4

   8.4%    8.3% 

$ in millions, except per share
amounts
  At December 31,
2016
   At December 31,
2015
 

Loans5

  $94,248   $85,759 

Total assets

  $814,949   $787,465 

Global Liquidity Reserve6

  $202,297   $203,264 

Deposits

  $155,863   $156,034 

Long-term borrowings

  $164,775   $153,768 

Common shareholders’ equity

  $68,530   $67,662 

Common shares outstanding

   1,852    1,920 

Book value per common share7

  $36.99   $35.24 

Worldwide employees

   55,311    56,218 

EMEA—Europe, Middle East and Africa

1.

For a discussion of how the geographic breakdown for net revenues is determined, see Note 21 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

2.

For the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share, see Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

3.

For a discussion of our regulatory capital ratios, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.

4.

See Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for information on the Tier 1 leverage ratio.

5.

Amounts include loans held for investment (net of allowance) and loans held for sale but exclude loans at fair value, which are included in Trading assets in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).

6.

For a discussion of Global Liquidity Reserve, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity Risk Management Framework—Global Liquidity Reserve” herein.

7.

Book value per common share equals common shareholders’ equity divided by common shares outstanding.

Consolidated Results: 2016 Compared with 2015

We reported net revenues of $34,631 million in 2016, compared with $35,155 million in 2015. For 2016, net income applicable to Morgan Stanley was $5,979 million, or $2.92 per diluted common share, compared with $6,127 million, or $2.90 per diluted common share, in 2015.

Results for 2016 included net discrete tax benefits of $68 million or $0.04 per diluted common share, primarily related to the remeasurement of reserves and related interest due to new information regarding the status of a multi-year tax authority examination, partially offset by adjustments for other tax matters. Results for 2015 included net discrete tax benefits of $564 million or $0.29 per diluted common share, primarily associated with the repatriation ofnon-U.S. earnings at a cost lower than originally estimated, and positive revenues due to the impact of debt valuation adjustment (“DVA”) of $618 million or $0.20 per diluted common share. For a further discussion of the net discrete tax bene-

 

 5333 December 2016 Form 10-K


Executive Summary.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

fits, see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein.

Effective January 1, 2016, we early adopted a provision of the accounting updateRecognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities that requires unrealized gains and losses from debt-related credit spreads and other credit factors (i.e., DVA) to be presented in other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”) as opposed to Trading revenues. Results for 2015 and 2014 are not restated pursuant to that guidance.

Net revenues were $34,631 million and net income applicable to Morgan Stanley was $5,979 million, or $2.92 per diluted common share, in 2016 compared with net revenues of $34,537 million and net income applicable to Morgan Stanley of $5,728 million, or $2.70 per diluted common share, excluding DVA in 2015. Excluding the net discrete tax benefits, net income applicable to Morgan Stanley was $5,911 million, or $2.88 per diluted common share, in 2016 compared with net income applicable to Morgan Stanley of $5,164 million, or $2.41 per diluted common share, excluding both DVA and the net discrete tax benefits in 2015. (see “Selected Non-Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“Non-GAAP”) Financial Information” herein).

Consolidated Results: 2015 Compared with 2014

We reported net revenues of $35,155 million in 2015, compared with $34,275 million in 2014. In 2015, net income applicable to Morgan Stanley was $6,127 million, or $2.90 per diluted common share, compared with $3,467 million, or $1.60 per diluted common share in 2014.

Results for 2015 included net discrete tax benefits of $564 million, or $0.29 per diluted common share, primarily associated with the repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at a cost lower than originally estimated, and positive revenues due to the impact of DVA of $618 million, or $0.20 per diluted common share. Results for 2014 included net discrete tax benefits of $2,226 million, or $1.13 per diluted common share, due to the release of a deferred tax liability associated with a legal entity restructuring, remeasurement of reserves and related interest due to new information regarding the status of a multi-year tax examination, and the repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at a cost lower than originally estimated. For a further discussion of these net discrete tax benefits, see “Supplemental Financial Information and Statistical Data (dollarsDisclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein. Results for 2014 also included positive revenues associated with DVA of $651 million, or $0.21 per diluted common share. Results for 2014 also included litigation costs related to residential mortgage-backed securities and credit crisis matters of $3,083 million, or a loss of $1.47 per diluted common share, 2014 compensation actions of approxi-

mately $1,137 million (see also “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Discretionary Incentive Compensation” herein), or a loss of $0.39 per diluted common share, and a funding valuation adjustment (“FVA”) implementation charge of $468 million, or a loss of $0.17 per diluted common share.

Excluding DVA, net revenues were $34,537 million and net income applicable to Morgan Stanley was $5,728 million, or $2.70 per diluted common share, in millions, except where noted2015 compared with net revenues of $33,624 million, and net income applicable to Morgan Stanley of $3,049 million, or $1.39 per diluted common share, amounts)in 2014. Excluding both DVA and the net discrete tax benefits, net income applicable to Morgan Stanley was $5,164 million, or $2.41 per diluted common share, in 2015 compared with net income applicable to Morgan Stanley of $823 million, or $0.26 per diluted common share, in 2014 (see “Selected Non-Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“Non-GAAP”) Financial Information” herein).

   2013  2012  2011 

Net revenues:

    

Institutional Securities(1)

  $15,443  $11,025  $17,683 

Wealth Management(1)

   14,214   13,034   12,772 

Investment Management

   2,988   2,219   1,887 

Intersegment Eliminations

   (228  (176  (115
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Consolidated net revenues

  $32,417  $26,102  $32,227 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

  $3,613  $716  $4,645 

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests(2)

   222   124   —   

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests(2)

   459   524   535 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $2,932  $68  $4,110 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley:

    

Institutional Securities(1)

  $984  $(797 $3,450 

Wealth Management(1)

   1,488   803   683 

Investment Management

   503   136   35 

Intersegment Eliminations

   —     (4  —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $2,975  $138  $4,168 

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations applicable to Morgan Stanley(3)

   (43  (70  (58
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $2,932  $68  $4,110 

Preferred stock dividends

   277   98   2,043 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $2,655  $(30 $2,067 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per basic common share:

    

Income from continuing operations

  $1.42  $0.02  $1.28 

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations(3)

   (0.03)  (0.04)  (0.03)
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per basic common share(4)

  $1.39  $(0.02) $1.25 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share:

    

Income from continuing operations

  $1.38  $0.02  $1.27 

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations(3)

   (0.02)  (0.04)  (0.04)
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share(4)

  $1.36  $(0.02) $1.23 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Regional net revenues(5):

    

Americas

  $23,282  $20,200  $22,306 

Europe, Middle East and Africa

   4,542   3,078   6,619 

Asia

   4,593   2,824   3,302 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net revenues

  $32,417  $26,102  $32,227 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

54


For a further discussion of the net discrete tax benefits, see “Supplemental Financial Information and Statistical Data (dollars in millions, except where noted and per share amounts)—(Continued).Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein.

Business Segment Net Revenues: 2016 Compared with 2015

 

   2013  2012  2011 

Average common equity (dollars in billions):

    

Institutional Securities

  $37.9  $29.0  $32.7 

Wealth Management

   13.2   13.3   13.2 

Investment Management

   2.8   2.4   2.6 

Parent capital

   8.0    16.1   5.9 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Consolidated average common equity

  $61.9  $60.8  $54.4 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Return on average common equity(6):

    

Institutional Securities

   2.3  N/M    5.1

Wealth Management

   10.0  6.0  3.4

Investment Management

   17.6  5.4  N/M  

Consolidated

   4.4  0.1  4.0

Book value per common share(7)

  $32.24  $30.70  $31.42 

Average tangible common equity (dollars in billions)(8)

  $53.0  $53.9  $47.5 

Return on average tangible common equity(9)

   5.1  0.1  4.5

Tangible book value per common share(10)

  $27.16  $26.86  $27.95 

Effective income tax rate from continuing operations(11)

   18.4  (45.6)%   23.1

Worldwide employees at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

   55,794   57,061   61,546 

Global Liquidity Reserve held by bank and non-bank legal entities at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (dollars in billions)(12)

  $202  $182  $182 

Average Global Liquidity Reserve (dollars in billions)(12):

    

Bank legal entities

  $75  $63  $64 

Non-bank legal entities

   117   113   113 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total average Global Liquidity Reserve

  $192  $176  $177 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Long-term borrowings at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

  $153,575  $169,571  $184,234 

Maturities of long-term borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (next 12 months)

  $24,193  $25,303  $35,082 

Capital ratios at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

    

Total capital ratio(13)

   16.9  18.5  17.5

Tier 1 common capital ratio(13)

   12.8  14.6  12.6

Tier 1 capital ratio(13)

   15.7  17.7  16.2

Tier 1 leverage ratio(14)

   7.6  7.1  6.6

Consolidated assets under management or supervision at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (dollars in billions)(15):

    

Investment Management(16)

  $373  $338  $287 

Wealth Management(1)(17)

   692   551   472 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  $1,065  $889  $759 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Institutional Securities net revenues of $17,459 million in 2016 decreased 3% compared with $17,953 million in 2015, primarily as a result of lower Investment banking and sales and trading revenues, partially offset by higher Other revenues.

Wealth Management net revenues of $15,350 million in 2016 increased 2% from $15,100 million in 2015, primarily as a result of growth in Net interest income, partially offset by lower Commissions and fees and Investment banking revenues.

Investment Management net revenues of $2,112 million in 2016 decreased 9% from $2,315 million in 2015, primarily reflecting weaker investment performance compared with 2015. This was partially offset by carried interest losses in 2015 associated with Asia private equity that did notre-occur in 2016. Asset management fees in 2016 were relatively unchanged from 2015.

Business Segment Net Revenues: 2015 Compared with 2014

Institutional Securities net revenues of $17,953 million in 2015 increased 6% compared with $16,871 million in 2014, primarily as a result of higher sales and trading net revenues, partially offset by lower Other revenues and lower revenues in Investment banking.

Wealth Management net revenues of $15,100 million in 2015 increased 1% from $14,888 million in 2014, primarily as a result of higher Net interest income and asset management revenues, partially offset by lower transactional revenues.

December 2016 Form 10-K34


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Investment Management net revenues of $2,315 million in 2015 decreased 15% from $2,712 million in 2014, primarily reflecting the reversal of previously accrued carried interest, reduction in revenues attributable tonon-controlling interests and markdowns on principal investments.

ConsolidatedNon-Interest Expenses: 2016 Compared with 2015

Compensation and benefits expenses of $15,878 million in 2016 decreased 1% from $16,016 million in 2015, primarily due to a decrease in salaries, severance costs, discretionary incentive compensation and employer taxes, partially offset by an increase in the fair value of deferred compensation plan referenced investments.

Non-compensation expenses were $9,905 million in 2016 compared with $10,644 million in 2015, representing a 7% decrease, primarily due to lower litigation costs and expense management.

ConsolidatedNon-Interest Expenses: 2015 Compared with 2014

Compensation and benefits expenses of $16,016 million in 2015 decreased 10% from $17,824 million in 2014, primarily as a result of the 2014 compensation actions, and a decrease in the fair value of deferred compensation plan referenced investments, related carried interest, and the level of discretionary incentive compensation in 2015 (see also “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Discretionary Incentive Compensation” herein).

Non-compensation expenses were $10,644 million in 2015 compared with $12,860 million in 2014, representing a 17% decrease, primarily due to lower litigation costs in the Institutional Securities business segment associated with residential mortgage-backed securities and credit crisis-related matters.

Return on Average Common Equity

For 2016, the return on average common equity and the return on average common equity, excluding DVA was 8.0%, or 7.9% excluding DVA and the net discrete tax benefits. For 2015, the return on average common equity was 8.5%, or 7.8% excluding DVA, and 7.0% excluding DVA and the net discrete tax benefits. For 2014, the return on average common equity was 4.8%, or 4.1% excluding DVA, and 0.8% excluding DVA and the net discrete tax benefits. See “SelectedNon-Generally Accepted Accounting Principles(“Non-GAAP”) Financial Information” herein.

SelectedNon-Generally Accepted Accounting Principles(“Non-GAAP”) Financial Information

We prepare our consolidated financial statements using accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). From time to time, we may disclose certain“non-GAAP financial measures” in this document, or in the course of our earnings releases, earnings and other conference calls, financial presentations and otherwise. A“non-GAAP financial measure” excludes, or includes, amounts from the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.Non-GAAP financial measures disclosed by us are provided as additional information to investors and analysts in order to provide them with further transparency about, or as an alternative method for assessing, our financial condition, operating results or prospective regulatory capital requirements. These measures are not in accordance with, or a substitute for, U.S. GAAP and may be different from or inconsistent withnon-GAAP financial measures used by other companies. Whenever we refer to anon-GAAP financial measure, we will also generally define it or present the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, along with a reconciliation of the differences between the U.S. GAAP financial measure and thenon-GAAP financial measure.

The principalNon-GAAP financial measures presented in this document are set forth below.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures by Business Segment

$ in billions  2016  2015  2014 

Pre-tax profit margin1

    

Institutional Securities

   29  26  N/M 

Wealth Management

   22  22  20

Investment Management

   14  21  24

Consolidated

   26  24  10

Average common equity2

    

Institutional Securities

  $    43.2  $    34.6  $    32.2 

Wealth Management

   15.3   11.2   11.2 

Investment Management

   2.8   2.2   2.9 

Parent Company

   7.6   18.9   19.0 

Consolidated average common equity

  $68.9  $66.9  $65.3 

Return on average common equity2

 

  

Institutional Securities

   7.6  9.9  N/M 

Wealth Management

   13.3  16.9  27.5

Investment Management

   7.7  15.8  13.0

Consolidated

   8.0  8.5  4.8

 

 5535 December 2016 Form 10-K


Financial Information and Statistical Data (dollars in millions, except where noted and per share amounts)—(Continued).
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

   2013  2012  2011 

Institutional Securities(1):

    

Pre-tax profit margin(18)

   6  N/M    26

Wealth Management(1)(17):

    

Wealth Management representatives at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011(19)

   16,456   16,352   17,033 

Annual revenues per representative (dollars in thousands)(20)

  $867  $786  $731 

Assets by client segment at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (dollars in billions):

    

$10 million or more

  $678  $538  $468 

$1 million to $10 million

   776   699   682 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal $1 million or more

   1,454   1,237   1,150 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

$100,000 to $1 million

   414   414   375 

Less than $100,000

   41   45   41 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total client assets

  $1,909  $1,696  $1,566 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fee-based client assets as a percentage of total client assets(21)

   37  33  30

Client assets per representative(22)

  $116  $104  $92 

Fee-based client asset flows (dollars in billions)(23)

  $51.9  $26.9  $47.0 

Bank deposits at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (dollars in billions)(24)

  $134  $131  $111 

Retail locations at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

   649   694   734 

Pre-tax profit margin(18)

   18  12  10

Investment Management:

    

Pre-tax profit margin(18)

   33  27  13

Selected management financial measures, excluding DVA:

    

Net revenues, excluding DVA(25)

  $33,098  $30,504  $28,546 

Income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley, excluding DVA(25)

  $3,427  $3,256  $1,893 

Income per diluted common share from continuing operations, excluding DVA(25)

  $1.61  $1.64  $(0.08)

Return on average common equity, excluding DVA(6)

   5.0  5.2  N/M  

Return on average tangible common equity, excluding DVA(9)

   5.8  5.9  N/M  

Reconciliations from U.S. GAAP toNon-GAAP Consolidated Financial Measures

 

$ in millions, except per share data  2016  2015  2014 

Net revenues

 

 

U.S. GAAP

  $34,631  $35,155  $34,275 

Impact of DVA3

      (618  (651

Net revenues, excludingDVA—non-GAAP4

  $34,631  $34,537  $33,624 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 

 

U.S. GAAP

  $5,979  $6,127  $3,467 

Impact of DVA, net of tax3

      (399  (418

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley, excludingDVA—non-GAAP4

  $5,979  $5,728  $3,049 

Impact of net discrete tax benefits5

   (68  (564  (2,226

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley, excluding DVA and net discrete tax benefits—non GAAP4

  $5,911  $5,164  $823 

Earnings per diluted common share

 

 

U.S. GAAP

  $2.92  $2.90  $1.60 

Impact of DVA3

      (0.20  (0.21

Earnings per diluted common share, excludingDVA—non-GAAP4

  $2.92  $2.70  $1.39 

Impact of net discrete tax benefits5

   (0.04  (0.29  (1.13

Earnings per diluted common share, excluding DVA and net discrete taxbenefits—non-GAAP4

  $2.88  $2.41  $0.26 

Effective income tax rate

 

 

U.S. GAAP

   30.8  25.9  (2.5)% 

Impact of net discrete tax benefits5

   0.8  6.6  62.0

Effective income tax rate from continuing operations, excluding net discrete taxbenefits—non-GAAP4

   31.6  32.5  59.5

N/M—Not Meaningful.Meaningful

DVA—Debt Valuation AdjustmentDVA represents the change in the fair value of certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings resulting from the fluctuationfluctuations in the Company’sour credit spreads and other credit factors.factors related to liabilities carried at fair value under the fair value option, primarily certain Long-term and Short-term borrowings.

(1)1.On January 1, 2013, the International Wealth Management business was transferred

Pre-tax profit margin is anon-GAAP financial measure that we consider to be a useful measure to us, investors and analysts to assess operating performance and represents income from the Wealth Management business segment to the Equity division within the Institutional Securities business segment. Accordingly, all results and statistical data have been recast for all periods to reflect the International Wealth Management businesscontinuing operations before income taxes as parta percentage of the Institutional Securities business segment.net revenues.

(2)2.

Average common equity and return on average common equity arenon-GAAP financial measures we consider to be useful measures to us, investors and analysts to assess capital adequacy and to allow better comparability ofperiod-to-period operating performance. Average common equity for each business segment is determined using our Required Capital framework, an internal capital adequacy measure (see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Attribution of Average Common Equity according to the Required Capital Framework” herein). Each business segment’s return on average common equity equals net income applicable to Morgan Stanley less an allocation of preferred dividends as a percentage of average common equity for that segment. Consolidated return on average common equity equals consolidated net income applicable to Morgan Stanley less preferred dividends as a percentage of average common equity.

3.

In 2016, in accordance with the early adoption of a provision of the accounting updateRecognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, unrealized DVA gains (losses) are recorded within OCI in the consolidated comprehensive income statements. For 2015 and 2014, DVA gains (losses) were recorded within Trading revenues in the consolidated income statements. See Notes 2 3 and 15 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for information on redeemable and nonredeemable noncontrolling interests.further information.

(3)4.See Note 1

Net revenues, excluding DVA, net income applicable to the consolidatedMorgan Stanley, excluding DVA, net income applicable to Morgan Stanley, excluding DVA and net discrete tax benefits, earnings per diluted common share, excluding DVA, earnings per diluted common share, excluding DVA and net discrete tax benefits and effective income tax rate from continuing operations, excluding net discrete tax benefits, arenon-GAAP financial statements in Item 8 for information on discontinued operations.measures we consider to be useful measures to us, investors and analysts to allow better comparability ofperiod-to-period operating performance.

(4)5.

For the calculationa discussion of basicour net discrete tax benefits, see “Supplemental Financial Information and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”), see Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein.

ConsolidatedNon-GAAP Financial Measures

$ in billions  2016  2015  2014 

Average common equity1, 3

 

 

Unadjusted

  $    68.9  $    66.9  $    65.3 

Excluding DVA

   69.1   67.6   66.4 

Excluding DVA and net discrete tax benefits

   69.1   67.1   65.7 

Return on average common equity1, 2

 

 

Unadjusted

   8.0  8.5  4.8

Excluding DVA

   8.0  7.8  4.1

Excluding DVA and net discrete tax benefits

   7.9  7.0  0.8

Average tangible common equity1, 3

 

 

Unadjusted

  $59.5  $57.3  $55.5 

Excluding DVA

   59.6   57.9   56.7 

Excluding DVA and net discrete tax benefits

   59.7   57.5   55.9 

Return on average tangible common equity1, 4

 

 

Unadjusted

   9.3  9.9  5.7

Excluding DVA

   9.2  9.1  4.8

Excluding DVA and net discrete tax benefits

   9.1  8.2  0.9

    At December 31,
2016
   At December 31,
2015
 

Tangible book value per common share1, 5

  $31.98   $30.26 

(5)Regional net revenues reflect the regional view of the Company’s consolidated net revenues, on a managed basis. For further discussion regarding the geographic methodology for net revenues, see Note 21 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.
(6)1.

The calculation of each business segment’sAverage common equity, return on average common equity, usesaverage tangible common equity, return on average tangible common equity and tangible book value per common share measures set forth in this table are allnon-GAAP financial measures we consider to be useful measures to us, investors and analysts to assess capital adequacy and to allow better comparability ofperiod-to-period operating performance. For a discussion of tangible common equity, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Tangible Equity” herein.

2.

Return on average common equity equals consolidated net income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley less preferred dividends as a percentage of each business segment’s average common equity. TheEffective January 1, 2016, as a result of the adoption of a provision of the accounting update related to DVA, we have redefined the calculations of the return on average common equity is a non-generally accepted accounting principle (“non-GAAP”) financial measure that the Company considersexcluding DVA, and excluding DVA and net discrete tax benefits to be a useful measure to the Company and investors to assess operating performance. The computation of average common equityadjust for each business segment is determined using the Company’s Required Capital framework (“Required Capital Framework”), an internal capital adequacy measure (see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Required Capital” herein). The effective tax rates usedDVA only in the computation of business segments’denominator. Prior to January 1, 2016, for the return on average common equity were determined on a separate legal entity basis. To

56


determine the return on consolidated average common equity, excluding the impact ofmeasures, where DVA also a non-GAAP financial measure,is excluded, both the numerator and the denominator were adjusted to exclude the impact of DVA. When excluding the net discrete tax benefits, both the numerator and denominator are adjusted to exclude that item in all periods.

3.

The impact of DVA on average common equity and average tangible common equity was approximately $(183) million, $(637) million and $(1,108) million in 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 20112014, respectively. The impact of the net discrete tax benefits on average common equity and average tangible common equity was (0.6)%, (5.1)%approximately $(40) million, $434 million and 4.2%,$713 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

(7)4.Book value per common share equals common shareholders’ equity of $62,701 million at December 31, 2013, $60,601 million at December 31, 2012 and $60,541 million at December 31, 2011 divided by common shares outstanding of 1,945 million at December 31, 2013, 1,974 million at December 31, 2012 and 1,927 million at December 31, 2011. Book value per common share in 2011 was reduced by approximately $2.61 per share as a result of the Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”) stock conversion (see “Significant Items—MUFG Stock Conversion” herein).
(8)Average tangible common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure that the Company and investors use to assess capital adequacy. For a discussion of tangible common equity, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital Management” herein.
(9)

Return on average tangible common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure that the Company and investors use to assess capital adequacy. The calculation of return on average tangible common equity usesequals net income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley less preferred dividends as a percentage of average tangible common equity. To determineEffective January 1, 2016, as a result of the adoption of a provision of the accounting update related to DVA, we have redefined the calculations of return on average tangible common equity excluding DVA, and excluding DVA and net discrete tax benefits to adjust for DVA only in the denominator. Prior to January 1, 2016, for the return on average tangible common equity excluding the impact ofmeasures, where DVA also a non-GAAP financial measure,is excluded, both the numerator and the denominator were adjusted to exclude the impact of DVA. When excluding the net discrete tax benefits, both the numerator and denominator are adjusted to exclude that item in all periods. The impact of DVA was insignificant in 2013, 20122016 and 20110.8% and 0.9% in 2015 and 2014, respectively. The impact of the net discrete tax benefits was (0.7)%0.1%, (5.8)%0.9% and 4.8%,3.9% in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

(10)5.

Tangible book value per common share equals tangible common equity of $52,828$59,234 million at December 31, 2013, $53,0142016 and $58,098 million at December 31, 2012 and $53,850 million at December 31, 20112015 divided by common shares outstanding of 1,9451,852 million at December 31, 2013, 1,9742016 and 1,920 million at December 31, 2012 and 1,927 million at December 31, 2011. Tangible book value per common share is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure that the Company and investors use to assess capital adequacy.

(11)For a discussion of the effective income tax rate, see “Overview of 2013 Financial Results” and “Significant Items—Income Tax Items” herein.
(12)For a discussion of Global Liquidity Reserve, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity Risk Management Framework—Global Liquidity Reserve” herein.
(13)As of December 31, 2013, the Company calculated its Total, Tier 1 and Tier 1 common capital ratios and risk-weighted assets (“RWAs”) in accordance with the capital adequacy standards for financial holding companies adopted by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). These standards are based upon a framework described in the International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, July 1988, as amended, also referred to as Basel I. On January 1, 2013, the U.S. banking regulators’ rules to implement the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s market risk capital framework amendment, commonly referred to as “Basel 2.5”, became effective, which increased the capital requirements for securitizations and correlation trading within the Company’s trading book, as well as incorporated add-ons for stressed Value-at-Risk (“VaR”) and incremental risk requirements (“market risk capital framework amendment”). The Company’s Total, Tier 1 and Tier 1 common capital ratios and RWAs for 2013 were calculated under this revised framework. The Company’s Total, Tier 1 and Tier 1 common capital ratios and RWAs for prior periods have not been recalculated under this revised framework. For a discussion of Total, Tier 1 and Tier 1 common capital ratios, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.
(14)For a discussion of Tier 1 leverage ratio, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.
(15)Revenues and expenses associated with these assets are included in the Company’s Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments.
(16)Amounts exclude the Investment Management business segment’s proportionate share of assets managed by entities in which it owns a minority stake.
(17)Prior-period amounts have been recast to exclude Quilter & Co. Ltd. (“Quilter”). See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for information on discontinued operations.
(18)Pre-tax profit margin is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure that the Company and investors use to assess operating performance. Percentages represent income from continuing operations before income taxes as a percentage of net revenues.
(19)At December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, global representatives for the Company were 16,784, 16,780 and 17,512, which include approximately 328, 428 and 479 representatives associated with the International Wealth Management business, the results of which are reported in the Institutional Securities business segment, respectively.
(20)Annual revenues per representative in 2013, 2012 and 2011 equal Wealth Management business segment’s annual revenues divided by the average representative headcount in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(21)Fee-based client assets represent the amount of assets in client accounts where the basis of payment for services is a fee calculated on those assets. Effective in 2013, client assets also include certain additional non-custodied assets as a result of the completion of the purchase of the remaining interest in the retail securities joint venture between the Company and Citigroup Inc. (“Citi”) (the “Wealth Management JV”) platform conversion.
(22)Client assets per representative equal total period-end client assets divided by period-end representative headcount.
(23)Beginning January 1, 2013, the Company enhanced its definition of fee-based asset flows. Fee-based asset flows have been recast for all periods to include dividends, interest and client fees and to exclude cash management related activity.
(24)

Approximately $104 billion, $72 billion and $56 billion of the bank deposit balances at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, are held at Company-affiliated depositories with the remainder held at Citi affiliated depositories. The Company considers the remaining deposits held with Citi affiliated depositories a non-GAAP measure, which the Company and investors use to assess deposits in the2015.

 

December 2016 Form 10-K 5736 


Wealth Management business segment. The deposit balances are held at certain of the Company’s Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) insured depository institutions for the benefit of the Company’s clients through their accounts. For additional information regarding deposits, see Notes 3, 10 and 25 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 and “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Funding Management—Deposits” herein.

(25)From time to time, the Company may disclose certain “non-GAAP financial measures” in the course of its earnings releases, earnings conference calls, financial presentations and otherwise. For these purposes, “GAAP” refers to generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission defines a “non-GAAP financial measure” as a numerical measure of historical or future financial performance, financial positions, or cash flows that excludes or includes amounts or is subject to adjustments that effectively exclude, or include, amounts from the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Non-GAAP financial measures disclosed by the Company are provided as additional information to investors in order to provide them with further transparency about, or an alternative method for assessing, our financial condition and operating results. These measures are not in accordance with, or a substitute for, GAAP, and may be different from or inconsistent with non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies. Whenever the Company refers to a non-GAAP financial measure, the Company will also generally present the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, along with a reconciliation of the differences between the non-GAAP financial measure and the GAAP financial measure.

   2013  2012  2011 

Reconciliation of Selected Management Financial Measures from a Non-GAAP to a GAAP Basis (dollars in millions, except per share amounts):

    

Net revenues

    

Net revenues—non-GAAP

  $33,098  $30,504  $28,546 

Impact of DVA

   (681  (4,402  3,681 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net revenues—GAAP

  $32,417  $26,102  $32,227 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley

    

Income applicable to Morgan Stanley—non-GAAP

  $3,427  $3,256  $1,893 

Impact of DVA

   (452  (3,118  2,275 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income applicable to Morgan Stanley—GAAP

  $2,975  $138  $4,168 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share

    

Income from continuing operations per diluted common share—non-GAAP

  $1.61  $1.64  $(0.08)

Impact of DVA

   (0.23  (1.62  1.35 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations per diluted common share—GAAP

  $1.38  $0.02  $1.27 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Average diluted shares—non-GAAP (in millions)

   1,957   1,919   1,655 

Impact of DVA (in millions)

   —     —     20 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Average diluted shares—GAAP (in millions)

   1,957   1,919   1,675 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

58


Global Market and Economic Conditions.

During 2013, global market and economic conditions showed improvement from 2012, though significant uncertainty remained. Investor sentiment was boosted by encouraging signs of improvement in the global economy during the second half of 2013. The U.S. economy continued its moderate growth pace, but while as a whole the recession in the euro-area came to an end, significant pockets of slow or negative growth remained in Europe. During 2013, global market and economic conditions were also challenged by investor concerns about the U.S. longer-term budget outlook and the scaling back of monetary stimulus, the remaining European sovereign debt issues and slowing economic growth in emerging markets. Shorter-term concerns over the U.S. budget standoff were resolved in late 2013 as Congress came to a tentative agreement on federal government funding for the next two fiscal years. The agreement was in response to a shut-down of the U.S. federal government that lasted for 16 days during October 2013. Elsewhere, especially in parts of Europe, growth remains stymied by fiscal and longer-term structural issues in the economy.

In the U.S., major equity market indices ended the year significantly higher compared with year-end 2012. The U.S. economy continued its moderate growth pace in 2013. Labor market conditions improved as the unemployment rate declined to 6.7% at December 31, 2013 from 7.9% at December 31, 2012. Consumer spending and business investment advanced during 2013. The housing market generally strengthened in 2013, although rising mortgage rates have resulted in recent softness in housing starts and home sales. Apart from fluctuations due to changes in energy prices, inflation has been running below the Federal Reserve’s longer-run objective, but longer-term inflation expectations have remained stable. The Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”) of the Federal Reserve kept key interest rates at historically low levels. At December 31, 2013, the federal funds target rate remained between 0.0% and 0.25%, and the discount rate remained at 0.75%. Earlier in 2013 concerns about the Federal Reserve’s plan to scale back its monetary stimulus plan caused investors to sell off holdings. Subsequently, the FOMC announced in December that it would be decreasing its purchases of Treasury and mortgage-backed securities in January 2014. The continuing U.S. recovery, though tepid, is also relieving some of the pressure on the federal budget experienced during the past several years.

In Europe, major equity market indices finished 2013 higher compared with year-end 2012. Euro-area gross domestic product started to grow in the second quarter of 2013, and the European Central Bank (“ECB”) views this as a gradual recovery in economic conditions, albeit with significant downside risks. The euro-area unemployment rate increased to 12.0% at December 31, 2013 from 11.9% at 2012 year-end. At December 31, 2013, Bank of England’s benchmark interest rate was 0.5%, which was unchanged from December 31, 2012. To stimulate economic activity in Europe, during 2013 the ECB lowered the benchmark interest rate from 0.75% to 0.25% and indicated it will keep open its special liquidity facilities until at least the middle of 2014.

Major equity market indices in Asia ended the year higher, with the notable exception of the Shanghai Stock Exchange Composite Index in China. Japan’s economic activity grew moderately during 2013, primarily resulting from a series of economic stimulus packages announced by the Japanese government and the Bank of Japan (“BOJ”) in early 2013. The BOJ maintained its monetary stimulus plan during the remainder of 2013. The pace of China’s economic growth slowed during 2013, though China’s overall growth was still strong compared with the U.S., Europe and Japan. During 2013, the Chinese government began to implement reforms to restructure its economy away from reliance on exports and investments and toward more sustainable growth driven by domestic consumption.

Overview of 2013 Financial Results.

Consolidated Results.    The Company recorded net income applicable to Morgan Stanley of $2,932 million on net revenues of $32,417 million in 2013 compared with net income applicable to Morgan Stanley of $68 million on net revenues of $26,102 million in 2012.

Net revenues in 2013 included negative revenues due to the impact of DVA of $681 million compared with negative revenues of $4,402 million in 2012. Non-interest expenses increased 9% to $27,935 million in 2013 compared with $25,582 million in 2012. Compensation expenses increased 4% to $16,277 million in 2013

Management’s Discussion and Analysis 59


compared with $15,615 million in 2012. Non-compensation expenses increased 17% to $11,658 million in 2013 compared with $9,967 million in 2012. The increase in non-compensation expenses primarily reflected higher legal expenses.

 

Earnings (loss) per dilutedReturn on Equity Target

We are aiming to improve our return to shareholders and, accordingly, have established a target return on average common shareequity (“diluted EPS”Return on Equity Target”) and diluted EPS from continuing operations were $1.36 and $1.38, respectively, in 2013 compared with $(0.02) and $0.02, respectively, in 2012. The diluted EPS calculation for 2013 included a negative adjustment of approximately $151 million related9% to 11%, excluding DVA to be achieved by 2017, subject to the purchasesuccessful execution of our strategic objectives. We plan to progress toward achieving our Return on Equity Target through the remaining interest in the following key elements of our strategy:

Revenue and profitability growth:

Wealth Management JV,pre-tax margin improvement to approximately 23% to 25% through net interest income growth via continued high-quality lending, expense efficiency and business growth;

Continued strength in Investment Banking and Equity Sales and Trading results;

Stable performance in Fixed Income Sales and Trading and Investment Management;

Expense efficiency:

Successful completion of Project Streamline, our expense savings program launched in 2016 to reduce expenses by $1 billion by 2017 (not including any outsized litigation expense or penalties) assuming a flat revenue environment, resulting in an expense efficiency target ratio of 74%;

Sufficient capital:

Increasing capital returns to shareholders, subject to regulatory approval.

Our Return on Equity Target and the related strategies and goals are forward-looking statements that may be materially affected by many factors, including, among other things: macroeconomic and market conditions; legislative and regulatory developments; industry trading and investment banking volumes; equity market levels; interest rate environment; legal expenses and the ability to reduce expenses in general; capital levels; and discrete tax items. Given the uncertainties surrounding these and other factors, there are significant risks that our Return on Equity Target and the related strategies and goals may not be realized. Actual results may differ from our goals and targets, and the differences may be material and adverse. Accordingly, we caution that undue reliance should not be placed on any of these forward-looking statements. See “Forward-Looking Statements” immediately preceding Part I, Item 1 and “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A for additional information regarding these forward-looking statements.

Return on average common equity andpre-tax margin arenon-GAAP financial measures that we consider to be a useful measure to us, investors and analysts to assess operating performance. See “SelectedNon-Generally Accepted Accounting Principles(“Non-GAAP”) Financial Information” herein. Our expense efficiency ratio represents totalnon-interest expenses as a percentage of net revenues. For 2016, our expense efficiency ratio was 74.5%, which was completed in June 2013.

Excluding the impactcalculated asnon-interest expenses of DVA,$25,783 million divided by net revenues were $33,098 million, and diluted EPS from continuing operations was $1.61 per share in 2013 compared with $30,504 million and $1.64 per share, respectively, in 2012.of $34,631 million.

The Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations was 18.4% for 2013. The effective tax rate included an aggregate discrete net tax benefit of $407 million. Excluding this aggregate discrete net tax benefit, the effective tax rate from continuing operations in 2013 would have been 27.5%.

Institutional Securities.    Income from continuing operations before taxes was $869 million in 2013 compared with a loss from continuing operations before taxes of $1,688 million in 2012. Net revenues for 2013 were $15,443 million compared with $11,025 million in 2012. The results in 2013 included negative revenues due to the impact of DVA of $681 million compared with negative revenues of $4,402 million in 2012. Investment banking revenues for 2013 increased 11% from 2012 to $4,377 million, reflecting higher revenues from equity and fixed income underwriting transactions, partially offset by lower advisory revenues. The following sales and trading net revenues results exclude the impact of DVA. Sales and trading net revenues are composed of: trading revenues; commissions and fees; asset management, distribution and administration fees; and net interest revenues (expenses). The presentation of net revenues excluding the impact of DVA is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers useful for the Company and investors to allow further comparability of period-to-period operating performance. Equity sales and trading net revenues, excluding the impact of DVA, of $6,607 million increased 11% from 2012, reflecting strong performance across most products and regions from higher client activity, with particular strength in prime brokerage. Excluding the impact of DVA, fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues were $4,197 million in 2013, a decrease of 25% from 2012, reflecting lower levels of client activity across most products. Net investment gains of $707 million were recognized in 2013, compared with net investment gains of $219 million in 2012, primarily reflecting a gain on the disposition of an investment in an insurance broker. Other revenues of $608 million were recognized in 2013 compared with other revenues of $203 million in 2012. Other revenues included income arising from the Company’s 40% stake in Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. (“MUMSS”) (see “Executive Summary—Significant Items—Japanese Securities Joint Venture” herein). Non-interest expenses increased 15% in 2013 to $14,574 million, primarily due to higher non-compensation expenses. Compensation and benefits expenses in 2013 decreased 2% from 2012 to $6,823 million, primarily due to lower headcount. Non-compensation expenses were $7,751 million in 2013 compared with $5,735 million in 2012, reflecting the increased level of legal expenses.

Wealth Management.    Income from continuing operations before taxes was $2,629 million in 2013 compared with $1,622 million in 2012. Net revenues were $14,214 million in 2013 compared with $13,034 million in 2012. Transactional revenues, consisting of Trading, Commissions and fees and Investment banking increased 8% from 2012 to $4,293 million. Trading revenues increased 11% from 2012 to $1,161 million in 2013, primarily due to gains related to investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans and higher revenues from fixed income products. Commissions and fees revenues increased 6% from 2012 to $2,209 million in 2013, primarily due to higher equity, mutual fund and alternatives activity. Investment banking revenues increased 11% from 2012 to $923 million in 2013, primarily due to higher levels of underwriting activity in closed-end funds and unit trusts. Asset management, distribution and administration fees increased 6% from 2012 to $7,638 million in 2013, primarily due to higher fee-based revenues, partially offset by lower revenues from referral fees from the bank deposit program. Net interest increased 20% from 2012 to $1,880 million in 2013, primarily due to

60


higher balances in the bank deposit program and growth in loans and lending commitments in Portfolio Loan Account (“PLA”) securities-based lending products. In addition, interest expense declined in 2013 due to the Company’s redemption of all Class A Preferred Interests owned by Citi and its affiliates, in connection with the Company’s acquisition of 100% ownership of the Wealth Management JV effective at the end of the second quarter of 2013. Total client asset balances were $1,909 billion at December 31, 2013 and client assets in fee-based accounts were $697 billion, or 37% of total client assets. Fee-based client asset flows for 2013 were $51.9 billion compared with $26.9 billion in 2012. Prior period amounts have been recast to reflect the transfer of the International Wealth Management business from the Wealth Management business segment to the Institutional Securities business segment and for the Company’s enhanced definition of fee-based asset flows (see “Business Segments” herein). Compensation and benefits expenses increased 6% from 2012 to $8,271 million in 2013, primarily due to higher compensable revenues. Non-compensation expenses decreased 8% from 2012 to $3,314 million in 2013, primarily driven by the absence of platform integration costs and non-recurring technology write-offs, partially offset by an impairment expense of $36 million related to certain intangible assets (management contracts) associated with alternative investment funds in 2013.

Investment Management.    Income from continuing operations before taxes was $984 million in 2013 compared with $590 million in 2012. Net revenues were $2,988 million in 2013 compared with $2,219 million in 2012. The increase in net revenues reflected higher net investment gains predominantly within the Company’s Merchant Banking and Real Estate Investing businesses and higher gains on certain investments associated with the Company’s employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans. Results in 2013 also included an additional allocation of fund income to the Company as general partner, upon exceeding cumulative fund performance thresholds (“carried interest”). Non-interest expenses were $2,004 million in 2013 compared with $1,629 million in 2012. Compensation and benefits expenses increased 41% to $1,183 million in 2013, primarily due to higher net revenues. Non-compensation expenses increased 4% to $821 million in 2013, primarily due to higher brokerage and clearing and professional services expenses, partially offset by lower information processing expenses.

Significant Items.

Litigation.    The Company incurred litigation expenses of approximately $1,952 million in 2013, $513 million in 2012 and $151 million in 2011. The litigation expenses incurred in 2013 were primarily due to settlements and reserve additions related to residential mortgage-backed securities and credit crisis-related matters (see “Contingencies—Legal” in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8). Litigation expenses are included in Other expenses in the consolidated statements of income. The Company expects future litigation expenses in general to continue to be elevated, and the changes in expenses from period to period may fluctuate significantly, given the current environment regarding financial crisis-related government investigations and private litigation affecting global financial services firms, including the Company.

Investment Gains.    The Company’s Investments revenues increased to $1,777 million in 2013 compared with $742 million in 2012. Of this increase, $543 million related to higher net investment gains and to a lesser extent the benefit of carried interest within the Company’s Merchant Banking and Real Estate Investing businesses in the Investment Management business segment. In addition, the increase includes a gain on the disposition of an investment in an insurance broker in 2013 in the Institutional Securities business segment.

Japanese Securities Joint Venture.    During 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded income (loss) of $570 million, $152 million and $(783) million, respectively, within Other revenues in the consolidated statements of income, arising from the Company’s 40% stake in MUMSS. Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests associated with MUFG’s interest in Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities Co., Ltd. (“MSMS”) was $259 million, $163 million and $1 million for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively (see Note 22 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).

In June 2013, MUMSS paid a dividend of approximately $287 million, of which the Company received approximately $115 million for its proportionate share of MUMSS.

61


Income Tax Items.    In 2013, the Company recognized an aggregate discrete net tax benefit of $407 million. This included discrete tax benefits of: $161 million related to the remeasurement of reserves and related interest associated with new information regarding the status of certain tax authority examinations; $92 million related to the establishment of a previously unrecognized deferred tax asset from a legal entity reorganization; $73 million that is attributable to tax planning strategies to optimize foreign tax credit utilization as a result of the anticipated repatriation of earnings from certain non-U.S. subsidiaries; and $81 million due to the retroactive effective date of the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (the “Relief Act”). The Relief Act that was enacted on January 2, 2013, among other things, extended with retroactive effect to January 1, 2012 a provision of U.S. tax law that defers the imposition of tax on certain active financial services income of certain foreign subsidiaries earned outside the U.S. until such income is repatriated to the U.S. as a dividend.

In 2012, the Company recognized an aggregate net tax benefit of $142 million. This included a discrete tax benefit of $299 million related to the remeasurement of reserves and related interest associated with either the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations or new information regarding the status of certain Internal Revenue Service examinations and an aggregate out-of-period net tax provision of $157 million, to adjust the overstatement of deferred tax assets associated with partnership investments, principally in the Company’s Investment Management business segment and repatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries recorded in prior years. The Company has evaluated the effects of the understatement of the income tax provision both qualitatively and quantitatively and concluded that it did not have a material impact on any prior annual or quarterly consolidated financial statements.

Corporate Lending.    The Company recorded the following amounts primarily associated with loans and lending commitments within the Institutional Securities business segment (see “Business Segments—Institutional Securities” herein):

   2013  2012  2011 
   (dollars in millions) 

Other sales and trading:

    

Gains (losses) on loans and lending commitments and Net interest(1)

  $596  $1,650  $(699

Gains (losses) on hedges

   (156  (910  68 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Other sales and trading revenues

  $440  $740  $(631
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other revenues:

    

Provision for loan losses

  $(46 $(85 $(6

Losses on loans held for sale

   (68  (54  —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Other revenues

  $(114 $(139 $(6
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other expenses: Provision for unfunded commitments

   (45  (71  (18
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  $281  $530  $(655
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Effective April 2012, the Company began accounting for all new originated loans and lending commitments as either held for investment or held for sale.

Wealth Management JV.    The Company completed the purchase of the remaining 35% interest in the Wealth Management JV from Citi on June 28, 2013 for the previously established price of $4.725 billion. The Company recorded a negative adjustment to retained earnings of approximately $151 million (net of tax) in 2013 to reflect the difference between the purchase price for the 35% interest in the joint venture and its carrying value. In 2012, the Company purchased an additional 14% stake in the Wealth Management JV from Citi for $1.89 billion, increasing the Company’s interest from 51% to 65%. The Company recorded a negative adjustment to Paid-in-capital of approximately $107 million (net of tax) to reflect the difference between the purchase price for the 14% interest in the Wealth Management JV and its carrying value. Also in 2012, the Wealth Management business segment’s non-interest expenses included approximately $173 million of non-recurring costs related to the Wealth Management JV integration. For more information, see Note 3 to the consolidated statements in Item 8.

62


Available for Sale Securities.    During 2013, 2012 and 2011, the available for sale portfolio held within the Wealth Management business segment reported unrealized gains (losses) of $(433) million, $28 million and $87 million, net of tax, respectively, that were included in Accumulated other comprehensive income. The unrealized losses were primarily due to changes in interest rates. The securities in the Company’s available for sale portfolio with an unrealized loss were not other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. For more information, see Notes 2 and 5 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

Monoline Insurers.    The results for 2011 included losses of $1,838 million related to the Company’s counterparty credit exposures to Monoline Insurers (“Monolines”), principally MBIA Insurance Corporation (“MBIA”).

During 2011, the Company announced a comprehensive settlement with MBIA. The settlement terminated outstanding credit default swap (“CDS”) protection purchased from MBIA on commercial mortgage-backed securities and resolved pending litigation between the two parties for consideration of a net cash payment to the Company.

MUFG Stock Conversion.    On June 30, 2011, the Company’s outstanding Series B Preferred Stock owned by MUFG with a face value of $7.8 billion (carrying value $8.1 billion) and a 10% dividend was converted into 385,464,097 shares of the Company’s common stock, including approximately 75 million shares resulting from the adjustment to the conversion ratio pursuant to the transaction agreement. As a result of the adjustment to the conversion ratio, the Company incurred a one-time, non-cash negative adjustment of approximately $1.7 billion in its calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share during 2011.

European Peripheral Countries.    On December 22, 2011, the Company entered into agreements to restructure certain derivative transactions that decreased its exposure to obligors in Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain (the “European Peripherals”). As a result, the Company’s results in 2011 included interest rate product revenues of approximately $600 million related primarily to the release of credit valuation adjustments associated with the transactions, reported within Trading revenues in the consolidated statement of income.

Huaxin Securities Joint Venture.    In June 2011, the Company and Huaxin Securities Co., Ltd. (also known as China Fortune Securities Co., Ltd.) jointly announced the operational commencement of their securities joint venture in China. During 2011, the Company recorded initial costs of $130 million related to the formation of this joint venture in Other expenses in the consolidated statement of income.

Business Segments.Segments

Substantially all of the Company’sour operating revenues and operating expenses are allocateddirectly attributable to itsour business segments. Certain revenues and expenses have been allocated to each business segment, generally in proportion to its respective net revenues,non-interest expenses or other relevant measures.

As a result of treating certain intersegment transactions as transactions with external parties, the Company includeswe include an Intersegment Eliminations category to reconcile the business segment results to the Company’sour consolidated results. Intersegment Eliminations also reflect the effect of fees paid by the Institutional Securities business segment to the Wealth Management business segment related to the bank deposit program.

On January 1, 2013, the International Wealth Management business was transferred from the Wealth Management business segment to the Equity division within the Institutional Securities business segment. Accordingly, all results and statistical data have been recast for all periods to reflect the International Wealth Management business as part of the Institutional Securities business segment.

63


Net Revenues.

Investment Banking.    Investment banking revenues are composed of fees from advisory services and revenues from the underwriting of securities offerings and syndication of loans, net of syndication expenses.

Trading.    Trading revenues include revenues from customers’ purchases and sales of financial instruments in which the Company actswe act as a market maker, as well as gains and losses on the Company’sour related positions.positions and other positions carried at fair value. Trading revenues include the realized gains and losses from sales of cash instruments and derivative settlements, unrealized gains and losses from ongoing fair value changes of the Company’sour positions related to market-making activities, and gains and losses related to investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans.plans and other positions carried at fair value. In many markets, the realized and unrealized gains and losses from the purchase and sale transactions will include any spreads between bids and offers. Certain fees received on loans carried at fair value and dividends from equity securities are also recorded in this line itemTrading revenues since they relate to market-making positions. Commissions received for purchasingpositions carried at fair value.

As a market maker, we stand ready to buy, sell or otherwise transact with customers under a variety of market conditions and selling listed equity securitiesto provide firm or indicative prices in response to customer requests. Our liquidity obligations can be explicit in some cases, and options are recorded separately in the Commissions and fees line item. Other cash and derivative instruments typically do not have fees associatedothers, customers expect us to be willing to transact with them, and fees for related services would be recorded in Commissions and fees.them. In order to most effectively fulfill our

37December 2016 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

The Companymarket-making function, we engage in activities across all of our trading businesses that include, but are not limited to:

(i)

taking positions in anticipation of, and in response to, customer demand to buy or sell and—depending on the liquidity of the relevant market and the size of the position—to hold those positions for a period of time;

(ii)

managing and assuming basis risk (risk associated with imperfect hedging) between customized customer risks and the standardized products available in the market to hedge those risks;

(iii)

building, maintaining and rebalancing inventory, through trades with other market participants, and engaging in accumulation activities to accommodate anticipated customer demand;

(iv)

trading in the market to remain current on pricing and trends; and

(v)

engaging in other activities to provide efficiency and liquidity for markets.

Although not included in Trading revenues, Interest income and expense are also impacted by market-making activities, as debt securities held by us earn interest and securities are loaned, borrowed, sold with agreement to repurchase and purchased with agreement to resell.

We often invests directly, as a principal,invest in investments or other financial instruments to economically hedge itsour obligations under itscertain deferred compensation plans. Changes in the value of such investments made by the Company are recorded in either Trading revenues andor Investments revenues. Expenses associated with the related deferred compensation plans are recorded in Compensation and benefits. Compensation expense is calculated based on the notional value of the award granted, adjusted for upward and downward changes in fair value of the referenced investment and is recognized ratably over the prescribed vesting period for the award. Generally, changes in compensation expense resulting from changes in fair value of the referenced investment will be offset by changes in fair value of the investments made by the Company. However, there may be a timing difference between the immediate revenue recognition of gains and losses on the Company’s investments and the deferred recognition of the related compensation expense over the vesting period.us.

As a market maker, the Company stands ready to buy, sell or otherwise transact with customers under a variety of market conditions and provide firm or indicative prices in response to customer requests. The Company’s liquidity obligations can be explicit and obligatory in some cases, and in others, customers expect the Company to be willing to transact with them. In order to most effectively fulfill its market-making function, the Company engages in activities, across all of its trading businesses, that include, but are not limited to: (i) taking positions in anticipation of, and in response to, customer demand to buy or sell and—depending on the liquidity of the relevant market and the size of the position—to hold those positions for a period of time; (ii) managing and assuming basis risk (risk associated with imperfect hedging) between customized customer risks and the standardized products available in the market to hedge those risks; (iii) building, maintaining and rebalancing inventory, through trades with other market participants, and engaging in accumulation activities to accommodate anticipated customer demand; (iv) trading in the market to remain current on pricing and trends; and (v) engaging in other activities to provide efficiency and liquidity for markets. Although not included in Trading revenues, interest income and expense are also impacted by market-making activities as debt securities held by the Company earn interest and securities are loaned, borrowed, sold with agreement to repurchase and purchased with agreement to resell.

Investments.    The Company’sOur investments generally are held for long-term appreciation, or as discussed above, for hedging purposes and generally are subject to significant sales restrictions. Estimates of the fair value of the investments may involve significant judgment and may fluctuate significantly over time in light of business, market, economic and financial conditions generally or in relation to specific transactions. In some cases, such investments are required or are a necessary part of offering other products.

The revenues recorded are the result of realized gains and losses from sales and unrealized gains and losses from ongoing fair value changes of the Company’sour holdings, as well as from investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans (as mentioned above). andco-investment plans.

Typically, there are no fee revenues from these investments. The sales restrictions on the investments relate primarily to redemption and withdrawal restrictions on investments in real estate funds, hedge funds and private equitycertain Investment Management funds, which include investments made in connection with certain employee deferred compensation plans (see Note 43 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8). Restrictions on interests in exchanges and clearinghouses generally include a requirement to hold those interests for the period of time that the Company iswhere we are clearing trades

64


on that exchange or clearinghouse. Additionally, there are certain investments related to assets heldsponsored Investment Management funds consolidated by consolidated real estate funds, which areus primarily related to holders of noncontrolling interests.

Commissions and Fees.    Commission and fee revenues primarily arise from agency transactions in listed andover-the-counter (“OTC”) equity securities, services related to sales and trading activities, and sales of mutual funds, futures, insurance products and options. Commissions received for purchasing and selling listed equity securities and options are recorded separately in Commissions and fees. Other cash and derivative instruments typically do not have fees associated with them, and fees for any related services are recorded in Commissions and fees.

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees.    Asset management, distribution and administration fees include fees associated with the management and supervision of assets, account services and administration, performance-based fees relating to certain funds, separately managed accounts, shareholder servicing and the distribution of certain open-ended mutual funds.

Asset management, distribution and administration fees in the Wealth Management business segment also include revenues from individual and institutional investors electing afee-based pricing arrangement and fees for investment management.Investment Management. Mutual fund distribution fees in the Wealth Management business segment are based on either the average daily fund net asset balances or average daily aggregate net fund sales and are affected by changes in the overall level and mix of assets under management or supervision.

Asset management fees in the Investment Management business segment arise from investment management services the Company provideswe provide to investment vehicles pursuant to various contractual arrangements. The Company receivesWe receive fees primarily based upon mutual fund daily average net assets or based on monthly or quarterly invested equity for other vehicles. Performance-based fees in the Investment Management business segment are earned on certain fundsproducts as a percentage of appreciation earned by those fundsproducts and, in certain cases, are based upon the achievement of performance criteria. These fees are normally earned annually and are recognized on a monthly or quarterly basis.

 

December 2016 Form 10-K38


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Net Interest.    Interest income and Interest expense are a function of the level and mix of total assets and liabilities, including tradingTrading assets and tradingTrading liabilities; Investment securities, available for sale;which include available-for-sale (“AFS”) securities and held-to-maturity (“HTM”) securities; Securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell; securitiesSecurities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase; loans; deposits; commercial paper and otherLoans; Deposits; Other short-term borrowings; long-termLong-term borrowings; trading strategies; customer activity in the Company’s prime brokerage business; and the prevailing level, term structure and volatility of interest rates. Certain Securities purchased under agreements

Other.    Other revenues include revenues from equity method investments, realized gains and losses on AFS securities, gains and losses on loans held for sale, provision for loan losses, and other miscellaneous revenues.

Net Revenues by Segment

Institutional Securities.    Net revenues are composed of Investment banking revenues, Sales and trading net revenues, Investments and Other revenues.

For information about the composition of Investment banking revenues, see “Net Revenues” herein.

Sales and trading net revenues are composed of Trading revenues; Commissions and fees; Asset management, distribution and administration fees; and Net interest. In assessing the profitability of our sales and trading activities, we view these net revenues in the aggregate. In addition, decisions relating to resell (“reverse repurchase agreements”)trading are based on an overall review of aggregate revenues and Securities sold under agreementscosts associated with each transaction or series of transactions. This review includes, among other things, an assessment of the potential gain or loss associated with a transaction, including any associated commissions and fees, dividends, the interest income or expense associated with financing or hedging our positions and other related expenses.

Sales and trading revenues are broken down into major business lines as follows: equity, fixed income and other. See “Sales and Trading Activities—Equity and Fixed Income” for a description of the activities within equity and fixed income. Other sales and trading revenues include impacts from certain central treasury functions, such as liquidity costs and gains (losses) on economic hedges related to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”)long-term borrowings, as well as certain activities associated with corporate lending activities.

For information about revenue from Investments, see “Net Revenues” herein.

Other revenues include revenues from equity method investments, gains and Securitieslosses on loans held for sale, provision for loan losses, and other miscellaneous revenues.

Wealth Management.    Net revenues are composed of Transactional, Asset management, Net interest and Other revenues.

Transactional revenues include Investment banking, Trading, and Commissions and fees. Investment banking revenues include revenues from the distribution of equity and fixed income securities, including initial public offerings, secondary offerings,closed-end funds and unit trusts. Trading revenues include revenues from customers’ purchases and sales of financial instruments, in which we act as principal, and gains and losses associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans. Revenues from Commissions and fees primarily arise from agency transactions in listed and OTC equity securities and sales of mutual funds, futures, insurance products and options.

Asset management revenues include Asset management, distribution and administration fees, and referral fees related to the bank deposit program.

Net interest income includes interest related to the bank deposit program, interest on AFS securities and HTM securities, interest on lending activities and other net interest. Interest income and Interest expense are a function of the level and mix of total assets and liabilities. Net interest is driven by securities-based lending, mortgage lending, margin loans, securities borrowed and Securitiessecurities loaned transactions, and bank deposit program activity.

Other revenues include revenues from realized gains and losses on AFS securities, provision for loan losses, referral fees and other miscellaneous revenues.

Investment Management.    Investments revenue is primarily earned on investments in certainclosed-end funds that generally are held for long-term appreciation and generally subject to sales restrictions. Estimates of the fair value of the investments involve significant judgment and may be entered into with different customers usingfluctuate materially over time in light of business, market, economic and financial conditions generally or in relation to specific transactions.

For information about the same underlying securities, thereby generatingcomposition of Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees, see “Net Revenues” herein.

Compensation Expense

Compensation and benefits expense includes accruals for base salaries and fixed allowances, formulaic programs, discretionary incentive compensation, amortization of deferred cash and equity awards, changes in fair value of deferred compensation plan referenced investments, carried interest, severance costs, and other items such as health and welfare benefits. The factors that drive compensation for our employees vary from quarter to quarter, from segment to segment and within a spread between the interest revenues on the reverse repurchase agreements or securities borrowed transactions and the interest expense on the repurchase agreements or securities loaned transactions.

Lending Activities.

The Company provides loans to a variety of customers, from large corporate and institutional clients to high net worth individuals, primarily through its U.S. bank subsidiaries, Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (“MSBNA”) and Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (“MSPBNA”). The Company’s lending activities in the Institutional Securities business segment primarily include corporate lending activities, in which the Company provides loans or lending commitments to selected corporate clients. In addition to corporate lending activity, the Institutional Securities business segment engages to a lesser extent in other lending activity, including corporate loans purchased and sold in the secondary market. The Company’s lending activitiessegment. For certain revenue-producing employees in the Wealth Management and Investment Management business segment principally include margin loans collateralized by securities, securities-based lending that allows clients to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities in PLAs and residential mortgage lending. The Company’s lending activities have grown during 2013 and 2012 and the Company expects this trend to continue. For a further discussion of the Company’s credit risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk” in Item 7A. See also Notes 8 and 13 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for additional information about the Company’s financing receivables and lending commitments, respectively.segments, compensation is largely paid

 

 6539 December 2016 Form 10-K


INSTITUTIONAL SECURITIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATIONon the basis of formulaic payouts that link employee compensation to revenues. Compensation for certain employees, including revenue-producing employees in the Institutional Securities business segment, may also include incentive compensation that is determined following the assessment of the Firm, business unit and individual performance. Compensation for our remaining employees is largely fixed in nature (e.g., base salary, benefits, etc.).

Compensation expense for deferred cash-based compensation plans is calculated based on the notional value of the award granted, adjusted for upward and downward changes in fair value of the referenced investment, and is recognized ratably over the prescribed vesting period for the award. However, there may be a timing difference between the immediate revenue recognition of gains and losses on our investments and the deferred recognition of the related compensation expense over the vesting period.

   2013  2012(1)  2011(1) 
   (dollars in millions) 

Revenues:

    

Investment banking

  $4,377  $3,930  $4,240 

Trading

   8,147   6,002   11,425 

Investments

   707   219   239 

Commissions and fees

   2,425   2,176   2,849 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

   280   242   206 

Other

   608   203   (236
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-interest revenues

   16,544   12,772   18,723 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Interest income

   3,572   4,224   5,860 

Interest expense

   4,673   5,971   6,900 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest

   (1,101  (1,747  (1,040
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net revenues

   15,443   11,025   17,683 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Compensation and benefits

   6,823   6,978   7,567 

Non-compensation expenses

   7,751   5,735   5,566 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

   14,574   12,713   13,133 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

   869   (1,688  4,550 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   (393  (1,061  880 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   1,262   (627  3,670 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

    

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   (81  (158  (216

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   (29  (36  (110
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net gains (losses) on discontinued operations

   (52  (122  (106
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   1,210   (749  3,564 

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

   1   4   —   

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

   277   170   220 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $932  $(923 $3,344 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

    

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $984  $(797 $3,450 

Net gains (losses) from discontinued operations

   (52  (126  (106
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $932  $(923 $3,344 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income Taxes

The income tax provision for our business segments is generally determined based on the revenues, expenses and activities directly attributable to each business segment. Certain items have been allocated to each business segment, generally in proportion to its respective net revenues or other relevant measures.

 

(1)Prior-period amounts have been recast to reflect the transfer of the International Wealth Management business from the Wealth Management business segment to the Institutional Securities business segment.
December 2016 Form 10-K40

Supplemental Financial Information.


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Institutional Securities

Income Statement Information

     % Change 
$ in millions 2016  2015  2014  2016  2015 

Revenues

     

Investment banking

 $    4,476  $    5,008  $    5,203   (11)%   (4)% 

Trading

  9,387   9,400   8,445      11% 

Investments

  147   274   240   (46)%   14% 

Commissions and fees

  2,456   2,616   2,610   (6)%    

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

  293   281   281   4%    

Other

  535   221   684   142%   (68)% 

Totalnon-interest revenues

  17,294   17,800   17,463   (3)%   2% 

Interest income

  4,005   3,190   3,389   26%   (6)% 

Interest expense

  3,840   3,037   3,981   26%   (24)% 

Net interest

  165   153   (592  8%   N/M 

Net revenues

  17,459   17,953   16,871   (3)%   6% 

Compensation and benefits

  6,275   6,467   7,786   (3)%   (17)% 

Non-compensation expenses

  6,061   6,815   9,143   (11)%   (25)% 

Totalnon-interest expenses

  12,336   13,282   16,929   (7)%   (22)% 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

  5,123   4,671   (58  10%   N/M 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  1,318   825   (90  60%   N/M 

Income from continuing operations

  3,805   3,846   32   (1)%   N/M 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

  (1  (17  (19  94%   11% 

Net income

  3,804   3,829   13   (1)%   N/M 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

  155   133   109   17%   22% 

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $3,649  $3,696  $(96  (1)%   N/M 

N/M—Not Meaningful

Investment Banking.Banking

Investment banking revenues are composed of fees from advisory services and revenues from the underwriting of securities offerings and syndication of loans, net of syndication expenses.

Banking Revenues

 

     % Change 
$ in millions 2016  2015  2014  2016  2015 

Advisory revenues

 $    2,220  $    1,967  $    1,634   13%   20% 

Underwriting revenues:

     

Equity underwriting revenues

  887   1,398   1,613   (37)%   (13)% 

Fixed income underwriting revenues

  1,369   1,643   1,956   (17)%   (16)% 

Total underwriting revenues

  2,256   3,041   3,569   (26)%   (15)% 

Total investment banking revenues

 $4,476  $5,008  $5,203   (11)%   (4)% 

66


Investment banking revenues were as follows:Banking Volumes

 

   2013   2012   2011 
   (dollars in millions) 

Advisory revenues

  $1,310   $1,369   $1,737 

Underwriting revenues:

      

Equity underwriting revenues

   1,262    892    1,144 

Fixed income underwriting revenues

   1,805    1,669    1,359 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total underwriting revenues

   3,067    2,561    2,503 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment banking revenues

  $4,377   $3,930   $4,240 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents the Company’s volumes of announced and completed mergers and acquisitions, equity and equity-related offerings, and fixed income offerings:

   2013(1)   2012(1)   2011(1) 
   (dollars in billions) 

Announced mergers and acquisitions(2)

  $520   $464   $510 

Completed mergers and acquisitions(2)

   508    391    657 

Equity and equity-related offerings(3)

   61    52    47 

Fixed income offerings(4)

   287    284    231 
$ in billions  20161   20151   20141 

Completed mergers and acquisitions2

  $1,006   $662   $625 

Equity and equity-related offerings3

   45    67    72 

Fixed income offerings4

   239    256    265 

 

(1)1.

Source: Thomson Reuters, data at January 14, 2014. Announced and completed17, 2017. Completed mergers and acquisitions volumes are based on full credit to each of the advisors in a transaction. Equity and equity-related offerings and fixed income offerings are based on full credit for single book managers and equal credit for joint book managers. Transaction volumes may not be indicative of net revenues in a given period. In addition, transaction volumes for prior periods may vary from amounts previously reported due to the subsequent withdrawal or change in the value of a transaction.

(2)2.

Amounts include transactions of $100 million or more. Announced mergers and acquisitions exclude terminated transactions.

(3)3.

Amounts include Rule 144A issuances and registered public offerings of common stock and convertible securities and rights offerings.

(4)4.

Amounts includenon-convertible preferred stock, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, and taxable municipal debt. Amounts also include publicly registered and Rule 144A issues. Amounts exclude leveraged loans andself-led issuances.

2016 Compared with 2015

Sales and Trading Net Revenues.Investment banking revenues of $4,476 million in 2016 decreased 11% from 2015 due to lower underwriting revenues, partially offset by an increase in advisory revenues in 2016.

 

SalesAdvisory revenues increased reflecting the higher dollar volume of completed merger, acquisition and trading netrestructuring transactions (“M&A”) activity (see Investment Banking Volumes table). As the number of completed transactions decreased in 2016 versus 2015, the 2016 revenue increase was at a lower rate than the percentage increase in dollar volume.

Equity underwriting revenues are composeddecreased as a result of Trading revenues; Commissionslower equity-related offerings in 2016 (see Investment Banking Volumes table). Fixed income underwriting revenues decreased in 2016, primarily due to lower bond and fees; Asset management, distribution and administration fees; and Net interestloan fees.

2015 Compared with 2014

Investment banking revenues (expenses). See “Business Segments—Net Revenues” herein for information about the composition of the above-referenced components of sales and trading$5,008 million in 2015 decreased 4% from 2014 due to lower underwriting revenues, partially offset by higher advisory revenues. In assessing the profitability of its sales and trading activities, the Company views these net

Advisory revenues increased led primarily by M&A fee realization in the aggregate. In addition, decisions relating to trading are basedAmericas.

Equity underwriting revenues decreased on an overall review of aggregatereduced volumes driven by lower initial public offerings (see Investment Banking Volumes table). Fixed income underwriting revenues decreased primarily driven by lowernon-investment grade bond and costs associated with each transaction or series of transactions. This review includes, among other things, an assessment of the potential gain or loss associated with a transaction, including any associated commissions and fees, dividends, the interest income or expense associated with financing or hedging the Company’s positions, and other related expenses. See Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further information related to gains (losses) on derivative instruments.loan fees.

 

 6741 December 2016 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Sales and trading net revenues were as follows:Trading Net Revenues

By Income Statement Line Item

 

  2013 2012(1) 2011(1) 
  (dollars in millions) 
$ in millions  2016   2015   2014 

Trading

  $8,147  $6,002  $11,425   $9,387   $9,400   $8,445 

Commissions and fees

   2,425   2,176   2,849    2,456    2,616    2,610 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

   280   242   206    293    281    281 

Net interest

   (1,101  (1,747  (1,040   165    153    (592
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total sales and trading net revenues

  $9,751  $6,673  $13,440   $    12,301   $    12,450   $    10,744 
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

By Business

           % Change 
$ in millions 2016  2015  2014  2016  2015 

Equity—U.S. GAAP

 $8,037  $8,288  $7,135   (3)%   16

Impact of DVA1

     (163  (232  100  30

Impact of FVA2

        2      (100)% 

Equity—non-GAAP

 $8,037  $8,125  $6,905   (1)%   18

Fixed income—U.S. GAAP3

 $5,117  $4,758  $4,214   8  13

Impact of DVA1

     (455  (419  100  (9)% 

Impact of FVA2

        466      (100)% 

Fixedincome—non-GAAP

 $5,117  $4,303  $4,261   19  1

Other—U.S. GAAP

  (853  (596  (605  (43)%   1

Total—U.S. GAAP

 $12,301  $12,450  $10,744   (1)%   16

Total—Impact of DVA1

     (618  (651  100  5

Total—Impact of FVA2

        468      (100)% 

Total—non-GAAP

 $12,301  $11,832  $10,561   4  12

 

(1)1.All prior-year amounts have been recast to conform to

In 2016, in accordance with the current year’s presentation. For further information, see “Business Segments” hereinearly adoption of a provision of the accounting updateRecognition and Note 1Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, unrealized DVA gains (losses) are recorded within OCI in the consolidated comprehensive income statements. In 2015 and 2014, DVA gains (losses) were recorded within Trading revenues in the consolidated income statements. See Notes 2 and 15 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.8 for further information.

2.

Represents the initial implementation of FVA.

3.

Effective in 2016, the Institutional Securities “Fixed Income and Commodities” business has been renamed the “Fixed Income” business.

Sales and trading net revenues, by business were as follows:

   2013  2012(1)  2011(1) 
   (dollars in millions) 

Equity

  $6,529  $4,811  $7,263 

Fixed income and commodities

   3,594   2,358   7,506 

Other(2)

   (372  (496  (1,329
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total sales and trading net revenues

  $9,751  $6,673  $13,440 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)All prior-year amounts have been recast to conform to the current year’s presentation. For further information, see “Business Segments” herein and Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.
(2)Other sales and trading net revenues include net losses associated with costs related to the amount of liquidity held (“negative carry”), net gains (losses) on economic hedges related to the Company’s long-term debt and net gains (losses) from certain loans and lending commitments and related hedges associated with the Company’s lending activities.

The following sales and trading net revenues results exclude the impact of DVA (see footnote 2 in the following table). The reconciliation of sales and trading, including equity sales and trading and fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues, from a non-GAAP to a GAAP basis is as follows:

   2013  2012(1)  2011(1) 
   (dollars in millions) 

Total sales and trading net revenues—non-GAAP(2)

  $10,432  $11,075  $9,759 

Impact of DVA

   (681  (4,402  3,681 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total sales and trading net revenues

  $9,751  $6,673  $13,440 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Equity sales and trading net revenues—non-GAAP(2)

  $6,607  $5,941  $6,644 

Impact of DVA

   (78  (1,130  619 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Equity sales and trading net revenues

  $6,529  $4,811  $7,263 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues

    

—non-GAAP(2)

  $4,197  $5,630  $4,444 

Impact of DVA

   (603  (3,272  3,062 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues

  $3,594  $2,358  $7,506 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)All prior-year amounts have been recast to conform to the current year’s presentation. For further information, see “Business Segments” herein and Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.
(2)Sales and trading net revenues, including fixed income and commodities and equity sales and trading net revenues that exclude the impact of DVA, are non-GAAP financial measures that the Company considers useful for the Company and investors to allow further comparability of period-to-period operating performance.

68


2013 Compared with 2012.

Investment Banking.    Investment banking revenues in 2013 increased 11% from 2012, reflecting higher revenues from equity and fixed income underwriting transactions, partially offset by lower advisory revenues. Overall, underwriting revenues of $3,067 million increased 20% from 2012. Equity underwriting revenues increased 41% to $1,262 million in 2013, largely driven by increased client activity across Europe, Asia and the Americas. Fixed income underwriting revenues were $1,805 million in 2013, an increase of 8% from 2012, reflecting a continued favorable debt underwriting environment. Advisory revenues from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions (“M&A”) were $1,310 million in 2013, a decrease of 4% from 2012, reflective of the lower level of deal activity in 2013. Industry-wide announced M&A activity for 2013 was relatively flat compared with 2012, with increases in the Americas offset by decreases in Europe, Middle East and Africa.

Sales and Trading Net Revenues.    Total sales and trading net revenues increased to $9,751 million in 2013 from $6,673 million in 2012, reflecting higher revenues in equity and fixed income sales and trading net revenues that exclude the impact of DVA in 2015, or exclude the impact of DVA and lower lossesthe initial implementation of FVA in other2014, arenon-GAAP financial measures that we consider useful for us, investors and analysts to allow further comparability ofperiod-to-period operating performance.

Sales and Trading ActivitiesEquity and Fixed Income

Following is a description of the sales and trading netactivities within our equities and fixed income businesses as well as

how their results impact the income statement line items, followed by a presentation and explanation of results.

Equities—Financing.    We provide financing and prime brokerage services to our clients active in the equity markets through a variety of products including margin lending, securities lending and swaps. Results from this business are largely driven by the difference between financing income earned and financing costs incurred, which are reflected in Net interest for securities and equity lending products and in Trading revenues for derivative products.

Equities—Execution services.    We make markets for our clients in equity-related securities and derivative products, including providing liquidity and hedging products. A significant portion of the results for this business is generated by commissions and fees from executing and clearing client transactions on major stock and derivative exchanges as well as from OTC transactions. Market-making also generates gains and losses on inventory, which are reflected in Trading revenues.

Fixed income—Within fixed income we make markets in order to facilitate client activity as part of the following products and services.

 

Global macro products.    We make markets for our clients in interest rate, foreign exchange and emerging market products, including exchange-traded and OTC securities, loans and derivative instruments. The results of this market-making activity are primarily driven by gains and losses from buying and selling positions to stand ready for and satisfy client demand and are recorded in Trading revenues.

Equity.

Credit products.    We make markets in credit-sensitive products, such as corporate bonds and mortgage securities and other securitized products, and related derivative instruments. The value of positions in this business are sensitive to changes in credit spreads and interest rates, which result in gains and losses reflected in Trading revenues. Due to the amount and type of the interest-bearing securities and loans making up this business, a significant portion of the results is also reflected in Net interest revenues.

Commodities products.    We make markets in various commodity products related primarily to electricity, natural gas, oil, and precious metals, with the results primarily reflected in Trading revenues.

December 2016 Form 10-K42


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Sales and Trading Net Revenues—Equity and Fixed Income

   2016 
$ in millions  Trading   Fees1   Net
Interest2
  Total 

Financing

  $3,668   $347   $(283 $  3,732 

Execution services

   2,231    2,241    (167  4,305 

Total Equity

  $5,899   $2,588   $(450 $8,037 

Total Fixed Income

  $4,115   $162   $840  $5,117 

   2015 
$ in millions  Trading   Fees1   Net
Interest2
  Total 

Financing

  $3,300   $322   $126  $  3,748 

Execution services

   2,210    2,437    (270  4,377 

Impact of DVA3

   163           163 

Total Equity

  $5,673   $2,759   $(144 $8,288 

Fixed Income

  $3,333   $139   $831  $4,303 

Impact of DVA3

   455           455 

Total Fixed Income

  $3,788   $139   $831  $4,758 

   2014 
$ in millions  Trading  Fees1   Net
Interest2
  Total 

Financing

  $2,843  $283   $23  $  3,149 

Execution services

   1,623   2,473    (340  3,756 

Impact of DVA3

   232          232 

Impact of FVA

   (2         (2

Total Equity

  $4,696  $2,756   $(317 $7,135 

Fixed Income

  $3,824  $136   $301  $4,261 

Impact of DVA3

   419          419 

Impact of FVA

   (466         (466

Total Fixed Income

  $3,777  $136   $301  $4,214 

1.

Includes Commissions and fees and Asset management, distribution and administration fees.

2.

Funding costs are allocated to the businesses based on funding usage and are included in Net interest in the previous tables. Such allocations were estimated for prior periods to conform to the current presentation.

3.

In 2016, in accordance with the early adoption of a provision of the accounting updateRecognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, unrealized DVA gains (losses) are recorded within OCI in the consolidated comprehensive income statements. In 2015 and 2014, the DVA gains (losses) were recorded within Trading revenues in the consolidated income statements. See Notes 2 and 15 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further information.

As discussed in “Net Revenues by Segment” herein, we manage each of the sales and trading businesses based on its aggregate net revenues, increasedwhich are comprised of the consolidated income statement line items quantified in the previous table. Trading revenues are affected by a variety of market dynamics, including volumes,bid-offer spreads, and inventory prices, as well as impacts from hedging activity, which are interrelated. We provide qualitative commentary in the discussion of results that follow on the key drivers of period

over period variances, as the quantitative impact of the various market dynamics typically cannot be disaggregated.

For additional information on total Trading revenues, see the table “Trading Revenues by Product Type” in Note 4 to $6,529the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

2016 Compared with 2015

Equity

Excluding the $163 million in 2013 from $4,811 million in 2012. Thepositive impact of DVA on 2015 results, in equity sales and trading net revenues included negative revenueof $8,037 million in 2016 were lower than 2015, reflecting lower results in both financing and execution services revenues.

Financing revenues were in line with the results from 2015 as Net interest revenues declined from higher net interest costs, reflecting the business’ increased portion of global liquidity reserve requirements, offset by increased client activity in equity swaps reflected in Trading.

Execution services decreased 2% from 2015, primarily reflecting a decrease in fee revenues of $196 million due to reduced client activity.

Fixed Income

Excluding the $455 million positive impact of DVA on 2015 results, fixed income net revenues of $5,117 million in 2016 were 19% higher than 2015, primarily due to improved results in credit products.

Credit products Trading revenues were the primary driver for the overall increase in fixed income Trading revenues of $782 million, reflecting an improved credit market environment that resulted in gains on inventory in 2016 compared with losses in 2015.

Overall results from other fixed income businesses were relatively unchanged. There was a net increase in Trading revenues from global macro products, reflecting gains on inventory in interest rate products, offset by declines in commodities activities, primarily due to the impactabsence of DVArevenues from the global oil merchanting business, which was sold on November 1, 2015. For more information on the sale of $78 million in 2013 comparedthe global oil merchanting business, see “Investments, Other Revenues,Non-interest Expenses, Income Tax Items, Dispositions and Other Items—2015 Compared with negative revenue of $1,130 million in 2012. Equity sales and trading net revenues, excluding the impact of DVA, increased 11% to $6,607 million in 2013 from 2012, reflecting strong performance across most products and regions, from higher client activity with particular strength in prime brokerage.2014—Dispositions” herein.

Other

 

In 2013, equity sales and trading net revenues also reflected gains of $37 million related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the tightening of counterparties’ CDS spreads and other factors compared with gains of $68 million in 2012. The Company also recorded losses of $15 million in 2013 related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the tightening of the Company’s CDS spreads and other factors compared with losses of $243 million in 2012. The gains and losses on CDS spreads and other factors include gains and losses on related hedging instruments.

Fixed Income and Commodities.    Fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues were $3,594 million in 2013 compared with net revenues of $2,358 million in 2012. Results in 2013 included negative revenue of $603 million due to the impact of DVA compared with negative revenue of $3,272 million in 2012. Fixed income product net revenues, excluding the impact of DVA, in 2013 decreased 26% over 2012, primarily reflecting lower levels of client activity across most products and significant revenue declines in interest rate products. Commodity net revenues, excluding the impact of DVA, in 2013 decreased 38% over 2012, primarily reflecting lower levels of client activity across energy markets.

In 2013, fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues reflected gains of $127 million related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the tightening of counterparties’ CDS spreads and other factors compared with losses of $128 million in 2012 due to the widening of such spreads and other factors. The Company also recorded losses of $114 million in 2013 related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the tightening of the Company’s CDS spreads and other factors compared with losses of $482 million in 2012. The gains and losses on CDS spreads and other factors include gains and losses on related hedging instruments.

Other.    In addition to the equity and fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues discussed above, sales and trading net revenues included other trading revenues, consisting of costs related to negative carry, gains (losses) on economic hedges related to the Company’s long-term debt and certain activities associated with the Company’s corporate lending activities. Effective April 1, 2012, the Company began accounting for all new corporate loans and lending commitments as either held for investment or held for sale.

Other sales and trading net losses were $372of $853 million in 2013 compared2016 increased from 2015, primarily reflecting losses in 2016 associated with net losses of $496 million in 2012. The results in both periods included net losses related to negative carry and losses on economic hedges and othercorporate loan hedging activity.

 

 6943 December 2016 Form 10-K


costs related to the Company’s long-term debt. The results in 2013 and 2012 were partially offset by net gains of $440 million and $740 million, respectively, associated with corporate loans and lending commitments.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Net Interest.    Net interest expense decreased to $1,101 million in 2013 from $1,747 million in 2012, primarily due to lower costs associated with the Company’s long-term borrowings.

Investments.    See “Business Segments—Net Revenues” herein for further information on what is included in Investments.

Net investment gains of $707 million were recognized in 2013 compared with net investment gains of $219 million in 2012. The increase primarily reflected a gain on the disposition of an investment in an insurance broker. The results in 2013 and 2012 included mark-to-market gains on principal investments in real estate funds and net gains from investments associated with the Company’s deferred compensation and co-investment plans.

Other.    Other revenues of $608 million were recognized in 2013 compared with other revenues of $203 million in 2012. The results in 2013 primarily included income of $570 million, arising from the Company’s 40% stake in MUMSS, compared with income of $152 million in 2012 (see “Executive Summary—Significant Items—Japanese Securities Joint Venture” herein). The gains in both periods were partially offset by the provision for loan losses and losses associated with investments in low-income housing and alternative energy.

Non-interest Expenses.    Non-interest expenses increased 15% in 2013 compared with 2012. The increase was primarily due to higher non-compensation expenses. Compensation and benefits expenses decreased 2% in 2013, primarily due to lower headcount. Results included severance expenses of $141 million related to reductions in force in 2013 compared with $120 million in 2012. Non-compensation expenses increased 35% in 2013 compared with 2012. The increase primarily reflected additions to legal expenses for litigation and investigations related to residential mortgage-backed securities and the credit crisis (see “Contingencies—Legal” in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8). Brokerage, clearing and exchange expenses increased 16% in 2013 compared with 2012 primarily due to higher volumes of activity. Information processing and communications expenses decreased 9% in 2013 compared with 2012 primarily due to lower technology costs. Professional services expenses increased 5% in 2013 compared with 2012 primarily due to higher consulting expenses related to the Company’s technology platform.

20122015 Compared with 2011.2014

Equity

Investment Banking.    Investment banking revenues in 2012 decreased 7% from 2011, reflecting lower revenues from advisory and equity underwriting transactions, partially offset by higher revenues from fixed income underwriting transactions. Advisory revenues from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions were $1,369 million in 2012, a decrease of 21% from 2011, reflecting lower completed market volumes. Overall, underwriting revenues of $2,561 million increased 2% from 2011. Fixed income underwriting revenues were $1,669 million in 2012, an increase of 23% from 2011, reflecting increased bond issuance volumes. Equity underwriting revenues decreased 22% to $892 million in 2012, reflecting lower levels of market activity.

Sales and Trading Net Revenues.    Total sales and trading net revenues decreased to $6,673 million in 2012 from $13,440 million in 2011, reflecting lower revenues in fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues and equity sales and trading net revenues, partially offset by lower losses in other sales and trading net revenues.

Equity.    Equity sales and trading net revenues decreased 34% to $4,811 million in 2012 from 2011. The results in equity sales and trading net revenues included negative revenue in 2012 of $1,130 million due to the impact of DVA compared with positive revenue of $619 million in 2011 due to the impact of DVA. Equity sales and trading net revenues, excluding the impact of DVA and the implementation of FVA, increased reflecting higher results in 2012 decreased 11%financing and execution services revenues.

Financing revenues increased 19% from 2011, reflecting lower revenues2014 with an increase in client balances and derivative activity reflected in the cash$457 million increase in Trading revenues primarily from equity swaps and a $103 million increase in Net interest revenues for securities.

Execution services increased 17% from 2014, primarily due to the $587 million increase in Trading revenues from client activity in derivatives and reduced inventory losses compared with the prior year.

Fixed Income

Excluding the $455 million positive impact of DVA on 2015 results, and the $419 million positive impact of DVA and the $466 million negative impact from the implementation of FVA on 2014 results, fixed income net revenues of $4,303 million in 2015 were 1% higher than 2014 due to improved results in global macro and commodities products, offset by lower results in credit products.

Global macro products results increased from 2014, primarily due to an increase in Trading revenues due to improved results in interest rate products as a result of inventory gains and improved performance in foreign exchange products

Credit products decreased, primarily driven by a decrease in Trading revenues from lower results in credit and securitized products from a widening credit spread environment, which led to inventory losses. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in Net interest revenues, driven primarily by a change in the product mix in the securitized products group assets.

Commodities products net revenues increased, primarily reflecting higher revenues from the global oil merchanting business, which was sold on November 1, 2015. The increase was partially offset by credit-driven losses and the absence of revenues from TransMontaigne Inc., which was sold on July 1, 2014 (see “Investments, Other Revenues,Non-interest Expenses, Income Tax Items, Dispositions and Other Items—2015 Compared with 2014—Dispositions” herein).

Investments, Other Revenues,Non-interest Expenses, Income Tax Items, Dispositions and Other Items

2016 Compared with 2015

Investments

Net investment gains of $147 million in 2016 decreased from 2015 as a result of lower volumes.

In 2012, equity salesgains on real estate and trading net revenues reflected gains of $68 million related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the tightening of counterparties’ CDS spreads and other credit factors compared with losses of $38 million in 2011 due to the widening of such spreads and other credit factors. The

70


Company also recorded losses of $243 million in 2012 related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the tightening of the Company’s CDS spreads and other credit factors compared with gains of $182 million in 2011 due to the widening of such spreads and other credit factors. The gainsbusiness-related investments and losses on CDS spreads and other credit factors include gains and losses on related hedging instruments.

Fixed Income and Commodities.    Fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues were $2,358 million in 2012 comparedinvestments associated with net revenues of $7,506 million in 2011. Results in 2012 included negative revenue of $3,272 million due to the impact of DVA, compared with positive revenue of $3,062 million in 2011 due to the impact of DVA. Fixed income product net revenues, excluding the impact of DVA, in 2012 increased 45% over 2011, reflecting higher results in interest rate, foreign exchange and credit products, including higher levels of client activity in securitized products, with results in 2011 being negatively impacted by losses of $1,838 million from Monolines, including a loss approximating $1.7 billion in the fourth quarter of 2011 from the Company’s comprehensive settlement with MBIA (see “Executive Summary—Significant Items—Monoline Insurers” herein for further information). The results in 2011 also included interest rate product revenues of approximately $600 million, primarily related to the release of credit valuation adjustments upon the restructuring of certain derivative transactions that decreased the Company’s exposure to the European Peripherals (see “Executive Summary—Significant Items—European Peripheral Countries” herein for further information). Commodity net revenues, excluding the impact of DVA, decreased 20% in 2012 due to a difficult market environment. Results in the fourth quarter of 2011 included a loss of approximately $108 million upon application of the overnight indexed swap (“OIS”) curve to certain fixed income products (see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).

In 2012, fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues reflected losses of $128 million related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the widening of counterparties’ CDS spreads and other credit factors compared with losses of $1,249 million, including Monolines, in 2011. The Company also recorded losses of $482 million in 2012 related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the tightening of the Company’s CDS spreads and other credit factors compared with gains of $746 million in 2011 due to the widening of such spreads and other credit factors. The gains and losses on CDS spreads and other factors include gains and losses on related hedging instruments.

Other.    Other sales and trading net losses were $496 million in 2012 compared with net losses of $1,329 million in 2011. The results in both years included losses related to negative carry. The 2012 results included losses on economic hedges related to the Company’s long-term debtour compensation plans compared with gains in 2011. Results in 2012 were partially offset by net gains of $740 million associated with loans and lending commitments. Results in 2011 included net losses of approximately $631 million associated with loans and lending commitments. The results in 2012 also included net investment gains in the Company’s deferred compensation and co-investment plans compared with net losses in 2011.2015.

Other

 

Net Interest.    Net interest expense increased to $1,747 million in 2012 from $1,040 million in 2011, primarily due to lower revenues from securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed transactions.

Investments.    Net investment gains of $219 million were recognized in 2012 compared with net investment gains of $239 million in 2011. The gains in 2012 and 2011 primarily included mark-to-market gains on principal investments in real estate funds and net gains from investments associated with the Company’s deferred compensation and co-investment plans.

Other.Other revenues of $203 million were recognized in 2012 compared with other losses of $236$535 million in 2011. The results in 2012 included income of $152 million, arising2016 increased from the Company’s 40% stake in MUMSS. The results in 2011 included pre-tax losses of $783 million arising from the Company’s 40% stake in MUMSS (see “Executive Summary—Significant Items—Japanese Securities Joint Venture” herein). The2015, primarily reflectingmark-to-market gains in 2012 were partially offset by increases in the provision for loan losses. The results in both periods also included gains from the Company’s retirement of certain of its debt.

71


Non-interest Expenses.    Non-interest expenses decreased 3% in 2012. The decrease was due to lower compensation expenses, partially offset by higher non-compensation expenses. Compensation and benefits expenses decreased 8% in 2012, in part due to lower net revenues, excluding DVA and the comprehensive settlement with MBIA, and were partially offset by severance expenses related to reductions in force during the year. Non-compensation expenses increased 3% in 2012, compared with 2011. Brokerage, clearing and exchange expenses decreased 9% in 2012, primarily due to lower volumes of activity. Information processing and communications expense increased 6% in 2012, primarily due to ongoing investments in technology. Professional services expenses increased 21% in 2012, primarily due to higher legal and regulatory costs and consulting expenses. Other expenses increased 4% in 2012. The results in 2012 included increased litigation expense and a higher provision for unfunded loan commitments. The results in 2011 included the initial costs of $130 million associated with Morgan Stanley Huaxin Securities Company Limited (see “Executive Summary—Significant Items—Huaxin Securities Joint Venture” herein for further information). The results in 2011 also included a charge of $59 million due to the bank levy on relevant liabilities and equities on the consolidated balance sheets of “U.K. Banking Groups” at December 31, 2011 as defined under the bank levy legislation enacted by the U.K. government in July 2011.

Income Tax Items.

In 2013, the Company recognized in income from continuing operations an aggregate discrete net tax benefit of $407 million attributable to the Institutional Securities business segment. This included discrete tax benefits of: $161 million related to the remeasurement of reserves and related interest associated with new information regarding the status of certain tax authority examinations; $92 million related to the establishment of a previously unrecognized deferred tax asset from a legal entity reorganization; $73 million that is attributable to tax planning strategies to optimize foreign tax credit utilization as a result of the anticipated repatriation of earnings from certain non-U.S. subsidiaries; and $81 million due to the retroactive effective date of the Relief Act.

In 2012, the Company recognized in income from continuing operations a net tax benefit of $249 million attributable to the Institutional Securities business segment. This included a discrete tax benefit of $299 million related to the remeasurement of reserves and related interest associated with either the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations or new information regarding the status of certain Internal Revenue Service examinations and an out-of-period net tax provision of $50 million, primarily related to the overstatement of deferred tax assets associated with repatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries recorded in prior years. The Company has evaluated the effects of the understatement of the income tax provision both qualitatively and quantitatively, and concluded that it did not have a material impact on any prior annual or quarterly consolidated financial statements.

Discontinued Operations.

For a discussion about discontinued operations, see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

Nonredeemable Noncontrolling Interests.

Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests primarily relate to MUFG’s interest in MSMS (see “Executive Summary—Significant Items—Japanese Securities Joint Venture” herein).

Sale of Global Oil Merchanting Business.

On December 20, 2013, the Company and a subsidiary of Rosneft Oil Company (“Rosneft”) entered into a Purchase Agreement pursuant to which the Company will sell the global oil merchanting unit of its commodities division to Rosneft. The transaction is subject to regulatory approvals and other customary conditions and is expected to close in the second half of 2014. At December 31, 2013, the transaction does not meet the criteria for discontinued operations and is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

72


WEALTH MANAGEMENT

INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION

   2013  2012(1)   2011(1) 
   (dollars in millions) 

Revenues:

     

Investment banking

  $923  $835   $738 

Trading

   1,161   1,043    988 

Investments

   14   10    4 

Commissions and fees

   2,209   2,080    2,495 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

   7,638   7,190    6,709 

Other

   389   309    406 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest revenues

   12,334   11,467    11,340 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

   2,100   1,886    1,719 

Interest expense

   220   319    287 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest

   1,880   1,567    1,432 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

   14,214   13,034    12,772 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Compensation and benefits

   8,271   7,796    7,910 

Non-compensation expenses

   3,314   3,616    3,555 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

   11,585   11,412    11,465 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   2,629   1,622    1,307 

Provision for income taxes

   920   557    461 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

   1,709   1,065    846 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

     

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   (1  94    21 

Provision for income taxes

   —     26    7 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   (1  68    14 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   1,708   1,133    860 

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

   221   120    —   

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

   —     167    170 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $1,487  $846   $690 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

     

Income from continuing operations

  $1,488  $803   $683 

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   (1  43    7 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $1,487  $846   $690 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Prior-period amounts have been recast to reflect the transfer of the International Wealth Management business from the Wealth Management business segment to the Institutional Securities business segment.

73


Net Revenues.    The Wealth Management business segment’s net revenues are composed of Transactional, Asset management, Net interest and Other revenues. Transactional revenues include Investment banking, Trading, and Commissions and fees. Asset management revenues include Asset management, distribution and administration fees, and referral fees related to the bank deposit program. Net interest revenues include net interest revenues related to the bank deposit program, interest on securities availableloans held for sale and all other net interest revenues. Other revenues include revenues from available for sale securities, customer account services fees, other miscellaneous revenues and revenues from Investments.

   2013   2012(1)   2011(1) 
   (dollars in millions) 

Net revenues:

      

Transactional

  $4,293   $3,958   $4,221 

Asset management

   7,638    7,190    6,709 

Net interest

   1,880    1,567    1,432 

Other

   403    319    410 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

  $14,214   $13,034   $12,772 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Prior-period amounts have been recast to reflect the transfer of the International Wealth Management business from the Wealth Management business segment to the Institutional Securities business segment.

Wealth Management JV.    On June 28, 2013, the Company completed the purchase of the remaining 35% stake in the Wealth Management JV for $4.725 billion. As the 100% owner of the Wealth Management JV, the Company retains all of the related net income previously applicable to the noncontrolling interests in the Wealth Management JV, and benefit from the termination of certain related debt and operating agreements with the Wealth Management JV partner.

Concurrent with the acquisition of the remaining 35% stake in the Wealth Management JV, the deposit sweep agreement between Citi and the Company was terminated. In 2013, $26 billion of deposits held by Citi relating to customer accounts were transferred to the Company’s depository institutions. At December 31, 2013, approximately $30 billion of additional deposits are scheduled to be transferred to the Company’s depository institutions on an agreed-upon basis through June 2015.

For further information, see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

20132016 compared with 2012.mark-to-market

Transactional.

Investment Banking.    Wealth Management business segment’s investment banking revenues include revenues from the distribution of equity and fixed income securities, including initial public offerings, secondary offerings, closed-end funds and unit trusts. Investment banking revenues increased 11% from 2012 to $923 million losses in 2013, primarily due to higher levels of underwriting activity in closed-end funds and unit trusts.

Trading.    Trading revenues include revenues from customers’ purchases and sales of financial instruments in which the Company acts as principal and gains and losses on the Company’s inventory positions, which are held primarily to facilitate customer transactions and gains and losses associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans. Trading revenues increased 11% from 2012 to $1,161 million in 2013, primarily due to gains related to investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans and higher revenues from fixed income products.

Commissions and Fees.    Commissions and fees revenues primarily arise from agency transactions in listed and OTC equity securities and sales of mutual funds, futures, insurance products and options. Commissions and fees revenues increased 6% from 2012 to $2,209 million in 2013, primarily due to higher equity, mutual fund and alternatives activity.

74


Asset Management.

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees.    See “Business Segments—Net Revenues” herein for information about the composition of Asset management, distribution and administration fees.

Asset management, distribution and administration fees increased 6% from 2012 to $7,638 million in 2013, primarily due to higher fee-based revenues,2015, partially offset by lower revenues from referral fees from the bank deposit program. The referral fees for deposits placed with Citi-affiliated depository institutions declined to $240 million in 2013 from $383 million in 2012. Lower revenues from the bank deposit program and the decrease in referral fees are both due to the ongoing transfer of deposits to the Company from Citi.

Balances in the bank deposit program increased to $134 billion at December 31, 2013 from $131 billion at December 31, 2012, which includes deposits held by Company-affiliated FDIC-insured depository institutions of $104 billion at December 31, 2013 and $72 billion at December 31, 2012. As a result of the Company’s 100% ownership of the Wealth Management JV, the deposits held in non-affiliated depositories will transfer to the Company-affiliated depositories on an agreed-upon basis through June 2015.

Client assets in fee-based accounts increased to $697 billion and represented 37% of total client assets at December 31, 2013 compared with $554 billion and 33% at December 31, 2012, respectively. Total client asset balances increased to $1,909 billion at December 31, 2013 from $1,696 billion at December 31, 2012, primarily due to the impact of market conditions and higher fee-based client asset flows. Client asset balances in households with assets greater than $1 million increased to $1,454 billion at December 31, 2013 from $1,237 billion at December 31, 2012. Effective from the quarter ended March 31, 2013, client assets also include certain additional non-custodied assets as a result of the completion of the Wealth Management JV platform conversion. Fee-based client asset flows for 2013 were $51.9 billion compared with $26.9 billion in 2012.

Beginning January 1, 2013, the Company enhanced its definition of fee-based asset flows. Fee-based asset flows have been recast for all periods to include dividends, interest and client fees and to exclude cash management related activity.

Net Interest.

Interest income and Interest expense are a function of the level and mix of total assets and liabilities. Net interest is driven by securities-based lending, mortgage lending, margin loans, securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions and bank deposit program activity.

Net interest increased 20% to $1,880 million in 2013 from 2012, primarily due to higher balances in the bank deposit program and growth in loans and lending commitments in PLA securities-based lending products. In addition, interest expense declined in 2013 due to the Company’s redemption of all the Class A Preferred Interests owned by Citi and its affiliates, in connection with the Company’s acquisition of 100% ownership of the Wealth Management JV effective at the end of the second quarter of 2013. The loans and lending commitments in the Company’s Wealth Management business segment have grown in 2013, and the Company expects this trend to continue. See “Business Segments—Lending Activities” herein and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Credit Risk” in Item 7A.

Other.

Other revenues were $389 million in 2013, an increase of 26% from 2012, primarily due to a gain on sale of the global stock plan business and realized gains on securities available for sale.

Non-interest Expenses.

Non-interest expenses increased 2% in 2013 from 2012. Compensation and benefits expenses increased 6% in 2013 from 2012, primarily due to higher compensable revenues. Non-compensation expenses decreased 8% in 2013 from 2012, primarily driven by the absence of platform integration costs and non-recurring technology

75


write-offs, partially offset by an impairment expense of $36 millionresults related to certain intangible assets (management contracts) associated with alternative investment fundsour 40% stake in 2013Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. (“MUMSS”) (see Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).

2012 Compared with 2011.

Transactional.

Investment Banking.    Investment banking revenues increased 13% to $835 million in 2012 from 2011, primarily due to higher revenues from closed-end funds and higher fixed income underwriting.

Trading.    Trading revenues increased 6% to $1,043 million in 2012 from 2011, primarily due to gains related to investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans and higher revenues from structured notes and corporate bonds transactions, partially offset by lower revenues from municipal securities, corporate equity securities, government securities and foreign exchange transactions.

Commissions and Fees.    Commissions and fees revenues decreased 17% to $2,080 million in 2012 from 2011, primarily due to lower client activity.

Asset Management.

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees.    Asset management, distribution and administration fees increased 7% to $7,190 million in 2012 from 2011, primarily due to higher fee-based revenues, and higher revenues from annuities and the bank deposit program held at Citi depositories. The referral fees for deposits placed with Citi-affiliated depository institutions were $383 million and $255 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Balances in the bank deposit program increased to $131 billion at December 31, 2012 from $111 billion at December 31, 2011. Deposits held by Company-affiliated FDIC-insured depository institutions were $72 billion at December 31, 2012 and $56 billion at December 31, 2011.

Client assets in fee-based accounts increased to $554 billion and represented 33% of total client assets at December 31, 2012 compared with $468 billion and 30% at December 31, 2011, respectively. Total client asset balances increased to $1,696 billion at December 31, 2012 from $1,566 billion at December 31, 2011, primarily due to the impact of market conditions and net new asset inflows. Client asset balances in households with assets greater than $1 million increased to $1,237 billion at December 31, 2012 from $1,150 billion at December 31, 2011. Global fee-based client asset flows for 2012 were $26.9 billion compared with $47.0 billion in 2011.

Net Interest.

Net interest increased 9% to $1,567 million in 2012 from 2011, primarily resulting from higher revenues from the bank deposit program, interest on the available for sale portfolio and secured financing activities.

Other.    Other revenues were $309 million in 2012, a decrease of 24% from 2011, primarily due to lower gains on sales of securities available for sale.

Non-interest Expenses.    Non-interest expenses were flat in 2012 from 2011. Compensation and benefits expenses decreased 1% from 2011, primarily due to lower compensable revenues, partially offset by higher expenses associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans. Non-compensation expenses increased 2% in 2012 from 2011. Information processing and communications expenses increased 7% in 2012, primarily due to higher telecommunications and data storage costs. Marketing and business development expenses increased 10% from 2011, primarily due to higher costs associated with advertising and infrastructure, partially offset by lower costs associated with conferences and seminars. Other expenses increased 5% in 2012, primarily

76


due to non-recurring costs related to Wealth Management JV integration (see “Executive Summary—Significant Items—Wealth Management JV” herein). Professional services expenses decreased 7% in 2012 from 2011, primarily due to lower technology consulting costs.

Discontinued Operations.

On April 2, 2012, the Company completed the sale of Quilter, its retail wealth management business in the U.K., resulting in a pre-tax gain of $108 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 in the Wealth Management business segment. The results of Quilter are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented. See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

77


INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT

INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION

   2013  2012  2011 
   (dollars in millions) 

Revenues:

    

Investment banking

  $11  $17  $13 

Trading

   41   (45  (22

Investments

   1,056   513   330 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

   1,853   1,703   1,582 

Other

   33   55   25 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-interest revenues

   2,994   2,243   1,928 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Interest income

   9   10   10 

Interest expense

   15   34   51 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest

   (6  (24  (41
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net revenues

   2,988   2,219   1,887 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Compensation and benefits

   1,183   841   848 

Non-compensation expenses

   821   788   786 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

   2,004   1,629   1,634 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   984   590   253 

Provision for income taxes

   299   267   73 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

   685   323   180 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

    

Gain from discontinued operations

   9   13   24 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   —     4   (17
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net gain from discontinued operations

   9   9   41 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

   694   332   221 

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

   182   187   145 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $512  $145  $76 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

    

Income from continuing operations

  $503  $136  $35 

Net gain from discontinued operations

   9   9   41 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $512  $145  $76 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

78


Statistical Data.

The Investment Management business segment’s period-end and average assets under management or supervision were as follows:

   At
December  31,
   Average for 
   2013   2012   2013   2012   2011 
   (dollars in billions) 

Assets under management or supervision by asset class:

          

Traditional Asset Management:

          

Equity

  $140   $120   $130   $114   $112 

Fixed income

   60    62    61    59    60 

Liquidity

   112    100    104    87    66 

Alternatives(1)

   31    27    29    26    18 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Traditional Asset Management

   343    309    324    286    256 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Real Estate Investing

   21    20    20    19    17 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Merchant Banking:

          

Private Equity

   9    9    9    9    9 

FrontPoint(2)

   —      —      —      —      1 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Merchant Banking

   9    9    9    9    10 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets under management or supervision

  $373   $338   $353   $314   $283 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share of minority stake assets(2)(3)

  $6   $5   $6   $5   $7 

(1)The alternatives asset class includes a range of investment products such as funds of hedge funds, funds of private equity funds and funds of real estate funds.
(2)On March 1, 2011, the Company and the principals of FrontPoint Partners LLC (“FrontPoint”) completed a transaction whereby FrontPoint senior management and portfolio managers own a majority equity stake in FrontPoint, and the Company retains a minority stake. At December 31, 2011, the assets under management attributed to FrontPoint are represented within the share of minority stake assets.
(3)Amounts represent the Investment Management business segment’s proportional share of assets managed by entities in which it owns a minority stake.

79


Activity in the Investment Management business segment’s assets under management or supervision during 2013, 2012 and 2011 was as follows:

   2013  2012  2011 
   (dollars in billions) 

Balance at beginning of period

  $338  $287  $272 

Net flows by asset class:

    

Traditional Asset Management:

    

Equity

   (1  (2  4 

Fixed income(1)

   —     (1  (6

Liquidity

   12   26   20 

Alternatives(2)

   2   1   8 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Traditional Asset Management

   13   24   26 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Real Estate Investing

   (1  1   1 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Merchant Banking:

    

Private Equity

   1   —     —   

FrontPoint(3)

   —     —     (1
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Merchant Banking

   1   —     (1
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total net flows

   13   25   26 

Net market appreciation (depreciation)

   22   26   (7

Decrease due to FrontPoint transaction

   —     —     (4
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total net increase

   35   51   15 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

  $373  $338  $287 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Fixed income outflows for 2011 include $1.3 billion due to the revised treatment of assets under management previously reported as a net flow.
(2)The alternatives asset class includes a range of investment products such as funds of hedge funds, funds of private equity funds and funds of real estate funds.
(3)The amount in 2011 includes two months of net flows related to FrontPoint.

2013 Compared with 2012.

Investment Banking.    The Investment Management business segment generates investment banking revenues primarily from the placement of investments in real estate and merchant banking funds.

Trading.    See “Business Segments—Net Revenues” herein for information about the composition of Trading revenues.

The Company recognized gains of $41 million in 2013 compared with losses of $45 million in 2012. Trading results in 2013 primarily reflected gains related to certain consolidated real estate funds sponsored by the Company. Trading results in 2012 primarily reflected losses related to certain consolidated real estate funds sponsored by the Company, as well as losses on hedges on certain investments.

Investments.    Real estate and private equity investments generally are held for long-term appreciation and generally are subject to significant sales restrictions. Estimates of the fair value of the investments involve significant judgment and may fluctuate significantly over time in light of business, market, economic and financial conditions generally or in relation to specific transactions.

The Company recorded net investment gains of $1,056 million in 2013 compared with gains of $513 million in 2012. The increase in 2013 was primarily related to higher net investment gains predominantly within the

80


Company’s Merchant Banking and Real Estate Investing businesses and higher gains on certain investments associated with the Company’s employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans. Results in 2013 also included the benefit of carried interest.

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees.    “See Business Segments—Net Revenues” herein for information about the composition of Asset management, distribution and administration fees.

Asset management, distribution and administration fees increased 9% to $1,853 million in 2013. The increase primarily reflected higher management and administration revenues, primarily due to higher average assets under management, as well as higher performance fees.

The Company’s assets under management increased $35 billion from $338 billion at December 31, 2012 to $373 billion at December 31, 2013, reflecting market appreciation and positive net flows. The Company recorded $22 billion in market appreciation and net inflows of $13 billion in 2013, primarily reflecting net customer inflows in liquidity funds. In 2012, the Company recorded $26 billion in market appreciation and $25 billion in net customer inflows primarily in liquidity funds.

Other.    Other revenues were $33 million in 2013 as compared with $55 million in 2012. The results in 2013 included higher revenues associated with the Company’s minority investment in Avenue Capital Group, a New York-based investment manager, partially offset by lower revenues associated with the Company’s minority investment in Lansdowne Partners, a London-based investment manager. The results in 2012 included gains associated with the expiration of a lending facility to a real estate fund sponsored by the Company.

Non-interest Expenses.    Non-interest expenses were $2,004 million in 2013 as compared with $1,629 million in 2012. Compensation and benefits expenses increased 41% in 2013, primarily due to higher net revenues. Non-compensation expenses increased 4% in 2013, primarily due to higher brokerage and clearing and professional services expenses, partially offset by lower information processing expenses.

2012 Compared with 2011.

Trading.    In 2012, the Company recognized losses of $45 million compared with losses of $22 million in 2011. Trading results in 2012 primarily reflected losses related to certain consolidated real estate funds sponsored by the Company, as well as losses on hedges on certain investments. Trading results in 2011 primarily reflected losses related to certain investments associated with the Company’s employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans and certain consolidated real estate funds sponsored by the Company.

Investments.    The Company recorded net investment gains of $513 million in 2012 compared with gains of $330 million in 2011. The increase in 2012 was primarily related to higher net gains in the Company’s Merchant Banking business, as well as higher net investment gains associated with certain consolidated real estate funds sponsored by the Company.

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees.    Asset management, distribution and administration fees increased 8% to $1,703 million in 2012. The increase in 2012 primarily reflected higher management and administration revenues and higher performance fees.

The Company’s assets under management increased $51 billion from $287 billion at December 31, 2011 to $338 billion at December 31, 2012, reflecting $26 billion in market appreciation and net customer inflows of $25 billion primarily in liquidity funds. In 2011, net inflows of $26 billion primarily reflected the sweep of the Wealth Management JV client cash balances of approximately $19 billion into Morgan Stanley managed liquidity funds and inflows of $8 billion into alternatives funds, partially offset by outflows of $6 billion in fixed income products.

81


Other.    Other revenues were $55 million in 2012 as compared with $25 million in 2011. The results in 2012 included gains associated with the expiration of a lending facility to a real estate fund sponsored by the Company. The results in 2012 also included lower revenues associated with the Company’s minority investments in Avenue Capital Group and Lansdowne Partners. The results in 2011 were partially offset by a $27 million writedown in the Company’s minority investment in FrontPoint.

Non-interest Expenses.    Non-interest expenses were $1,629 million in 2012 as compared with $1,634 million in 2011. Compensation and benefits expenses decreased 1% in 2012. Non-compensation expenses were relatively unchanged in 2012 compared with 2011.

Income Tax Items.

In 2012, the Company recognized in income from continuing operations an out-of-period net tax provision of $107 million, attributable to the Investment Management business segment, primarily related to the overstatement of deferred tax assets associated with partnership investments in prior years. The Company has evaluated the effects of the understatement of the income tax provision both qualitatively and quantitatively and concluded that it did not have a material impact on any prior annual or quarterly consolidated financial statements.

Discontinued Operations.

In the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company classified a real estate property management company as held for sale within the Investment Management business segment. The transaction closed during the first quarter of 2012. The results of this company are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented.

For further information on discontinued operations, see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

Nonredeemable Noncontrolling Interests.

Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests are primarily related to the consolidation of certain real estate funds sponsored by the Company. Investment gains associated with these consolidated funds were $151 million, $225 million and $180 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

82


Accounting Developments.

Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure.

In January 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued an accounting update clarifying when an in-substance repossession or foreclosure occurs; that is, when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan receivable should be derecognized and the real estate property recognized. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2015. This guidance can be applied using either a modified retrospective transition method or a prospective transition method. This guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects.

In January 2014, the FASB issued an accounting update providing guidance on accounting for investments by a reporting entity in flow-through limited liability entities that manage or invest in affordable housing projects that qualify for the low-income housing tax credit. The amendments permit reporting entities to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. Under the proportional amortization method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense (benefit). This guidance is effective for the Company retrospectively beginning January 1, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of adopting this accounting update.

Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists.

In July 2013, the FASB issued an accounting update providing guidance on the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, similar tax loss, or tax credit carryforward exists. This guidance requires an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, to be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward if such settlement is required or expected in the event the uncertain tax position is disallowed. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2014. This guidance is expected to be applied prospectively to all unrecognized tax benefits that exist at the effective date. The adoption of this accounting guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Amendments to the Scope, Measurement, and Disclosure Requirements of an Investment Company.

In June 2013, the FASB issued an accounting update that modifies the criteria used in defining an investment company under GAAP and sets forth certain measurement and disclosure requirements. This update requires an investment company to measure noncontrolling interests in another investment company at fair value and requires an entity to disclose the fact that it is an investment company, and provide information about changes, if any, in its status as an investment company. An entity will also need to include disclosures around financial support that has been provided or is contractually required to be provided to any of its investees. This guidance is effective for the Company prospectively beginning January 1, 2014. The adoption of this accounting guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Parent’s Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity.

In March 2013, the FASB issued an accounting update requiring the parent entity to release any related cumulative translation adjustment into net income when the parent ceases to have a controlling financial interest

83


in a subsidiary that is a foreign entity. When the parent ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a business within a foreign entity, the related cumulative translation adjustment would be released into net income only if the sale or transfer results in the complete or substantially complete liquidation of the foreign entity in which the subsidiary or group of assets had resided. This guidance is effective for the Company prospectively beginning on January 1, 2014. The adoption of this accounting guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Obligations Resulting from Joint and Several Liability Arrangements for Which the Total Amount of the Obligation Is Fixed at the Reporting Date.

In February 2013, the FASB issued an accounting update that requires an entity to measure obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount of the obligation is fixed at the reporting date, as the sum of the amount the reporting entity agreed to pay and any additional amount the reporting entity expects to pay on behalf of its co-obligors. This update also requires additional disclosures about those obligations. This guidance is effective for the Company retrospectively beginning on January 1, 2014. The adoption of this accounting guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

84


Other Matters.

Legal Matters.

On February 4, 2014, and subsequent to the release of the Company’s 2013 earnings on January 17, 2014, legal reserves were increased, which increased Other expenses within the Institutional Securities business segment in the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2013 by $150 million related to the settlement with the Federal Housing Finance Agency (see “Contingencies—Legal” in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8). This decreased diluted EPS and diluted EPS from continuing operations by $0.05 in the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2013.

Real Estate.

The Company acts as the general partner for various real estate funds and also invests in certain of these funds as a limited partner. The Company’s real estate investments at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 are described below. Such amounts exclude investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans.

At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the consolidated statements of financial condition included amounts representing real estate investment assets of consolidated subsidiaries of approximately $2.2 billion, including noncontrolling interests of approximately $1.8 billion in both periods, for a net amount of $0.5 billion and $0.4 billion, respectively. This net presentation is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure for the Company and investors to use in assessing the Company’s net exposure. In addition, the Company has contractual capital commitments, guarantees, lending facilities and counterparty arrangements with respect to real estate investments of $0.3 billion at December 31, 2013.

In addition to the Company’s real estate investments, the Company engages in various real estate-related activities, including origination of loans secured by commercial and residential properties. The Company also securitizes and trades in a wide range of commercial and residential real estate and real estate-related whole loans, mortgages and other real estate. In connection with these activities, the Company has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties. Under certain circumstances, the Company may be required to repurchase such assets or make other payments related to such assets if such representations and warranties were breached. The Company continues to monitor its real estate-related activities in order to manage its exposures and potential liability from these markets and businesses. See “Legal Proceedings—Residential Mortgage and Credit Crisis Related Matters” in Part I, Item 3 and Note 138 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further information.information).

Non-interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses of $12,336 million in 2016 decreased from 2015, primarily reflecting a 3% reduction in Compensation and benefits expenses and an 11% reduction inNon-compensation expenses in 2016.

 

Compensation and benefits expenses decreased in 2016, primarily due to a decrease in salaries, severance costs, discretionary incentive compensation and employer taxes, partially offset by an increase in the fair value of deferred compensation plan referenced investments.

Japanese Securities Joint Venture.Non-compensation expenses decreased in 2016, primarily due to lower litigation costs and Professional services expense. In 2015,Non-compensation expenses included increases to reserves for the settlement of a credit default swap (“CDS”) antitrust litigation matter and legacy residential mortgage-backed securities matters.

2015 Compared with 2014

Investments

 

The Company holds a 40% voting interest and MUFG holds a 60% voting interestNet investment gains of $274 million in MUMSS, while2015 increased 14% from 2014 driven by gains on business-related investments.

Other

Other revenues of $221 million in 2015 decreased 68% from 2014 due to the Company holds a 51% voting interest and MUFG holds a 49% voting interestabsence of gains realized on certain assets sold in MSMS. The Company consolidates MSMS in its consolidated financial statements and accounts for its interest in MUMSS as an equity method investment within the Institutional Securities business segment2014 (see Note 221 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8). During 2013, 2012 and 2011,markdowns and provisions on loans held for sale and held for investment.

December 2016 Form 10-K44


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Non-interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses of $13,282 million in 2015 decreased 22% from 2014 driven by a 25% reduction inNon-compensation expenses and a 17% reduction in Compensation and benefits expenses.

Compensation and benefits expenses decreased, primarily due to the Company recorded income (loss) of $570 million, $152 million and $(783) million, respectively, within Other revenues2014 compensation actions, a decrease in the consolidated statementsfair value of income, arising fromdeferred compensation plan referenced investments and a decrease in the Company’s 40% stakelevel of discretionary incentive compensation in MUMSS.2015 (see also “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Discretionary Incentive Compensation” herein).

 

Non-compensation expenses decreased, primarily due to lower litigation costs.

Income Tax Items

In order2016, we recognized in Provision for (benefit from) income taxes net discrete tax benefits of $83 million. These net discrete tax benefits were primarily related to enhance the risk management at MUMSS, during 2011,remeasurement of reserves and related interest due to new information regarding the Company entered intostatus of a transaction with MUMSS whereby the riskmulti-year tax authority examination, partially offset by adjustments for other tax matters.

In 2015, we recognized in Provision for (benefit from) income taxes net discrete tax benefits of $564 million. These net discrete tax benefits were primarily associated with the fixedrepatriation ofnon-U.S. earnings at a cost lower than originally estimated due to an internal restructuring to simplify our legal entity organization in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”).

In 2014, we recognized in Provision for (benefit from) income trading positions that previously causedtaxes net discrete tax benefits of $839 million. This included net discrete tax benefits of $612 million principally associated with remeasurement of reserves and related interest due to new information regarding the majoritystatus of a multi-year tax authority examination and $237 million primarily associated with the repatriation ofnon-U.S. earnings at a cost lower than originally estimated. In addition, our Provision for (benefit from) income taxes was impacted by approximately $900 million of tax provision as a result ofnon-deductible expenses related to litigation and regulatory matters.

Dispositions

On November 1, 2015, we completed the sale of our global oil merchanting unit of the aforementioned MUMSS lossescommodities division to Castleton Commodities International LLC. The loss on sale of approximately $71 million was recognized in 2011Other revenues.

On July 1, 2014, we completed the sale of our ownership stake in TransMontaigne Inc., a U.S.-based oil storage, marketing and transportation company, as well as related physical inventory and the assumption of our obligations under certain terminal storage contracts, to NGL Energy Partners LP. The gain on sale of $112 million was transferred to MSMS. In returnrecognized in Other revenues.

On March 27, 2014, we completed the sale of Canterm Canadian Terminals Inc., a public storage terminal operator for entering into the transaction, the Company received total consideration of $659refined products with two distribution terminals in Canada. The gain on sale was approximately $45 million which represented the estimated fair value of the fixed income trading positions transferred.and was recognized in Other revenues.

Other Items

Japanese Securities Joint Venture

We hold a 40% voting interest and Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”) holds a 60% voting interest in MUMSS.

To the extent that losses incurred by MUMSS result in a requirement to restore its capital level, MUFG is solely responsible for providing this additional capital to a minimum level, whereas the Company iswe are not obligated to

85


contribute additional capital to MUMSS. To the extent that MUMSS is required to increase its capital level due to factors other than losses, such as changes in regulatory requirements, both MUFG and the Companywe are required to contribute the necessary capital based upon theirthe economic interest as set forth above.

In June 2013, MUMSS paid a dividend of approximately $287 million, of which the Company received approximately $115 million for its proportionate share of MUMSS.

See Note 22 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 and “Executive Summary—Significant Items—Japanese Securities Joint Venture” herein for further information.

Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans.

Expense.    The Company recognizes the compensation cost of an employee’s pension benefits (including prior-service cost) over the employee’s estimated service period. This process involves making certain estimates and assumptions, including the discount rate and the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. The defined benefit pension plan that is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “U.S. Qualified Plan”) ceased future benefit accruals after December 31, 2010. Any benefits earned by participants under the U.S. Qualified Plan at December 31, 2010 were preserved and will be payable based on the U.S. Qualified Plan’s provisions. Net periodic pension expense for U.S. and non-U.S. plans was $97 million, $99 million and $72 million for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Contributions.    The Company made contributions of $42 million, $42 million and $57 million to its U.S. and non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. These contributions were funded with cash from operations.

The Company determines the amount of its pension contributions to its funded plans by considering several factors, including the level of plan assets relative to plan liabilities, the types of assets in which the plans are invested, expected plan liquidity needs and expected future contribution requirements. The Company’s policy is to fund at least the amounts sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements under applicable employee benefit and tax laws (for example, in the U.S., the minimum required contribution under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or “ERISA”). At December 31, 2013, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, there were no minimum required ERISA contributions for the U.S. Qualified Plan. No contributions were made to the U.S. Qualified Plan for 2013, 2012 and 2011.

See Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for more information on the Company’s defined benefit pension and postretirement plans.further information.

Noncontrolling Interests

Income Tax Matters.

The income of certain foreign subsidiaries earned outside the United States has been excluded from taxationNoncontrolling interests primarily relate to MUFG’s interest in the U.S. as a result of a provision of U.S. tax law that defers the imposition of tax on certain active financial services income until such income is repatriated to the United States as a dividend. This provision, which expired for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2014, had previously been extended by Congress on several occasions, including the most recent extension that occurred on January 2, 2013, as part of the Relief Act. If this provision is not extended, the overall financial impact to the Company would depend upon the level, composition and geographic mix of future earnings but could increase the Company’s 2014 annual effective tax rate and have an adverse impact on the Company’s net income, but not its cash flows due to utilization of tax attributes carryforwards.Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities Co., Ltd.

86


Regulatory Outlook.

The Dodd-Frank Act was enacted on July 21, 2010. While certain portions of the Dodd-Frank Act became effective immediately, most other portions are effective following transition periods or through numerous rulemakings by multiple governmental agencies, and although a large number of rules have been proposed, many are still subject to final rulemaking or transition periods. U.S. regulators also plan to propose additional regulations to implement the Dodd-Frank Act. Accordingly, it remains difficult to assess fully the impact that the Dodd-Frank Act will have on the Company and on the financial services industry generally. In addition, various international developments, such as the adoption of or further revisions to risk-based capital, leverage and liquidity standards by the Basel Committee, including Basel III, and the implementation of those standards in jurisdictions in which the Company operates, will continue to impact the Company in the coming years.

At the end of 2013, the U.S. regulators adopted the final Volcker Rule regulations. Banking entities, including the Company, generally have until July 21, 2015 to bring all of their activities and investments into conformance with the Volcker Rule, subject to possible extensions. The Company is continuing its review of activities that may be affected by the Volcker Rule, including its trading operations and asset management activities, and is taking steps to establish the necessary compliance programs to comply with the Volcker Rule. Given the complexity of the new framework, the full impact of the Volcker Rule is still uncertain, and will ultimately depend on the interpretation and implementation by the five regulatory agencies responsible for its oversight.

It is likely that 2014 and subsequent years will see further material changes in the way major financial institutions are regulated in both the U.S. and other markets in which the Company operates, although it remains difficult to predict the exact impact these changes will have on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for a particular future period. See also “Business—Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1.

 

 8745 December 2016 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Wealth Management

Income Statement Information

           % change 
$ in millions 20161  2015  2014  2016  2015 

Revenues

     

Investment banking

 $484  $623  $791   (22)%   (21)% 

Trading

  861   731   957   18%   (24)% 

Investments

     18   9   N/M   100% 

Commissions and fees

  1,745   1,981   2,127   (12)%   (7)% 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

  8,454   8,536   8,345   (1)%   2% 

Other

  277   255   320   9%   (20)% 

Totalnon-interest revenues

  11,821   12,144   12,549   (3)%   (3)% 

Interest income

  3,888   3,105   2,516   25%   23% 

Interest expense

  359   149   177   141%   (16)% 

Net interest

  3,529   2,956   2,339   19%   26% 

Net revenues

  15,350   15,100   14,888   2%   1% 

Compensation and benefits

  8,666   8,595   8,825   1%   (3)% 

Non-compensation expenses

  3,247   3,173   3,078   2%   3% 

Totalnon-interest expenses

  11,913   11,768   11,903   1%   (1)% 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

  3,437   3,332   2,985   3%   12% 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  1,333   1,247   (207  7%   N/M 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $2,104  $2,085  $3,192   1%   (35)% 

N/M—Not Meaningful

1.

Effective July 1, 2016, the Institutional Securities and Wealth Management business segments entered into an agreement, whereby Institutional Securities assumed management of Wealth Management’s fixed income client-driven trading activities and employees. Institutional Securities now pays fees to Wealth Management based on distribution activity (collectively, the “Fixed Income Integration”). Prior periods have not been recast for this new intersegment agreement due to immateriality.

Statistical Data

Financial Information and Statistical Data

$ in billions  At
December 31,
2016
   At
December 31,
2015
 

Client assets

  $2,103   $1,985 

Fee-based client assets1

  $877   $795 

Fee-based client assets as a percentage of total client assets

   42%    40% 

Client liabilities2

  $73   $64 

Bank deposit program

  $153   $149 

Investment securities portfolio

  $63.9   $57.9 

Loans and lending commitments

  $68.7   $55.3 

Wealth Management representatives

   15,763    15,889 

Retail locations

   601    608 

    2016  2015   2014    

Revenues per representative

     

(dollars in thousands)3

  $  968  $  950   $  914    

Client assets per representative

     

(dollars in millions)4

  $133  $125   $126    

Fee-based asset flows5

     

(dollars in billions)

  $48.5  $46.3   $58.8    

1.

Fee-based client assets represent the amount of assets in client accounts where the basis of payment for services is a fee calculated on those assets.

2.

Client liabilities include securities-based and tailored lending, residential real estate loans and margin lending.

3.

Revenues per representative equal Wealth Management’s net revenues divided by the average representative headcount.

4.

Client assets per representative equal totalperiod-end client assets divided byperiod-end representative headcount.

5.

Fee-based asset flows include net newfee-based assets, net account transfers, dividends, interest and client fees and exclude institutional cash management-related activity.

Transactional Revenues

               % Change 
$ in millions  2016   2015   2014   2016   2015 

Investment banking

  $484   $623   $791    (22)%    (21)% 

Trading

   861    731    957    18%    (24)% 

Commissions and fees

   1,745    1,981    2,127    (12)%    (7)% 

Total

  $  3,090   $  3,335   $  3,875    (7)%    (14)% 

December 2016 Form 10-K46


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

2016 Compared with 2015

Net Revenues

Transactional Revenues

Transactional revenues of $3,090 million in 2016 decreased 7% from the prior year, primarily reflecting lower revenues related to commissions and fees and investment banking revenues, partially offset by higher trading revenues.

Investment banking revenues decreased in 2016, primarily due to lower revenues from the distribution of unit investment trusts, equity and structured products.

Trading revenues increased in 2016, primarily due to gains related to investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans compared with losses in 2015.

Commissions and fees decreased in 2016 reflecting lower daily average commissions, primarily due to reduced client activity in equity, annuity and mutual fund products. This decrease was partially offset by increased fees due to the Fixed Income Integration.

Asset Management

Asset management, distribution and administration fees of $8,454 million in 2016 decreased 1% from the prior year, primarily due to the decrease in mutual fund fees. Revenues fromfee-based accounts were relatively flat with decreased client fee rates, partially offset by positive flows. See“Fee-Based Client Assets Activity and Average Fee Rate by Account Type” herein for more details.

Net Interest

Net interest of $3,529 million in 2016 increased 19% from the prior year, primarily due to higher loan balances and investment portfolio yields.

Other

Other revenues of $277 million in 2016 increased 9% from the prior year due to the combination of higher referral fees in 2016 and a decrease in provision for loan losses in 2016.

Non-interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses of $11,913 million in 2016 increased 1% from the prior year.

Compensation and benefits expenses increased in 2016, primarily due to an increase in the fair value of deferred compensation plan referenced investments.

Non-compensation expenses increased in 2016, primarily as a result of a $70 million provision related to certain brokerage service reporting activities. See “Other Items” herein.

2015 Compared with 2014

Net Revenues

Transactional Revenues

Transactional revenues of $3,335 million in 2015 decreased 14% from the prior year due to lower revenues in each of Trading, Investment banking, and Commissions and fees.

Investment banking revenues decreased, primarily due to lower revenues from the distribution of underwritten offerings.

Trading revenues decreased, primarily due to losses related to investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans and lower revenues from fixed income products.

Commissions and fees decreased, primarily due to lower revenues from equity, mutual fund and annuity products, partially offset by higher revenues from alternative asset classes.

Asset Management

Asset management, distribution and administration fees of $8,536 million in 2015 increased 2% from the prior year, primarily due to higherfee-based revenues that resulted from positive flows and higher average market values over 2015 as compared with the average market values during 2014. The increase infee-based revenues was partially offset by lower referral fees from the bank deposit program, reflecting the completion of the transfer of deposits from Citigroup Inc. (“Citi”) to us in connection with the former retail securities joint venture between the Firm and Citi. See“Fee-Based Client Assets Activity and Average Fee Rate by Account Type” herein for more details.

Net Interest

Net interest of $2,956 million in 2015 increased 26% from the prior year, primarily due to higher balances in the bank deposit program and growth in loans and lending commitments.

Other

Other revenues of $255 million in 2015 decreased 20% from the prior year, primarily due to a $40 million gain on sale of a retail property space in the prior year and an increase in the provision for loan losses in 2015.

47December 2016 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Non-interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses of $11,768 million in 2015 decreased 1% from the prior year, primarily due to lower Compensation and benefit expenses, partially offset by higherNon-compensation expenses.

Compensation and benefits expenses decreased, primarily due to the 2014 compensation actions, a decrease in the fair value of deferred compensation plan referenced investments and a decrease in the level of discretionary incentive compensation in 2015 (see also “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Discretionary Incentive Compensation” herein).

Non-compensation expenses increased, primarily due to an increase in Professional services, resulting from increased consulting and legal fees, partially offset by a provision related to a rescission offer in the prior year. Other expenses in 2014 included $50 million related to a rescission offer to Wealth Management clients who may not have received a prospectus for certain securities transactions, for which delivery of a prospectus was required.

Income Tax Items

In 2014, we recognized in Provision for (benefit from) income taxes net discrete tax benefits of $1,390 million due

to the release of a deferred tax liability as a result of an internal restructuring to simplify our legal entity organization. For a further discussion of these net discrete tax benefits, see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein.

Other Items

The Firm has identified operational issues that resulted in the reporting of incorrect cost basis tax information to the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and retail brokerage clients for tax years 2011 through 2016. Most of our clients are not impacted by these issues. However, these issues have affected a significant number of client accounts. In the case of clients for whom the Firm has determined that there have been tax underpayments to the IRS as a result of these issues, the Firm is in advanced discussions with the IRS to resolve client tax underpayments to the IRS caused by these issues at no expense to our clients. In the case of clients for whom the Firm has determined that there have been tax overpayments to the IRS as a result of these issues, the Firm plans to notify them and to offer to pay them an amount equivalent to their overpayment to the IRS. The $70 million provision referred to above is based on currently available information and analyses, and our review of these issues is continuing.

Fee-Based Client Assets Activity and Average Fee Rate by Account Type

Wealth Management earns fees based on a contractual percentage offee-based client assets related to certain account types that we offer. These fees, which we record in the Asset management, distribution and administration fees line on its income statement, are earned based on the client assets in the specific account types in which the client participates and are generally not driven by asset class. For most account types, fees are billed in the first month of each quarter based on the related client assets as of the end of the prior quarter. Across the account types, fees will vary based on both the distinct services provided within each account type and on the level of household assets under supervision in Wealth Management.

$ in billions, fee rate in bps  At
December 31,
2015
   Inflows   Outflows   Market
Impact
   At
December 31,
2016
   Average for the
Year Ended
December 31, 2016
 
            Fee Rate 

Separately managed accounts1

  $283   $33   $(97  $3   $222    27 

Unified managed accounts

   105    107    (17   9    204    105 

Mutual fund advisory

   25    2    (6       21    121 

Representative as advisor

   115    31    (26   5    125    88 

Representative as portfolio manager

   252    63    (41   11    285    101 

Subtotal

  $780   $236   $(187  $28   $857    74 

Cash management

   15    14    (9       20    6 

Totalfee-based client assets

  $795   $250   $(196  $28   $877    72 

December 2016 Form 10-K48


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

$ in billions, fee rate in bps  At
December 31,
2014
   Inflows   Outflows   Market
Impact
   At
December 31,
2015
   Average for the
Year Ended
December 31, 2015
 
            Fee Rate 

Separately managed accounts1

  $285   $42   $(32  $(12  $283    34 

Unified managed accounts

   93    29    (14   (3   105    113 

Mutual fund advisory

   31    3    (6   (3   25    121 

Representative as advisor

   119    29    (25   (8   115    89 

Representative as portfolio manager

   241    58    (38   (9   252    104 

Subtotal

  $769   $161   $(115  $(35  $780    76 

Cash management

   16    9    (10       15    6 

Totalfee-based client assets

  $785   $170   $(125  $(35  $795    74 

$ in billions, fee rate in bps  At
December 31,
2013
   Inflows   Outflows   Market
Impact
   At
December 31,
2014
   Average for the
Year Ended
December 31, 2014
 
            Fee Rate 

Separately managed accounts1

  $260   $41   $(31  $15   $285    35 

Unified managed accounts

   78    24    (11   2    93    116 

Mutual fund advisory

   34    5    (8       31    121 

Representative as advisor

   111    30    (23   1    119    90 

Representative as portfolio manager

   201    60    (28   8    241    106 

Subtotal

  $684   $160   $(101  $26   $769    77 

Cash management

   13    12    (9       16    6 

Totalfee-based client assets

  $697   $172   $(110  $26   $785    75 

bps—Basis points

1.

Includesnon-custody account values reflecting priorquarter-end balances due to a lag in the reporting of asset values by third-party custodians.

Inflows—include new accounts, account transfers, deposits, dividends and interest.

Outflows—include closed or terminated accounts, account transfers, withdrawals and client fees.

Market impact—includes realized and unrealized gains and losses on portfolio investments.

Separately managed accounts—Accounts by which third-party asset managers are engaged to manage clients’ assets with investment decisions made by the asset manager. One third-party asset manager strategy can be held per account.

Unified managed accounts—Accounts that provide the client with the ability to combine separately managed accounts, mutual funds and exchange traded funds all in one aggregate account. Unified managed accounts can be client-directed, financial advisor-directed or directed by us (with “directed” referring to the investment direction or decision/discretion/power of attorney).

Mutual fund advisory—Accounts that give the client the ability to systematically allocate assets across a wide range of mutual funds. Investment decisions are made by the client.

Representative as advisor—Accounts where the investment decisions must be approved by the client and the financial advisor must obtain approval each time a change is made to the account or its investments.

Representative as portfolio manager—Accounts where a financial advisor has discretion (contractually approved by the client) to make ongoing investment decisions without the client’s approval for each individual change.

Cash management—Accounts where the financial advisor provides discretionary cash management services to institutional clients, whereby securities or proceeds are invested and reinvested in accordance with the client’s investment criteria. Generally, the portfolio will be invested in short- term fixed income and cash equivalent investments.

49December 2016 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Investment Management

Income Statement Information

           % Change 
$ in millions 2016  2015  2014  2016  2015 
Revenues     
Investment banking $  $1  $5   N/M   (80)% 
Trading  (2  (1  (19  (100)%   95% 
Investments  13   249   587   (95)%   (58)% 
Commissions and fees  3   1      200%   N/M 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

  2,063   2,049   2,049   1%    
Other  31   32   106   (3)%   (70)% 
Totalnon-interest revenues  2,108   2,331   2,728   (10)%   (15)% 
Interest income  5   2   2   150%    
Interest expense  1   18   18   (94)%    
Net interest  4   (16  (16  N/M    
Net revenues  2,112   2,315   2,712   (9)%   (15)% 
Compensation and benefits  937   954   1,213   (2)%   (21)% 
Non-compensation expenses  888   869   835   2%   4% 
Totalnon-interest expenses  1,825   1,823   2,048      (11)% 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

  287   492   664   (42)%   (26)% 
Provision for income taxes  75   128   207   (41)%   (38)% 
Income from continuing operations  212   364   457   (42)%   (20)% 

Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

  2   1   5   100%   (80)% 
Net income  214   365   462   (41)%   (21)% 

Net income (loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests

  (11  19   91   N/M   (79)% 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $225  $346  $371   (35)%   (7)% 

N/M—Not Meaningful

2016 Compared with 2015

Net Revenues

Investments

Investments gains of $13 million in 2016 decreased 95% from the prior year reflecting weaker investment performance compared with the prior year. This was partially offset by carried interest losses in 2015 associated with Asia private equity that did notre-occur in 2016.

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees

Asset management, distribution and administration fees of $2,063 million in 2016 were relatively unchanged from the prior year, as increases in management fees resulting from higher assets under management or supervision (“AUM”) and average fee rates in certain products were offset by lower performance fees (see “AUM and Average Fee Rate by Asset Class” herein).

Non-interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses of $1,825 million in 2016 were relatively unchanged from the prior year, primarily due to higher

Non-compensation expenses offset by lower Compensation and benefits expenses.

Compensation and benefits expenses decreased, primarily due to a decrease in salaries.

Non-compensation expenses increased, primarily due to higher brokerage clearing and exchange fees, partially offset by lower litigation costs and expense management.

2015 Compared with 2014

Net Revenues

Investments

Investments gains of $249 million in 2015 decreased 58% from the prior year reflecting the reversal of previously accrued carried interest associated with Asia private equity and additional net markdowns on principal investments.

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees

Asset management, distribution and administration fees were unchanged from the prior year as the impact of positive net flows was offset by a shift in the asset class mix from equity and fixed income products to liquidity products (see “AUM and Average Fee Rate by Asset Class” herein).

Other

Other revenues of $32 million in 2015 decreased 70% from the prior year due to lower revenues associated with our minority investment in certain third-party investment managers.

Non-interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses of $1,823 million in 2015 decreased 11% from the prior year, primarily due to lower Compensation and benefit expenses, partially offset by higherNon-compensation expenses.

Compensation and benefits expenses decreased, primarily due to the 2014 compensation actions, a decrease in deferred compensation associated with carried interest and a decrease in the level of incentive compensation in 2015 (see also “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Discretionary Incentive Compensation” herein).

Non-compensation expenses increased, primarily due to higher brokerage clearing and exchange fees, and professional services resulting from higher consulting and legal fees and information processing and communications expenses.

December 2016 Form 10-K50


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Assets Under Management or Supervision

Effective in 2016, the presentation of AUM for Investment Management has been revised to better align asset classes with its present organizational structure. All prior period information has been recast in the new format.

AUM and Average Fee Rate by Asset Class

$ in billions, Fee Rate in bps

 At
December 31,
2015
  Inflows  Outflows  Distributions  Market
Impact
  Foreign
Currency
Impact
  

At

December 31,
2016

  

Average for the

Year Ended

December 31, 2016

 
        Total
AUM
  Fee
Rate
 

Equity

 $83  $19  $(24 $  $1  $  $79  $81   72 

Fixed income

  60   25   (26     2   (1  60   61   32 

Liquidity

  149   1,325   (1,310        (1  163   151   18 

Alternative / Other products

  114   27   (27  (3  4      115   115   75 

Total assets under management or supervision

 $406  $1,396  $(1,387 $(3 $7  $(2 $417  $408   47 

Shares of minority stake assets

  8                       8   8     

$ in billions, Fee Rate in bps

 

At

December 31,
2014

  Inflows1  Outflows  Distributions  Market
Impact
  Foreign
Currency
Impact
  

At

December 31,
2015

  

Average for the

Year Ended

December 31, 2015

 
        Total
AUM
  Fee
Rate
 

Equity

 $99  $15  $(30 $  $  $(1 $83  $93   69 

Fixed income

  65   21   (23     (1  (2  60   63   32 

Liquidity

  128   1,259   (1,238           149   136   10 

Alternative / Other products

  111   28   (18  (6     (1  114   113   79 

Total assets under management or supervision

 $403  $1,323  $(1,309 $(6 $(1 $(4 $406  $405   46 

Shares of minority stake assets

  7                       8   7     

$ in billions, Fee Rate in bps

 

At

December 31,
2013

  Inflows  Outflows  Distributions  

Market

Impact

  

Foreign

Currency

Impact

  

At

December 31,
2014

  

Average for
the

Year Ended

December 31,
2014

 
        Total
AUM
  Fee
Rate
 

Equity

 $106  $16  $(24 $(1 $3  $(1 $99  $102   67 

Fixed income

  60   26   (20     1   (2  65   63   32 

Liquidity

  112   963   (945     (2     128   119   8 

Alternative / Other products

  99   31   (20  (2  4   (1  111   110   81 

Total assets under management or supervision

 $377  $1,036  $(1,009 $(3 $6  $(4 $403  $394   47 

Shares of minority stake assets

  6                       7   7     

bps—Basis points

1.

Includes $4.6 billion related to the transfer of certain equity portfolio managers and their portfolios from the Wealth Management business segment to the Investment Management business segment.

Inflows—represent investments or commitments from new and existing clients in new or existing investment products, including reinvestments of client dividends and increases in invested capital. Excludes the impact of exchanges occurring, whereby a client changes positions within the same asset class.

Outflows—represent redemptions from clients’ funds, transition of funds from the committed capital period to the invested capital period and decreases in invested capital. Excludes the impact of exchanges occurring, whereby a client changes positions within the same asset class.

51December 2016 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Distributions—represent decreases in invested capital due to returns of capital after the investment period of a fund. It also includes fund dividends for which the client has not elected to reinvest.

Market impact—includes realized and unrealized gains and losses on portfolio investments. This excludes any funds where market impact does not impact management fees.

Foreign currency impact—reflects foreign currency changes fornon-U.S. dollar denominated funds.

Average fee rate—based on asset management and administration fees, net of waivers. It excludes performance-based fees and othernon-management fees. For certainnon-U.S. funds, it includes the portion of advisory fees that the advisor collects on behalf of third-party distributors. The payment of those fees to the distributor is included inNon-compensation expenses in the consolidated income statements.

Alternative / Other products—asset class includes products in fund of funds, real estate, private equity and credit strategies as well as multi-asset portfolios.

Shares of minority stake assets—represent the Investment Management business segment’s proportional share of assets managed by entities in which it owns a minority stake.

Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures

Legal

We incurred legal expenses of $263 million in 2016, $563 million in 2015 and $3,364 million in 2014. Legal expenses are included in Other expenses in the consolidated income statements.

Legal expenses incurred in 2015 were primarily related to increases in reserves for the settlement of a credit default swap antitrust litigation matter and for legacy residential mortgage-backed securities matters. The legal expenses incurred in 2014 were principally due to reserve additions and settlements related to legacy residential mortgage-backed securities and credit crisis related matters, including our $2,600 million agreement with the United States Department of Justice, Civil Division, which was reached on February 25, 2015 and finalized on February 10, 2016 (see “Contingencies—Legal” in Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries

We provide loans to a variety of customers, from large corporate and institutional clients to high net worth individuals, primarily through our U.S. bank subsidiaries, Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (“MSBNA”) and Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (“MSPBNA”) (collectively, “U.S. Bank Subsidiaries”). The lending activities in the Institutional Securities business segment primarily include loans or lending commitments to corporate clients. The lending activities in the Wealth Management business segment primarily include securities-based lending that allows clients to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities and also include residential real estate loans. We expect our lending activities to continue to grow through further market penetration of the Wealth Management business segment’s client base. For a further discussion of our credit risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk” in Item 7A. For further discussion about loans and lending commitments, see Notes 7 and 12 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Supplemental Financial Information Excluding Transactions with the Parent Company

$ in billions  At
December 31,
2016
   At
December 31,
2015
 

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries assets

  $180.7   $174.2 

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries investment securities portfolio1

   63.9    57.9 

Wealth Management U.S. Bank Subsidiaries data

 

Securities-based lending and other loans2

  $36.0   $28.6 

Residential real estate loans

   24.4    20.9 

Total

  $60.4   $49.5 

Institutional Securities U.S. Bank Subsidiaries data

 

Corporate loans

  $20.3   $22.9 

Wholesale real estate loans

   9.9    8.9 

Total

  $30.2   $31.8 

1.

The U.S. Bank Subsidiaries investment securities portfolio includes AFS investment securities of $50.3 billion at December 31, 2016 and $53.0 billion at December 31, 2015. The remaining balance represents held to maturity investment securities of $13.6 billion at December 31, 2016 and $4.9 billion at December 31, 2015.

2.

Other loans primarily include tailored lending.

Income Tax Matters

Effective Tax Rate

    2016  2015  2014 

From continuing operations

   30.8  25.9  (2.5)% 

December 2016 Form 10-K52


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

2016

Included in the effective tax rate for 2016 were net discrete tax benefits of $68 million, primarily related to the remeasurement of reserves and related interest due to new information regarding the status of a multi-year tax authority examination, partially offset by adjustments for other tax matters. Excluding these net discrete tax benefits, the effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2016 would have been 31.6%, which is generally reflective of the geographic mix of earnings.

2015

Included in the effective tax rate for 2015 were net discrete tax benefits of $564 million, primarily associated with the repatriation ofnon-U.S. earnings at a cost lower than originally estimated due to an internal restructuring to simplify the legal entity organization in the U.K. Excluding these net discrete tax benefits, the effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2015 would have been 32.5%.

2014

Included in the effective tax rate for 2014 were net discrete tax benefits of $2,226 million. These net discrete tax benefits consisted of: $1,380 million primarily due to the release of a deferred tax liability, previously established as part of the acquisition of Smith Barney in 2009 through a charge to Additionalpaid-in capital, as a result of the legal entity restructuring that included a change in tax status of Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Holdings LLC from a partnership to a corporation; $609 million principally associated with the remeasurement of reserves and related interest due to new information regarding the status of a multi-year tax authority examination; and $237 million primarily associated with the repatriation ofnon-U.S. earnings at a cost lower than originally estimated. Excluding these net discrete tax benefits, the effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2014 would have been 59.5%, which is primarily attributable to approximately $900 million of tax provision fromnon-deductible expenses for litigation and regulatory matters.

Discretionary Incentive Compensation

On December 1, 2014, the Compensation, Management Development and Succession Committee (“CMDS Committee”) of our Board of Directors (the “Board”) approved an approach for awards of discretionary incentive compensation for the 2014 performance year that were granted in 2015, which reduced the average deferral of such awards to an approximate baseline of 50%. Additionally, the CMDS Committee approved the acceleration of vesting for certain outstanding deferred cash-based incentive compensation awards. The deferred cash-based incentive compensation

awards subject to accelerated vesting will be distributed on their regularly scheduled future distribution dates and will continue to be subject to cancellation and clawback provisions. The following table presents the increase in Compensation and benefits expense for the Firm and each of the business segments as a result of these actions in 2014 (“2014 compensation actions”).

2014 Compensation and Benefits Expense

$ in millions 

Institutional

Securities

  

Wealth

Management

  

Investment

Management

  Total 

2014 compensation and benefits expense before fourth quarter actions1

 $6,882  $8,737  $1,068  $16,687 

Fourth quarter actions:

    

Change in 2014 level of deferrals2

  610   66   80   756 

Acceleration of prior-yearcash-based deferred awards3

  294   22   65   381 

Fourth quarter actions total

 $904  $88  $145  $1,137 

2014 compensation and benefits expense

 $7,786  $8,825  $1,213  $    17,824 

1.

Amount represents compensation and benefits expense atpre-adjustment accrual levels (i.e., at an approximate average baseline 74% deferral rate and with no acceleration of cash-based award vesting that was utilized for the first three quarters of 2014).

2.

Amounts reflect reduction in deferral level from an approximate average baseline of 74% to an approximate average baseline of 50%.

3.

Amounts represent acceleration of vesting for certain cash-based awards.

Accounting Development Updates

The Financial Accounting Standards Board issued the following accounting updates that apply to us.

We consider the applicability and impact of all accounting updates. Accounting updates not listed below were assessed and determined to be either not applicable or are not expected to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

The following accounting update was adopted on January 1, 2017.

Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting.    This accounting update simplifies the accounting for employee share-based payments, including the recognition of forfeitures, the classification of income tax consequences, and the classification within the cash flow statements. This guidance became effective for us as of January 1, 2017, and the transition impact was not significant. With this update, the income tax consequences for these payments are required to be recognized in Provision for income taxes in the consolidated income statements instead of additional paid-in capital. The impact of the income tax consequences may be either a benefit or a provision, and will primarily occur in thefirst quarter of each year as share-based awards toemployees are

53December 2016 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

converted to Morgan Stanley shares. The impact of recognizing excess tax benefits upon conversion of awards in January 2017 was an approximate $110 million benefit to the Provision for income taxes.

The following accounting updates are currently being evaluated to determine the potential impact of adoption:

Revenue from Contracts with Customers.    This accounting update aims to clarify the principles of revenue recognition, to develop a common revenue recognition standard across all industries for U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards, and to provide enhanced disclosures for users of the financial statements. The core principle of this guidance is that an entity should recognize revenues to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. We will adopt the guidance on January 1, 2018 and are currently evaluating the method of adoption.

We expect this accounting update to potentially change the timing and presentation of certain revenues, as well as the timing and presentation of certain related costs, for Investment banking fees and Asset management, distribution and administration fees. Outside of Investment Management performance fees in the form of carried interest, discussed further in the following paragraph, these changes are not expected to be significant.

Regarding the recognition of performance fees from fund management activities in the form of carried interest that are subject to reversal, there are alternative views in the industry which include consideration as to whether these arrangements are in the scope of the new revenue guidance or are financial instruments under the scope of equity method of accounting. If we follow the equity method of accounting principles, the current recognition of such fees would remain essentially unchanged. If the fees are deemed in the scope of the new revenue guidance, we would defer recognition until such fees are no longer subject to reversal, which would cause a significant delay in the recognition of these fees as revenue. We are currently assessing the alternative accounting approaches and continue to closely monitor developments in this still-evolving area.

We will continue to assess the impact of the new rule as we progress through the implementation of the new standard; therefore, additional impacts may be identified prior to adoption.

Financial Instruments—Credit Losses.    This accounting update impacts the impairment model for certain financial assets measured at amortized cost such as loans held for investment and HTM securities. The amendments in this

update will accelerate the recognition of credit losses by replacing the incurred loss impairment methodology with a current expected credit loss (“CECL”) methodology that requires an estimate of expected credit losses over the entire life of the financial asset. Additionally, although the CECL methodology will not apply to AFS debt securities, the update will require establishment of an allowance to reflect impairment of these securities, thereby eliminating the concept of a permanent write-down. This update is effective as of January 1, 2020.

Leases.    This accounting update requires lessees to recognize on the balance sheet all leases with terms exceeding one year, which results in the recognition of a right of use asset and corresponding lease liability, including for those leases that we currently classify as operating leases. The right of use asset and lease liability will initially be measured using the present value of the remaining rental payments. The accounting for leases where we are the lessor is largely unchanged. This update is effective as of January 1, 2019.

Gains and Losses from the Derecognition of Nonfinancial Assets.    This accounting update clarifies the guidance on how to account for the derecognition of nonfinancial assets and in substance nonfinancial assets and also provides guidance on the accounting for partial sales of nonfinancial assets. This update is effective as of January 1, 2018.

Critical Accounting Policies.Policies

The Company’sOur consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S., GAAP, which require the Companyus to make estimates and assumptions (see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8). The Company believesWe believe that of itsour significant accounting policies (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8), the following policies involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity.

Fair Value

Fair Value.

Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value.Value

A significant number of the Company’sour financial instruments are carried at fair value. The Company makesWe make estimates regarding valuation of assets and liabilities measured at fair value in preparing the consolidated financial statements. These assets and liabilities include, but are not limited to:

 

Trading assets and Trading liabilities;

 

Securities available for sale;

Securities received as collateral and Obligation to return securities received as collateral;Investment Securities—AFS securities;

 

Certain Securities purchased under agreements to resell;

 

Certain Deposits;Deposits, primarily structured certificates of deposits;

 

December 2016 Form 10-K54


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Certain Commercial paper and other short-termShort-term borrowings, primarily structured notes;

 

Certain Securities sold under agreements to repurchase;

 

Certain Other secured financings; and

 

Certain Long-term borrowings, primarily structured notes.

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the “exit price”)exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

In determining fair value, the Company useswe use various valuation approaches. A hierarchy for inputs is used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable prices and inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable prices and inputs by requiring that the relevant observable inputs be used when available. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels, wherein Level 1 uses observablerepresents quoted prices in active markets, Level 2 represents valuations based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, and Level 3 consists of valuation techniques that incorporate significant unobservable inputs and, therefore, require the greatest use of judgment. In periods of market disruption, the observability of prices and inputs may be reduced for many instruments. This condition could cause an instrument to be recategorized from Level 1 to Level 2 or from Level 2 to Level 3. In addition, a downturn in market conditions could lead to declines in the valuation of many instruments. For further information on the valuation process, fair value definition, Level 1, Level 2, Level 3 and related valuation techniques, and quantitative information about and sensitivity of significant unobservable inputs used in Level 3 fair value measurements, see Notes 2 and 43 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

Where appropriate, valuation adjustments are made to account for various factors such as liquidity risk(bid-ask adjustments), credit quality, model uncertainty and concentration risk in order to arrive at fair value. For a further discussion of valuation adjustments that we apply, see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on aNon-recurring Basis. Basis

At December 31, 2013,2016 and December 31, 2015, certain of the Company’sour assets and liabilities were measured at fair value on anon-recurring basis, primarily relating to loans, other investments, premises, equipment and software costs, intangible assets, other assets and intangible assets. The Company incursother liabilities, and accrued expenses. We incur losses or gains for any adjustments of these assets to fair value. A downturn in market conditions could result in impairment charges in future periods.

For assets and liabilities measured at fair value on anon-recurring basis, fair value is determined by using various valuation approaches. The same hierarchy as described above, which maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by generally requiring that the observable inputs be used when available, is used in measuring fair value for these items.

88


See Note 43 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further information on assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on anon-recurring basis.

Fair Value Control Processes.    The Company employs

We employ control processes designed to validate the fair value of itsour financial instruments, including those derived from pricing models. These control processes are designed to ensure that the values used for financial reporting are based on observable inputs wherever possible. In the event that observable inputs are not available, the control processes are designed to assureensure that the valuation approach utilized is appropriate and consistently applied and that the assumptions are reasonable.

See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for additional information regarding the Company’sour valuation policies, processes and procedures.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets.Assets

Goodwill

Goodwill.    The Company testsWe test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis on July 1 and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. The Company testsWe test for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is generally at the level of or one level below its business segments. Goodwill no longer retains its association with a particular acquisition once it has been assigned to a reporting unit. As such, all the activities of a reporting unit, whether acquired or organically developed, are available to support the value of the goodwill. For both the annual and interim tests, the Company haswe have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount.

If after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, the Company determineswe determine it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, then performing thetwo-step impairment test is not required. However, if the Company concludeswe conclude otherwise, then it iswe are required to perform the first step of thetwo-step impairment test. Goodwill impairment is determined by comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its respective carrying value. If the estimated fair value exceeds the carrying value,

55December 2016 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

goodwill at the reporting unit level is not deemed to be impaired. If the estimated fair value is below carrying value, however, further analysis is required to determine the amount of the impairment. Additionally, if the carrying value of a reporting unit is zero or a negative value and it is determined that it is more likely than not the goodwill is impaired, further analysis is required.

The estimated fair value of the reporting units is derived based on valuation techniques the Company believeswe believe market participants would use for each of the reporting units. The estimated fair value is generally determined by utilizing a discounted cash flow methodology or methodologies that incorporateprice-to-book andprice-to-earnings multiples of certain comparable companies. At each annual goodwill impairment testing date, each of the Company’sour reporting units with goodwill had a fair value that was substantially in excess of its carrying value.

Intangible Assets.

Amortizable intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful liveslife and are reviewed for impairment on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. An impairment exists when the carrying amount of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value. An impairment loss will be recognized only if the carrying amount of the intangible asset is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The carrying amount of the intangible asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows.

For both goodwill and intangible assets, to the extent an impairment loss is recognized, the loss establishes the new cost basis of the asset. Subsequent reversal of impairment losses is not permitted. For amortizable intangible assets, the new cost basis is amortized over the remaining useful life of that asset. Adverse market or economic events could result in impairment charges in future periods.

See Notes 42, 3 and 9 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for additional information about goodwill and intangible assets.

89


Legal and Regulatory Contingencies.

Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company haswe have been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with itsour activities as a global diversified financial services institution.

Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or in financial distress.

The Company isWe are also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by

governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding the Company’sour business and involving, among other matters, sales and trading activities, wealth and investment management services, financial products or offerings sponsored, underwritten or sold by the Company,us, and accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.

Accruals for litigation and regulatory proceedings are generally determined on acase-by-case basis. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the Companywe can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, the Company accrueswe accrue the estimated loss by a charge to income. In many proceedings, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount of any loss.

For certain legal proceedings and investigations, the Companywe can estimate possible losses, additional losses, ranges of loss or ranges of additional loss in excess of amounts accrued. For certain other legal proceedings and investigations, the Companywe cannot reasonably estimate such losses, particularly for proceedings and investigations where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or government entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages, restitution, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need to be resolved before a loss or additional loss or range of loss or additional range of loss can be reasonably estimated for a proceeding or investigation, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification and the calculation of damages or other relief, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question, before a loss or additional loss or range of loss or additional loss can be reasonably estimated for a proceeding or investigation.

question.

Significant judgment is required in deciding when and if to make these accruals, and the actual cost of a legal claim or regulatory fine/penalty may ultimately be materially different from the recorded accruals.

See Note 1312 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for additional information on legal proceedings.

Income Taxes

Income Taxes.

The Company isWe are subject to the income and indirect tax laws of the U.S., its states and municipalities and those of the foreign jurisdictions in which the Company haswe have significant business operations. These tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and the relevant governmental taxing authorities. The CompanyWe must make judgments and interpretations about the application of these inherently complex tax laws when determining the provision for income taxes and the expense for indirect taxes and must also make estimates about when certain items affect taxable income in the various

December 2016 Form 10-K56


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

tax jurisdictions. Disputes over interpretations of the tax laws may be settled with the taxing authority upon examination or audit. The CompanyWe periodically evaluatesevaluate the likelihood of assessments in each taxing jurisdiction resulting from current and subsequent years’ examinations, and unrecognized tax benefits related to potential losses that may arise from tax audits are established in accordance with the guidance on accounting for unrecognized tax benefits. Once established, unrecognized tax benefits are adjusted when there is more information available or when an event occurs requiring a change.

The Company’sOur provision for income taxes is composed of current and deferred taxes. Current income taxes approximate taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period. The Company’sOur deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the applicable enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when such differences are

90


expected to reverse. The Company’sOur deferred tax balances also include deferred assets related to tax attributesattribute carryforwards, such as net operating losses and tax credits that will be realized through reduction of future tax liabilities and, in some cases, are subject to expiration if not utilized within certain periods. The Company performsWe perform regular reviews to ascertain whether deferred tax assets are realizable. These reviews include management’s

estimates and assumptions regarding future taxable income and incorporate various tax planning strategies, including strategies that may be available to utilize net operating lossestax attribute carryforwards before they expire. Once the deferred tax asset balances have been determined, the Companywe may record a valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset balances to reflect the amount of these balances (net of valuation allowance) that the Company estimateswe estimate it is more likely than not to realize at a future date. Both current and deferred income taxes could reflect adjustments related to the Company’sour unrecognized tax benefits.

Significant judgment is required in estimating the consolidated provision for (benefit from) income taxes, current and deferred tax balances (including valuation allowance, if any), accrued interest or penalties and uncertain tax positions. Revisions in our estimates and/or the actual costs of a tax assessment may ultimately be materially different from the recorded accruals and unrecognized tax benefits, if any.

See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for additional information on the Company’sour significant assumptions, judgments and interpretations associated with the accounting for income taxes and Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for additional information on the Company’sour tax examinations.

 

 9157 December 2016 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Liquidity and Capital Resources.Resources

The Company’s seniorSenior management establishes liquidity and capital policies. Through various risk and control committees, the Company’s senior management reviews business performance relative to these policies, monitors the availability of alternative sources of financing, and oversees the liquidity, and interest rate and currency sensitivity of the Company’sour asset and liability position. The Company’s Treasury Department, Firm Risk Committee, Asset and Liability Management Committee, and other committees and control groups assist in evaluating, monitoring and controlling the impact that the Company’sour business activities have on itsour consolidated statements of financial condition,balance sheets, liquidity and capital structure. Liquidity and capital matters are reported regularly to the Board and the Board’s Risk Committee.

The Balance Sheet.Sheet

The Company monitorsWe monitor and evaluatesevaluate the composition and size of itsour balance sheet on a regular basis. The Company’sOur balance sheet management process includes quarterly planning, business specific limits,business-specific thresholds, monitoring of business specificbusiness-specific usage versus limits, key performance metrics and new business impact assessments.

The Company establishesWe establish balance sheet limitsthresholds at the consolidated, business segment and business unit levels. The Company monitorsWe monitor balance sheet usage versus limits,utilization and review variances resulting from business activity or market fluctuations are reviewed.fluctuations. On a regular basis, the Company reviewswe review current performance versus limitsestablished thresholds and assessesassess the need tore-allocate limits our balance sheet based on business unit needs. The CompanyWe also monitorsmonitor key metrics, including asset and liability size composition of the balance sheet, limit utilization and capital usage.

The tables below summarize total assets for the Company’s business segments at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:Total Assets by Business Segment

 

   At December 31, 2013 
   Institutional
Securities
   Wealth
Management
   Investment
Management
 �� Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

  $30,169   $28,967   $747   $59,883 

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements(2)

   36,422    2,781    —      39,203 

Trading assets

   273,959    2,104    4,681    280,744 

Securities available for sale

   —       53,430    —      53,430 

Securities received as collateral(2)

   20,508    —      —      20,508 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell(2)

   106,812    11,318    —      118,130 

Securities borrowed(2)

   129,366    341    —      129,707 

Customer and other receivables(2)

   33,927    22,493    684    57,104 

Loans, net of allowance

   17,890    24,984    —      42,874 

Other assets(3)

   19,543    10,293    1,283    31,119 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets(4)

  $668,596   $156,711   $7,395   $832,702 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

92


   At December 31, 2012 
   Institutional
Securities(5)
   Wealth
Management(5)
   Investment
Management
   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

  $33,370   $12,714   $820   $46,904 

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements(2)

   26,116    4,854    —      30,970 

Trading assets

   260,885    2,285    4,433    267,603 

Securities available for sale

   —      39,869    —      39,869 

Securities received as collateral(2)

   14,278    —      —      14,278 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell(2)

   120,957    13,455    —      134,412 

Securities borrowed(2)

   121,302    399    —      121,701 

Customer and other receivables(2)

   39,362    24,161    765    64,288 

Loans, net of allowance

   12,078    16,968    —      29,046 

Other assets(3)

   19,701    10,860    1,328    31,889 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets(4)

  $648,049   $125,565   $7,346   $780,960 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  At December 31, 2016 
$ in millions Institutional
Securities
  Wealth
Management
  Investment
Management
  Total 

Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents1

 $25,291  $18,022  $68  $43,381 

Trading assets at fair value

  259,680   64   2,410   262,154 

Investment securities

  16,222   63,870   —     80,092 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

  96,735   5,220   —     101,955 

Securities borrowed

  124,840   396   —     125,236 

Customer and other receivables

  26,624   19,268   568   46,460 

Loans, net of allowance

  33,816   60,427   5   94,248 

Other assets2

  45,941   13,868   1,614   61,423 

Total assets

 $629,149  $181,135  $4,665  $  814,949 
  At December 31, 2015 
$ in millions Institutional
Securities
  Wealth
Management
  Investment
Management
  Total 

Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents1

 $22,356  $31,216  $511  $54,083 

Trading assets at fair value

  236,174   883   2,448   239,505 

Investment securities

  14,124   57,858   1   71,983 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

  83,205   4,452   —     87,657 

Securities borrowed

  141,971   445   —     142,416 

Customer and other receivables

  23,390   21,406   611   45,407 

Loans, net of allowance

  36,237   49,522   —     85,759 

Other assets2

  45,257   13,926   1,472   60,655 

Total assets

 $602,714  $179,708  $5,043  $  787,465 

 

(1)1.

Cash and cash equivalents include Cashcash and due from banks and Interestinterest bearing deposits with banks.

(2)2.Certain of these assets are included in secured financing assets (see “Secured Financing” herein).
(3)

Other assets includeprimarily includes Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements; Other investments; Premises, equipment and software costs; Goodwill; Intangible assets;assets and Otherdeferred tax assets.

(4)Total assets include Global Liquidity Reserves of $202 billion and $182 billion at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The Global Liquidity Reserve at December 31, 2013 was higher than the preceding year, primarily due to approximately $26 billion of deposits relating to customer accounts that were transferred to the Company’s depository institutions from Citi during 2013 (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).
(5)On January 1, 2013, the International Wealth Management business was transferred from the Wealth Management business segment to the Equity division within the Institutional Securities business segment. Accordingly, prior-period amounts have been recast to reflect the International Wealth Management business as part of the Institutional Securities business segment.

A substantial portion of the Company’s total assets consists of liquid marketable securities and short-term receivables arising principally from sales and trading activities in the Institutional Securities business segment. The liquid nature of these assets provides the Company with flexibility in managing the size of its balance sheet. The Company’s totalTotal assets increased to $832,702 million$815 billion at December 31, 20132016 from $780,960 million$787 billion at December 31, 2012. The increase in total assets was2015, primarily due to an increaseincreases in Trading assets within Institutional Securities, including increases in highly liquid U.S. government and agency securities and corporate equities. These increases were partially offset by a reduction in Securities borrowed driven by a decrease in Trading liabilities. Cash and cash equivalents, equivalent balances resulting from bank deposits continued to be redeployed into Investment securities and lending activity primarily within the Wealth Management business segment.

Securities available for saleRepurchase Agreements and loans, net of allowances (see Notes 3 and 25 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).Securities Lending

The Company’s assets and liabilities are primarily related to transactions attributable to sales and trading and securities financing activities. At December 31, 2013, securities financing assets and liabilities were $352 billion and $353 billion, respectively. At December 31, 2012, securities financing assets and liabilities were $348 billion and $300 billion, respectively. Securities financing transactions include cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements, repurchase and resale agreements, securities borrowed and loaned transactions, securities received as collateral and obligation to return securities received, and customer and other receivables and payables. Securities borrowed or securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities loaned or securities sold under agreements to repurchase are treated as collateralized financings (see Notes 2 and 6 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).

Collateralized Financing Transactions

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2016
   At
December 31,
2015
 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed

  $227,191   $230,073 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned

  $70,472   $56,050 

December 2016 Form 10-K58


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

   

Daily Average Balance

Three Months Ended

 
$ in millions  December 31,
2016
   December 31,
2015
 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed

  $224,355   $250,605 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned

  $68,908   $62,373 

At December 31, 2016, differences between period end balances and average balances during the three months ended December 31, 2016 in the previous table were not significant. Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned were $178 billion at December 31, 2013 and averaged $176 billion during 2013. Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed2015 were $248 billion at December 31, 2013 and averaged $281 billion during 2013. The Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed period-end balance was lower than the average balances during the year ended2015. The balances moved in line with client financing activity and with general movements in Trading assets and liabilities. Additionally, included within securities financing transactions were $14 billion and $11 billion at December 31, 2013 due2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, related to a reductionfully collateralizedsecurities-for-securities lending transactions represented in the Company’s requirements for collateral over the period.

Trading assets.

93


Customer Securities financing assets and liabilities also include matched book transactions with minimal market, credit and/or liquidity risk. Matched book transactions accommodate customers, as well as obtain securities for the settlement and financing of inventory positions. Financing

The customer receivable portion of the securities financing transactions primarily includes customer margin loans, collateralized by customer-owned securities, and customer cash, which isare segregated in accordance with regulatory requirements. The customer payable portion of the securities financing transactions primarily includes customer payables to the Company’sour prime brokerage customers. The Company’sOur risk exposure on these transactions is mitigated by collateral maintenance policies that limit the Company’sour credit exposure to customers. Included within securities financing assets were $21 billioncustomers and $14 billion at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, recorded in accordance with accounting guidance for the transfer of financial assets that represented offsetting assets and liabilities for fully collateralized non-cash loan transactions.liquidity reserves held against this risk exposure.

Liquidity Risk Management Framework.

Framework

The primary goal of the Company’s liquidity risk management frameworkour Liquidity Risk Management Framework is to ensure that the Company haswe have access to adequate funding across a wide range of market conditions.conditions and time horizons. The framework is designed to enable the Companyus to fulfill itsour financial obligations and support the execution of the Company’sour business strategies.

The following principles guide the Company’s liquidity risk management framework:our Liquidity Risk Management Framework:

 

Sufficient liquid assets should be maintained to cover maturing liabilities and other planned and contingent outflows;

 

Maturity profile of assets and liabilities should be aligned, with limited reliance on short-term funding;

 

Source, counterparty, currency, region and term of funding should be diversified; and

LimitedLiquidity Stress Tests should anticipate, and account for, periods of limited access to funding should be anticipated through the Contingency Funding Plan (“CFP”).funding.

The core components of the Company’s liquidity risk management frameworkour Liquidity Risk Management Framework are the CFP,Required Liquidity Framework, Liquidity Stress Tests and the Global Liquidity Reserve (as defined below), which support the Company’sour target liquidity profile.

Required Liquidity Framework

Contingency Funding Plan.Our Required Liquidity Framework reflects the amount of liquidity we must hold in both normal and stressed environments to ensure that our financial condition and overall soundness are not adversely affected by an inability (or perceived inability) to meet our financial obligations in a timely manner. The Required Liquidity Framework considers the most constraining liquidity requirement to satisfy all regulatory and internal limits at a consolidated and legal entity level.

The Company’s CFP describes the data and information flows, limits, targets, operating environment indicators, escalation procedures, roles and responsibilities, and available mitigating actions in the event of a liquidity stress. The CFP also sets forth the principal elements of the Company’s liquidity stress testing which identifies stress events of different severity and duration, assesses current funding sources and uses and establishes a plan for monitoring and managing a potential liquidity stress event.

Liquidity Stress Tests.Tests

The Company uses liquidity stress testsWe use Liquidity Stress Tests to model external and intercompany liquidity outflowsflows across multiple scenarios overand a range of time horizons. These scenarios contain various combinations of idiosyncratic and systemic stress events.

events of different severity and duration. The methodology, implementation, production and analysis of our Liquidity Stress Tests are important components of the Required Liquidity Framework.

The scenarios or assumptions underpinning theused by us in our Liquidity Stress Tests include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

No government support;

 

No access to equity and unsecured debt markets;

 

Repayment of all unsecured debt maturing within the stress horizon;

 

Higher haircuts for and significantly lower availability of secured funding;

 

Additional collateral that would be required by trading counterparties, certain exchanges and clearing organizations related to credit rating downgrades;

 

94


Additional collateral that would be required due to collateral substitutions, collateral disputes and uncalled collateral;

 

Discretionary unsecured debt buybacks;

 

Drawdowns on unfundedlending commitments provided to third parties;

 

59December 2016 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Client cash withdrawals and reduction in customer short positions that fund long positions;

 

Limited access to the foreign exchange swap markets;

Return of securities borrowed on an uncollateralized basis; and

 

Maturityroll-off of outstanding letters of credit with no further issuance.

The Liquidity Stress Tests are produced for the Parent Company and major operating subsidiaries, as well as at major currency levels, to capture specific cash requirements and cash availability across the Company.Firm, including a limited number of asset sales in a stressed environment. The Liquidity Stress Tests assume that subsidiaries will use their own liquidity first to fund their obligations before drawing liquidity from the Parent. The Parent Company and that the Parent Company will support its subsidiaries and will not have access to subsidiaries’ liquidity reserves that are subjectreserves. In addition to any regulatory, legal or tax constraints.

the assumptions underpinning the Liquidity Stress Tests, we take into consideration settlement risk related to intraday settlement and clearing of securities and financing activities.

At December 31, 2013, the Company2016 and December 31, 2015, we maintained sufficient liquidity to meet current and contingent funding obligations as modeled in itsour Liquidity Stress Tests.

Global Liquidity Reserve.Reserve

The Company maintainsWe maintain sufficient liquidity reserves (“Global Liquidity Reserve”) to cover daily funding needs and to meet strategic liquidity targets sized by the CFPRequired Liquidity Framework and Liquidity Stress Tests. The size of the Global Liquidity Reserve is actively managed by us considering the Company. The following components are considered in sizing the Global Liquidity Reserve:components: unsecured debt maturity profile,profile; balance sheet size and composition,composition; funding needs in a stressed environment, inclusive of contingent cash outflowsoutflows; legal entity, regional and segment liquidity requirements; regulatory requirements; and collateral requirements. In addition, theour Global Liquidity Reserve includes an additional reserve, which is primarily a discretionary surplus based on the Company’s risk tolerance and is subject to change dependent on market and firm-specificFirm-specific events.

The Global Liquidity Reserve is held within the Parent Company and its major operating subsidiaries. The Global Liquidity Reserve is composed of diversified cash and cash equivalents and highly liquid unencumbered securities. Eligible unencumbered securities include U.S. government securities, U.S. agency securities, U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities, non-U.S. government securities and other highly liquid investment grade securities.

Global Liquidity Reserve by Type of Investment.Investment

 

The table below summarizes the Company’s Global Liquidity Reserve by type of investment:

  At
December  31,
2013
 
  (dollars in billions) 
$ in millions  

At

December 31,
2016

   

At

December 31,
2015

 

Cash deposits with banks

  $18   $8,679   $10,187 

Cash deposits with central banks

   36    30,568    39,774 

Unencumbered highly liquid securities:

      

U.S. government obligations

   84    78,615    72,265 

U.S. agency and agency mortgage-backed securities

   23    46,360    37,678 

Non-U.S. sovereign obligations(1)

   23 

Investments in money market funds

   1 

Non-U.S. sovereign obligations1

   30,884    28,999 

Other investment grade securities

   17    7,191    14,361 
  

 

 

Global Liquidity Reserve

  $202   $202,297   $203,264 
  

 

 

 

(1)1.

Non-U.S. sovereign obligations are primarily composed of unencumbered German, French, Dutch, U.K., Brazilian and Japanese government obligations.

95


The ability to monetize assets during a liquidity crisis is critical. The Company believes that the assets held in the Global Liquidity Reserve can be monetized within five business days in a stressed environment given the highly liquid and diversified nature of the reserves. The currency profile of the Global Liquidity Reserve is consistent with the CFP and Liquidity Stress Tests. In addition to the Global Liquidity Reserve, the Company has other cash and cash equivalents and other unencumbered assets that are available for monetization that are not included in the balances in the table above.

Global Liquidity Reserve HeldManaged by Bank andNon-Bank Legal Entities.Entities

 

        Daily Average Balance Three
Months Ended
 
$ in millions 

At

December 31,
2016

  

At

December 31,
2015

  December 31,
2016
  December 31,
2015
 

Bank legal entities

    

Domestic

 $74,411  $88,432  $72,553  $84,356 

Foreign

  4,238   5,896   5,041   5,752 

Total Bank legal entities

  78,649   94,328   77,594   90,108 

Non-Bank legal
entities

    

Domestic:

    

Parent Company

  66,514   54,810   65,657   53,298 

Non-Parent Company

  18,801   20,001   19,255   17,168 

Total Domestic

  85,315   74,811   84,912   70,466 

Foreign

  38,333   34,125   37,131   35,013 

TotalNon-Bank legal entities

  123,648   108,936   122,043   105,479 

Total

 $202,297  $203,264  $199,637  $195,587 

The table below summarizes the GlobalRegulatory Liquidity Reserve held by bank and non-bank legal entities:Framework

   At December 31,
2013
   Average Balance(1)
2013
 
   (dollars in billions) 

Bank legal entities:

    

Domestic

  $85   $70 

Foreign

   4    5 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Bank legal entities

   89    75 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-Bank legal entities:

    

Domestic(2)

   80    83 

Foreign

   33    34 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Non-Bank legal entities

   113    117 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $202   $192 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)The Company calculates the average Global Liquidity Reserve based upon daily amounts.
(2)The Parent held $58 billion at December 31, 2013, which averaged $63 billion during 2013.

The Company is exposed to intra-day settlement risk in connection with liquidity provided to its major broker-dealer subsidiaries for intra-day clearing and settlement of its securities and financing activity.

Basel Liquidity Framework.Coverage Ratio

The Basel Committee has developed two standards intended for use in liquidity risk supervision: theon Banking Supervision’s (“Basel Committee”) Liquidity Coverage Ratio (“LCR”) and the Net Stable Funding Ratio (“NSFR”).

The LCR was developedstandard is designed to ensure banksthat banking organizations have sufficient high-quality liquid assets to cover net cash outflows arising from significant stress over 30 calendar days. ThisThe standard’s objective is to promote the short-term resilience of the liquidity risk profile of banksbanking organizations.

We and bank holding companies. The Company isour U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are subject to the LCR requirements issued by U.S. banking regulators (“U.S. LCR”), which are based on the Basel Committee’s LCR, including a requirement to calculate each entity’s U.S. LCR on each business day. As of January 1, 2017, we and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are required to maintain a minimum of 100% of the fullyphased-in U.S. LCR. In addition, effective April 1, 2017, we will be required to disclose certain quantitative and qualitative information related to our U.S. LCR calculation after each calendar quarter. We and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are compliant with the Basel Committee’s versionminimum required U.S. LCR based on current interpretations.

Net Stable Funding Ratio

The objective of the LCR, which stipulates thatNet Stable Funding Ratio (“NSFR”) is to reduce funding risk over aone-year horizon by requiring banking organizations to fund their activities with sufficiently stable sources of funding in order to mitigate the ratiorisk of the Company’s portfolio of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets to total net cash outflows over a 30-day standardized supervisory liquidity stress scenario must be at least 100%.future funding stress.

 

December 2016 Form 10-K60


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The Basel Committee finalized the NSFR hasframework in 2014. In May 2016, the U.S. banking regulators issued a time horizon of one year and is defined asproposal to implement the ratio ofNSFR in the U.S. The proposal would require a covered company to maintain an amount of available stable funding, which is measured with reference to sources of funding, including deposit and debt liabilities, that is no less than the amount of its required stable funding. This standard’s objectivefunding, which is measured by applying standardized weightings to promote resilience over a longer time horizon. In January 2014,its assets, derivatives exposures and certain other items.

If adopted as proposed, the Basel Committee proposed revisionsrequirements would apply to the original December 2010 version of the NSFRus and continues to contemplate the introduction of the NSFR, including any final revisions, as a minimum standard byour U.S. Bank Subsidiaries beginning January 1, 2018.

In late October 2013, the U.S. banking regulators proposed a rule to implement the LCR in the United States (“U.S. LCR proposal”). The U.S. LCR proposal would apply to the Company and MSBNA and MSPBNA (the “Subsidiary Banks”). The U.S. LCR proposal is more stringent in certain respects compared with the Basel Committee’s version of the LCR, and includes a generally narrower definition of high-quality liquid assets, a

96


different methodology for calculating net cash outflows during the 30-day stress period as well as a shorter, two-year phase-in period that ends on December 31, 2016. The Company continues We continue to evaluate the U.S. LCR proposal and its potential impact of the proposal, which is subject to further rulemaking procedures following the closing of the public comment period. Our preliminary estimates, based on the Company’s current liquidityproposal, indicate that actions will be necessary to meet the requirement, which we expect to accomplish by the effective date of the final rule. Our preliminary estimates are subject to risks and funding requirements.uncertainties that may cause actual results based on the final rule to differ materially from estimates. For a discussion of risks and uncertainties that may affect our future results, see “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A.

Funding Management

Funding Management.

The Company manages itsWe manage our funding in a manner that reduces the risk of disruption to the Company’sour operations. The Company pursuesWe pursue a strategy of diversification of secured and unsecured funding sources (by product, by investor and by region) and attemptsattempt to ensure that the tenor of the Company’sour liabilities equals or exceeds the expected holding period of the assets being financed.

The Company funds itsWe fund our balance sheet on a global basis through diverse sources. These sources may include the Company’sour equity capital, long-term debt,borrowings, securities sold under agreements to repurchase agreements,(“repurchase agreements”), securities lending, deposits, commercial paper, letters of credit and lines of credit. The Company hasWe have active financing programs for both standard and structured products targeting global investors and currencies.

Secured Financing.Financing

A substantial portion of the Company’sour total assets consistsconsist of liquid marketable securities and arisesshort-term receivables arising principally from its Institutional Securities business segment’s sales and trading activities.activities in the Institutional Securities business. The liquid nature of these assets provides the Companyus with flexibility in funding these assets with secured financing. The Company’smanaging the composition and size of our balance sheet. Our goal is to achieve an optimal mix of durable secured and unsecured financing. Secured financing investors principally focus on the quality of the eligible collateral posted. Accordingly, the Companywe actively manages itsmanage the secured financing book based on the quality of the assets being funded.

The Company utilizesWe utilize shorter-term secured financing only for highly liquid assets and hashave established longer tenor limits for less liquid asset classes, for which funding may be at risk in the event of a market disruption. The Company definesWe define highly liquid assets as those that are consistentgovernment-issued or government-guaranteed securities with the standardsa high degree of the Global Liquidity Reserve,fundability and less liquid assets as those that do not meet these standards.criteria. At December 31, 2013,2016 and December 31, 2015, the weighted average maturity of the Company’sour secured financing againstof less liquid assets was greater than 120 days. To further minimize the refinancing risk of secured financing for less liquid assets, the Company haswe have established concentration limits to diversify itsour investor base and reduce the amount of monthly maturities for secured financing of less liquid assets. Furthermore, the Company obtains spare capacity, orwe obtain term secured funding liabilities in excess of less liquid inventory as an additional risk mitigant to replace maturing trades in the event that secured financing markets, or our ability to access them, become limited. Finally, in addition toAs a component of the above risk management framework, the Company holdsLiquidity Risk Management Framework, we hold a portion of itsour Global Liquidity Reserve against the potential disruption to itsour secured financing capabilities.

We also maintain a pool of liquid and easily fundable securities, which provide a valuable future source of liquidity. With the implementation of liquidity standards, we have also incorporated high-quality liquid asset classifications that are consistent with the U.S. LCR definitions into our encumbrance reporting, which further substantiates the demonstrated liquidity characteristics of the unencumbered asset pool and our ability to readily identify new funding sources for such assets.

Unsecured Financing.    The Company views

We view long-term debt and deposits as stable sources of funding. Unencumbered securities andnon-security assets are financed with a combination of long-long-term and short-term debt and deposits. The Company’sOur unsecured financings include structured borrowings, whose payments and redemption values are based on the performance of certain underlying assets, including equity, credit, foreign exchange, interest rates and commodities. When appropriate, the Companywe may use derivative products to conduct asset and liability management and to make adjustments to the Company’sour interest rate and structured borrowings risk profile (see Note 124 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).

Deposits

Short-Term Borrowings.    The Company’s unsecured short-term borrowings consist of commercial paper, bank loans, bank notes and structured notes with maturities of 12 months or less at issuance.

97


The table below summarizes the Company’s short-term unsecured borrowings:

   At
December 31,
2013
   At
December 31,
2012
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Commercial paper

  $8   $306 

Other short-term borrowings

   2,134    1,832 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $2,142   $2,138 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deposits.    The Company’s bank subsidiaries’Available funding sources to our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries include time deposits,demand deposit accounts, money market deposit accounts, demand deposit accounts,time deposits, repurchase agreements, federal funds purchased commercial paper and Federal Home Loan Bank advances. The vast majority of deposits in the Subsidiary Banksour U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are

61December 2016 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

sourced from the Company’sour retail brokerage accounts and are considered to have stable,low-cost funding characteristics. Concurrent with the acquisition of the remaining 35% stake in the Wealth Management JV, the deposit sweep agreement between Citi and the Company was terminated. In 2013, $26 billion of deposits held by Citi relating to customer accounts were transferred to the Company’s depository institutions. At December 31, 2013, approximately $30 billion of additional2016 and December 31, 2015, deposits are scheduled to be transferred to the Company’s depository institutions on an agreed-upon basis through June 2015were $155,863 million and $156,034 million, respectively (see Note 310 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).

Short-Term Borrowings

Deposits were as follows:

   At
December 31,
2013(1)
   At
December 31,
2012(1)
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Savings and demand deposits(2)

  $109,908   $80,058 

Time deposits(3)

   2,471    3,208 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $112,379   $83,266 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Total deposits subject to FDIC insurance at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 were $84 billion and $62 billion, respectively.
(2)There were no non-interest bearing deposits at December 31, 2013. Amounts include non-interest bearing deposits of $1,037 million at December 31, 2012.
(3)Certain time deposit accounts are carried at fair value under the fair value option (see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).

Senior Indebtedness.Our unsecured short-term borrowings may primarily consist of structured notes, bank loans and bank notes with original maturities of 12 months or less. At December 31, 2013, the aggregate outstanding carrying amount of the Company’s senior indebtedness was approximately $143 billion (including guaranteed obligations of the indebtedness of subsidiaries) compared with $158 billion at2016 and December 31, 2012. The decrease2015, we had approximately $941 million and $2,173 million, respectively, in the amount of senior indebtedness was primarily due to repayments of notes, offset by new issuances of long-termshort-term borrowings.

Long-Term Borrowings

Long-Term Borrowings.    The Company believesWe believe that accessing debt investors through multiple distribution channels helps provide consistent access to the unsecured markets. In addition, the issuance of long-term debtborrowings allows the Companyus to reduce reliance on short-term credit sensitive instruments (e.g., commercial paper and other unsecured short-term borrowings).instruments. Long-term borrowings are generally managed to achieve staggered maturities, thereby mitigating refinancing risk, and to maximize investor diversification through sales to global institutional and retail clients across regions, currencies and product types. Availability and cost of financing to the Companyus can vary depending on market conditions, the volume of certain trading and lending activities, the Company’sour credit ratings and the overall availability of credit.

The CompanyWe may engage in various transactions in the credit markets (including, for example, debt retirements) that it believeswe believe are in theour investors’ best interests of the Company and its investors.interests.

Long-term Borrowings by Maturity Profile

 

$ in millions  Parent
Company
   Subsidiaries   Total 

Due in 2017

  $    21,489   $4,638   $    26,127 

Due in 2018

   17,640    1,652    19,292 

Due in 2019

   21,389    1,008    22,397 

Due in 2020

   15,698    1,038    16,736 

Due in 2021

   15,658    1,521    17,179 

Thereafter

   58,461    4,583    63,044 

Total

  $150,335   $14,440   $164,775 

98


Long-term borrowings at December 31, 2013 consisted of the following:

   Parent   Subsidiaries   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Due in 2014

  $22,495   $1,698   $24,193 

Due in 2015

   19,722    1,368    21,090 

Due in 2016

   21,142    2,002    23,144 

Due in 2017

   24,458    1,837    26,295 

Due in 2018

   13,575    1,733    15,308 

Thereafter

   41,913    1,632    43,545 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $143,305   $10,270   $153,575 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-Term Borrowing Activity in 2013.    During 2013, the Company issued and reissued notes with a principal amount of approximately $28 billion. This amount included the Company’s issuance of $2.0 billion in subordinated debt on November 22, 2013, $2.0 billion in subordinated debt on May 21, 2013, $3.7 billion in senior unsecured debt on April 25, 2013 and $4.5 billion in senior unsecured debt on February 25, 2013. In connection with the note issuances, the Company generally enters into certain transactions to obtain floating interest rates. The weighted average maturity of the Company’s long-term borrowings, based upon stated maturity dates, was approximately 5.4 years at December 31, 2013. During 2013, approximately $39 billion in aggregate long-term borrowings matured or were retired. Subsequent to December 31, 20132016 and through February 10, 2014, the Company’s21, 2017, long-term borrowings (net of issuances) decreasedincreased by approximately $2.2 billion.$7.1 billion, net of maturities. This amount includes the Company’s issuanceissuances of senior debt; $7.0 billion on January 20, 2017 and $3.0 billion on February 17, 2017.

Trust Preferred Securities

During 2016, Morgan Stanley Capital Trust III, Morgan Stanley Capital Trust IV, Morgan Stanley Capital Trust V and Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VIII redeemed all of their issued and outstanding Capital Securities pursuant to the

optional redemption provisions provided in the respective governing documents. In the aggregate, $2.8 billion was redeemed. We concurrently redeemed the related underlying junior subordinated debentures.

For further information on long-term borrowings, see Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements in senior debt on January 24, 2014.Item 8.

Credit Ratings

Credit Ratings.

The Company reliesWe rely on external sources to finance a significant portion of its ourday-to-day operations. The cost and availability of financing generally isare impacted by the Company’sour credit ratings.ratings, among other things. In addition, the Company’sour credit ratings can have an impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer termlonger-term counterparty performance is a key consideration, such as OTC derivative transactions, including credit derivatives and interest rate swaps. Rating agencies will look at company specificconsider company-specific factors; other industry factors such as regulatory or legislative changes;changes and the macro-economicmacroeconomic environment, and perceived levels of government support, among other things.

SomeOur credit ratings do not include any uplift from perceived government support from any rating agency given the significant progress of the U.S. financial reform legislation and regulations. Meanwhile, some rating agencies have stated that they currently incorporate various degrees of credit rating uplift from externalnon-governmental third-party sources of potential support, as well as perceived government support of systemically important banks, including the credit ratings of the Company. Rating agencies continue to monitor the progress of U.S. financial reform legislation to assess whether the possibility of extraordinary government support for the financial system in any future financial crises is negatively impacted. Legislativesupport.

Parent Company and rulemaking outcomes may lead to reduced uplift assumptions for U.S. banks and thereby place downward pressure on credit ratings. For example, in November 2013, Moody’s Investor Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”) took certain ratings actions with respect to eight large U.S. banking groups, including downgrading the Company, to remove certain uplift from the U.S. government support in their ratings. At the same time, proposed and final U.S. financial reform legislation and attendant rulemaking also have positive implications for credit ratings such as higher standards for capital and liquidity levels. The net result on credit ratings and the timing of any change in rating agency views on changes in government support and other financial reform is currently uncertain.

MSBNA’s Senior Unsecured Ratings at February 21, 2017

 

99


At January 31, 2014, the Parent’s and MSBNA’s senior unsecured ratings were as set forth below:

  ParentMorgan Stanley Bank, N.A. Company
   Short-Term
Debt
 Long-Term
Debt
 Rating
Outlook
Short-Term
Debt
Long-Term
Debt
Rating
Outlook

DBRS, Inc.

 R-1 (middle) A (high)A(high) Negative—  —  —  Stable

Fitch Ratings, Inc.

 F1 A StableF1AStable

Moody’s Investor Services,Investors Service, Inc.(1)

 P-2Baa2StableP-2 A3 Stable

Rating and Investment Information, Inc.

 a-1 AA- Negative—  —  —  Stable

Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC(2)Global Ratings

 A-2 A-BBB+ NegativeA-1ANegativeStable

 

(1)On August 22, 2013,
Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.
Short-Term
Debt
Long-Term
Debt
Rating
Outlook

Fitch Ratings, Inc.

F1A+Stable

Moody’s placed the senior and subordinated debt ratings of the holding companies for the six largest U.S. banks on review as it continued to consider reducing its government (or systemic) support assumptions to reflect the impact of U.S. bank resolution policies. As part of this review, Moody’s placed the Company’s “Baa1” long-term senior, “Baa2” long-term subordinated and “P-2” short-term on review for downgrade. On November 14, 2013, Moody’s downgraded the Company’s long-term debt rating one-notch from “Baa1” to “Baa2” and left the short-term rating unchanged at “P-2”. A stable outlook was assigned to the Parent’s rating outlook.Investors Service, Inc.

P-1A1Stable
(2)On June 11, 2013,

Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC (“S&P”) announced that it continues to assess the degree to which it factors extraordinary government support into its ratings on non-operating bank holding companies and was factoring that assessment into the negative outlooks on the non-operating bank holding companies of the eight U.S. bank groups that S&P classifies as having high systematic importance. S&P’s negative outlook for the Company’s issuer credit ratings reflects not only S&P’s continued assessment of extraordinary government support, but also the impact that recently finalized regulations, particularly the Volcker Rule, could have on the Company’s business.Global Ratings1

A-1A+Stable

 

1.

On December 16, 2016, Standard & Poor’s Global Ratings upgraded the long-term rating of MSBNA by one notch to A+ from A following the release of the final total loss-absorbing capacity (”TLAC”) rule. The rating outlook was changed to Stable from Positive Watch.

In connection with certain OTC trading agreements and certain other agreements where the Company iswe are a liquidity provider to certain financing vehicles associated with the Institutional Securities business segment, the Companywe may be required to provide

December 2016 Form 10-K62


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

additional collateral or immediately settle any outstanding liability balances with certain counterparties or pledge additional collateral to certain exchanges and clearing organizations in the event of a future credit rating downgrade irrespective of whether the Company iswe are in a net asset or net liability position.

The additional collateral or termination payments that may be called in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract and canandcan be based on ratings by either or both of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and Standard & Poor’s Global Ratings (“S&P. At December 31, 2013,&P”). The following table shows the future potential collateral amounts and termination payments that could be called or required by counterparties or exchanges and clearing organizations in the event ofone-notch ortwo-notch downgrade scenarios, from the lowest of Moody’s or two-notch downgrade scenariosS&P ratings, based on the relevant contractual downgrade triggers were $1,522 million and an incremental $3,321 million, respectively.triggers.

Incremental Collateral or Terminating Payments upon Potential Future Rating Downgrade

 

$ in millions  At December 31,
2016
   At December 31,
2015
 

One-notch downgrade

  $1,292   $1,169 

Two-notch downgrade

   875    1,465 

While certain aspects of a credit rating downgrade are quantifiable pursuant to contractual provisions, the impact it willwould have on the Company’sour business and results of operationoperations in future periods is inherently uncertain and willwould depend on a number of interrelated factors, including, among others, the magnitude of the downgrade, the rating relative to peers, the rating assigned by the relevant agencypre-downgrade,individual client behavior and future mitigating actions the Company maywe might take. The liquidity impact of additional collateral requirements is included in the Company’sour Liquidity Stress Tests.

Capital Management

Capital Management.

The Company’s senior management viewsWe view capital as an important source of financial strength. The Companystrength and actively manages itsmanage our consolidated capital position based upon, among other things, business opportunities, risks, capital availability and rates of return together with internal capital policies, regulatory requirements and rating agency guidelines and, therefore, in the future may expand or contract itsour capital base to address the changing needs of itsour businesses. The Company attemptsWe attempt to maintain total capital, on a consolidated basis, at least equal to the sum of itsour operating subsidiaries’ required equity.

Common Stock

At December 31, 2013, the Company hadWe repurchased approximately $1.2 billion remaining under its current$3,500 million of our outstanding common stock as part of our share repurchase program out ofduring 2016 and $2,125 million during 2015 (see Note 15 to the $6 billion authorized byconsolidated financial statements in Item 8). Pursuant to the Board of Directors in December 2006. The share

100


repurchase program, is for capital management purposes and considers,we consider, among other things, business segment capital needs, as well as equity-basedstock-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. Share repurchases by the Company are subject to regulatory approval.

In July 2013, the Company received no objection from the Federal Reserve to repurchase through March 31, 2014, up to $500 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock under rules relating to annual capital distributions (Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Section 225.8,Capital Planning). Share repurchases are made pursuant to the share repurchaseour program previously authorized by the Company’s Board of Directors and arewill be exercised from time to time at prices the Company deemswe deem appropriate subject to various factors, including the Company’sour capital position and market conditions. The share repurchases may be effected through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions, including through Rule10b5-1 plans, and may be suspended at any timetime. Share repurchases by us are subject to regulatory approval (see also “Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” in Part II, Item 5). During 2013,

The Board determines the Company repurchased approximately $350 milliondeclaration and payment of dividends on a quarterly basis. On January 17, 2017, we announced that the Company’s outstandingBoard declared a quarterly dividend per common share of $0.20. The dividend was paid on February 15, 2017 to common shareholders of record on January 31, 2017.

Preferred Stock

On December 15, 2016, we announced that the Board declared quarterly dividends for preferred stock as partshareholders of its share repurchase program.record on December 30, 2016 that were paid on January 17, 2017.

Series EK Preferred StockStock..    On September 30, 2013, the CompanyIn January 2017, we issued 34,500,00040,000,000 Depositary Shares, for an aggregate price of $862$1,000 million. Each Depositary Share represents a 1/1,000th interest in a share of perpetualFixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series E Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock,K, $0.01 par value (“Series EK Preferred Stock”). The Series EK Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’sour option, (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after OctoberApril 15, 20232027 or (ii) in whole but not in part at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event (as described in the terms of that series), in each case at a redemption price of $25,000 per share (equivalent to $25.00$25 per Depositary Share)., plus any declared and unpaid dividends to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends. The Series EK Preferred Stock also has a preference over the Company’sour common stock upon liquidation. The Series EK Preferred Stock offering (net of related issuance costs) resulted in proceeds of approximately $854 million (see Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).$969 million.

Series F Preferred Stock.    On December 10, 2013, the Company issued 34,000,000 Depositary Shares, for an aggregate price of $850 million. Each Depositary Share represents a 1/1,000th interest in a share of perpetual Series F Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value (“Series F Preferred Stock”). The Series F Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after January 15, 2024 or (ii) in whole but not in part at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event (as described in the terms of that series), in each case at a redemption price of $25,000 per share (equivalent to $25.00 per Depositary Share). The Series F Preferred Stock also has a preference over the Company’s common stock upon liquidation. The Series F Preferred Stock offering (net of related issuance costs) resulted in proceeds of approximately $842 million (see Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).

The Board of Directors determines the declaration and payment of dividends on a quarterly basis. In January 2014, the Company announced that its Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend per common share of $0.05. In December 2013, the Company also announced that the Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $255.56 per share of Series A Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (represented by Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of preferred stock and each having a dividend of $0.25556), a quarterly dividend of $25.00 per share of Series C Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock, a quarterly dividend of $519.53 per share of Series E Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock and the initial quarterly dividend of $167.10 per share of Series F Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock.

 

 10163 December 2016 Form 10-K


The following table sets forth the Company’s tangible Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity and tangible common equity at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and average balances during 2013:
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

   Balance at  Average Balance(1) 
   December 31,
2013
  December 31,
2012
  2013 
   (dollars in millions) 

Common equity

  $62,701  $60,601  $61,895 

Preferred equity

   3,220   1,508   1,839 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

   65,921   62,109   63,734 

Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts

   4,849   4,827   4,826 

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets(2)

   (9,873  (7,587  (8,900
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Tangible Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

  $60,897  $59,349  $59,660 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Common equity

  $62,701  $60,601  $61,895 

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets(2)

   (9,873  (7,587  (8,900
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Tangible common equity(3)

  $52,828  $53,014  $52,995 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Preferred Stock Dividends

Series  Preferred Stock Description  Quarterly
Dividend
per Share
 

    A    

  Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock (represented by depositary shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of preferred stock and each having a dividend of $0.25556)  $255.56 

    C    

  10%Non-CumulativeNon-Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock   25.00 

    E    

  Fixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock (represented by depositary shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of preferred stock and each having a dividend of $0.44531)   445.31 

    F    

  Fixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock (represented by depositary shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of preferred stock and each having a dividend of $0.42969)   429.69 

    G    

  6.625%Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (represented by depositary shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of preferred stock and each having a dividend of $0.41406)   414.06 

    H    

  Fixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock (represented by depositary shares, each representing a 1/25th interest in a share of preferred stock and each having a dividend of $27.25000)1   681.25 

    I    

  Fixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock (represented by depositary shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of preferred stock and each having a dividend of $0.39844)   398.44 

    J    

  Fixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock (represented by depositary shares, each representing a 1/25th interest in a share of preferred stock and each having a dividend of $27.75000)2   693.75 

 

(1)1.The Company calculates its average balances based upon month-end balances.

Dividend on Series H Preferred Stock is payable semiannually until July 15, 2019 and quarterly thereafter.

(2)2.The goodwill

Dividend on Series J Preferred Stock is payable semiannually until July 15, 2020 and net intangible assets deduction exclude mortgage servicing rights (net of disallowable mortgage servicing rights) of $7 million and $6 million at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, and include only the Company’s share of the Wealth Management JV’s goodwill and intangible assets at each respective period (100% at December 31, 2013 and 65% at December 31, 2012) (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8). The increase in goodwill and net intangible assets at December 31, 2013 from December 31, 2012 is primarily due to the purchase of the remaining 35% interest in the Wealth Management JV.quarterly thereafter.

Tangible Equity

        

Monthly Average Balance

Twelve Months Ended

 
$ in millions 

At December 31,

2016

  

At December 31,

2015

  

December 31,

2016

  

December 31,

2015

 

Common equity

 $68,530  $67,662  $68,870  $66,936 

Preferred equity

  7,520   7,520   7,520   7,174 

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

  76,050   75,182   76,390   74,110 

Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts

     2,870   1,753   3,640 

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets

  (9,296  (9,564  (9,410  (9,661

Tangible Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity1

 $        66,754  $68,488  $        68,733  $68,089 

Common equity

 $68,530  $67,662  $68,870  $66,936 

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets

  (9,296  (9,564  (9,410  (9,661

Tangible common equity1

 $59,234  $58,098  $59,460  $57,275 

(3)1.

Tangible commonMorgan Stanley shareholders’ equity a non-GAAP financial measure, equals common equity less goodwill and net intangible assets as defined above. The Company views tangible common equity asarenon-GAAP financial measures that we and investors consider to be a useful measure to investors because it is a commonly utilized metric and reflects the common equity deployed in the Company’s businesses.assess capital adequacy.

Regulatory Requirements

Regulatory Capital Covenants.Framework

In October 2006 and April 2007, the Company executed replacement capital covenants in connection with offerings by Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VII and Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VIII (the “Capital Securities”), which become effective after the scheduled redemption date in 2046. Under the terms of the replacement capital covenants, the Company has agreed, for the benefit of certain specified holders of debt, to limitations on its ability to redeem or repurchase any of the Capital Securities for specified periods of time. For a complete description of the Capital Securities and the terms of the replacement capital covenants, see the Company’s Current Reports on Form 8-K dated October 12, 2006 and April 26, 2007.

Regulatory Requirements.

Capital.

The Company isWe are a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”), and isare subject to the regulation and oversight of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve.Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements for the Company,us, including well-capitalized standards, and evaluates the Company’sour compliance with such capital requirements. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) establishes similar capital requirements and standards for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. The regulatory capital requirements are largely based on the Subsidiary Banks.Basel III capital standards established by the Basel Committee and also implement certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”).

As of December 31, 2013, the Company calculatedThe Basel Committee has recently published revisions to certain standards in its capital ratiosframework, including with respect to counterparty credit risk exposures in derivatives transactions, market risk, interest rate risk in the banking book, and RWAs in accordance with the existingsecuritization capital adequacy standards, for financial holding companiesalthough these revisions have not yet been adopted by the Federal Reserve. These existingU.S. banking agencies. In addition, the Basel Committee is actively considering other potential revisions to other capital standards are based upon a framework described inthat would substantially change the “International Convergenceframework. The impact on us of Capital Measurementany revisions to the Basel Committee’s capital standards could be substantial but is uncertain and Capital Standards,” July 1988, as amended, also referred to as Basel I. In December 2007,depends on future rulemakings by the U.S. banking regulators published final regulations incorporating the Basel II Accord, which requires internationally active U.S. banking organizations, as well as certain of their U.S. bank subsidiaries, to implementagencies.

102


Basel II standards over the next several years. On January 1, 2013, the U.S. banking regulators’ rules to implement the Basel Committee’s market risk capital framework amendment, commonly referred to as “Basel 2.5”, became effective, which increased the capital requirements for securitizations and correlation trading within the Company’s trading book, as well as incorporated add-ons for stressed VaR and incremental risk requirements (“market risk capital framework amendment”). The Company’s Total, Tier 1 and Tier 1 common capital ratios and RWAs subsequent to the Basel 2.5 effective date were calculated under this revised framework. The Company’s Total, Tier 1 and Tier 1 common capital ratios and RWAs prior to the Basel 2.5 effective date have not been recalculated under the revised framework. RWAs reflect both on- and off-balance sheet risk of the Company. The risk capital calculations will evolve over time as the Company enhances its risk management methodology and incorporates improvements in modeling techniques while maintaining compliance with the regulatory requirements and interpretations.

Market RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss resulting from adverse changes in market prices and other factors. For a further discussion of the Company’s market risks and models such as the VaR model, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” in Item 7A.

Credit RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss arising from a borrower or counterparty failing to meet its financial obligations. For a further discussion of the Company’s credit risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Credit Risk” in Item 7A.

Existing Regulatory Capital Framework.

Under the Federal Reserve’s existing regulatory capital framework, total allowable capital is composed of Tier 1 capital, which includes Tier 1 common capital, and Tier 2 capital. Tier 1 common capital is defined as Tier 1 capital less qualifying perpetual preferred stock and qualifying restricted core capital elements (qualifying trust preferred securities and noncontrolling interests). Tier 1 capital consists predominantly of common shareholders’ equity as well as qualifying preferred stock and qualifying restricted core capital elements less goodwill, non-servicing intangible assets (excluding allowable mortgage servicing rights), net deferred tax assets (recoverable in excess of one year), an after-tax debt valuation adjustment and certain other deductions, including equity investments. The debt valuation adjustment in the table below represents the cumulative change in fair value of certain long-term and short-term borrowings that was attributable to the Company’s own instrument-specific credit spreads and is included in retained earnings. For a further discussion of fair value, see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

At December 31, 2013, the Company’s capital levels calculated under Basel I, inclusive of the market risk capital framework amendment, were in excess of well-capitalized levels with ratios of Tier 1 capital to RWAs of 15.7% and total capital to RWAs of 16.9% (6% and 10% being well-capitalized for regulatory purposes, respectively). The Company’s ratio of Tier 1 common capital to RWAs was 12.8% (5% under stressed conditions is the current minimum Tier 1 common ratio under the Federal Reserve’s Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (“CCAR”) framework). Financial holding companies, including the Company, are subject to a Tier 1 leverage ratio defined by the Federal Reserve. Consistent with the Federal Reserve’s definition, the Company calculated its Tier 1 leverage ratio as Tier 1 capital divided by adjusted average total assets (which reflects adjustments for disallowed goodwill, certain intangible assets, deferred tax assets, and financial and non-financial equity investments). The adjusted average total assets are derived using weekly balances for the period. At December 31, 2013, the Company was in compliance with the Federal Reserve’s Tier 1 leverage requirement with a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 7.6% (5% is the current well-capitalized standard for regulatory purposes).

 

December 2016 Form 10-K 10364 


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The following table reconciles the Company’s total shareholders’ equity

Regulatory Capital Requirements

We are required to Tier 1 common, Tier 1, Tier 2maintain minimum risk-based and Total allowable capital as defined by the regulations issued by the Federal Reserve and presents the Company’s consolidatedleverage capital ratios at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

   At
December 31,
2013
  At
December 31,
2012
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Allowable capital

  

Common shareholders’ equity

  $62,701  $60,601 

Less: Goodwill

   (6,595  (6,650

Less: Non-servicing intangible assets

   (3,279  (3,777

Less: Net deferred tax assets

   (2,879  (4,785

After-tax debt valuation adjustment

   1,275   823 

Other deductions

   (1,306  (1,418
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Tier 1 common capital

   49,917   44,794 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Qualifying preferred stock

   3,220   1,508 

Qualifying restricted core capital elements

   7,870   8,058 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital

   61,007   54,360 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Qualifying subordinated debt and restricted core capital elements

   5,559   2,783 

Other qualifying amounts

   284   197 

Other deductions

   (850  (714
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Tier 2 capital

   4,993   2,266 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total allowable capital

  $66,000  $56,626 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets(1)

   

Market risk

  $133,760  $54,042 

Credit risk

   255,915   252,704 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  $389,675  $306,746 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Capital ratios

   

Total capital ratio(1)

   16.9  18.5
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Tier 1 common capital ratio(1)

   12.8  14.6
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital ratio(1)

   15.7  17.7
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

   7.6  7.1
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Effective January 1, 2013, in accordance with the U.S. banking regulators’ rules the Company implemented the Basel Committee’s market risk capital framework amendment, commonly referred to as “Basel 2.5”, which increased the capital requirement for securitizations and correlation trading within the Company’s trading book as well as incorporated add-ons for stressed VaR and incremental risk requirements. Under the market risk capital framework amendment, total RWAs would have been approximately $424 billion at December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2012, the capital ratios would have been approximately as follows: Total capital ratio 13.4%, Tier 1 common capital ratio 10.6% and Tier 1 capital ratio 12.8%.

Capital Plans and Stress Tests.    In November 2011, the Federal Reserve issued a final rule regarding capital plans. The final rule requires large bank holding companies such as the Company to submit annual capital plans in order for the Federal Reserve to assess their systems and processes that incorporate forward-looking projections of revenues and losses to monitor and maintain their internal capital adequacy. The rule also requires that such companies receive no objection from the Federal Reserve before undertaking a capital action.

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act imposes stress test requirements on large bank holding companies, including the Company. In October 2012, the Federal Reserve issued its stress test final rule under the Dodd-Frank Act, which requires the Company to conduct semi-annual company-run stress tests. The rule also subjects the Company to an

104


annual supervisory stress test conducted by the Federal Reserve. Theregulatory capital planning and stress testing requirements for large bank holding companies form part of the Federal Reserve’s annual CCAR process.

The Company submitted its 2013 annual capital plan to the Federal Reserve in January 2013. In March 2013, the Federal Reserve published arequirements. A summary of the supervisory stress test resultscalculations of each company subject to the final rule, including the Company. The Company received no objection to its 2013regulatory capital, plan, including the acquisition of the remaining 35% interest in the Wealth Management JV, which was completed on June 28, 2013.risk-weighted assets (“RWAs”) and transition provisions follows.

In September 2013, the Federal Reserve issued an interim final rule specifying how large bank holding companies, including the Company, should incorporate the U.S. Basel III capital standards into their 2014 capital plans and 2014 Dodd-Frank Act stress test results. Among other things, the interim final rule requires large bank holding companies to project both Tier 1 CommonRegulatory Capital. Minimum risk-based capital ratio using the methodology currently in effect under existing capital guidelines andrequirements apply to Common Equity Tier 1 ratio under the U.S. Basel III capital, standards after giving effectTier 1 capital and Total capital. Certain adjustments to phase-in provisions.

As part of the 2014 CCAR process, eight bank holding companies, including the Company,and deductions from capital are required for purposes of determining these ratios, such as goodwill, intangibles, certain deferred tax assets, other amounts in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”) and investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions. Certain of these adjustments and deductions are also subject to factor in its stress test scenarios the default of its largest counterparty across its derivatives and securities financing transactions. The Company expects that by March 31, 2014, the Federal Reserve will either object or provide notice of non-objection to the Company’s 2014 capital plan that was submitted to the Federal Reserve on January 6, 2014.

The Dodd-Frank Act also requires a national bank with total consolidated assets of more than $10 billion to conduct an annual company-run stress test. Beginning in 2012, the OCC’s implementing regulation requires national banks with $50 billion or more in average total consolidated assets, including MSBNA, to conduct its Dodd-Frank Act stress test. MSBNA submitted its company-run stress test results to the OCC and the Federal Reserve on January 6, 2014. The OCC’s regulation also requires a national bank with more than $10 billion but less than $50 billion in average total consolidated assets, including MSPBNA, to submit the results of its Dodd-Frank Act stress test by March 31, 2014. However, MSPBNA was given an exemption by the OCC for the 2014 Dodd-Frank Act stress test.

Basel Capital Framework.

transitional provisions.

In December 2010, the Basel Committee reached an agreement on Basel III. In July 2013, the U.S. banking regulators promulgated final rulesaddition to implement many aspects of Basel III (the “U.S. Basel III final rule”). The Company became subject to the U.S. Basel III final rule beginning on January 1, 2014. Certain requirements in the U.S. Basel III final rule, including the minimum risk-based capital ratios and new capital buffers, will commence or be phased in over several years.

The U.S. Basel III final rule contains new capital standards that raise capitalratio requirements, strengthen counterparty credit risk capital requirements, introduce a leverage ratio as a supplemental measure to the risk-based ratio and replace the use of externally developed credit ratings with alternatives such as the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development’s country risk classifications. Under the U.S. Basel III final rule, the Company is subject, on a fully phased inphased-in basis to a minimum Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.5%, a minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% and a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 8%. The Company is alsoby 2019, we will be subject to ato:

A greater than 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation bufferbuffer;

The Common Equity Tier 1 global systemically important bank(“G-SIB”) capital surcharge, currently at 3%; and if deployed, up

Up to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 countercyclical capital buffer on a(“CCyB”), currently set by banking regulators at zero (collectively, the “buffers”).

In 2017, thephase-in amount for each of the buffers is 50% of the fullyphased-in basis by 2019. buffer requirement. Failure to maintain suchthe buffers willwould result in restrictions on the Company’sour ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to

executive officers. In addition, certain new items will be deductedFor a further discussion of theG-SIB capital surcharge, see“G-SIB Capital Surcharge” herein.

Risk-Weighted Assets. RWAs reflect both ouron- andoff-balance sheet risk as well as capital charges attributable to the risk of loss arising from Common Equity Tier 1 capital and certain existing deductions will be modified. The majority of these capital deductions is subject to a phase-in schedule and will be fully phased in by 2018. Under the U.S. Basel III final rule, unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities will be reflected in Common Equity Tier 1 capital, subject to a phase-in schedule.following:

 

PursuantCredit risk: The failure of a borrower, counterparty or issuer to meet its financial obligations to us;

Market risk: Adverse changes in the U.S. Basel III final rule, existing trust preferred securities will be fully phased outlevel of the Company’s Tier 1 capital by January 1, 2016. Thereafter, existing trust preferred securities that do not satisfy theone or more market prices, rates, indices, implied volatilities, correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity; and

 

 105

Operational risk: Inadequate or failed processes or systems, human factors or from external events (e.g., fraud, theft, legal and compliance risks, cyber attacks or damage to physical assets).


For a further discussion of our market, credit and operational risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” in Item 7A.

U.S. Basel III final rule’s eligibility criteriaOur binding risk-based capital ratios for Tier 2 capital will be phased outregulatory purposes are the lower of the Company’s regulatory capital by January 1, 2022.

U.S. banking regulators have published final regulations implementing a provision ofratios computed under (i) the Dodd-Frank Act requiring that certain institutions supervised bystandardized approaches for calculating credit risk and market risk RWAs (the “Standardized Approach”) and (ii) the Federal Reserve, including the Company, be subject to minimum capital requirements thatapplicable advanced approaches for calculating credit risk, market risk and operational risk RWAs (the “Advanced Approach”). At December 31, 2016, our binding ratios are not less than the generally applicable risk-based capital requirements. Currently, this minimum “capital floor” is based on Basel I. Beginning on January 1, 2015, the U.S. Basel III final rule will replace the current Basel I-based “capital floor” with a standardized approach that, among other things, modifies the existing risk weights for certain types of asset classes. Advanced Approach transitional rules.

The “capital floor” applies to the calculation of minimum risk-based capital requirements as well as the capital conservation buffer and, if deployed, the countercyclical capital buffer. Accordingly, the methods for calculating the Company’seach of our risk-based capital ratios will change through January 1, 2022 as aspects of the U.S. Basel III final rule’s revisions to the numerator and denominatorcapital rules are phased in and following the Company’s completion of the U.S. Basel III advanced approach parallel run period.in. These ongoing methodological changes may result in differences in the Company’sour reported capital ratios from one reporting period to the next that are independent of changes to the Company’sour capital base, asset composition,off-balance sheet exposures or risk profile.

 

65December 2016 Form 10-K

In addition to the U.S. Basel III final rule, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the Federal Reserve to establish more stringent capital requirements for certain bank holding companies, including the Company. The Federal Reserve has indicated that it intends to address this requirement by implementing the Basel Committee’s capital surcharge for global systemically important banks (“G-SIB”). The Financial Stability Board (“FSB”) has provisionally identified the G-SIBs and assigned each G-SIB a Common Equity Tier 1 capital surcharge ranging from 1.0% to 2.5% of RWAs. The Company is provisionally assigned a G-SIB capital surcharge of 1.5%. The FSB has stated that it intends to update the list of G-SIBs annually.


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Minimum Risk-Based Capital Ratios: Transitional Provisions

1.

These ratios assume the requirements for theG-SIB capital surcharge (3.0%) and CCyB (zero) remain at current levels. See “Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity, Long-Term Debt and Clean Holding Company Requirements” herein for additional capital requirements effective January 1, 2019.

December 2016 Form 10-K66


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Transitional and FullyPhased-In Regulatory Capital Ratios

  At December 31, 2016 
  Transitional  Pro Forma FullyPhased-In 
$ in millions Standardized  Advanced  Standardized      Advanced     

Risk-based capital

    

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

 $60,398  $60,398  $58,616  $58,616 

Tier 1 capital

  68,097   68,097   66,315   66,315 

Total capital

  78,917   78,642   77,155   76,881 

Total RWAs

  340,191   358,141   351,101   369,709 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio

  17.8  16.9  16.7  15.9

Tier 1 capital ratio

  20.0  19.0  18.9  17.9

Total capital ratio

  23.2  22.0  22.0  20.8

Leverage-based capital

    

Adjusted average assets1

 $811,402   N/A  $810,288   N/A 

Tier 1 leverage ratio2

  8.4  N/A   8.2  N/A 

  At December 31, 2015 
  Transitional  Pro Forma FullyPhased-In 
$ in millions Standardized  Advanced  Standardized      Advanced     

Risk-based capital

    

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

 $59,409  $59,409  $55,441  $55,441 

Tier 1 capital

  66,722   66,722   63,000   63,000 

Total capital

  79,663   79,403   73,858   73,598 

Total RWAs

  362,920   384,162   373,421   395,277 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio

  16.4  15.5  14.8  14.0

Tier 1 capital ratio

  18.4  17.4  16.9  15.9

Total capital ratio

  22.0  20.7  19.8  18.6

Leverage-based capital

    

Adjusted average assets1

 $803,574   N/A  $801,346   N/A 

Tier 1 leverage ratio2

  8.3  N/A   7.9  N/A 

N/A—Not Applicable

1.

Adjusted average assets represent the denominator of the Tier 1 leverage ratio and are composed of the average daily balance of consolidatedon-balance sheet assets under U.S. GAAP during the calendar quarter ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 adjusted for disallowed goodwill, transitional intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets, certain investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions and other adjustments.

2.

The minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio requirement is 4.0%.

The Company estimates itsfullyphased-in pro forma risk-based Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio underestimates in the U.S. Basel III final rule’s advanced approaches method to be approximately 10.5% as of December 31, 2013. This estimate isprevious tables are based on the Company’sour current understanding of the U.S. Basel III final rulecapital rules and other factors, which may be subject to change as the Company receiveswe receive additional clarification and implementation guidance from regulators relating to the U.S. Basel III final rule,Federal Reserve and as the interpretation of the final ruleregulations evolves over time. On February 21, 2014, the Federal Reserve and the OCC approved the Company’s and the Subsidiary Banks’ respective use of the U.S. Basel III advanced approaches method to calculate and publicly disclose their risk-based capital ratios beginning with the second quarter of 2014. One of the stipulations for this approval is that the Company will be required to satisfy certain conditions, as agreed to with the regulators, regarding the modeling used to determine its estimated RWAs associated with operational risk. Pursuant to these conditions, the Company’s estimated operational risk RWAs could increase and thus reduce theThese fullyphased-in pro forma Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio as of December 31, 2013 by an amount up to approximately 50 basis points. The pro forma risk-based Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio estimate is a estimates arenon-GAAP financial measuremeasures that the Company considerswe consider to be a useful measuremeasures for us, investors and analysts in evaluating compliance with new regulatory capital requirements that havewere not yet become effective. The pro forma risk-based Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio estimate is based on shareholders’ equity, Common Equity Tier 1 capital, RWAs and certain other data inputseffective at December 31, 2013. This2016. These preliminary estimate isestimates are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially and should not be taken as a projection of what the Company’sour capital, capital ratios, RWAs, earnings or other results will actually be at future dates. For a discussion of risks and uncertainties that may affect theour future results, of the Company, see “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A.

Well-Capitalized Minimum Regulatory Capital Ratios for U.S. Bank Subsidiaries

At December 31, 2016

Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

6.5%

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

8.0%

Total risk-based capital ratio

10.0%

Tier 1 leverage ratio

5.0%

For us to remain a financial holding company, our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries must qualify as well-capitalized by maintaining the minimum ratio requirements set forth in the previous table. The Federal Reserve has not yet revised the well-capitalized standard for financial holding companies to reflect the higher capital standards required for us under the capital rules. Assuming that the Federal Reserve would apply the same or very similar well-capitalized standards to financial holding companies, each of our risk-based capital ratios and Tier 1 leverage ratio at December 31, 2016 would have exceeded the revised well-capitalized standard. The Federal Reserve may require us to maintain risk- and leverage-based capital ratios substantially in excess of mandated minimum levels, depending upon general economic conditions and a financial holding company’s particular condition, risk profile and growth plans.

67December 2016 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Regulatory Capital Calculated under Advanced Approach Transitional Rules

$ in millions  

At

December 31,
2016

  

At

December 31,

2015

 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

   

Common stock and surplus

  $              17,494  $              20,114 

Retained earnings

   53,679   49,204 

AOCI

   (2,643  (1,656

Regulatory adjustments and deductions:

   

Net goodwill

   (6,526  (6,582

Net intangible assets (other than goodwill and mortgage servicing assets)

   (1,631  (1,192

Credit spread premium over risk-free rate for derivative liabilities

   (271  (202

Net deferred tax assets

   (304  (675

Netafter-tax DVA1

   357   156 

Adjustments related to AOCI

   422   411 

Other adjustments and deductions

   (179  (169

Total Common Equity Tier 1 capital

  $60,398  $59,409 

Additional Tier 1 capital

   

Preferred stock

  $7,520  $7,520 

Trust preferred securities

      702 

Noncontrolling interests

   613   678 

Regulatory adjustments and deductions:

         

Net deferred tax assets

   (202  (1,012

Credit spread premium over risk-free rate for derivative liabilities

   (181  (303

Netafter-tax DVA1

   238   233 

Other adjustments and deductions

   (101  (253

Additional Tier 1 capital

  $7,887  $7,565 

Deduction for investments in covered funds

   (188  (252

Total Tier 1 capital

  $68,097  $66,722 

Tier 2 capital

   

Subordinated debt

  $10,303  $10,404 

Trust preferred securities

      2,106 

Other qualifying amounts

   62   35 

Regulatory adjustments and deductions

   180   136 

Total Tier 2 capital

  $10,545  $12,681 

Total capital

  $78,642  $79,403 

Rollforward of Regulatory Capital Calculated under Advanced Approach Transitional Rules

$ in millions 2016 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2015

 $                59,409 

Change related to the following items:

 

Value of shareholders’ common equity

  868 

Net goodwill

  56 

Net intangible assets (other than goodwill and mortgage servicing assets)

  (439

Credit spread premium over risk-free rate for derivative liabilities

  (69

Net deferred tax assets

  371 

Netafter-tax DVA1

  201 

Adjustments related to AOCI

  11 

Other deductions and adjustments

  (10

Common Equity Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2016

 $60,398 

Additional Tier 1 capital

 

Additional Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2015

 $7,565 

Change related to the following items:

 

Trust preferred securities

  (702

Noncontrolling interests

  (65

Net deferred tax assets

  810 

Credit spread premium over risk-free rate for derivative liabilities

  122 

Netafter-tax DVA1

  5 

Other adjustments and deductions

  152 

Additional Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2016

  7,887 

Deduction for investments in covered funds at December 31, 2015

  (252

Deduction for investments in covered funds

  64 

Deduction for investments in covered funds at December 31, 2016

  (188

Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2016

 $68,097 

Tier 2 capital

 

Tier 2 capital at December 31, 2015

 $12,681 

Change related to the following items:

 

Subordinated debt

  (101

Trust preferred securities

  (2,106

Noncontrolling interests

  27 

Other adjustments and deductions

  44 

Tier 2 capital at December 31, 2016

 $10,545 

Total capital at December 31, 2016

 $78,642 

1.

In connection with the early adoption of a provision of the accounting updateRecognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, related to DVA, the aggregate balance of netafter-tax valuation adjustments was reduced by $77 million as of January 1, 2016.

December 2016 Form 10-K68


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Rollforward of RWAs Calculated under Advanced Approach Transitional Rules

$ in millions  20161 

Credit risk RWAs

  

Balance at December 31, 2015

  $                173,586 

Change related to the following items:

  

Derivatives

   (446

Securities financing transactions

   745 

Other counterparty credit risk

   45 

Securitizations

   (1,997

Credit valuation adjustment

   1,023 

Investment securities

   1,183 

Loans

   (1,792

Cash

   757 

Equity investments

   (2,908

Other credit risk2

   (965

Total change in credit risk RWAs

  $(4,355

Balance at December 31, 2016

  $169,231 

Market risk RWAs

  

Balance at December 31, 2015

  $71,476 

Change related to the following items:

  

Regulatory VaR

   (2,094

Regulatory stressed VaR

   (1,286

Incremental risk charge

   292 

Comprehensive risk measure

   (2,763

Specific risk:

     

Non-securitizations

   (654

Securitizations

   (4,099

Total change in market risk RWAs

  $(10,604

Balance at December 31, 2016

  $60,872 

Operational risk RWAs

  

Balance at December 31, 2015

  $139,100 

Change in operational risk RWAs3

   (11,062

Balance at December 31, 2016

  $128,038 

Total RWAs

  $358,141 

VaR—Value-at-Risk

1.

The RWAs for each category in the table reflect bothon- andoff-balance sheet exposures, where appropriate.

2.

Amount reflects assets not in a defined category,non-material portfolios of exposures and unsettled transactions.

3.

Amount reflects a reduction in the internal loss data related to litigation utilized in the operational risk capital model.

Supplementary Leverage Ratio

We and our U.S. Basel III final rule also subjects certain banking organizations, including the Company,Bank Subsidiaries are required to a minimumpublicly disclose our supplementary leverage ratio of 3% startingratios, which will become effective as a capital standard on January 1, 2018. InBy January 2014, the Basel Committee finalized revisions to the denominator of the Basel III leverage ratio. The revised denominator differs from the1, 2018, we must also maintain a Tier 1 supplementary leverage ratio in the U.S. Basel III final rule in the treatment of, among other things, derivatives, securities financing transactions and other off-balance sheet items. U.S. banking regulators may issue regulations to implement the revised Basel III leverage ratio.

106


The U.S. banking regulators have also proposed a rule to implement enhanced supplementary leverage standards for certain large bank holding companies and their insured depository institution subsidiaries, including the Company and the Subsidiary Banks. Under this proposal, a covered bank holding company would need to maintain a leveragecapital buffer of Tier 1 capital of greater thanat least 2% in addition to the 3% minimum supplementary leverage ratio (for a total of greater thanat least 5%), in order to avoid limitations on capital distributions, including dividends and stock repurchases, and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers. This proposal would further establish a “well-capitalized” threshold based onIn addition,

beginning in 2018, our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries must maintain a supplementary leverage ratio of 6% for insured depository institution subsidiaries, including the Subsidiary Banks. If this proposal is adopted, its requirements would become effectiveto be considered well-capitalized.

Pro Forma Supplementary Leverage Exposure and Ratio on January 1, 2018 with public disclosure beginning in 2015. a Transitional Basis

$ in millions  

At December 31,

2016

   

At December 31,

2015

 

Average total assets1

  $820,536   $813,715 

Adjustments2, 3

   242,113    284,090 

Pro forma supplementary leverage exposure

  $1,062,649   $1,097,805 

Pro forma supplementary leverage ratio

   6.4%    6.1% 

1.

Computed as the average daily balance of consolidated total assets under U.S. GAAP during the calendar quarter ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

2.

Computed as the arithmetic mean of themonth-end balances over the calendar quarter ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

3.

Adjustments are to: (i) incorporate derivative exposures, including adding the related potential future exposure (including for derivatives cleared for clients), grossing up cash collateral netting where qualifying criteria are not met and adding the effective notional principal amount of sold credit protection offset by qualifying purchased credit protection; (ii) reflect the counterparty credit risk for repo-style transactions; (iii) add the credit equivalent amount foroff-balance sheet exposures; and (iv) apply other adjustments to Tier 1 capital, including disallowed goodwill, transitional intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets and certain investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions.

Based on a preliminary analysisour current understanding of the proposed standards, the Company expects to meet therules and other factors, we estimate our pro forma fullyphased-in supplementary leverage ratio to be approximately 6.2% at December 31, 2016 and 5.8% at December 31, 2015. These estimates utilize a fullyphased-in Tier 1 capital numerator and a fullyphased-in denominator of greater than 5%approximately $1,061.5 billion at December 31, 2016 and $1,095.6 billion at December 31, 2015, which takes into consideration the Tier 1 capital deductions that would be applicable in 2015. As2018 after the enhancedphase-in period has ended.

U.S. Subsidiary Banks’ Pro Forma Supplementary Leverage Ratios on a Transitional Basis

    At December 31, 2016  At December 31, 2015 

MSBNA

   7.7  7.3% 

MSPBNA

   10.2  10.3% 

The pro forma supplementary leverage standardsexposures and pro forma supplementary leverage ratios, both on transitional and fullyphased-in bases, are currently proposals,non-GAAP financial measures that we consider to be useful measures for us, investors and may change based on final rules issued by the U.S. banking regulators, the Company’s expectationsanalysts in evaluating prospective compliance with new regulatory capital requirements that have not yet become effective. Our estimates are subject to risks and uncertainties that may affect futurecause actual results of the Company.to differ materially from estimates based on these regulations. Further, thethese expectations should not be taken as a projectionprojections of what the Company’s supplementalour supplementary leverage ratios, earnings, assets or earnings or assetsexposures will actually be at future dates. For a discussion of risks and uncertainties that may affect theour future results, of the Company, see “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A.

 

69December 2016 Form 10-K

Required Capital.


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

G-SIB Capital Surcharge

We and other U.S.G-SIBs are subject to a risk-based capital surcharge. AG-SIB must calculate itsG-SIB capital surcharge under two methods and use the higher of the two surcharges. The first method considers theG-SIB’s size, interconnectedness, cross-jurisdictional activity, substitutability and complexity, which is generally consistent with the methodology developed by the Basel Committee (“Method 1”). The second method uses similar inputs, but replaces substitutability with the use of short-term wholesale funding (“Method 2”) and generally results in higher surcharges than the first method. TheG-SIB capital surcharge must be satisfied using Common Equity Tier 1 capital and functions as an extension of the capital conservation buffer. Our currentG-SIB surcharge is 3%. The surcharge is being phased in between January 1, 2016 and January 1, 2019, and thephase-in amount for 2017 is 50% of the applicable surcharge (see “Minimum Risk-Based Capital Ratios: Transitional Provisions” herein).

Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity, Long-Term Debt and Clean Holding Company Requirements

On December 15, 2016, the Federal Reserve adopted a final rule fortop-tier bank holding companies of U.S.G-SIBs (“covered BHCs”), including the Parent Company, that establishes external TLAC, long-term debt (“LTD”) and clean holding company requirements. The final rule contains various definitions and restrictions, such as requiring eligible LTD to be issued by the covered BHC and be unsecured, have a maturity of one year or more from the date of issuance and not have certain derivative-linked features, typically associated with certain types of structured notes. Covered BHCs must comply with all requirements under the rule by January 1, 2019, which we expect to accomplish.

The Company’smain purpose of the Federal Reserve’s minimum external TLAC and LTD requirements is to ensure that covered BHCs, including the Parent Company, will have enough loss-absorbing resources at the point of failure to be recapitalized through the conversion of eligible LTD to equity or otherwise by imposing losses on eligible LTD or other forms of TLAC where a single point of entry (“SPOE”) resolution strategy is used (see “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company—Resolution and Recovery Planning” in Part I, Item 1 and “Risk Factors—Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk” in Part I, Item 1A).

Under the final rule, a covered BHC is required to maintain minimum external TLAC equal to the greater of 18% of total RWAs and 7.5% of its total leverage exposure (the denominator of its supplementary leverage ratio). In addition, covered BHCs must meet a separate external LTD requirement equal to the greater of 6% of total RWAs plus the

greater of the Method 1 and Method 2G-SIB capital surcharge applicable to the Parent Company and 4.5% of its total leverage exposure.

In addition, the final rule imposes TLAC buffer requirements on top of both the risk-based and leverage-exposure-based external TLAC minimum requirements. The risk-based TLAC buffer is equal to the sum of 2.5%, the covered BHC’s Method 1G-SIB surcharge and the countercyclical capital buffer, if any, as a percentage of total RWAs. The leverage-exposure-based TLAC buffer is equal to 2% of the covered BHC’s total leverage exposure. Failure to maintain the TLAC buffers would result in restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers.

The final rule provides permanent grandfathering for debt instruments issued prior to December 31, 2016 that would be eligible LTD but for having impermissible acceleration clauses or being governed by foreign law.

Furthermore, under the clean holding company requirements of the final rule, a covered BHC is prohibited from incurring any external short-term debt or certain other liabilities, regardless of whether the liabilities are fully secured or otherwise senior to eligible LTD, or entering into certain other prohibited transactions. Certain other external liabilities, including structured notes, are subject to a cap equal to 5% of the covered BHC’s outstanding external TLAC amount.

Capital Plans and Stress Tests

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve has adopted capital planning and stress test requirements for large bank holding companies, including us, which form part of the Federal Reserve’s annual Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (“CCAR”) framework.

We must submit an annual capital plan to the Federal Reserve, taking into account the results of separate stress tests designed by us and the Federal Reserve, so that the Federal Reserve may assess our systems and processes that incorporate forward-looking projections of revenues and losses to monitor and maintain our internal capital adequacy.

The capital plan must include a description of all planned capital actions over a nine-quarter planning horizon, including any issuance of a debt or equity capital instrument, any capital distribution (i.e., payments of dividends or stock repurchases) and any similar action that the Federal Reserve determines could impact our consolidated capital. The capital plan must include a discussion of how we will maintain capital above the minimum regulatory capital ratios, including the requirements that are phased in over the planning horizon, and serve as a source of strength to our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries under supervisory stress scenarios. In

December 2016 Form 10-K70


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

addition, the Federal Reserve has issued guidance setting out its heightened expectations for capital planning practices at certain large financial institutions, including us.

In November 2015, the Federal Reserve amended its capital plan and stress test rules to delay until 2017 the use of the supplementary leverage ratio requirement, defer indefinitely the use of the Advanced Approach risk-based capital framework in capital planning andcompany-run stress tests, and incorporate the Tier 1 capital deductions for certain investments in Volcker Rule covered funds into the pro forma minimum capital requirements for capital plan and stress testing purposes.

The capital plan rule requires that large bank holding companies receive no objection from the Federal Reserve before making a capital distribution. In addition, even with an approved capital plan, the bank holding company must seek the approval of the Federal Reserve before making a capital distribution if, among other reasons, the bank holding company would not meet its regulatory capital requirements after making the proposed capital distribution. A bank holding company’s ability to make capital distributions (other than scheduled payments on Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital instruments) is also limited if its net capital issuances are less than the amount indicated in its capital plan.

In addition, we must conduct semiannualcompany-run stress tests and are subject to an annual Dodd-Frank Act supervisory stress test conducted by the Federal Reserve.

On April 5, 2016, we submitted our 2016 CCAR capital plan, and summary results of the CCAR and Dodd-Frank Act supervisory stress tests were published by the Federal Reserve in June. We exceeded all stressed capital ratio minimum requirements in the Federal Reserve severely adverse scenario, and our quantitative capital results improved from our prior-year submission. In June 2016, we received a conditionalnon-objection from the Federal Reserve to our 2016 capital plan (see “Capital Management” herein). On December 29, 2016, we resubmitted our capital plan, as required by the Federal Reserve, to address weaknesses identified in our capital planning process.

Future capital distributions may be restricted if these identified weaknesses are not satisfactorily addressed when the Federal Reserve reviews our resubmitted capital plan. Pursuant to the conditionalnon-objection, we are able to execute the capital actions set forth in our 2016 capital plan, which included increasing our common stock dividend to $0.20 per share beginning in the third quarter of 2016 and executing share repurchases of $3.5 billion during the period July 1, 2016 through June 30, 2017. In addition, we submitted the results of ourmid-cyclecompany-run stress test to the

Federal Reserve on October 5, 2016, and we disclosed a summary of the results on October 31, 2016.

For the 2017 capital planning and stress test cycle, we are required to submit our capital plan andcompany-run stress test results to the Federal Reserve by April 5, 2017. We expect that the Federal Reserve will provide its response to our 2017 capital plan by June 30, 2017. The Federal Reserve is expected to publish summary results of the CCAR and Dodd-Frank Act supervisory stress tests of each large bank holding company, including us, by June 30, 2017. We are required to disclose a summary of the results of ourcompany-run stress tests within 15 days of the date the Federal Reserve discloses the results of the supervisory stress tests. In addition, we must submit the results of ourmid-cyclecompany-run stress test to the Federal Reserve by October 5, 2017 and disclose a summary of the results between October 5, 2017 and November 4, 2017.

In January 2017, the Federal Reserve adopted revisions to the capital plan and stress test rules that, among other things, reduce thede minimis threshold for additional capital distributions that a firm may make during a capital plan cycle without seeking the Federal Reserve’s prior approval. The final rule also establishes a “blackout period” beginning in March of each year while the Federal Reserve is conducting CCAR reviews during which firms are not permitted to submitde minimis exception notices or prior approval requests for additional capital distributions. The Federal Reserve is currently considering making further changes to CCAR requirements, which may increase minimum capital requirements for the Firm.

The Dodd-Frank Act also requires each of our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries to conduct an annual stress test. MSBNA and MSPBNA submitted their 2016 annualcompany-run stress tests to the OCC on April 5, 2016 and published a summary of their stress test results on June 23, 2016. For the 2017 stress test cycle, MSBNA and MSPBNA must submit their 2017 annualcompany-run stress tests to the OCC by April 5, 2017 and publish the summary results between June 15, 2017 and July 15, 2017.

Attribution of Average Common Equity According to the Required Capital Framework

Our required capital (“Required Capital”) estimation is based on the Required Capital Framework,framework, an internal capital adequacy measure. This framework is a risk-based use-of-capital measure, which is compared with the Company’s regulatory capital to ensure the Company maintains an amount of going concern capital after absorbing potential losses from extreme stress events where applicable, at a point in time. The Company defines the difference between its regulatory capital and aggregate Required Capital as Parent capital. Average Tier 1 common capital, aggregate Required Capital and Parent capital for 2013 were approximately $47.7 billion, $38.7 billion and $9.0 billion, respectively. The Company generally holds Parent capital for prospective regulatory requirements, organic growth, acquisitions and other capital needs.

Tier 1 common capital and commonCommon equity attribution to the business segments is based on capital usage calculated by the Required Capital Framework. In principle,framework, as well as each business segment is capitalized as if it were an independent operating entity with limited diversification benefit between the business segments.segment’s relative contribution to our total Required Capital. Required Capital is assessed atfor each business segment and further attributed to product lines. This process is intended to align capital with the

71December 2016 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

risks in each business segment in order to allow senior management to evaluate returns on a risk-adjusted basis.

The Required Capital Frameworkframework is a risk-based and leverageuse-of-capital measure, which is compared with our regulatory capital to ensure that we maintain an amount of going concern capital after absorbing potential losses from stress events, where applicable, at a point in time. We define the difference between our total average common equity and the sum of the average common equity amounts allocated to our business segments as Parent Company equity. We generally hold Parent Company equity for prospective regulatory requirements, organic growth, acquisitions and other capital needs.

Effective January 1, 2016, the common equity estimation and attribution to the business segments are based on our pro forma fullyphased-in regulatory capital, including supplementary leverage and stress losses (which results in more capital being attributed to the business segments), whereas prior periods were attributed based on transitional regulatory capital provisions. Also, beginning in 2016, the amount of capital allocated to the business segments will be set at the beginning of each year and will remain fixed throughout the year until the next annual reset. Differences between available and Required Capital will be attributed to Parent Company equity during the year. Periods prior to 2016 have not been recast under this new methodology.

The Required Capital framework is expected to evolve over time in response to changes in the business and regulatory environment, andfor example, to incorporate stress testing or enhancements in modeling techniques. The CompanyWe will continue to evaluate the framework with respect to the impact of future regulatory requirements, as appropriate.

The following table presents the business segments’ and Parent’s average Tier 1 common capital and average common equity for 2013 and 2012:Average Common Equity Attribution

 

  2013   2012 
  Average
Tier 1 Common
Capital
   Average
Common
Equity
   Average
Tier 1 Common
Capital
   Average
Common
Equity
 
  (dollars in billions) 
$ in billions  2016   20151   20141 

Institutional Securities

  $32.7   $37.9   $22.3   $29.0   $    43.2   $    34.6   $    32.2 

Wealth Management

   4.3    13.2    3.7    13.3    15.3    11.2    11.2 

Investment Management

   1.7    2.8    1.3    2.4    2.8    2.2    2.9 

Parent capital(1)

   9.0    8.0    15.5    16.1 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  $47.7   $61.9   $42.8   $60.8 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Parent Company

   7.6    18.9    19.0 

Total1

  $68.9   $66.9   $65.3 

 

(1)1.Effective January 2013, the Company updated its Required Capital Framework methodology

Amounts are calculated on a monthly basis. Average common equity is anon-GAAP financial measure that we consider to coincide with the regulatory changes that became effective in 2013. Asbe a result of this updateuseful measure for us, investors and analysts to the methodology, the majority of which was driven by the implementation of the market riskassess capital framework amendment, average Institutional Securities capital increased and average Parent capital decreased, partially offset by accretion of net income at December 31, 2013.adequacy.

Regulatory Developments

Resolution and Recovery Planning

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, we are required to submit to the Federal Reserve and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) an annual resolution plan that

describes our strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the event of our material financial distress or failure.

Our preferred resolution strategy, which is set out in our 2015 resolution plan, is an SPOE strategy. On September 30, 2016, we submitted a status report to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC in respect of certain shortcomings identified in our 2015 resolution plan. Pursuant to the status report, we indicated that the Parent Company will amend and restate its support agreement with its material subsidiaries that is designed to ensure that such subsidiaries have sufficient capital and liquidity as and when needed throughout a resolution scenario.

Under the amended and restated support agreement, upon the occurrence of a resolution scenario, the Parent Company will be obligated to contribute or loan on a subordinated basis all of its material assets, other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company and certain intercompany receivables, to provide capital and liquidity, as applicable, to our material subsidiaries.

The obligations of the Parent Company under the amended and restated support agreement will be secured on a senior basis by the assets of the Parent Company (other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company). As a result, claims of our material subsidiaries against the assets of the Parent Company (other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company) will be effectively senior to unsecured obligations of the Parent Company.

Our next full resolution plan submission will be on July 1, 2017. If the Federal Reserve and the FDIC were to jointly determine that our 2017 resolution plan is not credible or would not facilitate an orderly resolution, and if we were unable to address any deficiencies identified by the regulators, we or any of our subsidiaries may be subject to more stringent capital, leverage, or liquidity requirements or restrictions on our growth, activities or operations, or, after atwo-year period, we may be required to divest assets or operations.

In September 2016, the OCC issued final guidelines that establish enforceable standards for recovery planning by national banks and certain other institutions with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more, calculated on a rolling four-quarter average basis, including MSBNA. The guidelines were effective on January 1, 2017, and MSBNA must be in compliance by January 1, 2018.

In May 2016, the Federal Reserve proposed a rule that would impose contractual requirements on certain “qualified financial contracts” (“covered QFCs”) to which U.S.G-SIBs,

 

December 2016 Form 10-K 10772 


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

including us, and their subsidiaries are parties. In August 2016, the OCC proposed a rule that would subject national banks that are subsidiaries of U.S.G-SIBs, including our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, as well as certain other institutions (collectively with U.S.G-SIBs and their other subsidiaries, “covered entities”), to substantively identical requirements.

Under the proposals, covered QFCs must expressly provide that transfer restrictions and default rights against a covered entity are limited to the same extent as provided under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act and their implementing regulations. In addition, covered QFCs may not permit the exercise of cross-default rights against a covered entity based on an affiliate’s entry into insolvency, resolution or similar proceedings. If adopted as proposed, the requirements would take effect at the start of the first calendar quarter that begins at least one year after the final rules are issued. We continue to evaluate the potential impact of the proposals, which are subject to public comment and further rulemaking procedures.

For more information about resolution and recovery planning requirements and our activities in these areas, see “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company—Resolution and Recovery Planning” in Part I, Item 1.

Legacy Covered Funds under the Volcker Rule

The Volcker Rule prohibits “banking entities,” including us and our affiliates, from engaging in certain “proprietary trading” activities, as defined in the Volcker Rule, subject to exemptions for underwriting, market-making-related activities, risk-mitigating hedging and certain other activities. The Volcker Rule also prohibits certain investments and relationships by banking entities with “covered funds,” with a number of exemptions and exclusions.

Banking entities were required to bring all of their activities and investments into conformance with the Volcker Rule by July 21, 2015, subject to certain extensions. The Federal Reserve has extended the conformance period until July 21, 2017 for investments in, and relationships with, covered funds that were in place before December 31, 2013, referred to as “legacy covered funds.” The Volcker Rule also permits the Federal Reserve to provide an additional transition period of up to five years for banking entities to conform investments in certain legacy covered funds that are also illiquid funds.

On December 12, 2016, the Federal Reserve issued a policy statement with information about how banking entities may seek this further statutory extension. Additionally, the Federal Reserve stated that it expects the illiquid funds of banking entities to generally qualify for extensions, although they may not be granted if the banking entity has not demonstrated meaningful progress to conform or divest its illiquid funds, or has a deficient compliance program under the Volcker Rule, or if the Federal Reserve has concerns about evasion. We submitted our application for illiquid funds extension in January 2017, covering essentially all of our approximately $1.9 billion ofnon-conforming investments in, and relationships with, legacy covered funds subject to the Volcker Rule.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements with Unconsolidated Entities.and Contractual Obligations

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

The Company entersWe enter into variousoff-balance sheet arrangements, withincluding through unconsolidated special purpose entities including variable interest entities,(“SPEs”) and lending-related financial instruments (e.g., guarantees and commitments), primarily in connection with itsthe Institutional Securities and Investment Management business segments.

Institutional Securities Activities.    The Company utilizes special purpose entities (“SPE”)We utilize SPEs primarily in connection with securitization activities. The Company engages inFor information on our securitization activities, related to commercial and residential mortgage loans, U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations, corporate bonds and loans, municipal bonds and other types of financial assets. The Company may retain interests in the securitized financial assets as one or more tranches of the securitization. These retained interests are included in the consolidated statements of financial condition at fair value. Any changes in the fair value of such retained interests are recognized in the consolidated statements of income. Retained interests in securitized financial assets were approximately $2.2 billion and $3.2 billion at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, substantially all of which were related to U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations, commercial mortgage loan and residential mortgage loan securitization transactions. For further information about the Company’s securitization activities, see Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

The Company has entered into liquidity facilities with SPEs and other counterparties, whereby the Company is required to make certain payments if losses or defaults occur. The Company often may have recourse to the underlying assets held by the SPEs in the event payments are required under such liquidity facilities (see Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).

Investment Management Activities.    As a general partner in certain private equity and real estate partnerships, the Company receives distributions from the partnerships according to the provisions of the partnership agreements. The Company may, from time to time, be required to return all or a portion of such distributions to the limited partners in the event the limited partners do not achieve a certain return as specified in various partnership agreements, subject to certain limitations. These amounts are noted in the table below under “General partner guarantees”.

Guarantees.    The Company discloses information about its obligations under certain guarantee arrangements. Guarantees are defined as contracts and indemnification agreements that contingently require a guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in an underlying measure (such as an interest or foreign exchange rate, a security or commodity price, an index, or the occurrence or non-occurrence of a specified event) related to an asset, liability or equity security of a guaranteed party. Guarantees are also defined as contracts that contingently require the guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on another entity’s failure to perform under an agreement as well as indirect guarantees of the indebtedness of others.

The table below summarizes certain information regarding the Company’s obligations under guarantee arrangements at December 31, 2013:

  Maximum Potential Payout/Notional  Carrying
Amount
(Asset)/
Liability
  Collateral/
Recourse
 
 Years to Maturity      

Type of Guarantee

 Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5  Total   
  (dollars in millions) 

Credit derivative contracts(1)

 $313,836  $520,119  $500,241  $66,594  $1,400,790  $(16,994 $—   

Other credit contracts

  75   441   529   816   1,861   (457  —   

Non-credit derivative contracts(1)

  1,249,932   794,776   353,559   474,921   2,873,188   54,098   —   

Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued(2)(3)

  1,024   812   1,205   5,652   8,693   (208  7,016 

Market value guarantees

  —     112   83   515   710   7   106 

Liquidity facilities

  2,328   —     —     —     2,328   (4  3,042 

Whole loan sales representations and warranties

  —     —     —     23,755   23,755   56   —   

Securitization representations and warranties

  —     —     —     67,249   67,249   82   —   

General partner guarantees

  42   41   62   301   446   73   —   

108


(1)Carrying amounts of derivative contracts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting. For further information on derivative contracts, see Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.
(2)Approximately $2.0 billion of standby letters of credit are also reflected in the “Commitments” table below in primary and secondary lending commitments. Standby letters of credit are recorded at fair value within Trading assets or Trading liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial condition.
(3)Amounts include guarantees issued by consolidated real estate funds sponsored by the Company of approximately $13.8 million. These guarantees relate to obligations of the fund’s investee entities, including guarantees related to capital expenditures and principal and interest debt payments.

In the ordinary course of business, the Company guarantees the debt and/or certain trading obligations (including obligations associated with derivatives, foreign exchange contracts and the settlement of physical commodities) of certain subsidiaries. These guarantees generally are entity or product specific and are required by investors or trading counterparties. The activities of the subsidiaries covered by these guarantees (including any related debt or trading obligations) are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for information on other guarantees and indemnities.

Commitments and Contractual Obligations.

The Company’s commitments associated with outstanding letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements, investment activities, corporate lending and financing arrangements, and mortgage lending at December 31, 2013 are summarized below by period of expiration. Since commitments associated with these instruments may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements:

   Years to Maturity   Total at
December 31,
2013
 
  Less
than 1
   1-3   3-5   Over 5   
   (dollars in millions) 

Letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements

  $389   $1   $—     $1   $391 

Investment activities

   518    70    30    447    1,065 

Primary lending commitments—investment grade(1)

   7,695    14,674    36,224    798    59,391 

Primary lending commitments—non-investment grade(1)

   1,657    5,402    10,066    2,119    19,244 

Secondary lending commitments(2)

   44    38    10    72    164 

Commitments for secured lending transactions

   1,094    166    —      —      1,260 

Forward starting reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowing agreements(3)(4)

   44,890    —      —      —      44,890 

Commercial and residential mortgage-related commitments

   1,199    48    301    313    1,861 

Underwriting commitments

   588    —      —      —      588 

Other lending commitments

   2,660    340    193    128    3,321 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $60,734   $20,739   $46,824   $3,878   $132,175 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)This amount includes $49.4 billion of investment grade and $12 billion of non-investment grade unfunded commitments accounted for as held for investment and $3.5 billion of investment grade and $4.6 billion of non-investment grade unfunded commitments accounted for as held for sale at December 31, 2013. The remainder of these lending commitments is carried at fair value.
(2)These commitments are recorded at fair value within Trading assets and Trading liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).
(3)

The Company enters into forward starting reverse repurchase and securities borrowing agreements (agreements that have a trade date at or prior to December 31, 2013 and settle subsequent to period-end) that are primarily secured by collateral from U.S. government agency

109


securities and other sovereign government obligations. These agreements primarily settle within three business days, and of the total amount at December 31, 2013, $42.9 billion settled within three business days.

(4)The Company also has a contingent obligation to provide financing to a clearinghouse through which it clears certain transactions. The financing is required only upon the default of a clearinghouse member. The financing takes the form of a reverse repurchase facility, with a maximum amount of approximately $1.1 billion.

For further description of these commitments, see Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 88.

For information on our commitments, obligations under certain guarantee arrangements and indemnities, see Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8. For further information on our lending commitments, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk”Risk—Lending Activities” in Item 7A.

Contractual Obligations

In the normal course of business, the Company enterswe enter into various contractual obligations that may require future cash payments. Contractual obligations include long-term borrowings, other secured financings, contractual interest payments, contractual payments on time deposits, operating leases and purchase obligations. The Company’s future cash payments associated with certain of its obligations at December 31, 2013 are summarized below:

   Payments Due in: 

At December 31, 2013

  2014   2015-2016   2017-2018   Thereafter   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Long-term borrowings(1)

  $24,193   $44,234   $41,603   $43,545   $153,575 

Other secured financings(1)

   3,500    4,848    835    567    9,750 

Contractual interest payments(2)

   5,458    8,994    5,819    19,673    39,944 

Time deposits(3)

   2,432    51    —      —      2,483 

Operating leases—office facilities(4)

   672    1,277    1,035    2,712    5,696 

Operating leases—equipment(4)

   239     241    163    98     741  

Purchase obligations(5)

   634    597    301    125    1,657 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total(6)

  $37,128    $60,242    $49,756    $66,720    $213,846  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)See
73December 2016 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

  At December 31, 2016 
  Payments Due in: 
$ in millions 2017  2018-2019  2020-2021  Thereafter  Total 

Long-term borrowings1

 $26,127  $41,689  $33,915  $63,044  $164,775 

Other secured financings1

  3,377   5,551   270   206   9,404 

Contractual interest payments2

  4,654   7,263   4,954   13,794   30,665 

Time deposits3

  1,210   43   8   50   1,311 

Operating leases— premises4

  649   1,176   949   2,958   5,732 

Purchase obligations5

  438   485   167   208   1,298 

Total6

 $    36,455  $56,207  $40,263  $80,260  $    213,185 

1.

For further information on long-term borrowings and other secured financings, see Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8. Amounts presented for Other secured financings are financings with original maturities greater than one year.

(2)2.

Amounts represent estimated future contractual interest payments related to unsecured long-term borrowings based on applicable interest rates at December 31, 2013. Amounts include stated coupon rates, if any, on structured or index-linked notes.2016.

(3)3.

Amounts represent contractual principal and interest payments related to time deposits primarily held at the Subsidiary Banks.our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries.

(4)4.See

For further information on operating leases covering premises and equipment, see Note 1312 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

(5)5.

Purchase obligations for goods and services include payments for, among other things, consulting, outsourcing, computer and telecommunications maintenance agreements, and certain transmission, transportation and storage contracts related to the commodities business. Purchase obligations at December 31, 20132016 reflect the minimum contractual obligation under legally enforceable contracts with contract terms that are both fixed and determinable. These amounts exclude obligations for goods and services that already have been incurred and are reflected on the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition.balance sheets.

(6)6.

Amounts exclude unrecognized tax benefits, as the timing and amount of future cash payments are not determinable at this time (see Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further information).

 

Effects of Inflation and Changes in Interest and Foreign Exchange Rates.

Rates

To the extent that a worseningan increased inflation outlook results in rising interest rates or has negative impacts on the valuation of financial instruments that exceed the impact on the value of the Company’sour liabilities, it may adversely affect the Company’sour financial position and profitability. Rising inflation may also result in increases in the Company’s ournon-interest expenses that may not be readily recoverable in higher prices of services offered.

Other changes in the interest rate environment and related volatility as well as expectations about the level of future interest rates could also impact our results of operations.

A significant portion of the Company’sour business is conducted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, and changes in foreign exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar, therefore, can affect the value ofnon-U.S. dollar net assets, revenues and expenses. Potential exposures as a result of these fluctuations in currencies are closely monitored, and, where cost-justified, strategies are adopted that are designed to reduce the impact of these fluctuations on the Company’sour financial performance. These strategies may include the financing ofnon-U.S. dollar assets with direct or swap-based borrowings in the same currency and the use of currency forward contracts or the spot market in various hedging transactions related to net assets, revenues, expenses or cash flows. For information about cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments, see Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

 

110

December 2016 Form 10-K74


Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.Risk

 

Risk Management.Management

Overview.

Overview

Management believes effective risk management is vital to the success of the Company’sour business activities. Accordingly, the Company employswe have established an enterprise risk management (“ERM”) framework to integrate the diverse roles of risk management into a holistic enterprise structure and to facilitate the incorporation of risk evaluationassessment into decision-making processes across the Company. The Company hasFirm. Risk is an inherent part of our businesses and activities. We have policies and procedures in place to identify, assess,measure, monitor, advise, challenge and managecontrol the significantprincipal risks involved in the activities of itsthe Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments, as well as at the holding companyParent Company level. PrincipalThe principal risks involved in the Company’sour business activities include market (includingnon-trading interest rate risk), credit, capitaloperational, liquidity, model, compliance, strategic and liquidity, operational, legalreputational risk. Strategic risk is integrated into our business planning, embedded in the evaluation of all principal risks and regulatory risk.

overseen by our Board of Directors (the “Board”).

The cornerstone of the Company’sour risk management philosophy is the executionpursuit of risk-adjusted returns through prudent risk-takingrisk taking that protects the Company’sour capital base and franchise. This philosophy is implemented through the ERM framework. Five key principles underlie this philosophy: integrity, comprehensiveness, independence, accountability definedand transparency. To help ensure the efficacy of risk tolerancemanagement, which is an essential component of our reputation, senior management requires thorough and transparency.frequent communication and the appropriate escalation of risk matters. The fast-paced, complex and constantly evolving nature of global financial markets

requires that the Companyus to maintain a risk management culture that is incisive, knowledgeable about specialized products and markets, and subject to ongoing review and enhancement. To help ensure

Our risk appetite defines the efficacytypes of risk management, whichthat the Firm is an essential componentwilling to accept in pursuit of our strategic objectives and business plan, taking into account the Company’s reputation, senior management requires thoroughinterest of clients and frequent communicationfiduciary duties to shareholders, as well as capital and other regulatory requirements. This risk appetite is embedded in our risk culture and linked to our short-term and long-term strategic, capital and financial plans, as well as compensation programs. This risk appetite and the appropriate escalation ofrelated Board-level risk matters.

Risk Governance Structure.

Risk management at the Company requires independent company-level oversight, accountability of the Company’s business segments,limits and effective communication of risk matters to senior managementtolerance statements are reviewed and across the Company. The nature of the Company’s risks, coupled with its risk management philosophy, informs the Company’s risk governance structure. The Company’s risk governance structure is comprised of the Board of Directors;approved by the Risk Committee of the Board (“BRC”), and the Board on, at least, an annual basis.

Risk Governance Structure

Risk management at the Firm requires independent Firm-level oversight, accountability of our business divisions, and effective communication of risk matters across the Firm, to senior management and ultimately to the Board. Our risk governance structure is composed of the Board; the BRC, the Audit Committee of the Board (“BAC”), and the Operations and Technology Committee of the Board (“BOTC”); the Firm Risk Committee (“FRC”); the functional risk and control committees; senior management oversight (including the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Risk Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Legal Officer and Chief Compliance Officer); the Internal Audit Department and risk managers, committees, and groups within and across the Company’s business segments. A risk governance structuresegments and operating legal entities. The ERM framework, composed of independent but complementary entities, facilitates efficient and comprehensive supervision of the Company’sour risk exposures and processes.

75December 2016 Form 10-K


Risk Disclosures

 

1.

Committees include Securities Risk Committee, Wealth Management Risk Committee and Investment Management Risk Committee

2.

Committees include Capital Commitment Committee, Global Large Loan Committee, Equity Underwriting Committee, Leveraged Finance Underwriting Committee, Municipal Capital Commitment Committee

Morgan Stanley Board of Directors.    The Board of Directors has oversight for the Company’s ERM framework and is responsible for helping to ensure that the Company’sour risks are managed in a sound manner. The Board has authorized the committees within the ERM framework to help facilitate itsour risk oversight responsibilities. As set forth in our Corporate Governance Policies, the Board also oversees, and receives reports on, our financial performance, strategy and business plans as well as our practices and procedures relating to culture, values and conduct.

Risk Committee of the Board.    The BRC is composed ofnon-management directors. The BRC is responsible for assistingoversees our global ERM framework; oversees the Board in the oversight of the Company’s risk governance structure; the Company’s risk management and risk assessment guidelines and policies regarding major market, credit, liquidity and funding and reputational risk; the Company’s risk tolerance; and the performance of the Chief Risk Officer. The BRC reports to the full Board on a regular basis.

Audit Committee of the Board.    The BAC is composed of independent directors. The BAC is responsible for oversight of the integrity of the Company’s consolidated financial statements, the Company’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, the Company’s system of internal controls, the qualifications and independence of the Company’s independent auditor, and the performance of the Company’s internal and independent auditors. In addition, the BAC assists the Board in its oversight of certain aspects of risk

111


management, including review of the major franchise, legal and compliance risk exposures of the CompanyFirm, including market, credit, operational, model, liquidity, and reputational risk, against established risk measurement methodologies and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures, as well asexposures; oversees our risk appetite statement, including risk limits and tolerances; reviews capital, liquidity and funding strategy and related guidelines and policies that governpolicies; reviews the contingency funding plan and internal capital adequacy assessment process forand capital plan; oversees our significant risk management and risk assessment guidelines and policies; oversees the performance of the Chief Risk Officer; reviews reports from our Strategic Transactions Committee, Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (“CCAR”) Committee, and Resolution and Recovery Planning (“RRP”) Committee; reviews significant reputational risk, management.franchise risk, new product risk, emerging risks and regulatory matters; and reviews results of Internal Audit reviews and assessment of the risk management, liquidity and capital functions. The BACBRC reports to the fullentire Board on a regular basis.basis, coordinates with other Board committees with

respect to oversight of risk management and risk assessment guidelines and the entire Board attends quarterly meetings with the BRC.

Operations and TechnologyAudit Committee of the Board.    The BOTCBAC is composed of non-managementindependent directors. The BAC oversees the integrity of our consolidated financial statements, compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and system of internal controls; oversees risk management and risk assessment guidelines in coordination with the Board, BRC and BOTC is responsible for reviewingand reviews the major operationslegal and technologycompliance risk exposures of the CompanyFirm and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures. Additionally,exposures; selects, determines the fees, evaluates and when appropriate, replaces the independent auditor; oversees the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent auditor, andpre-approves audit and permittednon-audit services; oversees the performance of our Global Audit Director; and after review, recommends to the Board the acceptance and inclusion of the annual audited consolidated financial statements in the Firm’s Annual Report on Form10-K. The BAC reports to the entire Board on a regular basis.

Operations and Technology Committee of the Board.The BOTC is responsible for assisting the Board in its oversightcomposed of the Company’snon-management directors. The BOTC oversees our operations and technology strategy, including trends that may affect such strategy; reviews operations and technology budget and significant expenditures and investments in support of such strategy. The BOTC is also responsible for the review and approval ofstrategy; reviews operations and technology policies, as well as the review of the Company’smetrics; oversees risk management and risk assessment guidelines and policies regarding operations and technology risk.risk; reviews the major operations and technology

December 2016 Form 10-K76


Risk Disclosures

risk exposures of the Firm, including information security and cybersecurity risks, and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures; and oversees our business continuity planning. The BOTC reports to the fullentire Board on a regular basis.

Firm Risk Committee.    The Board has also authorized the FRC, a management committee appointed and chaired by the Chief Executive Officer, which includes the most senior officers of the Company,Firm, including the Chief Risk Officer, Chief Legal Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to oversee the Company’s global risk management structure.ERM framework. The FRC’s responsibilities include oversight of the Company’sour risk management principles, procedures and limits and the monitoring of capital levels and material market, credit, operational, model, liquidity, legal, compliance and funding, legal, operational, franchise and regulatoryreputational risk matters, and other risks, as appropriate, and the steps management has taken to monitor and manage such risks. The FRC also establishes and communicates risk tolerance, including aggregate Firm limits and tolerance, as appropriate. The Governance Process Review Subcommittee of the FRC oversees governance and process issues on behalf of the FRC. The FRC reports to the fullentire Board, the BAC, the BOTC and the BRC through the Company’s Chief Risk Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief FinancialLegal Officer.

Functional Risk and Control Committees.    Functional risk and control committees comprising the ERM framework, including the Firm Credit Risk Committee, the Operational Risk Oversight Committee, the Asset Asset/Liability Management Committee, the Global Compliance Committee, the Technology Governance Committee and the Firm Franchise Committee, facilitate efficient and comprehensive supervision of the Company’sour risk exposures and processes and theprocesses. The Strategic Transactions Committee comprised of members of management appointed by the Chief Executive Officer, reviews large strategic transactions and principal investments for the Company. Firm; the CCAR Committee and oversee our Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review and Dodd-Frank Act Stress Testing; our RRP Committee oversees our Title I Resolution Plan and Recovery Plan; the Global Legal Entity Oversight and Governance Committee monitors the governance framework that operates over our consolidated legal entity population; the Enterprise Regulatory Oversight Committee oversees significant regulatory and supervisory requirements and assessments; various commitment and underwriting committees are responsible for reviewing capital, lending and underwriting commitments on behalf of us; and the Culture, Values and Conduct Committee oversees Firm-wide standards and initiatives relating to culture, values and conduct, including training and enhancements to performance and compensation processes.

In addition, each business segment has a risk committee that is responsible for helping to ensure that the business segment, as applicable, adheres to established limits for market, credit, operational and other risks; implements risk measurement, monitoring, and management policies, procedures, controls and

systems that are consistent with the risk framework established by the FRC; and reviews, on a periodic basis, itsour aggregate risk exposures, risk exception experience, and the efficacy of itsour risk identification, measurement, monitoring and management policies and procedures, and related controls.

Chief Risk Officer.    The Chief Risk Officer, who is independent of business units, reports to the BRC and the Chief Executive Officer and the BRC.Officer. The Chief Risk Officer oversees compliance with the Company’sour risk limits; approves exceptions to the Company’sour risk limits; independently reviews material market, credit, liquidity, model and operational risks; and reviews results of risk management processes with the Board, the BRC and the BAC, as appropriate. The Chief Risk Officer also coordinates with the Chief Financial Officer regarding capital and liquidity management and works with the Compensation, Management Development and Succession Committee of the Board to help ensure that the structure and design of incentive compensation arrangements do not encourage unnecessary and excessive risk-taking.risk taking.

Internal Audit Department.    The Internal Audit Department provides independent risk and control assessment and reports to the BAC. The Internal Audit Department provides an independent assessment of the Company’s control environment and risk management processes using a risk-based methodology developed from professional auditing standards. The Internal Audit Department also assists in assessing the Company’s compliance with internal guidelines set for risk management and risk monitoring as well as external rules and regulations governing the industry. It affects these responsibilities through risk-based reviews of the Company’s processes, activities, products or information systems; targeted reviews of specific controls and activities; pre-implementation audits of new or significantly changed processes, activities, products or information systems; and special investigations required as a result of internal factors or regulatory requests.

112


Independent Risk Management Functions.    The independent risk management functions (Market Risk, Credit Risk, Management, Operational Risk, Corporate TreasuryModel Risk and Bank ResourceLiquidity Risk Management departments)Departments) are independent of the Company’sour business units. These groupsfunctions assist senior management and the FRC in monitoring and controlling the Company’sour risk through a number of control processes. Each function maintains its own risk governance structure with specified individuals and committees responsible for aspects of managing risk. Further discussion about the responsibilities of the risk management functions may be found below under “Market Risk”,Risk,” “Credit Risk”,Risk,” “Operational Risk,” “Model Risk,” and “Operational Risk”“Liquidity Risk.”

Support and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Part II, Item 7.

Control Groups.    The Company    Our support and control groups include the Legal and Compliance Division, the Finance the Tax Department,Division, the Operations Division, the Technology and Data Division, and the Human Resources Department. The CompanyDepartment, Strategy and Execution, and Corporate Services. Our support and control groups coordinate with the business segment control groups to review the risk monitoring and risk management policies and procedures relating to, among other things, controls over financial reporting and disclosure; the business segment’s market, credit and operational risk profile; liquidity risks; model risks; sales practices; reputational, legal enforceability, compliance and regulatory risk; and operational and technological risks. Participation by the senior officers of the CompanyFirm and business segment control groups helps ensure that risk policies and procedures, exceptions to risk limits, new products and business ventures, and transactions with risk elements undergo thorough review.

Internal Audit Department.    The Internal Audit Department provides independent risk and control assessment and reports to the BAC. The Internal Audit Department provides an independent assessment of our control environment and risk

77December 2016 Form 10-K


Risk Disclosures

 

Divisional Risk Committees.    Each business segment hasmanagement processes using a risk-based audit coverage model and audit execution methodology developed from professional auditing standards. The Internal Audit Department also reviews and tests our compliance with internal guidelines set for risk committee that is responsiblemanagement and risk monitoring, as well as external rules and regulations governing the industry. It effects these responsibilities through periodic reviews (with specified minimum frequency) of our processes, activities, products or information systems; targeted reviews of specific controls and activities;pre-implementation or initiative reviews of new or significantly changed processes, activities, products or information systems; and special investigations required as a result of internal factors or regulatory requests. In addition to regular reports to the BAC, the Global Audit Director also periodically reports to the BRC and BOTC on risk-related controls.

Culture, Values and Conduct of Employees.    Employees of the Firm are accountable for helpingconducting themselves in accordance with our core values:Putting Clients First, Doing the Right Thing, Leading with Exceptional Ideas and Giving Back. We are committed to ensure that the business segment, as applicable, adheres to established limits for market, credit, operationalbuilding on our strong culture anchored in these core values, and other risks; implements risk measurement, monitoring,supported by our governance framework, Board and management policies and procedures that are consistent with the risk framework established by the FRC; and reviews, on a periodic basis, its aggregate risk exposures, risk exception experience, and the efficacy of its risk identification, measurement, monitoring and management policies and procedures, and related controls.

Employees.    All employees have accountability for risk management. The Company strives to establish a culture ofoversight, effective risk management throughand controls, training and development programs, policies, procedures, and defined roles and responsibilities, withinincluding the Company. The actionsrole of the Culture, Values and conduct of each employee are essential to risk management. The Company’sConduct Committee. Our Code of Conduct (the “Code”) has been established to provide a framework andestablishes standards for employee conduct that further reinforcesreinforce the Company’sFirm’s commitment to integrity and high ethical standards.conduct. Every new hire and every employee annually must certify to their understanding of and adherence to the Code. The employee annual review process includes evaluation of adherence to the Code.Code and our core values. The Global Incentive Compensation Discretion Policy sets forth standards thatfor managers when making annual compensation decisions and specifically provideprovides that managers must consider whether the employeetheir employees effectively managed andand/or supervised the risk control practices of his/her employee reports during the performance year. The Company hasWe also have several mutually reinforcing processes to identify incidents of employee conduct that may have an impact on employment status, current yearcurrent-year compensation and/or prior yearprior-year compensation. The Company’sOur clawback and cancellation provisions, which permit recovery of deferred incentive compensation, where, for example, there isapply to a broad scope of employee conduct, including any act or omission that constitutes a breach of obligation to the Firm (including failure to appropriately managecomply with internal compliance, ethics or monitor an employee who engaged in conduct detrimental to the Company or conduct constituting ‘cause’ for termination.

Stress Value-at-Risk.

The Company frequently enhances its market and credit risk management frameworkstandards, and failure or refusal to address severe stresses that are observed inperform duties satisfactorily, including supervisory and management duties), causes a restatement of our consolidated financial results, constitutes a violation of our global markets during economic downturns. During 2013,risk management principles, policies and standards, or causes a loss of revenues associated with a position on which the Company expandedemployee was paid and improved its risk measurement processes, including stress tests and scenario analysis, and further refined its market and credit risk limit framework. Stress Value-at-Risk (“S-VaR”), a proprietary methodology that comprehensively measures the Company’s market and credit risks, was further refined and continues to be an important metric used in establishing the Company’s risk appetite and its capital allocation framework. S-VaR simulates many stress scenarios based on more than 25 yearsemployee operated outside of historical data and attempts to capture the different liquidities of various types of general and specific risks. Additionally, S-VaR captures event and default risks that are particularly relevant for credit portfolios.internal control policies.

113


Risk Management Process.Process

The following is a discussion of the Company’sour risk management policies and procedures for itsour principal risks (capital and liquidity risk is discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Item 7). The discussion focuses on the Company’sour securities activities (primarily itsour institutional trading activities) and corporate lending and related activities. The Company believesWe believe that these activities generate a substantial portion of itsour principal risks. This discussion and the estimated amounts of the Company’sour risk exposure generated by the Company’sour statistical analyses are forward-looking statements. However, the analyses used to assess such risks are not predictions of future events, and actual results may vary significantly from such analyses due to events in the markets in which the Company operateswe operate and certain other factors described below.

Risk Limits Framework

Risk limits and quantitative metrics provide the basis for monitoring risk-taking activity and avoiding outsized risk-taking. Our risk-taking capacity is sized through the Firm’s capital planning process where losses are estimated under the Firm’s Bank Holding Company Severely Adverse stress testing scenario. We also maintain a comprehensive suite of risk limits and quantitative metrics to support and implement our risk appetite statement. Our risk limits support linkages between the overall risk appetite, which is reviewed by the Board, and more granular risk-taking decisions and activities.

Risk limits, once established, are reviewed and updated on at least an annual basis, with more frequent updates as necessary. Board-level risk limits address the most important Firm-wide aggregations of risk, including, but not limited to, stressed market, credit and liquidity risks. Additional risk limits approved by the FRC address more specific types of risk and are bound by the higher-level Board risk limits.

Market Risk.

Risk

Market risk refers to the risk that a change in the level of one or more market prices, rates, indices, implied volatilities (the price volatility of the underlying instrument imputed from option prices), correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity, will result in losses for a position or portfolio. Generally, the Company incurswe incur market risk as a result of trading, investing and client facilitation activities, principally within the Institutional Securities business segment where the substantial majority of the Company’s ourValue-at-Risk (“VaR”) for market risk exposures is generated. In addition, the Company incurswe incur trading-related market risk within the Wealth Management business segment. The Investment Management business segment primarily incurs principally Non-tradingnon-trading market risk primarily from capital investments in real estate funds and investments in private equity vehicles.

December 2016 Form 10-K78


Risk Disclosures

 

vehicles. Market risk includesnon-trading interest rate risk.Non-trading interest rate risk in the banking book (amounts classified for regulatory capital purposes under the banking book regime) refers to the exposure that a change in interest rates will result in prospective earnings changes for assets and liabilities in the banking book.

Sound market risk management is an integral part of the Company’sour culture. The various business units and trading desks are responsible for ensuring that market risk exposures are well-managed and prudent. The control groups help ensure that these risks are measured and closely monitored and are made transparent to senior management. The Market Risk Department is responsible for ensuring transparency of material market risks, monitoring compliance with established limits and escalating risk concentrations to appropriate senior management. To execute these responsibilities, the Market Risk Department monitors the Company’sour risk against limits on aggregate risk exposures, performs a variety of risk analyses, routinely reports risk summaries, and maintains the Company’sour VaR and scenario analysis systems. These limits are designed to control price and market liquidity risk. Market risk is also monitored through various measures: usingby use of statistics (including VaR S-VaR and related analytical measures); by measures of position sensitivity; and through routine stress testing, which measures the impact on the value of existing portfolios of specified changes in market factors, and scenario analyses conducted by the Market Risk Department in collaboration with the business units. The material risks identified by these processes are summarized in reports produced by the Market Risk Department that are circulated to and discussed with senior management, the FRC, the BRC and the Board of Directors.

Board.

The Chief Risk Officer, who reports to the Chief Executive Officer and the BRC, among other things, monitors market risk through the Market Risk Department, which reports to the Chief Risk Officer and is independent of the business units, and has close interactions with senior management and the risk management control groups in the business units. The Chief Risk Officer is a member of the FRC, chaired by the Chief Executive Officer, which includes the most senior officers of the Company,Firm, and regularly reports on market risk matters to this committee, as well as to the BRC and the Board of Directors.Board.

Sales and Trading and Related Activities.Activities

Primary Market Risk Exposures and Market Risk Management.    During 2013, the Company2016, we had exposures to a wide range of interest rates, equity prices, foreign exchange rates and commodity prices—and the associated implied volatilities and spreads—related to the global markets in which it conducts itswe conduct our trading activities.

The Company isWe are exposed to interest rate and credit spread risk as a result of itsour market-making activities and other trading in

interest rate-sensitive financial instruments (e.g., risk arising from changes in the level or implied

114


volatility of interest rates, the timing of mortgage prepayments, the shape of the yield curve and credit spreads). The activities from which those exposures arise and the markets in which the Company iswe are active include, but are not limited to, the following: corporate and government debt across both developed and emerging markets and asset-backed debt (including mortgage-related securities).

The Company isWe are exposed to equity price and implied volatility risk as a result of making markets in equity securities and derivatives and maintaining other positions (including positions innon-public entities). Positions innon-public entities may include, but are not limited to, exposures to private equity, venture capital, private partnerships, real estate funds and other funds. Such positions are less liquid, have longer investment horizons and are more difficult to hedge than listed equities.

The Company isWe are exposed to foreign exchange rate and implied volatility risk as a result of making markets in foreign currencies and foreign currency derivatives, from maintaining foreign exchange positions and from holdingnon-U.S. dollar-denominated financial instruments.

The Company isWe are exposed to commodity price and implied volatility risk as a result of market-making activities and maintainingin commodity positions in physical commodities (such as crude and refined oil products related primarily to electricity, natural gas, electricity,oil and precious and base metals) and related derivatives.metals. Commodity exposures are subject to periods of high price volatility as a result of changes in supply and demand. These changes can be caused by weather conditions; physical production transportation and storage issues;transportation; or geopolitical and other events that affect the available supply and level of demand for these commodities.

The Company manages itsWe manage our trading positions by employing a variety of risk mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). Hedging activities may not always provide effective mitigation against trading losses due to differences in the terms, specific characteristics or other basis risks that may exist between the hedge instrument and the risk exposure that is being hedged. The Company managesWe manage the market risk associated with itsour trading activities on a Company-wideFirm-wide basis, on a worldwide trading division level and on an individual product basis. The Company managesWe manage and monitors itsmonitor our market risk exposures in such a way as to maintain a portfolio that the Company believeswe believe is well-diversified in the aggregate with respect to market risk factors and that reflects the Company’sour aggregate risk tolerance as established by the Company’sour senior management.

79December 2016 Form 10-K


Risk Disclosures

 

Aggregate market risk limits have been approved for the CompanyFirm across all divisions worldwide. Additional market risk limits are assigned to trading desks and, as appropriate, products and regions. Trading division risk managers, desk risk managers, traders and the Market Risk Department monitor market risk measures against limits in accordance with policies set by our senior management.

VaR.    The Company uses    We use the statistical technique known as VaR as one of the tools used to measure, monitor and review the market risk exposures of itsour trading portfolios. The Market Risk Department calculates and distributes dailyVaR-based risk measures to various levels of management.

VaR Methodology, Assumptions and Limitations.    The Company estimates    We estimate VaR using a model based on volatility adjustedvolatility-adjusted historical simulation for general market risk factors and Monte Carlo simulation for name-specific risk in corporate shares, bonds, loans and related derivatives. The model constructs a distribution of hypothetical daily changes in the value of trading portfolios based on the following: historical observation of daily changes in key market indices or other market risk factors; and information on the sensitivity of the portfolio values to these market risk factor changes. The Company’sOur VaR model uses four years of historical data with a volatility adjustment to reflect current market conditions. The Company’s VaR for risk management purposes (“Management VaR”) is computed at a 95% level of confidence over aone-day time horizon, which is a useful indicator of possible trading losses resulting from adverse daily market moves. The Company’s 95%/one-one-day

115


day VaR corresponds to the unrealized loss in portfolio value that, based on historically observed market risk factor movements, would have been exceeded with a frequency of 5%, or five times in every 100 trading days, if the portfolio were held constant for one day.

The Company’sOur VaR model generally takes into account linear andnon-linear exposures to equity and commodity price risk, interest rate risk, credit spread risk and foreign exchange rates. The model also takes into account linear exposures to implied volatility risks for all asset classes andnon-linear exposures to implied volatility risks for equity, commodity and foreign exchange referenced products. The VaR model also captures certain implied correlation risks associated with portfolio credit derivatives, as well as certain basis risks (e.g., corporate debt and related credit derivatives).

The Company usesWe use VaR as one of a range of risk management tools. Among their benefits, VaR models permit estimation of a portfolio’s aggregate market risk exposure, incorporating a range of varied market risks and portfolio assets. One key element of the VaR model is that it reflects risk reduction due to portfolio diversification or hedging activities. However, VaR has various limitations, which include, but are not

limited to: use of historical changes in market risk factors, which may not be accurate predictors of future market conditions and may not fully incorporate the risk of extreme market events that are outsized relative to observed historical market behavior or reflect the historical distribution of results beyond the 95% confidence interval; and reporting of losses in a single day, which does not reflect the risk of positions that cannot be liquidated or hedged in one day. A small proportion of market risk generated by trading positions is not included in VaR. The modeling of the risk characteristics of some positions relies on approximations that, under certain circumstances, could produce significantly different results from those produced using more precise measures. VaR is most appropriate as a risk measure for trading positions in liquid financial markets and will understate the risk associated with severe events, such as periods of extreme illiquidity. The Company isWe are aware of these and other limitations and, therefore, usesuse VaR as only one component in itsour risk management oversight process. This process also incorporates stress testing and scenario analyses and extensive risk monitoring, analysis and control at the trading desk, division and CompanyFirm levels.

The Company’sOur VaR model evolves over time in response to changes in the composition of trading portfolios and to improvements in modeling techniques and systems capabilities. The Company isWe are committed to continuous review and enhancement of VaR methodologies and assumptions in order to capture evolving risks associated with changes in market structure and dynamics. As part of our regular process improvement,improvements, additional systematic and name-specific risk factors may be added to improve the VaR model’s ability to more accurately estimate risks to specific asset classes or industry sectors.

Since the reported VaR statistics are estimates based on historical data, VaR should not be viewed as predictive of the Company’sour future revenues or financial performance or of itsour ability to monitor and manage risk. There can be no assurance that the Company’sour actual losses on a particular day will not exceed the VaR amounts indicated below or that such losses will not occur more than five times in 100 trading days for a95%/one-day VaR. VaR does not predict the magnitude of losses which,that, should they occur, may be significantly greater than the VaR amount.

VaR statistics are not readily comparable across firms because of differences in the firms’ portfolios, modeling assumptions and methodologies. These differences can result in materially different VaR estimates across firms for similar portfolios. The impact of such differences varies depending on the factor history assumptions, the frequency with which the factor history is updated and the confidence level. As a result, VaR statistics are more useful when interpreted as indicators of trends in a firm’s risk profile rather than as an absolute measure of risk to be compared across firms.

 

December 2016 Form 10-K80

The Company utilizes


Risk Disclosures

We utilize the same VaR model for risk management purposes, as well as for regulatory capital calculations. The Company’sOur VaR model has been approved by the Company’sour regulators for use in regulatory capital calculations.

116


The portfolio of positions used for the Company’s Management VaR differs from that used for regulatory capital requirements (“Regulatory VaR”), as Management VaR contains certain positions that are excluded from Regulatory VaR. Examples include counterparty credit valuation adjustments,adjustment (“CVA”) and related hedges, as well as loans that are carried at fair value and associated hedges. Additionally, the Company’s Management VaR excludes certain risks contained in its Regulatory VaR, such as hedges to counterparty exposures related to the Company’s own credit spread.

Table 1 belowThe following table presents the Management VaR for the Company’s Trading portfolio, on aperiod-end, annual average, and annual high and low basis. TheTo further enhance the transparency of the traded market risk, the Credit Portfolio isVaR has been disclosed as a separate category from the Primary Risk Categories,Categories. The Credit Portfolio includes counterparty CVA and includesrelated hedges, as well as loans that are carried at fair value and associated hedges, as well as counterparty credit valuation adjustments and related hedges.

Trading Risks

95%/One-Day Management VaR

 

   95%/One-Day VaR for 2016 
$ in millions  

Period

End

  Average  High   Low 

Interest rate and credit spread

  $24  $29  $39   $22  

Equity price

   12   16   43    11  

Foreign exchange rate

   7   8   12     

Commodity price

   8   10   13     

Less: Diversification benefit1, 2

   (21  (27  N/A    N/A  

Primary Risk Categories

  $30  $36  $61   $29  

Credit Portfolio

   15   19   24    12  

Less: Diversification benefit1, 2

   (11  (12  N/A    N/A  

Total Management VaR

  $          34  $43  $68   $34  
   

 

95%/One-Day VaR for 2015

 
$ in millions  

Period

End

  Average  High   Low 

Interest rate and credit spread

  $28  $34  $42   $27  

Equity price

   17   19   40    14  

Foreign exchange rate

   6   11   20     

Commodity price

   10   16   21    10  

Less: Diversification benefit1, 2

   (23  (33  N/A    N/A  

Primary Risk Categories

  $38  $47  $57   $38  

Credit Portfolio

   12   13   20    10  

Less: Diversification benefit1, 2

   (9  (10  N/A    N/A  

Total Management VaR

  $          41  $50  $61   $41  

Trading Risks.

The table below presents the Company’s 95%/one-day Management VaR:

Table 1: 95% Management VaR  95%/One-Day VaR for 2013   95%/One-Day VaR for 2012 

Market Risk Category

  Period
End
  Average  High   Low   Period
End
  Average  High   Low 
   (dollars in millions) 

Interest rate and credit spread

  $41  $45  $76   $31   $56  $56  $87   $33 

Equity price

   22   19   43    15    21   26   39    18 

Foreign exchange rate

   15   14   22    7    10   13   23    7 

Commodity price

   15   21   31    15    20   24   32    18 

Less: Diversification benefit(1)(2)

   (44  (46  N/A    N/A    (40  (55  N/A    N/A 
  

 

 

  

 

 

      

 

 

  

 

 

    

Primary Risk Categories

  $49  $53  $78   $42   $67  $64  $98   $52 
  

 

 

  

 

 

      

 

 

  

 

 

    

Credit Portfolio

   12   14   18    12    19   26   50    18 

Less: Diversification benefit(1)(2)

   (8  (8  N/A    N/A    (11  (17  N/A    N/A 
  

 

 

  

 

 

      

 

 

  

 

 

    

Total Management VaR

  $53  $59  $85   $47   $75  $73  $107   $57 
  

 

 

  

 

 

      

 

 

  

 

 

    

N/A—Not Applicable

(1)1.

Diversification benefit equals the difference between the total Management VaR and the sum of the component VaRs. This benefit arises because the simulatedone-day losses for each of the components occur on different days; similar diversification benefits also are taken into account within each component.

(2)2.N/A–Not Applicable.

The high and low VaR values for the total Management VaR and each of the component VaRs might have occurred on different days during the year, and therefore, the diversification benefit is not an applicable measure.

The Company’saverage total Management VaR for 2016 was $43 million compared with $50 million for 2015. The average Management VaR for the Primary Risk Categories for 20132016 was $53$36 million compared with $64$47 million for 2012. This decrease was primarilyin 2015. The noted decreases were driven by reduced exposure to interest ratean overall reduction in risk exposures across the Sales and credit spread products and reduced exposure to equity products.Trading businesses.

The average Credit Portfolio VaR for 2013 was $14 million compared with $26 million for 2012. This decrease was primarily driven by decreased counterparty credit exposure.

The average Total Management VaR for 2013 was $59 million compared with $73 million for 2012. This decrease was driven by the aforementioned movements.

Distribution of VaR Statistics and Net Revenues for 2013.2016.

One method of evaluating the reasonableness of the Company’sour VaR model as a measure of the Company’sour potential volatility of net revenues is to compare the VaR with actual trading revenues. Assuming no intra-dayintraday trading, for a95%/one-day VaR, the expected number of times that trading losses should exceed VaR during the year is 13, and, in general, if trading losses were to exceed VaR more than 21 times in a year, the adequacy of the VaR model couldwould be questioned. The Company evaluatesWe evaluate the reasonableness of itsour VaR model by comparing the

117


potential declines in portfolio values generated by the model with actual trading results for the Company,Firm, as well as individual business units. For days where losses exceed the VaR statistic, the Company examineswe examine the drivers of trading losses to evaluate the VaR model’s accuracy relative to realized trading results.

The distribution of VaR Statistics and Net Revenues is presented in the following histograms below for both the Primary Risk Categories and the Total Trading populations.

Primary Risk Categories.Total Trading.

As shown in Table 1,the95%/One-Day Management VaR table on the Company’spreceding page, the average95%/one-day Primary Risk Categories total Management VaR for 20132016 was $53$43 million. The following histogram below presents the distribution of the Company’s daily95%/one-day Primary Risk Categories total Management VaR for 2013,2016, which was in a range between $40$30 million and $60 million for approximately 82%99% of the trading days during the year.

 

118


The following histogram below shows the distribution for 2016 of daily net trading revenues, including profits and losses from Interest rate and credit spread, Equity price, Foreign exchange rate, Commodity price, and Credit Portfolio positions and intraday trading activities, for the Company’s businesses that comprise the Primary Risk Categories for 2013. This excludes non-trading revenues of these businesses and revenues associated with the Company’s own credit risk. During 2013, the Company’s businesses that comprise the Primary Risk Categories experiencedour Trading businesses. Daily net trading losses on 35 days, of which 1 day wasrevenues also include intraday trading activities but exclude certain items not captured in excess of the 95%/one-day Primary Risk Categories VaR.VaR model, such as fees, commissions and net interest income. Daily net trading revenues

 

 11981 December 2016 Form 10-K


Total Trading—including the Primary Risk Categories and the Credit Portfolio.
Risk Disclosures

 

As shown in Table 1,differ from the Company’s average 95%/one-day Total Managementdefinition of revenues required for Regulatory VaR backtesting, which includes the Primary Risk Categories and the Credit Portfolio, for 2013 was $59 million. The histogram below presents the distribution of the Company’s daily 95%/one-day Total Management VaR for 2013, which was in a range between $45 million and $65 million for approximately 80% of trading days during the year.

120


The histogram below shows the distribution of daily net trading revenues for the Company’s Trading businesses for 2013. Thisfurther excludes non-trading revenues of these businesses and revenues associated with the Company’s own credit risk.intraday trading. During 2013, the Company2016, we experienced net trading losses on 3318 days, of which 1no day was in excess of the95%/one-day Total Management VaR.

 

Non-Trading Risks. Risks

The Company believesWe believe that sensitivity analysis is an appropriate representation of the Company’s ournon-trading risks. Reflected below is this analysis which coverscovering substantially all of thenon-trading risk in the Company’sour portfolio.

Counterparty Exposure Related to the Company’sOur Own Credit Spread.

The credit spread risk relating to the Company’s own mark-to-market derivative counterparty exposure is managed separately from VaR.    The credit spread risk sensitivity of thisthe counterparty exposure correspondsrelated to our own credit spread corresponded to an increase in value of approximately $5 million and $6 million for each 1 basis point widening in the Company’sour credit spread level forat both December 31, 20132016 and December 31, 2012, respectively.2015.

Funding Liabilities.

The credit spread risk sensitivity of the Company’s ourmark-to-market funding liabilities corresponded to an increase in value of approximately $11$17 million and $13$11 million for each 1 basis point widening in the Company’sour credit spread level forat December 31, 20132016 and December 31, 2012,2015, respectively.

Interest Rate Risk Sensitivity on Income from Continuing Operations.Sensitivity.

The Company measures thefollowing table presents an analysis of selected instantaneous upward and downward parallel interest rate risk of certain assets and liabilities by calculating the hypothetical sensitivity ofshocks on net interest income to potential changes in the level of interest rates over the next 12 months for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. These shocks are applied to our12-month forecast for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, which incorporates market expectations of interest rates and our forecasted business activity, including our deposit deployment strategy and asset-liability management hedges.

During the fourth quarter of 2016, we changed the criteria used to determine the pricing for our deposit liabilities to client cash balances from client assets under management. As a result of the change, the U.S. Bank Subsidiaries balance sheet is expected to have greater sensitivity to higher rates than in prior periods.

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Net Interest Income Sensitivity Analysis

$ in millions  At December 31, 2016   At December 31, 2015  

+200 basis points

  $550  $(149) 

+100 basis points

   262   (84) 

 -100 basis points

   (655  (512) 

At December 31, 2016, the upward instantaneous interest rate shocks result in a positive impact to our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ projected net interest income over the following 12 months. This

We do not manage to any single rate scenario but rather manage net interest income in our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries to optimize across a range of possible outcomes. The sensitivity analysis assumes that we take no action in response to these scenarios, assumes there are no changes in other macroeconomic variables normally correlated with changes in interest rates, and includes positions that are mark-to-market,subjective assumptions regarding customer and market re-pricing behavior and other factors.

Investments.    We have exposure to public and private companies through direct investments, as well as positionsthrough funds that are accounted for on an accrual basis. For interest rate derivatives that are perfect economic hedges to non-mark-to-market assets or liabilities, the disclosed sensitivities include only the impact of the coupon accrual mismatch.

121


Given the currently low interest rate environment, the Company uses the following two interest rate scenarios to quantify the Company’s sensitivity: instantaneous parallel shocks of 100 and 200 basis point increases to all points on all yield curves simultaneously.

The hypothetical model does not assume any growth, changeinvest in business focus, asset pricing philosophy or asset/liability funding mix and does not capture how the Company would respond to significant changes in market conditions. Furthermore, the model does not reflect the Company’s expectations regarding the movement of interest rates in the near term, nor the actual effect on income from continuing operations before income taxes if such changes were to occur.

  December 31, 2013  December 31, 2012 
  +100 Basis
Points
  +200 Basis
Points
  +100 Basis
Points
  +200 Basis
Points
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Impact on income from continuing operations before income taxes

 $642  $1,102  $749  $1,140 

Investments.

The Company makes investments in both public and private companies.these assets. These investments are predominantly equity positions with long investment horizons, the majoritya portion of which are for business facilitation purposes. The market risk related to these investments is measured by estimating the potential reduction in net income associated with a 10% decline in investment values.values and related impact on performance fees.

Investments Sensitivity, Including Related Performance Fees

 

   10% Sensitivity 

Investments

  December 31, 2013   December 31, 2012 
   (dollars in millions) 

Investments related to Investment Management activities:

    

Hedge fund investments

  $104   $120 

Private equity and infrastructure funds

   148    125 

Real estate funds

   158    138 

Other investments:

    

Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd.

   161    143 

Other Company investments

   198    292 
   10% Sensitivity 
$ in millions  

At

December 31,
2016

   

At

December 31,

2015

 

Investments related to Investment Management activities

  $             332   $             371 

Other investments:

    

Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd.

   158    142 

Other Firm investments

   130    194 

Equity Market Sensitivity.    In the Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments, certainfee-based revenue streams are driven by the value of clients’ equity holdings. The overall level of revenues for these streams also depends on multiple additional factors that include, but are not limited to, the level and duration of the equity market decline, price volatility, the geographic and industry mix of client assets, the rate and magnitude of client investments and redemptions, and the impact of such market decline and price volatility on client behavior. Therefore, overall revenues do not correlate completely with changes in the equity markets.

 

December 2016 Form 10-K82

Credit Risk.


Risk Disclosures

 

Credit Risk

Credit risk refers to the risk of loss arising when a borrower, counterparty or issuer does not meet its financial obligations. The Companyobligations to us. We primarily incursincur credit risk exposure to institutions and individuals mainly through theour Institutional Securities and Wealth Management business segments.

The CompanyWe may incur credit risk in theour Institutional Securities business segment through a variety of activities, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

extending credit to clients through various lending commitments;

entering into swap or other derivative contracts under which counterparties have obligations to make payments to the Company;

extending credit to clients through various lending commitments;us;

 

providing short- or long-term funding that is secured by physical or financial collateral whose value may at times be insufficient to fully cover the loan repayment amount;

 

posting margin and/or collateral to clearinghouses, clearing agencies, exchanges, banks, securities firms and other financial counterparties;

placing funds on deposit at other financial institutions to support our clearing and settlement obligations; and

 

investing or trading in securities and loan pools, whereby the value of these assets may fluctuate based on realized or expected defaults on the underlying obligations or loans.

122


The Company incursWe incur credit risk in theour Wealth Management business segment, primarily through lending to individuals and entities, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

margin loans collateralized by securities;

 

securities-based lending and other forms of secured loans, predominantly collateralized by securities;including tailored lending, to high net worth clients; and

 

single-family residential prime mortgage loans in conforming,non-conforming or home equity lines of credit (“HELOC”) form.form, primarily to existing Wealth Management clients.

Monitoring and Control.Control

In order to help protect the Companyus from losses, the Credit Risk Management Department establishes company-wideFirm-wide practices to evaluate, monitor and control credit risk exposure at the transaction, obligor and portfolio levels. The Credit Risk Management Department approves extensions of credit, evaluates the creditworthiness of the Company’s counterparties and borrowers on a regular basis, and ensures that credit exposure is actively monitored and managed. The evaluation of counterparties and

borrowers includes an assessment of the probability that an obligor will default on its financial obligations and any losses that may occur when an obligor defaults. In addition, credit risk exposure is actively managed by credit professionals and committees within the Credit Risk Management Department and through various risk committees, whose membership includes individuals from the Credit Risk Management Department. A comprehensive and global Credit Limits Framework is also utilized to evaluate and manage credit risk levels across the Company.Firm. The Credit Limits Framework is calibrated within the Company’sour risk tolerance and includes single-name limits and portfolio concentration limits by country, industry and product type.

The Credit Risk Management Department ensures transparency of material credit risks, compliance with established limits and escalation of risk concentrations to appropriate senior management. The Credit Risk Management Department also works closely with the Market Risk Department and applicable business units to monitor risk exposures and to perform stress tests to identify, analyze and control credit risk concentrations arising in the Company’s lending and trading activities. The stress tests shock market factors (e.g., interest rates, commodity prices, equity prices)credit spreads), risk parameters(e.g., default probabilities and risk parameters such as default probabilitiesloss given default), recovery rates and expected losses in order to identify potential credit exposure concentrations to individual counterparties, countriesassess the impact of stresses on exposures, profit and industries.loss, and our capital position. Stress and scenario tests are conducted in accordance with our established Company policies and procedures and comply with methodologies outlined in the Basel regulatory framework.procedures.

Credit Evaluation.    

The evaluation of corporate and commercialinstitutional counterparties as well as certain high net worthand borrowers includes assigning obligor credit ratings, which reflect an assessment of an obligor’s probability of default and loss given default. Credit evaluations typically involve the assessment of financial statements, leverage, liquidity,statements; leverage; liquidity; capital strength,strength; asset composition and quality,quality; market capitalization andcapitalization; access to capital markets,markets; adequacy of collateral, if applicable; and in the case of certain loans, cash flow projections and debt service requirements, and the adequacy of collateral, if applicable.requirements. The Credit Risk Management Department also evaluates strategy, market position, industry dynamics, obligor’s management and other factors that could affect the obligor’s risk profile. Additionally, the Credit Risk Management Department evaluates the relative position of the Company’s particular obligationour exposure in the borrower’s capital structure and relative recovery prospects, as well as collateral (if applicable) and other structural elements of the particular transaction.

The evaluation of consumer borrowers is tailored to the specific type of lending. Margin and securities-based loans are evaluated based on factors that include, but are not limited to, the amount of the loan, the degree of leverage and the quality, diversification, price volatility and liquidity of the collateral. The underwriting of residential real estate loans includes, but is not limited to, review of the obligor’s income,

83December 2016 Form 10-K


Risk Disclosures

net worth, liquidity, collateral,loan-to-value ratio and credit bureau information. Subsequent credit monitoring for residential real estateindividual loans is performed at the portfolio level, and for consumer loans, collateral values are monitored on an ongoing basis.

Credit risk metrics assigned to corporate, commercial and consumerour borrowers during the evaluation process are incorporated into the Credit Risk Management Department’s maintenance of the allowance for loan losses for the loans held for the investment portfolio. Such allowance serves as a safeguard againstreserve for probable inherent losses, as well as probable losses related to loans identified for impairment. For more information on the Company’s allowance for loan losses, see Notes 2 and 87 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

123


Risk Mitigation.Mitigation    The Company

We may seek to mitigate credit risk from itsour lending and trading activities in multiple ways, including collateral provisions, guarantees and hedges. At the transaction level, the Company seekswe seek to mitigate risk through management of key risk elements such as size, tenor, financial covenants, seniority and collateral. The CompanyWe actively hedges itshedge our lending and derivatives exposure through various financial instruments that may include single-name, portfolio and structured credit derivatives. Additionally, the Companywe may sell, assign or syndicate funded loans and lending commitments to other financial institutions in the primary and secondary loan market.markets. In connection with itsour derivatives trading activities, the Companywe generally entersenter into master netting agreements and collateral arrangements with counterparties. These agreements provide the Companyus with the ability to demand collateral, as well as to liquidate collateral and offset receivables and payables covered under the same master agreement in the event of a counterparty default. A collateral management group monitors collateral levels against requirements and oversees the administration of the collateral function. See Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for additional information about our collateralized transactions.

Lending Activities.Activities

The Company providesWe provide loans and lending commitments to a variety of customers, from large corporate and institutional clients to high net worth individuals. In addition, the Company purchaseswe purchase loans in the secondary market. The table below summarizesIn the Company’s loan activityconsolidated balance sheets, these loans and lending commitments are carried at December 31, 2013.either fair value with changes in fair value recorded in earnings; held for investment, which are recorded at amortized cost; or held for sale, which are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value. Loans held for investment and loans held for sale are classified in Loans, and loans held at fair value are classified in Trading assets in the consolidated statements of financial condition at December 31, 2013.balance sheets. See Notes 43, 7 and 812 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further information.

Loan and Lending Commitment Portfolio by Business Segment

 

  Institutional
Securities
Corporate
Lending(1)
   Institutional
Securities
Other
Lending(2)
   Wealth
Management
Lending(3)
   Total(4)  At December 31, 2016 
  (dollars in millions) 
$ in millions Institutional
Securities
 Wealth
Management
 

Investment

Management1

 Total 

Corporate loans

  $7,837   $1,988   $3,301   $13,126  $13,858  $11,162  $5    $25,025 

Consumer loans

   —      —      11,576    11,576   —     24,866   —     24,866 

Residential real estate loans

   —      1    10,001    10,002   —     24,385   —     24,385 

Wholesale real estate loans

   —      1,835    6    1,841   7,702   —     —     7,702 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Loans held for investment, gross of allowance

  21,560   60,413   5     81,978 

Allowance for loan losses

  (238  (36  —     (274) 

Loans held for investment, net of allowance

   7,837    3,824    24,884    36,545   21,322   60,377   5     81,704 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Corporate loans

   6,168    —      —      6,168   10,710   —     —     10,710 

Consumer loans

   —      —      —      —   

Residential real estate loans

   —      12    100    112   11   50   —     61 

Wholesale real estate loans

   —      49    —      49   1,773   —     —     1,773 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Loans held for sale

   6,168    61    100    6,329   12,494   50   —     12,544 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Corporate loans

   2,892    6,882    —      9,774   7,199   —     18     7,217 

Consumer loans

   —      —      —      —   

Residential real estate loans

   —      1,434    —      1,434   966   —     —     966 

Wholesale real estate loans

   —      1,404    —      1,404   519   —     —     519 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Loans held at fair value

   2,892    9,720    —      12,612   8,684   —     18     8,702 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total loans

  $16,897   $13,605   $24,984   $55,486 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total loans2

  42,500   60,427   23     102,950 

Lending commitments3,4

  90,143   8,299   —     98,442 

Total loans and lending commitments3,4

 $     132,643  $       68,726   23         $201,392 

  At December 31, 2015 
$ in millions Institutional
Securities
  Wealth
Management
  Total 

Corporate loans

 $16,452  $7,102  $23,554 

Consumer loans

     21,528   21,528 

Residential real estate loans

     20,863   20,863 

Wholesale real estate loans

  6,839      6,839 

Loans held for investment, gross of allowance

  23,291   49,493   72,784 

Allowance for loan losses

  (195  (30  (225

Loans held for investment, net of allowance

  23,096   49,463   72,559 

Corporate loans

  11,924      11,924 

Residential real estate loans

  45   59   104 

Wholesale real estate loans

  1,172      1,172 

Loans held for sale

  13,141   59   13,200 

Corporate loans

  7,286      7,286 

Residential real estate loans

  1,885      1,885 

Wholesale real estate loans

  1,447      1,447 

Loans held at fair value

  10,618      10,618 

Total loans2

  46,855   49,522   96,377 

Lending commitments3,4

  95,572   5,821   101,393 

Total loans and lending commitments3,4

 $     142,427  $       55,343  $     197,770 

 

(1)1.In addition

Loans in Investment Management are entered into in conjunction with certain investment advisory activities.

2.

Amounts exclude $24.4 billion and $25.3 billion related to margin loans and $4.7 billion and $4.9 billion related to employee loans at December 31, 2013, $61.4 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for as held for investment, $8.1 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for as held for sale2016 and $9.1 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for at fair value.

(2)In addition to loans, at December 31, 2013, $1.3 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for as held for investment and $0.8 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for at fair value.
(3)In addition to loans, at December 31, 2013, $4.5 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for as held for investment.
(4)The above table excludes customer margin loans outstanding of $29.2 billion and employee loans outstanding of $5.6 billion at December 31, 2013.2015, respectively. See Notes 6 and 87 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further information.

3.

Lending commitments represent the notional amount of legally binding obligations to provide funding to clients for all lending transactions. Since commitments associated with these business activities may expire unused or may not be utilized to full capacity, they do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

4.

For syndications led by us, the lending commitments accepted by the borrower but not yet closed are net of the amounts agreed to by counterparties that will participate in the syndication. For syndications that we participate in and do not lead, lending commitments accepted by the borrower but not yet closed include only the amount that we expect will be allocated from the lead, syndicate bank. Due to the nature of our obligations under the commitments, these amounts include certain commitments participated to third parties.

December 2016 Form 10-K84


Risk Disclosures

 

124Our credit exposure from our loans and lending commitments is measured in accordance with our internal risk management standards. Risk factors considered in determining the aggregate allowance for loan and commitment losses include the borrower’s financial strength, seniority of the loan, collateral type, volatility of collateral value, debt cushion,loan-to-value ratio, debt service ratio, covenants and counterparty type. Qualitative and environmental factors such as economic and business conditions, nature and volume of the portfolio and lending terms, and volume and severity of past due loans may also be considered.

At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the allowance for loan losses related to loans that were accounted for as held for investment was $274 million and $225 million, respectively, and the allowance for commitment losses related to lending commitments that were accounted for as held for investment was $190 million and $185 million, respectively. The aggregate allowance for loan and commitment losses increased over the year ended December 31, 2016 primarily due to the energy sector. See “Institutional Securities Lending Exposures Related to the Energy Industry” herein and Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further information.


Institutional Securities Corporate Lending Activities.Activities.In connection with certain of itsour Institutional Securities business segment activities, the Company provideswe provide loans orand lending commitments to selecta diverse group of corporate and other institutional clients. These activities include corporate lending, commercial and residential mortgage lending, asset-backed lending, corporate loans purchased in the secondary market, financing extended to equities and commodities customers, and loans to municipalities. These loans and lending commitments may have varying terms; may be senior or subordinated; may be secured or unsecured; are generally contingent upon representations, warranties and contractual conditions applicable to the borrower; and may be syndicated, traded or hedged by the Company.us.

The Company’s corporate lending credit exposure is primarily from loanWe also participate in securitization activities whereby we extend short-term or long-term funding to clients through loans and lending commitments that are secured by the assets of the borrower and generally provide for over-collateralization. See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for information about our securitization activities.

Institutional Securities loans and lending commitments are mainly related to relationship-based and event-driven lending to select corporate clients. Relationship-based loans and lending commitments are used for general corporate purposes, working capital and liquidity purposes by our investment banking clients and typically consist of revolving lines of credit, letter of credit facilities and term loans. In addition,

connection with the Company provides “event-driven”relationship-based lending activities, we had hedges (which included single-name, sector and index hedges) with a notional amount of $20.2 billion and $12.0 billion at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Event-driven loans and lending commitments are associated with a particular event or transaction, such as to support client merger, acquisition, or recapitalization and project finance activities. The Company’s “event-driven”Event-driven loans and lending commitments typically consist of revolving lines of credit, term loans and bridge loans.

Corporate lending commitments may not be indicative of the Company’s actual funding requirements, as the commitment may expire unused or the borrower may not fully utilize the commitment or the Company’s portion of the commitment may be reduced through the syndication or sales process. Such syndications or sales may involve third-party institutional investors where the Company may have a custodial relationship, such as prime brokerage clients.Institutional Securities Loans and Lending Commitments by Credit Rating1

 

The Company may hedge and/or sell its exposures in connection with loans and lending commitments. Additionally, the Company may mitigate credit risk by requiring borrowers to pledge collateral and include financial covenants in lending commitments. In the consolidated statements of financial condition these loans are carried at either fair value with changes in fair value recorded in earnings; held for investment, which are recorded at amortized cost; or held for sale, which are recorded at lower of cost or fair value.

  At December 31, 2016 
  Years to Maturity    
$ in millions Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5  Total 

AAA

 $50  $105  $50  $  $205 

AA

  3,724   451   4,027      8,202 

A

  2,229   5,385   12,526   944   21,084 

BBB

  7,970   15,479   20,916   2,015   46,380 

Investment grade

  13,973   21,420   37,519   2,959   75,871 

Non-investment grade

  7,506   21,048   19,896   5,722   54,172 

Unrated2

  806   132   175   1,487   2,600 

Total

 $    22,285  $    42,600  $    57,590  $    10,168  $    132,643 

 

The table below presents the Company’s credit exposure from its corporate lending positions and lending commitments, which are measured in accordance with the Company’s internal risk management standards at December 31, 2013. The “total corporate lending exposure” column includes funded and unfunded lending commitments. Lending commitments represent legally binding obligations to provide funding to clients for all lending transactions. Since commitments associated with these business activities may expire unused or may not be utilized to full capacity, they do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

Corporate Lending Commitments and Funded Loans at December 31, 2013

  Years to Maturity   Total
Corporate
Lending
Exposure(2)
  At December 31, 2015 

Credit Rating(1)

  Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5   
  (dollars in millions)  Years to Maturity    
$ in millions Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 Total 

AAA

  $859   $114   $121   $—     $1,094  $287  $24  $50  $  $361 

AA

   2,719    1,870    5,556    —      10,145  5,022  2,553  3,735  63  11,373 

A

   2,935    4,230    11,642    570    19,377  3,996  5,726  11,993  1,222  22,937 

BBB

   2,391    10,535    21,330    1,004    35,260  5,089  16,720  23,248  4,086  49,143 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Investment grade

   8,904    16,749    38,649    1,574    65,876  14,394  25,023  39,026  5,371  83,814 

Non-investment grade

   2,712    8,024    12,794    3,627    27,157  7,768  15,863  22,818  7,779  54,228 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Unrated2

 930  1,091  246  2,118  4,385 

Total

  $11,616   $24,773   $51,443   $5,201   $93,033  $    23,092  $    41,977  $    62,090  $    15,268  $    142,427 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

(1)1.

Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Credit Risk Management Department.

(2)2.Total corporate lending exposure represents the Company’s potential loss assuming the market price of funded

Unrated loans and lending commitments was zero.are primarily trading positions that are measured at fair value and risk managed as a component of Market Risk. For a further discussion of our Market Risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Market Risk” herein.

125


At December 31, 2013,2016 and December 31, 2015, the aggregate amount of investment grade funded loans was $6.5$15.3 billion and $15.8 billion, respectively, the aggregate amount ofnon-investment grade loans was $24.7 billion and $26.9 billion, respectively, and the aggregate amount of non-investment grade fundedunrated loans was $7.9 billion. In connection with these corporate lending activities (which include corporate funded$2.5 billion and unfunded lending commitments), the Company had hedges (which include “single name,” “sector” and “index” hedges) with a notional amount of $9.0$4.2 billion, related to the total corporate lending exposure of $93.0 billion atrespectively.

At December 31, 2013.

“Event-Driven” Loans2016 and Lending Commitments at December 31, 2013.

Included in the total corporate lending exposure amounts in the table above at December 31, 2013 were “event-driven” exposures2015, approximately 99% of $9.5 billion composed of funded loans of $2.0 billion and lending commitments of $7.5 billion. Included in the “event-driven” exposure at December 31, 2013 were $7.3 billion of loans and lending commitments to non-investment grade borrowers. The maturity profile of the “event-driven” loans and lending commitments at December 31, 2013 was as follows: 33% will mature in less than 1 year, 17% will mature within 1 to 3 years, 32% will mature within 3 to 5 years and 18% will mature in over 5 years.

Industry Exposure—Corporate Lending.    The Company also monitors its credit exposure to individual industries for credit exposure arising from corporate loans and lending commitments as discussed above.

The following table shows the Company’s credit exposure from its primary corporate loans and lending commitments by industry at December 31, 2013:

Industry

  Corporate Lending Exposure 
   (dollars in millions) 

Energy

  $12,240 

Utilities

   10,410 

Healthcare

   10,095 

Consumer discretionary

   9,981 

Industrials

   9,514 

Funds, exchanges and other financial services(1)

   7,190 

Consumer staples

   6,788 

Information technology

   6,526 

Telecommunications services

   5,658 

Materials

   4,867 

Real Estate

   4,171 

Other

   5,593 
  

 

 

 

Total

  $93,033 
  

 

 

 

(1)Includes mutual funds, pension funds, private equity and real estate funds, exchanges and clearinghouses and diversified financial services.

Institutional Securities Other Lending Activities.    In addition to the primary corporate lending activity described above, the Institutional Securities business segment engages in other lending activity. These loans primarily include corporate loans purchased in the secondary market, commercial and residential mortgage loans, asset-backed loans and financing extended to institutional clients. At December 31, 2013, approximately 99.6% of Institutional Securities Other lending activities held for investment were current; less than 0.4%current, while approximately 1% were on non-accrualnonaccrual status because the loans were past due for a period of 90 days or more or payment of principal or interest was in doubt.

85December 2016 Form 10-K


Risk Disclosures

 

126Event-Driven Loans and Lending Commitments

$ in millions At
December 31,
2016
  At
December 31,
2015
 

Event-driven loans

 $5,097  $5,414 

Event-driven lending commitments

  16,252   17,799 

Total

 $21,349  $23,213 

Event-driven loans and lending commitments to non-investment grade borrowers

 $15,339  $13,527 

Maturity Profile of Event-Driven Loans and Lending Commitments


    At
December 31,
2016
   At
December 31,
2015
 

Less than 1 year

   34%    24% 

1-3 years

   14%    21% 

3-5 years

   28%    24% 

Over 5 years

   24%    31% 

Institutional Securities Credit Exposure from Loans and Lending Commitments by Industry

$ in millions  At December 31,
2016
   At December 31,
2015
 

Industry1

    

Real estate

  $19,807   $17,847 

Consumer discretionary

   12,059    12,837 

Energy

   11,757    15,921 

Healthcare

   11,534    12,677 

Funds, exchanges and other financial services2

   11,481    11,748 

Industrials

   11,465    10,067 

Utilities

   9,216    12,631 

Information technology

   8,602    11,122 

Materials

   7,630    6,440 

Consumer staples

   7,329    8,597 

Mortgage finance

   6,296    8,260 

Telecommunications services

   6,156    4,403 

Insurance

   4,190    4,682 

Consumer finance

   2,847    2,249 

Other

   2,274    2,946 

Total

  $132,643   $142,427 

1.

Industry categories are based on the Global Industry Classification Standard®.

2.

Includes mutual funds, pension funds, private equity and real estate funds, exchanges and clearinghouses, and diversified financial services.

Institutional Securities Lending Exposures Related to the Energy Industry.    At December 31, 2013, 2016, Institutional Securities’ loans and lending commitments related to the energy industry were $11.8 billion, of which approximately

68% are accounted for as held for investment and 32% are accounted for as either held for sale or at fair value. Additionally, approximately 52% of the total energy industry loans and lending commitments were to investment grade counterparties. At December 31, 2016, the energy industry portfolio included $1.3 billion in loans and $2.1 billion in lending commitments to Oil and Gas Exploration and Production (“E&P”) companies.

The E&P loans were tonon-investment grade counterparties, which are generally subject to periodic borrowing base reassessments based on the value of the underlying oil and gas reserves pledged as collateral. In limited situations, we may extend the period related to borrowing base reassessments typically in conjunction with taking certain risk mitigating actions with the borrower. Approximately 54% of the E&P lending commitments were to investment grade counterparties. During the year ended December 31, 2016, we increased the allowance for loan and commitment losses on held for investment energy exposures and incurredmark-to-market losses related to energy loans and lending commitments. See “Credit Risk—Lending Activities” herein for further information. To the extent commodities prices, or oil prices, remain atyear-end levels, or deteriorate further, we may incur additional lending losses.

Institutional Securities Other lending activities by remaining contract maturity were as follows:

   Years to Maturity   Total Institutional
Securities Other
Lending Activities
 
   Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5   
   (dollars in millions) 

Corporate loans

  $3,957   $1,236   $2,455   $1,222   $8,870 

Consumer loans

   —      —      —      —      —   

Residential real estate loans

   8    16    91    1,332    1,447 

Wholesale real estate loans

   174    909    885    1,320    3,288 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $4,139   $2,161   $3,431   $3,874   $13,605 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Margin Lending.    In addition to the activities noted above, Institutional Securities Otherprovides margin lending, activities include “margin lending,” which allows the client to borrow against the value of qualifying securities. At December 31, 2013, Institutional Securities2016 and December 31, 2015, the amounts related to margin lending of $15.2were $11.9 billion isand $10.6 billion, respectively, which were classified within Customer and other receivables in the consolidated statements of financial condition.balance sheets.

Wealth Management Lending Activities.The principal Wealth Management lending activities includesinclude securities-based lending and residential real estate loans. At December 31, 2013, Wealth Management’s lending activities by remaining contract maturity were as follows:

   Years to Maturity   Total Wealth
Management
Lending Activities
 
   Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5   
   (dollars in millions) 

Securities-based lending and other loans

  $13,241   $509   $539   $594   $14,883 

Residential real estate loans

   —      —      —      10,101    10,101 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $13,241   $509   $539   $10,695   $24,984 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securities-based lending provided to the Company’sour retail clients is primarily conducted through the Company’s PLA platformour Portfolio Loan Account (“PLA”) and Liquidity Access Line (“LAL”) platforms, which had an outstanding loan balance of $13.2$29.7 billion within the $14.9and $24.9 billion in the above table as ofat December 31, 2013.2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. These loans allow the client to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities for any suitable purpose other than purchasing securities. The Company establishesWe establish approved credit lines against qualifying securities and monitorsmonitor limits daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, requiresrequire customers to deposit additional collateral, or reduce debt positions, when necessary. These credit lines are primarily uncommitted loan facilities, as we reserve the right to not make any advances, or may terminate these credit lines at any time. Factors considered in the review of these loans include, but are not limited to, the loan amount, the proposed pledgedclient’s credit profile, the degree of leverage, collateral and its diversification, profileprice volatility and in the case of concentrated positions, appropriate liquidity of the underlying collateral or potential hedging strategies. Underlying collateral is also reviewed with respect to the valuation of the securities, historical trading range, volatility analysis and an evaluation of industry concentrations.collateral.

December 2016 Form 10-K86


Risk Disclosures

 

Residential real estate loans consist of first and second lien mortgages, including HELOC loans. For these loans, a loan evaluation process is adopted within a framework of credit underwriting policies and collateral valuation. The Company’sOur underwriting policy is designed to ensure that all borrowers pass an assessment of capacity and willingness to pay, which includes an analysis of applicableutilizing industry standard credit scoring models (e.g.(e.g., Fair Isaac Corporation (“FICO”) scores), debt ratios and reservesassets of the borrower.Loan-to-value ratios are determined based on independent third-party property appraisal/valuations, and security lien position is established through title/ownership reports. Eligible conforming loans are currently held for sale, while most non-conformingThe vast majority of mortgage and HELOC loans are held for investment in the Company’sWealth Management business segment’s loan portfolio.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, loans and lending commitments associated with the Wealth Management business segment lending activities increased by approximately 24%, mainly due to growth in LAL and residential real estate loans.

Wealth Management Lending Activities by Remaining Contractual Maturity

  At December 31, 2016 
  Years to Maturity    
$ in millions Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5  Total 

Securities-based lending and other loans

 $30,547  $2,983  $1,304  $1,179  $36,013 

Residential real estate loans

        45   24,369   24,414 

Total

 $30,547  $2,983  $1,349  $25,548  $60,427 

Lending commitments

  6,372   1,413   268   246   8,299 

Total loans and lending commitments

 $        36,919  $        4,396  $        1,617  $        25,794  $        68,726 

  At December 31, 2015 
  Years to Maturity    
$ in millions Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5  Total 

Securities-based lending and other loans

 $25,975  $1,004  $889  $749  $28,617 

Residential real estate loans

        35   20,870   20,905 

Total

 $25,975  $1,004  $924  $21,619  $49,522 

Lending commitments

  5,143   286   115   277   5,821 

Total loans and lending commitments

 $        31,118  $        1,290  $        1,039  $        21,896  $        55,343 

At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, approximately 99.9% of the Wealth Management business segment loans held for investment were current, while approximately 0.1% were on nonaccrual status because the loans were past due for a period of 90 days or more or payment of principal or interest was in doubt.

The Wealth Management business segment also provides margin lending to retail clients and had an outstanding balance of $14.0

$12.5 billion as ofand $14.7 billion at December 31, 2013,2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, which iswere classified within Customer and other receivables in the consolidated statements of financial condition.balance sheets.

127


In addition, the Company’s Wealth Management business segment has employee loans of $4.7 billion and $4.9 billion at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, that are granted primarily in conjunction with a programprograms established by the Companyus to retain and recruit certain employees. These loans are recorded in Customer and other receivables in the consolidated statements of financial condition,balance sheets. These loans are full recourse, generally require periodic payments and have repayment terms ranging from four1 to 12 years. The Company establishesWe establish an allowance for loan amounts it doeswe do not consider recoverable, from terminated employees, which is recorded in Compensation and benefits expense.

Credit Exposure—Derivatives.Derivatives

The Company incursWe incur credit risk as a dealer in OTC derivatives. Credit risk with respect to derivative instruments arises from the failure of a counterparty to perform according to the terms of the contract. In connection with itsour OTC derivative activities, the Companywe generally entersenter into master netting agreements and collateral arrangements with counterparties. These agreements provide the Companyus with the ability to demand collateral, as well as to liquidate collateral and offset receivables and payables covered under the same master netting agreement in the event of counterparty default. The Company manages itsWe manage our trading positions by employing a variety of risk mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). For credit exposure information on the Company’sour OTC derivative products, see Note 124 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

Credit Derivatives.Derivatives.    A credit derivative is a contract between a seller (guarantor) and buyer (beneficiary) of protection against the risk of a credit event occurring on one or more debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity. The beneficiarybuyer typically pays a periodic premium over the life of the contract and is protected for the period. If a credit event occurs, the guarantorseller is required to make payment to the beneficiary based on the terms of the credit derivative contract. Credit events, as defined in the contract, may be one or more of the following defined events: bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the referenced entity, failure to pay, obligation acceleration, repudiation, payment moratorium and restructurings.

The Company tradesWe trade in a variety of credit derivatives and may either purchase or write protection on a single name or portfolio of referenced entities. In transactions referencing a portfolio of entities or securities, protection may be limited to a tranche of

87December 2016 Form 10-K


Risk Disclosures

exposure or a single name within the portfolio. The Company isWe are an active market maker in the credit derivatives markets. As a market maker, the Company workswe work to earn abid-offer spread on client flow business and managesmanage any residual credit or correlation risk on a portfolio basis. Further, the Company useswe use credit derivatives to manage itsour exposure to residential and commercial mortgage loans and corporate lending exposures during the periods presented.exposures. The effectiveness of the Company’s CDSour credit default swap (“CDS”) protection as a hedge of the Company’sour exposures may vary depending upon a number of factors, including the contractual terms of the CDS.

The CompanyWe actively monitors itsmonitor our counterparty credit risk related to credit derivatives. A majority of the Company’sour counterparties isare composed of banks, broker-dealers, insurance and other financial institutions. Contracts with these counterparties may include provisions related to counterparty rating downgrades, which may result in the counterparty posting additional collateral being required by the Company.to us. As with all derivative contracts, the Company considerswe consider counterparty credit risk in the valuation of itsour positions and recognizesrecognize credit valuation adjustments as appropriate within Trading revenues in the consolidated statements of income.income statements.

Credit Derivative Portfolio by Counterparty Type

 

  At December 31, 2016 
  Fair Values1  Notionals 
$ in millions Receivable  Payable  Net  Protection
Purchased
  Protection
Sold
 

Banks and securities firms

 $8,516  $9,397  $(881 $319,830  $273,462 

Insurance and other financial institutions

  3,619   3,901   (282  144,527   151,999 

Non-financial entities

  94   127   (33  5,832   4,269 

Total

 $        12,229  $        13,425  $        (1,196 $        470,189  $        429,730 

128

  At December 31, 2015 
  Fair Values1  Notionals 
$ in millions Receivable  Payable  Net  Protection
Purchased
  Protection
Sold
 

Banks and securities firms

 $16,962  $17,295  $(333 $533,557  $491,267 

Insurance and other financial institutions

  5,842   6,247   (405  189,439   194,723 

Non-financial entities

  115   123   (8  5,932   3,529 

Total

 $        22,919  $        23,665  $        (746 $        728,928  $        689,519 

1.

Our CDSs are classified in either Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Approximately 4% and 3%, respectively, of receivable fair values and 7% and 6%, respectively, of payable fair values represented Level 3 amounts at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).


The following table summarizes the key characteristics of the Company’s credit derivative portfolio by counterparty at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. The fair values shown in the previous table are before the application of any counterpartycontractual netting or cash collateral netting.collateral. For additional credit exposure information on the Company’sour credit derivative portfolio, see Note 124 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

OTC Derivative Products at Fair Value, Net of Collateral, by Industry

 

   At December 31, 2013 
   Fair Values(1)   Notionals 
   Receivable   Payable   Net   Beneficiary   Guarantor 
   (dollars in millions) 

Banks and securities firms

  $36,316   $35,005   $1,311   $1,126,688   $1,093,906 

Insurance and other financial institutions

   7,877    7,515    362    265,958    302,835 

Non-financial entities

   153    106    47    4,732    4,049 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $44,346   $42,626   $1,720   $1,397,378   $1,400,790 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
$ in millions  At December 31,
2016
   At December 31,
2015
 

Industry1

  

Funds, exchanges and other financial services2

  $5,041   $2,029 

Banks and securities firms

   2,856    1,672 

Hedge funds

   2,417    14 

Energy

   1,057    396 

Insurance

   988    380 

Utilities

   719    3,428 

Not-for-profit organizations

   708    794 

Materials

   646    473 

Industrials

   528    2,304 

Consumer discretionary

   457    725 

Healthcare

   412    1,041 

Special purpose vehicles

   395    718 

Private individuals

   378    16 

Information technology

   376    294 

Sovereign governments

   264    524 

Regional governments

   256    1,163 

Consumer staples

   219    506 

Mortgage finance

   208    4 

Other

   210    143 

Total3

  $18,135   $16,624 

 

(1)1.The Company’s CDS

Industry categories are classified in both Level 2based on the Global Industry Classification Standard®.

2.

Amounts include mutual funds, pension funds, private equity and Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Approximately 5% of receivable fair valuesreal estate funds, exchanges and 5% of payable fair values represent Level 3 amounts (seeclearinghouses, and diversified financial services.

3.

For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).8.

   At December 31, 2012 
   Fair Values(1)   Notionals 
   Receivable   Payable   Net   Beneficiary   Guarantor 
   (dollars in millions) 

Banks and securities firms

  $60,728   $57,399   $3,329   $1,620,774   $1,573,217 

Insurance and other financial institutions

   7,313    6,908    405    278,705    313,897 

Non-financial entities

   226    187    39    7,922    6,078 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $68,267   $64,494   $3,773   $1,907,401   $1,893,192 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)The Company’s CDS are classified in both Level 2 and Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Approximately 7% of receivable fair values and 5% of payable fair values represent Level 3 amounts (see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).

Other

In addition to the activities noted above, there are other credit risks managed by the Credit Risk Management Department and various business areas within the Institutional Securities business segment. The Company participates in securitization activities whereby it extends short- or long-term funding to clients through loans and lending commitments that are secured by assets of the borrower and generally provide for over-collateralization, including commercial real estate, loans secured by loan pools, commercial company loans, and secured lines of revolving credit. Credit risk with respect to these loans and lending commitments arises from the failure of a borrower to perform according to the terms of the loan agreement or a decline in the underlying collateral value. See Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for information about the Company’s securitization activities. Certain risk management activities as they pertain to establishing appropriate collateral amounts for the Company’s prime brokerage and securitized product businesses are primarily monitored within those respective areas in that they determine the appropriate collateral level for each strategy or position. In addition, a collateral management group monitors collateral levels against requirements and oversees the administration of the collateral function. See Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for additional information about the Company’s collateralized transactions.

Country Risk Exposure.

Exposure

Country risk exposure is the risk that uncertainties arising from the economic, social, security and political conditions withinevents in, or that affect, a foreign country (any other country other than the U.S.) willmight adversely affect the ability of the sovereign government and/or obligors within the country to honor their obligations to the Company. Country risk exposure is measured in accordance with the Company’s internal risk management standards and includes

129


obligations from sovereign governments, corporations, clearinghouses and financial institutions. The Companyus. We actively managesmanage country risk exposure through a comprehensive risk management framework that combines credit and market fundamentals and allows the Companyus to effectively identify, monitor and limit country risk. Country risk exposure before and after hedgeshedging is monitored and managed.

The Company’sOur obligor credit evaluation process may also identify indirect exposures whereby an obligor has vulnerability or exposure to another country or jurisdiction. Examples of indirect exposures include mutual funds that invest in a single country, offshore companies whose assets reside in another country to that of the offshore jurisdiction and finance company subsidiaries of corporations. Indirect exposures identified through the credit evaluation process may result in a reclassification of country risk.

 

December 2016 Form 10-K88

The Company conducts


Risk Disclosures

We conduct periodic stress testing that seeks to measure the impact on the Company’sour credit and market exposures of shocks stemming from negative economic or political scenarios. When deemed appropriate by the Company’sour risk managers, the stress test scenarios include possible contagion effects. Second order risks such as the impact for core European banks of their peripheral exposures may also be considered. The Company also conducts legal and documentation analysis of its exposures to obligors in peripheral jurisdictions, which are defined as exposures in Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain (the “European Peripherals”), to identify the risk that such exposures could be redenominated into new currencies or subject to capital controls in the case of country exit from the Euro-zone. This analysis, and results of the stress tests, may result in the amendment of limits or exposure mitigation.

In addition to the Company’sour country risk exposure, the Company discloses itswe disclose our cross-border risk exposure in “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)” in Item 8. It is based on the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council’s (“FFIEC”) regulatory guidelines for reporting cross-border information and represents the amounts that the Companywe may not be able to obtain from a foreign country due to country-specific events, including unfavorable economic and political conditions, economic and social instability, and changes in government policies.

There can be substantial differences between the Company’sour country risk exposure and cross-border risk exposure. For instance, unlike the cross-border risk exposure, the Company’sour country risk exposure includes the effect of certain risk mitigants. In addition, the basis for determining the domicile of the country risk exposure is different from the basis for determining the cross-border risk exposure. Cross-border risk exposure is reported based on the country of jurisdiction for the obligor or guarantor. BesidesFor country risk exposure, we consider factors in

addition to that of country of jurisdiction, the Company considers factors such asincluding physical location of operations or assets, location and source of cash flows/revenues and location of collateral (if applicable) in order to determine the basis for country risk exposure. Furthermore, cross-border risk exposure incorporates CDS only where protection is purchased, while country risk exposure incorporates CDS where protection is both purchased andor sold.

130


The Company’sOur sovereign exposures consist of financial instruments entered into with sovereign and local governments. ItsOur non-sovereign exposures consist of exposures to primarily corporations and financial institutions. The following table shows the Company’s fiveour 10 largest non-U.S. country risk net exposures except for select European countries (see the table in “Country Risk Exposure—Select European Countries” herein) at December 31, 2013.2016. Index credit derivatives are included in the Company’s country risk exposure tables.table. Each reference entity within an index is allocated to that reference entity’s country of risk. Index exposures are allocated to the underlying reference entities in proportion to the notional weighting of each reference entity in the index, adjusted for any fair value receivable/payable for that reference entity. Where credit risk crosses multiple jurisdictions, for example, a CDS purchased from an issuer in a specific country that references bonds issued by an entity in a different country, the fair value of the CDS is reflected in the Net Counterparty Exposure column based on the country of the CDS issuer. Further, the notional amount of the CDS adjusted for the fair value of the receivable/payable is reflected in the Net Inventory column based on the country of the underlying reference entity.

Country

  Net
Inventory(1)
  Net
Counterparty

Exposure(2)(3)
   Funded
Lending
   Unfunded
Commitments
   Exposure
Before
Hedges
   Hedges(4)  Net
Exposure(5)
 
   (dollars in millions) 

United Kingdom:

            

Sovereigns

  $404  $1   $—     $—     $405   $(74 $331 

Non-sovereigns

   2,030   11,828    1,260    5,382    20,500    (2,848  17,652 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

  $2,434  $11,829   $1,260   $5,382   $20,905   $(2,922 $17,983 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Japan:

            

Sovereigns

  $9,000  $88   $—     $—     $9,088   $(10 $9,078 

Non-sovereigns

   784   2,350    26    —      3,160    (50  3,110 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

  $9,784  $2,438   $26   $—     $12,248   $(60 $12,188 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Germany:

            

Sovereigns

  $(607 $748   $—     $—     $141   $(1,497 $(1,356

Non-sovereigns

   83   4,194    263    4,152    8,692    (1,917  6,775 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

  $(524 $4,942   $263   $4,152   $8,833   $(3,414 $5,419 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Brazil:

            

Sovereigns

  $3,460  $—     $—     $—     $3,460   $—    $3,460 

Non-sovereigns

   60   159    1,073    213    1,505    (309  1,196 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

  $3,520  $159   $1,073   $213   $4,965   $(309 $4,656 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Canada:

            

Sovereigns

  $723  $287   $—     $—     $1,010   $—    $1,010 

Non-sovereigns

   866   1,236    102    1,391    3,595    (242  3,353 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

  $1,589  $1,523   $102   $1,391   $4,605   $(242 $4,363 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)
89December 2016 Form 10-K


Risk Disclosures

Top Ten Country Exposures at December 31, 2016

$ in millions  Net Inventory1  

Net

Counterparty

Exposure2,3

  Loans   Lending
Commitments
   Exposure
Before Hedges
  Hedges4  Net Exposure5 

Country

          

United Kingdom:

          

Sovereigns

  $(1,220 $9  $            —    $            —   $(1,211 $            (255 $(1,466

Non-sovereigns

   353   9,264   3,208    5,374    18,199   (2,031  16,168 

Total

  $(867 $9,273  $3,208   $5,374   $16,988  $(2,286 $14,702 

France:

          

Sovereigns

  $3,325  $5  $   $   $3,330  $(50 $3,280 

Non-sovereigns

   (105  2,128   168    2,847    5,038   (1,349  3,689 

Total

  $3,220  $2,133  $168   $2,847   $8,368  $(1,399 $6,969 

Brazil:

          

Sovereigns

  $4,644  $  $   $   $4,644  $(11 $4,633 

Non-sovereigns

   124   232   945    73    1,374   (792  582 

Total

  $4,768  $232  $945   $73   $6,018  $(803 $5,215 

Japan:

          

Sovereigns

  $(260 $174  $   $   $(86 $(82 $(168

Non-sovereigns

   486   3,046   319        3,851   (141  3,710 

Total

  $            226  $3,220  $319   $   $3,765  $(223 $3,542 

Canada:

          

Sovereigns

  $134  $            56  $   $   $            190  $  $            190 

Non-sovereigns

   (72  1,462   175    1,473    3,038   (423  2,615 

Total

  $62  $1,518  $175   $1,473   $3,228  $(423 $2,805 

Netherlands:

          

Sovereigns

  $(39 $  $   $   $(39 $(20 $(59

Non-sovereigns

   289   728   413    1,420    2,850   (344  2,506 

Total

  $250  $728  $413   $1,420   $2,811  $(364 $2,447 

Italy:

          

Sovereigns

  $1,090  $(2 $   $   $1,088  $10  $1,098 

Non-sovereigns

   119   556   39    647    1,361   (266  1,095 

Total

  $1,209  $554  $39   $647   $2,449  $(256 $2,193 

China:

          

Sovereigns

  $82  $274  $   $   $356  $(550 $(194

Non-sovereigns

   1,036   216   770    257    2,279   (10  2,269 

Total

  $1,118  $490  $770   $257   $2,635  $(560 $2,075 

Singapore:

          

Sovereigns

  $1,600  $92  $   $   $1,692  $  $1,692 

Non-sovereigns

   70   155   39    38    302      302 

Total

  $1,670  $247  $39   $38   $1,994  $  $1,994 

United Arab Emirates:

          

Sovereigns

  $(27 $1,227  $   $   $1,200  $(39 $1,161 

Non-sovereigns

   (13  278   32    83    380   (15  365 

Total

  $(40 $1,505  $32   $83   $1,580  $(54 $1,526 

1.

Net inventory represents exposure to both long and short single-name and index positions (i.e., bonds and equities at fair value and CDS based on a notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for any fair value receivable or payable). As a market maker, the Company transactswe may transact in these CDS positions to facilitate client trading. At December 31, 2013,2016, gross purchased protection, gross written protection, and net exposures related to single-name and index credit derivatives for those countries were $(189.9)$(85.3) billion, $189.0$83.7 billion and $(0.9)$(1.6) billion, respectively. For a further description of the triggers for purchased credit protection and whether those triggers may limit the effectiveness of the Company’sour hedges, see “Credit Exposure—Derivatives” herein.

(2)2.

Net counterparty exposure (i.e., repurchase transactions, securities lending and OTC derivatives) takes into consideration legally enforceable master netting agreements and collateral.

(3)3.

At December 31, 2013,2016, the benefit of collateral received against counterparty credit exposure was $7.8$9.5 billion in the U.K., with 98% of collateral consisting of cash, U.S. and U.K. government obligations, and $11.1 billion in Germany with 96% of collateral consisting of cash and government obligations of the U.K., U.S. and France, Belgium and Netherlands.$6.6 billion in Japan with nearly all collateral consisting of cash and government obligations of Japan. The benefit of collateral received against counterparty credit exposure in the three other countries totaled approximately $3.9$10.6 billion, with collateral primarily consisting of cash U.S. and Japanese government obligations.obligations of the U.S. These amounts do not include collateral received on secured financing transactions.

4.
131


(4)Represents

Amounts represent CDS hedges (purchased and sold) on net counterparty exposure and funded lending executed by trading desks responsible for hedging counterparty and lending credit risk exposures for the Company. Basedus. Amounts are based on the CDS notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for any fair value receivable or payable.

(5)5.

In addition, at December 31, 2013, the Company2016, we had exposure to these countries for overnight deposits with banks of approximately $10.4$10.2 billion.

 

Country Risk Exposure—Select European Countries.    In connection with certain of its Institutional Securities business segment activities, the Company has exposure to many foreign countries. The following table shows the Company’s exposure to the European Peripherals at December 31, 2013. Country exposure is measured in accordance with the Company’s internal risk management standards and includes obligations from sovereigns and non-sovereigns, which include governments, corporations, clearinghouses and financial institutions.

Country

 Net
Inventory(1)
  Net
Counterparty

Exposure(2)(3)
  Funded
Lending
  Unfunded
Commitments
  CDS
Adjustment(4)
  Exposure
Before
Hedges
  Hedges(5)  Net
Exposure
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Greece:

        

Sovereigns

 $8  $7  $—    $—    $—    $15  $—    $15 

Non-sovereigns

  118   3   —     —     —     121   (4  117 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

 $126  $10  $—    $—    $—    $136  $(4 $132 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Ireland:

        

Sovereigns

 $5  $1  $—    $—    $5  $11  $—    $11 

Non-sovereigns

  239   51   —     —     13   303   (8  295 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

 $244  $52  $—    $—    $18  $314  $(8 $306 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Italy:

        

Sovereigns

 $752  $221  $—    $—    $713  $1,686  $(225 $1,461 

Non-sovereigns

  182   849   —     706   115   1,852   (243  1,609 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

 $934  $1,070  $—    $706  $828  $3,538  $(468 $3,070 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Spain:

        

Sovereigns

 $938  $—    $—    $—    $16  $954  $—    $954 

Non-sovereigns

  235   128   120   976   14   1,473   (234  1,239 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

 $1,173  $128  $120  $976  $30  $2,427  $(234 $2,193 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Portugal:

        

Sovereigns

 $(222 $—    $—    $—    $47  $(175 $—    $(175

Non-sovereigns

  (77  27   103   —     32   85   (9  76 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

 $(299 $27  $103  $—    $79  $(90 $(9 $(99
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Sovereigns

 $1,481  $229  $—    $—    $781  $2,491  $(225 $2,266 

Non-sovereigns

  697   1,058   223   1,682   174   3,834   (498  3,336 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total European Peripherals(6)

 $2,178  $1,287  $223  $1,682  $955  $6,325  $(723 $5,602 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Net inventory represents exposure to both long and short single-name and index positions (i.e., bonds and equities at fair value and CDS based on notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for any fair value receivable or payable). As a market maker, the Company transacts in these CDS positions to facilitate client trading. At
December 31, 2013, gross purchased protection, gross written protection and net exposures related to single-name and index credit derivatives for the European Peripherals were $(114.6) billion, $114.0 billion and $(0.5) billion, respectively. For a further description of the triggers for purchased credit protection and whether those triggers may limit the effectiveness of the Company’s hedges, see “Credit Exposure—Derivatives” herein.2016 Form 10-K90


(2)
Net counterparty exposure (i.e., repurchase transactions, securities lending and OTC derivatives) takes into consideration legally enforceable master netting agreements and collateral.Risk Disclosures
(3)At December 31, 2013, the benefit of collateral received against counterparty credit exposure was $3.7 billion in the European Peripherals with 93% of collateral consisting of cash and German government obligations. These amounts do not include collateral received on secured financing transactions.

 

132Country Risk Exposures Related to the United Kingdom.    At December 31, 2016, our country risk exposures in the U.K. included net exposures of $14,702 million (shown in the previous table) and overnight deposits of $5,514 million. The $16,168 million (shown in the previous table) of exposures tonon-sovereigns were diversified across both names and sectors. Of this exposure, $14,161 million is to investment grade counterparties, with the largest single component ($4,408 million) to exchanges and clearinghouses.

Country Risk Exposures Related to Brazil.    At December 31, 2016, our country risk exposures in Brazil included net exposures of $5,215 million (shown in the previous table). Our sovereign net exposures in Brazil were principally in the form of local currency government bonds held onshore to support client activity. The $582 million (shown in the previous table) of exposures tonon-sovereigns were diversified across both names and sectors.


(4)CDS adjustment represents credit protection purchased from European Peripherals’ banks on European Peripherals’ sovereign and financial institution risk. Based on the CDS notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for any fair value receivable or payable.
(5)Represents CDS hedges (purchased and sold) on net counterparty exposure and funded lending executed by trading desks responsible for hedging counterparty and lending credit risk exposures for the Company. Based on the CDS notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for any fair value receivable or payable.
(6)In addition, at December 31, 2013, the Company had European Peripherals exposure for overnight deposits with banks of approximately $111 million.

Country Risk Exposures Related to China.Industry Exposure—OTC Derivative Products.At December 31, 2016, our country risk exposures in China included net exposures of $2,075 million (shown in the previous table) and overnight deposits with international banks of $159 million. The Company also monitors its credit$2,269 million (shown in the previous table) of exposures tonon-sovereigns were diversified across both names and sectors and were primarily concentrated in high-quality positions with negligible direct exposure to individual industries for current exposure arising from the Company’s OTC derivative contracts.onshore equities.

Operational Risk

The following table shows the Company’s OTC derivative products by industry at December 31, 2013:

Industry

  OTC Derivative Products(1) 
   (dollars in millions) 

Utilities

  $3,142 

Banks and securities firms

   2,358 

Funds, exchanges and other financial services(2)

   2,433 

Special purpose vehicles

   1,908 

Regional governments

   1,597 

Healthcare

   1,089 

Industrials

   914 

Sovereign governments

   816 

Not-for-profit organizations

   672 

Insurance

   538 

Real Estate

   503 

Consumer staples

   487 

Other

   1,157 
  

 

 

 

Total

  $17,614 
  

 

 

 

(1)For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.
(2)Includes mutual funds, pension funds, private equity and real estate funds, exchanges and clearinghouses and diversified financial services.

Operational Risk.

Operational risk refers to the risk of loss, or of damage to the Company’sour reputation, resulting from inadequate or failed processes people andor systems, human factors or from external events (e.g., fraud, theft, legal and compliance risks, cyber attacks or damage to physical assets). The CompanyWe may incur operational risk across the full scope of itsour business activities, including revenue-generating activities (e.g.e.g., sales and trading) and support and control groups (e.g., information technology and trade processing). Legal,On March 4, 2016, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“BCBS”) updated its proposal for calculating operational risk regulatory and compliance risk is included incapital. Under the scopeproposal, which would eliminate the use of an internal model-based approach, required levels of operational risk regulatory capital would generally be determined under a standardized approach based primarily on a financial statement-based measure of operational risk exposure and is discussed below under “Legal, Regulatoryadjustments based on the particular institution’s historic operational loss record. The revised proposal will be subject to further rulemaking procedures and Compliance Risk.”its timing has not been specified.

The Company hasWe have established an operational risk framework to identify, measure, monitor and control risk across the Company.Firm. Effective operational risk management is essential to reducing the impact of operational risk incidents and mitigating legal, regulatory and reputational risks. The framework is continually evolving to account for changes in the CompanyFirm and to respond to the changing regulatory and business environment. The Company hasWe have implemented operational risk data and assessment systems to monitor and analyze internal and external operational risk events, to assess business environment and internal control factors and to perform scenario analysis. The collected data elements are incorporated in the operational risk capital model. The model encompasses both quantitative and qualitative elements. Internal loss data and scenario analysis results are direct inputs to the capital model, while external operational incidents, business environment and internal control factors are evaluated as part of the scenario analysis process.

In addition, we employ a variety of risk processes and metricsmitigants to manage our operational risk exposures. These include a strong governance framework, a comprehensive risk management program and insurance. Operational risks and associated risk exposures are indirect inputsassessed relative to the model.risk tolerance established by the Board and are prioritized accordingly. The breadth and range of operational risk are such that the types of mitigating activities are wide-ranging. Examples of activities include enhancing defenses against cyberattacks; use of legal agreements and contracts to transfer and/or limit operational risk exposures; due diligence; implementation of enhanced policies and procedures; technology change management controls; exception management processing controls; and segregation of duties.

133


Primary responsibility for the management of operational risk is with the business segments, the control groups and the business managers therein. The business managers generally maintain processes and controls designed to identify, assess, manage, mitigate and report operational risk. Each of the business segmentsegments has a designated operational risk coordinator. The operational risk coordinator regularly reviews operational risk issues and reports to our senior management within each business. Each control group also has a designated operational risk coordinator and a forum for discussing operational risk matters with our senior management. Oversight of operational risk is provided by the Operational Risk Oversight Committee, legal entity risk committees, regional risk committees and senior management. In the event of a merger; joint venture; divestiture; reorganization; or creation of a new legal entity, a new product or a business activity, operational risks are considered, and any necessary changes in processes or controls are implemented.

 

91December 2016 Form 10-K


Risk Disclosures

The Operational Risk Department (“ORD”) is independent of the divisions and reports to the CRO. ORDChief Risk Officer. The Operational Risk Department provides oversight of operational risk management and independently assesses, measures and monitors operational risk. ORDThe Operational Risk Department works with the divisions and control groups to help ensure a transparent, consistent and comprehensive framework for managing operational risk within each area and across the Company. ORD’sFirm. The Operational Risk Department scope includes oversight of the informationtechnology and technologydata risk oversightmanagement program (e.g., cybersecurity), fraud risk management and prevention program, and supplier risk management (vendor risk oversight and assessment) program. Furthermore, ORDthe Operational Risk Department supports the collection and reporting of operational risk incidents and the execution of operational risk assessments; provides the infrastructure needed for risk measurement and risk management; and ensures ongoing validation and verification of the Company’sour advanced measurement approach for operational risk capital.

Business Continuity Management is responsible for identifying key risks and threats to the Company’sour resiliency and planning to ensure that a recovery strategy and required resources are in place for the resumption of critical business functions following a disaster or other business interruption. Disaster recovery plans are in place for critical facilities and resources on a company-wideFirm-wide basis, and redundancies are built into the systems as deemed appropriate. The key components of the Company’s disaster recovery plansour Business Continuity Management Program include: crisis management; business recovery plans; applications/data recovery; work area recovery; and other elements addressing management, analysis, training and testing.

The Company maintainsWe maintain an information security program that coordinates the management of information security risks and satisfiesis designed to address regulatory requirements. Information security policies are designed to protect the Company’sour information assets against unauthorized disclosure, modification or misuse. These policies cover a broad range of areas, including: application entitlements, data protection, incident response, Internetinternet and electronic communications, remote access, mobile banking products, and portable devices. The Company hasWe have also established policies, procedures and technologies to protect itsour computers and other assets from unauthorized access.

The Company utilizesIn connection with our ongoing operations, we utilize the services of external vendors, which we anticipate will continue and may increase in connection with the Company’s ongoing operations.future. These mayservices include, for example, outsourced processing and support functions and consulting and other professional services. The Company manages itsWe manage our exposures to the quality of these services through a variety of means includingsuch as the performance of due diligence, consideration of operational risk, implementation of service level and other contractualcontrac-

tual agreements, and ongoing monitoring of the vendors’ performance. It is anticipated that the use of these services will continue and possibly increase in the future. The Supplier Risk ManagementWe maintain a supplier risk management program is responsible for thewith policies, procedures, organizations,organization, governance and supporting technology that satisfies regulatory requirements. The program is designed to ensure that adequate risk management controls betweenover the Company and its third-party suppliers as it relatesservices exist, including, but not limited to, information security, operational failure, financial stability, disaster recoverability, reputational risk, safeguards against corruption and othertermination.

Model Risk

Model risk refers to the potential for adverse consequences from decisions based on incorrect or misused model outputs. Model risk can lead to financial loss, poor business and strategic decision making, or damage to a Firm’s reputation. The risk inherent in a model is a function of the materiality, complexity and uncertainty around inputs and assumptions. Model risk is generated from the use of models impacting financial statements, regulatory filings, capital adequacy assessments and the formulation of strategy.

Sound model risk management is an integral part of our Risk Management Framework. Model Risk Management is a distinct department in Risk Management responsible for the independent oversight of model risk. It is independent of the business units and reports to the Chief Risk Officer.

The Model Risk Management Department establishes a model risk tolerance in line with our risk appetite. The tolerance is based on an assessment of the materiality of the risk of financial loss or reputational damage due to errors in design, implementation, and/or inappropriate use of models. The tolerance is monitored through model-specific and aggregate business-level assessments, which are based upon qualitative and quantitative factors.

A guiding principle for managing model risk is the “effective challenge” of models. The effective challenge of models is represented by the critical analysis by objective, informed parties who can identify model limitations and assumptions and drive appropriate changes. The Model Risk Management Department provides effective challenge of models, independently validates and approves models for use, annually recertifies models, reports identified model validation limitations to key stakeholders, tracks remediation plans for model validation limitations, and reports on model risk metrics. The department also develops controls to support a complete and accurate Firm-wide model inventory. The Model Risk Management Department reports on our model risk relative to risk tolerance and presents these reports to the Model Oversight Committee, the FRC, and the Chief Risk Officer. The Chief Risk Officer also provides quarterly updates to the BRC on model risk metrics.

December 2016 Form 10-K92


Risk Disclosures

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk refers to the risk that we will be unable to finance our operations due to a loss of access to the capital markets or difficulty in liquidating our assets. Liquidity risk also encompasses our ability (or perceived ability) to meet our financial obligations without experiencing significant business disruption or reputational damage that may threaten our viability as a going concern. Liquidity risk also encompasses the associated funding risks triggered by the market or idiosyncratic stress events that may negatively affect our liquidity and may impact our ability to raise new funding. Generally, we incur liquidity and funding risk as a result of our trading, lending, investing and client facilitation activities.

Our Liquidity Risk Management Framework is critical to helping ensure that we maintain sufficient liquidity reserves and durable funding sources to meet our daily obligations and to withstand unanticipated stress events. The Liquidity Risk Department is a distinct area in Risk Management responsible for the oversight and monitoring of liquidity risk. The Liquidity Risk Department is independent of the business units and reports to the Chief Risk Officer. The Liquidity Risk Department ensures transparency of material liquidity and funding risks, compliance with established risk limits and escalation of risk concentrations to appropriate senior management. To execute these responsibilities, the Liquidity Risk Department establishes limits in line with our risk appetite, identifies and analyzes emerging liquidity and funding risks to ensure such risks are appropriately mitigated, monitors and reports risk exposures against metrics and limits, and reviews the methodologies and assumptions underpinning our Liquidity Stress Tests to ensure sufficient liquidity and funding under a range of adverse scenarios. The liquidity and funding risks identified by these processes are summarized in reports produced by the Liquidity Risk Department that are circulated to and discussed with senior management, the FRC, the BRC and the Board, as appropriate.

The Treasury Department and applicable business units have primary responsibility for evaluating, monitoring and controlling the liquidity and funding risks arising from our business activities, and for maintaining processes and controls to manage the key risks inherent in their respective areas. The program ensures Company complianceLiquidity Risk Department coordinates with regulatory requirements.the Treasury Department and these business units to help ensure a consistent and comprehensive framework for managing liquidity and funding risk across the Firm. See also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Part II, Item 7.

Legal Regulatory and Compliance Risk.

Risk

Legal regulatory and compliance risk includes the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, material financial loss, including fines, penalties, judgments, damages and/or settlements, or loss to reputation the Companythat we may suffer as a result of failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, related self-regulatory organization standards and codes of conduct applicable to itsour business activities. Legal, regulatory and complianceThis risk also includes contractual and commercial risk, such as the risk that a counterparty’s performance obligations will be

134


unenforceable. The Company isIt also includes compliance with anti-money laundering and terrorist financing rules and regulations. We are generally subject to extensive regulation in the different jurisdictions in which it conducts itswe conduct our business (see also “Business—Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1, and “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A). The Company hasWe have established procedures based on legal and regulatory requirements on a worldwide basis that are designed to fosterfacilitate compliance with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements. The Company, principally through the Legalrequirements and Compliance Division, also has established procedures that are designed to require that the Company’sour policies relating to business conduct, ethics and practices are followed globally. In connection with its businesses, the Company has and continuously develops various procedures addressing issues such as regulatory capital requirements, sales and trading practices, new products, information barriers, potential conflicts of interest, structured transactions, use and safekeeping of customer funds and securities, lending and credit granting, anti-money laundering, privacy and recordkeeping. In addition, the Company haswe have established procedures to mitigate the risk that a counterparty’s performance obligations will be unenforceable, including consideration of counterparty legal authority and capacity, adequacy of legal documentation, the permissibility of a transaction under applicable law and whether applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws limit or alter contractual remedies. The heightened legal and regulatory focus on the financial services and banking industry presents a continuing business challenge for the Company.us.

 

 13593 December 2016 Form 10-K


Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Morgan Stanley:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial conditionbalance sheets of Morgan Stanley and subsidiaries (the “Company”“Firm”) as of December 31, 20132016 and 20122015 and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows, and changes in total equity for the years ended December 31, 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011.2014. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’sFirm’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and

significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the CompanyFirm as of December 31, 20132016 and 2012,2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011,2014, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’sFirm’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013,2016, based on the criteria established inInternal Control—Integrated Framework (1992)(2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated February 25, 201427, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’sFirm’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York

February 27, 2017

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New YorkDecember 2016 Form 10-K94


February 25, 2014Consolidated Income Statements

in millions, except per share data        2016               2015              2014       

Revenues

     

Investment banking

  $4,933   $5,594  $5,948 

Trading

   10,209    10,114   9,377 

Investments

   160    541   836 

Commissions and fees

   4,109    4,554   4,713 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

   10,697    10,766   10,570 

Other

   825    493   1,096 

Totalnon-interest revenues

   30,933    32,062   32,540 

Interest income

   7,016    5,835   5,413 

Interest expense

   3,318    2,742   3,678 

Net interest

   3,698    3,093   1,735 

Net revenues

   34,631    35,155   34,275 

Non-interest expenses

     

Compensation and benefits

   15,878    16,016   17,824 

Occupancy and equipment

   1,308    1,382   1,433 

Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees

   1,920    1,892   1,806 

Information processing and communications

   1,787    1,767   1,635 

Marketing and business development

   587    681   658 

Professional services

   2,128    2,298   2,117 

Other

   2,175    2,624   5,211 

Totalnon-interest expenses

   25,783    26,660   30,684 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   8,848    8,495   3,591 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   2,726    2,200   (90

Income from continuing operations

   6,122    6,295   3,681 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

   1    (16  (14

Net income

  $6,123   $6,279  $3,667 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

   144    152   200 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $5,979   $6,127  $3,467 

Preferred stock dividends and other

   471    456   315 

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $5,508   $5,671  $3,152 

Earnings per basic common share

     

Income from continuing operations

  $2.98   $2.98  $1.65 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

       (0.01  (0.01

Earnings per basic common share

  $2.98   $2.97  $1.64 

Earnings per diluted common share

     

Income from continuing operations

  $2.92   $2.91  $1.61 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

       (0.01  (0.01

Earnings per diluted common share

  $2.92   $2.90  $1.60 

Dividends declared per common share

  $0.70   $0.55  $0.35 

Average common shares outstanding

     

Basic

   1,849    1,909   1,924 

Diluted

   1,887    1,953   1,971 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements95December 2016 Form 10-K


Consolidated Comprehensive Income Statements

$ in millions        2016              2015              2014       

Net income

  $6,123  $6,279  $3,667 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

    

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  $(11 $(304 $(491

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities

   (269  (246  209 

Pension, postretirement and other

   (100  138   33 

Change in net debt valuation adjustment

   (296)       

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

  $(676 $(412 $(249

Comprehensive income

  $5,447  $5,867  $3,418 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

   144   152   200 

Other comprehensive income (loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests

   (1  (4  (94

Comprehensive income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $5,304  $5,719  $3,312 

December 2016 Form 10-K96See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Consolidated Balance Sheets

$ in millions, except share data  

At

December 31,
2016

  

At

December 31,
2015

 

Assets

   

Cash and due from banks

  $22,017  $19,827 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   21,364   34,256 

Trading assets at fair value ($152,548and $127,627 were pledged to various parties)

   262,154   239,505 

Investment securities (includes$63,170 and $66,759 at fair value)

   80,092   71,983 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell (includes$302 and $806 at fair value)

   101,955   87,657 

Securities borrowed

   125,236   142,416 

Customer and other receivables

   46,460   45,407 

Loans:

 

   

Held for investment (net of allowance of$274 and $225)

   81,704   72,559 

Held for sale

   12,544   13,200 

Goodwill

   6,577   6,584 

Intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of$2,421and $2,130)

   2,721   2,984 

Other assets

   52,125   51,087 

Total assets

  $814,949  $787,465 

Liabilities

   

Deposits (includes$63and $125 at fair value)

  $155,863  $156,034 

Short-term borrowings (includes$406and $1,648 at fair value)

   941   2,173 

Trading liabilities at fair value

   128,194   128,455 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (includes$729 and $683 at fair value)

   54,628   36,692 

Securities loaned

   15,844   19,358 

Other secured financings (includes$5,041 and $2,854 at fair value)

   11,118   9,464 

Customer and other payables

   190,513   186,626 

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

   15,896   18,711 

Long-term borrowings (includes$38,736and $33,045 at fair value)

   164,775   153,768 

Total liabilities

   737,772   711,281 

Commitments and contingent liabilities (see Note 12)

   

Equity

   

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity:

   

Preferred stock (see Note 15)

   7,520   7,520 

Common stock, $0.01 par value:

   

Shares authorized:3,500,000,000; Shares issued:2,038,893,979; Shares outstanding:1,852,481,601and 1,920,024,027

   20   20 

Additionalpaid-in capital

   23,271   24,153 

Retained earnings

   53,679   49,204 

Employee stock trusts

   2,851   2,409 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

   (2,643  (1,656

Common stock held in treasury at cost, $0.01 par value (186,412,378 and 118,869,952 shares)

   (5,797  (4,059

Common stock issued to employee stock trusts

   (2,851  (2,409

Total Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

   76,050   75,182 

Noncontrolling interests

   1,127   1,002 

Total equity

   77,177   76,184 

Total liabilities and equity

  $814,949  $787,465 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements97December 2016 Form 10-K


Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity

$ in millions Preferred
Stock
  Common
Stock
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
  Employee
Stock
Trusts
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Common
Stock
Held in
Treasury
at Cost
  Common
Stock
Issued to
Employee
Stock
Trusts
  Non-
controlling
Interests
  Total
Equity
 

Balance at December 31, 2013

 $3,220  $20  $24,570  $42,172  $1,718  $(1,093 $(2,968 $(1,718 $3,109  $69,030 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

           3,467                  3,467 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

                          200   200 

Dividends

           (1,014                 (1,014

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

        (294     409      1,660   (409     1,366 

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings

                    (1,458        (1,458

Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

                 (155        (94  (249

Issuance of preferred stock

  2,800      (18                    2,782 

Deconsolidation of certain legal entities associated with a real estate fund

                          (1,606  (1,606

Other net decreases

        (9                 (405  (414

Balance at December 31, 2014

  6,020   20   24,249   44,625   2,127   (1,248  (2,766  (2,127  1,204   72,104 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

           6,127                  6,127 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

                          152   152 

Dividends

           (1,548                 (1,548

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

        (79     282      1,480   (282     1,401 

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings

                    (2,773        (2,773

Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

                 (408        (4  (412

Issuance of preferred stock

  1,500      (7                    1,493 

Deconsolidation of certain legal entities associated with a real estate fund

                          (191  (191

Other net decreases

        (10                 (159  (169

Balance at December 31, 2015

  7,520   20   24,153   49,204   2,409   (1,656  (4,059  (2,409  1,002   76,184 

Cumulative adjustment for accounting change related to DVA1

           312      (312            

Net adjustment for accounting change related to consolidation2

                          106   106 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

           5,979                  5,979 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

                          144   144 

Dividends

           (1,816                 (1,816

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

        (892     442      2,195   (442     1,303 

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings

                    (3,933        (3,933

Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

                 (675        (1  (676

Other net increases (decreases)

        10                  (124  (114

Balance at December 31, 2016

 $7,520  $20  $23,271  $53,679  $2,851  $(2,643 $(5,797 $(2,851 $1,127  $77,177 

1.

Debt valuation adjustment (“DVA”) represents the change in the fair value resulting from fluctuations in the Firm’s credit spreads and other credit factors related to liabilities carried at fair value under the fair value option, primarily related to certain Long-term and Short-term borrowings. In accordance with the early adoption of a provision of the accounting updateRecognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, a cumulativecatch-up adjustment was recorded as of January 1, 2016 to move the cumulative unrealized DVA amount, net of noncontrolling interest and tax, related to outstanding liabilities under the fair value option election from Retained earnings into Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”). See Notes 2 and 15 for further information.

2.

In accordance with the accounting updateAmendments to the Consolidation Analysis, a net adjustment was recorded as of January 1, 2016 to both consolidate and deconsolidate certain entities under the new guidance. See Note 2 for further information.

 

December 2016 Form 10-K 13698 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


MORGAN STANLEY

Consolidated Cash Flow Statements

 

$ in millions        2016              2015              2014       

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net income

  $6,123  $6,279  $3,667 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:

    

Deferred income taxes

   1,579   1,189   (231

(Income) loss from equity method investments

   79   (114  (156

Compensation payable in common stock and options

   1,136   1,104   1,260 

Depreciation and amortization

   1,736   1,433   1,161 

Net gain on sale of available for sale securities

   (112  (84  (40

Impairment charges

   130   69   111 

Provision for credit losses on lending activities

   144   123   23 

Other operating adjustments

   (199  322   (72

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities

   (24,395  29,471   20,619 

Securities borrowed

   17,180   (5,708  (7,001

Securities loaned

   (3,514  (5,861  (7,580

Customer and other receivables and other assets

   (2,881  8,704   2,204 

Customer and other payables and other liabilities

   1,803   4,373   27,971 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

   (14,298  (4,369  34,842 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   17,936   (33,257  (75,692

Net cash provided by operating activities

   2,447   3,674   1,086 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Proceeds from (payments for):

    

Other assets—Premises, equipment and software, net

   (1,276  (1,373  (992

Business dispositions, net of cash disposed

      998   989 

Changes in loans, net

   (9,604  (15,816  (20,116

Investment securities:

    

Purchases

   (50,911  (47,291  (32,623

Proceeds from sales

   33,716   37,926   12,980 

Proceeds from paydowns and maturities

   8,367   5,663   4,651 

Other investing activities

   200   (102  (213

Net cash used for investing activities

   (19,508  (19,995  (35,324

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Net proceeds from (payments for):

    

Short-term borrowings

   (1,206  (88  119 

Noncontrolling interests

   (96  (96  (189

Other secured financings

   1,333   (2,370  (2,189

Deposits

   (171  22,490   21,165 

Proceeds from:

    

Excess tax benefits associated with stock-based awards

   61   211   101 

Derivatives financing activities

      512   855 

Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs

      1,493   2,782 

Issuance of long-term borrowings

   43,626   34,182   36,740 

Payments for:

    

Long-term borrowings

   (30,390  (27,289  (33,103

Derivatives financing activities

   (120  (452  (776

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings

   (3,933  (2,773  (1,458

Cash dividends

   (1,746  (1,455  (904

Other financing activities

   66       

Net cash provided by financing activities

   7,424   24,365   23,143 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

   (1,065  (945  (1,804

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   (10,702  7,099   (12,899

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period

   54,083   46,984   59,883 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

  $43,381  $54,083  $46,984 

Cash and cash equivalents include:

    

Cash and due from banks

  $22,017  $19,827  $21,381 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   21,364   34,256   25,603 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

  $        43,381  $        54,083  $        46,984 

Consolidated StatementsSupplemental Disclosure of Financial ConditionCash Flow Information

(dollars in millions, except share data)Cash payments for interest were$2,834 million, $2,672 million and $3,575 million for2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

   December 31,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 

Assets

   

Cash and due from banks ($544 and $526 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities generally not available to the Company)

  $16,602   $20,878 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   43,281    26,026 

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

   39,203    30,970 

Trading assets, at fair value (approximately $151,078 and $147,348 were pledged to various parties at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively; $2,825 and $3,505 related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively)

   280,744   

 

267,603

 

Securities available for sale, at fair value

   53,430    39,869 

Securities received as collateral, at fair value

   20,508    14,278 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell (includes $866 and $621 at fair value at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively)

   118,130   

 

134,412

 

Securities borrowed

   129,707    121,701 

Customer and other receivables

   57,104    64,288 

Loans:

   

Held for investment (net of allowances of $156 and $106 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively)

   36,545    23,917 

Held for sale

   6,329    5,129 

Other investments

   5,086    4,999 

Premises, equipment and software costs (net of accumulated depreciation of $6,420 and $5,525 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively) ($201 and $224 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

   6,019   

 

5,946

 

Goodwill

   6,595    6,650 

Intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of $1,703 and $1,250 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively) (includes $8 and $7 at fair value at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively)

   3,286    3,783 

Other assets ($11 and $593 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

   10,133    10,511 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

  $832,702   $780,960 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Liabilities

   

Deposits (includes $185 and $1,485 at fair value at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively)

  $112,379   $83,266 

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings (includes $1,347 and $725 at fair value at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively)

   2,142    2,138 

Trading liabilities, at fair value

   104,521    120,122 

Obligation to return securities received as collateral, at fair value

   24,568    18,226 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (includes $561 and $363 at fair value at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively)

   145,676   

 

122,674

 

Securities loaned

   32,799    36,849 

Other secured financings (includes $5,206 and $9,466 at fair value at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively) ($543 and $976 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities and are non-recourse to the Company)

   14,215   

 

15,727

 

Customer and other payables

   157,125    127,722 

Other liabilities and accrued expenses ($76 and $117 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities and are non-recourse to the Company)

   16,672    14,928 

Long-term borrowings (includes $35,637 and $44,044 at fair value at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively)

   153,575    169,571 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   763,672    711,223 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Commitments and contingent liabilities (see Note 13)

   

Redeemable noncontrolling interests (see Notes 3 and 15)

   —      4,309 

Equity

   

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity:

   

Preferred stock (see Note 15)

   3,220    1,508 

Common stock, $0.01 par value:

   

Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012;

   

Shares issued: 2,038,893,979 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012;

   

Shares outstanding: 1,944,868,751 at December 31, 2013 and 1,974,042,123 at December 31, 2012

   20    20 

Additional Paid-in capital

   24,570    23,426 

Retained earnings

   42,172   39,912 

Employee stock trusts

   1,718   2,932 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (1,093  (516

Common stock held in treasury, at cost, $0.01 par value; 94,025,228 shares at December 31, 2013 and 64,851,856 shares at December 31, 2012

   (2,968  (2,241

Common stock issued to employee stock trusts

   (1,718  (2,932
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

   65,921   62,109 

Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

   3,109   3,319 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total equity

   69,030   65,428 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity

  $832,702  $780,960 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.Cash payments for income taxes, net of refunds, were$831 million, $677 million and $886 million for2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 13799 December 2016 Form 10-K


MORGAN STANLEY

Consolidated Statements of Income

(dollars in millions, except share and per share data)

   2013  2012  2011 

Revenues:

    

Investment banking

  $5,246  $4,758  $4,991 

Trading

   9,359   6,990   12,384 

Investments

   1,777   742   573 

Commissions and fees

   4,629   4,253   5,343 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

   9,638   9,008   8,409 

Other

   990   556   176 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-interest revenues

   31,639   26,307   31,876 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Interest income

   5,209   5,692   7,234 

Interest expense

   4,431   5,897   6,883 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest

   778   (205  351 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net revenues

   32,417   26,102   32,227 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-interest expenses:

    

Compensation and benefits

   16,277   15,615   16,325 

Occupancy and equipment

   1,499   1,543   1,544 

Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees

   1,711   1,535   1,633 

Information processing and communications

   1,768   1,912   1,808 

Marketing and business development

   638   601   594 

Professional services

   1,894   1,922   1,793 

Other

   4,148   2,454   2,420 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

   27,935   25,582   26,117 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   4,482   520   6,110 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   826   (237  1,414 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

   3,656   757   4,696 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

    

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   (72  (48  (170

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   (29  (7  (119
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   (43  (41  (51
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

  $3,613  $716  $4,645 

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

   222   124   —   

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

   459   524   535 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $2,932  $68  $4,110 

Preferred stock dividends

   277   98   2,043 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $2,655  $(30 $2,067 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

    

Income from continuing operations

  $2,975  $138  $4,168 

Net loss from discontinued operations

   (43  (70  (58
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $2,932  $68  $4,110 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per basic common share:

    

Income from continuing operations

  $1.42  $0.02  $1.28 

Net loss from discontinued operations

   (0.03)  (0.04)  (0.03)
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per basic common share

  $1.39  $(0.02) $1.25 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share:

    

Income from continuing operations

  $1.38  $0.02  $1.27 

Net loss from discontinued operations

   (0.02)  (0.04)  (0.04)
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share

  $1.36  $(0.02) $1.23 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Dividends declared per common share

  $0.20  $0.20  $0.20 

Average common shares outstanding:

    

Basic

   1,905,823,882   1,885,774,276   1,654,708,640 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Diluted

   1,956,519,738   1,918,811,270   1,675,271,669 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 138


MORGAN STANLEY

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(dollars in millions)

   2013  2012  2011 

Net income

  $3,613  $716  $4,645 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

    

Foreign currency translation adjustments(1)

  $(348 $(255 $35 

Amortization of cash flow hedges(2)

   4   6   7 

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale(3)

   (433  28   87 

Pension, postretirement and other related adjustments(4)

   (5  (260  251 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

  $(782 $(481 $380 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

  $2,831  $235  $5,025 

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

   222   124   —   

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

   459   524   535 

Other comprehensive income (loss) applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

   —     (2  —   

Other comprehensive income (loss) applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

   (205  (120  70 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $2,355  $(291 $4,420 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Amounts are net of provision for income taxes of $351 million, $120 million and $86 million for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(2)Amounts are net of provision for income taxes of $3 million, $3 million and $6 million for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(3)Amounts are net of provision for (benefit from) income taxes of $(296) million, $16 million and $63 million for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(4)Amounts are net of provision for (benefit from) income taxes of $8 million, $(156) million and $153 million for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

139


MORGAN STANLEY

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(dollars in millions)

   2013  2012  2011 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

    

Net income

  $3,613  $716  $4,645 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Deferred income taxes

   (117  (639  413 

(Income) loss on equity method investees

   (375  23   995 

Compensation payable in common stock and options

   1,180   891   1,300 

Depreciation and amortization

   1,511   1,581   1,404 

Net gain on business dispositions

   (34  (156  (24

Net gain on sale of securities available for sale

   (45  (78  (143

Impairment charges

   198   271   159 

Provision for credit losses on lending activities

   110   155   (113

Other non-cash adjustments to net income

   100   12   (131

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

   (8,233  (1,516  (10,274

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities

   (23,054  6,389   29,913 

Securities borrowed

   (8,006  5,373   11,656 

Securities loaned

   (4,050  6,387   1,368 

Customer and other receivables and other assets

   6,774   (10,030  5,899 

Customer and other payables and other liabilities

   26,697   (1,283  (6,985

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

   16,282   (4,257  18,098 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   23,002   20,920   (42,798
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   35,553   24,759   15,382 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

    

Proceeds from (payments for):

    

Premises, equipment and software

   (1,316  (1,312  (1,304

Business dispositions, net of cash disposed

   1,147   1,725   —   

Japanese securities joint venture with MUFG

   —     —     (129

Loans

   (10,057  (3,486  (9,208

Purchases of securities available for sale

   (30,557  (24,477  (20,601

Sales of securities available for sale

   11,425   10,398   17,064 

Maturities and redemptions of securities available for sale

   4,757   4,738   2,934 

Other investing activities

   140   (211  510 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used for investing activities

   (24,461  (12,625  (10,734
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

    

Net proceeds from (payments for):

    

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

   4   (705  (413

Noncontrolling interests

   (557  (296  (791

Other secured financings

   (10,726  (6,628  1,867 

Deposits

   29,113   17,604   1,850 

Proceeds from:

    

Excess tax benefits associated with stock-based awards

   10   42   —   

Derivatives financing activities

   1,003   243   129 

Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs

   1,696   —     —   

Issuance of long-term borrowings

   27,939   23,646   32,725 

Payments for:

    

Long-term borrowings

   (38,742  (43,092  (39,232

Derivatives financing activities

   (1,216  (125  (132

Repurchases of common stock

   (691  (227  (317

Purchase of additional stake in Wealth Management JV

   (4,725  (1,890  —   

Cash dividends

   (475  (469  (834
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

   2,633   (11,897  (5,148
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

   (202  (119  (314
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Effect of cash and cash equivalents related to variable interest entities

   (544  (526  511 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   12,979   (408  (303

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period

   46,904   47,312   47,615 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

  $59,883  $46,904  $47,312 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents include:

    

Cash and due from banks

  $16,602  $20,878  $13,165 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   43,281   26,026   34,147 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

  $59,883  $46,904  $47,312 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Cash payments for interest were $4,793 million, $5,213 million and $6,835 million for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Cash payments for income taxes were $930 million, $388 million and $892 million for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

140


MORGAN STANLEY

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity

(dollars in millions)

  Preferred
Stock
  Common
Stock
  Paid-in
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
  Employee
Stock
Trusts
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Common
Stock
Held in
Treasury
at Cost
  Common
Stock
Issued to
Employee
Stock
Trusts
  Non-
redeemable
Non-
controlling
Interests
  Total
Equity
 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2010

 $9,597  $16  $13,521  $38,603  $3,465  $(467 $(4,059 $(3,465 $8,196  $65,407 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  —      —      —      4,110   —      —      —      —      —      4,110 

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      535   535 

Dividends

  —      —      —      (646  —      —      —      —      —      (646

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

  —      —      (642  —      (299  —      1,877   299   —      1,235 

Repurchases of common stock

  —      —      —      —      —      —      (317  —      —      (317

Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income

  —      —      —      —      —      310   —      —      70   380 

Other increase in equity method investments

  —      —      146   —      —      —      —      —      —      146 

MUFG stock conversion

  (8,089  4   9,811   (1,726  —      —      —      —      —      —    

Other net decreases

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (772  (772
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2011

  1,508   20   22,836   40,341   3,166   (157  (2,499  (3,166  8,029   70,078 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  —      —      —      68   —      —      —      —      —      68 

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      524   524 

Dividends

  —      —      —      (497  —      —      —      —      —      (497

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

  —      —      662   —      (234  —      485   234   —      1,147 

Repurchases of common stock

  —      —      —      —      —      —      (227  —      —      (227

Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income

  —      —      —      —      —      (359  —      —      (120  (479

Purchase of additional stake in Wealth Management JV

  —      —      (107  —      —      —      —      —      (1,718  (1,825

Reclassification to redeemable noncontrolling interests

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (4,288  (4,288

Other net increases

  —      —      35   —      —      —      —      —      892   927 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2012

  1,508   20   23,426   39,912   2,932   (516  (2,241  (2,932  3,319   65,428 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  —      —      —      2,932   —      —      —      —      —      2,932 

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      459   459 

Dividends

  —      —      —      (521  —      —      —      —      —      (521

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

  —      —      1,160   —      (1,214  —      (36  1,214   —      1,124 

Repurchases of common stock

  —      —      —      —      —      —      (691  —      —      (691

Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income

  —      —      —      —      —      (577  —      —      (205  (782

Issuance of preferred stock

  1,712   —      (16  —      —      —      —      —      —      1,696 

Wealth Management JV redemption value adjustment

  —      —      —      (151  —      —      —      —      —      (151

Other net decreases

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (464  (464
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2013

 $3,220  $20  $24,570  $42,172  $1,718  $(1,093 $(2,968 $(1,718 $3,109  $69,030 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

141


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Introduction and Basis of Presentation.Presentation

The Firm

The Company.Morgan Stanley, a financial holding company, is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. The Company,Morgan Stanley, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley” or the “Company”“Firm” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent”“Parent Company”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries.

Effective with the quarter ended June 30, 2013, the Global Wealth Management Group and Asset Management business segments were re-titled Wealth Management and Investment Management, respectively.

A summarydescription of the activitiesclients and principal products and services of each of the Company’sFirm’s business segments is as follows:

Institutional Securities provides investment banking, sales and trading, lending and other services to corporations, governments, financial institutions, and high to ultra-high net worth clients. Investment banking services consist of capital raising and financial advisory services, including services relating to the underwriting of debt, equity and capital raising services, including:other securities, as well as advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, real estate and project finance; corporate lending;finance. Sales and trading services include sales, trading, financing and market-making activities in equity and fixed income securities and related products, including foreign exchange and commodities;commodities, as well as prime brokerage services. Lending services include originating and/or purchasing corporate loans, commercial and investment activities.residential mortgage lending, asset-backed lending, financing extended to equities and commodities customers, and loans to municipalities. Other activities include investments and research.

Wealth Management provides a comprehensive array of financial services and solutions to individual investors and small tomedium-sized businesses and institutions covering brokerage and investment advisory services, to individual investors and small-to-medium sized businesses and institutions covering various investment alternatives; financial and wealth planning services;services, annuity and other insurance products;products, credit and other lending products; cash management services;products, banking and retirement services; and engages in fixed income trading, which primarily facilitates clients’ trading or investments in such securities.plan services.

Investment Managementprovides a broad arrayrange of investment strategies and products that span the risk/return spectrum across geographies, asset classes, and public and private markets to a diverse group of clients across the institutional and intermediary channels as well as high net worth clients.channels. Strategies and products include equity, fixed income, liquidity and alternative/other products. Institutional clients include defined benefit/defined contribution plans, foundations, endowments, government entities, sovereign wealth

funds, insurance companies, third-party fund sponsors and corporations. Individual clients are serviced through intermediaries, including affiliated andnon-affiliated distributors.

Discontinued Operations.

Quilter.    On April 2, 2012, the Company completed the sale of Quilter & Co. Ltd. (“Quilter”), its retail wealth management business in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”). Net revenues for Quilter were $148 million and $134 million for 2012 and 2011, respectively. Net pre-tax gains (losses) were $(1) million, $97 million and $21 million for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and included a gain of approximately $108 million in 2012 in connection with the sale of Quilter. The results of Quilter are reported as discontinued operations within the Wealth Management business segment for all periods presented.

Saxon.    On October 24, 2011, the Company announced that it had reached an agreement to sell Saxon, a provider of servicing and subservicing of residential mortgage loans, to Ocwen Financial Corporation. The transaction, which was restructured as a sale of Saxon’s assets during the first quarter of 2012, was substantially completed in the second quarter of 2012. Net revenues for Saxon were $79 million and $28 million for 2012 and 2011, respectively, and pre-tax losses were $64 million, $187 million and $194 million for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Revenues included a pre-tax gain of approximately $51 million in 2012, primarily resulting from the subsequent increase in fair value of Saxon, which had incurred impairment losses of $98 million in the quarter ended December 31, 2011. Pre-tax loss in 2012 included a provision of approximately $115 million related to a settlement with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) concerning the independent foreclosure review related to Saxon. The results of Saxon are reported as discontinued operations within the Institutional Securities business segment for all periods presented.

142


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Other.    In the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company classified a real estate property management company as held for sale within the Investment Management business segment. The transaction closed during the first quarter of 2012. The results of this company are reported as discontinued operations within the Investment Management business segment for all periods presented.

Remaining pre-tax gain (loss) amounts of $(7) million, $42 million and $3 million for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, that are included in discontinued operations primarily related to the sale of the Company’s retail asset management business, Revel Entertainment Group, LLC (“Revel”) and a principal investment.

Prior-period amounts have been recast for discontinued operations.

Sale of Global Oil Merchanting Business.

On December 20, 2013, the Company and a subsidiary of Rosneft Oil Company (“Rosneft”) entered into a Purchase Agreement pursuant to which the Company will sell the global oil merchanting unit of its commodities division to Rosneft. The transaction is subject to regulatory approvals and other customary conditions and is expected to close in the second half of 2014. At December 31, 2013, the transaction does not meet the criteria for discontinued operations and is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Basis of Financial Information.Information

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”), which require the CompanyFirm to make estimates and assumptions regarding the valuations of certain financial instruments, the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets, compensation, deferred tax assets, the outcome of litigationlegal and tax matters, allowance for credit losses and other matters that affect theits consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The CompanyFirm believes that the estimates utilized in the preparation of theits consolidated financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior periods to conform to the current presentation.

Consolidation

In 2013, the Company renamed “Principal transactions—Trading” revenues as “Trading” revenues and “Principal transactions—Investments” revenues as “Investments” revenues in the consolidated statements of income, and “Financial instruments owned” as “Trading assets,” “Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased” as “Trading liabilities,” “Receivables” as “Customer and other receivables” and “Payables” as “Customer and other payables” in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

Consolidation.The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company,Firm, its wholly owned subsidiaries and other entities in which the CompanyFirm has a controlling financial interest, including certain variable interest entities (“VIE”) (see Note 7)13). For consolidated subsidiaries that are less than wholly owned, the third-party holdings of equity interests are referred to as noncontrolling interests. The portion of net income attributable to noncontrolling interests for such subsidiaries is presented as either Net income (loss) applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests or Net income (loss) applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests in the consolidated statements of income.income statements. The portion of the shareholders’ equity ofthat is attributable to noncontrolling interests for such subsidiaries that is redeemable is presented as Redeemable noncontrolling interests outside of the equity section in the consolidated statements of financial condition at December 31, 2012. The portion of the shareholders’ equity of such subsidiaries that is nonredeemable is presented as Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests, a component of total equity, in the consolidated statements of financial condition at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

balance sheets.

For entities where (1) the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support and (2) the equity holders bear the economic residual risks and returns of the entity and have the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly affect its

143


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

economic performance, the CompanyFirm consolidates those entities it controls either through a majority voting interest or otherwise. For VIEs (i.e., entities that do not meet these criteria), the CompanyFirm consolidates those entities where the Companyit has the power to make the decisions that most significantly affect the economic performance of the VIE and has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE, except for certain VIEs that are money market funds, are investment companies or are entities qualifying for accounting purposes as investment companies. Generally, the Company Firm

December 2016 Form 10-K100


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

consolidates those entities when it absorbs a majority of the expected losses or a majority of the expected residual returns, or both, of the entities.

For investments in entities in which the CompanyFirm does not have a controlling financial interest but has significant influence over operating and financial decisions, the Companyit generally applies the equity method of accounting with net gains and losses recorded within Other revenues.revenues (see Note 8). Where the CompanyFirm has elected to measure certain eligible investments at fair value in accordance with the fair value option, net gains and losses are recorded within Investments revenues (see Note 4)3).

Equity and partnership interests held by entities qualifying for accounting purposes as investment companies are carried at fair value.

The Company’sFirm’s significant regulated U.S. and international subsidiaries include Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“MS&Co.”), Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC (“MSSB LLC”), Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc (“MSIP”), Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities Co., Ltd. (“MSMS”), Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (“MSBNA”) and Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (“MSPBNA”).

Consolidated Cash Flow Statements Presentation

Income Statement Presentation.    The Company, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. In connection with the deliveryFor purposes of the various productsconsolidated cash flow statements, cash and servicescash equivalents consist of Cash and due from banks and Interest bearing deposits with banks, which include highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less, that are held for investment purposes and are readily convertible to clients,known amounts of cash.

The adoption of the Company manages its revenuesaccounting update,Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis (see Note 2) on January 1, 2016 resulted in a net noncash increase in total assets of $126 million. The Firm deconsolidated approximately $244 million and $1.6 billion in 2015 and 2014, respectively, in net assets previously attributable to noncontrolling interests that were primarily related expensesto or associated with real estate funds sponsored by the Firm. The deconsolidations resulted in a noncash reduction of assets of $222 million in 2015 and $1.3 billion in 2014.

Dispositions

The Firm completed the aggregate. As such, when assessing the performancesale of its businesses, primarilyglobal oil merchanting unit of the commodities division to Castleton Commodities International LLC on November 1, 2015. The Firm recognized an impairment charge of approximately $71 million in Other revenues. The transaction did not meet the criteria for discontinued operations and did not have a material impact on the Firm’s financial results.

On July 1, 2014, the Firm completed the sale of its Institutional Securities business segment,ownership stake in TransMontaigne Inc., a U.S.-based oil storage, marketing and transportation company, as well as related physical inventory and the Company considersassumption of its trading, investment banking, commissionsobligations under certain terminal storage contracts, to NGL Energy Partners LP. The gain on sale of $112 million is recorded in Other revenues.

On March 27, 2014, the Firm completed the sale of Canterm Canadian Terminals Inc., a public storage terminal operator for refined products with two distribution terminals in Canada. The gain on sale was approximately $45 million and fees, and interest income, along with the associated interest expense, as one integrated activity.is recorded in Other revenues.

2. Significant Accounting Policies.Policies

Revenue Recognition

Revenue Recognition.

Investment Banking.Banking

Underwriting revenues and advisory fees from mergers, acquisitions and restructuring transactions are recorded when services for the transactions are determined to be substantially completed, generally as set forth under the terms of the engagement. Transaction-related expenses, primarily consisting of legal, travel and other costs directly associated with the transaction, are deferred and recognized in the same period as the related investment banking transaction revenues. Underwriting revenues are presented net of related expenses.Non-reimbursed expenses associated with advisory transactions are recorded withinNon-interest expenses.

Commissions and fees.Fees

Commission and fee revenues are recognized on trade date. Commission and fee revenues primarily arise from agency transactions in listed andover-the-counter (“OTC”) equity securities; services related to sales and trading activities; and sales of mutual funds, futures, insurance products and options. Commission and fee revenues are recognized in the accounts on trade date.

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees.Fees

Asset management, distribution and administration fees are recognized over the relevant contract period. Sales commissions paid by the CompanyFirm in connection with the sale of certain classes of shares of itsopen-end mutual fund products are accounted for as deferred

144


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

commission assets. The CompanyFirm periodically tests the deferred commission assets for recoverability based on cash flows expected to be received in future periods.

In certain management fee arrangements, the CompanyFirm is entitled to receive performance-based fees (also(which also may be referred to as incentive fees)fees and which include carried interest) when the return on assets under management exceeds certain benchmark returns or other performance targets. In such arrangements, performance fee revenues are accrued (or reversed) quarterly based on measuring account/account or fund performance to date versus the performance benchmarkbench-

101December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

mark stated in the investment management agreement. Performance-based fees are recorded within Investments or Asset management, distribution and administration fees depending on the nature of the arrangement.

The Firm’s portion of the unrealized cumulative amount of performance-based fee revenuerevenues (for which the Firm is not obligated to pay compensation) at risk of reversing if fund performance falls below stated investment management agreement benchmarks was approximately $489$397 million and $422 million at December 31, 20132016 and approximately $205 million at December 31, 2012.2015, respectively. See Note 12 for information regarding general partner guarantees, which include potential obligations to return performance fee distributions previously received.

Trading and Investments.    See “Financial Instruments and Fair Value” below for Trading and Investments revenue recognition discussions.

Value of Financial Instruments and Fair Value.

A significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments is carried at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings each period. A description of the Company’s policies regarding fair value measurement and its application to these financial instruments follows.

Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value.    All of the instruments within Trading assets and Trading liabilities are measured at fair value, either in accordance with accounting guidance or through the fair value option election (discussed below) or as required by other accounting guidance.. These financial instruments primarily represent the Company’sFirm’s trading and investment positions and include both cash and derivative products. In addition, debt securities classified as Securities available for saleavailable-for-sale (“AFS”) securities are measured at fair value in accordance with accounting guidance for certain investments in debt securities. Furthermore, Securities received as collateral and Obligation to return securities received as collateral are measured at fair value as required by other accounting guidance. Additionally, certain Deposits, certain Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings (structured notes), certain Other secured financings, certain Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and certain Long-term borrowings (primarily structured notes) are measured at fair value through the fair value option election.

value.

Gains and losses on all of these instruments carried at fair value are reflected in Trading revenues, Investments revenues or Investment banking revenues in the consolidated income statements, of income, except for Securities available for saleAFS securities (see “Securities “Investment Securities—Available for Sale”Sale and Held to Maturity” section herein and Note 5) and derivatives accounted for as hedges (see “Hedge Accounting” section herein and Note 12)4).

Interest income and interest expense are recorded within the consolidated income statements of income depending on the nature of the instrument and related market conventions. When interest is included as a component of the instruments’ fair value, interest is included within Trading revenues or Investments revenues. Otherwise, it is included within Interest income or Interest expense. Dividend income is recorded in Trading revenues or Investments revenues depending on the business activity.

The fair value of OTC financial instruments, including derivative contracts related to financial instruments and commodities, is presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial conditionbalance sheets on anet-by-counterparty basis, when appropriate. Additionally, the CompanyFirm nets the fair value of cash collateral paid or received against the fair value amounts recognized for net derivative positions executed with the same counterparty under the same master netting agreement.

Fair Value Option.    

The fair value option permits the irrevocable fair value option election on an instrument-by-instrument basis at initial recognition of an asset or liability or upon an event that gives rise to a new basis of accounting for that instrument. The CompanyFirm applies the fair value option for eligible instruments, including

145


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

certain securitiesSecurities purchased under agreements to resell, certain loans and lending commitments, certain equity method investments, certain securitiesDeposits (structured certificate of deposits), Short-term borrowings (primarily structured notes), Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, certainOther secured financings and Long-term borrowings (primarily structured notes, certain time deposits and certain other secured financings.notes).

Fair Value Measurement—Definition and Hierarchy.    

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the “exit price”) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

In determining fair value, the CompanyFirm uses various valuation approaches and establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available.

Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability that were developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company.Firm. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect assumptions the Company’s assumptions about the assumptionsFirm believes other market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability that wereare developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the observability of inputs as follows:

Level 1— 1.Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets that the Firm has the ability to access for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access.liabilities. Valuation adjustments and block discounts are not applied to Level 1 instruments. Since valuations are based on quoted prices that are readily and regularly available in an active market, valuation of these products does not entail a significant degree of judgment.

Level 2— 2.Valuations based on one or more quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3— 3.Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

The availability of observable inputs can vary from product to product and is affected by a wide variety of factors,

December 2016 Form 10-K102


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

including, for example, the type of product, whether the product is new and not yet established in the marketplace, the liquidity of markets and other characteristics particular to the product. To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the CompanyFirm in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

The CompanyFirm considers prices and inputs that are current as of the measurement date, including during periods of market dislocation. In periods of market dislocation, the observability of prices and inputs may be reduced for many instruments. This condition could cause an instrument to be reclassified from Level 1 to Level 2 or from Level 2 to Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy (see Note 4)3). In addition, a downturn in market conditions could lead to declines in the valuation of many instruments.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, for disclosure purposes, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement falls in its entirety is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.

For assets and liabilities that are transferred between levels in the fair value hierarchy during the period, fair values are ascribed as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred as of the beginning of the period.

Valuation Techniques.Techniques

Many cash instruments and OTC derivative contracts have bid and ask prices that can be observed in the marketplace. Bid prices reflect the highest price that a party is willing to pay for an asset. Ask prices represent the lowest price that a party is willing to accept for an asset. For financial instruments whose inputs are based on bid-ask prices, the Company does not require that the fair value estimate always be a

146


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

predetermined point in the bid-ask range. The Company’s policy is to allow for mid-market pricing and to adjust toFirm carries positions at the point within thebid-ask range that meets the Company’smeet its best estimate of fair value. For offsetting positions in the same financial instrument, the same price within thebid-ask spread is used to measure both the long and short positions.

Fair value for many cash instruments and OTC derivative contracts is derived using pricing models. Pricing models take into account the contract terms, (including maturity) as well as multiple inputs, including, where applicable, commodity prices, equity prices, interest rate yield curves, credit curves, correlation, creditworthiness of the counterparty, creditworthiness of the Company,Firm, option volatility and currency rates.

Where appropriate, valuation adjustments are made to account for various factors such as liquidity risk (bid-ask(bid-ask adjustments), credit quality, model uncertainty and concentration risk. Adjustments for liquidity risk adjust model-derivedmid-market levels of Level 2 and Level 3 financial instrumentsinstru-

ments for thebid-mid ormid-ask spread required to properly reflect the exit price of a risk position. Bid-mid andmid-ask spreads are marked to levels observed in trade activity, broker quotes or other external third-party data. Where these spreads are unobservable for the particular position in question, spreads are derived from observable levels of similar positions.

The CompanyFirm applies credit-related valuation adjustments to its short-term and long-term borrowings (primarily structured notes) for which the fair value option was elected and to OTC derivatives. The CompanyFirm considers the impact of changes in its own credit spreads based upon observations of the Company’s secondary bond market spreads when measuring the fair value for short-term and long-term borrowings.

For OTC derivatives, the impact of changes in both the Company’sFirm’s and the counterparty’s credit standingrating is considered when measuring fair value. In determining the expected exposure, the CompanyFirm simulates the distribution of the future exposure to a counterparty, then applies market-based default probabilities to the future exposure, leveraging external third-party credit default swap (“CDS”) spread data. Where CDS spread data are unavailable for a specific counterparty, bond market spreads, CDS spread data based on the counterparty’s credit rating or CDS spread data that reference a comparable counterparty may be utilized. The CompanyFirm also considers collateral held and legally enforceable master netting agreements that mitigate the Company’sits exposure to each counterparty.

Adjustments for model uncertainty are taken for positions whose underlying models are reliant on significant inputs that are neither directly nor indirectly observable, hence requiring reliance on established theoretical concepts in their derivation. These adjustments are derived by making assessments of the possible degree of variability using statistical approaches and market-based information where possible.

The Company generally subjects all valuations and models to a review process initially and on a periodic basis thereafter. The CompanyFirm may apply a concentration adjustment to certain of its OTC derivatives portfolios to reflect the additional cost of closing out a particularly large risk exposure. Where possible, these adjustments are based on observable market information, but in many instances, significant judgment is required to estimate the costs of closing out concentrated risk exposures due to the lack of liquidity in the marketplace.

The Firm applies funding valuation adjustments (“FVA”) into the fair value measurements of OTC uncollateralized or partially collateralized derivatives and in collateralized derivatives where the terms of the agreement do not permit the reuse of the collateral received. The Firm’s implementation of FVA reflects the inclusion of FVA in the pricing and valuations by the majority of market participants involved in its principal exit market for these instruments. In general, FVA

103December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

reflects a market funding risk premium inherent in the noted derivative instruments. The methodology for measuring FVA leverages the Firm’s existing credit-related valuation adjustment calculation methodologies, which apply to both assets and liabilities.

Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of a market participant rather than an entity-specific measure. Therefore, even when market assumptions are not readily available, the Company’s own assumptions are set to reflect those that the CompanyFirm believes market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Where the CompanyFirm manages a group of financial assets and financial liabilities on the basis of its net exposure to either market risks or credit risk, the CompanyFirm measures the fair value of that group of financial instruments consistently with how market participants would price the net risk exposure at the measurement date.

See Note 43 for a description of valuation techniques applied to the major categories of financial instruments measured at fair value.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on aNon-Recurring Basis. Basis

Certain of the Company’sFirm’s assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on anon-recurring basis. The CompanyFirm incurs losses or gains for any adjustments of these assets or liabilities to fair value. A downturn in market conditions could result in impairment charges in future periods.

147


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For assets and liabilities measured at fair value on anon-recurring basis, fair value is determined by using various valuation approaches. The same hierarchy for inputs as described above, which maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by generally requiring that the observable inputs be used when available, is used in measuring fair value for these items.

Valuation Process.    

The Valuation Review Group (“VRG”) within the Firm’s Financial Control Group (“FCG”) is responsible for the Company’sFirm’s fair value valuation policies, processes and procedures. VRG is independent of the business units and reports to the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), who has final authority over the valuation of the Company’sFirm’s financial instruments. VRG implements valuation control processes designed to validate the fair value of the Company’sFirm’s financial instruments measured at fair value, including those derived from pricing models. These control processes are designed to assure that the values used for financial reporting are based on observable inputs wherever possible. In the event that observable inputs are not available, the control processes are designed to ensure that the valuation approach utilized is appropriate and consistently applied and that the assumptions are reasonable.

The Company’s control processes apply to financial instruments categorized in Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, unless otherwise noted. These control processes include:

Model Review.VRG, in conjunction with the Market Risk Department (“MRD”) and, where appropriate, the CreditModel Risk Management Department both of(“MRM”), which reportreports to the Chief Risk Officer, independently review valuation models’ theoretical soundness, the appropriateness of the valuation methodology and calibration techniques developed by the business units using observable inputs. Where inputs are not observable, VRG reviews the appropriateness of the proposed valuation methodology to ensuredetermine that it is consistent with how a market participant would arrive at the unobservable input. The valuation methodologies utilized in the absence of observable inputs may include extrapolation techniques and the use of comparable observable inputs. As part of the review, VRG develops a methodology to independently verify the fair value generated by the business unit’s valuation models. Before trades are executed using new valuationThe Firm generally subjects valuations and models those models are required to be independently reviewed. All of the Company’s valuation models are subject to an independent annual VRG review.a review process initially and on a periodic basis thereafter.

Independent Price Verification.    The business units are responsible for determining the fair value of financial instruments using approved valuation models and valuation methodologies. Generally on a monthly basis, VRG independently validates the fair values of financial instruments determined using valuation models by determining the appropriateness of the inputs used by the business units and by testing compliance with the documented valuation methodologies approved in the model review process described above.

The results of this independent price verification and any adjustments made by VRG to the fair value generated by the business units are presented to management of the Firm’s three business segments (i.e., Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management), the CFO and the Chief Risk Officer on a regular basis.

VRG uses recently executed transactions, other observable market data such as exchange data, broker-dealer quotes, third-party pricing vendors and aggregation services for validating the fair valuesvalue of financial instruments generated using valuation models. VRG assesses the external sources and their valuation methodologies to determine if the external providers meet the minimum standards expected of a third-party pricing source. Pricing data provided by approved external sources are evaluated using a number of approaches; for example, by corroborating the external sources’ prices to executed trades, by analyzing the methodology and assumptions used by the external source to generate a price, and/or by evaluating how active the third-party pricing source (or originating sources used by the third-party pricing source) is in the market. Based on this analysis, VRG generates a ranking of the observable market data designed to ensure that the highest-ranked market data source is used to validate the business unit’s fair value of financial instruments.

For financial instruments categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, VRG reviews the business unit’s valuation techniques to ensure these are consistent with market participant assumptions.

 

December 2016 Form 10-K 148104 


MORGAN STANLEY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The results of this independent price verification and any adjustments made by VRG to the fair value generated by the business units are presented to management of the Company’s three business segments (i.e., Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management), the CFO and the Chief Risk Officer on a regular basis.

Review of New Level 3 Transactions.VRG reviews the models and valuation methodology used to price all new material Level 2 and Level 3 transactions, and both FCG and MRD managementMRM must approve the fair value of the trade that is initially recognized.

Level 3 Transactions.    VRG reviews the business unit’s valuation techniques to assess whether these are consistent with market participant assumptions.

For further information on financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring andnon-recurring basis, see Note 4.3.

Offsetting of Derivative Instruments

Hedge Accounting.In connection with its derivative activities, the Firm generally enters into master netting agreements and collateral agreements with its counterparties. These agreements provide the Firm with the right, in the event of a default by the counterparty, to net a counterparty’s rights and obligations under the agreement and to liquidate and set off collateral against any net amount owed by the counterparty.

However, in certain circumstances, the Firm may not have such an agreement in place; the relevant insolvency regime may not support the enforceability of the master netting agreement or collateral agreement; or the Firm may not have sought legal advice to support the enforceability of the agreement. In cases where the Firm has not determined an agreement to be enforceable, the related amounts are not offset in the tabular disclosures (see Note 4).

The CompanyFirm’s policy is generally to receive securities and cash posted as collateral (with rights of rehypothecation), irrespective of the enforceability determination regarding the master netting and collateral agreement. In certain cases, the Firm may agree for such collateral to be posted to a third-party custodian under a control agreement that enables it to take control of such collateral in the event of a counterparty default. The enforceability of the master netting agreement is taken into account in the Firm’s risk management practices and application of counterparty credit limits.

For information related to offsetting of derivatives and certain collateralized transactions, see Notes 4 and 6, respectively.

Hedge Accounting

The Firm applies hedge accounting using various derivative financial instruments to hedge interest rate and foreign exchange risk arising from assets and liabilities not held at fair value as part of asset/liability and currency management. These financial instruments are included within Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts or Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

The Company’s hedges are designated and qualify for accounting purposes as one of the following types of hedges: hedges of changes in fair value of assets and liabilities due to the risk being hedged (fair value hedges); and hedges of net investments in foreign operations whose functional currency is different from the reporting currency of the parent companyParent Company (net investment hedges). These financial instru-

ments are included within Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts or Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts in the consolidated balance sheets. For hedges where hedge accounting is being applied, the Firm performs effectiveness testing and other procedures.

Fair Value Hedges—Interest Rate Risk

The Firm’s designated fair value hedges consist primarily of interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges of changes in the benchmark interest rate of fixed rate senior long-term borrowings. The Firm uses regression analysis to perform an ongoing prospective and retrospective assessment of the effectiveness of these hedging relationships. A hedging relationship is deemed effective if the change in fair value of the hedging instrument (derivative) and the change in fair value of the hedged item (debt liability) due to changes in the benchmark interest rate offset within a range of 80% to 125%. The Firm considers the impact of valuation adjustments related to its own credit spreads and counterparty credit spreads to determine whether they would cause the hedging relationship to be ineffective.

For qualifying fair value hedges of benchmark interest rates, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and the changes in the fair value of the hedged liability provide offset of one another and, together with any resulting ineffectiveness, are recorded in Interest expense. When a derivative isde-designated as a hedge, any basis adjustment remaining on the hedged liability is amortized to Interest expense over the remaining life of the liability using the effective interest method.

Net Investment Hedges

The Firm uses forward foreign exchange contracts to manage a portion of the currency exposure relating to its net investments innon-U.S. dollar functional currency operations. To the extent that the notional amounts of the hedging instruments equal the portion of the investments being hedged and the underlying exchange rate of the derivative hedging instrument relates to the exchange rate between the functional currency of the investee and the Parent Company’s functional currency, no hedge ineffectiveness is recognized in earnings. If these exchange rates are not the same, the Firm uses regression analysis to assess the prospective and retrospective effectiveness of the hedge relationships, and any ineffectiveness is recognized in Interest income. The gain or loss from revaluing hedges of net investments in foreign operations at the spot rate is reported within AOCI. The forward points on the hedging instruments are excluded from hedge effectiveness testing and are recorded in Interest income.

For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 12.4.

105December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.Loans

The Firm accounts for loans based on the following categories: loans held for investment; loans held for sale; and loans at fair value.

For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents consist of Cash and due from banks and Interest bearing deposits with banks, which are highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less,Loans Held for Investment

Loans held for investment purposes,are reported at outstanding principal adjusted for any charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, any unamortized deferred fees or costs for originated loans, and readily convertibleany unamortized premiums or discounts for purchased loans.

Interest Income.Interest income on performing loans held for investment is accrued and recognized as interest income at the contractual rate of interest. Purchase price discounts or premiums, as well as net deferred loan fees or costs, are amortized into interest income over the life of the loan to known amountsproduce a level rate of cash.return.

Allowance for Loan Losses.The allowance for loan losses estimates probable losses related to loans specifically identified for impairment in addition to the probable losses inherent in the held for investment loan portfolio.

The Firm utilizes the U.S. banking regulators’ definition of criticized exposures, which consist of the special mention substandard, doubtful and loss categories as credit quality indicators. For further information on the credit indicators, see Note 7. Substandard loans are regularly reviewed for impairment. Factors considered by management when determining impairment include payment status, fair value of collateral, and probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. The impairment analysis required depends on the nature and type of loans. Loans classified as Doubtful or Loss are considered impaired.

There are two components of the allowance for loan losses: the specific allowance component and the inherent allowance component.

The specific allowance component of the allowance for loan losses is used to estimate probable losses fornon-homogeneous exposures that have been specifically identified for impairment analysis by the Firm and determined to be impaired. When a loan is specifically identified for impairment, the impairment is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or as a practical expedient, the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. If the present value of the expected future cash flows (or alternatively, the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral) is less than the recorded investment in the loan, then the Firm

recognizes an allowance and a charge to the provision for loan losses within Other revenues.

The inherent allowance component of the allowance for loan losses is used to estimate the probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio and includesnon-homogeneous loans that have not been identified as impaired and portfolios of smaller balance homogeneous loans. The Firm maintains methodologies by loan product for calculating an allowance for loan losses that estimates the inherent losses in the loan portfolio. Generally, inherent losses in the portfolio fornon-impaired loans are estimated using statistical analysis and judgment around the exposure at default, the probability of default and the loss given default. Qualitative and environmental factors such as economic and business conditions, nature and volume of the portfolio, and lending terms and volume and severity of past due loans may also be considered in the calculations. The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level reasonable to ensure that it can adequately absorb the estimated probable losses inherent in the portfolio. The Firm recognizes an allowance and a charge to the provision for loan losses within Other revenues.

Troubled Debt Restructurings.    The Firm may modify the terms of certain loans for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties by granting one or more concessions that the Firm would not otherwise consider. Such modifications are accounted for and reported as troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”). A loan that has been modified in a TDR is generally considered to be impaired and is evaluated for the extent of impairment using the Firm’s specific allowance methodology. TDRs are also generally classified as nonaccrual and may only be returned to accrual status after considering the borrower’s sustained repayment performance for a reasonable period.

Nonaccrual Loans.The Firm places loans on nonaccrual status if principal or interest is past due for a period of 90 days or more or payment of principal or interest is in doubt unless the obligation is well-secured and in the process of collection. A loan is considered past due when a payment due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement has not been remitted by the borrower. Substandard loans, if identified as impaired, are categorized as nonaccrual. Loans classified as Doubtful or Loss are categorized as nonaccrual.

Payments received on nonaccrual loans held for investment are applied to principal if there is doubt regarding the ultimate collectability of principal (i.e., cost recovery method). If collection of the principal of nonaccrual loans held for investment is not in doubt, interest income is recognized on a cash basis. If neither principal nor interest collection is in doubt, loans are on accrual status, and interest income is recognized using the effective interest method. Loans that are on nonac-

December 2016 Form 10-K106


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

crual status may not be restored to accrual status until all delinquent principal and/or interest has been brought current after a reasonable period of performance, typically a minimum of six months.

Charge-offs.The Company’s significant non-cash activitiesFirm charges off a loan in 2013 included assetsthe period that it is deemed uncollectible and liabilitiesrecords a reduction in the allowance for loan losses and the balance of approximately $3.6 billionthe loan. In general, any portion of the recorded investment in a collateral dependent loan (including any capitalized accrued interest, net deferred loan fees or costs, and $3.1 billion, respectively, disposedunamortized premium or discount) in excess of the fair value of the collateral that can be identified as uncollectible, and is therefore deemed a confirmed loss, is charged off against the allowance for loan losses. A loan is collateral dependent if the repayment of the loan is expected to be provided solely by the sale or operation of the underlying collateral. In addition, for loan transfers from loans held for investment to loans held for sale, at the time of transfer, any reduction in connection with business dispositions. the loan value is reflected as acharge-off of the recorded investment, resulting in a new cost basis.

Lending Commitments.The Company’s significant non-cash activities in 2012 included assetsFirm records the liability and liabilities of approximately $2.6 billion and $1.0 billion, respectively, disposed of in connection with business dispositions, and approximately $1.1 billion of net assets received from Citigroup Inc. (“Citi”)related expense for the credit exposure related to Citi’s required equity contributioncommitments to fund loans that will be held for investment in connection witha manner similar to outstanding loans disclosed above. The analysis also incorporates a credit conversion factor, which is the retail securities joint venture betweenexpected utilization of the Companyundrawn commitment. The liability is recorded in Other liabilities and Citi (the “Wealth Management JV”) platform integration (see Notes 3 and 15). At June 30, 2011, Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”)accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheets, and the Company converted MUFG’s outstanding Series B Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series B Preferred Stock”)expense is recorded in Othernon-interest expenses in the Companyconsolidated income statements. For more information regarding loan commitments, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees, see Note 12.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale are measured at the lower of cost or fair value, with valuation changes recorded in Other revenues. The Firm determines the valuation allowance on an individual loan basis, except for residential mortgage loans for which the valuation allowance is determined at the loan product level. Any decreases in fair value below the initial carrying amount and any recoveries in fair value up to the initial carrying amount are recorded in Other revenues. However, increases in fair value above initial carrying value are not recognized.

Interest income on loans held for sale is accrued and recognized based on the contractual rate of interest. Loan origination fees or costs and purchase price discounts or premiums are deferred in a face value of $7.8 billion (carrying value $8.1 billion)contra loan account until the related loan is sold. The deferred fees or costs and a 10% dividend into Company common stock. As a result of thediscounts or premiums are an adjustment to the conversion ratio, pursuantbasis of the loan and, therefore, are

included in the periodic determination of the lower of cost or fair value adjustments and/or the gain or loss recognized at the time of sale.

Lending Commitments.    Commitments to fundnon-mortgage loans held for sale are not derivatives. The Firm records the liability and related expense for the fair value exposure (if the fair value is below the cost) related to commitments to fundnon-mortgage loans that will be held for sale in Other liabilities and accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheets with an offset to Other revenues in the consolidated income statements. Commitments to fund mortgage loans held for sale are derivatives. The Firm records the derivative asset or liability exposure in Trading assets or Trading liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets with an offset to Trading revenues in the consolidated income statements.

Loans and lending commitments held for sale are subject to the transaction agreement,nonaccrual policies described above. Because loans and lending commitments held for sale are recognized at the Company incurred a one-time, non-cash negative adjustmentlower of approximately $1.7 billioncost or fair value, the allowance for loan losses andcharge-off policies does not apply to these loans.

Loans at Fair Value

Loans for which the fair value option is elected are carried at fair value, with changes in its calculationfair value recognized in earnings. Loans carried at fair value are not evaluated for purposes of basicrecording an allowance for loan losses. For further information on loans carried at fair value and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”)classified as Trading assets and Trading liabilities, see Note 3.

Lending Commitments.    The Firm records the liability and related expense for 2011 (seethe fair value exposure related to commitments to fund loans that will be measured at fair value. The liability is recorded in Trading liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets, and the expense is recorded in Trading revenues in the consolidated income statements.

For further information on loans, see Note 16).7.

Transfers of Financial Assets.

Assets

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when the CompanyFirm has relinquished control over the transferred assets. Any related gain or loss on sale is recorded in Net revenues. Transfers that are not accounted for as sales are treated as a collateralized financing, in certain cases referred to as “failed sales.”

149


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase are treated as collateralized financings (see Note 6). Securities purchased under agreements to resell (“reverse repurchase agreements”) and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”) are carried on the consolidated statements of financial conditionbalance sheets at the amounts of

107December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

cash paid or received, plus accrued interest, except for certain repurchase agreements for which the CompanyFirm has elected the fair value option (see Note 4)3). Where appropriate, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements with the same counterparty are reported on a net basis. Securities borrowed and securities loaned are recorded at the amount of cash collateral advanced or received.

Premises, Equipment and Software Costs.

Costs

Premises, equipment and equipmentsoftware costs consist of buildings, leasehold improvements, furniture, fixtures, computer and communications equipment, power plants, tugs, barges,generation assets, terminals, pipelines and software (externally purchased and developed for internal use). Premises, equipment and equipmentsoftware costs are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization.amortization and are included in Other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. Depreciation and amortization are provided by the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the asset. Estimated useful lives are generally as follows: buildings—39 years; furniture and fixtures—7 years; computer and communications equipment—3 to 9 years; power plants—generation assets—15 years; tugs and barges—15to 29 years; and terminals, pipelines and equipment—3 to 2530 years. Estimated useful lives for software costs are generally 3 to 510 years.

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the estimated useful life of the asset or, where applicable, the remaining term of the lease but generally not exceeding:exceeding 25 years for building structural improvements and 15 years for other improvements.

Premises, equipment and software costs are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances suggest that an asset’s carrying value may not be fully recoverable in accordance with current accounting guidance.

Income Taxes.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The CompanyFirm tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. The Firm tests for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is generally at the level of or one level below its business segments. For both the annual and interim tests, the Firm has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, the Firm determines it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, then performing thetwo-step impairment test is not required. However, if the Firm concludes otherwise, then it is required to perform the first step of thetwo-step impairment test.

Goodwill impairment is determined by comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its respective carrying value. If the estimated fair value exceeds the carrying value, goodwill at the reporting unit level is not deemed to be impaired. If the estimated fair value is below carrying value, however, further analysis is required to determine the amount of the impairment. The estimated fair values of the reporting units are derived based on valuation techniques the Firm believes market participants would use for each of the reporting units.

The estimated fair values are generally determined by utilizing a discounted cash flow methodology or methodologies that incorporateprice-to-book andprice-to-earnings multiples of certain comparable companies.

Goodwill is not amortized but, as noted above, is reviewed annually (or more frequently when certain events or circumstances exist) for impairment. Other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment. Impairment losses are recorded within Other expenses in the consolidated income statements.

Income Taxes

The Firm accounts for income tax expense (benefit) using the asset and liability method, under which recognition of deferred tax assets and related valuation allowance (recorded in Other assets) and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements.method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determinedrecorded based upon the temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using currently enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income tax expense (benefit) in the period that includes the enactment date.

The CompanyFirm recognizes net deferred tax assets to the extent that it believes these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, the CompanyFirm considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planningtax planning strategies and results of recent operations. If a deferred tax asset is determined to be unrealizable, a valuation allowance is established. If the CompanyFirm determines that it would be able to realize deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, it would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.

Uncertain tax positions are recorded on the basis of atwo-step process, whereby (1) the CompanyFirm determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained

December 2016 Form 10-K108


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet themore-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the Company

150


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Firm recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are classified as provision for income taxes.

Earnings per Common Share.

Share

Basic EPSearnings per common share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing incomeearnings available to Morgan Stanley common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. IncomeEarnings available to Morgan Stanley common shareholders represents net income applicable to Morgan Stanley reduced by preferred stock dividends and allocations of earnings to participating securities. Common shares outstanding include common stock and vested restricted stock units (“RSUs”) where recipients have satisfied either the explicit vesting terms or retirement eligibilityretirement-eligibility requirements. Diluted EPS reflects the assumed conversion of all dilutive securities.

Under current accounting guidance, unvestedUnvested share-based payment awards that containnon-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall beare included in the computation of EPS pursuant to thetwo-class method. Share-based payment awards that pay dividend equivalents subject to vesting are not deemed participating securities and are included in diluted shares outstanding (if dilutive) under the treasury stock method.

The CompanyFirm has granted performance-based stock units (“PSUs”) that vest and convert to shares of common stock only if the Companyit satisfies predetermined performance and market goals. Since the issuance of the shares is contingent upon the satisfaction of certain conditions, the PSUs are included in diluted EPS based on the number of shares (if any) that would be issuable if the end of the reporting period was the end of the contingency period.

For the calculation of basic and diluted EPS, see Note 16.

Deferred Compensation.Compensation

Stock-Based Compensation.Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with the accounting guidance for stock-based awards. This accounting guidance requires measurement ofFirm measures compensation cost for stock-based awards at fair value and recognition ofrecognizes compensation cost over the service period, net of estimated forfeitures. The CompanyFirm determines the fair value of RSUs (including RSUs withnon-market performance conditions) based on the grant-date fair value of the Company’sits common stock, measured as the volume-weightedthevolume-weighted average price on the date of grant. RSUs with market-based conditions are valued using a Monte Carlo

valuation model. The fair value of stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model and the single grant life method. Under the single grant life method, option awards with graded vesting are valued using a single weighted average expected option life.

Compensation expense for stock-based compensation awards is recognized using the graded vesting attribution method. Compensation expense for awards with performance conditions is recognized based on the probable outcome of the performance condition at each reporting date. At the end of the contingency period, the total compensation cost recognized will be the grant-date fair value of all units that actually vest based on the outcome of the performance conditions. Compensation expense for awards with market-based conditions is recognized irrespective of the probability of the market condition being achieved and is not reversed if the market condition is not met.

The CompanyFirm recognizes the expense for stock-based awards over the requisite service period. These awards generally contain clawback and cancellation provisions. Certain awards provide the Firm discretion to cancel all or a portion of the award under specified circumstances. Compensation expense for those awards is adjusted for changes in the fair value of the Firm’s common stock or the relevant model valuation, as appropriate, until conversion, exercise or expiration.

For anticipated year-end stock-based awards anticipated to be granted to retirement-eligible employees expected to be retirement-eligible under award terms that do not contain a future service requirement, the CompanyFirm accrues the estimated cost of these awards over the course

151


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

of the calendar year preceding the grant date. The CompanyFirm believes that this method of recognition for retirement-eligible employees is preferable because it better reflects the period over which the compensation is earned. Certain award terms after 2012 performance year introduced a new vesting requirement for employees who satisfy existing retirement-eligible requirements to provide a one-year advance notice of their intention to retire from the Company. As such, expense recognition for these awards begins after the grant date.

Employee Stock Trusts.Trusts    The Company

In connection with certain stock-based compensation plans, the Firm maintains and utilizes at its discretion trusts, referred to as the “Employee Stock Trusts”, in connection with certain stock-based compensation plans.stock trusts.” The assets of the Employee Stock Trustsstock trusts are consolidated and, as such, are accounted for in a manner similar to treasury stock, where the shares of common stock outstanding are offset by an equal amount in Common stock issued to Employee Stock Trusts. employee stock trusts.

The CompanyFirm uses the grant-date fair value of stock-based compensation as the basis for recognition of the assets in the Employee Stock Trusts.stock trusts. Subsequent changes in the fair value are not recognized as the Company’sFirm’s stock-based compensation plans do not permit diversification and must be settled by the delivery of a fixed number of shares of the Company’sFirm’s common stock.

Deferred Cash-Based CompensationLoans Held for Investment.    

Loans held for investment are reported at outstanding principal adjusted for any charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, any unamortized deferred fees or costs for originated loans, and any unamortized premiums or discounts for purchased loans.

Interest Income.Interest income on performing loans held for investment is accrued and recognized as interest income at the contractual rate of interest. Purchase price discounts or premiums, as well as net deferred loan fees or costs, are amortized into interest income over the life of the loan to produce a level rate of return.

Allowance for Loan Losses.The Company also maintains various deferred cash-based compensation plansallowance for the benefit of certain current and former employees that provide a returnloan losses estimates probable losses related to loans specifically identified for impairment in addition to the participating employees based uponprobable losses inherent in the performanceheld for investment loan portfolio.

The Firm utilizes the U.S. banking regulators’ definition of various referenced investments. The Company often invests directly,criticized exposures, which consist of the special mention substandard, doubtful and loss categories as a principal, in investments or other financial instruments to economically hedge its obligations under its deferred cash-based compensation plans. Changes incredit quality indicators. For further information on the credit indicators, see Note 7. Substandard loans are regularly reviewed for impairment. Factors considered by management when determining impairment include payment status, fair value of such investments madecollateral, and probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. The impairment analysis required depends on the nature and type of loans. Loans classified as Doubtful or Loss are considered impaired.

There are two components of the allowance for loan losses: the specific allowance component and the inherent allowance component.

The specific allowance component of the allowance for loan losses is used to estimate probable losses fornon-homogeneous exposures that have been specifically identified for impairment analysis by the Company are recorded in Trading revenuesFirm and Investment revenues.

Compensation expensedetermined to be impaired. When a loan is specifically identified for deferred cash-based compensation plansimpairment, the impairment is calculatedmeasured based on the notionalpresent value of expected future cash flows discounted at the award granted, adjusted for upward and downward changes inloan’s effective interest rate or as a practical expedient, the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the referenced investments. For unvested awards,collateral if the expenseloan is recognized overcollateral dependent. If the service period usingpresent value of the graded vesting attribution method. Changes in compensation expense resulting from changes inexpected future cash flows (or alternatively, the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the referenced investments willcollateral) is less than the recorded investment in the loan, then the Firm

recognizes an allowance and a charge to the provision for loan losses within Other revenues.

The inherent allowance component of the allowance for loan losses is used to estimate the probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio and includesnon-homogeneous loans that have not been identified as impaired and portfolios of smaller balance homogeneous loans. The Firm maintains methodologies by loan product for calculating an allowance for loan losses that estimates the inherent losses in the loan portfolio. Generally, inherent losses in the portfolio fornon-impaired loans are estimated using statistical analysis and judgment around the exposure at default, the probability of default and the loss given default. Qualitative and environmental factors such as economic and business conditions, nature and volume of the portfolio, and lending terms and volume and severity of past due loans may also be considered in the calculations. The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level reasonable to ensure that it can adequately absorb the estimated probable losses inherent in the portfolio. The Firm recognizes an allowance and a charge to the provision for loan losses within Other revenues.

Troubled Debt Restructurings.    The Firm may modify the terms of certain loans for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties by granting one or more concessions that the Firm would not otherwise consider. Such modifications are accounted for and reported as troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”). A loan that has been modified in a TDR is generally considered to be offsetimpaired and is evaluated for the extent of impairment using the Firm’s specific allowance methodology. TDRs are also generally classified as nonaccrual and may only be returned to accrual status after considering the borrower’s sustained repayment performance for a reasonable period.

Nonaccrual Loans.The Firm places loans on nonaccrual status if principal or interest is past due for a period of 90 days or more or payment of principal or interest is in doubt unless the obligation is well-secured and in the process of collection. A loan is considered past due when a payment due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement has not been remitted by changesthe borrower. Substandard loans, if identified as impaired, are categorized as nonaccrual. Loans classified as Doubtful or Loss are categorized as nonaccrual.

Payments received on nonaccrual loans held for investment are applied to principal if there is doubt regarding the ultimate collectability of principal (i.e., cost recovery method). If collection of the principal of nonaccrual loans held for investment is not in doubt, interest income is recognized on a cash basis. If neither principal nor interest collection is in doubt, loans are on accrual status, and interest income is recognized using the effective interest method. Loans that are on nonac-

December 2016 Form 10-K106


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

crual status may not be restored to accrual status until all delinquent principal and/or interest has been brought current after a reasonable period of performance, typically a minimum of six months.

Charge-offs.The Firm charges off a loan in the period that it is deemed uncollectible and records a reduction in the allowance for loan losses and the balance of the loan. In general, any portion of the recorded investment in a collateral dependent loan (including any capitalized accrued interest, net deferred loan fees or costs, and unamortized premium or discount) in excess of the fair value of investments madethe collateral that can be identified as uncollectible, and is therefore deemed a confirmed loss, is charged off against the allowance for loan losses. A loan is collateral dependent if the repayment of the loan is expected to be provided solely by the Company. However, there may be a timing difference between the immediate revenue recognition of gains and losses on the Company’s investments and the deferred recognitionsale or operation of the underlying collateral. In addition, for loan transfers from loans held for investment to loans held for sale, at the time of transfer, any reduction in the loan value is reflected as acharge-off of the recorded investment, resulting in a new cost basis.

Lending Commitments.The Firm records the liability and related compensation expense overfor the vesting period. For vested awards with only notional earnings oncredit exposure related to commitments to fund loans that will be held for investment in a manner similar to outstanding loans disclosed above. The analysis also incorporates a credit conversion factor, which is the referenced investments,expected utilization of the undrawn commitment. The liability is recorded in Other liabilities and accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheets, and the expense is fullyrecorded in Othernon-interest expenses in the consolidated income statements. For more information regarding loan commitments, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees, see Note 12.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale are measured at the lower of cost or fair value, with valuation changes recorded in Other revenues. The Firm determines the valuation allowance on an individual loan basis, except for residential mortgage loans for which the valuation allowance is determined at the loan product level. Any decreases in fair value below the initial carrying amount and any recoveries in fair value up to the initial carrying amount are recorded in Other revenues. However, increases in fair value above initial carrying value are not recognized.

Interest income on loans held for sale is accrued and recognized based on the contractual rate of interest. Loan origination fees or costs and purchase price discounts or premiums are deferred in a contra loan account until the related loan is sold. The deferred fees or costs and discounts or premiums are an adjustment to the basis of the loan and, therefore, are

included in the periodic determination of the lower of cost or fair value adjustments and/or the gain or loss recognized at the time of sale.

Lending Commitments.    Commitments to fundnon-mortgage loans held for sale are not derivatives. The Firm records the liability and related expense for the fair value exposure (if the fair value is below the cost) related to commitments to fundnon-mortgage loans that will be held for sale in Other liabilities and accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheets with an offset to Other revenues in the consolidated income statements. Commitments to fund mortgage loans held for sale are derivatives. The Firm records the derivative asset or liability exposure in Trading assets or Trading liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets with an offset to Trading revenues in the consolidated income statements.

Loans and lending commitments held for sale are subject to the nonaccrual policies described above. Because loans and lending commitments held for sale are recognized at the lower of cost or fair value, the allowance for loan losses andcharge-off policies does not apply to these loans.

Loans at Fair Value

Loans for which the fair value option is elected are carried at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in earnings. Loans carried at fair value are not evaluated for purposes of recording an allowance for loan losses. For further information on loans carried at fair value and classified as Trading assets and Trading liabilities, see Note 3.

Lending Commitments.    The Firm records the current period.

Translation of Foreign Currencies.

Assetsliability and liabilities of operations having non-U.S. dollar functional currencies are translatedrelated expense for the fair value exposure related to commitments to fund loans that will be measured at year-end rates of exchange, and amounts recognizedfair value. The liability is recorded in Trading liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets, and the expense is recorded in Trading revenues in the consolidated income statementstatements.

For further information on loans, see Note 7.

Transfers of Financial Assets

Transfers of financial assets are translated ataccounted for as sales when the rate of exchangeFirm has relinquished control over the transferred assets. Any related gain or loss on the respective date of recognitionsale is recorded in Net revenues. Transfers that are not accounted for each amount. Gainsas sales are treated as a collateralized financing, in certain cases referred to as “failed sales.” Securities borrowed or losses resulting from translating foreign currency financial statements, net of hedge gainspurchased under agreements to resell and securities loaned or lossessold under agreements to repurchase are treated as collateralized financings (see Note 6). Securities purchased under agreements to resell (“reverse repurchase agreements”) and related tax effects,Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”) are reflected in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a separate component of Morgan Stanley Shareholders’ equitycarried on the consolidated statementsbalance sheets at the amounts of financial condition. Gains

107December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

cash paid or losses resulting from remeasurementreceived, plus accrued interest, except for certain repurchase agreements for which the Firm has elected the fair value option (see Note 3). Where appropriate, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements with the same counterparty are reported on a net basis. Securities borrowed and securities loaned are recorded at the amount of foreign currency transactionscash collateral advanced or received.

Premises, Equipment and Software Costs

Premises, equipment and software costs consist of buildings, leasehold improvements, furniture, fixtures, computer and communications equipment, power generation assets, terminals, pipelines and software (externally purchased and developed for internal use). Premises, equipment and software costs are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization and are included in net income.Other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. Depreciation and amortization are provided by the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the asset. Estimated useful lives are generally as follows: buildings—39 years; furniture and fixtures—7 years; computer and communications equipment—3 to 9 years; power generation assets—15 to 29 years; and terminals, pipelines and equipment—3 to 30 years. Estimated useful lives for software costs are generally 3 to 10 years.

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the estimated useful life of the asset or, where applicable, the remaining term of the lease but generally not exceeding 25 years for building structural improvements and 15 years for other improvements.

Premises, equipment and software costs are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances suggest that an asset’s carrying value may not be fully recoverable in accordance with current accounting guidance.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets.Assets

The Firm tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. The Firm tests for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is generally at the level of or one level below its business segments. For both the annual and interim tests, the Firm has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, the Firm determines it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, then performing thetwo-step impairment test is not required. However, if the Firm concludes otherwise, then it is required to perform the first step of thetwo-step impairment test.

Goodwill impairment is determined by comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its respective carrying value. If the estimated fair value exceeds the carrying value, goodwill at the reporting unit level is not deemed to be impaired. If the estimated fair value is below carrying value, however, further analysis is required to determine the amount of the impairment. The estimated fair values of the reporting units are derived based on valuation techniques the Firm believes market participants would use for each of the reporting units.

The estimated fair values are generally determined by utilizing a discounted cash flow methodology or methodologies that incorporateprice-to-book andprice-to-earnings multiples of certain comparable companies.

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets areis not amortized and arebut, as noted above, is reviewed annually (or more frequently when certain events or circumstances exist) for impairment. Other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment. Impairment losses are recorded within Other expenses in the consolidated statementsincome statements.

Income Taxes

The Firm accounts for income tax expense (benefit) using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded based upon the temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax bases of income.assets and liabilities using currently enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income tax expense (benefit) in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Firm recognizes net deferred tax assets to the extent that it believes these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, the Firm considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and results of recent operations. If a deferred tax asset is determined to be unrealizable, a valuation allowance is established. If the Firm determines that it would be able to realize deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, it would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.

Uncertain tax positions are recorded on the basis of atwo-step process, whereby (1) the Firm determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained

 

December 2016 Form 10-K 152108 


MORGAN STANLEY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Duringon the quarter ended September 30, 2012, the Company changed the brand namebasis of the U.S. Wealth Management business from Morgan Stanley Smith Barneytechnical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet themore-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the Firm recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are classified as provision for income taxes.

Earnings per Common Share

Basic earnings per common share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing earnings available to Morgan Stanley Wealth Management. The Smith Barney tradename continues to be legally protectedcommon shareholders by the Company and continues to be used as stipulated by our regulators as the legal entity nameweighted average number of common shares outstanding for the Company’s retail broker-dealer,period. Earnings available to Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC. As a resultcommon shareholders represents net income applicable to Morgan Stanley reduced by preferred stock dividends and allocations of earnings to participating securities. Common shares outstanding include common stock and vested restricted stock units (“RSUs”) where recipients have satisfied either the explicit vesting terms or retirement-eligibility requirements. Diluted EPS reflects the assumed conversion of all dilutive securities.

Unvested share-based payment awards that containnon-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and are included in the computation of EPS pursuant to thetwo-class method. Share-based payment awards that pay dividend equivalents subject to vesting are not deemed participating securities and are included in diluted shares outstanding (if dilutive) under the treasury stock method.

The Firm has granted performance-based stock units (“PSUs”) that vest and convert to shares of common stock only if it satisfies predetermined performance and market goals. Since the issuance of the changeshares is contingent upon the satisfaction of certain conditions, the PSUs are included in intended usediluted EPS based on the number of this tradename,shares (if any) that would be issuable if the Company determined thatend of the tradename should be reclassified from an indefinite-lived to a finite-lived intangible asset. This change requiredreporting period was the Company to testend of the intangible assetcontingency period.

For the calculation of basic and diluted EPS, see Note 16.

Deferred Compensation

Stock-Based Compensation

The Firm measures compensation cost for impairment. Based on a comparisonstock-based awards at fair value and recognizes compensation cost over the service period, net of estimated forfeitures. The Firm determines the fair value toof RSUs (including RSUs withnon-market performance conditions) based on the carryinggrant-date fair value of the tradenameits common stock, measured as ofthevolume-weighted average price on the date of the brand name change, no impairment was identified.grant. RSUs with market-based conditions are valued using a Monte Carlo

valuation model. The carryingfair value of stock options is determined using the tradenameBlack-Scholes valuation model and the single grant life method. Under the single grant life method, option awards with graded vesting are valued using a single weighted average expected option life.

Compensation expense for stock-based compensation awards is amortized over its remaining estimated useful life. See Note 9recognized using the graded vesting attribution method. Compensation expense for further information about goodwill and intangible assets.

Securities Available for Sale.

Available for sale (“AFS”) securities are reported at fair value inawards with performance conditions is recognized based on the consolidated statements of financial condition with unrealized gains and losses reported in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax (“AOCI”). Interest and dividend income, including amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, is included in Interest income in the consolidated statements of income. Realized gains and losses on AFS securities are reported in the consolidated statements of income (see Note 5). The Company utilizes the “first-in, first-out” method as the basis for determining the cost of AFS securities.

Other-than-temporary impairment.    AFS securities with a current fair value less than their amortized cost are analyzed as partprobable outcome of the Company’s periodic assessment of temporary versus other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”)performance condition at the individual security level. A temporary impairmenteach reporting date. Compensation expense for awards with market-based conditions is recognized in AOCI. OTTI is recognized in the consolidated statements of income with the exceptionirrespective of the non-credit portion related to a debt security thatprobability of the Company does not intend to sellmarket condition being achieved and is not likely to be required to sell, which is recognized in AOCI.

For AFS debt securities thatreversed if the Company either has the intent to sell or that the Company is likely to be required to sell before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the impairment is considered other-than-temporary.

For those AFS debt securities that the Company does not have the intent to sell ormarket condition is not likelymet.

The Firm recognizes the expense for stock-based awards over the requisite service period. These awards generally contain clawback and cancellation provisions. Certain awards provide the Firm discretion to be required to sell, the Company evaluates whether it expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the debt security. If the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost of the debt security, the impairment is considered other-than-temporary and the Company determines whatcancel all or a portion of the impairment relates to a credit loss and what portion relates to non-credit factors. A credit loss exists if the present value of cash flows expected to be collected (discounted at the implicit interest rate at acquisition of the security or discounted at the effective yieldaward under specified circumstances. Compensation expense for securities that incorporatethose awards is adjusted for changes in prepayment assumptions) is less than the amortized cost basis of the security. Changes in prepayment assumptions alone are not considered to result in a credit loss. When determining if a credit loss exists, the Company considers relevant information including the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than the amortized cost basis; adverse conditions specifically related to the security, an industry, or geographic area; changes in the financial condition of the issuer of the security, or in the case of an asset-backed debt security, changes in the financial condition of the underlying loan obligors; the historical and implied volatility of the fair value of the security;Firm’s common stock or the payment structurerelevant model valuation, as appropriate, until conversion, exercise or expiration.

Foryear-end stock-based awards anticipated to be granted to retirement-eligible employees under award terms that do not contain a future service requirement, the Firm accrues the estimated cost over the course of the debt securitycalendar year preceding the grant date. The Firm believes that this method of recognition for retirement-eligible employees reflects the period over which the compensation is earned.

Employee Stock Trusts

In connection with certain stock-based compensation plans, the Firm maintains and the likelihoodutilizes at its discretion trusts, referred to as “Employee stock trusts.” The assets of the issuer being ableEmployee stock trusts are consolidated and, as such, are accounted for in a manner similar to make payments that increasetreasury stock, where the shares of common stock outstanding are offset by an equal amount in Common stock issued to employee stock trusts.

The Firm uses the grant-date fair value of stock-based compensation as the basis for recognition of the assets in the future; failure of the issuer of the security to make scheduled interest or principal payments; anyEmployee stock trusts. Subsequent changes to the rating of the security by a rating agency and recoveries or additional declines in fair value after the balance sheet date. When estimating the present value of expected cash flows, information includes the remaining payment terms of the security, prepayment speeds, financial condition of the issuer(s), expected defaults and the value of any underlying collateral.

153


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For AFS equity securities, the Company considers various factors including the intent and ability to hold the equity security for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value in evaluating whether an OTTI exists. If the equity security is considered other-than-temporarily impaired, the entire OTTI (i.e., the difference between the fair value recorded onare not recognized as the balance sheetFirm’s stock-based compensation plans do not permit diversification and must be settled by the cost basis) will be recognized indelivery of a fixed number of shares of the consolidated statement of income.Firm’s common stock.

Loans.

The Company accounts for loans based on the following categories: loans held for investment; loans held for sale; and loans at fair value.

Loans Held for Investment

Loans held for investment are reported asat outstanding principal adjusted for any charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, any unamortized deferred fees or costs for originated loans, and any unamortized premiums or discounts for purchased loans.

Interest Income.    Interest income on performing loans held for investment is accrued and recognized as interest income at the contractual rate of interest. Purchase price discounts or premiums, as well as net deferred loan fees or costs, are amortized into interest income over the life of the loan to produce a level rate of return.

Allowance for Loan Losses.    The allowance for loan losses estimates probable losses related to loans specifically identified for impairment in addition to the probable losses inherent in the held for investment loan portfolio.

The CompanyFirm utilizes the U.S. banking regulators’ definition of criticized exposures, which consist of the special mention substandard, doubtful and doubtfulloss categories as credit quality indicators. For further information on the credit indicators, see Note 7. Substandard loans are regularly reviewed for impairment. Factors considered by management when determining impairment include payment status, fair value of collateral, and probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. The impairment analysis required depends on the nature and type of loans. Loans classified as Doubtful or Loss are considered impaired.

There are two components of the allowance for loan losses: the specific allowance component and the inherent allowance component.

The specific allowance component of the allowance for loan losses is used to estimate probable losses fornon-homogeneous exposures that have been specifically identified for impairment analysis by the Firm and determined to be impaired. When a loan is impaired,specifically identified for impairment, the impairment is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or as a practical expedient, the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. If the present value of the expected future cash flows (or alternatively, the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral) is less than the recorded investment in the loan, then the Company Firm

recognizes an allowance and a charge to the provision for loan losses within Other revenues.

The inherent allowance component of the allowance for loan losses is used to estimate the probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio and includesnon-homogeneous loans that have not been identified as impaired and portfolios of smaller balance homogeneous loans. The Firm maintains methodologies by loan product for calculating an allowance for loan losses that estimates the inherent losses in the loan portfolio. Generally, inherent losses in the portfolio fornon-impaired loans are estimated using statistical analysis and judgment around the exposure at default, the probability of default and the loss given default. Qualitative and environmental factors such as economic and business conditions, nature and volume of the portfolio, and lending terms and volume and severity of past due loans may also be considered in the calculations. The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level reasonable to ensure that it can adequately absorb the estimated probable losses inherent in the portfolio. The Firm recognizes an allowance and a charge to the provision for loan losses within Other revenues.

Troubled Debt Restructurings.The CompanyFirm may modify the terms of certain loans for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties by granting one or more concessions that the CompanyFirm would not otherwise consider. Such modifications are accounted for and reported as troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”). A loan that has been modified in a TDR is generally considered to be impaired and is evaluated for the extent of impairment using the Company’sFirm’s specific allowance methodology. TDRs are also generally classified as nonaccrual and may only be returned to accrual status after considering the borrower’s sustained repayment performance for a reasonable period.

Nonaccrual Loans.    The CompanyFirm places loans on nonaccrual status if principal or interest is past due for a period of 90 days or more or payment of principal or interest is in doubt unless the obligation is well-secured and in the process of collection. A loan is considered past due when a payment due according to the contractual terms of the

154


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

loan agreement has not been remitted by the borrower. Substandard loans, if identified as impaired, are categorized as nonaccrual. Loans classified as Doubtful or Loss are categorized as nonaccrual.

Payments received on nonaccrual loans held for investment are applied to principal if there is doubt regarding the ultimate collectability of principal (i.e., cost recovery method). If collection of the principal of nonaccrual loans held for investment is not in doubt, interest income is recognized on a cash basis. If neither principal nor interest collection is in doubt, loans are on accrual status, and interest income is recognized using the effective interest method. Loans that are nonaccrualon nonac-

December 2016 Form 10-K106


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

crual status may not be restored to accrual status until all delinquent principal and/or interest has been brought current after a reasonable period of performance, typically a minimum of six months.

Charge-offs.The CompanyFirm charges off a loan in the period that it is deemed uncollectible and records a reduction in the allowance for loan losses and the balance of the loan. In general, any portion of the recorded investment in a collateral dependent loan (including any capitalized accrued interest, net deferred loan fees or costs, and unamortized premium or discount) in excess of the fair value of the collateral that can be identified as uncollectible, and is therefore deemed a confirmed loss, is charged off against the allowance for loan losses. A loan is collateral-dependentcollateral dependent if the repayment of the loan is expected to be provided solely by the sale or operation of the underlying collateral. A loan that is charged off is recorded as a reduction in the allowance for loan losses and the balance of the loan. In addition, for loan transfers from loans held for investment to loans held for sale, at the time of transfer, any reduction in the loan value is reflected as acharge-off of the recorded investment, resulting in a new cost basis.

LoanLending Commitments.The CompanyFirm records the liability and related expense for the credit exposure related to commitments to fund loans that will be held for investment in a manner similar to outstanding loans disclosed above. The analysis also incorporates a credit conversion factor, which is the expected utilization of the undrawn commitment. The liability is recorded in Other liabilities and accrued expenses onin the consolidated statements of financial condition,balance sheets, and the expense is recorded in Othernon-interest expenses in the consolidated statements of income.income statements. For more information regarding loan commitments, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees, see Note 13.12.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale are measured at the lower of cost or fair value, with valuation changes recorded in Other revenues. The CompanyFirm determines the valuation allowance on an individual loan basis, except for residential mortgage loans for which the valuation allowance is determined at the loan product level. Any decreases in fair value below the initial carrying amount and any recoveries in fair value up to the initial carrying amount are recorded in Other revenues. However, increases in fair value above initial carrying value are not recognized.

Interest income on loans held for sale is accrued and recognized based on the contractual rate of interest. Loan origination fees or costs and purchase price discounts or premiums are deferred in a contra loan account until the related loan is sold. The deferred fees or costs and discounts or premiums are an adjustment to the basis of the loan and, therefore, are

included in the periodic determination of the lower of cost or fair value adjustments and/or the gain or loss recognized at the time of sale.

Lending Commitments.    Commitments to fundnon-mortgage loans held for sale are not derivatives. The Firm records the liability and related expense for the fair value exposure (if the fair value is below the cost) related to commitments to fundnon-mortgage loans that will be held for sale in Other liabilities and accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheets with an offset to Other revenues in the consolidated income statements. Commitments to fund mortgage loans held for sale are derivatives. The Firm records the derivative asset or liability exposure in Trading assets or Trading liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets with an offset to Trading revenues in the consolidated income statements.

Loans and lending commitments held for sale are subject to the nonaccrual policies described above. Because loans and lending commitments held for sale are recognized at the lower of cost or fair value, the allowance for loan losses andcharge-off policies dodoes not apply to these loans.

Loans at Fair Value

Loans for which the fair value option is elected are carried at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in earnings. Loans carried at fair value are not evaluated for purposes of recording an allowance for loan losses. For further information on loans carried at fair value and classified as Trading assets and Trading liabilities, see Note 4.3.

Lending Commitments.    The Firm records the liability and related expense for the fair value exposure related to commitments to fund loans that will be measured at fair value. The liability is recorded in Trading liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets, and the expense is recorded in Trading revenues in the consolidated income statements.

For further information on loans, see Note 7.

Transfers of Financial Assets

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when the Firm has relinquished control over the transferred assets. Any related gain or loss on sale is recorded in Net revenues. Transfers that are not accounted for as sales are treated as a collateralized financing, in certain cases referred to as “failed sales.” Securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase are treated as collateralized financings (see Note 6). Securities purchased under agreements to resell (“reverse repurchase agreements”) and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”) are carried on the consolidated balance sheets at the amounts of

 

 155107 December 2016 Form 10-K


MORGAN STANLEY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)cash paid or received, plus accrued interest, except for certain repurchase agreements for which the Firm has elected the fair value option (see Note 3). Where appropriate, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements with the same counterparty are reported on a net basis. Securities borrowed and securities loaned are recorded at the amount of cash collateral advanced or received.

Premises, Equipment and Software Costs

For further information on loans, see Note 8.

Noncontrolling Interests.

For consolidated subsidiaries thatPremises, equipment and software costs consist of buildings, leasehold improvements, furniture, fixtures, computer and communications equipment, power generation assets, terminals, pipelines and software (externally purchased and developed for internal use). Premises, equipment and software costs are stated at cost less than wholly owned, the third-party holdings of equity interestsaccumulated depreciation and amortization and are referred to as noncontrolling interests.

As a result of the modifications to the purchase agreement regarding the Wealth Management JV, the Company had classified Citi’s interestincluded in the Wealth Management JV as a redeemable noncontrolling interest, as the interest was redeemable at both the option of the Company and upon the occurrence of an event that was not solely within the Company’s control. This interest was classified outside of the equity section in Redeemable noncontrolling interestsOther assets in the consolidated statementsbalance sheets. Depreciation and amortization are provided by the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of financial conditionthe asset. Estimated useful lives are generally as follows: buildings—39 years; furniture and fixtures—7 years; computer and communications equipment—3 to 9 years; power generation assets—15 to 29 years; and terminals, pipelines and equipment—3 to 30 years. Estimated useful lives for software costs are generally 3 to 10 years.

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the estimated useful life of the asset or, where applicable, the remaining term of the lease but generally not exceeding 25 years for building structural improvements and 15 years for other improvements.

Premises, equipment and software costs are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances suggest that an asset’s carrying value may not be fully recoverable in accordance with current accounting guidance.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The Firm tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. The Firm tests for impairment at December 31, 2012. This interest was redeemed in June 2013 (see Note 3). Noncontrolling intereststhe reporting unit level, which is generally at the level of or one level below its business segments. For both the annual and interim tests, the Firm has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that doit is more likely than not contain such redemption featuresthat the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, the Firm determines it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, then performing thetwo-step impairment test is not required. However, if the Firm concludes otherwise, then it is required to perform the first step of thetwo-step impairment test.

Goodwill impairment is determined by comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its respective carrying value. If the estimated fair value exceeds the carrying value, goodwill at the reporting unit level is not deemed to be impaired. If the estimated fair value is below carrying value, however, further analysis is required to determine the amount of the impairment. The estimated fair values of the reporting units are presentedderived based on valuation techniques the Firm believes market participants would use for each of the reporting units.

The estimated fair values are generally determined by utilizing a discounted cash flow methodology or methodologies that incorporateprice-to-book andprice-to-earnings multiples of certain comparable companies.

Goodwill is not amortized but, as Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests, a component of total equity,noted above, is reviewed annually (or more frequently when certain events or circumstances exist) for impairment. Other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment. Impairment losses are recorded within Other expenses in the consolidated statementsincome statements.

Income Taxes

The Firm accounts for income tax expense (benefit) using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded based upon the temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax bases of financial condition.assets and liabilities using currently enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income tax expense (benefit) in the period that includes the enactment date.

Accounting Developments.

Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.    In January 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued an accounting update that clarified the intended scope of the new balance sheet offsetting disclosures to derivatives, repurchase agreements, and securities lending transactionsThe Firm recognizes net deferred tax assets to the extent that theyit believes these assets are either offsetmore likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, the Firm considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and results of recent operations. If a deferred tax asset is determined to be unrealizable, a valuation allowance is established. If the Firm determines that it would be able to realize deferred tax assets in the financial statements or subjectfuture in excess of their net recorded amount, it would make an adjustment to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement. These disclosure requirements became effectivethe deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for the Company beginning on January 1, 2013. Since these amended principles require only additional disclosures concerning offsetting and related arrangements, adoption has not affected the Company’s consolidated financial statements (see Notes 6 and 12).income taxes.

Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.    In February 2013, the FASB issued an accounting update that added new disclosure requirements requiring entities to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive incomeUncertain tax positions are recorded on the respective line items in net income ifbasis of atwo-step process, whereby (1) the amount being reclassifiedFirm determines whether it is required under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles tomore likely than not that the tax positions will be reclassified in its entirety to net income. The disclosure requirements became effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2013. Since these amended principles require only additional disclosures concerning amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income, adoption has not affected the Company’s consolidated financial statements (see Note 15).sustained

Inclusion of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (or Overnight Index Swap (“OIS”) Rate) as a Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting Purposes.    In July 2013, the FASB issued an accounting update that included amendments permitting the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate to be used as a U.S. benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes, in addition to interest rates on direct Treasury obligations of the U.S. government and the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). The amendments also removed the restriction on using different benchmark rates for similar hedges. The amendments became effective for the Company for qualifying new or redesignated hedging relationships entered into on or after July 17, 2013. The adoption of this accounting guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

3.    Wealth Management JV.

On May 31, 2009, the Company and Citi consummated the combination of each institution’s respective wealth management business. The combined businesses operated as the Wealth Management JV through June 2013.

Prior to September 2012, the Company owned 51% and Citi owned 49% of the Wealth Management JV. On September 17, 2012, the Company purchased an additional 14% stake in the Wealth Management JV from Citi

 

December 2016 Form 10-K 156108 


MORGAN STANLEY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet theNOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the Firm recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are classified as provision for income taxes.

Earnings per Common Share

for $1.89 billion, increasingBasic earnings per common share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing earnings available to Morgan Stanley common shareholders by the Company’s interest from 51% to 65%. The Company recorded a negative adjustment to Paid-in-capitalweighted average number of approximately $107 million (net of tax) to reflect the difference between the purchase pricecommon shares outstanding for the 14% interestperiod. Earnings available to Morgan Stanley common shareholders represents net income applicable to Morgan Stanley reduced by preferred stock dividends and allocations of earnings to participating securities. Common shares outstanding include common stock and vested restricted stock units (“RSUs”) where recipients have satisfied either the explicit vesting terms or retirement-eligibility requirements. Diluted EPS reflects the assumed conversion of all dilutive securities.

Unvested share-based payment awards that containnon-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and are included in the Wealth Management JVcomputation of EPS pursuant to thetwo-class method. Share-based payment awards that pay dividend equivalents subject to vesting are not deemed participating securities and its carrying value. In addition,are included in September 2012,diluted shares outstanding (if dilutive) under the termstreasury stock method.

The Firm has granted performance-based stock units (“PSUs”) that vest and convert to shares of common stock only if it satisfies predetermined performance and market goals. Since the issuance of the Wealth Management JV agreement regardingshares is contingent upon the purchasesatisfaction of certain conditions, the PSUs are included in diluted EPS based on the number of shares (if any) that would be issuable if the end of the remaining 35% interest were amended, which resulted in a reclassification of approximately $4.3 billion from nonredeemable noncontrolling interests to redeemable noncontrolling interests duringreporting period was the third quarter of 2012. Prior to September 17, 2012, Citi’s results related to its 49% interest were reported in net income (loss) applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests in the consolidated statements of income. Subsequent to the purchaseend of the additional 14% stake, Citi’s results related to its 35% interest were reported in net income (loss) applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests in the consolidated statements of income. In connection with the Company’s acquisition of the additional 14% stake in the Wealth Management JV and pursuant to an amended deposit sweep agreement between Citi and the Company, in October 2012, $5.4 billion of deposits held by Citi relating to customer accounts were transferred to the Company’s depository institutions at no premium based on a valuation agreement reached between Citi and the Company, and as such were no longer swept to Citi.contingency period.

In June 2013, the Company received final regulatory approval to acquire the remaining 35% stake in the Wealth Management JV. On June 28, 2013, the Company purchased the remaining 35% interest for $4.725 billion, increasing the Company’s interest from 65% to 100%. The Company recorded a negative adjustment to retained earnings of approximately $151 million (net of tax) to reflect the difference between the purchase price for the 35% interest in the Wealth Management JV and its carrying value. This adjustment negatively impactedFor the calculation of basic and diluted EPS, see Note 16.

Deferred Compensation

Stock-Based Compensation

The Firm measures compensation cost for stock-based awards at fair value and recognizes compensation cost over the service period, net of estimated forfeitures. The Firm determines the fair value of RSUs (including RSUs withnon-market performance conditions) based on the grant-date fair value of its common stock, measured as thevolume-weighted average price on the date of grant. RSUs with market-based conditions are valued using a Monte Carlo

valuation model. The fair value of stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model and the single grant life method. Under the single grant life method, option awards with graded vesting are valued using a single weighted average expected option life.

Compensation expense for stock-based compensation awards is recognized using the graded vesting attribution method. Compensation expense for awards with performance conditions is recognized based on the probable outcome of the performance condition at each reporting date. Compensation expense for awards with market-based conditions is recognized irrespective of the probability of the market condition being achieved and is not reversed if the market condition is not met.

The Firm recognizes the expense for stock-based awards over the requisite service period. These awards generally contain clawback and cancellation provisions. Certain awards provide the Firm discretion to cancel all or a portion of the award under specified circumstances. Compensation expense for those awards is adjusted for changes in 2013the fair value of the Firm’s common stock or the relevant model valuation, as appropriate, until conversion, exercise or expiration.

Foryear-end stock-based awards anticipated to be granted to retirement-eligible employees under award terms that do not contain a future service requirement, the Firm accrues the estimated cost over the course of the calendar year preceding the grant date. The Firm believes that this method of recognition for retirement-eligible employees reflects the period over which the compensation is earned.

Employee Stock Trusts

In connection with certain stock-based compensation plans, the Firm maintains and utilizes at its discretion trusts, referred to as “Employee stock trusts.” The assets of the Employee stock trusts are consolidated and, as such, are accounted for in a manner similar to treasury stock, where the shares of common stock outstanding are offset by an equal amount in Common stock issued to employee stock trusts.

The Firm uses the grant-date fair value of stock-based compensation as the basis for recognition of the assets in the Employee stock trusts. Subsequent changes in the fair value are not recognized as the Firm’s stock-based compensation plans do not permit diversification and must be settled by the delivery of a fixed number of shares of the Firm’s common stock.

Deferred Cash-Based Compensation

Compensation expense for deferred cash-based compensation plans is calculated based on the notional value of the award

109December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

granted, adjusted for changes in the fair value of the referenced investments. For unvested awards, the expense is recognized over the service period using the graded vesting attribution method. For vested awards with only notional earnings on the referenced investments, the expense is fully recognized in the current period. For year-end awards anticipated to be granted to retirement-eligible employees under award terms that do not contain a future service requirement, the Firm accrues the estimated cost over the course of the calendar year preceding the grant date. The Firm believes that this method of recognition for retirement-eligible employees reflects the period over which the compensation is earned.

The Firm often invests directly, as a principal, in investments or other financial instruments to economically hedge its obligations under its deferred cash-based compensation plans. Changes in value of such investments made by the Firm are recorded in Trading revenues and Investments revenues. Changes in compensation expense resulting from changes in the fair value of the referenced investments will generally be offset by changes in the fair value of investments made by the Firm. However, there may be a timing difference between the immediate recognition of gains and losses on the Firm’s investments and the deferred recognition of the related compensation expense over the vesting period.

Foreign Currencies

Assets and liabilities of operations havingnon-U.S. dollar functional currencies are translated atyear-end rates of exchange. Gains or losses resulting from translating foreign currency financial statements, net of hedge gains or losses and related tax effects, are reflected in AOCI, a separate component of Morgan Stanley Shareholders’ equity on the consolidated balance sheets. Gains or losses resulting from remeasurement of foreign currency transactions are included in net income, and amounts recognized in the income statement are translated at the rate of exchange on the respective date of recognition for each amount.

Investment Securities—Available for Sale and Held to Maturity

AFS securities are reported at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets with unrealized gains and losses reported in AOCI, net of tax. Interest and dividend income, including amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, is included in Interest income in the consolidated income statements. Realized gains and losses on AFS securities are reported in the consolidated income statements (see Note 16)5). The Firm utilizes the“first-in,first-out” method as the basis for determining the cost of AFS securities.

Held-to-maturity (“HTM”) securities are reported at amortized cost in the consolidated balance sheets. Interest income,

including amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on HTM securities, is included in Interest income in the consolidated income statements.

Additionally,Other-than-temporary Impairment

AFS debt securities and HTM securities with a current fair value less than their amortized cost are analyzed as part of the Firm’s periodic assessment of temporary versus other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) at the individual security level. A temporary impairment is recognized in conjunctionAOCI. OTTI is recognized in the consolidated income statements with the purchaseexception of the remaining 35% interest,non-credit portion related to a debt security that the Firm does not intend to sell and is not likely to be required to sell, which is recognized in June 2013,AOCI.

For AFS debt securities that the Company redeemedFirm either has the intent to sell or that the Firm is likely to be required to sell before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the impairment is considered other-than-temporary.

For those AFS debt securities that the Firm does not have the intent to sell or is not likely to be required to sell, and for all HTM securities, the Firm evaluates whether it expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the Class debt security. If the Firm does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost of those AFS debt securities or HTM securities, the impairment is considered other-than-temporary, and the Firm determines what portion of the impairment relates to a credit loss and what portion relates tonon-credit factors.

A Preferred Interests incredit loss exists if the Wealth Management JV owned by Citi and its affiliates for approximately $2.028 billion and repaidpresent value of cash flows expected to Citi $880 million in senior debt.

Concurrent withbe collected (discounted at the implicit interest rate at acquisition of the remaining 35% stakesecurity or discounted at the effective yield for securities that incorporate changes in prepayment assumptions) is less than the amortized cost basis of the security. Changes in prepayment assumptions alone are not considered to result in a credit loss.

When determining if a credit loss exists, the Firm considers relevant information, including:

the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than the amortized cost basis;

adverse conditions specifically related to the security, an industry or geographic area;

changes in the Wealth Management JV,financial condition of the deposit sweep agreement between Citiissuer of the security or, in the case of an asset-backed debt security, changes in the financial condition of the underlying loan obligors;

the historical and implied volatility of the fair value of the security;

December 2016 Form 10-K110


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

the payment structure of the debt security and the Company was terminated. In 2013, $26 billionlikelihood of deposits held by Citi relatingthe issuer being able to customer accounts were transferredmake payments that increase in the future;

failure of the issuer of the security to make scheduled interest or principal payments;

any changes to the Company’s depository institutions. At December 31, 2013, approximately $30 billion of additional deposits are scheduled to be transferred to the Company’s depository institutions on an agreed-upon basis through June 2015 (see Note 25).

4.    Fair Value Disclosures.

Fair Value Measurements.

A descriptionrating of the valuation techniques applied to the Company’s major categories of assets and liabilities measured atsecurity by a rating agency;

recoveries or additional declines in fair value after the balance sheet date.

When estimating the present value of expected cash flows, information includes the remaining payment terms of the security, prepayment speeds, financial condition of the issuer(s), expected defaults and the value of any underlying collateral.

For AFS equity securities, the Firm considers various factors, including the intent and ability to hold the equity security for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value in evaluating whether an OTTI exists. If the equity security is considered other-than-temporarily impaired, the entire OTTI (i.e., the difference between the fair value recorded on a recurring basis follows.the balance sheet and the cost basis) will be recognized in the consolidated income statements.

Accounting Standards Adopted

Trading Assets and Trading Liabilities.

U.S. Government and Agency Securities.The Firm adopted the following accounting updates as of January 1, 2016:

 

 

U.S. Treasury Securities.    U.S. Treasury securities are valued using quoted market prices. Valuation adjustments are not applied. Accordingly, U.S. Treasury securities are generally categorizedRecognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities.    In January 2016, the Financial

Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued an accounting update that changed the requirements for the recognition and measurement of certain financial assets and financial liabilities. The Firm early adopted the provision in Level 1 of thethis guidance relating to liabilities measured at fair value hierarchy.pursuant to a fair value option election that requires presenting unrealized DVA in Other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”), a change from the previous requirement to present DVA in net income. Realized DVA amounts will be recycled from AOCI to Trading revenues. DVA amounts from periods prior to adoption remain in Trading revenues as previously reported. A cumulativecatch-up adjustment, net of noncontrolling interests and tax, of $312 million was recorded as of January 1, 2016 to move the cumulative unrealized DVA loss amount from Retained earnings into AOCI.

Other provisions of this rule may not be early adopted and will be effective January 1, 2018, but they are not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis.    In February 2015, the FASB issued an accounting update that provides a new consolidation model for certain entities, such as investment funds and limited partnerships. The Firm adopted this guidance on January 1, 2016 by recording a net adjustment to equity on January 1, 2016. This adoption increased total assets by $131 million, reflecting consolidations of $206 million, net of deconsolidations of $75 million. The consolidations resulted primarily from certain funds in Investment Management where the Firm acts as a general partner.

111December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

3. Fair Values

Fair Value Measurements

Valuation Techniques for Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

Asset and Liability / Valuation TechniqueValuation Hierarchy Classification

Trading Assets and Trading Liabilities

U.S. Treasury Securities

•Fair value is determined using quoted market prices; valuation adjustments are not applied.

•Generally Level 1

U.S. Agency Securities.    U.S. agency securities are composed of three main categories consisting of agency-issued debt, agency mortgage pass-through pool securities and collateralized mortgage obligations.

Non-callable agency-issued debt securities are generally valued using quoted market prices. Callableprices, and callable agency-issued debt securities are valued by benchmarking model-derived prices to quoted market prices and trade data for identical or comparable securities. instruments.

The fair value of agency mortgage

157


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

pass-through pool securities is model-driven based on spreads of thea comparable To-be-announcedto-be-announced security.

Collateralized mortgage obligations are generally valued using quoted market prices and trade data adjusted by subsequent changes in related indices for identical or comparable securities. Actively traded instruments.

•Level1—non-callable agency-issued debt securities are generally categorized in

•Generally Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Callable2—callable agency-issued debt securities, agency mortgage pass-through pool securities and collateralized mortgage obligations

•Level 3—in instances where the inputs are generally categorizedunobservable

Other Sovereign Government Obligations

•Fair value is determined using quoted prices in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.active markets when available.

Other Sovereign Government Obligations.

Foreign sovereign government obligations are valued using quoted prices in active markets when available. These bonds are generally categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. If the market is less active or prices are dispersed, these bonds are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. In instances where the inputs are unobservable, these bonds are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Corporate and Other Debt.

 

•Generally Level 1

•Level 2—if the market is less active or prices are dispersed

•Level 3—in instances where the inputs are unobservable

State and Municipal Securities.    The fair

•Fair value of state and municipal securities is determined using recently executed transactions, market price quotations andor pricing models that factor in, where applicable, interest rates, bond or credit default swapCDS spreads and volatility. These bonds are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.volatility and/or volatility skew, adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments.

 

•Generally Level 2—if value based on observable market data for comparable instruments

Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities (“RMBS”), Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities (“CMBS”) and other Asset-Backed Securities (“ABS”ABS’).    

RMBS, CMBS and other ABS may be valued based on price or spread data obtained from observed transactions or independent external parties such as vendors or brokers.

When position-specific external price data are not observable, the fair value determination may require benchmarking to similarcomparable instruments, and/or analyzing expected credit losses, default and recovery rates, and/or applying discounted cash flow techniques. InWhen evaluating the fair valuecomparable instruments for use in the valuation of each security, the Company considers security collateral-specific attributes, including payment priority, credit enhancement levels, type of collateral, delinquency rates and loss severity.severity, are considered. In addition, for RMBS borrowers, Fair Isaac Corporation (“FICO”) scores and the level of documentation for the loan are also considered.

Market standard models, such as Intex, Trepp or others, may be deployed to model the specific collateral composition and cash flow structure of each transaction. Key inputs to these models are market spreads, forecasted credit losses, and default and prepayment rates for each asset category.

Valuation levels of RMBS and CMBS indices are also used as an additional data point for benchmarking purposes or to price outright index positions.

RMBS, CMBS and other ABS are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. If external prices or significant spread inputs are unobservable or if the comparability assessment involves significant subjectivity related to property type differences, cash flows, performance and other inputs, then RMBS, CMBS and other ABS are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

•Generally Level 2—if value based on observable market data for comparable instruments

•Level 3—if external prices or significant spread inputs are unobservable or if the comparability assessment involves significant subjectivity related to property type differences, cash flows, performance and other inputs

Corporate Bonds.    The fair

•Fair value of corporate bonds is determined using recently executed transactions, market price quotations, (where observable), bond spreads, credit default swapCDS spreads, or at the money volatility and/or volatility skew obtained from independent external parties, such as vendors and brokers, adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments.

The spread data used are for the same maturity as the bond. If the spread data do not reference the issuer, then data that reference a comparable issuer are used. When position-specific external price data are not observable, fair value is determined based on either benchmarking to similarcomparable instruments or cash flow models with yield curves, bond or single-name credit default swapsingle name CDS spreads and recovery rates as significant inputs. Corporate bonds are generally categorized in

Level 2 of the fair2—if value hierarchy; based on observable market data for comparable instruments

•Level 3—in instances where prices spreads or any of the other aforementioned keysignificant spread inputs are unobservable they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

December 2016 Form 10-K 158112 


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Asset and Liability / Valuation Technique Valuation Hierarchy Classification

Collateralized Debt Obligations (“CDO”) and Collateralized Loan Obligations.     (“CLO”)

The CompanyFirm holds cash collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”)/collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”)CDOs/CLOs that typically reference a tranche of an underlying synthetic portfolio of single name credit default swapsCDS spreads collateralized by corporate bonds (“credit-linked notes”) or cash portfolio of asset-backed securities/loans (“asset-backed CDOs/CLOs”).

Credit correlation, a primary input used to determine the fair value of credit-linked notes, is usually unobservable and derived using a benchmarking technique. The other credit-linked noteOther model inputs such as credit spreads, including collateral spreads, and interest rates are typically observable.

Asset-backed CDOs/CLOs are valued based on an evaluation of the market and model input parameters sourced from similar positionscomparable instruments as indicated by primary and secondary market activity. Each asset-backed CDO/CLO position is evaluated independently taking into consideration available comparable market levels, underlying collateral performance and pricing, and deal structures as well asand liquidity. Cash CDOs/CLOs are categorized in

Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy 2—when either comparable market transactions are observable or credit correlation input is insignificant

•Level 3—when either comparable market transactions are unobservable or the credit correlation input is insignificant or comparable market transactions are observable. In instances where the credit correlation input is deemed to be significant or comparable market transactions are unobservable, cash CDOs/CLOs are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Corporate Loans and Lending Commitments.    The fair

•Fair value of corporate loans is determined using recently executed transactions, market price quotations (where observable), implied yields from comparable debt, and market observable credit default swapCDS spread levels obtained from independent external parties such as vendors and brokers adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments, along with proprietary valuation models and default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable. The fair

•Fair value of contingent corporate lending commitments is determined by using executed transactions on comparable loans and the anticipated market price based on pricing indications from syndicate banks and customers. The valuation of loans and lending commitments also takes into account fee income that is considered an attribute of the contract. Corporate

•Fair value of mortgage loans and lending commitments are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy except in instances where prices or significant spread inputs are unobservable, in which case they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Mortgage Loans.    Mortgage loans are valuedis determined using observable prices based on transactional data or third-party pricing for identical or comparable instruments, when available.

Where position-specific external prices are not observable, the Company estimates fair value is estimated based on benchmarking to prices and rates observed in the primary market for similar loan or borrower types or based on the present value of expected future cash flows using its best estimates of the key assumptions, including forecasted credit losses, prepayment rates, forward yield curves and discount rates commensurate with the risks involved or a methodology that utilizes the capital structure and credit spreads of recent comparable securitization transactions. Mortgage

•Fair value of equity margin loans valuedis determined by discounting future interest cash flows, net of estimated credit losses. The estimated credit losses are derived by benchmarking to market observable CDS spreads, implied debt yields or volatility metrics of the loan collateral company.

•Level 2—if value based on observable market data for identicalcomparable instruments

•Level 3—in instances where prices or comparable instrumentssignificant spread inputs are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Where observable prices are not available, due to the subjectivity involved in the comparability assessment related to mortgage loan vintage, geographical concentration, prepayment speed and projected loss assumptions, mortgage loans are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Mortgage loans are presented within Loans and lending commitments in the fair value hierarchy table.unobservable

Auction Rate Securities (“ARS”).    The Company primarily holds investments in Student Loan Auction Rate Securities (“SLARS”) and Municipal Auction Rate Securities (“MARS”), which are floating rate instruments for which the rates reset through periodic auctions. SLARS are ABS backed by pools of student loans. MARS are municipal bonds often wrapped by municipal bond insurance. The fair value of ARS is primarily determined using recently executed transactions and market price quotations, obtained from independent external parties such as vendors and brokers, where available. The Company uses an

159


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Corporate Equities

internally developed methodology to discount for the lack of liquidity and non-performance risk where independent external market data are not available.

Inputs that impact the valuation of SLARS are independent external market data, recently executed transactions of comparable ARS, the underlying collateral types, level of seniority in the capital structure, amount of leverage in each structure, credit rating and liquidity considerations. Inputs that impact the valuation of MARS are recently executed transactions, the maximum rate, quality of underlying issuers/insurers and evidence of issuer calls/prepayment. ARS are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as the valuation technique relies on observable external data. SLARS and MARS are presented within Asset-backed securities and State and municipal securities, respectively, in the fair value hierarchy table.

Corporate Equities.

Exchange-Traded Equity Securities.    Exchange-traded equity securities are generally valued based on quoted prices from the exchange. To the extent these securities are actively traded, valuation adjustments are not applied, and they are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy; otherwise, they are categorized in Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.applied.

Unlisted Equity Securities.    Unlisted equity securities are generally valued based on an assessment of each underlying security, considering rounds of financing and third-party transactions, discounted cash flow analyses and market-basedmarket- based information, including comparable companyFirm transactions, trading multiples and changes in market outlook, among other factors. These securities are generally categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Fund Units.    Listed fund units are generally marked to the exchange-traded price, or net asset value (“NAV”) and are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchywhile listed fund units if not actively traded on an exchange or in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy if trading is not active. Unlistedand unlisted fund units are generally marked to NAVNet Asset Value (“NAV”).

•Level 1—exchange-traded securities and categorized as fund units if actively traded

Level 2; however, positions2—exchange-traded securities if not actively traded or if undergoing a recent mergers and acquisitions event or corporate action

•Level 3—unlisted equity securities and exchange-traded securities if not actively traded or if marked to an aged mergers and acquisitions event or corporate action

•Certain fund units that are measured at fair value using the NAV per share are not redeemable at the measurement date orclassified in the near future are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.hierarchy

Derivative and Other Contracts.

Listed Derivative Contracts.    

Listed derivatives that are actively traded are valued based on quoted prices from the exchange and are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. exchange.

Listed derivatives that are not actively traded are valued using the same approaches as those applied to OTC derivatives; theyderivatives.

•Level 1—listed derivatives that are generally categorized in actively traded

Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.2—listed derivatives that are not actively traded

 

 113December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Asset and Liability / Valuation TechniqueValuation Hierarchy Classification

OTC Derivative Contracts.    

OTC derivative contracts include forward, swap and option contracts related to interest rates, foreign currencies, credit standing of reference entities, equity prices or commodity prices.

•Depending on the product and the terms of the transaction, the fair value of OTC derivative products can be modeled using a series of techniques, including closed-form analytic formulas, such as the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, simulation models or a combination thereof. Many pricing models do not entail material subjectivity as the methodologies employed do not necessitate significant judgment, since model inputs may be observed from actively quoted markets, as is the case for generic interest rate swaps, many equity, commodity and foreign currency option contracts, and certain CDS. In the case of more established derivative products, the pricing models used by the Firm are widely accepted by the financial services industry.

•More complex OTC derivative products are typically less liquid and require more judgment in the implementation of the valuation technique since direct trading activity or quotes are unobservable. This includes certain types of interest rate derivatives with both volatility and correlation exposure, equity, commodity or foreign currency derivatives which are either longer-dated or include exposure to multiple underlyings, and credit derivatives, including CDS on certain mortgage- or asset-backed securities and basket CDS. Where these inputs are unobservable, relationships to observable data points, based on historic and/or implied observations, may be employed as a technique to estimate the model input values.

•For further information on the valuation techniques for OTC derivative products, see Note 2.

•For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 4.

Depending on the product and the terms of the transaction, the fair value of OTC derivative products can be either observed or modeled using a series of techniques and model inputs from comparable benchmarks, including closed-form analytic formulas, such as the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, and simulation models or a combination thereof. Many pricing models do not entail material subjectivity because the methodologies employed do not necessitate significant judgment, and the pricing inputs are observed from actively quoted markets, as is the case for generic interest rate swaps, certain option contracts and certain credit default swaps. In the case of more established derivative products, the pricing models used by the Company are widely accepted by the financial services industry. A substantial majority of OTC derivative products valued by the Company using pricing models fall into this category and are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Other derivative products, including complex products that have become illiquid, require more judgment in the implementation of the valuation technique applied due to the complexity of the valuation assumptions and the reduced observability of inputs. This includes certain types of interest rate

160


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

derivatives with both volatility and correlation exposure and credit derivatives, including credit default swaps on certain mortgage-backed or asset-backed securities, basket credit default swaps and CDO-squared positions (a CDO-squared position is a special purpose vehicle that issues interests, or tranches, that are backed by tranches issued by other CDOs) where direct trading activity or quotes are unobservable. These instruments involve significant unobservable inputs and are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Derivative interests in credit default swaps on certain mortgage-backed or asset-backed securities, for which observability of external price data is limited, are valued based on an evaluation of the market and model input parameters sourced from similar positions as indicated by primary and secondary market activity. Each position is evaluated independently taking into consideration available comparable market levels as well as cash-synthetic basis, or the underlying collateral performance and pricing, behavior of the tranche under various cumulative loss and prepayment scenarios, deal structures (e.g., non-amortizing reference obligations, call features, etc.) and liquidity. While these factors may be supported by historical and actual external observations, the determination of their value as it relates to specific positions nevertheless requires significant judgment.

For basket credit default swaps and CDO-squared positions, the correlation input between reference credits is unobservable for each specific swap or position and is benchmarked to standardized proxy baskets for which correlation data are available. The other model inputs such as credit spread, interest rates and recovery rates are observable. In instances where the correlation input is deemed to be significant, these instruments are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy; otherwise, these instruments are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

The Company trades various derivative structures with commodity underlyings. Depending on the type of structure, the model inputs generally include interest rate yield curves, commodity underlier price curves, implied volatility of the underlying commodities and, in some cases, the implied correlation between these inputs. The fair value of these products is determined using executed trades and broker and consensus data to provide values for the aforementioned inputs. Where these inputs are unobservable, relationships to observable commodities and data points, based on historic and/or implied observations, are employed as a technique to estimate the model input values. Commodity derivatives are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; in instances where significant inputs are unobservable, they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 12.

Investments.

The Company’s investments include direct investments in equity securities as well as investments in private equity funds, real estate funds and hedge funds, which include investments made in connection with certain employee deferred compensation plans. Direct investments are presented in the fair value hierarchy table as Principal investments and Other. Initially, the transaction price is generally considered by the Company as the exit price and is the Company’s best estimate of fair value.

After initial recognition, in determining the fair value of non-exchange-traded internally and externally managed funds, the Company generally considers the NAV of the fund provided by the fund manager to be the best estimate of fair value. For non-exchange-traded investments either held directly or held within internally managed funds, fair value after initial recognition is based on an assessment of each underlying investment, considering rounds of financing and third-party transactions, discounted cash flow analyses and market-based information, including comparable company transactions, trading multiples and changes in market outlook, among other factors. Exchange-traded direct equity investments are generally valued based on quoted prices from the exchange.

161


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Exchange-traded direct equity investments that are actively traded are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Non-exchange-traded direct equity investments and investments in private equity and real estate funds are generally categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Investments in hedge funds that are redeemable at the measurement date or in the near future are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; otherwise, they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Physical Commodities.

The Company trades various physical commodities, including crude oil and refined products, natural gas, base and precious metals, and agricultural products. Fair value for physical commodities is determined using observable inputs, including broker quotations and published indices. Physical commodities are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; in instances where significant inputs are unobservable, they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Securities Available for Sale.

 

Securities available•Generally Level 2—OTC derivative products valued using observable inputs, or where the unobservable input is not deemed significant.

•Level 3—OTC derivative products for salewhich the unobservable input is deemed significant

Investments

•Investments include direct investments in equity securities, as well as various investment management funds, which include investments made in connection with certain employee deferred compensation plans.

•Direct investments are presented in the fair value hierarchy table as Principal investments and Other. Initially, the transaction price is generally considered by the Firm as the exit price and is its best estimate of fair value.

•After initial recognition, in determining the fair value ofnon-exchange-traded internally and externally managed funds, the Firm generally considers the NAV of the fund provided by the fund manager to be the best estimate of fair value. Fornon-exchange-traded investments either held directly or held within internally managed funds, fair value after initial recognition is based on an assessment of each underlying investment, considering rounds of financing and third-party transactions, discounted cash flow analyses and market-based information, including comparable Firm transactions, trading multiples and changes in market outlook, among other factors. Exchange-traded direct equity investments are generally valued based on quoted prices from the exchange.

•Level 1—exchange-traded direct equity investments in an active market

•Level2—non-exchange-traded direct equity investments and investments in various investment management funds if valued based on rounds of financing or third-party transactions; exchange-traded direct equity investments if not actively traded

•Level3—non-exchange-traded direct equity investments and investments in various investment management funds where rounds of financing or third-party transactions are not available

•Certain investments that are measured at fair value using the NAV per share are not classified in the fair value hierarchy. For additional disclosure about such investments, see “Fair Value of Investments Measured at Net Asset Value” herein.

Physical Commodities

•The Firm trades various physical commodities, including natural gas and precious metals.

•Fair value is determined using observable inputs, including broker quotations and published indices.

•Generally Level 2 if value based on observable inputs

Investment Securities

AFS Securities

•AFS securities are composed of U.S. government and agency securities (e.ge.g.., U.S. Treasury securities, agency-issued debt, agency mortgage pass-through securities and collateralized mortgage obligations), CMBS, Federal Family Education Loan Program (“FFELP”) student loan asset-backed securities,ABS, auto loan asset-backed securities,ABS, corporate bonds, collateralized loan obligations,CLOs and actively traded equity securities. Actively traded U.S. Treasury securities, non-callable agency-issued debt securities and equity securities are generally categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Callable agency-issued debt securities, agency mortgage pass-through securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, CMBS, FFELP student loan asset-backed securities, auto loan asset-backed securities, corporate bonds and collateralized loan obligations are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

For further information on the determination of fair value, refer to the corresponding asset/liability valuation technique described herein.

•For further information on AFS securities, available for sale, see Note 5.

•For further information on Valuation Hierarchy Classification, see corresponding Valuation Technique described herein.

 

December 2016 Form 10-K114

Deposits.


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Asset and Liability / Valuation Technique Valuation Hierarchy Classification

Time Deposits.Certificates of Deposit

•The Firm issues Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insured certificates of deposit that pay either fixed coupons or that have repayment terms linked to the performance of debt or equity securities, indices or currencies. The fair value of these certificates of deposit is determined using third-party quotations. Thesevaluation models that incorporate observable inputs referencing identical or comparable securities, including prices to which the deposits are generally categorized in Level 2linked, interest rate yield curves, option volatility and currency rates, equity prices, and the impact of the fair value hierarchy.Firm’s own credit spreads, adjusted for the impact of the FDIC insurance, which is based on vanilla deposit issuance rates.

Commercial Paper and Other Short-Term Borrowings/Long-Term Borrowings.

 

•Generally Level 2

Short-Term Borrowings/Long-Term Borrowings

Structured Notes.    

The CompanyFirm issues structured notes that have coupon or repayment terms linked to the performance of debt or equity securities, indices, currencies or commodities.

Fair value of structured notes is determined using valuation models for the derivative and debt portions of the notes. These models incorporate observable inputs referencing identical or comparable securities, including prices to which the notes are linked, interest rate yield curves, option volatility and currency rates, and commodity or equity prices.

Independent, external and traded prices for the notes are considered as well. The impact of the Company’sFirm’s own credit spreads is also included based on the Company’s observed secondary bond market spreads. Most structured notes are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell and Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase.

The fair value of a reverse repurchase agreement or repurchase agreement is computed using a standard cash flow discounting methodology. The inputs to the valuation include contractual cash flows and collateral funding spreads, which are estimated using various benchmarks, interest rate yield curves and option volatilities. In instances where the unobservable inputs are deemed significant, reverse repurchase agreements and repurchase agreements are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy; otherwise, they are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 162

•Generally Level 2

•Level 3—in instances where the unobservable inputs are deemed significant

Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell and Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase

•Fair value is computed using a standard cash flow discounting methodology.

•The inputs to the valuation include contractual cash flows and collateral funding spreads, which are estimated using various benchmarks, interest rate yield curves and option volatilities.

 

•Generally Level 2

•Level 3—in instances where the unobservable inputs are deemed significant


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following fair value hierarchy tables present information about the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis at December 31, 2013.

  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets

(Level 1)
  Significant
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
  Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
  Balance at
December 31,
2013
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Assets at Fair Value

     

Trading assets:

     

U.S. government and agency securities:

     

U.S. Treasury securities

 $32,083  $—    $—    $—    $32,083 

U.S. agency securities

  1,216   17,720   —     —     18,936 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

  33,299   17,720   —     —     51,019 

Other sovereign government obligations

  25,363   6,610   27   —     32,000 

Corporate and other debt:

     

State and municipal securities

  —     1,615   —     —     1,615 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

  —     2,029   47   —     2,076 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

  —     1,534   108   —     1,642 

Asset-backed securities

  —     878   103   —     981 

Corporate bonds

  —     16,592   522   —     17,114 

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

  —     802   1,468   —     2,270 

Loans and lending commitments

  —     7,483   5,129   —     12,612 

Other debt

  —     6,365   27   —     6,392 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  —     37,298   7,404   —     44,702 

Corporate equities(1)

  107,818   1,206   190   —     109,214 

Derivative and other contracts:

     

Interest rate contracts

  750   526,127   2,475   —     529,352 

Credit contracts

  —     42,258   2,088   —     44,346 

Foreign exchange contracts

  52   61,570   179   —     61,801 

Equity contracts

  1,215   51,656   1,234   —     54,105 

Commodity contracts

  2,396   8,595   2,380   —     13,371 

Other

  —     43   —     —     43 

Netting(2)

  (3,836  (606,878  (4,931  (54,906  (670,551
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivative and other contracts

  577   83,371   3,425   (54,906  32,467 

Investments:

     

Private equity funds

  —     —     2,531   —     2,531 

Real estate funds

  —     6   1,637   —     1,643 

Hedge funds

  —     377   432   —     809 

Principal investments

  43   42   2,160   —     2,245 

Other

  202   45   538   —     785 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total investments

  245   470   7,298   —     8,013 

Physical commodities

  —     3,329   —     —     3,329 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total trading assets

  167,302   150,004   18,344   (54,906  280,744 

Securities available for sale

  24,412   29,018   —     —     53,430 

Securities received as collateral

  20,497   11   —     —     20,508 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

  —     866   —     —     866 

Intangible assets(3)

  —     —     8   —     8 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value

 $212,211  $179,899  $18,352  $(54,906 $355,556 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 163115 December 2016 Form 10-K


MORGAN STANLEY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 

 Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets

(Level 1)
 Significant
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
 Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
 Balance at
December 31,
2013
 
 (dollars in millions) 

Liabilities at Fair Value

     

Deposits

 $—    $185  $—    $—    $185 

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  —     1,346   1   —     1,347 

Trading liabilities:

     
$ in millions  Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Counterparty and Cash
Collateral Netting
 At
December 31,
2016
 

Assets at Fair Value

      

Trading assets:

      

U.S. government and agency securities:

           

U.S. Treasury securities

  15,963    —     —     —     15,963    $25,457  $  $  $  $25,457 

U.S. agency securities

  2,593    116   —     —     2,709     2,122   20,392   74      22,588 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

  18,556   116   —     —     18,672    27,579   20,392   74      48,045 

Other sovereign government obligations

  14,717   2,473   —     —     17,190    14,005   5,497   6      19,508 

Corporate and other debt:

           

State and municipal securities

  —     15   —     —     15       2,355   250      2,605 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

      767   92      859 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

      715   123      838 

Asset-backed securities

      209   2      211 

Corporate bonds

  —     5,033   22   —     5,055       11,051   232      11,283 

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

  —     3   —     —     3       602   63      665 

Unfunded lending commitments

  —     127   2   —     129 

Loans and lending commitments1

      3,580   5,122      8,702 

Other debt

  —     1,144   48   —     1,192       1,360   180      1,540 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  —     6,322   72   —     6,394       20,639   6,064      26,703 

Corporate equities(1)

  27,983   513   8   —     28,504 

Corporate equities2

   117,857   333   445      118,635 

Securities received as collateral

   13,717   19   1      13,737 

Derivative and other contracts:

           

Interest rate contracts

  675   504,292   2,362   —     507,329    1,131   300,406   1,373      302,910 

Credit contracts

  —     40,391   2,235   —     42,626       11,727   502      12,229 

Foreign exchange contracts

  23   61,925   111   —     62,059    231   74,921   13      75,165 

Equity contracts

  1,033   57,797   2,065   —     60,895    1,185   35,736   1,708      38,629 

Commodity contracts

  2,637   8,749   1,500   —     12,886 

Commodity and other contracts

   2,808   6,734   3,977      13,519 

Netting3

   (4,378  (353,543  (1,944  (51,381  (411,246

Total derivative and other contracts

   977   75,981   5,629   (51,381  31,206 

Investments4:

      

Principal investments

   20      743      763 

Private equity funds

      43         43 

Other

  —     72   4   —     76    217   154   215      586 

Netting(2)

  (3,836  (606,878  (4,931  (36,465  (652,110
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total investments

   237   197   958      1,392 

Physical commodities

      112         112 

Total trading assets4

   174,372   123,170   13,177   (51,381  259,338 

Investment securities—AFS securities

   29,120   34,050         63,170 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

      302         302 

Intangible assets

      3         3 

Total assets measured at fair value

  $203,492  $157,525  $13,177  $(51,381 $322,813 

Liabilities at Fair Value

      

Deposits

  $  $21  $42  $  $63 

Short-term borrowings

      404   2      406 

Trading liabilities:

      

U.S. government and agency securities:

      

U.S. Treasury securities

   10,745            10,745 

U.S. agency securities

   891   61         952 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   11,636   61         11,697 

Other sovereign government obligations

   20,658   2,430         23,088 

Corporate and other debt:

      

State and municipal securities

      1         1 

Asset-backed securities

      533         533 

Corporate bonds

      5,572   34      5,606 

Lending commitments

      1         1 

Other debt

      14   2      16 

Total corporate and other debt

      6,121   36      6,157 

Corporate equities2

   37,611   29   34      37,674 

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

   20,236   25   1      20,262 

Derivative and other contracts:

      

Interest rate contracts

   1,244   285,379   953      287,576 

Credit contracts

      12,550   875      13,425 

Foreign exchange contracts

   17   75,510   56      75,583 

Equity contracts

   1,162   37,828   1,524      40,514 

Commodity and other contracts

   2,663   6,845   2,377      11,885 

Netting3

   (4,378  (353,543  (1,944  (39,803  (399,668

Total derivative and other contracts

  532   66,348   3,346   (36,465  33,761    708   64,569   3,841   (39,803  29,315 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Physical commodities

      1         1 

Total trading liabilities

  61,788   75,772   3,426   (36,465  104,521    90,849   73,236   3,912   (39,803  128,194 

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

  24,549   19   —     —     24,568 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  —     407   154   —     561       580   149      729 

Other secured financings

  —     4,928   278   —     5,206       4,607   434      5,041 

Long-term borrowings

  —     33,750   1,887   —     35,637    47   36,677   2,012      38,736 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

 $86,337  $116,407  $5,746  $(36,465 $172,025   $            90,896  $            115,525  $            6,551  $(39,803 $173,169 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(1)The Company
December 2016 Form 10-K116


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

$ in millions  Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Counterparty and Cash
Collateral Netting
  At
December 31, 2015
 

Assets at Fair Value

      

Trading assets:

      

U.S. government and agency securities:

      

U.S. Treasury securities

  $17,658  $  $  $  $17,658 

U.S. agency securities

   797   17,886         18,683 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   18,455   17,886         36,341 

Other sovereign government obligations

   13,559   7,400   4      20,963 

Corporate and other debt:

      

State and municipal securities

      1,651   19      1,670 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

      1,456   341      1,797 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

      1,520   72      1,592 

Asset-backed securities

      494   25      519 

Corporate bonds

      9,959   267      10,226 

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

      284   430      714 

Loans and lending commitments1

      4,682   5,936      10,618 

Other debt

      2,263   448      2,711 

Total corporate and other debt

      22,309   7,538      29,847 

Corporate equities2

   106,296   379   433      107,108 

Securities received as collateral

   11,221   3   1      11,225 

Derivative and other contracts:

      

Interest rate contracts

   406   323,586   2,052      326,044 

Credit contracts

      22,258   661      22,919 

Foreign exchange contracts

   55   64,608   292      64,955 

Equity contracts

   653   38,552   1,084      40,289 

Commodity and other contracts

   3,140   10,873   3,358      17,371 

Netting3

   (3,840  (380,443  (3,120  (55,562  (442,965

Total derivative and other contracts

   414   79,434   4,327   (55,562  28,613 

Investments4:

      

Principal investments

   20   44   486      550 

Other

   163   310   221      694 

Total investments

   183   354   707      1,244 

Physical commodities

      321         321 

Total trading assets4

   150,128   128,086   13,010   (55,562  235,662 

Investment securities—AFS securities

   34,351   32,408         66,759 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

      806         806 

Intangible assets

         5      5 

Total assets measured at fair value

  $184,479  $161,300  $13,015  $(55,562 $303,232 

Liabilities at Fair Value

      

Deposits

  $  $106  $19  $  $125 

Short-term borrowings

      1,647   1      1,648 

Trading liabilities:

      

U.S. government and agency securities:

      

U.S. Treasury securities

   12,932            12,932 

U.S. agency securities

   854   127         981 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   13,786   127         13,913 

Other sovereign government obligations

   10,970   2,558         13,528 

Corporate and other debt:

      

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

      2         2 

Corporate bonds

      5,035         5,035 

Lending commitments

      3         3 

Other debt

      5   4      9 

Total corporate and other debt

      5,045   4      5,049 

Corporate equities2

   47,123   35   17      47,175 

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

   19,312   3   1      19,316 

Derivative and other contracts:

      

Interest rate contracts

   466   305,151   1,792      307,409 

Credit contracts

      22,160   1,505      23,665 

Foreign exchange contracts

   22   65,177   151      65,350 

Equity contracts

   570   42,447   3,115      46,132 

Commodity and other contracts

   3,012   9,474   2,308      14,794 

Netting3

   (3,840  (380,443  (3,120  (40,473  (427,876

Total derivative and other contracts

   230   63,966   5,751   (40,473  29,474 

Total trading liabilities

   91,421   71,734   5,773   (40,473  128,455 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

      532   151      683 

Other secured financings

      2,393   461      2,854 

Long-term borrowings

      31,058   1,987      33,045 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

  $            91,421  $            107,470  $            8,392  $(40,473 $166,810 

1.

At December 31, 2016, loans held at fair value consisted of $7,217 million of corporate loans, $966 million of residential real estate loans and $519 million of wholesale real estate loans. At December 31, 2015, loans held at fair value consisted of $7,286 million of corporate loans, $1,885 million of residential real estate loans and $1,447 million of wholesale real estate loans.

2.

For trading purposes, the Firm holds or sells short for trading purposes equity securities issued by entities in diverse industries and of varying size.sizes.

(2)3.

For positions with the same counterparty that cross over the levels of the fair value hierarchy, both counterparty netting and cash collateral netting are included in the column titled “Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting.” For contracts with the same counterparty, counterparty netting among positions classified within the same level is included within that shared level. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 12.4.

(3)4.Amount represents mortgage servicing rights (“MSR”) accounted for

Amounts exclude certain investments that are measured at fair value. See Note 7 for further information on MSRs.value using the NAV per share, which are not classified in the fair value hierarchy. For additional disclosure about such investments, see “Fair Value of Investments Measured at Net Asset Value” herein.

Transfers Between Level 1 and Level 2 During 2013.

For assets and liabilities that were transferred between Level 1 and Level 2 during the period, fair values are ascribed as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred as of the beginning of the period.

In 2013, there were no material transfers between Level 1 and Level 2.

164


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis at December 31, 2012.

   Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
  Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
  Balance at
December 31,
2012
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets at Fair Value

      

Trading assets:

      

U.S. government and agency securities:

      

U.S. Treasury securities

  $24,662  $14  $—    $—    $24,676 

U.S. agency securities

   1,451   27,888   —     —     29,339 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   26,113   27,902   —     —     54,015 

Other sovereign government obligations

   37,669   5,487   6   —     43,162 

Corporate and other debt:

      

State and municipal securities

   —     1,558   —     —     1,558 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

   —     1,439   45   —     1,484 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

   —     1,347   232   —     1,579 

Asset-backed securities

   —     915   109   —     1,024 

Corporate bonds

   —     18,403   660   —     19,063 

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

   —     685   1,951   —     2,636 

Loans and lending commitments

   —     12,617   4,694   —     17,311 

Other debt

   —     4,457   45   —     4,502 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

   —     41,421   7,736   —     49,157 

Corporate equities(1)

   68,072   1,067   288   —     69,427 

Derivative and other contracts:

      

Interest rate contracts

   446   819,581   3,774   —     823,801 

Credit contracts

   —     63,234   5,033   —     68,267 

Foreign exchange contracts

   34   52,729   31   —     52,794 

Equity contracts

   760   37,074   766   —     38,600 

Commodity contracts

   4,082   14,256   2,308   —     20,646 

Other

   —     143   —     —     143 

Netting(2)

   (4,740  (883,733  (6,947  (72,634  (968,054
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivative and other contracts

   582   103,284   4,965   (72,634  36,197 

Investments:

      

Private equity funds

   —     —     2,179   —     2,179 

Real estate funds

   —     6   1,370   —     1,376 

Hedge funds

   —     382   552   —     934 

Principal investments

   185   83   2,833   —     3,101 

Other

   199   71   486   —     756 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total investments

   384   542   7,420   —     8,346 

Physical commodities

   —     7,299   —     —     7,299 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total trading assets

   132,820   187,002   20,415   (72,634  267,603 

Securities available for sale

   14,466   25,403   —     —     39,869 

Securities received as collateral

   14,232   46   —     —     14,278 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

   —     621   —     —     621 

Intangible assets(3)

   —     —     7   —     7 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value

  $161,518  $213,072  $20,422  $(72,634 $322,378 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 165117 December 2016 Form 10-K


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

   Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
  Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
  Balance at
December 31,
2012
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Liabilities at Fair Value

      

Deposits

  $—    $1,485  $—    $—    $1,485 

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

   —     706   19   —     725 

Trading liabilities:

      

U.S. government and agency securities:

      

U.S. Treasury securities

   20,098   21   —     —     20,119 

U.S. agency securities

   1,394   107   —     —     1,501 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   21,492   128   —     —     21,620 

Other sovereign government obligations

   27,583   2,031   —     —     29,614 

Corporate and other debt:

      

State and municipal securities

   —     47   —     —     47 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

   —     —     4   —     4 

Corporate bonds

   —     3,942   177   —     4,119 

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

   —     328   —     —     328 

Unfunded lending commitments

   —     305   46   —     351 

Other debt

   —     156   49   —     205 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

   —     4,778   276   —     5,054 

Corporate equities(1)

   25,216   1,655   5   —     26,876 

Derivative and other contracts:

      

Interest rate contracts

   533   789,715   3,856   —     794,104 

Credit contracts

   —     61,283   3,211   —     64,494 

Foreign exchange contracts

   2   56,021   390   —     56,413 

Equity contracts

   748   39,212   1,910   —     41,870 

Commodity contracts

   4,530   15,702   1,599   —     21,831 

Other

   —     54   7   —     61 

Netting(2)

   (4,740  (883,733  (6,947  (46,395  (941,815
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivative and other contracts

   1,073   78,254   4,026   (46,395  36,958 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total trading liabilities

   75,364   86,846   4,307   (46,395  120,122 

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

   18,179   47   —     —     18,226 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   —     212   151   —     363 

Other secured financings

   —     9,060   406   —     9,466 

Long-term borrowings

   —     41,255   2,789   —     44,044 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

  $93,543  $139,611  $7,672  $(46,395 $194,431 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)The Company holds or sells short for trading purposes equity securities issued by entities in diverse industries and of varying size.
(2)For positions with the same counterparty that cross over the levels of the fair value hierarchy, both counterparty netting and cash collateral netting are included in the column titled “Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting.” For contracts with the same counterparty, counterparty netting among positions classified within the same level is included within that level. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 12.
(3)Amount represents MSRs accounted for at fair value. See Note 7 for further information on MSRs.

Transfers Between Level 1 and Level 2 During 2012.

For assets and liabilities that were transferred between Level 1 and Level 2 during the period, fair values are ascribed as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred as of the beginning of the period.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 166


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts and Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts.    During 2012, the Company reclassified approximately $3.2 billion of derivative assets and approximately $2.5 billion of derivative liabilities from Level 2 to Level 1 as these listed derivatives became actively traded and were valued based on quoted prices from the exchange. Also during 2012, the Company reclassified approximately $0.4 billion of derivative assets and approximately $0.3 billion of derivative liabilities from Level 1 to Level 2 as transactionsChanges in these contracts did not occur with sufficient frequency and volume to constitute an active market.

Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis.

Basis

The following tables present additional information about Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011, respectively.2014. Level 3 instruments may be hedged with instruments classified in Level 1 and Level 2. As a result, the realized and unrealized gains (losses) for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the following tables below do not reflect the related realized and unrealized gains (losses) on hedging instruments that have been classified by the CompanyFirm within the Level 1 and/or Level 2 categories.

Additionally, both observable and unobservable inputs may be used to determine the fair value of positions that the CompanyFirm has classified within the Level 3 category. As a result, the unrealized gains (losses) during the period for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the following tables belowherein may include changes in fair value during the period that were attributable to both observable (e.g., changes in market interest rates) and unobservable (e.g., changes in unobservable long-dated volatilities) inputs.

For assets Total realized and liabilities that were transferred into Level 3 during the period,unrealized gains (losses) are presented as ifprimarily included in Trading revenues in the assets or liabilities had been transferred into Level 3 at the beginning of the period; similarly, for assets and liabilities that were transferred out of Level 3 during the period, gains (losses) are presented as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred out at the beginning of the period.consolidated income statements.

$ in millions Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2015
  Realized
and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
  Purchases1  Sales  Issuances  Settlements  Net
Transfers
  Ending
Balance at
December 31,
2016
  Unrealized
Gains
(Losses) at
December 31,
2016
 

Assets at Fair Value

         

Trading assets:

         

U.S. agency securities

 $  $(4 $72  $          —  $            —  $            —  $            6  $            74  $(4

Other sovereign government obligations

  4   1   4   (7        4   6               — 

Corporate and other debt:

         

State and municipal securities

  19      249   (18           250    

Residential mortgage-backed securities

  341   (11  35   (265        (8  92   (10

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

  72   (56  46   (39        100   123   (66

Asset-backed securities

  25   (2  1   (19        (3  2   (1

Corporate bonds

  267   9   310   (357        3   232   (20

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

  430   11   14   (300        (92  63   (5

Loans and lending commitments

  5,936   (79  2,261   (954     (1,863  (179  5,122   (80

Other debt

  448   20   26   (51        (263  180   (13

Total corporate and other debt

  7,538   (108  2,942   (2,003     (1,863  (442  6,064   (195

Corporate equities

  433   (2  242   (154        (74  445    

Securities received as collateral

  1                 —            1    

Net derivative and other contracts2:

         

Interest rate contracts

  260   529   1         (83  (287  420   463 

Credit contracts

  (844  (176        (4  623   28   (373  (167

Foreign exchange contracts

  141   (27           (220  63   (43  (23

Equity contracts

  (2,031  539   809   (5  (332  1,073   131   184   376 

Commodity and other contracts

  1,050   544   24      (114  (44  140   1,600   304 

Total net derivative and other contracts

  (1,424  1,409   834   (5  (450  1,349   75   1,788   953 

Investments:

         

Principal investments

  486   (38  398   (63     (59  19   743   (55

Other

  221   6      (12           215   5 

Total investments

  707   (32  398   (75     (59  19   958   (50

Intangible assets

  5                  (5      

Liabilities at Fair Value

         

Deposits

 $19  $  $  $  $23  $  $  $42  $ 

Short-term borrowings

  1            2   (1     2    

Trading liabilities:

         

Corporate and other debt:

         

Corporate bonds

     (4  (97  145         (18  34    

Other debt

  4      (2              2    

Total corporate and other debt

  4   (4  (99  145         (18  36    

Corporate equities

  17   17   (10  89         (45  34    

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

  1                     1    

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  151   2                  149   2 

Other secured financings

  461   (5        79   (45  (66  434   (5

Long-term borrowings

  1,987   (19        646   (304  (336  2,012   (30

December 2016 Form 10-K118


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

$ in millions Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2014
  Realized
and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
  Purchases1  Sales  Issuances  Settlements  Net
Transfers
  Ending
Balance at
December 31,
2015
  Unrealized
Gains
(Losses) at
December 31,
2015
 

Assets at Fair Value

         

Trading assets:

         

Other sovereign government obligations

 $41  $(1 $2  $(30 $  $  $(8 $                4  $            — 

Corporate and other debt:

         

State and municipal securities

                  —                 2                 3               —                   —                   —   14   19   2 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

  175   24   176   (83        49   341   12 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

  96   (28  27   (23                —   72   (32

Asset-backed securities

  76   (9  23   (30        (35  25    

Corporate bonds

  386   (44  374   (381     (53  (15  267   (44

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

  1,152   123   325   (798     (344  (28  430   (19

Loans and lending commitments

  5,874   (42  3,216   (207     (2,478  (427  5,936   (76

Other debt

  285   (23  131   (5     (81  141   448   (9

Total corporate and other debt

  8,044   3   4,275   (1,527     (2,956  (301  7,538   (166

Corporate equities

  272   (1  373   (333        122   433   11 

Securities received as collateral

        1               1    

Net derivative and other contracts2:

         

Interest rate contracts

  (173  (51  58      (54  207   273   260   20 

Credit contracts

  (743  (172  19      (121  196   (23  (844  (179

Foreign exchange contracts

  151   53   4      (2  (18  (47  141   52 

Equity contracts

  (2,165  166   81   (1  (310  22   176   (2,031  62 

Commodity and other contracts

  1,146   433   35      (222  (116  (226  1,050   402 

Total net derivative and other contracts

  (1,784  429   197   (1  (709  291   153   (1,424  357 

Investments:

         

Principal investments

  835   11   32   (133     (188  (71  486   6 

Other

  323   (12  1   (6        (85  221   (7

Total investments

  1,158   (1  33   (139     (188  (156  707   (1

Intangible assets

  6               (1     5    

Liabilities at Fair Value

         

Deposits

 $  $(1 $  $  $18  $  $  $19  $(1

Short-term borrowings

              1         1    

Trading liabilities:

         

Corporate and other debt:

         

Corporate bonds

  78      (19  6      (65         

Lending commitments

  5   5                     5 

Other debt

  38      (1  7      (39  (1  4    

Total corporate and other debt

  121   5   (20  13      (104  (1  4   5 

Corporate equities

  45   79   (86  32         105   17   79 

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

           1            1    

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  153   2                  151   2 

Other secured financings

  149   192         327   (232  409   461   181 

Long-term borrowings

  1,934   61         881   (364  (403  1,987   52 

 

 167119 December 2016 Form 10-K


MORGAN STANLEY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for 2013.

 Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2012
 Total Realized
and Unrealized
Gains (Losses)(1)
 Purchases Sales Issuances Settlements Net Transfers Ending
Balance at
December 31,
2013
 Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
for Level 3
Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding at
December 31,
2013(2)
 
 (dollars in millions) 

$ in millions

 Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2013
 Realized
and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
 Purchases1 Sales Issuances Settlements Net
Transfers
 Ending
Balance at
December 31,
2014
 Unrealized
Gains
(Losses) at
December 31,
2014
 

Assets at Fair Value

                  

Trading assets:

                  

Other sovereign government obligations

 $6  $(18 $41  $(7 $—    $—    $5  $27  $(18 $27  $              1  $              48  $(34 $                —  $                —  $(1 $                41  $            — 

Corporate and other debt:

                  

Residential mortgage-backed securities

  45   25   54   (51  —     —     (26  47   (6                 47  9  105  (14       28  175  4 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

  232   13   57   (187  —     (7  —     108   4  108  65  16  (102       9  96  45 

Asset-backed securities

  109   —     6   (12  —     —     —     103   —    103  3  66  (96          76  9 

Corporate bonds

  660   (20  324   (371  —     (19  (52  522   (55 522  86  106  (306       (22 386  66 

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

  1,951   363   742   (960  —     (626  (2  1,468   131  1,468  142  644  (964    (143 5  1,152  27 

Loans and lending commitments

  4,694   (130  3,744   (448  —     (3,096  365   5,129   (199 5,129  (87 3,784  (415    (2,552 15  5,874  (191

Other debt

  45   (1  20   (36  —     —     (1  27   (2 27  21  274  (35    (2    285  20 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  7,736   250   4,947   (2,065  —     (3,748  284   7,404   (127 7,404  239  4,995  (1,932    (2,697 35  8,044  (20

Corporate equities

  288   (63  113   (127  —     —     (21  190   (72 190  20  146  (102       18  272  (3

Net derivative and other contracts(3):

         

Net derivative and other contracts2, 3:

         

Interest rate contracts

  (82  28   6   —     (34  135   60   113   36  113  (258 18               —  (14 (43 11  (173 (349

Credit contracts

  1,822   (1,674  266   —     (703  (295  437   (147  (1,723 (147 (408 68     (179 (15 (62 (743 (474

Foreign exchange contracts

  (359  130   —     —     —     281   16   68   124  68  (13 7        108  (19 151  (17

Equity contracts

  (1,144  463   170   (74  (318  (11  83   (831  61  (831 (527 339  (2 (562 (46 (536 (2,165 (600

Commodity contracts

  709   200   41   —     (36  (29  (5  880   174 

Other

  (7  (6  —     —     —     9   —     (4  (7
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Commodity and other contracts

 876  158  287     (52 (123    1,146  72 

Total net derivative and other contracts

  939   (859  483   (74  (1,091  90   591   79   (1,335 79  (1,048 719  (2 (807 (119 (606 (1,784 (1,368

Investments:

                  

Private equity funds

  2,179   704   212   (564  —     —     —     2,531   657 

Real estate funds

  1,370   413   103   (249  —     —     —     1,637   625 

Hedge funds

  552   10   62   (163  —     —     (29  432   10 

Principal investments

  2,833   110   111   (445  —     —     (449  2,160   3  2,160  53  36  (181    (1,258 25  835  49 

Other

  486   76   13   (36  —     —     (1  538   77  538  17  17  (29       (220 323  24 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total investments

  7,420   1,313   501   (1,457  —     —     (479  7,298   1,372  2,698  70  53  (210    (1,258 (195 1,158  73 

Intangible assets

  7   9   —     —     —     (8  —     8   3  8              (2    6  (1

Liabilities at Fair Value

                  

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

 $19  $—    $—    $—    $—    $(1 $(17 $1  

$

—  

 

Short-term borrowings

 $1  $  $  $  $  $(1 $  $  $ 

Trading liabilities:

                  

Corporate and other debt:

                  

Residential mortgage-backed securities

  4   4   —     —     —     —     —     —     4 

Corporate bonds

  177   28   (64  43   —     —     (106  22   28  22  1  (46 117        (14 78  2 

Unfunded lending commitments

  46   44   —     —     —     —     —     2   44 

Lending commitments

 2  (3                5  (3

Other debt

  49   2   —     5   —     (6  2   48   2  48  7  (8          5  38  (2
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  276   78   (64  48   —     (6  (104  72   78  72  5  (54 117        (9 121  (3

Corporate equities

  5   1   (26  29   —     —     1   8   3  8     (3 39        1  45    

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  151   (3  —     —     —     —     —     154   (3 154  1                 153  1 

Other secured financings

  406   11   —     —     19   (136  —     278   4  278  (9       21  (201 42  149  (6

Long-term borrowings

  2,789   (162  —     —     877   (606  (1,335  1,887   (138 1,887  109        791  (391 (244 1,934  102 

 

(1)1.Total realized

Loan originations and unrealized gains (losses)consolidations of VIEs are primarily included in Trading revenues in the consolidated statements of income except for $1,313 million related to Trading assets—Investments, which is included in Investments revenues.purchases.

(2)2.Amounts represent unrealized gains (losses) for 2013 related to assets and liabilities still outstanding at December 31, 2013.
(3)

Net derivative and other contracts represent Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts, net of Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts.

3.

During 2014, the Firm incurred a charge of approximately $468 million related to the implementation of the FVA, which was recognized in Trading revenues. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities,the implementation of FVA, see Note 12.2.

 

December 2016 Form 10-K 168120 


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Long-term borrowings.    During 2013, the Company reclassified approximately $1.3 billion of certain long-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, from Level 3 to Level 2. The Company reclassified the structured notes as the unobservable embedded derivative component became insignificant to the overall valuation.

In 2013, there were no material transfers from Level 2 to Level 3.

Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for 2012.

  Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2011
  Total  Realized
and

Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)(1)
  Purchases  Sales  Issuances  Settlements  Net Transfers  Ending
Balance at
December 31,
2012
  Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
for Level 3
Assets/Liabilities
Outstanding at
December 31,
2012(2)
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Assets at Fair Value

         

Trading assets:

         

U.S. agency securities

 $8  $—    $—    $(7 $—    $—    $(1 $—    $—   

Other sovereign government obligations

  119   —     12   (125  —     —     —     6   (9

Corporate and other debt:

         

Residential mortgage-backed securities

  494   (9  32   (285  —     —     (187  45   (26

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

  134   32   218   (49  —     (100  (3  232   28 

Asset-backed securities

  31   1   109   (32  —     —     —     109   (1

Corporate bonds

  675   22   447   (450  —     —     (34  660   (7

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

  980   216   1,178   (384  —     —     (39  1,951   142 

Loans and lending commitments

  9,590   37   2,648   (2,095  —     (4,316  (1,170  4,694   (91

Other debt

  128   2   —     (95  —     —     10   45   (6
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  12,032   301   4,632   (3,390  —     (4,416  (1,423  7,736   39 

Corporate equities

  417   (59  134   (172  —     —     (32  288   (83

Net derivative and other contracts(3):

         

Interest rate contracts

  420   (275  28   —     (7  (217  (31  (82  297 

Credit contracts

  5,814   (2,799  112   —     (502  (961  158   1,822   (3,216

Foreign exchange contracts

  43   (279  —     —     —     19   (142  (359  (225

Equity contracts

  (1,234  390   202   (9  (112  (210  (171  (1,144  241 

Commodity contracts

  570   114   16   —     (41  (20  70   709   222 

Other

  (1,090  57   —     —     —     236   790   (7  53 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total net derivative and other contracts

  4,523   (2,792  358   (9  (662  (1,153  674   939   (2,628

Investments:

         

Private equity funds

  1,936   228   308   (294  —     —     1   2,179   147 

Real estate funds

  1,213   149   143   (136  —     —     1   1,370   229 

Hedge funds

  696   61   81   (151  —     —     (135  552   51 

Principal investments

  2,937   130   160   (419  —     —     25   2,833   93 

Other

  501   (45  158   (70  —     —     (58  486   (48
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total investments

  7,283   523   850   (1,070  —     —     (166  7,420   472 

Physical commodities

  46   —     —     —     —     (46  —     —     —   

Intangible assets

  133   (39  —     (83  —     (4  —     7   (7

Liabilities at Fair Value

         

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

 $2  $(5 $—    $—    $3  $(3 $12  $19  $(4

Trading liabilities:

         

Other sovereign government obligations

  8   —     (8  —     —     —     —     —     —   

Corporate and other debt:

         

Residential mortgage-backed securities

  355   (4  (355  —     —     —     —     4   (4

Corporate bonds

  219   (15  (129  110   —     —     (38  177   (23

Unfunded lending commitments

  85   39   —     —     —     —     —     46   39 

Other debt

  73   9   (1  36   —     (55  5   49   11 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  732   29   (485  146   —     (55  (33  276   23 

Corporate equities

  1   (1  (21  22   —     —     2   5   (3

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  340   (14  —     —     —     —     (203  151   (14

Other secured financings

  570    (69  —      —      21    (232  (22  406    (67

Long-term borrowings

  1,603   (651  —     —     1,050   (279  (236  2,789   (652

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 169


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(1)Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) are primarily included in Trading revenues in the consolidated statements of income except for $523 million related to Trading assets—Investments, which is included in Investments revenues.
(2)Amounts represent unrealized gains (losses) for 2012 related to assets and liabilities still outstanding at December 31, 2012.
(3)Net derivative and other contracts represent Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts, net of Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 12.

Trading assets—Corporate and other debt.    During 2012, the Company reclassified approximately $1.9 billion of certain Corporate and other debt, primarily loans, from Level 3 to Level 2. The Company reclassified the loans as external prices and/or spread inputs for these instruments became observable.

The Company also reclassified approximately $0.5 billion of certain Corporate and other debt from Level 2 to Level 3. The reclassifications were primarily related to corporate loans and were generally due to a reduction in market price quotations for these or comparable instruments, or a lack of available broker quotes, such that unobservable inputs had to be utilized for the fair value measurement of these instruments.

Trading assets—Net derivative and other contracts.    During 2012, the Company reclassified approximately $1.4 billion of certain credit derivative assets and approximately $1.2 billion of certain credit derivative liabilities from Level 3 to Level 2. These reclassifications were primarily related to single name credit default swaps and basket credit default swaps for which certain unobservable inputs became insignificant to the overall measurement.

The Company also reclassified approximately $0.6 billion of certain credit derivative assets and approximately $0.3 billion of certain credit derivative liabilities from Level 2 to Level 3. The reclassifications were primarily related to basket credit default swaps for which certain unobservable inputs became significant to the overall measurement.

170


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for 2011.

  Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2010
  Total Realized
and Unrealized
Gains (Losses)(1)
  Purchases  Sales  Issuances  Settlements  Net
Transfers
  Ending
Balance at
December 31,
2011
  Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
for Level 3
Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding at
December 31,
2011(2)
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Assets at Fair Value

         

Trading assets:

         

U.S. agency securities

 $13  $—    $66  $(68 $—    $—    $(3 $8  $—   

Other sovereign government obligations

  73   (4  56   (2  —     —     (4  119   (2

Corporate and other debt:

         

State and municipal securities

  110   (1  —     (96  —     —     (13  —     —   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

  319   (61  382   (221  —     (1  76   494   (59

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

  188   12   75   (90  —     —     (51  134   (18

Asset-backed securities

  13   4   13   (19  —     —     20   31   2 

Corporate bonds

  1,368   (136  467   (661  —     —     (363  675   (20

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

  1,659   109   613   (1,296  —     (55  (50  980   (84

Loans and lending commitments

  11,666   (251  2,932   (1,241  —     (2,900  (616  9,590   (431

Other debt

  193   42   14   (76  —     (11  (34  128   —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  15,516   (282  4,496   (3,700  —     (2,967  (1,031  12,032   (610

Corporate equities

  484   (46  416   (360  —     —     (77  417   16 

Net derivative and other contracts(3):

         

Interest rate contracts

  424   628   45   —     (714  (150  187   420   522 

Credit contracts

  6,594   319   1,199   —     (277  (2,165  144   5,814   1,818 

Foreign exchange contracts

  46   (35  2   —     —     28   2   43   (13

Equity contracts

  (762  592   214   (133  (1,329  136   48   (1,234  564 

Commodity contracts

  188   708   52   —     —     (433  55   570   689 

Other

  (913  (552  1   —     (118  405   87   (1,090  (536
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total net derivative and other contracts

  5,577   1,660   1,513   (133  (2,438  (2,179  523   4,523   3,044 

Investments:

         

Private equity funds

  1,986   159   245   (513  —     —     59   1,936   85 

Real estate funds

  1,176   21   196   (171  —     —     (9  1,213   251 

Hedge funds

  901   (20  169   (380  —     —     26   696   (31

Principal investments

  3,131   288   368   (819  —     —     (31  2,937   87 

Other

  560   38   8   (34  —     —     (71  501   23 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total investments

  7,754   486   986   (1,917  —     —     (26  7,283   415 

Physical commodities

  —     (47  771   —     —     (673  (5  46   1 

Securities received as collateral

  1   —     —     (1  —     —     —     —     —   

Intangible assets

  157   (25  6   (1  —     (4  —     133   (27

Liabilities at Fair Value

         

Deposits

 $16  $2  $—    $—    $—    $(14 $—    $—    $—   

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  2   —     —     —     —     —     —     2   —   

Trading liabilities:

         

Other sovereign government obligations

  —     1   —     9   —     —     —     8   —   

Corporate and other debt:

         

Residential mortgage-backed securities

  —     (8  —     347   —     —     —     355   (8

Corporate bonds

  44   37   (407  694   —     —     (75  219   51 

Unfunded lending commitments

  263   178   —     —     —     —     —     85   178 

Other debt

  194   123   (12  22   —     (2  (6  73   12 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  501   330   (419  1,063   —     (2  (81  732   233 

Corporate equities

  15   (1  (15  5   —     —     (5  1   —   

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

  1   —     (1  —     —     —     —     —     —   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  351   11   —     —     —     —     —     340   11 

Other secured financings

  1,016   27   —     —     154   (267  (306  570   13 

Long-term borrowings

  1,316   39   —     —     769   (377  (66  1,603   32 

(1)Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) are primarily included in Trading revenues in the consolidated statements of income except for $486 million related to Trading assets—Investments, which is included in Investments revenues.

 

171


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(2)Amounts represent unrealized gains (losses) for 2011 related to assets and liabilities still outstanding at December 31, 2011.
(3)Net derivative and other contracts represent Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts, net of Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 12.

Trading assets—Corporate and other debt.    During 2011, the Company reclassified approximately $1.8 billion of certain Corporate and other debt, primarily corporate loans, from Level 3 to Level 2. The Company reclassified these corporate loans as external prices and/or spread inputs for these instruments became observable.

The Company also reclassified approximately $0.8 billion of certain Corporate and other debt from Level 2 to Level 3. The reclassifications were primarily related to corporate loans and were generally due to a reduction in market price quotations for these or comparable instruments, or a lack of available broker quotes, such that unobservable inputs had to be utilized for the fair value measurement of these instruments.

Quantitative Information about and Sensitivity of Significant Unobservable Inputs Used in Recurring Level 3 Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

The following disclosures below provide information on the valuation techniques, significant unobservable inputs, and their ranges and averages for each major category of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis with a significant Level 3 balance. The level of aggregation and breadth of products cause the range of inputs to be wide and not evenly distributed across the inventory. Further, the range of unobservable inputs may differ across firms in the financial services industry because of diversity in the types of products included in each firm’s inventory. The following disclosures also include qualitative information on the sensitivity of the fair value measurements to changes in the significant unobservable inputs. There are no predictable relationships between multiple significant unobservable inputs attributable to a given valuation technique. A single amount is disclosed when there is no significant difference between the minimum, maximum and average (weighted average or simple average / median).

Valuation Techniques and Sensitivity of Unobservable Inputs Used in Recurring Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

 

  172Predominant Valuation Techniques/Significant
Unobservable Inputs
Range (Weighted Averages or Simple Averages/Median)1
$ in millionsAt December 31, 2016At December 31, 2015

Assets at Fair Value

  

U.S. agency securities ($74 million)

Comparable pricing:

Comparable bond price96 to 105 points (102 points)N/M

State and municipal securities ($250 million and $19 million)

Comparable pricing:

Comparable bond price53 to 100 points (91 points)N/M

Residential mortgage-backed securities ($92 million and $341 million)

Comparable pricing:

Comparable bond price0 to 30 points (9 points)0 to 75 points (32 points)

Commercial mortgage-backed securities ($123 million and $72 million)

Comparable pricing:

Comparable bond price0 to 86 points (36 points)0 to 9 points (2 points)

Corporate bonds ($232 million and $267 million)

Comparable pricing:

Comparable bond price3 to 130 points (70 points)3 to 119 points (90 points)

Option model:

At the money volatility23% to 33% (30%)N/M

Comparable pricing:

EBITDA multipleN/M7 to 9 times (8 times)

Structured bond model:

Discount rateN/M15%

Collateralized debt and loan obligations ($63 million and $430 million)

Comparable pricing:

Comparable bond price0 to 103 points (50 points)47 to 103 points (67 points)

Correlation model:

Credit correlationN/M39% to 60% (49%)

Loans and lending commitments ($5,122 million and $5,936 million)

Corporate loan model:

Credit spread402 to 672 bps (557 bps)250 to 866 bps (531 bps)

Expected recovery:

Asset coverage43% to 100% (83%)N/M

Margin loan model:

Discount rate2% to 8% (3%)1% to 4% (2%)
Volatility skew21% to 63% (33%)14% to 70% (33%)
Credit spreadN/M62 to 499 bps (145 bps)

Comparable pricing:

Comparable loan price45 to 100 points (84 points)35 to 100 points (88 points)

Discounted cash flow:

Implied weighted average cost of capital5%6% to 8% (7%)
Capitalization rate4% to 10% (4%)4% to 10% (4%)

Option model:

Volatility skewN/M-1%

Other debt ($180 million and $448 million)

Option model:

At the money volatility16% to 52% (52%)16% to 53% (53%)

Discounted cash flow:

Discount rate7% to 12% (11%)N/M

Comparable pricing:

Comparable loan price1 to 74 points (23 points)4 to 84 points (59 points)

Comparable pricing:

Comparable bond priceN/M8 points

Margin loan model:

Discount rateN/M1%


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

At December 31, 2013.

  Balance at
December  31,
2013
(dollars  in
millions)
  

Valuation

Technique(s)

 

Significant Unobservable Input(s) /

Sensitivity of the Fair Value to Changes

in the Unobservable Inputs

 Range(1) Averages(2)

Assets

         

Trading assets:

         

Corporate and other debt:

                      

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 $108  Comparable pricing Comparable bond price / (A) 40 to 93 points  78   points

Asset-backed securities

  103  Discounted cash flow Discount rate / (C) 18 %  18   %

Corporate bonds

  522  Comparable pricing Comparable bond price / (A) 1 to 159 points  85   points

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

  1,468  Comparable pricing(6) Comparable bond price / (A) 18 to 99 points  73   points
      Correlation model Credit correlation / (B) 29 to 59 %  43   %

Loans and lending commitments

  5,129  Corporate loan model Credit spread / (C) 28 to 487 basis points  249   basis points
  Margin loan model Credit spread / (C)(D) 10 to 265 basis points  135   basis points
   Volatility skew / (C)(D) 3 to 40 %  14   %
   Comparable bond price / (A)(D) 80 to 120 points  100   points
  Option model Volatility skew / (C) -1 to 0 %  0   %
  Comparable pricing(6) Comparable loan price / (A) 10 to 100 points  76   points

Corporate equities(3)

  190  Net asset value(6) Discount to net asset value / (C) 0 to 85 %  43   %
  Comparable pricing Comparable equity price / (A) 0 to 100 %  47   %
  Comparable pricing Comparable price / (A) 0 to 100 points  50   points
  Market approach EBITDA multiple / (A)(D) 5 to 9 times  6   times
   Price/Book ratio / (A)(D) 0 to 1 times  1   times

Net derivative and other contracts:

                  

Interest rate contracts

  113  Option model 

Interest rate volatility concentration

liquidity multiple / (C)(D)

 0 to 6 

times

  2   times
   Comparable bond price / (A)(D) 5 to 100 points  58   points / 65 points (4)
   

Interest rate—Foreign exchange

correlation / (A)(D)

 3 to 63 %  43   % / 48%(4)
   Interest rate volatility skew / (A)(D) 24 to 50 %  33   % / 28%(4)
   

Interest rate quanto correlation / (A)(D)

 -11 to 34 %  8   % / 5%(4)
   

Interest rate curve correlation / (A)(D)

 46 to 92 %  74   % / 80%(4)
   Inflation volatility / (A)(D) 77 to 86 %  81   % / 80%(4)

Credit contracts

  (147)   Comparable pricing Cash synthetic basis / (C)(D) 2 to 5 points  4   points
   Comparable bond price / (C)(D) 0 to 75 points  27   points
  

Correlation model(6)

 Credit correlation / (B) 19 to 96 %  56   %

Foreign exchange contracts(5)

  68  Option model Comparable bond price / (A)(D) 5 to 100 points  58   points / 65 points (4)
   

Interest rate quanto correlation / (A)(D)

 -11 to 34 %  8   % / 5%(4)
   

Interest rate curve correlation / (A)(D)

 46 to 92 %  74   % / 80%(4)
   

Interest rate—Foreign exchange correlation / (A)(D)

 3 to 63 %  43   % / 48%(4)
   Interest rate volatility skew / (A)(D) 24 to 50 %  33   % / 28%(4)
   Interest rate curve / (A)(D) 0 to 1 %  1   % / 0%(4)

Equity contracts(5)

  (831)   Option model At the money volatility / (A)(D) 20 to 53 %  31   %
   Volatility skew / (A)(D) -3 to 0 %  -1   %
   Equity—Equity correlation / (C)(D) 40 to 99 %  69   %
   

Equity—Foreign exchange correlation / (C)(D)

 -50 to 9 %  -20   %
        

Equity—Interest rate correlation / (C)(D)

 -4 to 70 %  39   % / 40%(4)

 

 173121 December 2016 Form 10-K


MORGAN STANLEY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

   Predominant Valuation Techniques/Significant
Unobservable Inputs
  Range (Weighted Averages or Simple Averages/Median)1
$ in millions    At December 31, 2016  At December 31, 2015

Corporate equities ($445 million and $433 million)

    

Comparable pricing:

  Comparable equity price  100%  100%

Comparable pricing:

  Comparable price  N/M  50% to 80% (72%)

Market approach:

  EBITDA multiple  N/M  9 times

Net derivative and other contracts2:

    

Interest rate contracts ($420 million and $260 million)

    

Option model:

  Interest rate - Foreign exchange correlation  28% to 58% (44% / 43%)  25% to 62% (43% / 43%)
   Interest rate volatility skew  19% to 117% (55% / 56%)  29% to 82% (43% / 40%)
   Interest rate quanto correlation  -17% to 31% (1% /-5%)  -8% to 36% (5% /-6%)
   Interest rate curve correlation  28% to 96% (68% / 72%)  24% to 95% (60% / 69%)
   Inflation volatility  23% to 55% (40% / 39%)  58%
   Interest rate - Inflation correlation  N/M  -41% to -39% (-41% /  -41%)
   Interest rate volatility concentration liquidity multiple  N/M  0 to 3 times (2 times)

Credit contracts ($(373) million and $(844) million)

    

Comparable pricing:

  Cash synthetic basis  5 to 12 points (11 points)  5 to 12 points (9 points)
   Comparable bond price  0 to 70 points (23 points)  0 to 75 points (24 points)

Correlation model:

  Credit correlation  32% to 70% (45%)  39% to 97% (57%)

Foreign exchange contracts3 ($(43) million and $141 million)

    

Option model:

  Interest rate - Foreign exchange correlation  28% to 58% (44% / 43%)  25% to 62% (43% / 43%)
   Interest rate volatility skew  34% to 117% (55% / 56%)  29% to 82% (43% / 40%)
   Interest rate quanto correlation  -17% to 31% (1% /-5%)  N/M
   Interest rate curve  N/M  0%
Equity contracts3 ($184 million and $(2,031) million)    

Option model:

  At the money volatility  7% to 66% (33%)  16% to 65% (32%)
   Volatility skew  -4% to 0%(-1%)  -3% to 0%(-1%)
   Equity - Equity correlation  25% to 99% (73%)  40% to 99% (71%)
   Equity - Foreign exchange correlation  -63% to 30%(-43%)  -60% to-11%(-39%)
   Equity - Interest rate correlation  -8% to 52% (12% / 4%)  -29% to 50% (16% / 8%)

Commodity and other contracts ($1,600 million and $1,050 million)

    

Option model:

  Forward power price  $7 to $90 ($32) per MWh  $3 to $91 ($32) per MWh
   Commodity volatility  6% to 130% (18%)  10% to 92% (18%)
   Cross-commodity correlation  5% to 99% (92%)  43% to 99% (93%)

Investments:

    

Principal investments ($743 million and $486 million)

    

Market approach:

  EBITDA multiple  6 to 24 times (12 times)  8 to 20 times (11 times)
   Forward capacity price  N/M  $5 to $9 ($7)

Comparable pricing:

  Comparable equity price  75% to 100% (88%)  43% to 100% (81%)

Discounted cash flow:

  Implied weighted average cost of capital  N/M  16%
   Exit multiple  N/M  8 to 14 times (9 times)
   Capitalization rate  N/M  5% to 9% (6%)
   Equity discount rate  N/M  20% to 35% (26%)

Other ($215 million and $221 million)

    

Discounted cash flow:

  Implied weighted average cost of capital  10%  10%
   Exit multiple  10 times  13 times

Market approach:

  EBITDA multiple  6 to 13 times (11 times)  7 to 14 times (12 times)

Comparable pricing:

  Comparable equity price  100%  100%

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 2016 Form 10-K122


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

  Balance at
December  31,
2013
(dollars  in
millions)
  

Valuation

Technique(s)

 

Significant Unobservable Input(s) /

Sensitivity of the Fair Value to Changes

in the Unobservable Inputs

 Range(1) Averages(2)

Commodity contracts

  880  Option model Forward power price / (C)(D) $14 to $91 per $40   per
    Megawatt hour  Megawatt hour
   Commodity volatility / (A)(D) 11 to 30 %  14   %
   

Cross commodity correlation / (C)(D)

 34 to 99 %  93   %

Investments(3):

                      

Principal investments

  2,160  

Discounted cash flow

 

Implied weighted average cost of capital / (C)(D)

 12 %  12   %
   

Exit multiple / (A)(D)

 9 times  9   times
  

Discounted cash flow(6)

 

Capitalization rate / (C)(D)

 5 to 13 %  7   %
   

Equity discount rate / (C)(D)

 10 to 30 %  21   %
  

Market approach

 

EBITDA multiple / (A)

 5 to 6 times  5   times

Other

  538  

Discounted cash flow

 

Implied weighted average cost of capital / (C)(D)

 7 to 10 %  8   %
   

Exit multiple / (A)(D)

 7 to 9 times  9   times
  

Market approach(6)

 

EBITDA multiple / (A)

 8 to 14 times  10   times

Liabilities

                      

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 $154  

Discounted cash flow

 

Funding spread / (A)

 92 to 97 basis points  95   basis points

Other secured financings

  278  

Comparable pricing(6)

 

Comparable bond price / (A)

 99 to 102 points  101   points
  

Discounted cash flow

 

Funding spread / (A)

 97 basis points  97   basis points

Long-term borrowings

  1,887  

Option model

 

At the money volatility / (C)(D)

 20 to 33 %  26   %
   

Volatility skew / (A)(D)

 -2 to 0 %  0   %
   

Equity—Equity correlation /(A)(D)

 50 to 70 %  69   %
        

Equity—Foreign exchange correlation / (C)(D)

 -60 to 0 %  -23   %
   Predominant Valuation Techniques/Significant
Unobservable Inputs
  Range (Weighted Averages or Simple Averages/Median)1
$ in millions    At December 31, 2016  At December 31, 2015

Liabilities at Fair Value

    

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase ($149 million and $151 million)

    

Discounted cash flow:

  Funding spread  118 to 127 bps (121 bps)  86 to 116 bps (105 bps)

Other secured financings ($434 million and $461 million)

    

Discounted cash flow:

  Funding spread  63 to 92 bps (78 bps)  95 to 113 bps (104 bps)

Option model:

  Volatility skew  -1%  -1%

Discounted cash flow:

  Discount rate  4%  4% to 13% (4%)

Long-term borrowings ($2,012 million and $1,987 million)

    

Option model:

  At the money volatility  7% to 42% (30%)  20% to 50% (29%)
   Volatility skew  -2% to 0%(-1%)  -1% to 0%(-1%)
   Equity - Equity correlation  35% to 99% (84%)  40% to 97% (77%)
   Equity - Foreign exchange correlation  -63% to 13%(-40%)  -70% to-11%(-39%)

Option model:

  Interest rate volatility skew  25%  50%
   Equity volatility discount  7% to 11% (10% / 10%)  10%

Comparable pricing:

  Comparable equity price  N/M  100%

Correlation model:

  Credit correlation  N/M  40% to 60% (52%)

bps—Basis points. A basis point equals 1/100th of 1%.

Points—Percentage of par

MWh—Megawatt hours

N/M—Not Meaningful

EBITDA—Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization

(1)1.The ranges of significant unobservable inputs are represented in points, percentages, basis points, times or megawatt hours. Points are a percentage of par; for example, 93 points would be 93% of par. A basis point equals 1/100th of 1%; for example, 487 basis points would equal 4.87%.
(2)

Amounts represent weighted averages except where simple averages and the median of the inputs are provided (see footnote 4 below). Weighted averages are calculated by weighting each input by the fair value of the respective financial instruments except for long-term borrowings and derivative instruments where inputs are weighted by risk.when more relevant.

(3)2.Investments

Credit valuation adjustment (“CVA”) and FVA are included in funds measured using an unadjusted NAV are excluded.the balance but excluded from the Valuation Technique(s) and Significant Unobservable Inputs in the previous table. CVA is a Level 3 input when the underlying counterparty credit curve is unobservable. FVA is a Level 3 input in its entirety given the lack of observability of funding spreads in the principal market.

(4)3.The data structure of the significant unobservable inputs used in valuing Interest rate contracts, Foreign exchange contracts and certain Equity contracts may be in a multi-dimensional form, such as a curve or surface, with risk distributed across the structure. Therefore, a simple average and median, together with the range of data inputs, may be more appropriate measurements than a single point weighted average.
(5)

Includes derivative contracts with multiple risks (i.e., hybrid products).

(6)This is the predominant valuation technique for this major asset or liability class.

Sensitivity of the fair value to changes in the unobservable inputs:

(A)Significant increase (decrease) in the unobservable input in isolation would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement.
(B)Significant changes in credit correlation may result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement. Increasing (decreasing) correlation drives a redistribution of risk within the capital structure such that junior tranches become less (more) risky and senior tranches become more (less) risky.
(C)Significant increase (decrease) in the unobservable input in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.
(D)There are no predictable relationships between the significant unobservable inputs.

 

Significant Unobservable Inputs — Description 174Sensitivity
Asset coverage—The ratio of a borrower’s underlying pledged assets less applicable costs relative to their outstanding debt (while considering the loan’s principal and the seniority and security of the loan commitment). 


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

At December 31, 2012.

  Balance at
December  31,
2012
(dollars in
millions)
  

Valuation

Technique(s)

 

Significant Unobservable Input(s) /

Sensitivity of the Fair Value to Changes

in the Unobservable Inputs

 Range(1) Weighted
Average

Assets

         

Trading assets:

         

Corporate and other debt:

                        

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 $232  Comparable pricing Comparable bond price / (A) 46 to 100   points  76   points

Asset-backed securities

  109  Discounted cash flow Discount rate / (C) 21   %  21   %

Corporate bonds

  660  Comparable pricing Comparable bond price / (A) 0 to 143   points  24   points

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

  1,951  Comparable pricing Comparable bond price / (A) 15 to 88   points  59   points
      Correlation model Credit correlation / (B) 15 to 45   %  40   %

Loans and lending commitments

  4,694  Corporate loan model Credit spread / (C) 17 to 1,004  basis points  281   basis points
  Comparable pricing Comparable bond price / (A) 80 to 120   points  104   points
  Comparable pricing Comparable loan price / (A) 55 to 100   points  88   points

Corporate equities(2)

  288  Net asset value Discount to net asset value / (C) 0 to 37   %  8   %
  Comparable pricing 

Discount to comparable
equity price / (C)

 0 to 27   points  14   points
  Market approach EBITDA multiple / (A)    6   times  6   times

Net derivative and other contracts:

                        

Interest rate contracts

  (82 Option model 

Interest rate volatility concentration

liquidity multiple / (C)(D)

 0 to 8   times  See (3)
   Comparable bond price / (A)(D) 5 to 98   points  
   

Interest rate—Foreign exchange

correlation / (A)(D)

 2 to 63   %  
   Interest rate volatility skew / (A)(D) 9 to 95   %  
   

Interest rate quanto correlation / (A)(D)

 -53 to 33   %  
   Interest rate curve correlation / (A)(D) 48 to 99   %  
   Inflation volatility / (A)(D) 49 to 100   %  
  

Discounted cash flow

 

Forward commercial paper rate-LIBOR basis / (A)

 -18 to 95   basis points  

Credit contracts

  1,822  Comparable pricing Cash synthetic basis / (C) 2 to 14   points     See (4)
   Comparable bond price / (C) 0 to 80   points  
  Correlation model Credit correlation / (B) 14 to 94   %  

Foreign exchange contracts(5)

  (359 Option model Comparable bond price / (A)(D) 5 to 98   points     See (6)
   

Interest rate quanto correlation / (A)(D)

 -53 to 33   %  
   

Interest rate—Credit spread correlation / (A)(D)

 -59 to 65   %  
   

Interest rate—Foreign exchange
correlation / (A)(D)

 2 to 63   %  
   Interest rate volatility skew / (A)(D) 9 to 95   %  

Equity contracts(5)

  (1,144 Option model At the money volatility / (C)(D) 7 to 24   %     See (7)
   Volatility skew / (C)(D) -2 to 0   %  
   Equity—Equity correlation / (C)(D) 40 to 96   %  
   

Equity—Foreign exchange correlation / (C)(D)

 -70 to 38   %  
        

Equity—Interest rate
correlation / (C)(D)

 18 to 65   %      

175


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

  Balance at
December  31,
2012
(dollars  in
millions)
  

Valuation

Technique(s)

 

Significant Unobservable Input(s) /

Sensitivity of the Fair Value to Changes

in the Unobservable Inputs

 Range(1) Weighted
Average

Commodity contracts

  709  Option model Forward power price / (C)(D)  $28 to $84   per  
     Megawatt hour  
   Commodity volatility / (A)(D)  17 to 29   %  
   Cross commodity correlation / (C)(D)  43    to    97   %  

Investments(2):

                            

Principal investments

  2,833  

Discounted cash flow

 

Implied weighted average cost of capital / (C)(D)

  8 to 15   %  9   %
   Exit multiple / (A)(D)  5 to 10   times  9   times
  

Discounted cash flow

 Capitalization rate / (C)(D)  6 to 10   %  7   %
   Equity discount rate / (C)(D)  15 to 35   %  23   %
  Market approach EBITDA multiple / (A)  3 to 17   times  10   times

Other

  486  

Discounted cash flow

 

Implied weighted average cost of capital / (C)(D)

          11   %  11   %
   Exit multiple / (A)(D)    6   times  6   times
  Market approach EBITDA multiple / (A)  6 to 8   times  7   times

Liabilities

                            

Trading liabilities:

         

Corporate and other debt:

         

Corporate bonds

 $177  

Comparable pricing

 Comparable bond price / (A)  0 to 150   points  50   points

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  151  

Discounted cash flow

 Funding spread / (A)  110 to 184   basis points  166   basis points

Other secured financings

  406  

Comparable pricing

 Comparable bond price / (A)  55 to 139   points  102   points
  

Discounted cash flow

 Funding spread / (A)  183 to 186   basis points  184   basis points

Long-term borrowings

  2,789  Option model At the money volatility / (A)(D)  20 to 24   %  24   %
   Volatility skew / (A)(D)  -1 to 0   %  0   %
   Equity—Equity correlation / (A)(D)  50 to 90   %  77   %
   

Equity—Foreign exchange
correlation / (A)(D)

  -70 to 36   %  -15   %

(1)The ranges of significant unobservable inputs are represented in points, percentages, basis points, times or megawatt hours. Points are a percentage of par; for example, 100 points would be 100% of par. A basis point equals 1/100th of 1%; for example, 1,004 basis points would equal 10.04%.
(2)Investments in funds measured usingIn general, an unadjusted NAV are excluded.
(3)See Note 4increase (decrease) to the consolidated financial statementsasset coverage for the year ended December 31, 2012 included in the Form 10-K for a qualitative discussion of the wide unobservable input ranges for comparable bond prices, interest rate volatility skew, interest rate quanto correlation and forward commercial paper rate–LIBOR basis.
(4)See Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 included in the Form 10-K for a qualitative discussion of the wide unobservable input ranges for comparable bond prices and credit correlation.
(5)Includes derivative contracts with multiple risks (i.e., hybrid products).
(6)See Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 included in the Form 10-K for a qualitative discussion of the wide unobservable input ranges for comparable bond prices, interest rate quanto correlation, interest rate-credit spread correlation and interest rate volatility skew.
(7)See Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 included in the Form 10-K for a qualitative discussion of the wide unobservable input range for equity-foreign exchange correlation.

Sensitivity of the fair value to changes in the unobservable inputs:

(A)Significant increase (decrease) in the unobservable input in isolationan asset would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value.
Capitalization rate—The ratio between net operating income produced by an asset and its market value measurement.
(B)at the projected disposition date.Significant changes in credit correlation may result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement. Increasing (decreasing) correlation drives a redistribution of risk within the capital structure such that junior tranches become less (more) risky and senior tranches become more (less) risky.
(C)SignificantIn general, an increase (decrease) into the unobservable input in isolationcapitalization rate for an asset would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.
(D)There are no predictable relationships between the significant unobservable inputs.

value.
Cash synthetic basis—The measure of the price differential between cash financial instruments and their synthetic derivative-based equivalents. The range disclosed in the table above signifies the number of points by which the synthetic bond equivalent price is higher than the quoted price of the underlying cash bonds. 176In general, an increase (decrease) to the cash synthetic basis for an asset would result in a lower (higher) fair value.


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following provides a description of significant unobservable inputs included in the December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 tables above for all major categories of assets and liabilities:

Comparable bond priceprice——aA pricing input used when prices for the identical instrument are not available. Significant subjectivity may be involved when fair value is determined using pricing data available for comparable instruments. Valuation using comparable instruments can be done by calculating an implied yield (or spread over a liquid benchmark) from the price of a comparable bond, then adjusting that yield (or spread) to derive a value for the bond. The adjustment to yield (or spread) should account for relevant differences in the bonds such as maturity or credit quality.

Alternatively, aprice-to-price basis can be assumed between the comparable instrument and the bond being valued in order to establish the value of the bond. Additionally, as the probability of default increases for a given bond (i.e., as the bond becomes more distressed), the valuation of that bond will increasingly reflect its expected recovery level assuming default. The decision to useprice-to-price or yield/spread comparisons largely reflects trading market convention for the financial instruments in question.Price-to-price comparisons are primarily employed for RMBS, CMBS, ABS, CDOs, CLOs, mortgage loansOther debt, interest rate contracts, foreign exchange contracts, Other secured financings and distressed corporate bonds. Implied yield (or spread over a liquid benchmark) is utilized predominately fornon-distressed corporate bonds, loans and credit contracts.

In general, an increase (decrease) to the comparable bond price for an asset would result in a higher (lower) fair value.
Comparable equity price—A price derived from equity raises, share buybacks and external bid levels, etc. A discount or premium may be included in the fair value estimate.In general, an increase (decrease) to the comparable equity price of an asset would result in a higher (lower) fair value.

 

 123December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Significant Unobservable Inputs—DescriptionSensitivity
CorrelationCorrelation——aA pricing input where the payoff is driven by more than one underlying risk. Correlation is a measure of the relationship between the movements of two variables (i.ei.e.., how the change in one variable influences a change in the other variable). Credit correlation, for example, is the factor that describes the relationship between the probability of individual entities to default on obligations and the joint probability of multiple entities to default on obligations.

 

In general, an increase (decrease) to the correlation would result in an impact to the fair value, but the magnitude and direction of the impact would depend on whether the Firm is long or short the exposure.

Credit spreadspread——theThe difference in yield between different securities due to differences in credit quality. The credit spread reflects the additional net yield an investor can earn from a security with more credit risk relative to one with less credit risk. The credit spread of a particular security is often quoted in relation to the yield on a creditrisk-free benchmark security or reference rate, typically either U.S. Treasury or LIBOR.

London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). 

Volatility skew—In general, an increase (decrease) to the measure of the difference in implied volatility for options with identical underliers and expiry dates but with different strikes. The implied volatility for an option with a strike price that is above or below the current pricecredit spread of an underlying asset will typically deviate from the implied volatility for an option withwould result in a strike price equal to the current price of that same underlying asset.

lower (higher) fair value.

EBITDA multiple / Exit multiplemultiple——isThe ratio of the Enterprise Value to EBITDA, ratio, where the Enterprise Value is the aggregate value of equity and debt minus cash and cash equivalents. The EBITDA multiple reflects the value of the company in terms of itsfull-year EBITDA, whereas the exit multiple reflects the value of the company in terms of its full-year expected EBITDA at exit. Either multiple allows comparison between companies from an operational perspective as the effect of capital structure, taxation and depreciation/amortization is excluded.

 

Price / Book ratioIn general, an increase (decrease) to the EBITDA or Exit multiple of an asset would result in a higher (lower) fair value.

Funding spread—The difference between the general collateral rate (which refers to the rate applicable to a broad class of U.S. Treasury issuances) and the specific collateral rate (which refers to the rate applicable to a specific type of security pledged as collateral, such as a municipal bond). Repurchase agreements and certain other secured financings are discounted based on collateral curves. The curves are constructed as spreads over the corresponding overnight indexed swap (“OIS”) or LIBOR curves, with the short end of the curve representing spreads over the corresponding OIS curves and the long end of the curve representing spreads over LIBOR.In general, an increase (decrease) to the funding spread of an asset would result in a lower (higher) fair value.
Implied weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”)—The WACC implied by the current value of equity in a discounted cash flow model. The model assumes that the cash flow assumptions, including projections, are fully reflected in the current equity value, while the debt to equity ratio is held constant. The WACC theoretically represents the required rate of return to debt and equity investors.In general, an increase (decrease) to the Implied weighted cost of capital of an asset would result in a lower (higher) fair value.
Interest rate curve—The term structure of interest rates (relationship between interest rates and the time to maturity) and a market’s measure of future interest rates at the time of observation. An interest rate curve is used to compareset interest rate and foreign exchange derivative cash flows and is a stock’s marketpricing input used in the discounting of any OTC derivative cash flow.In general, an increase (decrease) to the interest rate curve would result in an impact to the fair value, to its book value. It is calculated by dividingbut the current closing pricemagnitude and direction of the stock byimpact would depend on whether the latest book value per share. This multiple allows comparison between companies from an operational perspective.

Firm is long or short the exposure.

VolatilityVolatility——theThe measure of the variability in possible returns for an instrument given how much that instrument changes in value over time. Volatility is a pricing input for options, and, generally, the lower the volatility, the less risky the option. The level of volatility used in the valuation of a particular option depends on a number of factors, including the nature of the risk underlying that option (e.g., the volatility

177


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

of a particular underlying equity security may be significantly different from that of a particular underlying commodity index), the tenor and the strike price of the option.

In general, an increase (decrease) to the volatility would result in an impact to the fair value, but the magnitude and direction of the impact would depend on whether the Firm is long or short the exposure.
Volatility skew—The measure of the difference in implied volatility for options with identical underliers and expiry dates but with different strikes. The implied volatility for an option with a strike price that is above or below the current price of an underlying asset will typically deviate from the implied volatility for an option with a strike price equal to the current price of that same underlying asset.In general, an increase (decrease) to the volatility skew would result in an impact to the fair value, but the magnitude and direction of the impact would depend on whether the Firm is long or short the exposure.

 

Forward commercial paper rate–LIBOR basis—the basis added to the LIBOR rate when the commercial paper yield is expressed as a spread over the LIBOR rate. The basis to LIBOR is dependent on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, collateralization of the commercial paper, credit rating of the issuer, and the supply of commercial paper. The basis may become negative,i.e., the return for highly rated commercial paper, such as asset-backed commercial paper, may be less than LIBOR.

Cash synthetic basis—the measure of the price differential between cash financial instruments (“cash instruments”) and their synthetic derivative-based equivalents (“synthetic instruments”). The range disclosed in the table above signifies the number of points by which the synthetic bond equivalent price is higher than the quoted price of the underlying cash bonds.

Interest rate curve—the term structure of interest rates (relationship between interest rates and the time to maturity) and a market’s measure of future interest rates at the time of observation. An interest rate curve is used to set interest rate derivative cash flows and is a pricing input used in the discounting of any OTC derivative cash flow.

Implied weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”)—the WACC implied by the current value of equity in a discounted cash flow model. The model assumes that the cash flow assumptions, including projections, are fully reflected in the current equity value while the debt to equity ratio is held constant. The WACC theoretically represents the required rate of return to debt and equity investors, respectively.

Capitalization rate—the ratio between net operating income produced by an asset and its market value at the projected disposition date.

Funding spread—the difference between the general collateral rate (which refers to the rate applicable to a broad class of U.S. Treasury issuances) and the specific collateral rate (which refers to the rate applicable to a specific type of security pledged as collateral, such as a municipal bond). Repurchase agreements are discounted based on collateral curves. The curves are constructed as spreads over the corresponding OIS/LIBOR curves, with the short end of the curve representing spreads over the corresponding OIS curves and the long end of the curve representing spreads over LIBOR.

178


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Fair Value of Investments That Calculate Net Asset Value.Measured at NAV

Investments in Certain Funds Measured at NAV per Share

 

  At December 31, 2016  At December 31, 2015 
$ in millions Fair Value  Commitment  Fair Value  Commitment 

Private equity funds

 $          1,566  $                335  $      1,917  $                538  

Real estate funds

  1,103   136   1,337   128  

Hedge funds

  147   4   589    

Total

 $2,816  $475  $3,843  $670  

The Company’s Investments measured at fair value were $8,013 millionPrivate Equity Funds and $8,346 million at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The following table presents information solely about the Company’s investments in private equity funds, real estate funds and hedge funds measured at fair value based on NAV at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively:Real Estate Funds

   At December 31, 2013   At December 31, 2012 
   Fair Value   Unfunded
Commitment
   Fair Value   Unfunded
Commitment
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Private equity funds

  $2,531   $559   $2,179   $644 

Real estate funds

   1,643    124    1,376    221 

Hedge funds(1):

        

Long-short equity hedge funds

   469    —      475    —   

Fixed income/credit-related hedge funds

   82    —      86    —   

Event-driven hedge funds

   38    —      52    —   

Multi-strategy hedge funds

   220    3    321    3 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $4,983   $686   $4,489   $868 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Fixed income/credit-related hedge funds, event-driven hedge funds, and multi-strategy hedge funds are redeemable at least on a three-month period basis primarily with a notice period of 90 days or less. At December 31, 2013, approximately 42% of the fair value amount of long-short equity hedge funds is redeemable at least quarterly, 42% is redeemable every six months and 16% of these funds have a redemption frequency of greater than six months. The notice period for long-short equity hedge funds at December 31, 2013 is primarily greater than six months. At December 31, 2012, approximately 36% of the fair value amount of long-short equity hedge funds is redeemable at least quarterly, 38% is redeemable every six months and 26% of these funds have a redemption frequency of greater than six months. The notice period for long-short equity hedge funds at December 31, 2012 is primarily greater than six months.

Private Equity Funds.Amount includes several private equity fundsFunds that pursue multiple strategies, including leveraged buyouts, venture capital, infrastructure growth capital, distressed investments and mezzanine capital. In addition, the funds may be structured with a focus on specific domestic or foreign geographic regions. These investments are generally not redeemable with the funds. Instead, the nature of the investments in this category is that distributions are received through the liquidation of the underlying assets of the fund. At December 31, 2013, it was estimated that 9% of the fair value of the funds will be liquidated in the next five years, another 55% of the fair value of the funds will be liquidated between five to 10 years and the remaining 36% of the fair value of the funds have a remaining life of greater than 10 years.

Real Estate Funds.    Amount includes several real estate fundsFunds that invest in real estate assets such as commercial office buildings, retail properties, multi-family residential properties, developments or hotels. In addition, the funds may be structured with a focus on specific geographic domestic or foreign regions. These investments

Investments in these funds generally are generally not redeemable withdue to the closed-ended nature of these funds. DistributionsInstead, distributions from each fund will be received as the underlying investments of the funds are liquidated. At December 31, 2013, it was estimated that 4% of the fair value of the funds will be liquidated within the next five years, another 52% of the fair value of the funds will be liquidated between five to 10 yearsdisposed and the remaining 44% of the fair value of the funds have a remaining life of greater than 10 years.monetized.

Nonredeemable Funds by Projected Distribution

   Fair Value at December 31, 2016 
$ in millions  Private Equity   Real Estate 

Less than 5 years

  $                             100   $                             81 

5-10 years

   837    618 

Over 10 years

   629    404 

Total

  $1,566   $1,103 

 

December 2016 Form 10-K 179124 


MORGAN STANLEY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Hedge Funds.

Hedge Funds.Funds that pursue various investment strategies, including long-short equity, fixed income/credit, event-driven and multi-strategy.

Restrictions.    Investments in hedge funds may be subject to initial period lock-up restrictions or gates.gate provisions. A hedge fund lock-up provision is a provision thatwhich provides that during a certain initial period, an investor may not make a withdrawal from the fund. The purposeA gate provision restricts the amount of a gate is to restrict the level of redemptionsredemption that an investor in a particular hedge fund can demand on any redemption date.

Long-Short Equity Hedge Funds.    Amount includes investments in hedge funds that invest, long or short, in equities. Equity value and growth hedge funds purchase stocks perceived to be undervalued and sell stocks perceived to be overvalued. Investments representing approximately 12% of the fair value of the investments in this category cannot be redeemed currently because the investments include certain initial period lock-up restrictions. The remaining restriction period for these investments subject to lock-up restrictions was primarily two years or less at December 31, 2013. Investments representing approximately 19% of the fair value of the investments in long-short equity hedge funds cannot be redeemed currently because an exit restriction has been imposed by the hedge fund manager. The restriction period for these investments subject to an exit restriction was primarily indefinite at December 31, 2013.

Fixed Income/Credit-Related Hedge Funds.    Amount includes investments in hedge funds that employ long-short, distressed or relative value strategies in order to benefit from investments in undervalued or overvalued securities that are primarily debt or credit related. Investments representing approximately 7% of the fair value of the investments in this category cannot be redeemed currently because the investments include certain initial period lock-up restrictions. The remaining restriction period for these investments subject to lock-up restrictions was primarily over three years at December 31, 2013.

Event-Driven Hedge Funds.    Amount includes investments in hedge funds that invest in event-driven situations such as mergers, hostile takeovers, reorganizations, or leveraged buyouts. This may involve the simultaneous purchase of stock in companies being acquired and the sale of stock in its acquirer, with the expectation to profit from the spread between the current market price and the ultimate purchase price of the target company. At December 31, 2013, there were no restrictions on redemptions.

Multi-strategy Hedge Funds.    Amount includes investments in hedge funds that pursue multiple strategies to realize short- and long-term gains. Management of the hedge funds has the ability to overweight or underweight different strategies to best capitalize on current investment opportunities. At December 31, 2013, investments representing approximately 50% of the fair value of the investments in this category cannot be redeemed currently because the investments include certain initial period lock-up restrictions. The remaining restriction period for these investments subject to lock-up restrictions was primarily two years or less at December 31, 2013. Investments representing approximately 8% of the fair value of the investments in multi-strategy hedge funds cannot be redeemed currently because an exit restriction has been imposed by the hedge fund manager. The restriction period for these investments subject to an exit restriction was indefinite at December 31, 2013.

Hedge Funds Redemption Frequency

 

  180

Fair Value At

December 31, 2016

Quarterly

  52%

Every six months

17%

Greater than six months

18%

Subject tolock-up provisions1

13%


1.

The remaining restriction period for these investments was primarily over three years.

MORGAN STANLEYThe redemption notice periods for hedge funds were primarily greater than six months. Hedge fund investments representing approximately 20% of the fair value cannot be redeemed as of December 31, 2016 because a gate provision has been imposed by the hedge fund manager primarily for indefinite periods.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Fair Value Option.

Option

The CompanyFirm elected the fair value option for certain eligible instruments that are risk managed on a fair value basis to mitigate income statement volatility caused by measurement basis differences between the elected instruments and their associated risk management transactions or to eliminate complexities of applying certain accounting models. The following table presents net gains (losses) due to changes in fair value for items measured at fair value pursuant to

Earnings Impact of Instruments under the fair value option election for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively:Fair Value Option

 

   Trading  Interest
Income
(Expense)
  Gains (Losses)
Included in
Net Revenues
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Year Ended December 31, 2013

    

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

  $(1 $6  $5 

Deposits

   52   (60  (8

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings(1)

   181   (8  173 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   (3  (6  (9

Long-term borrowings(1)

   664   (971  (307

Year Ended December 31, 2012

    

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

  $8  $5  $13 

Deposits

   57   (86  (29

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings(1)

   (31  —     (31

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   (15  (4  (19

Long-term borrowings(1)

   (5,687  (1,321  (7,008

Year Ended December 31, 2011

    

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

  $12  $—    $12 

Deposits

   66   (117  (51

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings(1)

   567   —     567 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   3   (7  (4

Long-term borrowings(1)

   4,204   (1,075  3,129 
$ in millions Trading
Revenues
  Interest
Income
(Expense)
  

Gains (Losses)
Included in

Net Revenues

 

2016

   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

 $(3 $7  $ 

Deposits1

  (1  (1  (2) 

Short-term borrowings1

  33      33  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase1

  6   (13  (7) 

Long-term borrowings1

  (740  (483  (1,223) 

2015

   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

 $(6 $10  $ 

Short-term borrowings2

  63      63  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase2

  13   (6   

Long-term borrowings2

  2,404   (528  1,876  
$ in millions Trading
Revenues
  Interest
Income
(Expense)
  

Gains (Losses)
Included in

Net Revenues

 

2014

   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

 $(4 $9  $ 

Short-term borrowings2

  (136  1   (135) 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase2

  (5  (6  (11) 

Long-term borrowings2

  1,867   (638  1,229  

 

(1)1.Of the total gains

Gains (losses) recorded in Trading revenues for short-term and long-term borrowings for 2013, 2012 and 2011, $(681) million, $(4,402) million and $3,681 million, respectively,2016 are attributable to changes in the credit quality of the Company, and the respective remainder ismainly attributable to changes in foreign currency rates or interest rates or movements in the reference price or index for short-term and long-term borrowings before the impact of related hedges. During 2016, in accordance with the early adoption of a provision of the accounting updateRecognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, unrealized DVA gains (losses) were recorded within OCI in the consolidated comprehensive income statements and, as such, are not included in this table. See Notes 2 and 15 for further information.

2.

In 2015 and 2014, Gains (losses) recorded in Trading revenues are principally attributable to DVA, with the respective remainder attributable to changes in foreign currency rates or interest rates or movements in the reference price or index for primarily structured notes before the impact of related hedges.

The amounts in the previous table are included within Net revenues and do not reflect any gains or losses on related hedging instruments. In addition to the amounts in the aboveprevious table, as discussed in Note 2, all of the instruments within Trading assets or Trading liabilities are measured at fair value, either through the election of the fair value option or as required by other accounting guidance. The amountsvalue.

Gains (Losses) Due to Changes in the above table are included within Net revenues and do not reflect gains or losses on related hedging instruments, if any.Instrument-Specific Credit Risk

 

The Company hedges the economics of market risk for short-term and long-term borrowings (i.e., risks other than that related to the credit quality of the Company) as part of its overall trading strategy and manages the market risks embedded within the issuance by the related business unit as part of the business unit’s portfolio. The gains and losses on related economic hedges are recorded in Trading revenues and largely offset the gains and losses on short-term and long-term borrowings attributable to market risk.

  2016 
$ in millions Trading
Revenues
  OCI 

Short-term and long-term borrowings1

 $                      31  $    (460) 

Loans and other debt2

  (71   

Lending commitments3

  4    

 

 1812015
 Trading
Revenues
OCI

Short-term and long-term borrowings1

$                    618$         —

Loans and other debt2

(193

Lending commitments3

12


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, a breakdown of the short-term and long-term borrowings measured at fair value on a recurring basis by business unit responsible for risk-managing each borrowing is shown in the table below:

   Short-Term and  Long-Term
Borrowings
 

Business Unit

  At December 31,
2013
   At December 31,
2012
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Interest rates

  $15,933   $23,330 

Equity

   17,945    17,326 

Credit and foreign exchange

   2,561    3,337 

Commodities

   545    776 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $36,984   $44,769 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following tables present information on the Company’s short-term and long-term borrowings (primarily structured notes), loans and unfunded lending commitments for which the fair value option was elected:

Gains (Losses) due to Changes in Instrument-Specific Credit Risk.

   2013  2012  2011 
   (dollars in millions) 

Short-term and long-term borrowings(1)

  $(681 $(4,402 $3,681 

Loans(2)

   137   340   (585

Unfunded lending commitments(3)

   255   1,026   (787

 

(1)
2014
Trading
Revenues
OCI

Short-term and long-term borrowings1

$                    651$         —

Loans and other debt2

179

Lending commitments3

30

1.

In 2016, in accordance with the early adoption of a provision of the accounting updateRecognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, unrealized DVA gains (losses) are recorded in OCI and when such gains (losses) are realized in Trading revenues. For 2015 and 2014, the realized and unrealized DVA gains (losses) are recorded in Trading revenues. The changecumulativepre-tax impact of changes in the fair valueFirm’s DVA recognized in AOCI is an unrealized loss of short-term$921 million at December 31, 2016. See Notes 2 and long-term borrowings (primarily structured notes) includes an adjustment to reflect the change in credit quality of the Company based upon observations of the Company’s secondary bond market spreads.15 for further information.

(2)2.Instrument-specific

Loans and other debt instrument-specific credit gains (losses) were determined by excluding thenon-credit components of gains and losses, such as those due to changes in interest rates.

(3)3.

Gains (losses) on lending commitments were generally determined based on the differentialdifference between estimated expected client yields and contractual yields at each respectiveperiod-end.

125December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Short-Term and Long-Term Borrowings Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2016
   At
December 31,
2015
 
Business Unit Responsible for Risk Management    

Equity

  $            21,066   $17,789 

Interest rates

   16,051    14,255 

Foreign exchange

   1,114    1,866 

Credit

   647    400 

Commodities

   264    383 

Total

  $39,142   $34,693 

Net Difference betweenof Contractual Principal Amount andOver Fair Value.Value

 

   Contractual Principal Amount
Exceeds Fair Value
 
   At December 31,
2013
  At December 31,
2012
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Short-term and long-term borrowings(1)

  $(2,409 $(436

Loans(2)

   17,248   25,249 

Loans 90 or more days past due and/or on nonaccrual status(2)(3)

   15,113   20,456 
$ in millions  At
December 31,
2016
   At December 31,
2015
 

Loans and other debt1

  $                13,495   $                14,095 

Loans 90 or more days past due and/or on nonaccrual status1

   11,502    11,651 

Short-term and long-term borrowings2

   720    508 

 

(1)1.These

The majority of the difference between principal and fair value amounts for loans and other debt relates to distressed debt positions purchased at amounts well below par.

2.

Short-term and long-term borrowings do not include structured notes where the repayment of the initial principal amount fluctuates based on changes in thea reference price or index.

Fair Value of Loans in Nonaccrual Status

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2016
   At
December 31,
2015
 

Aggregate fair value of loans in nonaccrual status1

  $1,536   $1,853 

(2)1.The majority of this difference between principal and fair value amounts emanates from the Company’s distressed debt trading business, which purchases distressed debt at amounts well below par.
(3)The aggregate fair value of loans that were in nonaccrual status, which includes

Includes all loans 90 or more days past due was $1,205in the amount of $787 million and $1,360$885 million at December 31, 20132016 and December 31, 2012,2015, respectively. The aggregate fair value of loans that were 90 or more days past due was $655 million and $840 million at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

182


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The previous tables above excludenon-recourse debt from consolidated VIEs, liabilities related to failed sales of financial assets, pledged commodities and other liabilities that have specified assets attributable to them.

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-recurringNon-Recurring Basis.

 

Certain assets were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and are not included in the tables above. These assets may include loans, other investments, premises, equipment and software costs, and intangible assets.

The following tables present, by caption on the consolidated statements of financial condition, the fair value hierarchy for those assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis for which the Company recognized a non-recurring fair value adjustment for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

2013.

     Fair Value Measurements Using:    
  Carrying Value
at December 31,
2013
  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets

(Level 1)
  Significant
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
  Total
Gains
(Losses) for
2013(1)
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Loans(2)

 $1,822  $—    $1,616  $206  $(71

Other investments(3)

  46   —      —     46   (38

Premises, equipment and software costs(3)

  8   —      —     8   (133

Intangible assets(3)

  92   —      —     92   (44
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

 $1,968  $—    $1,616  $352  $(286
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  December 31, 2016            
  

Carrying

Value

  Fair Value by Level  

Gains (Losses)

for2016

      

Income Statement

Classification

$ in millions  Level 1  Level 2  Level 3    

Assets

       

Loans1

 $          4,913  $            —  $        2,470  $        2,443  $                             40      Other revenues

Other assets—Other investments2

  123         123   (52     Other revenues

Other assets—Premises, equipment and software costs3

  25      22   3   (76     

Other revenues if held for sale, otherwise Other expenses

Intangible assets4

              (2     

Other revenues if held for sale, otherwise Other expenses

Total assets

 $5,061  $  $2,492  $2,569  $(90  

Liabilities

       

Other liabilities and accrued
expenses1

 $226  $  $166  $60  $121      

Other revenues if held for sale, otherwise Other expenses

Total liabilities

 $226  $  $166  $60  $121   

 

(1)Fair value adjustments related to Loans and losses related to Other investments are recorded within Other revenues whereas losses related to Premises, equipment and software costs and Intangible assets are recorded within Other expenses in the consolidated statements of income.
December 2016 Form 10-K126


(2)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  December 31, 2015             
  

Carrying

Value

  Fair Value by Level  

Gains (Losses)

for 2015

       

Income Statement

Classification

$ in millions  Level 1  Level 2  Level 3     

Assets

        

Loans1

 $          5,850  $  $        3,400  $        2,450  $(220      Other revenues

Other assets—Other investments2

              (3      Other revenues

Other assets—Premises, equipment and software costs3

              (44      

Other revenues if held for sale, otherwise Other expenses

Other assets5

  31      31      (22      

Other revenues if held for sale, otherwise Other expenses

Total assets

 $5,881  $  $3,431  $2,450  $(289   

Liabilities

        

Other liabilities and accrued expenses1

 $476  $  $418  $58  $(207      

Other revenues if held for sale, otherwise Other expenses

Total liabilities

 $476  $  $418  $58  $(207   
  December 31, 2014             
  

Carrying

Value

  Fair Value by Level  

Gains (Losses)

for 2014

       

Income Statement

Classification

$ in millions  Level 1  Level 2  Level 3     

Assets

        

Loans1

 $          3,336  $            —  $        2,386  $        950  $(165      Other revenues

Other Assets—Other investments2

  46         46   (38      Other revenues

Other assets—Premises, equipment and software costs3

              (58      

Other revenues if held for sale, otherwise Other expenses

Intangible assets4

  46         46   (6      

Other revenues if held for sale, otherwise Other expenses

Other assets5

              (9      

Other revenues if held for sale, otherwise Other expenses

Total assets

 $3,428  $  $2,386  $1,042  $(276   

Liabilities

        

Other liabilities and accrued
expenses1

 $219  $  $178  $41  $(165      

Other revenues if held for sale, otherwise Other expenses

Total liabilities

 $219  $  $178  $41  $(165   

1.

Non-recurring changes in the fair value of loans and lending commitments: held for investment orwere calculated using the value of the underlying collateral; and held for sale were calculated using recently executed transactions;transactions, market price quotations;quotations, valuation models that incorporate market observable inputs where possible, such as comparable loan or debt prices and credit default swap spread levels adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments;instruments, or default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable.

(3)2.

Losses recordedrelated to Other assets—Other investments were determined using techniques that included discounted cash flow models, methodologies that incorporate multiples of certain comparable companies and recently executed transactions. Included in these losses was a loss of approximately $35 million in 2016 in connection with the sale of solar investments and impairments of the remaining unsold solar investments accounted for under the equity method.

3.

Losses related to Other assets—Premises, equipment and software costs were determined using techniques that included a default recovery analysis and recently executed transactions. Included in these losses was an impairment charge of approximately $31 million in 2016 in connection with an oil terminal facility to reduce the carrying value to its estimated fair value less costs to sell.

4.

Losses related to Intangible assets were determined using techniques that included discounted cash flow models and methodologies that incorporate multiples of certain comparable companies.

5.

Losses related to Other assets were determined primarily using discounted cash flow models.a default recovery analysis.

There were no significant liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during 2013.

2012.

     Fair Value Measurements Using:    
  Carrying Value
at December 31,
2012
  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
  Total
Gains
(Losses) for
2012(1)
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Loans(2)

 $1,821  $—    $277  $1,544  $(60

Other investments(3)

  90   —      —     90   (37

Premises, equipment and software costs(4)

  33   —      —     33   (170

Intangible assets(3)

  —     —     —     —     (4
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

 $1,944  $—    $277  $1,667  $(271
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 183127 December 2016 Form 10-K


MORGAN STANLEY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Valuation Techniques for Assets and Liabilities Not Measured at Fair Value

 

(1)
Losses are recorded withinAsset and Liability / Valuation Technique

Securities purchased under agreements to resell/Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, Securities borrowed/Securities loaned and Other expenses in the consolidated statements of income exceptsecured financings

•Typically longer dated instruments for fair value adjustments related to Loans and losses related to Other investments, which are included in Other revenues.

(2)Non-recurring changes in the fair value is determined using standard cash flow discounting methodology.

•The inputs to the valuation include contractual cash flows and collateral funding spreads, which are estimated using various benchmarks and interest rate yield curves.

Investment securities—HTM securities

•Fair value is determined using quoted market prices.

Customer and other receivables

•For the portion of the customer and other receivables where fair value does not equal carrying value, the fair value is determined using collateral information, historical resolution and recovery rates and employee termination data. The cash flow is then discounted using a market observable spread over LIBOR.

Loans

•The fair value of consumer and residential real estate loans held for investment or held for sale were calculatedand lending commitments where position-specific external price data are not observable is determined based on the credit risks of the borrower using a probability of default and loss given default method, discounted at the estimated external cost of funding level.

•The fair value of corporate loans and lending commitments is determined using recently executed transactions;transactions, market price quotations; valuation models that incorporatequotations (where observable), implied yields from comparable debt, market observable inputs where possible, such as comparable loan or debt prices and credit default swap spread levels adjusted for any basis difference between cashalong with proprietary valuation models and derivative instruments; or default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable.

(3)Losses recorded were

Long-term borrowings

•The fair value is generally determined primarily using discounted cash flow models.based on transactional data or third-party pricing for identical or comparable instruments, when available. Where position-specific external prices are not observable, fair value is determined based on current interest rates and credit spreads for debt instruments with similar terms and maturity.

(4)Losses were determined using discounted cash flow models and primarily represented the write-off

The carrying values of the carryingremaining assets and liabilities not measured at fair value of certain premises and software that were abandoned during 2012 in association with the Wealth Management JV integration.following tables approximate fair value due to their short-term nature.

In addition to the losses included in the table above, there was a pre-tax gain of approximately $51 million (related to Other assets) included in discontinued operations in the year ended December 31, 2012 in connection with the disposition of Saxon (see Note 1). This pre-tax gain was primarily due to the subsequent increase in the fair value of Saxon, which had incurred impairment losses of $98 million in the quarter ended December 31, 2011. The fair value of Saxon was determined based on the revised purchase price agreed upon with the buyer.Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value

 

There were no liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during 2012.

2011.

     Fair Value Measurements Using:    
  Carrying Value
at December 31,
2011
  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
  Total
Gains
(Losses) for
2011(1)
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Loans(2)

 $70  $—    $—    $70  $5 

Other investments(3)

  71   —      —     71   (52

Premises, equipment and software costs(4)

  4   —      —     4   (7

Intangible assets(3)

  —     —     —     —     (7
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

 $145  $—    $—    $145  $(61
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Losses are recorded within Other expenses in the consolidated statements of income except for fair value adjustments related to Loans and losses related to Other investments, which are included in Other revenues.
(2)Non-recurring changes in the fair value of loans held for investment were calculated using valuation models that incorporate market observable inputs or default recovery analyses or collateral appraisal values where such inputs were unobservable; or discounted cash flow techniques.
(3)Losses recorded were determined primarily using discounted cash flow models.
(4)Losses were determined primarily using discounted cash flow models or a valuation technique incorporating an observable market index.

In addition to the losses included in the table above, impairment losses of approximately $98 million (of which $83 million related to Other assets and $15 million related to Premises, equipment and software costs) were included in discontinued operations related to Saxon (see Note 1). These losses were determined using the purchase price agreed upon with the buyer.

There were no liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during 2011.

   At December 31, 2016   Fair Value by Level 
$ in millions  Carrying
Value
   Fair Value   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3 

Financial Assets

          

Cash and due from banks

  $22,017   $22,017   $    22,017   $   $ 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   21,364    21,364    21,364         

Investment securities—HTM securities

   16,922    16,453    5,557    10,896     

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

   101,653    101,655        97,825    3,830 

Securities borrowed

   125,236    125,240            125,093    147 

Customer and other receivables1

   42,463    42,321        37,746    4,575 

Loans2

   94,248    95,027        20,906    74,121 

Other assets—Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

   33,979    33,979    33,979         

Financial Liabilities

          

Deposits

  $    155,800   $    155,800   $   $155,800   $ 

Short-term borrowings

   535    535        535     

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   53,899    53,913        50,941            2,972 

Securities loaned

   15,844    15,853        15,853     

Other secured financings

   6,077    6,082        4,792    1,290 

Customer and other payables1

   187,671    187,671        187,671     

Long-term borrowings

   126,039    129,877        129,826    51 

 

December 2016 Form 10-K 184128 


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value.

The tables below present the carrying value, fair value and fair value hierarchy category of certain financial instruments that are not measured at fair value in the consolidated statements of financial condition. The tables below exclude certain financial instruments such as equity method investments and all non-financial assets and liabilities such as the value of the long-term relationships with our deposit customers.

The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, including Interest bearing deposits with banks, and other short-term financial instruments such as Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell; Securities borrowed; Securities sold under agreements to repurchase; Securities loaned; certain Customer and other receivables and Customer and other payables arising in the ordinary course of business; certain Deposits; Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings; and Other secured financings approximate fair value because of the relatively short period of time between their origination and expected maturity.

For longer-dated Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell, Securities borrowed, Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, Securities loaned and Other secured financings, fair value is determined using a standard cash flow discounting methodology. The inputs to the valuation include contractual cash flows and collateral funding spreads, which are estimated using various benchmarks and interest rate yield curves.

For consumer and residential real estate loans and lending commitments where position-specific external price data are not observable, the fair value is based on the credit risks of the borrower using a probability of default and loss given default method, discounted at the estimated external cost of funding level. The fair value of corporate loans and lending commitments is determined using recently executed transactions, market price quotations (where observable), implied yields from comparable debt, and market observable credit default swap spread levels along with proprietary valuation models and default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable.

The fair value of long-term borrowings is generally determined based on transactional data or third-party pricing for identical or comparable instruments, when available. Where position-specific external prices are not observable, fair value is determined based on current interest rates and credit spreads for debt instruments with similar terms and maturity.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 185


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

At December 31, 2013.

 At December 31, 2013 Fair Value Measurements Using:   At December 31, 2015   Fair Value by Level 
 Carrying Value Fair Value Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets

(Level 1)
 Significant
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
 Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 
 (dollars in millions) 

Financial Assets:

     
$ in millions  Carrying
Value
   Fair Value   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3 

Financial Assets

          

Cash and due from banks

 $16,602  $16,602  $16,602  $—    $—     $19,827   $19,827   $    19,827   $   $ 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

  43,281   43,281   43,281   —     —      34,256    34,256    34,256         

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

  39,203   39,203   39,203   —     —   

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

  117,264   117,263   —     116,584   679 

Investment securities—HTM securities

   5,224    5,188    998    4,190     

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

   86,851    86,837        86,186    651 

Securities borrowed

  129,707   129,705   —     129,374   331    142,416    142,414            142,266    148 

Customer and other receivables(1)

  53,112   53,031   —     47,525   5,506 

Loans(2)

  42,874   42,765   —     11,288   31,477 

Financial Liabilities:

     

Customer and other receivables1

   41,676    41,576        36,752    4,824 

Loans2

   85,759    86,423        19,241          67,182 

Other assets—Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

   31,469    31,469    31,469         

Financial Liabilities

          

Deposits

 $112,194  $112,273  $—    $112,273  $—     $    155,909   $    156,163   $   $156,163   $ 

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  795   795   —     787   8 

Short-term borrowings

   525    525        525     

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  145,115   145,157   —     138,161   6,996    36,009    36,060        34,150    1,910 

Securities loaned

  32,799   32,826   —     31,731   1,095    19,358    19,382        19,192    190 

Other secured financings

  9,009   9,034   —     5,845   3,189    6,610    6,610        5,333    1,277 

Customer and other payables(1)

  154,654   154,654   —     154,654   —   

Customer and other payables1

   183,895    183,895        183,895     

Long-term borrowings

  117,938   123,133   —     122,099    1,034    120,723    123,219        123,219     

 

(1)1.

Accrued interest, fees, and dividend receivables and payables where carrying value approximates fair value have been excluded.

(2)2.Includes all

Amounts include loans measured at fair value on anon-recurring basis.

 

At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, notional amounts of approximately $97.4 billion and $99.5 billion, respectively, of the Firm’s lending commitments were held for investment and held for sale, which are not included in the previous table. The estimated fair value of the Company’s unfundedsuch lending commitments primarily related to corporate lending in the Institutional Securities business segment, that are not carriedwas a liability of $1,241 million and $2,172 million at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Had these commitments been accounted for at fair value, at December 31, 2013 was $853 million, of which $669 million and $184$973 million would behave been categorized in Level 2 and $268 million in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, respectively. The carrying value of these commitments, if fully funded, would be $75.4 billion.

186


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

At December 31, 2012.

  At December 31, 2012  Fair Value Measurements Using: 
  Carrying Value  Fair Value  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets

(Level 1)
  Significant
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Financial Assets:

  

    

Cash and due from banks

 $20,878  $20,878  $20,878  $—    $—   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

  26,026   26,026   26,026   —     —   

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

  30,970   30,970   30,970   —     —   

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

  133,791   133,792   —     133,035   757 

Securities borrowed

  121,701   121,705   —     121,691   14 

Customer and other receivables(1)

  59,702   59,634   —     53,532   6,102 

Loans(2)

  29,046   27,263   —     5,307   21,956 

Financial Liabilities:

     

Deposits

 $81,781  $81,781  $—    $81,781  $—   

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  1,413   1,413   —     1,107   306 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  122,311   122,389   —     111,722   10,667 

Securities loaned

  36,849   37,163   —     35,978   1,185 

Other secured financings

  6,261   6,276   —     3,649   2,627 

Customer and other payables(1)

  125,037   125,037   —     125,037   —   

Long-term borrowings

  125,527   126,683   —     116,511   10,172 

(1)Accrued interest, fees and dividend receivables and payables where carrying value approximates fair value have been excluded.
(2)Includes all loans measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

The fair value of the Company’s unfunded lending commitments, primarily related to corporate lending in the Institutional Securities business segment, that are not carried at fair value at December 31, 2012 was $755 million, of which $543 million2016, and $212$1,791 million would behave been categorized in Level 2 and $381 million in Level 3 at December 31, 2015.

The previous tables exclude certain financial instruments such as equity method investments and allnon-financial assets and liabilities such as the value of the fair value hierarchy, respectively. long-term relationships with the Firm’s deposit customers.

4. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

The carrying valueFirm trades and makes markets globally in listed futures, OTC swaps, forwards, options and other derivatives referencing, among other things, interest rates, currencies, investment grade andnon-investment grade corporate credits, loans, bonds, U.S. and other sovereign securities, emerging market bonds and loans, credit indices, asset-backed security indices, property indices, mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, and real estate loan products. The Firm uses these instruments for market-making, foreign currency exposure management, and asset and liability management.

The Firm manages its market-making positions by employing a variety of these commitments, if fully funded, would be $50.0 billion.risk mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). The Firm manages the market risk associated with its market-making activities on a Firm-wide basis, on a worldwide trading division level and on an individual product basis.

 

 187129 December 2016 Form 10-K


MORGAN STANLEY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Derivative Assets and Liabilities

  Derivative Assets at December 31, 2016 
  Fair Value  Notional 
$ in millions Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC
  Exchange-
Traded
  Total  Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC
  Exchange-
Traded
  Total 

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

 $1,924  $1,049  $  $2,973  $30,280  $37,632  $  $67,912 

Foreign exchange contracts

  249   18      267   6,400   339      6,739 

Total

  2,173   1,067      3,240   36,680   37,971      74,651 

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges1

 

Interest rate contracts

  200,336   99,217   384   299,937   3,586,279   6,224,104   2,585,772   12,396,155 

Credit contracts

  9,837   2,392      12,229   332,641   111,954      444,595 

Foreign exchange contracts

  73,645   1,022   231   74,898   1,579,718   51,775   13,038   1,644,531 

Equity contracts

  20,710      17,919   38,629   337,791      241,837   579,628 

Commodity and other contracts

  9,792      3,727   13,519   67,216      79,670   146,886 

Total

  314,320   102,631   22,261   439,212   5,903,645   6,387,833   2,920,317   15,211,795 

Total gross derivatives2

 $    316,493  $    103,698  $    22,261  $    442,452  $ 5,940,325  $ 6,425,804  $ 2,920,317  $ 15,286,446 

Amounts offset

        

Counterparty netting

  (243,488  (100,477  (19,607  (363,572    

Cash collateral netting

  (45,875  (1,799     (47,674    

Total derivative assets in Trading assets

 $27,130  $1,422  $2,654  $31,206     

Amounts not offset3

        

Financial instruments collateral

  (10,293        (10,293    

Other cash collateral

  (124        (124    

Net amounts

 $16,713  $1,422  $2,654  $20,789     

  Derivative Liabilities at December 31, 2016 
  Fair Value  Notional 
$ in millions Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC
  Exchange-
Traded
  Total  Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC
  Exchange-
Traded
  Total 

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

 $77  $647  $  $724  $2,024  $51,934  $  $53,958 

Foreign exchange contracts

  15   25      40   1,480   1,071      2,551 

Total

  92   672      764   3,504   53,005      56,509 

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges1

 

Interest rate contracts

  183,063   103,392   397   286,852   3,461,927   6,086,774   896,971   10,445,672 

Credit contracts

  11,024   2,401      13,425   358,927   96,397      455,324 

Foreign exchange contracts

  74,575   952   16   75,543   1,556,918   47,647   14,338   1,618,903 

Equity contracts

  22,531      17,983   40,514   320,520      272,669   593,189 

Commodity and other contracts

  8,303      3,582   11,885   77,527      59,387   136,914 

Total

  299,496   106,745   21,978   428,219   5,775,819   6,230,818   1,243,365   13,250,002 

Total gross derivatives2

 $    299,588  $    107,417  $    21,978  $    428,983  $ 5,779,323  $ 6,283,823  $ 1,243,365  $ 13,306,511 

Amounts offset

        

Counterparty netting

  (243,488  (100,477  (19,607  (363,572    

Cash collateral netting

  (30,405  (5,691     (36,096    

Total derivative liabilities in Trading liabilities

 $25,695  $1,249  $2,371  $29,315     

Amounts not offset3

        

Financial instruments collateral

  (7,638     (585  (8,223    

Other cash collateral

  (10  (1     (11    

Net amounts

 $18,047  $1,248  $1,786  $21,081     

December 2016 Form 10-K130


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  Derivative Assets at December 31, 2015 
  Fair Value  Notional 
$ in millions Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC
  Exchange-
Traded
  Total  Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC
  Exchange-
Traded
  Total 

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

 $2,825  $1,442  $  $4,267  $36,999  $35,362  $  $72,361 

Foreign exchange contracts

  166   1      167   5,996   167      6,163 

Total

  2,991   1,443      4,434   42,995   35,529      78,524 

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges4

 

Interest rate contracts

  220,289   101,276   212   321,777   4,348,002   5,748,525   1,218,645   11,315,172 

Credit contracts

  19,310   3,609      22,919   585,731   139,301      725,032 

Foreign exchange contracts

  64,438   295   55   64,788   1,907,290   13,402   7,715   1,928,407 

Equity contracts

  20,212      20,077   40,289   316,770      229,859   546,629 

Commodity and other contracts

  13,333      4,038   17,371   73,133      82,313   155,446 

Total

  337,582   105,180   24,382   467,144   7,230,926   5,901,228   1,538,532   14,670,686 

Total gross derivatives2

 $    340,573  $    106,623  $    24,382  $    471,578  $ 7,273,921  $ 5,936,757  $ 1,538,532  $ 14,749,210 

Amounts offset

        

Counterparty netting

  (265,707  (104,294  (21,592  (391,593    

Cash collateral netting

  (50,335  (1,037     (51,372    

Total derivative assets in Trading assets

 $24,531  $1,292  $2,790  $28,613     

Amounts not offset3

        

Financial instruments collateral

  (9,190        (9,190    

Other cash collateral

  (9        (9    

Net amounts

 $15,332  $1,292  $2,790  $19,414     

  Derivative Liabilities at December 31, 2015 
  Fair Value  Notional 
$ in millions Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC
  Exchange-
Traded
  Total  

Bilateral

OTC

  

Cleared

OTC

  Exchange-
Traded
  Total 

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

 $20  $250  $  $270  $3,560  $9,869  $  $13,429 

Foreign exchange contracts

  56   6      62   4,604   455      5,059 

Total

  76   256      332   8,164   10,324      18,488 

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges4

 

Interest rate contracts

  203,004   103,852   283   307,139   4,030,039   5,682,322   1,077,710   10,790,071 

Credit contracts

  19,942   3,723      23,665   562,027   131,388      693,415 

Foreign exchange contracts

  65,034   232   22   65,288   1,868,015   13,322   2,655   1,883,992 

Equity contracts

  25,708      20,424   46,132   332,734      229,266   562,000 

Commodity and other contracts

  10,907      3,887   14,794   63,283      62,974   126,257 

Total

  324,595   107,807   24,616   457,018   6,856,098   5,827,032   1,372,605   14,055,735 

Total gross derivatives2

 $    324,671  $    108,063  $24,616  $    457,350  $ 6,864,262  $ 5,837,356  $ 1,372,605  $ 14,074,223 

Amounts offset

        

Counterparty netting

  (265,707  (104,294  (21,592  (391,593    

Cash collateral netting

  (33,332  (2,951     (36,283    

Total derivative liabilities in Trading liabilities

 $25,632  $818  $3,024  $29,474     

Amounts not offset3

        

Financial instruments collateral

  (5,384     (405  (5,789    

Other cash collateral

  (5        (5    

Net amounts

 $20,243  $818  $2,619  $23,680     

131December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1.

Notional amounts include gross notionals related to open long and short futures contracts of $2,088.0 billion and $332.4 billion, respectively. The unsettled fair value on these futures contracts (excluded from this table) of $784 million and $174 million is included in Customer and other receivables and Customer and other payables, respectively, in the consolidated balance sheets.

2.

Amounts include transactions that are either not subject to master netting agreements or collateral agreements or are subject to such agreements but the Firm has not determined the agreements to be legally enforceable as follows: $3.7 billion of derivative assets and $3.5 billion of derivative liabilities at December 31, 2016 and $4.2 billion of derivative assets and $5.2 billion of derivative liabilities at December 31, 2015.

3.

Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements that have been determined by the Firm to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.

4.

Notional amounts include gross notionals related to open long and short futures contracts of $1,009.5 billion and $653.0 billion, respectively. The unsettled fair value on these futures contracts (excluded from this table) of $1,145 million and $437 million is included in Customer and other receivables and Customer and other payables, respectively, in the consolidated balance sheets.

For information related to offsetting of certain collateralized transactions, see Note 6.

Gains (Losses) on Fair Value Hedges

   

Gains (Losses) Recognized in

Interest Expense

 
$ in millions      2016          2015          2014     

Derivatives

  $(1,738 $(700 $1,462 

Borrowings

   1,541   461   (1,616

Total

  $(197 $(239 $(154

Gains (Losses) on Effective Portion of Net Investment Hedges

   Gains (Losses) Recognized in
OCI
 
$ in millions      2016          2015           2014     

Foreign exchange contracts1

  $(1 $434   $606 

1.

Losses of $74 million in 2016, $149 million in 2015 and $186 million in 2014 recognized in Interest income were related to the forward points on the hedging instruments that were excluded from hedge effectiveness testing.

Trading Revenues by Product Type

$ in millions      2016           2015           2014     

Interest rate contracts

  $1,522   $1,249   $1,065 

Foreign exchange contracts

   1,156    984    729 

Equity security and index contracts1

   5,690    5,695    4,603 

Commodity and other contracts

   56    793    1,055 

Credit contracts

   1,785    775    1,274 

Subtotal

  $10,209   $9,496   $8,726 

Debt valuation adjustment2

       618    651 

Total trading revenues

  $10,209   $10,114   $9,377 

1.

Dividend income is included within equity security and index contracts.

2.

In 2016, in accordance with the early adoption of a provision of the accounting updateRecognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, unrealized DVA gains (losses) are recorded within OCI in the consolidated comprehensive income statements. In 2015 and 2014, the DVA gains (losses) were recorded within Trading revenues in the consolidated income statements. See Notes 2 and 15 for further information.

The previous table summarizes gains and losses included in Trading revenues in the consolidated income statements from trading activities. These activities include revenues related to derivative andNOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)non-derivative financial instruments. The Firm generally utilizes financial instruments across a variety of product types in connection with their market-making and related risk management strategies. Accordingly, the trading revenues presented in the previous table are not representative of the manner in which the Firm manages its business activities and are prepared in a manner similar to the presentation of trading revenues for regulatory reporting purposes.

December 2016 Form 10-K132


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

5.    Securities Available for Sale.OTC Derivative Products—Trading Assets

Counterparty Credit Rating and Remaining Maturity of OTC Derivative Assets

 

   Fair Value at December 31, 20161 
   Contractual Years to Maturity   

Cross-Maturity

and Cash

Collateral

Netting2

  

Net Amounts

Post-cash

Collateral

   

Net Amounts

Post-
collateral3

 
$ in millions  Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5      

Credit Rating4

 

     

AAA

  $150   $428   $918   $2,931   $(3,900 $527   $485 

AA

   3,177    2,383    2,942    10,194    (11,813  6,883    4,114 

A

   9,244    6,676    5,495    21,322    (31,425  11,312    6,769 

BBB

   4,423    3,085    2,434    13,023    (16,629  6,336    4,852 

Non-investment grade

   2,283    1,702    1,722    1,794    (4,131  3,370    1,915 

Total

  $19,277   $14,274   $13,511   $49,264   $(67,898 $28,428   $18,135 

   Fair Value at December 31, 20151 
   Contractual Years to Maturity   

Cross-Maturity

and Cash

Collateral
Netting2

  Net Amounts
Post-cash
Collateral
   Net Amounts
Post-
collateral3
 
$ in millions  Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5      

Credit Rating4

 

     

AAA

  $203   $453   $827   $3,665   $(4,319 $829   $715 

AA

   2,689    2,000    1,876    9,223    (10,981  4,807    2,361 

A

   9,748    8,191    4,774    20,918    (34,916  8,715    5,448 

BBB

   3,614    4,863    1,948    11,801    (15,086  7,140    4,934 

Non-investment grade

   3,982    2,333    1,157    3,567    (6,716  4,323    3,166 

Total

  $20,236   $17,840   $10,582   $49,174   $(72,018 $25,814   $16,624 

1.

Fair values shown represent the Firm’s net exposure to counterparties related to its OTC derivative products.

2.

Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within such maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

3.

Fair value is shown, net of collateral received (primarily cash and U.S. government and agency securities).

4.

Obligor credit ratings are determined internally by the Credit Risk Management Department.

Credit Risk-Related Contingencies

In connection with certain OTC trading agreements, the Firm may be required to provide additional collateral or immediately settle any outstanding liability balances with certain counterparties in the event of a credit rating downgrade of the Firm.

The following tables present information abouttable presents the Company’s availableaggregate fair value of certain derivative contracts that contain credit risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position for sale securities:which the Firm has posted collateral in the normal course of business.

Net Derivative Liabilities and Collateral Posted

 

   At December 31, 2013 
   Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Other-than-
Temporary
Impairment
   Fair
Value
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Debt securities available for sale:

          

U.S. government and agency securities:

          

U.S. Treasury securities

  $24,486   $51   $139   $—     $24,398 

U.S. agency securities

   15,813    26    234    —      15,605 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   40,299    77    373    —      40,003 

Corporate and other debt:

          

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

          

Agency

   2,482    —      84    —      2,398 

Non-Agency

   1,333    1    18    —      1,316 

Auto loan asset-backed securities

   2,041    2    1    —      2,042 

Corporate bonds

   3,415    3    61    —      3,357 

Collateralized loan obligations

   1,087    —      20    —      1,067 

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities(1)

   3,230    12    8    —      3,234 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Corporate and other debt

   13,588    18    192    —      13,414 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities available for sale

   53,887    95    565    —      53,417 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity securities available for sale

   15    —      2    —      13 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $53,902   $95   $567   $—     $53,430 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
$ in millions  At December 31,
2016
   At December 31,
2015
 

Net derivative liabilities with credit risk-related contingent features

  $22,939   $23,526 

Collateral posted

   17,040    19,070 

The additional collateral or termination payments that may be called in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by

   At December 31, 2012 
   Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Other-than-
Temporary
Impairment
   Fair
Value
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Debt securities available for sale:

          

U.S. government and agency securities:

          

U.S. Treasury securities

  $14,351   $109   $2   $—     $14,458 

U.S. agency securities

   15,330    122    3    —      15,449 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   29,681    231    5    —      29,907 

Corporate and other debt:

          

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

          

Agency

   2,197    6    4    —      2,199 

Non-Agency

   160    —      —      —      160 

Auto loan asset-backed securities

   1,993    4    1    —      1,996 

Corporate bonds

   2,891    13    3    —      2,901 

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities(1)

   2,675    23    —      —      2,698 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Corporate and other debt

   9,916    46    8    —      9,954 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities available for sale

   39,597    277    13    —      39,861 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity securities available for sale

   15    —      7    —      8 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $39,612   $277   $20   $—     $39,869 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

contract and can be based on ratings by either or both of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and Standard & Poor’s Global Ratings (“S&P”).The following table shows the future potential collateral amounts and termination payments that could be called or required by counterparties or exchange and clearing organizations in the event ofone-notch ortwo-notch downgrade scenarios based on the relevant contractual downgrade triggers.

Incremental Collateral or Termination Payments upon Potential Future Ratings Downgrade

 

(1)
$ in millionsAt December 31,
2016
1

One-notch downgrade

$1,269

Two-notch downgrade

692

1.

Amounts include $1,231 million related to bilateral arrangements between the Firm and other parties where upon the downgrade of one party, the downgraded party must deliver collateral to the other party. These bilateral downgrade arrangements are used by the Firm to manage the risk of counterparty downgrades.

133December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Credit Derivatives and Other Credit Contracts

The Firm enters into credit derivatives, principally through credit default swaps, under which it receives or provides protection against the risk of default on a set of debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity or entities. A majority of the Firm’s counterparties for these derivatives are banks, broker-dealers, and insurance and other financial institutions.

Protection Sold and Purchased with Credit Default Swaps

   At December 31, 2016 
   Protection Sold  Protection Purchased 
$ in millions  Notional   

Fair Value
(Asset)/

Liability

  Notional   

Fair Value
(Asset)/

Liability

 

Credit default swaps

 

     

Single name

  $266,918   $(753 $269,623   $826 

Index and basket

   130,383    374   122,061    (481

Tranched index and basket

   32,429    (670  78,505    1,900 

Total

  $429,730   $(1,049 $470,189   $2,245 

   At December 31, 2015 
   Protection Sold  Protection Purchased 
$ in millions  Notional   

Fair Value
(Asset)/

Liability

  Notional   

Fair Value
(Asset)/

Liability

 

Credit default swaps

 

     

Single name

  $420,806   $1,980  $405,361   $(2,079

Index and basket

   199,688    (102  173,936    (82

Tranched index and basket

   69,025    (1,093  149,631    2,122 

Total

  $689,519   $785  $728,928   $(39

For single name andnon-tranched index and basket credit default swaps, the Firm has purchased protection with a notional amount of approximately $389.2 billion and $577.7 billion at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, compared with a notional amount of approximately $395.5 billion and $619.5 billion (included in the following tables) at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, of credit protection sold with identical underlying reference obligations.

The purchase of credit protection does not represent the sole manner in which the Firm risk manages its exposure to credit derivatives. The Firm manages its exposure to these derivative contracts through a variety of risk mitigation strategies, which include managing the credit and correlation risk across single name,non-tranched indices and baskets, tranched indices and baskets, and cash positions. Aggregate market risk limits have been established for credit derivatives, and market risk measures are routinely monitored against these limits. The Firm may also recover amounts on the underlying reference obligation delivered to the Firm under credit default swaps where credit protection was sold.

December 2016 Form 10-K134


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Credit Ratings of Reference Obligation and Maturities of Credit Protection Sold

   At December 31, 2016 
   Maximum Potential Payout/Notional   

Fair Value

(Asset)/

Liability1

 
   Years to Maturity   
$ in millions  Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5   Total   

Single name credit default swaps2

            

Investment grade

  $79,449   $70,796   $34,529   $10,293   $195,067   $(1,060

Non-investment grade

   34,571    25,820    10,436    1,024    71,851    307 

Total single name credit default swaps

  $114,020   $96,616   $44,965   $11,317   $266,918   $(753

Index and basket credit default swaps2

            

Investment grade

  $26,530   $21,388   $35,060   $9,096   $92,074   $(846

Non-investment grade

   26,135    22,983    11,759    9,861    70,738    550 

Total index and basket credit default swaps

  $52,665   $44,371   $46,819   $18,957   $162,812   $(296

Total credit default swaps sold

  $166,685   $140,987   $91,784   $30,274   $429,730   $(1,049

Other credit contracts

   49    6        215    270     

Total credit derivatives and other credit contracts

  $166,734   $140,993   $91,784   $30,489   $430,000   $(1,049

   At December 31, 2015 
   Maximum Potential Payout/Notional   

Fair Value

(Asset)/

Liability1

 
   Years to Maturity   
$ in millions  Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5   Total   

Single name credit default swaps2

            

Investment grade

  $84,543   $138,467   $63,754   $12,906   $299,670   $(1,831

Non-investment grade

   38,054    56,261    24,432    2,389    121,136    3,811 

Total single name credit default swaps

  $122,597   $194,728   $88,186   $15,295   $420,806   $1,980 

Index and basket credit default swaps2

            

Investment grade

  $33,507   $59,403   $45,505   $5,327   $143,742   $(1,977

Non-investment grade

   52,590    43,899    15,480    13,002    124,971    782 

Total index and basket credit default swaps

  $86,097   $103,302   $60,985   $18,329   $268,713   $(1,195

Total credit default swaps sold

  $208,694   $298,030   $149,171   $33,624   $689,519   $785 

Other credit contracts

   19    107    2    332    460    (24

Total credit derivatives and other credit contracts

  $208,713   $298,137   $149,173   $33,956   $689,979   $761 

1.

Fair value amounts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting.

2.

In order to provide an indication of the current payment status or performance risk of the CDS, a breakdown of CDS based on the Firm’s internal credit ratings by investment grade andnon-investment grade is provided. Internal credit ratings serve as the Credit Risk Management Department’s assessment of credit risk and the basis for a comprehensive credit limits framework used to control credit risk. The Firm uses quantitative models and judgment to estimate the various risk parameters related to each obligor.

Single Name Credit Default Swaps

A credit default swap protects the buyer against the loss of principal on a bond or loan in case of a default by the issuer. The protection buyer pays a periodic premium (generally quarterly) over the life of the contract and is protected for the period. The Firm, in turn, performs under a credit default swap if a credit event as defined under the contract occurs. Typical credit events include bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the referenced entity, failure to pay and restructuring of the obligations of the referenced entity.

Index and Basket Credit Default Swaps

Index and basket credit default swaps are products where credit protection is provided on a portfolio of single name credit default swaps. Generally, in the event of a default on

one of the underlying names, the Firm pays a pro rata portion of the total notional amount of the credit default swap.

The Firm also enters into tranched index and basket credit default swaps where credit protection is provided on a particular portion of the portfolio loss distribution. The most junior tranches cover initial defaults, and once losses exceed the notional of the tranche, they are passed on to the next most senior tranche in the capital structure.

Credit Protection Sold through CLNs and CDOs

The Firm has invested in credit-linked notes (“CLNs”) and CDOs, which are hybrid instruments containing embedded derivatives, in which credit protection has been sold to the issuer of the note. If there is a credit event of a reference entity underlying the instrument, the principal balance of the note may not be repaid in full to the Firm.

135December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

5. Investment Securities

AFS and HTM Securities

   At December 31, 2016 
$ in millions  Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair Value 

AFS debt securities

        

U.S. government and agency securities:

        

U.S. Treasury securities

  $28,371   $1   $545   $27,827 

U.S. agency securities1

   22,348    14    278    22,084 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   50,719    15    823    49,911 

Corporate and other debt:

        

Commercial mortgage- backed securities:

        

Agency

   1,850    2    44    1,808 

Non-agency

   2,250    11    16    2,245 

Auto loan asset-backed securities

   1,509    1    1    1,509 

Corporate bonds

   3,836    7    22    3,821 

Collateralized loan obligations

   540        1    539 

FFELP student loan asset- backed securities2

   3,387    5    61    3,331 

Total corporate and other debt

   13,372    26    145    13,253 

Total AFS debt securities

   64,091    41    968    63,164 

AFS equity securities

   15        9    6 

Total AFS securities

   64,106    41    977    63,170 

HTM securities

        

U.S. government securities:

        

U.S. Treasury securities

   5,839    1    283    5,557 

U.S. agency securities1

   11,083    1    188    10,896 

Total HTM securities

   16,922    2    471    16,453 

Total Investment securities

  $81,028   $43   $1,448   $79,623 
   At December 31, 2015 
$ in millions  Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair Value 

AFS debt securities

        

U.S. government and agency securities:

        

U.S. Treasury securities

  $31,555   $5   $143   $31,417 

U.S. agency securities1

   21,103    29    156    20,976 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   52,658    34    299    52,393 

Corporate and other debt:

        

Commercial mortgage- backed securities:

        

Agency

   1,906    1    60    1,847 

Non-agency

   2,220    3    25    2,198 

Auto loan asset-backed securities

   2,556        9    2,547 

Corporate bonds

   3,780    5    30    3,755 

Collateralized loan obligations

   502        7    495 

FFELP student loan asset- backed securities2

   3,632        115    3,517 

Total corporate and other debt

   14,596    9    246    14,359 

Total AFS debt securities

   67,254    43    545    66,752 

AFS equity securities

   15        8    7 

Total AFS securities

   67,269    43    553    66,759 

HTM securities

        

U.S. government securities:

        

U.S. Treasury securities

   1,001        3    998 

U.S. agency securities1

   4,223    1    34    4,190 

Total HTM securities

   5,224    1    37    5,188 

Total Investment securities

  $72,493   $44   $590   $71,947 

1.

U.S. agency securities consist mainly of agency-issued debt, agency mortgage pass-through pool securities and collateralized mortgage obligations.

2.

Amounts are backed by a guarantee from the U.S. Department of Education of at least 95% of the principal balance and interest on such loans.

 

December 2016 Form 10-K 188136 


MORGAN STANLEY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)Investment Securities in an Unrealized Loss Position

 

The tables below present the fair value of investments in securities available for sale that are in an unrealized loss position:

   Less than 12 Months   12 Months or Longer   Total 

At December 31, 2013

  Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Debt securities available for sale:

            

U.S. government and agency securities:

            

U.S. Treasury securities

  $13,266   $139   $—     $—     $13,266   $139 

U.S. agency securities

   8,438    211    651    23    9,089    234 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   21,704    350    651    23    22,355    373 

Corporate and other debt:

            

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

            

Agency

   958    15    1,270    69    2,228    84 

Non-Agency

   841    16    86    2    927    18 

Auto loan asset-backed securities

   557    1    85    —      642    1 

Corporate bonds

   2,350     52    383    9    2,733     61 

Collateralized loan obligations

   1,067    20    —      —      1,067    20 

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities

   1,388     7    76    1    1,464     8 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Corporate and other debt

   7,161     111    1,900    81    9,061     192 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities available for sale

   28,865     461    2,551    104    31,416     565 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity securities available for sale

   13    2    —      —      13    2 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $28,878    $463   $2,551   $104   $31,429    $567 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

   At December 31, 2016 
   Less than 12 Months   12 Months or Longer   Total 
$ in millions  Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 

AFS debt securities

            

U.S. government and agency securities:

            

U.S. Treasury securities

  $25,323   $545   $   $   $25,323   $545 

U.S. agency securities

   16,760    278    125        16,885    278 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   42,083    823    125        42,208    823 

Corporate and other debt:

            

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

            

Agency

   1,245    44            1,245    44 

Non-agency

   763    11    594    5    1,357    16 

Auto loan asset-backed securities

   659    1    123        782    1 

Corporate bonds

   2,050    21    142    1    2,192    22 

Collateralized loan obligations

   178        239    1    417    1 

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities

   2,612    61            2,612    61 

Total corporate and other debt

   7,507    138    1,098    7    8,605    145 

Total AFS debt securities

   49,590    961    1,223    7    50,813    968 

AFS equity securities

   6    9            6    9 

Total AFS securities

   49,596    970    1,223    7    50,819    977 

HTM securities

            

U.S. government and agency securities:

            

U.S. Treasury securities

   5,057    283            5,057    283 

U.S. agency securities

   10,612    188            10,612    188 

Total HTM securities

   15,669    471            15,669    471 

Total Investment securities

  $65,265   $1,441   $1,223   $7   $66,488   $1,448 

 

 189137 December 2016 Form 10-K


MORGAN STANLEY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

   At December 31, 2015 
   Less than 12 Months   12 Months or Longer   Total 
$ in millions  Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 

AFS debt securities

            

U.S. government and agency securities:

            

U.S. Treasury securities

  $25,994   $126   $2,177   $17   $28,171   $143 

U.S. agency securities

   14,242    135    639    21    14,881    156 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   40,236    261    2,816    38    43,052    299 

Corporate and other debt:

            

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

            

Agency

   1,185    44    422    16    1,607    60 

Non-agency

   1,479    21    305    4    1,784    25 

Auto loan asset-backed securities

   1,644    7    881    2    2,525    9 

Corporate bonds

   2,149    19    525    11    2,674    30 

Collateralized loan obligations

   352    5    143    2    495    7 

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities

   2,558    79    929    36    3,487    115 

Total corporate and other debt

   9,367    175    3,205    71    12,572    246 

Total AFS debt securities

   49,603    436    6,021    109    55,624    545 

AFS equity securities

   7    8            7    8 

Total AFS securities

   49,610    444    6,021    109    55,631    553 

HTM securities

            

U.S. government and agency securities:

            

U.S. Treasury securities

   898    3            898    3 

U.S. agency securities

   3,677    34            3,677    34 

Total HTM securities

   4,575    37            4,575    37 

Total Investment securities

  $54,185   $481   $6,021   $109   $60,206   $590 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 2016 Form 10-K138


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

   Less than 12 Months   12 Months or
Longer
   Total 

At December 31, 2012

  Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair
Value
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair
Value
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Debt securities available for sale:

            

U.S. government and agency securities:

            

U.S. Treasury securities

  $1,012   $2   $—     $—     $1,012   $2 

U.S. agency securities

   1,534    3    27    —      1,561    3 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   2,546    5    27    —      2,573    5 

Corporate and other debt:

            

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

            

Agency

   1,057    4    —      —      1,057    4 

Auto loan asset-backed securities

   710    1    —      —      710    1 

Corporate bonds

   934    3    —      —      934    3 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Corporate and other debt

   2,701    8    —      —      2,701    8 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities available for sale

   5,247    13    27    —      5,274    13 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity securities available for sale

   8    7    —      —      8    7 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $5,255   $20   $27   $—     $5,282   $20 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross unrealized gains and lossesThe Firm believes there are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income.

As discussed in Note 2, AFS securities with a current fair value less than their amortized cost are analyzed as part of the Company’s ongoing assessment of temporary versus OTTI at the individual security level. The unrealized losses reported above on debt securities available for sale are primarily due to rising interest rates during 2013. While theno securities in an unrealized loss position greater than twelve months have increased,that are other-than-temporarily-impaired at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 for the risk of credit loss is considered minimal because all ofreasons discussed herein.

For AFS debt securities, the Company’s agency securities as well as the Company’s ABS, CMBS and CLOs are highly rated and the Company’s corporate bonds are all investment grade. The CompanyFirm does not intend to sell thesethe securities and is not likely to be required to sell thesethe securities prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis. The CompanyFor AFS and HTM debt securities, the securities have not experienced credit losses as the net unrealized losses reported in the previous table are primarily due to higher interest rates since those securities were purchased.

Additionally, the Firm does not expect to experience a credit loss on these securities based on consideration of the relevant information (as discussed in Note 2), including for U.S. government and agency securities, the existence of thean explicit and implicit guarantee provided by the U.S. government. The Company believes that the debtrisk of credit loss on securities with an unrealized loss position were not other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013 and 2012. For more information, see the Other-than-temporary impairment discussion in Note 2.

For equity securities available for sale in an unrealized loss position is considered minimal because the Company does not intendFirm’s agency securities, as well as ABS, CMBS and CLOs, are highly rated and because corporate bonds are all investment grade.

For AFS equity securities, the Firm has the intent and ability to sellhold these securities or expectfor a period of time sufficient to be required to sell these securities prior to theallow for any anticipated recovery of the amortized cost basis. The Company believes that the equity securities with an unrealized loss in Accumulated other comprehensive income were not other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

190


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table presents the amortized cost and fair value of debt securities available for sale by contractual maturity dates at December 31, 2013:

At December 31, 2013

  Amortized Cost   Fair Value   Annualized
Average Yield
 
   (dollars in millions) 

U.S. government and agency securities:

      

U.S. Treasury securities:

      

Due within 1 year

  $1,759   $1,767    0.7

After 1 year through 5 years

   21,594    21,514    0.7

After 5 years through 10 years

   1,133    1,117    2.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

   24,486    24,398   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

U.S. agency securities:

      

After 1 year through 5 years

   111    111    1.2

After 5 years through 10 years

   2,202    2,199    1.2

After 10 years

   13,500    13,295    1.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

   15,813    15,605   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   40,299    40,003    0.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Corporate and other debt:

      

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

      

Agency:

      

After 1 year through 5 years

   533    528    0.9

After 5 years through 10 years

   645    634    0.9

After 10 years

   1,304    1,236    1.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

   2,482    2,398   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Non-Agency:

      

After 10 years

   1,333    1,316    1.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

   1,333    1,316   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Auto loan asset-backed securities:

      

Due within 1 year

   9    9    0.5

After 1 year through 5 years

   1,985    1,985    0.7

After 5 years through 10 years

   47    48    1.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

   2,041    2,042   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Corporate bonds:

      

Due within 1 year

   60    60    0.6

After 1 year through 5 years

   2,613    2,582    1.2

After 5 years through 10 years

   742    715    2.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

   3,415    3,357   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Collateralized loan obligations:

      

After 10 years

   1,087    1,067    1.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

   1,087    1,067   

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities:

      

After 1 year through 5 years

   87    87     0.7

After 5 years through 10 years

   576    576    0.9

After 10 years

   2,567    2,571    1.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

   3,230    3,234   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total Corporate and other debt

   13,588    13,414    1.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total debt securities available for sale

  $53,887   $53,417    1.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

191


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

market value.

See Note 713 for additional information on securities issued by VIEs, including U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities,non-agency CMBS, auto loan asset-backed securities,ABS, CLO and FFELP student loan asset-backed securities.ABS.

Investment Securities by Contractual Maturity

 

   At December 31, 2016 
$ in millions  Amortized
Cost
   Fair Value   Average
Yield
 

AFS debt securities

      

U.S. government and agency securities:

 

U.S. Treasury securities:

      

Due within 1 year

  $        2,162   $          2,160    0.8% 

After 1 year through 5 years

   20,280    20,089    1.1% 

After 5 years through 10 years

   5,929    5,578    1.4% 

Total

   28,371    27,827      

U.S. agency securities:

      

Due within 1 year

   36    36    0.7% 

After 1 year through 5 years

   3,581    3,570    0.7% 

After 5 years through 10 years

   1,255    1,251    2.0% 

After 10 years

   17,476    17,227    1.8% 

Total

   22,348    22,084      

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   50,719    49,911    1.4% 
   At December 31, 2016 
$ in millions  Amortized
Cost
   Fair Value   Average
Yield
 

Corporate and other debt:

      

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

 

Agency:

      

Due within 1 year

   116    116    1.1% 

After 1 year through 5 years

   267    267    1.2% 

After 5 years through 10 years

   546    546    1.2% 

After 10 years

   921    879    1.6% 

Total

   1,850    1,808      

Non-agency:

      

After 5 years through 10 years

   35    34    2.5% 

After 10 years

   2,215    2,211    2.0% 

Total

   2,250    2,245      

Auto loan asset-backed securities:

 

Due within 1 year

   84    84    1.3% 

After 1 year through 5 years

   1,363    1,363    1.4% 

After 5 years through 10 years

   62    62    1.6% 

Total

   1,509    1,509      

Corporate bonds:

      

Due within 1 year

   860    859    1.3% 

After 1 year through 5 years

   2,270    2,265    2.0% 

After 5 years through 10 years

   706    697    2.4% 

Total

   3,836    3,821      

Collateralized loan obligations:

      

After 5 years through 10 years

   362    361    1.5% 

After 10 years

   178    178    2.4% 

Total

   540    539      

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities:

      

After 1 year through 5 years

   70    70    0.7% 

After 5 years through 10 years

   806    785    0.9% 

After 10 years

   2,511    2,476    1.0% 

Total

   3,387    3,331      

Total corporate and other debt

   13,372    13,253    1.6% 

Total AFS debt securities

   64,091    63,164    1.4% 

AFS equity securities

   15    6    — % 

Total AFS securities

   64,106    63,170    1.4% 

HTM securities

      

U.S. government securities:

      

U.S. Treasury securities:

      

Due within 1 year

   500    500    0.7% 

After 1 year through 5 years

   2,013    2,003    1.3% 

After 5 years through 10 years

   2,600    2,433    1.6% 

After 10 years

   726    621    2.3% 

Total

   5,839    5,557      

U.S. agency securities:

      

After 10 years

   11,083    10,896    2.4% 

Total

   11,083    10,896      

Total HTM securities

   16,922    16,453    2.1% 

Total Investment securities

  $81,028   $79,623    1.6% 

The following table presents information pertaining to sales of securities available for sale during 2013, 2012 and 2011:

139December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

   2013   2012   2011 
   (dollars in millions) 

Gross realized gains

  $49   $88   $145 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross realized losses

  $4   $10   $2 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Realized Gains and Losses on Sales of AFS Securities

 

$ in millions  2016  2015  2014 

Gross realized gains

  $133  $116  $41 

Gross realized (losses)

   (21  (32  (1

Total

  $112  $84  $40 

Gross realized gains and losses are recognized in Other revenues in the consolidated statements of income.income statements.

6. Collateralized Transactions.

Transactions

The CompanyFirm enters into reversesecurities purchased under agreements to resell, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, agreements, repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions to, among other things, acquire securities to cover short positions and settle other securities obligations, to accommodate customers’ needs and to finance the Company’sits inventory positions.

The CompanyFirm manages credit exposure arising from such transactions by, in appropriate circumstances, entering into master netting agreements and collateral agreements with counterparties that provide the Company,Firm, in the event of a counterparty default (such as bankruptcy or a counterparty’s failure to pay or perform), with the right to net a counterparty’s rights and obligations under such agreement and liquidate and set off collateral held by the CompanyFirm against the net amount owed by the counterparty.

The Company’sFirm’s policy is generally to take possession of securities purchased or borrowed in connection with securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed transactions, respectively, and to receive cash and securities and cash posted as collateraldelivered under securities sold under agreements to repurchase or securities loaned transactions (with rights of rehypothecation), although in. In certain cases, the CompanyFirm may agree for suchbe permitted to post collateral to be posted to a third-party custodian under atri-party arrangement that enables the CompanyFirm to take control of such collateral in the event of a counterparty default.

The CompanyFirm also monitors the fair value of the underlying securities as compared with the related receivable or payable, including accrued interest, and, as necessary, requests additional collateral as provided under the applicable agreement to ensure such transactions are adequately collateralized. collateralized or the return of excess collateral.

The following tables present information about the offsetting of these instruments and related collateral amounts. For informationrisk related to offsettinga decline in the market value of derivatives, see Note 12.collateral (pledged or received) is managed by setting appropriate market-based haircuts. Increases in collateral margin calls on secured financing due to market value declines may be mitigated by increases in collateral margin calls on securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed transactions with similar quality collateral. Additionally, the Firm may request lower quality collateral pledged be replaced

with higher quality collateral through collateral substitution rights in the underlying agreements.

The Firm actively manages its secured financing in a manner that reduces the potential refinancing risk of secured financing for less liquid assets. The Firm considers the quality of collateral when negotiating collateral eligibility with counterparties, as defined by its fundability criteria. The Firm utilizes shorter-term secured financing for highly liquid assets and has established longer tenor limits for less liquid assets, for which funding may be at risk in the event of a market disruption.

Offsetting of Certain Collateralized Transactions

 

  At December 31, 2013  At December 31, 2016 
  Gross
Amounts(1)
   Amounts Offset
in the
Consolidated
Statements  of
Financial
Condition(2)
 Net  Amounts
Presented

in the
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition
   Financial
Instruments Not
Offset in the
Consolidated
Statements  of
Financial
Condition(3)
 Net Exposure 
  (dollars in millions) 
$ in millions Gross
Amounts1
 

Amounts

Offset

 Net
Amounts
Presented
 Amounts
Not Offset2
 Net
Amounts
 

Assets

             

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

  $183,015   $(64,885 $118,130   $(106,828 $11,302 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

 $  182,888  $    (80,933 $101,955  $    (93,365 $8,590 

Securities borrowed

   137,082    (7,375  129,707    (113,339  16,368   129,934   (4,698  125,236   (118,974  6,262 

Liabilities

             

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  $210,561   $(64,885 $145,676   $(111,599 $34,077  $135,561  $(80,933 $54,628  $(47,933 $6,695 

Securities loaned

   40,174    (7,375  32,799    (32,543  256   20,542   (4,698  15,844   (15,670  174 

  At December 31, 2015 
$ in millions Gross
Amounts1
  

Amounts

Offset

  Net
Amounts
Presented
  Amounts
Not Offset2
  Net
Amounts
 

Assets

     

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

 $  135,714  $    (48,057 $87,657  $    (84,752 $2,905 

Securities borrowed

  147,445   (5,029  142,416   (134,250  8,166 

Liabilities

     

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 $84,749  $(48,057 $36,692  $(31,604 $5,088 

Securities loaned

  24,387   (5,029  19,358   (18,881  477 

 

1.
192


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(1)Amounts include $11.1 billion of Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell, $13.2 billion of Securities borrowed and $33.3 billion of Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, whichtransactions that are either not subject to master netting agreements or collateral agreements or are subject to such agreements but the CompanyFirm has not determined the agreements to be legally enforceable.enforceable as follows: $7.8 billion of Securities purchased under agreements to resell, $2.6 billion of Securities borrowed, $6.5 billion of Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and $0.2 billion of Securities loaned at December 31, 2016 and $2.6 billion of Securities purchased under agreements to resell, $3.0 billion of Securities borrowed and $4.9 billion of Securities sold under agreements to repurchase at December 31, 2015.

(2)2.

Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, whichthat have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default and where certain other criteria are met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.

(3)Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the CompanyFirm to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.

For information related to offsetting of derivatives, see Note 4.

   At December 31, 2012 
   Gross
Amounts(1)
   Amounts Offset
in the
Consolidated
Statements  of
Financial
Condition(2)
  Net  Amounts
Presented

in the
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition
   Financial
Instruments Not
Offset in the
Consolidated
Statements  of
Financial
Condition(3)
  Net Exposure 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets

        

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

  $203,448   $(69,036 $134,412   $(126,303 $8,109 

Securities borrowed

   127,002    (5,301  121,701    (105,849  15,852 

Liabilities

        

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  $191,710   $(69,036 $122,674   $(103,521 $19,153 

Securities loaned

   42,150    (5,301  36,849    (30,395  6,454 

 

(1)Amounts include $7.4 billion of Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell, $8.6 billion of Securities borrowed, $17.5 billion of Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and $0.6 billion of Securities loaned, which are either not subject to master netting agreements or collateral agreements or are subject to such agreements but the Company has not determined the agreements to be legally enforceable.
December 2016 Form 10-K140


(2)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Maturities and Collateral Pledged

Gross Secured Financing Balances by Remaining Contractual Maturity

  At December 31, 2016 
$ in millions 

Overnight

and
Open

  

Less
than

30 Days

  30-90
Days
  

Over

90 Days

  Total 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase1

 $  41,549  $  36,703  $  24,648  $  32,661  $  135,561 

Securities loaned1

  9,487   851   2,863   7,341   20,542 

Gross amount of secured financing included in the offsetting disclosure

 $  51,036  $  37,554  $  27,511  $  40,002  $  156,103 

Trading liabilities—Obligation to return securities received as collateral

  20,262            20,262 

Total

 $  71,298  $  37,554  $  27,511  $  40,002  $  176,365 

  At December 31, 2015 
$ in millions 

Overnight

and
Open

  

Less
than

30 Days

  30-90
Days
  

Over

90 Days

  Total 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase1

 $  20,410  $  25,245  $  13,221  $  25,873  $  84,749 

Securities loaned1

  12,247   478   2,156   9,506   24,387 

Gross amount of secured financing included in the offsetting disclosure

 $  32,657  $  25,723  $  15,377  $  35,379  $  109,136 

Trading liabilities—Obligation to return securities received as collateral

  19,316            19,316 

Total

 $  51,973  $  25,723  $  15,377  $  35,379  $  128,452 

1.

Amounts relateare presented on a gross basis, prior to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default and where certain other criteriaconsolidated balance sheets.

Gross Secured Financing Balances by Class of Collateral Pledged

$ in millions  

At

December 31,
2016

   

At

December 31,
2015

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase1

 

U.S. government and agency securities

  $56,372   $36,609 

State and municipal securities

   1,363    173 

Other sovereign government obligations

   42,790    24,820 

Asset-backed securities

   1,918    441 

Corporate and other debt

   9,086    4,020 

Corporate equities

   23,152    18,473 

Other

   880    213 

Total securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  $135,561   $84,749 

Securities loaned1

    

U.S. government and agency securities

  $1   $ 

Other sovereign government obligations

   4,762    7,336 

Corporate and other debt

   73    71 

Corporate equities

   15,693    16,972 

Other

   13    8 

Total securities loaned

  $20,542   $24,387 

Gross amount of secured financing included in the offsetting disclosure

  $156,103   $109,136 

Trading liabilities—Obligation to return securities received as collateral

 

Corporate and other debt

  $   $3 

Corporate equities

   20,247    19,313 

Other

   15     

Total Trading liabilities—obligation to return securities received as collateral

  $20,262   $19,316 

Total

  $          176,365   $          128,452 

1.

Amounts are met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.

(3)Amounts relatepresented on a gross basis, prior to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.consolidated balance sheets.

141December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Trading Assets Pledged

The Company alsoFirm pledges its trading assets to collateralize securities sold under agreements to repurchase, securities loaned and other secured financings. Pledged financial instruments that can be sold or repledged by the secured party are identified as Trading assets (pledged to various parties) in the consolidated balance sheets. At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the carrying value of Trading assets that have been loaned or pledged to counterparties, where those counterparties do not have the right to sell or repledge the collateral, was $41.4 billion and $35.0 billion, respectively.

Collateral Received

The Firm receives collateral in the form of securities in connection with securities purchased under agreements to resell, securities borrowed and derivative transactions, customer margin loans and securities-based lending. In many cases, the Firm is permitted to sell or repledge these securities held as collateral and use the securities to secure securities sold under agreements to repurchase, to enter into securities lending and derivative transactions or for delivery to counterparties to cover short positions.

The Firm additionally receives securities as collateral in connection with certainsecurities-for-securities transactions. In instances where the Firm is the lender and permitted to sell or repledge these securities, it reports the fair value of the collateral received and the related obligation to return the collateral included in Trading assets and Trading liabilities, respectively, in its consolidated balance sheets. At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the total fair value of financial instruments received as collateral where the Firm is permitted to sell or repledge the securities was $561.2 billion and $522.6 billion, respectively, and the fair value of the portion that had been sold or repledged was $430.9 billion and $398.1 billion, respectively.

Concentration Risk

The Firm is subject to concentration risk by holding large positions in certain types of securities, loans or commitments to purchase securities of a single issuer, including sovereign governments and other entities, issuers located in a particular country or geographic area, public and private issuers involving developing countries or issuers engaged in a particular industry.

Trading assets owned by the Firm include U.S. government and agency securities and securities issued by other sovereign governments (principally the United Kingdom (“U.K.”), Brazil and Japan), which, in the aggregate, represented approximately 8% and 7% of the Firm’s total assets at

December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. In addition, substantially all of the collateral held by the Firm for resale agreements or bonds borrowed, which together represented approximately 18% and 15% of the Firm’s total assets at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, consists of securities issued by the U.S. government, federal agencies or other sovereign government obligations.

Positions taken and commitments made by the Firm, including positions taken and underwriting and financing commitments made in connection with its private equity, principal investment and lending activities, often involve substantial amounts and significant exposure to individual issuers and businesses, includingnon-investment grade issuers. In addition, the Firm may originate and/or purchase certain residential and commercial mortgage loans that could contain certain terms and features that may result in additional credit risk as compared with more traditional types of mortgages. Such terms and features may include loans made to borrowers subject to payment increases or loans with highloan-to-value ratios.

Customer Margin Lending

The Firm engages in margin lending to clients that allows the client to borrow against the value of qualifying securities and issecurities. Margin loans are included within Customer and other receivables in the consolidated statement of financial condition.balance sheets. Under these agreements and transactions, the Company eitherFirm receives or provides collateral, including U.S. government and agency securities, other sovereign government obligations, corporate and other debt, and corporate equities. Customer receivables generated from margin lending activityactivities are collateralized by customer-owned securities held by the Company.Firm. The CompanyFirm monitors required margin levels and established credit limitsterms daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, requires customers to deposit additional collateral, or reduce positions, when necessary.

Margin loans are extended on a demand basis and are not committed facilities. Factors considered in the review of margin loans are the amount of the loan, the intended purpose, the degree of leverage being employed in the account, and overall evaluation of the portfolio to ensure proper diversification or, in the case of concentrated positions, appropriate liquidity of the underlying collateral or potential hedging strategies to reduce risk. Additionally, transactions relating to concentrated or restricted positions require a review of any legal impediments to liquidation of the underlying collateral.

Underlying collateral for margin loans is reviewed with respect to the liquidity of the proposed collateral positions, valuation of securities, historic trading range, volatility analysis and an evaluation of industry concentrations. For these transactions, adherence

193


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

to the Company’sFirm’s collateral policies significantly limits the Company’sits credit exposure in the event of a customer default. The CompanyFirm may request additional margin collateral from customers, if appropriate, and, if necessary,

December 2016 Form 10-K142


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

may sell securities that have not been paid for or purchase securities sold but not delivered from customers. At December 31, 20132016 and December 31, 2012, there2015, the amounts related to margin lending were approximately $29.2$24.4 billion and $24.0$25.3 billion, respectively, of customer margin loans outstanding.

respectively.

Other secured financings include the liabilities related to transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales, consolidated VIEs where the CompanyFirm is deemed to be the primary beneficiary, and certain equity-linked notes (“ELN”) and other secured borrowings. These liabilities are generally payable from the cash flows of the related assets accounted for as Trading assets (see Notes 711 and 11)13).

Cash and Securities Deposited with Clearing Organizations or Segregated

 

The Company pledges its trading assets to collateralize repurchase agreements and other secured financings. Pledged financial instruments that can be sold or repledged by the secured party are identified as Trading assets (pledged to various parties) in the consolidated statements of financial condition. The carrying value and classification of Trading assets by the Company that have been loaned or pledged to counterparties where those counterparties do not have the right to sell or repledge the collateral were as follows:

   At
December 31,
2013
   At
December  31,
2012
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Trading assets:

    

U.S. government and agency securities

  $21,589   $15,273 

Other sovereign government obligations

   5,748    3,278 

Corporate and other debt

   7,388    11,980 

Corporate equities

   8,713    26,377 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $43,438   $56,908 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company receives collateral in the form of securities in connection with reverse repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and derivative transactions, customer margin loans and securities-based lending. In many cases, the Company is permitted to sell or repledge these securities held as collateral and use the securities to secure repurchase agreements, to enter into securities lending and derivative transactions or for delivery to counterparties to cover short positions. The Company additionally receives securities as collateral in connection with certain securities-for-securities transactions in which the Company is the lender. In instances where the Company is permitted to sell or repledge these securities, the Company reports the fair value of the collateral received and the related obligation to return the collateral in the consolidated statements of financial condition. At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the fair value of financial instruments received as collateral where the Company is permitted to sell or repledge the securities was $533 billion and $560 billion, respectively, and the fair value of the portion that had been sold or repledged was $381 billion and $397 billion, respectively.

The Company is subject to concentration risk by holding large positions in certain types of securities, loans or commitments to purchase securities of a single issuer, including sovereign governments and other entities, issuers located in a particular country or geographic area, public and private issuers involving developing countries or issuers engaged in a particular industry. Trading assets owned by the Company include U.S. government and agency securities and securities issued by other sovereign governments (principally Japan, the U.K., Brazil, Canada and Hong Kong), which, in the aggregate, represented approximately 10% of the Company’s total assets at December 31, 2013. In addition, substantially all of the collateral held by the Company for resale agreements or bonds borrowed, which together represented approximately 20% of the Company’s total assets at December 31, 2013, consists of securities issued by the U.S. government, federal agencies or other sovereign government obligations. Positions taken and commitments made by the Company, including positions taken and

$ in millions  

At

December 31,
2016

   

At

December 31,

2015

 

Securities1

  $23,756   $14,390 

Other assets—Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

   33,979    31,469 

Total

  $          57,735   $45,859 

 

1.
194


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

underwriting and financing commitments made in connection with its private equity, principal investment and lending activities, often involve substantial amounts and significant exposure to individual issuers and businesses, including non-investment grade issuers. In addition, the Company may originate or purchase certain residential and commercial mortgage loans that could contain certain terms and features that may result in additional credit risk as compared with more traditional types of mortgages. Such terms and features may include loans made to borrowers subject to payment increases or loans with high loan-to-value ratios.

At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, cash and securities deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements were as follows:

   At
December 31,
2013
   At
December 31,
2012
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

  $39,203   $30,970 

Securities(1)

   15,586    13,424 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $54,789   $44,394 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Securities deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements are sourced from Federal funds sold and securitiesSecurities purchased under agreements to resell and Trading assets in the consolidated statementsbalance sheets.

7. Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses

Loans

The Firm’s loan portfolio consists of the following:

Corporate.    Corporate loans primarily include commercial and industrial lending used for general corporate purposes, working capital and liquidity, event-driven loans and asset-backed lending products. Event-driven loans support client merger, acquisition, recapitalization, or project finance activities. Corporate loans are structured as revolving lines of credit, letter of credit facilities, term loans and bridge loans. Risk factors considered in determining the allowance for corporate loans include the borrower’s financial condition.strength, seniority of the loan, collateral type, volatility of collateral value, debt cushion, covenants and counterparty type.

 

Consumer.    Consumer loans include unsecured loans and securities-based lending that allows clients to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities for any suitable purpose other than purchasing, trading, or carrying securities or refinancing margin debt. The majority of

consumer loans are structured as revolving lines of credit and letter of credit facilities and are primarily offered through the Firm’s Portfolio Loan Account (“PLA”) and Liquidity Access Line (“LAL”) programs. The allowance methodology for unsecured loans considers the specific attributes of the loan as well as the borrower’s source of repayment. The allowance methodology for securities-based lending considers the collateral type underlying the loan (e.g., diversified securities, concentrated securities or restricted stock).

7.    Variable Interest Entities

Residential Real Estate.    Residential real estate loans mainly includenon-conforming loans and home equity lines of credit. The allowance methodology fornon-conforming residential mortgage loans considers several factors, including, but not limited to,loan-to-value ratio, FICO score, home price index and delinquency status. The methodology for home equity lines of credit considers credit limits and utilization rates in addition to the factors considered fornon-conforming residential mortgages.

Wholesale Real Estate.    Wholesale real estate loans include owner-occupied loans and income-producing loans. The principal risk factors for determining the allowance for wholesale real estate loans are the underlying collateral type,loan-to-value ratio and debt service ratio.

Loans Held for Investment and Securitization Activities.Held for Sale

   At December 31, 2016 
$ in millions  Loans
Held for
Investment
  Loans Held
for Sale
   Total
Loans1, 2
 

Loans by Product Type

     

Corporate loans

  $25,025  $10,710   $35,735 

Consumer loans

   24,866       24,866 

Residential real estate loans

   24,385   61    24,446 

Wholesale real estate loans

   7,702   1,773    9,475 

Total loans, gross

   81,978   12,544    94,522 

Allowance for loan losses

   (274      (274

Total loans, net

  $81,704  $12,544   $94,248 

   At December 31, 2015 
$ in millions  Loans
Held for
Investment
  Loans
Held for
Sale
   Total
Loans1, 2
 

Loans by Product Type

     

Corporate loans

  $23,554  $11,924   $35,478 

Consumer loans

   21,528       21,528 

Residential real estate loans

   20,863   104    20,967 

Wholesale real estate loans

   6,839   1,172    8,011 

Total loans, gross

   72,784   13,200    85,984 

Allowance for loan losses

   (225      (225

Total loans, net

  $72,559  $13,200   $85,759 

143December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1.

Amounts include loans that are made tonon-U.S. borrowers of $9,388 million and $9,789 million at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

2.

Loans at fixed interest rates and floating or adjustable interest rates were $11,895 million and $82,353 million at December 31, 2016, respectively, and $8,471 million and $77,288 million, at December 31, 2015, respectively.

See Note 3 for further information regarding Loans and lending commitments held at fair value.

Credit Quality

The Credit Risk Management Department evaluates new obligors before credit transactions are initially approved and at least annually thereafter for corporate and wholesale real estate loans. For corporate loans, credit evaluations typically involve the evaluation of financial statements; assessment of leverage, liquidity, capital strength, asset composition and quality; market capitalization and access to capital markets; cash flow projections and debt service requirements; and the adequacy of collateral, if applicable. The Credit Risk Management Department also evaluates strategy, market position, industry dynamics, obligor’s management and other factors that could affect an obligor’s risk profile. For wholesale real estate loans, the credit evaluation is focused on property and transaction metrics, including property type,loan-to-value ratio, occupancy levels, debt service ratio, prevailing capitalization rates and market dynamics. For residential real estate and consumer loans, the initial credit evaluation typically includes, but is not limited to, review of the obligor’s income, net worth, liquidity, collateral,loan-to-value ratio and credit bureau information. Subsequent credit monitoring for residential real estate loans is performed at the portfolio level. Consumer loan collateral values are monitored on an ongoing basis.

The Firm utilizes the following credit quality indicators, which are consistent with U.S. banking regulators’ definitions of criticized exposures, in its credit monitoring process for loans held for investment:

Pass.    A credit exposure rated pass has a continued expectation of timely repayment, all obligations of the borrower are current, and the obligor complies with material terms and conditions of the lending agreement.

Special Mention.    Extensions of credit that have potential weakness that deserve management’s close attention and, if left uncorrected, may, at some future date, result in the deterioration of the repayment prospects or collateral position.

Substandard.    Obligor has a well-defined weakness that jeopardizes the repayment of the debt and has a high probability of payment default with the distinct possibility that

the Firm will sustain some loss if noted deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful.    Inherent weakness in the exposure makes the collection or repayment in full, based on existing facts, conditions and circumstances, highly improbable, and the amount of loss is uncertain.

Loss.    Extensions of credit classified as loss are considered uncollectible and are charged off.

Loans considered as doubtful or loss are considered impaired. Substandard loans are regularly reviewed for impairment. When a loan is impaired, the impairment is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or, as a practical expedient, the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. For further information, see Note 2.

Loans Held for Investment before Allowance by Credit Quality

  At December 31, 2016 
$ in millions Corporate  Consumer  

Residential

Real
Estate

  

Wholesale

Real
Estate

  Total 

Pass

 $23,409  $24,853  $24,345  $7,294  $79,901 

Special mention

  288   13      218   519 

Substandard

  1,259      40   190   1,489 

Doubtful

  69            69 

Loss

               

Total loans

 $25,025  $24,866  $24,385  $7,702  $81,978 

  At December 31, 2015 
$ in millions Corporate  Consumer  

Residential

Real
Estate

  

Wholesale

Real
Estate

  Total 

Pass

 $22,040  $21,528  $20,828  $6,839  $71,235 

Special mention

  300            300 

Substandard

  1,202      35      1,237 

Doubtful

  12            12 

Loss

               

Total loans

 $23,554  $21,528  $20,863  $6,839  $72,784 

Impaired Loans Before Allowance by Product Type

   At December 31, 2016 
$ in millions  Corporate   

Residential

Real
Estate

   Total 

Impaired loans with allowance

  $104   $   $104 

Impaired loans without allowance1

   206    35    241 

Impaired loans unpaid principal balance2

   316    38    354 

December 2016 Form 10-K144


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   At December 31, 2015 
$ in millions  Corporate   

Residential

Real
Estate

   Total 

Impaired loans with allowance

  $39   $   $39 

Impaired loans without allowance1

   89    17    106 

Impaired loans unpaid principal balance2

   130    19    149 

1.

At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, no allowance was recorded for these loans as the present value of the expected future cash flows (or, alternatively, the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral held) equaled or exceeded the carrying value.

2.

The impaired loans unpaid principal balance differs from the aggregate amount of impaired loan balances with and without allowance due to various factors, including charge-offs and net deferred loan fees or costs.

Select Loan Information by Region

   At December 31, 2016 
$ in millions  Americas   EMEA   Asia-
Pacific
   Total 

Impaired loans

  $320   $9   $16   $345 

Allowance for loan losses

   245    28    1    274 
   At December 31, 2015 
$ in millions  Americas   EMEA   Asia-
Pacific
   Total 

Impaired loans

  $108   $12   $25   $145 

Allowance for loan losses

   183    34    8    225 

EMEA—Europe, Middle East and Africa

Allowance for Credit Losses on Lending Activities

Allowance for Loan Losses

$ in millions Corporate  Consumer  

Residential

Real
Estate

  Wholesale
Real
Estate
  Total 

Rollforward

     

Balance at December 31, 2015

 $166  $5  $17  $37  $225 

Gross charge-offs

  (16     (1     (17

Gross recoveries

  3            3 

Net recoveries/(charge-offs)

  (13     (1     (14

Provision for (release of) loan losses

  110   (1  4   18   131 

Other1

  (68           (68

Balance at December 31, 2016

 $195  $4  $20  $55  $274 

Allowance by Impairment Methodology

 

 

Inherent

 $133  $4  $20  $55  $212 

Specific

  62            62 

Total allowance at December 31, 2016

 $195  $4  $20  $55  $274 

Loans by Impairment Methodology2

 

 

Inherent

 $24,715  $24,866  $24,350  $7,702  $81,633 

Specific

  310      35      345 

Total loans at December 31, 2016

 $25,025  $24,866  $24,385  $7,702  $81,978 
$ in millions Corporate  Consumer  

Residential

Real
Estate

  Wholesale
Real
Estate
  Total 

Rollforward

     

Balance at December 31, 2014

 $118  $2  $8  $21  $149 

Gross charge-offs

        (1     (1

Gross recoveries

  1            1 

Net recoveries/(charge-offs)

  1      (1      

Provision for loan losses

  58   3   10   16   87 

Other

  (11           (11

Balance at December 31, 2015

 $166  $5  $17  $37  $225 

Allowance by Impairment Methodology

 

   

Inherent

 $156  $5  $17  $37  $215 

Specific

  10            10 

Total allowance at December 31, 2015

 $166  $5  $17  $37  $225 

Loans by Impairment Methodology2

 

   

Inherent

 $23,426  $21,528  $20,846  $6,839  $72,639 

Specific

  128      17      145 

Total loans at December 31, 2015

 $23,554  $21,528  $20,863  $6,839  $72,784 

145December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Allowance for Lending Commitments

$ in millions Corporate  Consumer  

Residential

Real
Estate

  Wholesale
Real
Estate
  Total 

Rollforward

     

Balance at December 31, 2015

 $180  $1  $  $4  $185 

Provision for lending commitments

  13            13 

Other

  (8           (8

Balance at December 31, 2016

 $185  $1  $  $4  $190 

Allowance by Impairment Methodology

 

  

Inherent

 $185  $1  $  $4  $190 

Specific

               

Total allowance at December 31, 2016

 $185  $1  $  $4  $190 

Lending Commitments by Impairment Methodology2

 

  

Inherent

 $63,078  $6,031  $322  $527  $69,958 

Specific

  89            89 

Total lending commitments at December 31, 2016

 $63,167  $6,031  $322  $527  $  70,047 
$ in millions Corporate  Consumer  

Residential

Real
Estate

  Wholesale
Real
Estate
  Total 

Rollforward

     

Balance at December 31, 2014

 $147  $  $  $2  $149 

Provision for lending commitments

  33   1      2   36 

Balance at December 31, 2015

 $180  $1  $  $4  $185 

Allowance by Impairment Methodology

 

 

Inherent

 $173  $1  $  $4  $178 

Specific

  7            7 

Total allowance at December 31, 2015

 $180  $1  $  $4  $185 

Lending Commitments by Impairment Methodology2

 

  

Inherent

 $63,873  $4,856  $312  $381  $69,422 

Specific

  126            126 

Total lending commitments at December 31, 2015

 $63,999  $4,856  $312  $381  $  69,548 

1.

Reduction related to loans of $492 million that were transferred to loans held for sale during 2016.

2.

Loan balances are gross of the allowance for loan losses, and lending commitments are gross of the allowance for lending commitments.

December 2016 Form 10-K146


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the impaired loans and lending commitments classified as held for investment include troubled debt restructurings of $67.4 million and $44.0 million related to loans, respectively, and $13.9 million and $34.8 million related to lending commitments, respectively, within corporate loans. At December 31, 2016 the Firm did not record an allowance related to these troubled debt restructurings. At December 31, 2015, an allowance of $5.1 million was recorded. These restructurings typically include modifications of interest rates, collateral requirements, other loan covenants and payment extensions.

Employee Loans

Employee loans are granted in conjunction with a program established in the Wealth Management business segment to retain and recruit certain employees. These loans are recorded in Customer and other receivables in the consolidated balance sheets. These loans are full recourse, generally require periodic payments and have repayment terms ranging from 1 to 12 years. The Firm establishes an allowance for loan amounts it does not consider recoverable, which is recorded in Compensation and benefits expense. At December 31, 2016, the Firm had $4,715 million of employee loans, net of an allowance of approximately $89 million. At December 31, 2015, the Firm had $4,923 million of employee loans, net of an allowance of approximately $108 million.

8. Equity Method Investments

Overview

The Firm has investments accounted for under the equity method of accounting (see Note 1) of $2,837 million and $3,144 million at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, included in Other Assets—Other investments in the consolidated balance sheets. Income (loss) from equity method investments was $(79) million, $114 million and $156 million for 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and is included in Other revenues in the consolidated income statements.

Japanese Securities Joint Venture

The Firm holds a 40% voting interest (“40% interest”) and Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”) holds a 60% voting interest in Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. (“MUMSS”). The Firm accounts for its equity method investment in MUMSS within the Institutional Securities business segment. During 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Firm recorded income from its 40% interest of $93 million, $220 million and $224 million, respectively, within Other revenues in the consolidated income statements. At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the book value of this investment was $1,581 million and $1,457 million, respectively. The book value of this investee exceeds the Firm’s share of net assets, reflecting equity method intangible assets and equity method goodwill.

147December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Summarized Financial Data for MUMSS

   At December 31, 
$ in millions  2016   2015 

Total assets

  $120,991   $135,398 

Total liabilities

   117,798    132,492 

Noncontrolling interests

   29    29 

$ in millions  2016   2015   2014 

Net revenues

  $2,527   $2,961   $2,961 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   369    845    908 

Net income

   246    589    595 

Net income applicable to MUMSS

   233    565    582 

In addition to MUMSS, the Firm held other equity method investments that were not individually significant.

9. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

The Firm completed its annual goodwill impairment testing as of July 1, 2016 and July 1, 2015. The Firm’s impairment testing for each period did not indicate any goodwill impairment as each of the Firm’s reporting units with goodwill had a fair value that was substantially in excess of its carrying value.

Goodwill Rollforward

$ in millions Institutional
Securities
  Wealth
Management
  Investment
Management
  Total 

At December 31, 20141

 $286  $5,533  $769  $6,588 

Foreign currency and other

  (15        (15

Acquired

  11         11 

At December 31, 20151

 $282  $5,533  $769  

$

6,584

 

Foreign currency and other

  (7        (7

At December 31, 20161

 $275  $5,533  $769  $6,577 

1.

The amount of the Firm’s goodwill before accumulated impairments of $700 million, which included $673 million related to the Institutional Securities business segment and $27 million related to the Investment Management business segment, was $7,277 million and $7,284 million at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

Intangible Assets

$ in millions Institutional
Securities
  Wealth
Management
  Investment
Management
  Total 

Amortizable intangibles

 $327  $2,632  $20  $2,979 

Mortgage servicing rights

     5      5 

At December 31, 2015

 $327  $2,637  $20  $2,984 

Amortizable intangibles

 $346  $2,361  $11  $2,718 

Mortgage servicing rights

     3      3 

At December 31, 2016

 $346  $2,364  $11  $  2,721 

Gross Amortizable Intangible Assets by Type

   At December 31, 2016   At December 31, 2015 
$ in millions  Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
   Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
 

Trademarks

  $1   $   $1   $ 

Tradename

   283    40    280    31 

Customer relationships

   4,059    1,939    4,059    1,686 

Management contracts

   467    275    478    250 

Other

   329    167    291    163 

Total

  $5,139   $2,421   $5,109   $2,130 

Amortization expense associated with intangible assets is estimated to be approximately $298 million per year over the next five years.

December 2016 Form 10-K148


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Net Amortizable Intangible Assets Rollforward

$ in millions Institutional
Securities
  Wealth
Management
  Investment
Management
  Total 

At December 31, 2014

 $221  $2,905  $27  $  3,153 

Acquired1

  160         160 

Amortization expense

  (26  (273  (7  (306

Other

  (28        (28

At December 31, 2015

 $327  $2,632  $20  $2,979 

Acquired

  43         43 

Disposals

  (11        (11

Amortization expense

  (11  (271  (9  (291

Impairment losses

  (2        (2

At December 31, 2016

 $        346  $        2,361  $        11  $  2,718 

1.

Includes a $159 million net increase in Intangible assets related to a Commodities division transaction, which also resulted in a gain of $78  million recorded in Other revenues in the consolidated income statements.

10. Deposits

Deposits

$ in millions At December 31,
2016
1
  At December 31,
20151
 

Savings and demand deposits

 $154,559  $153,346 

Time deposits2

  1,304   2,688 

Total3

 $155,863  $156,034 

1.

Total deposits subject to FDIC insurance at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 were $128 billion and $113 billion, respectively. Of the total time deposits subject to FDIC insurance at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, $46 million and $14 million, respectively, met or exceeded the FDIC insurance limit.

2.

Certain time deposit accounts are carried at fair value under the fair value option (see Note 3).

3.

Deposits were primarily held in the U.S.

Interest bearing deposits at December 31, 2016 included $154,529 million of savings deposits payable upon demand and $1,204 million of time deposits maturing in 2017 and $43 million of time deposits maturing in 2018.

The vast majority of deposits in MSBNA and MSPBNA (collectively, “U.S. Bank Subsidiaries”) are sourced from the Firm’s retail brokerage accounts.

11. Borrowings and Other Secured Financings

Short-Term Borrowings

At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Firm had $941 million and $2,173 million, respectively, of Short-term borrowings. These borrowings included primarily structured notes, bank loans and bank notes with original maturities of 12 months or less. Certain structured short-term borrowings are carried at fair value under the fair value option (see Note 3).

149December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Long-Term Borrowings

Maturities and Terms of Long-Term Borrowings

   Parent Company  Subsidiaries   At
December 31,
2016
3
  At
December 31,
2015
 
$ in millions  

Fixed

Rate1

  Variable
Rate2
  Fixed
Rate1
  Variable
Rate2
    

Due in 2016

  $  $  $  $   $  $22,396 

Due in 2017

   14,120   7,369   16   4,622    26,127   22,266 

Due in 2018

   12,942   4,698   13   1,639    19,292   17,937 

Due in 2019

   13,049   8,340   38   970    22,397   18,568 

Due in 2020

   11,128   4,570   13   1,025    16,736   17,005 

Due in 2021

   13,614   2,044   17   1,504    17,179   9,142 

Thereafter

   43,076   15,385   244   4,339    63,044   46,454 

Total

  $107,929  $42,406  $341  $14,099   $164,775  $153,768 

Weighted average coupon atperiod-end4

   4.1  1.4  6.0  N/M    3.7  4.0

N/M—Not Meaningful

1.

Amounts include an increase of approximately $1.1 billion at December 31, 2016 to the carrying amount of certain of the long-term borrowings associated with fair value hedges. The increase to the carrying value associated with fair value hedges by year due was approximately $0.2 billion due in 2017, $0.2 billion due in 2018, $0.3 billion due in 2019, $0.3 billion due in 2020, $0.2 billion due in 2021 and ($0.1) billion due thereafter.

2.

Variable rate borrowings bear interest based on a variety of money market indices, including LIBOR and federal funds rates. Amounts include borrowings that are linked to equity, credit, commodity or other indices.

3.

Amounts include a decrease of approximately $0.7 billion at December 31, 2016 to the carrying amounts of certain of the long-term borrowings for which the fair value option was elected (see Note 3).

4.

Weighted average coupon was calculated utilizing U.S. andnon-U.S. dollar interest rates and excludes financial instruments for which the fair value option was elected. Virtually all of the variable rate notes issued by subsidiaries are carried at fair value so a weighted average coupon is not meaningful.

Long-Term Borrowings by Type

$ in millions  

At

December 31,
2016

   

At

December 31,
2015

 

Senior debt

  $154,472   $140,494 

Subordinated debt

   10,303    10,404 

Junior subordinated debentures

       2,870 

Total

  $164,775   $153,768 

During 2016 and 2015, the Firm issued notes with a principal amount of approximately $43.6 billion and $34.2 billion, respectively, and approximately $30.4 billion and $27.3 billion, respectively, in aggregate long-term borrowings matured or retired.

Certain senior debt securities are denominated in variousnon-U.S. dollar currencies and may be structured to provide a return that is linked to equity, credit, commodity or other indices (e.g., the consumer price index). Senior debt also may be structured to be callable by the Firm or extendible at the option of holders of the senior debt securities.

Debt containing provisions that effectively allow the holders to put the notes aggregated $3,156 million at December 31, 2016 and $2,902 million at December 31, 2015. In addition, in certain circumstances, certain purchasers may be entitled to cause the repurchase of the notes. The aggregated value of notes subject to these arrangements was $1,117 million at December 31, 2016 and $650 million at December 31, 2015. Subordinated debt and junior subordinated debentures generally are issued to meet the capital requirements of the Firm or

its regulated subsidiaries and primarily are U.S. dollar denominated.

The weighted average maturity of long-term borrowings, based upon stated maturity dates, was approximately 5.9 years and 6.1 years at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

Trust Preferred Securities

During 2016, Morgan Stanley Capital Trust III, Morgan Stanley Capital Trust IV, Morgan Stanley Capital Trust V and Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VIII redeemed all of their issued and outstanding Capital Securities pursuant to the optional redemption provisions provided in the respective governing documents. In the aggregate, $2.8 billion was redeemed. The Firm concurrently redeemed the related underlying junior subordinated debentures.

During 2015, Morgan Stanley Capital Trusts VI and VII redeemed all of their issued and outstanding 6.60% Capital Securities, respectively, and the Firm concurrently redeemed the related underlying junior subordinated debentures.

Senior Debt—Structured Borrowings

The Firm’s index-linked, equity-linked or credit-linked borrowings include various structured instruments whose payments and redemption values are linked to the performance of a specific index (e.g., Standard & Poor’s 500), a basket of stocks, a specific equity security, a credit exposure or basket of credit exposures. To minimize the exposure from such instruments, the Firm has entered into various swap

December 2016 Form 10-K150


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

contracts and purchased options that effectively convert the borrowing costs into floating rates based upon LIBOR. The Firm generally carries the entire structured borrowings at fair value. The swaps and purchased options used to economically hedge the embedded features are derivatives and also are carried at fair value. Changes in fair value related to the notes and economic hedges are reported in Trading revenues. See Note 3 for further information on structured borrowings.

Subordinated Debt

Subordinated notes included in long-term borrowings have a contractual weighted average coupon of 4.5% at both December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. Maturities of subordinated notes range from 2022 to 2027.

Asset and Liability Management

In general, other than securities inventories financed by secured funding sources, the majority of the Firm’s assets are financed with a combination of deposits, short-term funding, floating rate long-term debt or fixed rate long-term debt swapped to a floating rate. The Firm uses interest rate swaps to more closely match these borrowings to the duration, holding period and interest rate characteristics of the assets being funded and to manage interest rate risk. These swaps effectively convert certain of the Firm’s fixed rate borrowings into floating rate obligations. In addition, fornon-U.S. dollar currency borrowings that are not used to fund assets in the same currency, the Firm has entered into currency swaps that effectively convert the borrowings into U.S. dollar obligations.

The Firm’s use of swaps for asset and liability management affected its effective average borrowing rate.

Rates for Long-Term Borrowings at Period End

    2016  2015  2014 

Weighted average coupon1

   3.7  4.0  4.2

Effective average after swaps1

   2.5  2.1  2.3

1.

Weighted average coupon was calculated utilizing U.S. and non-U.S. dollar interest rates and excludes financial instruments for which the fair value option was elected.

Other Secured Financings

Other secured financings include the liabilities related to transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales, consolidated VIEs where the Firm is deemed to be the primary beneficiary, pledged commodities, certain equity-linked notes and other secured borrowings. See Note 13 for further information on other secured financings related to VIEs and securitization activities.

Other Secured Financings by Type

$ in millions  

At

December 31,
2016

   

At

December 31,
2015

 

Secured Financings

    

Original maturities greater than one year

  $9,404   $7,629 

Original maturities one year or less1

   1,429    1,435 

Failed sales2

   285    400 

Total

  $11,118   $9,464 

1.

Amounts include approximately $1,389 million of variable rate financings and approximately $40 million in fixed rate financings at December 31, 2016 and approximately $1,401 million of variable rate financings and approximately $34 million in fixed rate financings at December 31, 2015.

2.

For more information on failed sales, see Note 13.

Secured Financings with Original Maturities Greater than One Year by Maturity and Rate Type

   At December 31, 2016  

At

December 31,
2015

 
$ in millions  Fixed
Rate
  Variable
Rate1
  Total  

Due in 2016

  $  $  $  $2,333 

Due in 2017

   86   3,291   3,377   2,122 

Due in 2018

      2,738   2,738   1,553 

Due in 2019

   1   2,812   2,813   1,148 

Due in 2020

   58   212   270   142 

Due in 2021

             

Thereafter

   94   112   206   331 

Total

  $239  $9,165  $9,404  $7,629 

Weighted average coupon rate atperiod-end2

   2.5  1.0  1.0  1.2

1.

Variable rate borrowings bear interest based on a variety of indices, including LIBOR. Amounts include borrowings that are equity-linked, credit-linked, commodity-linked or linked to some other index.

2.

Weighted average coupon was calculated utilizing U.S. andnon-U.S. dollar interest rates and excludes secured financings that are linked tonon-interest indices and for which fair value option was elected.

Failed Sales by Maturity

$ in millions  

At

December 31,
2016

   

At

December 31,
2015

 

Due in 2016

  $   $69 

Due in 2017

   112    168 

Due in 2018

   17    1 

Due in 2019

   53    54 

Due in 2020

   55    104 

Due in 2021

   28     

Thereafter

   20    4 

Total

  $285   $400 

For more information on failed sales, see Note 13.

151December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

12. Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies

Commitments

The Firm’s commitments are summarized in the following table by years to maturity. Since commitments associated with these instruments may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

Commitments

   Years to Maturity at December 31, 2016     
$ in millions  Less
than 1
       1-3       3-5       Over 5   Total 

Letters of credit and other financial guarantees

  $83   $   $1   $39   $123 

Investment activities

   517    132    13    246    908 

Corporate lending1

   15,156    24,144    47,725    4,421    91,446 

Consumer lending

   6,024    3        4    6,031 

Residential real estate lending

   88    10    100    220    418 

Wholesale real estate lending

   79    368    32    68    547 

Forward-starting secured financing receivables2

   71,194                71,194 

Underwriting

   1,845                1,845 

Total

  $94,986   $24,657   $47,871   $4,998   $172,512 

1.

Due to the nature of the Firm’s obligations under the commitments, these amounts include certain commitments participated to third parties of $5.6 billion.

2.

Represents forward-starting securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed agreements, of which $68.8 billion settled within three business days.

Types of Commitments

Letters of Credit and Other Financial Guarantees.    The Firm has outstanding letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued by third-party banks to certain of the Firm’s counterparties. The Firm is contingently liable for these letters of credit and other financial guarantees, which

are primarily used to provide collateral for securities and commodities borrowed and to satisfy various margin requirements in lieu of depositing cash or securities with these counterparties.

Investment Activities.The Firm sponsors severalnon-consolidated investment management funds for third-party investors where it typically acts as general partner of, and investment advisor to, these funds and typically commits to invest a minority of the capital of such funds, with subscribing third-party investors contributing the majority. The Firm’s employees, including its senior officers as well as the Firm’s Board of Directors (the “Board”), may participate on the same terms and conditions as other investors in certain of these funds that the Firm sponsors primarily for client investment, except that the Firm may waive or lower applicable fees and charges for its employees. The Firm has contractual capital commitments, guarantees and counterparty arrangements with respect to these investment management funds.

Lending Commitments.Lending commitments represent the notional amount of legally binding obligations to provide funding to clients for different types of loan transactions. For syndications led by the Firm, the lending commitments accepted by the borrower but not yet closed are net of the amounts agreed to by counterparties that will participate in the syndication. For syndications that the Firm participates in and does not lead, lending commitments accepted by the borrower but not yet closed include only the amount that the Firm expects it will be allocated from the lead syndicate bank. Due to the nature of the Firm’s obligations under the commitments, these amounts include certain commitments participated to third parties. See Note 7 for further information.

Forward-Starting Secured Financing Receivables.The Firm has entered into forward-starting securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed (agreements that have a trade date at or prior to December 31, 2016 and settle subsequent toperiod-end) that are primarily secured by collateral from U.S. government agency securities and other sovereign government obligations.

Underwriting Commitments.The Firm provides underwriting commitments in connection with its capital raising sources to a diverse group of corporate and other institutional clients.

December 2016 Form 10-K152


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Premises and Equipment.    The Firm hasnon-cancelable operating leases covering premises and equipment. At December 31, 2016, future minimum rental commitments under such leases (net of sublease commitments, principally on office rentals) were as follows:

Operating Premises Leases

$ in millions  

At

December 31,

2016

 

2017

  $649 

2018

   627 

2019

   549 

2020

   505 

2021

   444 

Thereafter

   2,958 

Total

  $                    5,732 

The total of minimum rental income to be received in the future undernon-cancelable operating subleases at December 31, 2016 was $22 million.

Occupancy lease agreements, in addition to base rentals, generally provide for rent and operating expense escalations resulting from increased assessments for real estate taxes and other charges. Total rent expense was $689 million, $705 million and $715 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Guarantees

Obligations under Guarantee Arrangements at December 31, 2016

   Maximum Potential Payout/Notional   Carrying
Amount
(Asset)/
Liability
  Collateral/
Recourse
 
   Years to Maturity        
$ in millions  Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5   Total    

Credit derivatives1

  $        166,685   $        140,987   $91,784   $30,274   $429,730   $(1,049 $ 

Other credit contracts

   49    6        215    270        

Non-credit derivatives1

   1,466,131    779,057            325,616            541,369            3,112,173            55,476    

Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued2

   1,052    753    1,472    5,611    8,888    (164          7,009 

Market value guarantees

   38    133    71    8    250    2   4 

Liquidity facilities

   2,812                2,812    (5  4,854 

Whole loan sales guarantees

           2    23,321    23,323    8    

Securitization representations and warranties

               59,704    59,704    103    

General partner guarantees

   3    30    124    237    394    44    

1.

Carrying amounts of derivative contracts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting. For further information on derivative contracts, see Note 4.

2.

These amounts include certain issued standby letters of credit participated to third parties totaling $0.9 billion due to the nature of the Firm’s obligations under these arrangements.

153December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The Firm has obligations under certain guarantee arrangements, including contracts and indemnification agreements, that contingently require the Firm to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in an underlying measure (such as an interest or foreign exchange rate, security or commodity price, an index, or the occurrence ornon-occurrence of a specified event) related to an asset, liability or equity security of a guaranteed party. Also included as guarantees are contracts that contingently require the Firm to make payments to the guaranteed party based on another entity’s failure to perform under an agreement, as well as indirect guarantees of the indebtedness of others.

Types of Guarantees

Derivative Contracts.    Certain derivative contracts meet the accounting definition of a guarantee, including certain written options, contingent forward contracts and credit default swaps (see Note 4 regarding credit derivatives in which the Firm has sold credit protection to the counterparty). The Firm has disclosed information regarding all derivative contracts that could meet the accounting definition of a guarantee and has used the notional amount as the maximum potential payout for certain derivative contracts, such as written interest rate caps and written foreign currency options.

In certain situations, collateral may be held by the Firm for those contracts that meet the definition of a guarantee. Generally, the Firm sets collateral requirements by counterparty so that the collateral covers various transactions and products and is not allocated specifically to individual contracts. Also, the Firm may recover amounts related to the underlying asset delivered to the Firm under the derivative contract.

The Firm records derivative contracts at fair value. Aggregate market risk limits have been established, and market risk measures are routinely monitored against these limits. The Firm also manages its exposure to these derivative contracts through a variety of risk mitigation strategies, including, but not limited to, entering into offsetting economic hedge positions. The Firm believes that the notional amounts of the derivative contracts generally overstate its exposure.

Standby Letters of Credit and Other Financial Guarantees Issued.    In connection with its corporate lending business and other corporate activities, the Firm provides standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees to counterparties. Such arrangements represent obligations to make payments to third parties if the counterparty fails to fulfill its obligation under a borrowing arrangement or other contractual obligation. A majority of the Firm’s standby letters of credit are provided on behalf of counterparties that are investment grade.

Market Value Guarantees.    Market value guarantees are issued to guarantee timely payment of a specified return to investors in certain affordable housing tax credit funds. These guarantees are designed to return an investor’s contribution to a fund and the investor’s share of tax losses and tax credits expected to be generated by a fund. From time to time, the Firm may also guarantee return of principal invested, potentially including a specified rate of return, to fund investors.

Liquidity Facilities.    The Firm has entered into liquidity facilities with special purpose entities (“SPEs”) and other counterparties, whereby the Firm is required to make certain payments if losses or defaults occur. Primarily, the Firm acts as liquidity provider to municipal bond securitization SPEs and for standalone municipal bonds in which the holders of beneficial interests issued by these SPEs or the holders of the individual bonds, respectively, have the right to tender their interests for purchase by the Firm on specified dates at a specified price. The Firm often may have recourse to the underlying assets held by the SPEs in the event payments are required under such liquidity facilities, as well as make-whole or recourse provisions with the trust sponsors. Primarily all of the underlying assets in the SPEs are investment grade. Liquidity facilities provided to municipal tender option bond trusts are classified as derivatives.

Whole Loan Sales Guarantees.    The Firm has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain whole loan sales. Under certain circumstances, the Firm may be required to repurchase such assets or make other payments related to such assets if such representations and warranties are breached. The Firm maximum potential payout related to such representations and warranties is equal to the current unpaid principal balance (“UPB”) of such loans. The Firm has information on the current UPB only when it services the loans. The amount included in the previous table for the maximum potential payout of $23.3 billion includes the current UPB when known of $4.4 billion and the UPB at the time of sale of $18.9 billion when the current UPB is not known. The UPB at the time of the sale of all loans covered by these representations and warranties was approximately $42.7 billion. The related liability primarily relates to sales of loans to the federal mortgage agencies.

Securitization Representations and Warranties.As part of the Firm’s Institutional Securities business segment’s securitization and related activities, the Firm has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain assets transferred in securitization transactions sponsored by the Firm. The extent and nature of the representations and warranties, if any, vary among different securitizations. Under certain circumstances, the Firm may be required to repurchase such assets or make other payments

December 2016 Form 10-K154


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

related to such assets if such representations and warranties are breached. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Firm could be required to make would be equal to the current outstanding balances of, or losses associated with, the assets subject to breaches of such representations and warranties. The amount included in the previous table for the maximum potential payout includes the current UPB where known and the UPB at the time of sale when the current UPB is not known.

At December 31, 2016, there were approximately $147.9 billion of outstanding RMBS primarily containing U.S. residential loans that the Firm had sponsored between 2004 and 2016. Of that amount, the Firm made representations and warranties relating to approximately $47.0 billion of loans and agreed to be responsible for the representations and warranties made by third-party sellers, many of which are now insolvent, on approximately $21.0 billion of loans. At December 31, 2016, the Firm had reserved $103 million in its consolidated financial statements for payments owed as a result of breach of representations and warranties made in connection with these residential mortgages. At December 31, 2016, the current UPB for all the residential assets subject to such representations and warranties was approximately $11.6 billion, and the cumulative losses associated with U.S. RMBS were approximately $15.2 billion. The Firm did not make, or otherwise agree to be responsible for, the representations and warranties made by third-party sellers on approximately $79.9 billion of residential loans that it securitized during that time period.

The Firm also made representations and warranties in connection with its role as an originator of certain commercial mortgage loans that it securitized in CMBS. At December 31, 2016, there were outstanding Firm sponsored CMBS in which the Firm had originated and placed between 2004 and 2016, U.S. andnon-U.S. commercial mortgage loans of approximately $37.3 billion and $6.2 billion, respectively. At December 31, 2016, the Firm had not accrued any amounts in the consolidated financial statements for payments owed as a result of breach of representations and warranties made in connection with these commercial mortgages. At December 31, 2016, the current UPB for all U.S. commercial mortgage loans subject to such representations and warranties was $31.7 billion. For thenon-U.S. commercial mortgage loans, the amount included in the previous table for the maximum potential payout includes the current UPB when known of $0.8 billion and the UPB at the time of sale of $0.4 billion when the current UPB is not known.

General Partner Guarantees.    As a general partner in certain investment management funds, the Firm receives certain distributions from the partnerships related to achieving certain return hurdles according to the provisions of the partnership agreements. The Firm may be required to

return all or a portion of such distributions to the limited partners in the event the limited partners do not achieve a certain return as specified in the various partnership agreements, subject to certain limitations.

Other Guarantees and Indemnities

In the normal course of business, the Firm provides guarantees and indemnifications in a variety of transactions. These provisions generally are standard contractual terms. Certain of these guarantees and indemnifications related to indemnities, exchange/clearinghouse member guarantees and merger and acquisition guarantees are described below:

Indemnities.    The Firm provides standard indemnities to counterparties for certain contingent exposures and taxes, including U.S. and foreign withholding taxes, on interest and other payments made on derivatives, securities and stock lending transactions, certain annuity products and other financial arrangements. These indemnity payments could be required based on a change in the tax laws, a change in interpretation of applicable tax rulings or a change in factual circumstances. Certain contracts contain provisions that enable the Firm to terminate the agreement upon the occurrence of such events. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Firm could be required to make under these indemnifications cannot be estimated.

Exchange/Clearinghouse Member Guarantees.    The Firm is a member of various U.S. andnon-U.S. exchanges and clearinghouses that trade and clear securities and/or derivative contracts. Associated with its membership, the Firm may be required to pay a certain amount as determined by the exchange or the clearinghouse in case of a default of any of its members or pay a proportionate share of the financial obligations of another member that may default on its obligations to the exchange or the clearinghouse. While the rules governing different exchange or clearinghouse memberships and the forms of these guarantees may vary, in general the Firm’s obligations under these rules would arise only if the exchange or clearinghouse had previously exhausted its resources.

In addition, some clearinghouse rules require members to assume a proportionate share of losses resulting from the clearinghouse’s investment of guarantee fund contributions and initial margin, and of other losses unrelated to the default of a clearing member, if such losses exceed the specified resources allocated for such purpose by the clearinghouse.

The maximum potential payout under these rules cannot be estimated. The Firm has not recorded any contingent liability in its consolidated financial statements for these agreements and believes that any potential requirement to make payments under these agreements is remote.

155December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Merger and Acquisition Guarantees.    The Firm may, from time to time, in its role as investment banking advisor be required to provide guarantees in connection with certain European merger and acquisition transactions. If required by the regulating authorities, the Firm provides a guarantee that the acquirer in the merger and acquisition transaction has or will have sufficient funds to complete the transaction and would then be required to make the acquisition payments in the event the acquirer’s funds are insufficient at the completion date of the transaction. These arrangements generally cover the time frame from the transaction offer date to its closing date and, therefore, are generally short term in nature. The Firm believes the likelihood of any payment by the Firm under these arrangements is remote given the level of its due diligence with its role as investment banking advisor.

In addition, in the ordinary course of business, the Firm guarantees the debt and/or certain trading obligations (including obligations associated with derivatives, foreign exchange contracts and the settlement of physical commodities) of certain subsidiaries. These guarantees generally are entity or product specific and are required by investors or trading counterparties. The activities of the Firm’s subsidiaries covered by these guarantees (including any related debt or trading obligations) are included in the consolidated financial statements.

Contingencies

Legal.    In the normal course of business, the Firm has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or are in financial distress. These actions have included, but are not limited to, residential mortgage and credit-crisis related matters.

Over the last several years, the level of litigation and investigatory activity (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies has increased materially in the financial services industry. As a result, the Firm expects that it will continue to be the subject of elevated claims for damages and other relief and, while the Firm has identified below any individual proceedings where the Firm believes a material loss to be reasonably possible and reasonably estimable, there can be no assurance that material losses will not be incurred from claims that have not yet been asserted or are not yet determined to be probable or possible and reasonably estimable losses.

The Firm contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the Firm can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, the Firm accrues the estimated loss by a charge to income. The Firm incurred legal expenses of $263 million in 2016, $563 million in 2015 and $3,364 million in 2014. The Firm’s future legal expenses may fluctuate from period to period, given the current environment regarding government investigations and private litigation affecting global financial services firms, including the Firm.

In many proceedings and investigations, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount of any loss. In addition, even where a loss is possible or an exposure to loss exists in excess of the liability already accrued with respect to a previously recognized loss contingency, it is not always possible to reasonably estimate the size of the possible loss or range of loss.

For certain legal proceedings and investigations, the Firm cannot reasonably estimate such losses, particularly for proceedings and investigations where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or governmental entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages, restitution, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need to be resolved, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification and the calculation of damages or other relief, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question, before a loss or additional loss or range of loss or additional range of loss can be reasonably estimated for a proceeding or investigation.

For certain other legal proceedings and investigations, the Firm can estimate reasonably possible losses, additional losses, ranges of loss or ranges of additional loss in excess of amounts accrued, but does not believe, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that such losses will have a material adverse effect on the Firm’s consolidated financial statements as a whole, other than the matters referred to in the following paragraphs.

On July 15, 2010, China Development Industrial Bank (“CDIB”) filed a complaint against the Firm, styledChina Development Industrial Bank v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated et al., which is pending in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County (“Supreme Court of NY”). The complaint relates to a $275 million credit default swap referencing the super senior portion of the STACK2006-1 CDO. The complaint asserts claims for common law

December 2016 Form 10-K156


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

fraud, fraudulent inducement and fraudulent concealment and alleges that the Firm misrepresented the risks of the STACK2006-1 CDO to CDIB, and that the Firm knew that the assets backing the CDO were of poor quality when it entered into the credit default swap with CDIB. The complaint seeks compensatory damages related to the approximately $228 million that CDIB alleges it has already lost under the credit default swap, rescission of CDIB’s obligation to pay an additional $12 million, punitive damages, equitable relief, fees and costs. On February 28, 2011, the court denied the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $240 million pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs.

On August 7, 2012, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust2006-4SL and Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series2006-4SL against the Firm styledMorgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust2006-4SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $303 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, rescission of the mortgage loan purchase agreement underlying the transaction, specific performance and unspecified damages and interest. On August 8, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On December 2, 2016, the Firm moved for summary judgment and the plaintiff moved for partial summary judgment. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $149 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On August 8, 2012, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-14SL, Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-14SL, Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust2007-4SL and Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series2007-4SL against the Firm styledMorganStanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-14SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor in interest to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trusts, which had original principal balances of approximately $354 million and $305 million respectively, breached various representations

and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, rescission of the mortgage loan purchase agreements underlying the transactions, specific performance and unspecified damages and interest. On August 16, 2013, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On August 16, 2016, the Firm moved for summary judgment and the plaintiffs moved for partial summary judgment. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $527 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On September 28, 2012, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-13ARX against the Firm styledMorgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-13ARX v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor in interest to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The plaintiff filed an amended complaint on January 17, 2013, which asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $609 million, breached various representations and warranties. The amended complaint seeks, among other relief, declaratory judgment relief, specific performance and unspecified damages and interest. By order dated September 30, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the amended complaint, which plaintiff appealed. On August 11, 2016, the Appellate Division, First Department reversed in part the trial court’s order that granted the Firm’s motion to dismiss. On December 13, 2016, the Appellate Division granted the Firm’s motion for leave to appeal to the New York Court of Appeals. The Firm filed its opening letter brief with the Court of Appeals on February 6, 2017. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $170 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On January 10, 2013, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-10SL and Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-10SL against the Firm styledMorgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-10SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor in interest to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., pending in

157December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $300 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, an order requiring the Firm to comply with the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, and interest. On August 8, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $197 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On May 3, 2013, plaintiffs inDeutsche Zentral-Genossenschaftsbank AG et al. v. Morgan Stanley et al.filed a complaint against the Firm, certain affiliates, and other defendants in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Firm to plaintiff was approximately $644 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Firm for common law fraud, fraudulent concealment, aiding and abetting fraud, negligent misrepresentation, and rescission and seeks, among other things, compensatory and punitive damages. On June 10, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. The Firm perfected its appeal from that decision on June 12, 2015. At December 25, 2016, the current unpaid balance of the mortgage pass-through certificates at issue in this action was approximately $247 million, and the certificates had incurred actual losses of approximately $86 million. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes it could incur a loss in this action up to the difference between the $247 million unpaid balance of these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the time of a judgment against the Firm, or upon sale, pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs. The Firm may be entitled to be indemnified for some of these losses.

On July 8, 2013, U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint against the Firm styled U.S. Bank National Association, solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust2007-2AX (MSM2007-2AX) v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, asSuccessor-by-Merger to Morgan Stanley MortgageCapital Inc. and GreenPoint Mortgage Funding, Inc.,

pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $650 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages and interest. On August 22, 2013, the Firm filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, which was granted in part and denied in part on November 24, 2014. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $240 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On December 30, 2013, Wilmington Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee for Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust2007-12, filed a complaint against the Firm styledWilmington Trust Company v. MorganStanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC et al., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $516 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, unspecified damages, attorneys’ fees, interest and costs. On February 28, 2014, the defendants filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, which was granted in part and denied in part on June 14, 2016. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $152 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, plus attorney’s fees, costs and interest, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On April 28, 2014, Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee for Morgan Stanley Structured Trust I2007-1, filed a complaint against the Firm styledDeutsche Bank National Trust Companyv. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $735 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified compensatory and/or rescissory damages, interest and costs. On April 3, 2015, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. Based on

December 2016 Form 10-K158


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $292 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On September 19, 2014, Financial Guaranty Insurance Company (“FGIC”) filed a complaint against the Firm in the Supreme Court of NY, styledFinancial Guaranty Insurance Company v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. et al.relating to a securitization issued by Basket of Aggregated Residential NIMS2007-1 Ltd. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the net interest margin securities (“NIMS”) in the trust breached various representations and warranties. FGIC issued a financial guaranty policy with respect to certain notes that had an original balance of approximately $475 million. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the NIMS breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, reimbursement of certain payments made pursuant to the transaction documents, attorneys’ fees and interest. On November 24, 2014, the Firm filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, which the court denied on January 19, 2017. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $126 million, the unpaid balance of these notes, pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, as well as claim payments that FGIC has made and will make in the future.

On September 23, 2014, FGIC filed a complaint against the Firm in the Supreme Court of NY styledFinancial Guaranty Insurance Company v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. etal. relating to the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust2007-NC4. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and fraudulent inducement and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust breached various representations and warranties and defendants made untrue statements and material omissions to induce FGIC to issue a financial guaranty policy on certain classes of certificates that had an original balance of approximately $876 million. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, compensatory, consequential and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees and interest. On January 23, 2017, the court denied the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $277 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands from a certificate holder and FGIC that the Firm did not repurchase, pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and

costs, as well as claim payments that FGIC has made and will make in the future. In addition, plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On January 23, 2015, Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint against the Firm styledDeutsche Bank National Trust Company solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust2007-NC4 v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC asSuccessor-by-Merger to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., and Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $1.05 billion, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, compensatory, consequential, rescissory, equitable and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees, costs and other related expenses, and interest. On December 11, 2015, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On February 11, 2016, plaintiff filed a notice of appeal of that order. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $277 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands from a certificate holder and a monoline insurer that the Firm did not repurchase, pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

In May 2016, the Austrian state of Land Salzburg filed a claim against the Firm in Germany (the “German Proceedings”) seeking €209 million (approximately $220 million) relating to certain fixed income and commodities derivative transactions which Land Salzburg entered into with the Firm between 2005 and 2012. Land Salzburg has alleged that it had neither the capacity nor authority to enter into such transactions, which should be set aside, and that the Firm breached certain advisory and other duties which the Firm had owed to it. In April 2016, the Firm filed apre-emptive claim against Land Salzburg in the English courts (the “English Proceedings”) in which the Firm is seeking declarations that Land Salzburg had both the capacity and authority to enter into the transactions, and that the Firm has no liability to Land Salzburg arising from them. In July 2016, the Firm filed an application with the German court to stay the German Proceedings on the basis that the English court was first seized of the dispute between the parties and, pending determination of that application, filed its statement of defense on December 23, 2016. On December 8, 2016,

159December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Land Salzburg filed an application with the English court challenging its jurisdiction to determine the English Proceedings. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately €209 million, plus interest and costs.

13.Variable Interest Entities and Securitization Activities

Overview

The Firm is involved with various special purpose entities (“SPE”)SPEs in the normal course of business. In most cases, these entities are deemed to be VIEs.

The Company applies accounting guidance for consolidation of VIEs to certain entities in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest. Except for certain asset management entities, the primary beneficiary of a VIE is the party that both (1) has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly affect the VIE’s economic performance and (2) has an obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that in either case could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company consolidates entities of which it is the primary beneficiary.

The Company’sFirm’s variable interests in VIEs include debt and equity interests, commitments, guarantees, derivative instruments and certain fees. The Company’sFirm’s involvement with VIEs arises primarily from:

 

Interests purchased in connection with market-making activities, securities held in its available for saleInvestment securities portfolio and retained interests held as a result of securitization activities, includingre-securitization transactions.

 

Guarantees issued and residual interests retained in connection with municipal bond securitizations.

Servicing of residential and commercial mortgage loans held by VIEs.

 

Loans made to and investments in VIEs that hold debt, equity, real estate or other assets.

 

Derivatives entered into with VIEs.

 

Structuring of credit-linked notes (“CLN”)CLNs or other asset-repackaged notes designed to meet the investment objectives of clients.

 

Other structured transactions designed to providetax-efficient yields to the CompanyFirm or its clients.

195


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The CompanyFirm determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE upon its initial involvement with the VIE and reassesses whether it is the primary beneficiary on an ongoing basis as long as it has any continuing involvement with the VIE. This determination is based upon an analysis of the design of the VIE, including the VIE’s structure and activities, the power to make significant economic decisions held by the CompanyFirm and by other parties, and the variable interests owned by the CompanyFirm and other parties.

The power to make the most significant economic decisions may take a number of different forms in different types of VIEs. The CompanyFirm considers servicing or collateral management decisions as representing the power to make the most significant economic decisions in transactions such as securitizations or CDOs. As a result, the CompanyFirm does not consolidate

securitizations or CDOs for which it does not act as the servicer or collateral manager unless it holds certain other rights to replace the servicer or collateral manager or to require the liquidation of the entity. If the CompanyFirm serves as servicer or collateral manager, or has certain other rights described in the previous sentence, the CompanyFirm analyzes the interests in the VIE that it holds and consolidates only those VIEs for which it holds a potentially significant interest of the VIE.

The structure of securitization vehicles and CDOs is driven by several parties, including loan seller(s) in securitization transactions, the collateral manager in a CDO, one or more rating agencies, a financial guarantor in some transactions and the underwriter(s) of the transactions, whothat serve to reflect specific investor demand. In addition, subordinate investors, such as the “B-piece”“B-piece” buyer (i.e., investors in most subordinated bond classes) in commercial mortgage-backed securitizations or equity investors in CDOs, can influence whether specific loans are excluded from a CMBS transaction or investment criteria in a CDO.

For many transactions, such asre-securitization transactions, CLNs and other asset-repackaged notes, there are no significant economic decisions made on an ongoing basis. In these cases, the CompanyFirm focuses its analysis on decisions made prior to the initial closing of the transaction and at the termination of the transaction. Based upon factors, which include an analysis of the nature of the assets, including whether the assets were issued in a transaction sponsored by the CompanyFirm and the extent of the information available to the CompanyFirm and to investors, the number, nature and involvement of investors, other rights held by the CompanyFirm and investors, the standardization of the legal documentation and the level of the continuing involvement by the Company,Firm, including the amount and type of interests owned by the CompanyFirm and by other investors, the CompanyFirm concluded in most of these transactions that decisions made prior to the initial closing were shared between the CompanyFirm and the initial investors. The CompanyFirm focused its control decision on any right held by the CompanyFirm or investors related to the termination of the VIE. Mostre-securitization transactions, CLNs and other asset-repackaged notes have no such termination rights.

Consolidated VIEs

Except for consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings and managed real estate partnerships in the tables below, the CompanyFirm accounts for the assets held by the entities primarily in Trading assets and the liabilities of the entities asin Other secured financings in theits consolidated statements of financial condition.balance sheets. For consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings, the CompanyFirm accounts for the assets held by the entities primarily in Premises, equipment and software costs, and

December 2016 Form 10-K160


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Other assets in theits consolidated statements of financial condition.balance sheets. For consolidated VIEs included in managed real estate partnerships, the CompanyFirm accounts for the assets held by the entities primarily in Trading assets in theits consolidated statements of financial condition.balance sheets. Except for consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings, the assets and liabilities are measured at fair value, with changes in fair value reflected in earnings.

The assets owned by many consolidated VIEs cannot be removed unilaterally by the Company and are not generally available to the Company. The related liabilities issued by many consolidated VIEs are non-recourse to the Company. In certain other consolidated VIEs, the Company has the unilateral right to remove assets or provides additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.

196


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

As part of the Company’s Institutional Securities business segment’s securitization and related activities, the CompanyFirm has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain assets transferred in securitization transactions sponsored by the CompanyFirm (see Note 13)12).

The following tables present informationAs a result of adopting the accounting updateAmendments to the Consolidation Analysis on January 1, 2016, certain consolidated entities are now considered VIEs and are included in the balances at December 31, 20132016. See Note 2 for further information.

Assets and December 31, 2012 about VIEs that the Company consolidates. Liabilities by Type of Activity

   At December 31, 2016   At December 31, 2015 
$ in millions  VIE Assets   VIE
 Liabilities 
   VIE Assets   VIE
 Liabilities  
 

Credit-linked notes

  $501   $   $900   $—  

Other structured financings

   602    10    787    13  

Asset-backed securitizations1

   397    283    668    423  

Other2

   910    25    245    —  

Total

  $            2,410   $            318   $            2,600   $            436  

1.

Asset-backed securitizations include transactions backed by residential mortgage loans, commercial mortgage loans and other types of assets, including consumer or commercial assets. The value of assets is determined based on the fair value of the liabilities of and the interests owned by the Firm in such VIEs because the fair values for the liabilities and interests owned are more observable.

2.

Other primarily includes certain operating entities, investment funds and structured transactions.

Assets and Liabilities by Balance Sheet Caption

$ in millions  At December 31,
2016
   

At December 31, 

2015

 

Assets

    

Cash and due from banks

  $74   $14  

Trading assets at fair value

   1,295    1,842  

Customer and other receivables

   13     

Goodwill

   18    —  

Intangible assets

   177    —  

Other assets

   833    741  

Total

  $2,410   $2,600  

Liabilities

    

Other secured financings at fair value

  $289   $431  

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

   29     

Total

  $318   $436  

Consolidated VIE assets and liabilities are presented in the previous tables after intercompany eliminationseliminations. The assets owned by many consolidated VIEs cannot be removed unilaterally by the Firm and includeare not generally available to the Firm. The related liabilities issued by many consolidated VIEs arenon-recourse to the Firm. In certain other consolidated VIEs, the Firm either has the unilateral right to remove assets financed on a non-recourse basis:or provide additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.

   At December 31, 2013 
   Mortgage and
Asset-Backed
Securitizations
   Collateralized
Debt
Obligations
   Managed
Real Estate
Partnerships
   Other
Structured
Financings
   Other 
   (dollars in millions) 

VIE assets

  $643   $—     $2,313   $1,202   $1,294 

VIE liabilities

  $368   $—     $42   $67   $175 

   At December 31, 2012 
   Mortgage and
Asset-Backed
Securitizations
   Collateralized
Debt
Obligations
   Managed
Real Estate
Partnerships
   Other
Structured
Financings
   Other 
   (dollars in millions) 

VIE assets

  $978   $52   $2,394   $983   $1,676 

VIE liabilities

  $646   $16   $83   $65   $313 

In general, the Company’sFirm’s exposure to loss in consolidated VIEs is limited to losses that would be absorbed on the VIE’s net assets recognized in its financial statements, net of lossesamounts absorbed by third-party holders of the VIE’s liabilities.variable interest holders. At December 31, 20132016 and December 31, 2012, managed real estate partnerships reflected nonredeemable2015, noncontrolling interests in the Company’s consolidated financial statements of $1,771related to consolidated VIEs were $228 million and $1,804$37 million, respectively. The CompanyFirm also had additional maximum exposure to losses of approximately $101$78 million and $58$72 million at December 31, 20132016 and December 31, 2012, respectively. This additional exposure2015, respectively, primarily related primarily to certain derivatives, (e.g., instead of purchasing senior securities, the Company has sold credit protection to synthetic CDOs through credit derivatives that are typically related to the most senior tranche of the CDO) and commitments, guarantees and other forms of involvement.

197


MORGAN STANLEYNon-consolidated

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

VIEs

The following tables present information about certain non-consolidated VIEs in which the Company had variable interests at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. The tables include all VIEs in which the CompanyFirm has determined that its maximum exposure to loss is greater than specific thresholds or meets certain other criteria.criteria and exclude exposure to loss from liabilities due to immateriality. Most of the VIEs included in the following tables below are sponsored by unrelated parties; the Company’sFirm’s involvement generally is the result of the Company’sits secondary market-making activities, and securities held in its available for saleInvestment securities portfolio (see Note 5): and certain investments in funds.

  At December 31, 2013 
  Mortgage and
Asset-Backed
Securitizations
  Collateralized
Debt
Obligations
  Municipal
Tender
Option
Bonds
  Other
Structured
Financings
  Other 
  (dollars in millions) 

VIE assets that the Company does not consolidate (unpaid principal balance)(1)

 $177,153  $29,513  $3,079  $1,874  $10,119 

Maximum exposure to loss:

     

Debt and equity interests(2)

 $13,514  $2,498  $31  $1,142  $3,693 

Derivative and other contracts

  15   23   1,935   —     146 

Commitments, guarantees and other

  —     272   —     649   527 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total maximum exposure to loss

 $13,529  $2,793  $1,966  $1,791  $4,366 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets:

     

Debt and equity interests(2)

 $13,514  $2,498  $31  $731  $3,693 

Derivative and other contracts

  15   3   4   —     53 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets

 $13,529  $2,501  $35  $731  $3,746 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities:

     

Derivative and other contracts

 $—    $2  $—    $—    $57 

Commitments, guarantees and other

  —     —     —     7   —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities

 $—    $2  $  $7  $57 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Mortgage and asset-backed securitizations include VIE assets as follows: $16.9 billion of residential mortgages; $78.4 billion of commercial mortgages; $31.5 billion of U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations; and $50.4 billion of other consumer or commercial loans.
(2)Mortgage and asset-backed securitizations include VIE debt and equity interests as follows: $1.3 billion of residential mortgages; $2.0 billion of commercial mortgages; $5.3 billion of U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations; and $4.9 billion of other consumer or commercial loans.

 

 198161 December 2016 Form 10-K


MORGAN STANLEY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)Non-consolidated VIE Assets, Maximum and Carrying Value of Exposure to Loss

 

  At December 31, 2012 
  Mortgage and
Asset-Backed
Securitizations
  Collateralized
Debt
Obligations
  Municipal
Tender
Option
Bonds
  Other
Structured
Financings
  Other 
  (dollars in millions) 

VIE assets that the Company does not consolidate (unpaid principal balance)(1)

 $251,689  $13,178  $3,390  $1,811  $14,029 

Maximum exposure to loss:

     

Debt and equity interests(2)

 $22,280  $1,173  $—    $1,053  $3,387 

Derivative and other contracts

  154   51   2,158   —     562 

Commitments, guarantees and other

  66   —     —     679   384 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total maximum exposure to loss

 $22,500  $1,224  $2,158  $1,732  $4,333 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets:

     

Debt and equity interests(2)

 $22,280  $1,173  $—    $663  $3,387 

Derivative and other contracts

  156   8   4   —     174 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets

 $22,436  $1,181  $4  $663  $3,561 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities:

     

Derivative and other contracts

 $11  $2  $—    $—    $172 

Commitments, guarantees and other

  —     —     —     12   —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities

 $11  $2  $—    $12  $172 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   At December 31, 2016 
$ in millions  

Mortgage and

Asset-Backed

Securitizations

   

 Collateralized 

Debt

Obligations

   

     Municipal     

Tender

Option

Bonds

   

Other

Structured

    Financings    

            Other          

VIE assets that the Firm does not consolidate

(unpaid principal balance)

  $101,916   $11,341   $4,857   $4,293   $39,077  

Maximum exposure to loss

          

Debt and equity interests

  $11,243   $1,245   $50   $1,570   $4,877  

Derivative and other contracts

           2,812        45  

Commitments, guarantees and other

   684    99        187    228  

Total

  $11,927   $1,344   $2,862   $1,757   $5,150  

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets

          

Debt and equity interests

  $11,243   $1,245   $49   $1,183   $4,877  

Derivative and other contracts

           5        18  

Total

  $11,243   $1,245   $54   $1,183   $4,895  

 

(1)Mortgage and asset-backed securitizations include VIE assets as follows: $18.3 billion of residential mortgages; $53.8 billion of commercial mortgages; $126.3 billion of U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations; and $53.3 billion of other consumer or commercial loans.
(2)Mortgage and asset-backed securitizations include VIE debt and equity interests as follows: $1.0 billion of residential mortgages; $1.5 billion of commercial mortgages; $14.8 billion of U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations; and $5.0 billion of other consumer or commercial loans.
   At December 31, 2015 
$ in millions  Mortgage and
Asset-Backed
Securitizations
   

 Collateralized 

Debt

Obligations

   

     Municipal     

Tender

Option

Bonds

   

Other

Structured

    Financings    

            Other          

VIE assets that the Firm does not consolidate

(unpaid principal balance)

  $126,872   $8,805   $4,654   $2,201   $20,775  

Maximum exposure to loss

          

Debt and equity interests

  $13,361   $1,259   $1   $1,129   $3,854  

Derivative and other contracts

           2,834        67  

Commitments, guarantees and other

   494    231        361    222  

Total

  $13,855   $1,490   $2,835   $1,490   $4,143  

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets

          

Debt and equity interests

  $13,361   $1,259   $1   $685   $3,854  

Derivative and other contracts

           5        13  

Total

  $13,361   $1,259   $6   $685   $3,867  

 

Non-consolidated VIE Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securitization Assets

   At December 31, 2016   At December 31, 2015 
$ in millions  

Unpaid

Principal

Balance

   

Debt and

Equity

Interests

   

Unpaid

Principal

Balance

   

Debt and

Equity

Interests

 

Residential mortgages

  $4,775   $458   $13,787   $1,012  

Commercial mortgages

   54,021    2,656    57,313    2,871  

U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations

   14,796    2,758    13,236    2,763  

Other consumer or commercial loans

   28,324    5,371    42,536    6,715  

Total

  $    101,916   $      11,243   $    126,872   $      13,361  

The Company’sFirm’s maximum exposure to loss often differs from the carrying value of the variable interests held by the Company.Firm. The maximum exposure to loss is dependent on the nature of the Company’s

Firm’s variable interest in the VIEs and is limited to the notional amounts of certain liquidity facilities, other credit support, total return swaps, written put options, and the fair value of certain other derivatives and investments the CompanyFirm has made in the VIEs. Liabilities issued by VIEs generally arenon-recourse to the Company.Firm. Where notional amounts are utilized in quantifying maximum exposure related to derivatives, such amounts do not reflect fair value writedownswrite-downs already recorded by the Company.

Firm.

The Company’sFirm’s maximum exposure to loss does not include the offsetting benefit of any financial instruments that the CompanyFirm may utilize to hedge these risks associated with the Company’sits variable interests. In addition, the Company’sFirm’s maximum exposure to loss is not reduced by the amount of collateral held as part of a transaction with the VIE or any party to the VIE directly against a specific exposure to loss.

 

December 2016 Form 10-K162


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Securitization transactions generally involve VIEs. Primarily as a result of its secondary market-making activities, the CompanyFirm owned additional securitiesVIE assets mainly issued by securitization SPEs for which the maximum exposure to loss is less than specific thresholds. These additional securitiesassets totaled $12.5$11.7 billion and $12.9 billion at December 31, 2013.2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. These securitiesassets were either retained in connection with transfers of assets by the Company,Firm, acquired in connection with secondary market-making activities or held as AFS securities in the Company’s available for saleits Investment securities portfolio (see

199


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Note 5). Securities issued by securitization SPEs consist of $1.1 billion or held as investments in funds. At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, these assets consisted of securities backed primarily by residential mortgage loans, $8.4 billion of securities backed by U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations, $1.3 billion of securities backed by commercial mortgage loans $0.7 billion of securities backed by CDOs or CLOs and $1.0 billion backed by other consumer loans, such as credit card receivables, automobile loans and student loans.loans, CDOs or CLOs, and investment funds. The Company’sFirm’s primary risk exposure is to the securities issued by the SPE owned by the Company,Firm, with the risk highest on the most subordinate class of beneficial interests. These securitiesassets generally are included in Trading assets—Corporate and other debt, Trading assets—Investments or Securities available for saleAFS securities within its Investment securities portfolio and are measured at fair value (see Note 4)3). The CompanyFirm does not provide additional support in these transactions through contractual facilities, such as liquidity facilities, guarantees or similar derivatives. The Company’sFirm’s maximum exposure to loss generally equals the fair value of the securitiesassets owned.

Securitization Activities

The Company’s transactions with VIEs primarily include securitizations, municipal tender option bond trusts, credit protection purchased through CLNs, other structured financings, collateralized loan and debt obligations, equity-linked notes, managed real estate partnerships and asset management investment funds. The Company’s continuing involvement in VIEs that it does not consolidate can include ownership of retained interests in Company-sponsored transactions, interests purchased in the secondary market (both for Company-sponsored transactions and transactions sponsored by third parties), derivatives with securitization SPEs (primarily interest rate derivatives in commercial mortgage and residential mortgage securitizations and credit derivatives in which the Company has purchased protection in synthetic CDOs), and as servicer in residential mortgage securitizations in the U.S. and Europe and commercial mortgage securitizations in Europe. Such activities are further described below.

Securitization Activities.In a securitization transaction, the CompanyFirm transfers assets (generally commercial or residential mortgage loans or U.S. agency securities) to an SPE, sells to investors most of the beneficial interests, such as notes or certificates, issued by the SPE, and, in many cases, retains other beneficial interests. In many securitization transactions involving commercial mortgage loans, the CompanyFirm transfers a portion of the assets to the SPE with unrelated parties transferring the remaining assets.

The purchase of the transferred assets by the SPE is financed through the sale of these interests. In some of these transactions, primarily involving residential mortgage loans in the U.S. and Europe and commercial mortgage loans in Europe,, the CompanyFirm serves as servicer for some or all of the transferred loans. In many securitizations, particularly involving residential mortgage loans, the CompanyFirm also enters into derivative transactions, primarily interest rate swaps or interest rate caps, with the SPE.

Although not obligated, the CompanyFirm generally makes a market in the securities issued by SPEs in these transactions. As a market maker, the CompanyFirm offers to buy these securities from, and sell these securities to, investors. Securities purchased through these market-making activities are not considered to be retained interests, although these beneficial interests generally are included in Trading assets—Corporate and other debt and are measured at fair value.

The CompanyFirm enters into derivatives, generally interest rate swaps and interest rate caps, with a senior payment priority in many securitization transactions. The risks associated with these and similar derivatives with SPEs are essentially the same as similar derivatives withnon-SPE counterparties and are managed as part of the Company’sFirm’s overall exposure.

See Note 124 for further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities.

AvailableInvestment Activities.The Firm sponsors severalnon-consolidated investment management funds for Sale Securitiesthird-party investors where it typically acts as general partner of, and investment advisor to, these funds and typically commits to invest a minority of the capital of such funds, with subscribing third-party investors contributing the majority. The Firm’s employees, including its senior officers as well as the Firm’s Board of Directors (the “Board”), may participate on the same terms and conditions as other investors in certain of these funds that the Firm sponsors primarily for client investment, except that the Firm may waive or lower applicable fees and charges for its employees. The Firm has contractual capital commitments, guarantees and counterparty arrangements with respect to these investment management funds.

Lending Commitments.    In its availableLending commitments represent the notional amount of legally binding obligations to provide funding to clients for sale portfolio, the Company holds securities issued by VIEs not sponsoreddifferent types of loan transactions. For syndications led by the Company. These securities include government guaranteed securities issued in transactions sponsoredFirm, the lending commitments accepted by the federal mortgage agenciesborrower but not yet closed are net of the amounts agreed to by counterparties that will participate in the syndication. For syndications that the Firm participates in and does not lead, lending commitments accepted by the most senior securities issued by VIEs in whichborrower but not yet closed include only the securities are backed by student loans, automobile loans, commercial mortgage loans or CLOs.amount that the Firm expects it will be allocated from the lead syndicate bank. Due to the nature of the Firm’s obligations under the commitments, these amounts include certain commitments participated to third parties. See Note 5.7 for further information.

Forward-Starting Secured Financing Receivables.The Firm has entered into forward-starting securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed (agreements that have a trade date at or prior to December 31, 2016 and settle subsequent toperiod-end) that are primarily secured by collateral from U.S. government agency securities and other sovereign government obligations.

Underwriting Commitments.The Firm provides underwriting commitments in connection with its capital raising sources to a diverse group of corporate and other institutional clients.

 

December 2016 Form 10-K 200152 


MORGAN STANLEY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Premises and Equipment.    The Firm hasNOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)non-cancelable operating leases covering premises and equipment. At December 31, 2016, future minimum rental commitments under such leases (net of sublease commitments, principally on office rentals) were as follows:

Operating Premises Leases

 

$ in millions  

At

December 31,

2016

 

2017

  $649 

2018

   627 

2019

   549 

2020

   505 

2021

   444 

Thereafter

   2,958 

Total

  $                    5,732 

The total of minimum rental income to be received in the future undernon-cancelable operating subleases at December 31, 2016 was $22 million.

Occupancy lease agreements, in addition to base rentals, generally provide for rent and operating expense escalations resulting from increased assessments for real estate taxes and other charges. Total rent expense was $689 million, $705 million and $715 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Guarantees

Obligations under Guarantee Arrangements at December 31, 2016

   Maximum Potential Payout/Notional   Carrying
Amount
(Asset)/
Liability
  Collateral/
Recourse
 
   Years to Maturity        
$ in millions  Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5   Total    

Credit derivatives1

  $        166,685   $        140,987   $91,784   $30,274   $429,730   $(1,049 $ 

Other credit contracts

   49    6        215    270        

Non-credit derivatives1

   1,466,131    779,057            325,616            541,369            3,112,173            55,476    

Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued2

   1,052    753    1,472    5,611    8,888    (164          7,009 

Market value guarantees

   38    133    71    8    250    2   4 

Liquidity facilities

   2,812                2,812    (5  4,854 

Whole loan sales guarantees

           2    23,321    23,323    8    

Securitization representations and warranties

               59,704    59,704    103    

General partner guarantees

   3    30    124    237    394    44    

1.

Carrying amounts of derivative contracts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting. For further information on derivative contracts, see Note 4.

2.

These amounts include certain issued standby letters of credit participated to third parties totaling $0.9 billion due to the nature of the Firm’s obligations under these arrangements.

153December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The Firm has obligations under certain guarantee arrangements, including contracts and indemnification agreements, that contingently require the Firm to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in an underlying measure (such as an interest or foreign exchange rate, security or commodity price, an index, or the occurrence ornon-occurrence of a specified event) related to an asset, liability or equity security of a guaranteed party. Also included as guarantees are contracts that contingently require the Firm to make payments to the guaranteed party based on another entity’s failure to perform under an agreement, as well as indirect guarantees of the indebtedness of others.

Municipal Tender Option Bond Trusts.Types of Guarantees

Derivative Contracts.    Certain derivative contracts meet the accounting definition of a guarantee, including certain written options, contingent forward contracts and credit default swaps (see Note 4 regarding credit derivatives in which the Firm has sold credit protection to the counterparty). The Firm has disclosed information regarding all derivative contracts that could meet the accounting definition of a guarantee and has used the notional amount as the maximum potential payout for certain derivative contracts, such as written interest rate caps and written foreign currency options.

In certain situations, collateral may be held by the Firm for those contracts that meet the definition of a municipal tender option bond transaction,guarantee. Generally, the Company,Firm sets collateral requirements by counterparty so that the collateral covers various transactions and products and is not allocated specifically to individual contracts. Also, the Firm may recover amounts related to the underlying asset delivered to the Firm under the derivative contract.

The Firm records derivative contracts at fair value. Aggregate market risk limits have been established, and market risk measures are routinely monitored against these limits. The Firm also manages its exposure to these derivative contracts through a variety of risk mitigation strategies, including, but not limited to, entering into offsetting economic hedge positions. The Firm believes that the notional amounts of the derivative contracts generally overstate its exposure.

Standby Letters of Credit and Other Financial Guarantees Issued.    In connection with its corporate lending business and other corporate activities, the Firm provides standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees to counterparties. Such arrangements represent obligations to make payments to third parties if the counterparty fails to fulfill its obligation under a borrowing arrangement or other contractual obligation. A majority of the Firm’s standby letters of credit are provided on behalf of a client, transfers a municipal bondcounterparties that are investment grade.

Market Value Guarantees.    Market value guarantees are issued to a trust. The trust issues short-term securities that the Company, as the remarketing agent, sells to investors. The client retains a residual interest. The short-term securities are supported by a liquidity facility pursuant to which the investors may put their short-term interests. In some programs, the Company provides this liquidity facility; in most programs, a third-party provider will provide such liquidity facility. The Company may purchase short-term securities in its role either as remarketing agent or liquidity provider. The client can generally terminate the transaction at any time. The liquidity provider can generally terminate the transaction upon the occurrence of certain events. When the transaction is terminated, the municipal bond is generally sold or returned to the client. Any losses suffered by the liquidity provider upon the sale of the bond are the responsibility of the client. This obligation generally is collateralized. Liquidity facilities provided to municipal tender option bond trusts are classified as derivatives. The Company consolidates any municipal tender option bond trusts in which it holds the residual interest. No such trusts were consolidated at either December 31, 2013 or December 31, 2012.

Credit Protection Purchased through CLNs.    In a CLN transaction, the Company transfers assets (generally high-quality securities or money market investments) to an SPE, enters into a derivative transaction in which the SPE writes protection on an unrelated reference asset or group of assets, through a credit default swap, a total return swap or similar instrument, and sells to investors the securities issued by the SPE. In some transactions, the Company may also enter into interest rate or currency swaps with the SPE. Upon the occurrenceguarantee timely payment of a credit event related to the reference asset, the SPE will deliver collateral securities as the payment to the Company. The Company is generally exposed to price changes on the collateral securities in the event of a credit event and subsequent sale. These transactions are designed to provide investors with exposure to certain credit risk on the reference asset. In some transactions, the assets and liabilities of the SPE are recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. In other transactions, the transfer of the collateral securities is accounted for as a sale of assets, and the SPE is not consolidated. The structure of the transaction determines the accounting treatment. CLNs are included in Other in the above VIE tables.

The derivatives in CLN transactions consist of totalspecified return swaps, credit default swaps or similar contracts in which the Company has purchased protection on a reference asset or group of assets. Payments by the SPE are collateralized. The risks associated with these and similar derivatives with SPEs are essentially the same as similar derivatives with non-SPE counterparties and are managed as part of the Company’s overall exposure.

Other Structured Financings.    The Company primarily invests in equity interests issued by entities that develop and own low-income communities (including low-income housing projects) and entities that construct and own facilities that will generate energy from renewable resources. The equity interests entitle the Company to its share of tax credits and tax losses generated by these projects. In addition, the Company has issued guarantees to investors in certain low-incomeaffordable housing tax credit funds. TheThese guarantees are designed to return an investor’s contribution to a fund and the investor’s share of tax losses and tax credits expected to be generated by a fund. From time to time, the fund. Firm may also guarantee return of principal invested, potentially including a specified rate of return, to fund investors.

Liquidity Facilities.    The Company is also involvedFirm has entered into liquidity facilities with special purpose entities designed to provide tax-efficient yields to the Company or its clients.

Collateralized Loan and Debt Obligations.    A CLO or a CDO is an SPE that purchases a pool of assets, consisting of corporate loans, corporate bonds, asset-backed securities or synthetic exposures on similar assets through derivatives, and issues multiple tranches of debt and equity securities to investors. The Company underwrites the securities issued in CLO transactions on behalf of unaffiliated sponsors and provides advisory services to these unaffiliated sponsors. The Company sells corporate loans to many of these SPEs, in some cases representing a significant portion of the total assets purchased. If necessary, the Company may retain unsold securities issued in these transactions. Although not obligated, the Company generally makes a market in the securities issued by SPEs in these transactions. These beneficial interests are included in Trading assets and are measured at fair value.

201


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Equity-Linked Notes.    In an equity-linked note transaction included in the tables above, the Company typically transfers to an SPE either (1) a note issued by the Company, the payments on which are linked to the performance of a specific equity security, equity index or other index or (2) debt securities issued by other companies and a derivative contract, the terms of which will relate to the performance of a specific equity security, equity index or other index. These transactions are designed to provide investors with exposure to certain risks related to the specific equity security, equity index or other index. Equity-linked notes are included in Other in the above VIE tables.

Managed Real Estate Partnerships.    The Company sponsors funds that invest in real estate assets. Certain of these funds are classified as VIEs primarily because the Company has provided financial support through lending facilities(“SPEs”) and other means. The Company also servescounterparties, whereby the Firm is required to make certain payments if losses or defaults occur. Primarily, the Firm acts as the general partnerliquidity provider to municipal bond securitization SPEs and for these funds and owns limited partnership interests in them. These funds were consolidated at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

Investment Management Investment Funds.    The tables above do not include certain investments made by the Company held by entities qualifying for accounting purposes as investment companies.

Transfers of Assets with Continuing Involvement.

The following tables present information at December 31, 2013 regarding transactions with SPEsstandalone municipal bonds in which the Company, acting as principal, transferred financial assets with continuing involvement and received sales treatment:

   At December 31, 2013 
   Residential
Mortgage
Loans
   Commercial
Mortgage
Loans
   U.S. Agency
Collateralized
Mortgage
Obligations
   Credit-
Linked
Notes
and Other
 
   (dollars in millions) 

SPE assets (unpaid principal balance)(1)

  $29,723   $60,698   $19,155   $11,736 

Retained interests (fair value):

        

Investment grade

  $1   $102   $524   $—   

Non-investment grade

   136    95    —      1,319 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total retained interests (fair value)

  $137   $197   $524   $1,319 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

        

Investment grade

  $14   $170   $21   $350 

Non-investment grade

   41    97    —      68 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

  $55   $267   $21   $418 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative assets (fair value)

  $1   $672   $—     $121 

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

  $—     $1   $—     $120 

(1)Amounts include assets transferred by unrelated transferors.

202


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

   At December 31, 2013 
   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Retained interests (fair value):

        

Investment grade

  $—     $626   $1   $627 

Non-investment grade

   —      164    1,386    1,550 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total retained interests (fair value)

  $—     $790   $1,387   $2,177 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

        

Investment grade

  $—     $547   $8   $555 

Non-investment grade

   —      182    24    206 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

  $—     $729   $32   $761 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative assets (fair value)

  $—     $615   $179   $794 

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

  $—     $110   $11   $121 

The following tables present information at December 31, 2012 regarding transactions with SPEs in which the Company, acting as principal, transferred assets with continuing involvement and received sales treatment:

   At December 31, 2012 
   Residential
Mortgage
Loans
   Commercial
Mortgage
Loans
   U.S. Agency
Collateralized
Mortgage
Obligations
   Credit-
Linked
Notes
and Other
 
   (dollars in millions) 

SPE assets (unpaid principal balance)(1)

  $36,750   $70,824   $17,787   $14,701 

Retained interests (fair value):

        

Investment grade

  $1   $77   $1,468   $—   

Non-investment grade

   54    109    —      1,503 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total retained interests (fair value)

  $55   $186   $1,468   $1,503 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

        

Investment grade

  $11   $124   $99   $389 

Non-investment grade

   113    34    —      31 
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

  $124   $158   $99   $420 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative assets (fair value)

  $2   $948   $—     $177 

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

  $22   $—     $—     $303 

(1)Amounts include assets transferred by unrelated transferors.

203


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

   At December 31, 2012 
   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Retained interests (fair value):

        

Investment grade

  $—     $1,476   $70   $1,546 

Non-investment grade

   —      84    1,582    1,666 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total retained interests (fair value)

  $—     $1,560   $1,652   $3,212 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

        

Investment grade

  $—     $617   $6   $623 

Non-investment grade

   —      139    39    178 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

  $—     $756   $45   $801 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative assets (fair value)

  $—     $774   $353   $1,127 

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

  $—     $295   $30   $325 

Transferred assets are carried at fair value prior to securitization, and any changes in fair value are recognized in the consolidated statementsholders of income. The Company may act as underwriter of the beneficial interests issued by securitization vehicles. Investment banking underwriting net revenues are recognized in connection with these transactions.SPEs or the holders of the individual bonds, respectively, have the right to tender their interests for purchase by the Firm on specified dates at a specified price. The CompanyFirm often may retain interestshave recourse to the underlying assets held by the SPEs in the securitized financial assetsevent payments are required under such liquidity facilities, as onewell as make-whole or more tranchesrecourse provisions with the trust sponsors. Primarily all of the securitization. These retained interestsunderlying assets in the SPEs are investment grade. Liquidity facilities provided to municipal tender option bond trusts are classified as derivatives.

Whole Loan Sales Guarantees.    The Firm has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain whole loan sales. Under certain circumstances, the Firm may be required to repurchase such assets or make other payments related to such assets if such representations and warranties are breached. The Firm maximum potential payout related to such representations and warranties is equal to the current unpaid principal balance (“UPB”) of such loans. The Firm has information on the current UPB only when it services the loans. The amount included in the consolidated statementsprevious table for the maximum potential payout of financial condition$23.3 billion includes the current UPB when known of $4.4 billion and the UPB at fair value. Any changes in the fair valuetime of such retained interests are recognized insale of $18.9 billion when the consolidated statements of income.

In addition, in connection with its underwriting of CLO transactions for unaffiliated sponsors, in 2013 the Company sold corporate loans with an unpaid principal balance of $2.4 billion to those SPEs.

Net gains on sales of assets in securitization transactionscurrent UPB is not known. The UPB at the time of the sale were not material in 2013, 2012of all loans covered by these representations and 2011.warranties was approximately $42.7 billion. The related liability primarily relates to sales of loans to the federal mortgage agencies.

During 2013, 2012Securitization Representations and 2011,Warranties.As part of the Company received proceeds from newFirm’s Institutional Securities business segment’s securitization transactions of $24.9 billion, $17.0 billion and $22.6 billion, respectively. During 2013, 2012 and 2011,related activities, the Company received proceeds from cash flows from retained interests in securitization transactions of $4.6 billion, $4.3 billion and $6.5 billion, respectively.

The CompanyFirm has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain assets transferred in securitization transactions sponsored by the Company (see Note 13).

Failed Sales.

In order to be treated as a sale of assets for accounting purposes, a transaction must meet allFirm. The extent and nature of the criteria stipulated inrepresentations and warranties, if any, vary among different securitizations. Under certain circumstances, the accounting guidance for the transfer of financial assets. If the transfer failsFirm may be required to meet these criteria, that transfer of financialrepurchase such assets is treated as a failed sale. In such case for transfers to VIEs and securitizations, the Company continues to recognize the assets in Trading assets, and the Company recognizes the associated liabilities in Other secured financings in the consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 11).

The assets transferred to many unconsolidated VIEs in transactions accounted for as failed sales cannot be removed unilaterally by the Company and are not generally available to the Company. The related liabilities issued by many unconsolidated VIEs are non-recourse to the Company. In certainor make other failed sale transactions,payments

 

December 2016 Form 10-K 204154 


MORGAN STANLEY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

related to such assets if such representations and warranties are breached. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Firm could be required to make would be equal to the current outstanding balances of, or losses associated with, the assets subject to breaches of such representations and warranties. The amount included in the previous table for the maximum potential payout includes the current UPB where known and the UPB at the time of sale when the current UPB is not known.

At December 31, 2016, there were approximately $147.9 billion of outstanding RMBS primarily containing U.S. residential loans that the Firm had sponsored between 2004 and 2016. Of that amount, the Firm made representations and warranties relating to approximately $47.0 billion of loans and agreed to be responsible for the representations and warranties made by third-party sellers, many of which are now insolvent, on approximately $21.0 billion of loans. At December 31, 2016, the Firm had reserved $103 million in its consolidated financial statements for payments owed as a result of breach of representations and warranties made in connection with these residential mortgages. At December 31, 2016, the current UPB for all the residential assets subject to such representations and warranties was approximately $11.6 billion, and the cumulative losses associated with U.S. RMBS were approximately $15.2 billion. The Firm did not make, or otherwise agree to be responsible for, the representations and warranties made by third-party sellers on approximately $79.9 billion of residential loans that it securitized during that time period.

The Firm also made representations and warranties in connection with its role as an originator of certain commercial mortgage loans that it securitized in CMBS. At December 31, 2016, there were outstanding Firm sponsored CMBS in which the Firm had originated and placed between 2004 and 2016, U.S. andNOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)non-U.S. commercial mortgage loans of approximately $37.3 billion and $6.2 billion, respectively. At December 31, 2016, the Firm had not accrued any amounts in the consolidated financial statements for payments owed as a result of breach of representations and warranties made in connection with these commercial mortgages. At December 31, 2016, the current UPB for all U.S. commercial mortgage loans subject to such representations and warranties was $31.7 billion. For thenon-U.S. commercial mortgage loans, the amount included in the previous table for the maximum potential payout includes the current UPB when known of $0.8 billion and the UPB at the time of sale of $0.4 billion when the current UPB is not known.

General Partner Guarantees.    As a general partner in certain investment management funds, the Firm receives certain distributions from the partnerships related to achieving certain return hurdles according to the provisions of the partnership agreements. The Firm may be required to

return all or a portion of such distributions to the limited partners in the event the limited partners do not achieve a certain return as specified in the various partnership agreements, subject to certain limitations.

Other Guarantees and Indemnities

In the normal course of business, the Firm provides guarantees and indemnifications in a variety of transactions. These provisions generally are standard contractual terms. Certain of these guarantees and indemnifications related to indemnities, exchange/clearinghouse member guarantees and merger and acquisition guarantees are described below:

 

Indemnities.    The Firm provides standard indemnities to counterparties for certain contingent exposures and taxes, including U.S. and foreign withholding taxes, on interest and other payments made on derivatives, securities and stock lending transactions, certain annuity products and other financial arrangements. These indemnity payments could be required based on a change in the tax laws, a change in interpretation of applicable tax rulings or a change in factual circumstances. Certain contracts contain provisions that enable the Firm to terminate the agreement upon the occurrence of such events. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Firm could be required to make under these indemnifications cannot be estimated.

Exchange/Clearinghouse Member Guarantees.    The Firm is a member of various U.S. andnon-U.S. exchanges and clearinghouses that trade and clear securities and/or derivative contracts. Associated with its membership, the Firm may be required to pay a certain amount as determined by the exchange or the clearinghouse in case of a default of any of its members or pay a proportionate share of the financial obligations of another member that may default on its obligations to the exchange or the clearinghouse. While the rules governing different exchange or clearinghouse memberships and the forms of these guarantees may vary, in general the Firm’s obligations under these rules would arise only if the exchange or clearinghouse had previously exhausted its resources.

In addition, some clearinghouse rules require members to assume a proportionate share of losses resulting from the clearinghouse’s investment of guarantee fund contributions and initial margin, and of other losses unrelated to the default of a clearing member, if such losses exceed the specified resources allocated for such purpose by the clearinghouse.

The maximum potential payout under these rules cannot be estimated. The Firm has not recorded any contingent liability in its consolidated financial statements for these agreements and believes that any potential requirement to make payments under these agreements is remote.

155December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Merger and Acquisition Guarantees.    The Firm may, from time to time, in its role as investment banking advisor be required to provide guarantees in connection with certain European merger and acquisition transactions. If required by the regulating authorities, the Firm provides a guarantee that the acquirer in the merger and acquisition transaction has or will have sufficient funds to complete the transaction and would then be required to make the acquisition payments in the event the acquirer’s funds are insufficient at the completion date of the transaction. These arrangements generally cover the time frame from the transaction offer date to its closing date and, therefore, are generally short term in nature. The Firm believes the likelihood of any payment by the Firm under these arrangements is remote given the level of its due diligence with its role as investment banking advisor.

In addition, in the ordinary course of business, the Firm guarantees the debt and/or certain trading obligations (including obligations associated with derivatives, foreign exchange contracts and the settlement of physical commodities) of certain subsidiaries. These guarantees generally are entity or product specific and are required by investors or trading counterparties. The activities of the Firm’s subsidiaries covered by these guarantees (including any related debt or trading obligations) are included in the consolidated financial statements.

Contingencies

Legal.    In the normal course of business, the Firm has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or are in financial distress. These actions have included, but are not limited to, residential mortgage and credit-crisis related matters.

Over the last several years, the level of litigation and investigatory activity (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies has increased materially in the financial services industry. As a result, the Firm expects that it will continue to be the subject of elevated claims for damages and other relief and, while the Firm has identified below any individual proceedings where the Firm believes a material loss to be reasonably possible and reasonably estimable, there can be no assurance that material losses will not be incurred from claims that have not yet been asserted or are not yet determined to be probable or possible and reasonably estimable losses.

The Firm contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the Firm can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, the Firm accrues the estimated loss by a charge to income. The Firm incurred legal expenses of $263 million in 2016, $563 million in 2015 and $3,364 million in 2014. The Firm’s future legal expenses may fluctuate from period to period, given the current environment regarding government investigations and private litigation affecting global financial services firms, including the Firm.

In many proceedings and investigations, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount of any loss. In addition, even where a loss is possible or an exposure to loss exists in excess of the liability already accrued with respect to a previously recognized loss contingency, it is not always possible to reasonably estimate the size of the possible loss or range of loss.

For certain legal proceedings and investigations, the Firm cannot reasonably estimate such losses, particularly for proceedings and investigations where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or governmental entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages, restitution, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need to be resolved, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification and the calculation of damages or other relief, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question, before a loss or additional loss or range of loss or additional range of loss can be reasonably estimated for a proceeding or investigation.

For certain other legal proceedings and investigations, the Firm can estimate reasonably possible losses, additional losses, ranges of loss or ranges of additional loss in excess of amounts accrued, but does not believe, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that such losses will have a material adverse effect on the Firm’s consolidated financial statements as a whole, other than the matters referred to in the following paragraphs.

On July 15, 2010, China Development Industrial Bank (“CDIB”) filed a complaint against the Firm, styledChina Development Industrial Bank v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated et al., which is pending in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County (“Supreme Court of NY”). The complaint relates to a $275 million credit default swap referencing the super senior portion of the STACK2006-1 CDO. The complaint asserts claims for common law

December 2016 Form 10-K156


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

fraud, fraudulent inducement and fraudulent concealment and alleges that the Firm misrepresented the risks of the STACK2006-1 CDO to CDIB, and that the Firm knew that the assets backing the CDO were of poor quality when it entered into the credit default swap with CDIB. The complaint seeks compensatory damages related to the approximately $228 million that CDIB alleges it has already lost under the credit default swap, rescission of CDIB’s obligation to pay an additional $12 million, punitive damages, equitable relief, fees and costs. On February 28, 2011, the court denied the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $240 million pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs.

On August 7, 2012, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust2006-4SL and Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series2006-4SL against the Firm styledMorgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust2006-4SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $303 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, rescission of the mortgage loan purchase agreement underlying the transaction, specific performance and unspecified damages and interest. On August 8, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On December 2, 2016, the Firm moved for summary judgment and the plaintiff moved for partial summary judgment. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $149 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On August 8, 2012, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-14SL, Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-14SL, Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust2007-4SL and Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series2007-4SL against the Firm styledMorganStanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-14SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor in interest to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trusts, which had original principal balances of approximately $354 million and $305 million respectively, breached various representations

and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, rescission of the mortgage loan purchase agreements underlying the transactions, specific performance and unspecified damages and interest. On August 16, 2013, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On August 16, 2016, the Firm moved for summary judgment and the plaintiffs moved for partial summary judgment. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $527 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On September 28, 2012, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-13ARX against the Firm styledMorgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-13ARX v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor in interest to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The plaintiff filed an amended complaint on January 17, 2013, which asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $609 million, breached various representations and warranties. The amended complaint seeks, among other relief, declaratory judgment relief, specific performance and unspecified damages and interest. By order dated September 30, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the amended complaint, which plaintiff appealed. On August 11, 2016, the Appellate Division, First Department reversed in part the trial court’s order that granted the Firm’s motion to dismiss. On December 13, 2016, the Appellate Division granted the Firm’s motion for leave to appeal to the New York Court of Appeals. The Firm filed its opening letter brief with the Court of Appeals on February 6, 2017. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $170 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On January 10, 2013, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-10SL and Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-10SL against the Firm styledMorgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-10SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor in interest to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., pending in

157December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $300 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, an order requiring the Firm to comply with the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, and interest. On August 8, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $197 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On May 3, 2013, plaintiffs inDeutsche Zentral-Genossenschaftsbank AG et al. v. Morgan Stanley et al.filed a complaint against the Firm, certain affiliates, and other defendants in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Firm to plaintiff was approximately $644 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Firm for common law fraud, fraudulent concealment, aiding and abetting fraud, negligent misrepresentation, and rescission and seeks, among other things, compensatory and punitive damages. On June 10, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. The Firm perfected its appeal from that decision on June 12, 2015. At December 25, 2016, the current unpaid balance of the mortgage pass-through certificates at issue in this action was approximately $247 million, and the certificates had incurred actual losses of approximately $86 million. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes it could incur a loss in this action up to the difference between the $247 million unpaid balance of these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the time of a judgment against the Firm, or upon sale, pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs. The Firm may be entitled to be indemnified for some of these losses.

On July 8, 2013, U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint against the Firm styled U.S. Bank National Association, solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust2007-2AX (MSM2007-2AX) v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, asSuccessor-by-Merger to Morgan Stanley MortgageCapital Inc. and GreenPoint Mortgage Funding, Inc.,

pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $650 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages and interest. On August 22, 2013, the Firm filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, which was granted in part and denied in part on November 24, 2014. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $240 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On December 30, 2013, Wilmington Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee for Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust2007-12, filed a complaint against the Firm styledWilmington Trust Company v. MorganStanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC et al., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $516 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, unspecified damages, attorneys’ fees, interest and costs. On February 28, 2014, the defendants filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, which was granted in part and denied in part on June 14, 2016. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $152 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, plus attorney’s fees, costs and interest, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On April 28, 2014, Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee for Morgan Stanley Structured Trust I2007-1, filed a complaint against the Firm styledDeutsche Bank National Trust Companyv. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $735 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified compensatory and/or rescissory damages, interest and costs. On April 3, 2015, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. Based on

December 2016 Form 10-K158


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $292 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On September 19, 2014, Financial Guaranty Insurance Company (“FGIC”) filed a complaint against the Firm in the Supreme Court of NY, styledFinancial Guaranty Insurance Company v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. et al.relating to a securitization issued by Basket of Aggregated Residential NIMS2007-1 Ltd. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the net interest margin securities (“NIMS”) in the trust breached various representations and warranties. FGIC issued a financial guaranty policy with respect to certain notes that had an original balance of approximately $475 million. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the NIMS breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, reimbursement of certain payments made pursuant to the transaction documents, attorneys’ fees and interest. On November 24, 2014, the Firm filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, which the court denied on January 19, 2017. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $126 million, the unpaid balance of these notes, pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, as well as claim payments that FGIC has made and will make in the future.

On September 23, 2014, FGIC filed a complaint against the Firm in the Supreme Court of NY styledFinancial Guaranty Insurance Company v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. etal. relating to the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust2007-NC4. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and fraudulent inducement and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust breached various representations and warranties and defendants made untrue statements and material omissions to induce FGIC to issue a financial guaranty policy on certain classes of certificates that had an original balance of approximately $876 million. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, compensatory, consequential and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees and interest. On January 23, 2017, the court denied the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $277 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands from a certificate holder and FGIC that the Firm did not repurchase, pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and

costs, as well as claim payments that FGIC has made and will make in the future. In addition, plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On January 23, 2015, Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint against the Firm styledDeutsche Bank National Trust Company solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust2007-NC4 v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC asSuccessor-by-Merger to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., and Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $1.05 billion, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, compensatory, consequential, rescissory, equitable and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees, costs and other related expenses, and interest. On December 11, 2015, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On February 11, 2016, plaintiff filed a notice of appeal of that order. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $277 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands from a certificate holder and a monoline insurer that the Firm did not repurchase, pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

In May 2016, the Austrian state of Land Salzburg filed a claim against the Firm in Germany (the “German Proceedings”) seeking €209 million (approximately $220 million) relating to certain fixed income and commodities derivative transactions which Land Salzburg entered into with the Firm between 2005 and 2012. Land Salzburg has alleged that it had neither the capacity nor authority to enter into such transactions, which should be set aside, and that the Firm breached certain advisory and other duties which the Firm had owed to it. In April 2016, the Firm filed apre-emptive claim against Land Salzburg in the English courts (the “English Proceedings”) in which the Firm is seeking declarations that Land Salzburg had both the capacity and authority to enter into the transactions, and that the Firm has no liability to Land Salzburg arising from them. In July 2016, the Firm filed an application with the German court to stay the German Proceedings on the basis that the English court was first seized of the dispute between the parties and, pending determination of that application, filed its statement of defense on December 23, 2016. On December 8, 2016,

159December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Land Salzburg filed an application with the English court challenging its jurisdiction to determine the English Proceedings. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately €209 million, plus interest and costs.

13.Variable Interest Entities and Securitization Activities

Overview

The Firm is involved with various SPEs in the normal course of business. In most cases, these entities are deemed to be VIEs.

The Firm’s variable interests in VIEs include debt and equity interests, commitments, guarantees, derivative instruments and certain fees. The Firm’s involvement with VIEs arises primarily from:

Interests purchased in connection with market-making activities, securities held in its Investment securities portfolio and retained interests held as a result of securitization activities, includingre-securitization transactions.

Guarantees issued and residual interests retained in connection with municipal bond securitizations.

Loans made to and investments in VIEs that hold debt, equity, real estate or other assets.

Derivatives entered into with VIEs.

Structuring of CLNs or other asset-repackaged notes designed to meet the investment objectives of clients.

Other structured transactions designed to providetax-efficient yields to the Firm or its clients.

The Firm determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE upon its initial involvement with the VIE and reassesses whether it is the primary beneficiary on an ongoing basis as long as it has any continuing involvement with the VIE. This determination is based upon an analysis of the design of the VIE, including the VIE’s structure and activities, the power to make significant economic decisions held by the Firm and by other parties, and the variable interests owned by the Firm and other parties.

The power to make the most significant economic decisions may take a number of different forms in different types of VIEs. The Firm considers servicing or collateral management decisions as representing the power to make the most significant economic decisions in transactions such as securitizations or CDOs. As a result, the Firm does not consolidate

securitizations or CDOs for which it does not act as the servicer or collateral manager unless it holds certain other rights to replace the servicer or collateral manager or to require the liquidation of the entity. If the Firm serves as servicer or collateral manager, or has certain other rights described in the previous sentence, the Firm analyzes the interests in the VIE that it holds and consolidates only those VIEs for which it holds a potentially significant interest of the VIE.

The structure of securitization vehicles and CDOs is driven by several parties, including loan seller(s) in securitization transactions, the collateral manager in a CDO, one or more rating agencies, a financial guarantor in some transactions and the underwriter(s) of the transactions, that serve to reflect specific investor demand. In addition, subordinate investors, such as the“B-piece” buyer (i.e., investors in most subordinated bond classes) in commercial mortgage-backed securitizations or equity investors in CDOs, can influence whether specific loans are excluded from a CMBS transaction or investment criteria in a CDO.

For many transactions, such asre-securitization transactions, CLNs and other asset-repackaged notes, there are no significant economic decisions made on an ongoing basis. In these cases, the Firm focuses its analysis on decisions made prior to the initial closing of the transaction and at the termination of the transaction. Based upon factors, which include an analysis of the nature of the assets, including whether the assets were issued in a transaction sponsored by the Firm and the extent of the information available to the Firm and to investors, the number, nature and involvement of investors, other rights held by the Firm and investors, the standardization of the legal documentation and the level of continuing involvement by the Firm, including the amount and type of interests owned by the Firm and by other investors, the Firm concluded in most of these transactions that decisions made prior to the initial closing were shared between the Firm and the initial investors. The Firm focused its control decision on any right held by the Firm or investors related to the termination of the VIE. Mostre-securitization transactions, CLNs and other asset-repackaged notes have no such termination rights.

Consolidated VIEs

Except for consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings and managed real estate partnerships in the tables below, the Firm accounts for the assets held by the entities primarily in Trading assets and the liabilities of the entities in Other secured financings in its consolidated balance sheets. For consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings, the Firm accounts for the assets held by the entities primarily in Premises, equipment and software costs, and

December 2016 Form 10-K160


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Other assets in its consolidated balance sheets. For consolidated VIEs included in managed real estate partnerships, the Firm accounts for the assets held by the entities primarily in Trading assets in its consolidated balance sheets. Except for consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings, the assets and liabilities are measured at fair value, with changes in fair value reflected in earnings.

As part of the Institutional Securities business segment’s securitization and related activities, the Firm has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain assets transferred in securitization transactions sponsored by the Firm (see Note 12).

As a result of adopting the accounting updateAmendments to the Consolidation Analysis on January 1, 2016, certain consolidated entities are now considered VIEs and are included in the balances at December 31, 2016. See Note 2 for further information.

Assets and Liabilities by Type of Activity

   At December 31, 2016   At December 31, 2015 
$ in millions  VIE Assets   VIE
 Liabilities 
   VIE Assets   VIE
 Liabilities  
 

Credit-linked notes

  $501   $   $900   $—  

Other structured financings

   602    10    787    13  

Asset-backed securitizations1

   397    283    668    423  

Other2

   910    25    245    —  

Total

  $            2,410   $            318   $            2,600   $            436  

1.

Asset-backed securitizations include transactions backed by residential mortgage loans, commercial mortgage loans and other types of assets, including consumer or commercial assets. The value of assets is determined based on the fair value of the liabilities of and the interests owned by the Firm in such VIEs because the fair values for the liabilities and interests owned are more observable.

2.

Other primarily includes certain operating entities, investment funds and structured transactions.

Assets and Liabilities by Balance Sheet Caption

$ in millions  At December 31,
2016
   

At December 31, 

2015

 

Assets

    

Cash and due from banks

  $74   $14  

Trading assets at fair value

   1,295    1,842  

Customer and other receivables

   13     

Goodwill

   18    —  

Intangible assets

   177    —  

Other assets

   833    741  

Total

  $2,410   $2,600  

Liabilities

    

Other secured financings at fair value

  $289   $431  

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

   29     

Total

  $318   $436  

Consolidated VIE assets and liabilities are presented in the previous tables after intercompany eliminations. The assets owned by many consolidated VIEs cannot be removed unilaterally by the Firm and are not generally available to the Firm. The related liabilities issued by many consolidated VIEs arenon-recourse to the Firm. In certain other consolidated VIEs, the Firm either has the unilateral right to remove assets or provide additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.

The following table presents information aboutIn general, the carrying value (equalFirm’s exposure to fair value)loss in consolidated VIEs is limited to losses that would be absorbed on the VIE’s net assets recognized in its financial statements, net of assetsamounts absorbed by third-party variable interest holders. At December 31, 2016 and liabilities resulting from transfers ofDecember 31, 2015, noncontrolling interests in the consolidated financial assets treated by the Company as secured financings:

   At December 31, 2013   At December 31, 2012 
   Carrying Value of   Carrying Value of 
   Assets   Liabilities   Assets   Liabilities 
   (dollars in millions) 

Credit-linked notes

  $48   $41   $283   $222 

Equity-linked transactions

   40    35    422    405 

Other

   157    156    29    28 

Mortgage Servicing Activities.

Mortgage Servicing Rights.    The Company may retain servicing rightsstatements related to certain mortgage loans that are sold. These transactions create an asset referred to as MSRs, which totaled approximately $8consolidated VIEs were $228 million and $7$37 million, respectively. The Firm also had additional maximum exposure to losses of approximately $78 million and $72 million at December 31, 20132016 and December 31, 2012,2015, respectively, primarily related to certain derivatives, commitments, guarantees and are included within Intangible assets and carried at fair value in the consolidated statementsother forms of financial condition.involvement.

SPE Mortgage Servicing Activities.    The Company services residential mortgage loans in the U.S. and in Europe and commercial mortgage loans in Europe owned by SPEs, including SPEs sponsored by the Company and SPEs not sponsored by the Company. The Company generally holds retained interests in Company-sponsored SPEs. In some cases, as part of its market-making activities, the Company may own some beneficial interests issued by both Company-sponsored and non-Company sponsored SPEs.Non-consolidated

The Company provides no credit support as part of its servicing activities. The Company is required to make servicing advances to the extent that it believes that such advances will be reimbursed. Reimbursement of servicing advances is a senior obligation of the SPE, senior to the most senior beneficial interests outstanding. Outstanding advances are included in Other assets and are recorded at cost, net of allowances. Advances at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 totaled approximately $110 million and $49 million, respectively. There were no allowances at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

VIEs

The following tables present information about the Company’s mortgage servicing activities for SPEs toinclude all VIEs in which the Company transferred loans at December 31, 2013Firm has determined that its maximum exposure to loss is greater than specific thresholds or meets certain other criteria and December 31, 2012:exclude exposure to loss from liabilities due to immateriality. Most of the VIEs included in the following tables are sponsored by unrelated parties; the Firm’s involvement generally is the result of its secondary market-making activities, securities held in its Investment securities portfolio (see Note 5) and certain investments in funds.

   At December 31, 2013 
   Residential
Mortgage
Unconsolidated
SPEs
  Residential
Mortgage
Consolidated
SPEs
  Commercial
Mortgage
Unconsolidated
SPEs
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets serviced (unpaid principal balance)

  $785  $775  $4,114 

Amounts past due 90 days or greater (unpaid principal balance)(1)

  $66  $44  $—   

Percentage of amounts past due 90 days or greater(1)

   8.5  5.6  —   

Credit losses

  $1  $17  $—   

(1)Amounts include loans that are at least 90 days contractually delinquent, loans for which the borrower has filed for bankruptcy, loans in foreclosure and real estate owned.

 

 205161 December 2016 Form 10-K


MORGAN STANLEY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)Non-consolidated VIE Assets, Maximum and Carrying Value of Exposure to Loss

 

   At December 31, 2012 
   Residential
Mortgage
Unconsolidated
SPEs
  Residential
Mortgage
Consolidated
SPEs
  Commercial
Mortgage
Unconsolidated
SPEs
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets serviced (unpaid principal balance)

  $821  $1,141  $4,760 

Amounts past due 90 days or greater (unpaid principal balance)(1)

  $86  $43  $—   

Percentage of amounts past due 90 days or greater(1)

   10.4  3.8  —   

Credit losses

  $3  $2  $—   
   At December 31, 2016 
$ in millions  

Mortgage and

Asset-Backed

Securitizations

   

 Collateralized 

Debt

Obligations

   

     Municipal     

Tender

Option

Bonds

   

Other

Structured

    Financings    

            Other          

VIE assets that the Firm does not consolidate

(unpaid principal balance)

  $101,916   $11,341   $4,857   $4,293   $39,077  

Maximum exposure to loss

          

Debt and equity interests

  $11,243   $1,245   $50   $1,570   $4,877  

Derivative and other contracts

           2,812        45  

Commitments, guarantees and other

   684    99        187    228  

Total

  $11,927   $1,344   $2,862   $1,757   $5,150  

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets

          

Debt and equity interests

  $11,243   $1,245   $49   $1,183   $4,877  

Derivative and other contracts

           5        18  

Total

  $11,243   $1,245   $54   $1,183   $4,895  

 

(1)Amounts include loans that are at least 90 days contractually delinquent, loans for which the borrower has filed for bankruptcy, loans in foreclosure and real estate owned.
   At December 31, 2015 
$ in millions  Mortgage and
Asset-Backed
Securitizations
   

 Collateralized 

Debt

Obligations

   

     Municipal     

Tender

Option

Bonds

   

Other

Structured

    Financings    

            Other          

VIE assets that the Firm does not consolidate

(unpaid principal balance)

  $126,872   $8,805   $4,654   $2,201   $20,775  

Maximum exposure to loss

          

Debt and equity interests

  $13,361   $1,259   $1   $1,129   $3,854  

Derivative and other contracts

           2,834        67  

Commitments, guarantees and other

   494    231        361    222  

Total

  $13,855   $1,490   $2,835   $1,490   $4,143  

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets

          

Debt and equity interests

  $13,361   $1,259   $1   $685   $3,854  

Derivative and other contracts

           5        13  

Total

  $13,361   $1,259   $6   $685   $3,867  

 

8.    Financing ReceivablesNon-consolidated VIE Mortgage- and Allowance for Credit Losses.Asset-Backed Securitization Assets

 

   At December 31, 2016   At December 31, 2015 
$ in millions  

Unpaid

Principal

Balance

   

Debt and

Equity

Interests

   

Unpaid

Principal

Balance

   

Debt and

Equity

Interests

 

Residential mortgages

  $4,775   $458   $13,787   $1,012  

Commercial mortgages

   54,021    2,656    57,313    2,871  

U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations

   14,796    2,758    13,236    2,763  

Other consumer or commercial loans

   28,324    5,371    42,536    6,715  

Total

  $    101,916   $      11,243   $    126,872   $      13,361  

The Firm’s maximum exposure to loss often differs from the carrying value of the variable interests held by the Firm. The maximum exposure to loss is dependent on the nature of the

Firm’s variable interest in the VIEs and is limited to the notional amounts of certain liquidity facilities, other credit support, total return swaps, written put options, and the fair value of certain other derivatives and investments the Firm has made in the VIEs. Liabilities issued by VIEs generally areLoans.non-recourse

to the Firm. Where notional amounts are utilized in quantifying maximum exposure related to derivatives, such amounts do not reflect fair value write-downs already recorded by the Firm.

The Company’s loansFirm’s maximum exposure to loss does not include the offsetting benefit of any financial instruments that the Firm may utilize to hedge these risks associated with its variable interests. In addition, the Firm’s maximum exposure to loss is not reduced by the amount of collateral held for investment are recorded at amortized cost, and its loans held for sale are recorded at loweras part of costa transaction with the VIE or fair value inany party to the consolidated statements of financial condition. A description of the Company’s loan portfolio is described below.VIE directly against a specific exposure to loss.

Corporate. Corporate loans primarily include commercial and industrial lending used for general corporate purposes, working capital and liquidity, “event-driven” loans and lending commitments and asset-backed lending products. “Event-driven” loans support client merger, acquisition or recapitalization activities. Corporate lending is structured as revolving lines of credit, letter of credit facilities, term loans and bridge loans. Risk factors considered in determining the allowance for corporate loans include the borrower’s financial strength, seniority of the loan, collateral type, volatility of collateral value, debt cushion, covenants, counterparty type and, for lending commitments, the probability of drawdown.

Consumer. Consumer loans include unsecured loans and securities-based lending that allows clients to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities for any suitable purpose other than purchasing, trading, or carrying securities or refinancing margin debt. The majority of consumer loans are structured as revolving lines of credit and letter of credit facilities and are primarily offered through the Company’s Portfolio Loan Account program. The allowance methodology for unsecured loans considers the specific attributes of the loan as well as the borrower’s source of repayment. The allowance methodology for securities-based lending considers the collateral type underlying the loan (e.g., diversified securities, concentrated securities or restricted stock).

Residential Real Estate. Residential real estate loans mainly include non-conforming loans and home equity lines of credit. The allowance methodology for non-conforming residential mortgage loans considers several factors, including, but not limited to, loan-to-value ratio, FICO score, home price index, and delinquency status. The methodology for home equity lines of credit considers credit limits and utilization rates in addition to the factors considered for non-conforming residential mortgages.

Wholesale Real Estate. Wholesale real estate loans include owner-occupied loans and income-producing loans. The principal risk factors for determining the allowance for wholesale real estate loans are the underlying collateral type, loan-to-value ratio and debt service ratio.

 

December 2016 Form 10-K 206162 


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The Company’s outstanding loans at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 included the following:

  December 31, 2013  December 31, 2012 

Loans by Product Type

 Loans Held
For
Investment
  Loans Held
For Sale
  Total Loans  Loans Held
For
Investment
  Loans Held
For Sale
  Total Loans 
  (dollars in millions) 

Corporate loans

 $13,263  $6,168  $19,431  $9,449  $4,987  $14,436 

Consumer loans

  11,577   —     11,577   7,618   —     7,618 

Residential real estate loans

  10,006   112   10,118   6,630   142   6,772 

Wholesale real estate loans

  1,855   49   1,904   326   —     326 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total loans, gross of allowance for loan losses

  36,701   6,329   43,030   24,023   5,129   29,152 

Allowance for loan losses

  (156  —     (156  (106  —     (106
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total loans, net of allowance for loan losses(1)(2)

 $36,545  $6,329  $42,874  $23,917  $5,129  $29,046 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Amounts include loans that are made to foreign borrowers of $4,729 million and $4,531 million at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
(2)See Note 13 for further information related to unfunded lending commitments.

The above table does not include loans held at fair value of $12,612 million and $17,311 million at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. At December 31, 2013, loans held at fair value consisted of $9,774 million of Corporate loans, $1,434 million of Residential real estate loans and $1,404 million of Wholesale real estate loans. At December 31, 2012, loans held at fair value consisted of $13,350 million of Corporate loans, $1,870 million of Residential real estate loans and $2,091 million of Wholesale real estate loans. Loans held at fair value are recorded as Trading Assets in the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition. See Note 4 for further information.

Credit Quality.

The Company’s Credit Risk Management department evaluates new obligors before credit transactions are initially approved, and at least annually thereafter for corporate and wholesale real estate loans. For corporate loans, credit evaluations typically involve the evaluation of financial statements, assessment of leverage, liquidity, capital strength, asset composition and quality, market capitalization and access to capital markets, cash flow projections and debt service requirements, and the adequacy of collateral, if applicable. Credit Risk Management will also evaluate strategy, market position, industry dynamics, obligor’s management and other factors that could affect the obligor’s risk profile. For wholesale real estate loans, the credit evaluation is focused on property and transaction metrics including property type, loan-to-value ratio, occupancy levels, debt service ratio, prevailing capitalization rates, and market dynamics. For residential real estate and consumer loans, the initial credit evaluation typically includes, but is not limited to, review of the obligor’s income, net worth, liquidity, collateral, loan-to-value ratio, and credit bureau information. Subsequent credit monitoring for residential real estate loans is performed at the portfolio level. Consumer loan collateral values are monitored on an ongoing basis.

The Company utilizes the following credit quality indicators which are consistent with banking regulators’ definitions of criticized exposures, in its credit monitoring process for loans held for investment.

Pass. A credit exposure rated pass has a continued expectation of timely repayment, all obligations of the borrower are current, and the obligor complies with material terms and conditions of the lending agreement.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 207


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Special Mention. Extensions of credit that have potential weakness that deserve management’s close attention, and if left uncorrected may, at some future date, result in the deterioration of the repayment prospects or collateral position.

Substandard. Obligor has a well-defined weakness that jeopardizes the repayment of the debt and has a high probability of payment default with the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if noted deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful. Inherent weakness in the exposure makes the collection or repayment in full, based on existing facts, conditions and circumstances, highly improbable, and the amount of loss is uncertain.

Loss. Extensions of credit classified as loss are considered uncollectible and are charged off.

The following tables present credit quality indicatorsSecuritization transactions generally involve VIEs. Primarily as a result of its secondary market-making activities, the Firm owned additional VIE assets mainly issued by securitization SPEs for which the Company’s loans held for investment, gross of allowance for loan losses, by product type,maximum exposure to loss is less than specific thresholds. These additional assets totaled $11.7 billion and $12.9 billion at December 31, 20132016 and December 31, 2012.

   December 31, 2013 

Loans by Credit Quality Indicators

  Corporate   Consumer   Residential
Real  Estate
   Wholesale
Real  Estate
   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Pass

  $12,893   $11,577   $9,992   $1,829   $36,291 

Special Mention

   189    —      —      16    205 

Substandard

   174     —      14    —      188  

Doubtful

   7    —      —      10    17  

Loss

   —      —      —      —      —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

  $13,263   $11,577   $10,006   $1,855   $36,701 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

   December 31, 2012 

Loans by Credit Quality Indicators

  Corporate   Consumer   Residential
Real Estate
   Wholesale
Real  Estate
   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Pass

  $9,410   $7,618   $6,629   $302   $23,959 

Special Mention

   6    —      —      24    30 

Substandard

   7    —      1    —      8 

Doubtful

   26    —      —      —      26 

Loss

   —      —      —      —      —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

  $9,449   $7,618   $6,630   $326   $24,023 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses and Impaired Loans.

The allowance for loan losses estimates probable losses related to loans specifically identified for impairment2015, respectively. These assets were either retained in addition to the probable losses inherent in the held for investment loan portfolio.

There are two componentsconnection with transfers of the allowance for loan losses: the inherent allowance component and the specific allowance component.

The inherent allowance component of the allowance for loan losses is used to estimate the probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio and includes non-homogeneous loans that have not been identified as impaired and portfolios of smaller balance homogeneous loans. The Company maintains methodologies by loan product for

208


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

calculating an allowance for loan losses that estimates the inherent losses in the loan portfolio. Qualitative and environmental factors such as economic and business conditions, nature and volume of the portfolio and lending terms, and volume and severity of past due loans may also be considered in the calculations. The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level reasonable to ensure that it can adequately absorb the estimated probable losses inherent in the portfolio.

The specific allowance component of the allowance for loan losses is used to estimate probable losses for non-homogeneous exposures, including loans modified in a TDR, which have been specifically identified for impairment analysisassets by the Company and determined to be impaired. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 the Company’s TDRs were not significant. For further information on allowance for loan losses, seeFirm, acquired in connection with secondary market-making activities or held as AFS securities in its Investment securities portfolio (see Note 2.

The tables below provide detail on impaired loans, past due loans and allowances for the Company’s5) or held for investment loans:

   December 31, 2013 

Loans by Product Type

  Corporate   Consumer   Residential
Real Estate
   Wholesale
Real  Estate
   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Impaired loans with allowance

  $63   $—      $—      $10   $73 

Impaired loans without allowance(1)

   6    —      11    —      17 

Impaired loans unpaid principal balance

   69    —      11    10    90 

Past due 90 days loans and on nonaccrual

   7    —      11    10    28 

   December 31, 2012 

Loans by Product Type

  Corporate   Consumer   Residential
Real  Estate
   Wholesale
Real  Estate
   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Impaired loans with allowance

  $19    $—      $1   $—      $20 

Impaired loans without allowance(1)

   14    —      —      —      14 

Impaired loans unpaid principal balance

   33     —      1    —      34  

Past due 90 days loans and on nonaccrual

   25    —      1    —      26 

   December 31, 2013 

Loans by Region

  Americas   EMEA   Asia   Others   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Impaired loans

  $90   $—      $—      $—      $90 

Past due 90 days loans and on nonaccrual

   28    —      —      —      28 

Allowance for loan losses

   123    28    3    2    156 

   December 31, 2012 

Loans by Region

  Americas   EMEA   Asia   Others   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Impaired loans

  $34   $—      $—      $—      $34 

Past due 90 days loans and on nonaccrual

   26    —      —      —      26 

Allowance for loan losses

   52    52    2    —      106 

EMEA—Europe, Middle East and Africa.

(1)At December 31, 2013 and 2012, no allowance was outstanding for these loans as the fair value of the collateral held exceeded or equaled the carrying value.

209


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The table below summarizes information about the allowance for loan losses, loans by impairment methodology, the allowance for lending-related commitments and lending-related commitments by impairment methodology.

   Corporate  Consumer  Residential
Real Estate
  Wholesale
Real Estate
   Total 
       
   (dollars in millions) 

Allowance for loan losses:

       

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $96  $3  $5  $2   $106 

Gross charge-offs

   (13  —     (2  —      (15

Gross recoveries

   —     —     —     —      —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

   (13  —     (2  —      (15
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses(1)

   54   (2  1   12    65 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $137  $1  $4  $14   $156 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses by impairment methodology:

       

Inherent

  $126  $1  $4  $10   $141 

Specific

   11   —     —     4    15 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2013

  $137  $1  $4  $14   $156 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans evaluated by impairment methodology(2):

       

Inherent

  $13,194  $11,577  $9,995  $1,845   $36,611 

Specific

   69   —     11   10    90 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans evaluated at December 31, 2013

  $13,263  $11,577  $10,006  $1,855   $36,701 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for lending-related commitments:

       

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $91  $—    $—    $1   $92 

Provision for lending-related commitments(3)

   44   —     —     1    45 

Other

   (10  —     —     —      (10
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $125  $—    $—    $2   $127 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for lending-related commitments by impairment methodology:

       

Inherent

  $125  $—    $—    $2   $127 

Specific

   —     —     —     —      —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allowance for lending-related commitments at December 31, 2013

  $125  $—    $—    $2   $127 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Lending-related commitments evaluated by impairment methodology:

       

Inherent

  $63,427  $2,151  $1,423  $207   $67,208 

Specific

   —     —     —     —      —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total lending-related commitments evaluated at December 31, 2013

  $63,427  $2,151  $1,423  $207   $67,208 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)The Company recorded $65 million of provision for loan losses within Other revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013.
(2)Balances are gross of the allowance and represent recorded investment in the loans.
(3)The Company recorded $45 million of provision for lending-related commitments within Other non-interest expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013.

210


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

      Corporate  Consumer  Residential
Real Estate
   Wholesale
Real Estate
  Total 
         
      (dollars in millions) 

Allowance for loan losses:

         

Balance at December 31, 2011

    $14  $1  $1   $1  $17 

Gross charge-offs

     (11  —     —      —     (11

Gross recoveries

     —     —     —      13   13 
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     (11  —     —      13   2 
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses(1)

     93   2   4    (12  87 
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

    $96  $3  $5   $2  $106 
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses by impairment methodology:

         

Inherent

    $94  $3  $5   $2  $104 

Specific

     2   —     —      —     2 
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2012

    $96  $3  $5   $2  $106 
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loans evaluated by impairment methodology(2):

         

Inherent

    $9,416  $7,618  $6,629   $326  $23,989 

Specific

     33   —     1    —     34 
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total loan evaluated at December 31, 2012

    $9,449  $7,618  $6,630   $326  $24,023 
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Allowance for lending-related commitments:

         

Balance at December 31, 2011

    $19  $3  $—     $2  $24 

Provision for lending-related commitments(3)

     72   (3  —      (1  68 
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

    $91  $—    $—     $1  $92 
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Allowance for lending-related commitments by impairment methodology:

         

Inherent

    $87  $—    $—     $1  $88 

Specific

     4   —     —      —     4 
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total allowance for lending-related commitments at December 31, 2012

    $91  $—    $—     $1  $92 
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Lending-related commitments evaluated by impairment methodology:

         

Inherent

    $44,079  $1,406  $712   $101  $46,298 

Specific

     47   —     —      —     47 
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total lending-related commitments evaluated at December 31, 2012

    $44,126  $1,406  $712   $101  $46,345 
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)The Company recorded $87 million of provision for loan losses within Other revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012.
(2)Balances are gross of the allowance and represent recorded investment in the loans.
(3)The Company recorded $67 million of provision for lending-related commitments within Other non-interest expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012.

211


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Employee Loans.

Employee loans are granted primarilyas investments in conjunction with a program established in the Wealth Management business segment to retain and recruit certain employees. These loans are recorded in Customer and other receivables in the consolidated statements of financial condition. These loans are full recourse, generally require periodic payments and have repayment terms ranging from one to 12 years. The Company establishes a reserve for loan amounts it does not consider recoverable, which is recorded in Compensation and benefits expense.funds. At December 31, 2013, the Company had $5,487 million of employee loans, net of an allowance of approximately $109 million. At2016 and December 31, 2012,2015, these assets consisted of securities backed by residential mortgage loans, commercial mortgage loans or other consumer loans, such as credit card receivables, automobile loans and student loans, CDOs or CLOs, and investment funds. The Firm’s primary risk exposure is to the Company had $5,998 millionsecurities issued by the SPE owned by the Firm, with the risk highest on the most subordinate class of employee loans, net of an allowance of approximately $131 million.

The Company has also granted loans to other employees primarilybeneficial interests. These assets generally are included in conjunction with certain after-tax leveraged investment arrangements. At December 31, 2013, the balance of these loans was $100 million, net of an allowance of approximately $51 million. At December 31, 2012, the balance of these loans was $172 million, net of an allowance of approximately $108 million. The Company establishes a reserve for non-recourse loan amounts not recoverable from employees, which is recorded in Other expense.

Collateralized Transactions.

In certain instances, the Company enters into reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed transactions to acquire securities to cover short positions, to settle other securities obligations and to accommodate clients’ needs. The Company also engages in margin lending to clients that allows the client to borrow against the value of the qualifying securities and is included within CustomerTrading assets—Corporate and other receivables in the consolidated statements of financial conditiondebt, Trading assets—Investments or AFS securities within its Investment securities portfolio and are measured at fair value (see Note 6)3).

Servicing Advances.

As part of its servicing activities, the Company may make servicing advances The Firm does not provide additional support in these transactions through contractual facilities, such as liquidity facilities, guarantees or similar derivatives. The Firm’s maximum exposure to the extent that it believes that such advances will be reimbursed (see Note 7).

9.    Goodwill and Net Intangible Assets.

The Company tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. The Company tests for impairment at the reporting unit level, which isloss generally at the level of or one level below its business segments. For both the annual and interim tests, the Company has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not thatequals the fair value of the assets owned.

Securitization Activities

In a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If after assessingsecuritization transaction, the totality of eventsFirm transfers assets (generally commercial or circumstances, the Company determines it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is not required. However, if the Company concludes otherwise, then it is requiredresidential mortgage loans or U.S. agency securities) to perform the first stepan SPE, sells to investors most of the two-step impairment test. Goodwill impairmentbeneficial interests, such as notes or certificates, issued by the SPE, and, in many cases, retains other beneficial interests. In many securitization transactions involving commercial mortgage loans, the Firm transfers a portion of the assets to the SPE with unrelated parties transferring the remaining assets.

The purchase of the transferred assets by the SPE is determinedfinanced through the sale of these interests. In some of these transactions, primarily involving residential mortgage loans in the U.S., the Firm serves as servicer for some or all of the transferred loans. In many securitizations, particularly involving residential mortgage loans, the Firm also enters into derivative transactions, primarily interest rate swaps or interest rate caps, with the SPE.

Although not obligated, the Firm generally makes a market in the securities issued by comparingSPEs in these transactions. As a market maker, the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its respective carrying value. If the estimated fair value exceeds the carrying value, goodwill at the reporting unit level isFirm offers to buy these securities from, and sell these securities to, investors. Securities purchased through these market-making activities are not deemedconsidered to be impaired. If the estimated fair value is below carrying value, however, further analysis is required to determine the amount of the impairment. Additionally, if the carrying value of a reporting unit is zero or a negative value and it is determined that it is more likely than not the goodwill is impaired, further analysis is required. The estimated fair values of the reporting units are derived based on valuation techniques the Company believes market participants would use for each of the reporting units.

212


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The estimated fair values areretained interests, although these beneficial interests generally determined by utilizing a discounted cash flow methodology or methodologies that incorporate price-to-book and price-to-earnings multiples of certain comparable companies.

The Company completed its annual goodwill impairment testing at July 1, 2013 and July 1, 2012. The Company’s impairment testing for each period did not indicate any goodwill impairment as each of the Company’s reporting units with goodwill had a fair value that was substantially in excess of its carrying value. Adverse market or economic events could result in impairment charges in future periods.

Goodwill.

Changes in the carrying amount of the Company’s goodwill, net of accumulated impairment losses for 2013 and 2012, were as follows:

   Institutional
Securities(1)
  Wealth
Management(1)
  Investment
Management
   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Goodwill at December 31, 2011(2)

  $343  $5,603  $740   $6,686 

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

   (6  35   —       29 

Goodwill disposed of during the period(3)

   —      (65  —       (65
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill at December 31, 2012(2)

  $337  $5,573  $740   $6,650 

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

   (27  —      —       (27

Goodwill disposed of during the period(4)(5)

   (17  (11  —       (28
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill at December 31, 2013(2)

  $293  $5,562  $740   $6,595 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)On January 1, 2013, the International Wealth Management business was transferred from the Wealth Management business segment to the Equity division within the Institutional Securities business segment. Accordingly, prior period amounts have been recast to reflect the International Wealth Management business as part of the Institutional Securities business segment.
(2)The amount of the Company’s goodwill before accumulated impairments of $700 million, which included $673 million related to the Institutional Securities business segment and $27 million related to the Investment Management business segment, was $7,295 million and $7,350 million at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
(3)The Wealth Management business segment activity represents goodwill disposed of in connection with the sale of Quilter (see Note 1).
(4)In 2011, the Company announced that it had reached an agreement with the employees of its in-house quantitative proprietary trading unit, Process Driven Trading (“PDT”), within the Institutional Securities business segment, whereby PDT employees will acquire certain assets from the Company and launch an independent advisory firm. This transaction closed on January 1, 2013.
(5)The Wealth Management business segment sold the U.K. operations of the Global Stock Plan Services business on May 31, 2013.

213


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Net Intangible Assets.

Changes in the carrying amount of the Company’s intangible assets for 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

   Institutional
Securities
  Wealth
Management
  Investment
Management
  Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2011

  $229  $3,641  $2  $3,872 

Mortgage servicing rights (see Note 7)

   122   11   —     133 

Indefinite-lived intangible assets (see Note 2)

   —     280   —     280 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net intangible assets at December 31, 2011

  $351  $3,932  $2  $4,285 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2011

  $229  $3,641  $2  $3,872 

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

   5   1   —     6 

Amortization expense

   (17  (322  (1  (340

Impairment losses(1)

   (4  —     —     (4

Increase due to Smith Barney tradename(2)

   —     280   —     280 

Intangible assets acquired during the period

   4   —     —     4 

Intangible assets disposed of during the period(3)

   (42  —     —     (42
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2012

  $175  $3,600  $1  $3,776 

Mortgage servicing rights (see Note 7)

   —     7   —     7 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net intangible assets at December 31, 2012

  $175  $3,607  $1  $3,783 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2012

  $175  $3,600  $1  $3,776 

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

   —     (1  —     (1

Amortization expense(4)

   (117  (336  —     (453

Impairment losses(1)(5)

   (2  (42  —     (44
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2013

   56   3,221   1   3,278 

Mortgage servicing rights (see Note 7)

   —     8   —     8 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net intangible assets at December 31, 2013

  $56  $3,229  $1  $3,286 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Impairment losses are recorded within Other expenses in the consolidated statements of income.
(2)The Wealth Management business segment activity represents the reclassification of $280 million from an indefinite-lived to a finite-lived intangible asset (see Note 2).
(3)The Institutional Securities business segment activity represents intangible assets disposed of in connection with the sale of a principal investment.
(4)The Institutional Securities business segment activity primarily represents accelerated recovery of related intangible costs.
(5)The Wealth Management business segment activity primarily represents an impairment charge related to management contracts associated with alternative investment funds.
   At December 31, 2013   At December 31, 2012 
   Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
   Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Amortizable intangible assets:

        

Trademarks

  $7   $3   $7   $3 

Tradename

   280    12    280    2 

Customer relationships

   4,058    1,177    4,058    923 

Management contracts

   268    146    313    116 

Research

   176    176    176    126 

Other

   192    189    192    80 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total amortizable intangible assets

  $4,981   $1,703   $5,026   $1,250 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization expense associated with intangible assets is estimated to be approximately $286 million per year over the next five years.

214


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

10.    Deposits.

Deposits were as follows:

   At
December  31,
2013(1)
   At
December  31,
2012(1)
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Savings and demand deposits(2)

  $109,908   $80,058 

Time deposits(3)

   2,471    3,208 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $112,379   $83,266 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Total deposits subject to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 were $84 billion and $62 billion, respectively.
(2)Amounts include non-interest bearing deposits of $1,037 million at December 31, 2012. There were no non-interest bearing deposits at December 31, 2013.
(3)Certain time deposit accounts are carried at fair value under the fair value option (see Note 4).

The weighted average interest rates of interest bearing deposits outstanding during 2013, 2012 and 2011 were 0.2%, 0.3% and 0.4%, respectively.

Interest-bearing deposits maturing over the next five years are as follows: $112,329 million in 2014 and $50 million in 2015. The amount for 2014 includes $109,908 million of saving deposits, which have no stated maturity, and $2,421 million of time deposits.

At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had $2,283 million and $1,718 million, respectively, of time deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more.

11.    Borrowings and Other Secured Financings.

Commercial Paper and Other Short-Term Borrowings.

The table below summarizes certain information regarding commercial paper and other short-term borrowings:

   December  31,
2013
  December  31,
2012
 
   
   (dollars in millions) 

Commercial Paper:

   

Balance at period-end

  $8  $306 

Average balance(1)

  $155  $479 

Weighted average interest rate on period-end balance(2)

   10.4  10.1

Other Short-Term Borrowings(3)(4):

   

Balance at period-end

  $2,134  $1,832 

Average balance(1)

  $1,872  $1,461 

(1)Average balances are calculated based upon weekly balances.
(2)The weighted average interest rates at December 31, 2013 and 2012 were driven primarily by commercial paper issued in a foreign country in which typical funding rates are significantly higher than in the U.S.
(3)These borrowings included bank loans, bank notes and structured notes with original maturities of 12 months or less.
(4)Certain structured short-term borrowings are carried at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 4 for additional information.

215


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Long-Term Borrowings.

Maturities and Terms.    Long-term borrowings consisted of the following (dollars in millions):

  Parent Company  Subsidiaries  At
December  31,
2013(3)(4)
  At
December  31,
2012
 
  Fixed
Rate
  Variable
Rate(1)(2)
  Fixed
Rate
  Variable
Rate(1)(2)
   
       

Due in 2013

 $—    $—    $—    $—    $—    $25,303 

Due in 2014

  11,665   10,830   18   1,680   24,193   21,751 

Due in 2015

  13,962   5,760   17   1,351   21,090   24,653 

Due in 2016

  11,521   9,621   43   1,959   23,144   19,984 

Due in 2017

  16,227   8,231   18   1,819   26,295   28,137 

Due in 2018

  10,689   2,886   18   1,715   15,308   7,733 

Thereafter

  34,748   7,165   440   1,192   43,545   42,010 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

 $98,812  $44,493  $554  $9,716  $153,575  $169,571 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted average coupon at period-end(5)

  5.1  1.0  6.5  0.7  4.4  4.4

(1)Variable rate borrowings bear interest based on a variety of money market indices, including LIBOR and Federal Funds rates.
(2)Amounts include borrowings that are equity-linked, credit-linked, commodity-linked or linked to some other index.
(3)Amounts include an increase of approximately $2.2 billion at December 31, 2013, to the carrying amount of certain of the Company’s long-term borrowings associated with fair value hedges. The increase to the carrying value associated with fair value hedges by year due was approximately less than $0.1 billion due in 2014, $0.4 billion due in 2015, $0.5 billion due in 2016, $1.0 billion due in 2017, $0.3 billion due in 2018 and $(0.1) billion due thereafter.
(4)Amounts include an increase of approximately $2.4 billion at December 31, 2013 to the carrying amounts of certain of the Company’s long-term borrowings for which the fair value option was elected (see Note 4).
(5)Weighted average coupon was calculated utilizing U.S. and non-U.S. dollar interest rates and excludes financial instruments for which the fair value option was elected.

The Company’s long-term borrowings included the following components:

   At December 31,
2013
   At December 31,
2012
 
     
   (dollars in millions) 

Senior debt

  $139,451   $158,899 

Subordinated debt

   9,275    5,845 

Junior subordinated debentures

   4,849    4,827 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $153,575   $169,571 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

During 2013, the Company issued and reissued notes with a principal amount of approximately $28 billion. This amount included the Company’s issuances of $2.0 billion in subordinated debt on November 22, 2013, $2.0 billion in subordinated debt on May 21, 2013, $3.7 billion in senior unsecured debt on April 25, 2013 and $4.5 billion in senior unsecured debt on February 25, 2013. During 2013, approximately $39 billion of notes matured or were retired.

During 2012, the Company issued and reissued notes with a principal amount of approximately $24 billion. During 2012, approximately $43 billion of notes matured or were retired.

Senior debt securities often are denominated in various non-U.S. dollar currencies and may be structured to provide a return that is equity-linked, credit-linked, commodity-linked or linked to some other index (e.g., the

216


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

consumer price index). Senior debt also may be structured to be callable by the Company or extendible at the option of holders of the senior debt securities. Debt containing provisions that effectively allow the holders to put or extend the notes aggregated $1,175 million at December 31, 2013 and $1,131 million at December 31, 2012. In addition, separate agreements are entered into by the Company’s subsidiaries that effectively allow the holders to put the notes aggregated $353 million at December 31, 2013 and $1,895 million at December 31, 2012. Subordinated debt and junior subordinated debentures generally are issued to meet the capital requirements of the Company or its regulated subsidiaries and primarily are U.S. dollar denominated.

Senior Debt—Structured Borrowings.    The Company’s index-linked, equity-linked or credit-linked borrowings include various structured instruments whose payments and redemption values are linked to the performance of a specific index (e.g., Standard & Poor’s 500), a basket of stocks, a specific equity security, a credit exposure or basket of credit exposures. To minimize the exposure resulting from movements in the underlying index, equity, credit or other position, the Company has entered into various swap contracts and purchased options that effectively convert the borrowing costs into floating rates based upon LIBOR. These instruments are included in Trading assets—Corporate and other debt and are measured at fair value.

The Firm enters into derivatives, generally interest rate swaps and interest rate caps, with a senior payment priority in many securitization transactions. The risks associated with these and similar derivatives with SPEs are essentially the preceding table at their redemption values based on the performancesame as similar derivatives withnon-SPE counterparties and are managed as part of the underlying indices, baskets of stocks, or specific equity securities, credit or other position or index. The Company carries either the entire structured borrowing at fair value or bifurcates the embedded derivative and carries it at fair value. The swaps and purchased options used to economically hedge the embedded features are derivatives and also are carried at fair value. Changes in fair value related to the notes and economic hedges are reported in Trading revenues.Firm’s overall exposure. See Note 4 for further information on structured borrowings.

Subordinated Debt and Junior Subordinated Debentures.    Included in the Company’s long-term borrowings are subordinated notes of $9,275 million having a contractual weighted average coupon of 4.69% at December 31, 2013 and $5,845 million having a weighted average coupon of 4.81% at December 31, 2012. Junior subordinated debentures outstanding by the Company were $4,849 million at December 31, 2013 and $4,827 million at December 31, 2012 having a contractual weighted average coupon of 6.37% at both December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. Maturities of the subordinated and junior subordinated notes range from 2014 to 2067. Maturities of certain junior subordinated debentures can be extended to 2052 at the Company’s option.

Asset and Liability Management.    In general, securities inventories that are not financed by secured funding sources and the majority of the Company’s assets are financed with a combination of deposits, short-term funding, floating rate long-term debt or fixed rate long-term debt swapped to a floating rate. Fixed assets are generally financed with fixed rate long-term debt. The Company uses interest rate swaps to more closely match these borrowings to the duration, holding period and interest rate characteristics of the assets being funded and to manage interest rate risk. These swaps effectively convert certain of the Company’s fixed rate borrowings into floating rate obligations. In addition, for non-U.S. dollar currency borrowings that are not used to fund assets in the same currency, the Company has entered into currency swaps that effectively convert the borrowings into U.S. dollar obligations. The Company’s use of swaps for asset and liability management affected its effective average borrowing rate as follows:

   2013  2012  2011 

Weighted average coupon of long-term borrowings at period-end(1)

   4.4  4.4  4.0

Effective average borrowing rate for long-term borrowings after swaps at period-end(1)

   2.2  2.3  1.9

(1)Included in the weighted average and effective average calculations are non-U.S. dollar interest rates.

Other.    The Company, through several of its subsidiaries, maintains funded and unfunded committed credit facilities to support various businesses, including the collateralized commercial and residential mortgage whole loan, derivative contracts, warehouse lending, emerging market loan, structured product, corporate loan, investment banking and prime brokerage businesses.

217


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Other Secured Financings.

Other secured financings include the liabilities related to transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales, consolidated VIEs where the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary, pledged commodities, certain equity-linked notes and other secured borrowings. See Note 7 for further information on other secured financings related to VIEs and securitization activities.

The Company’s other secured financings consisted of the following:

   At
December 31,
2013
   At
December 31,
2012
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Secured financings with original maturities greater than one year

  $9,750   $14,431 

Secured financings with original maturities one year or less(1)

   4,233    641 

Failed sales(2)

   232    655 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total(3)

  $14,215   $15,727 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)At December 31, 2013, amount includes approximately $3,899 million of variable rate financings and approximately $334 million in fixed rate financings.
(2)For more information on failed sales, see Note 7.
(3)Amounts include $5,206 million and $9,466 million at fair value at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

Maturities and Terms:    Secured financings with original maturities greater than one year consisted of the following:

   Fixed
Rate
  Variable
Rate(1)(2)
  At
December 31,
2013
  At
December 31,
2012
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Due in 2013

  $—    $—    $—    $8,528 

Due in 2014

   466   3,034   3,500   2,868 

Due in 2015

   29   1,877   1,906   960 

Due in 2016

   216   2,726   2,942   429 

Due in 2017

   —     160   160   181 

Due in 2018

   —     675   675   667 

Thereafter

   229   338   567   798 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  $940  $8,810  $9,750  $14,431 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted average coupon rate at period-end(3)

   2.4  1.3  1.4  1.4

(1)Variable rate borrowings bear interest based on a variety of indices, including LIBOR.
(2)Amounts include borrowings that are equity-linked, credit-linked, commodity-linked or linked to some other index.
(3)Weighted average coupon was calculated utilizing U.S. and non-U.S. dollar interest rates and excludes secured financings that are linked to non-interest indices.

218


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Maturities and Terms:    Failed sales consisted of the following:

   At
December 31,
2013
   At
December 31,
2012
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Due in 2013

  $—     $479 

Due in 2014

   100    17 

Due in 2015

   57    7 

Due in 2016

   36    136 

Due in 2017

   24    14 

Due in 2018

   —      —   

Thereafter

   15    2 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $232   $655 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

For more information on failed sales, see Note 7.

12.    Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.

The Company trades, makes markets and takes proprietary positions globally in listed futures, OTC swaps, forwards, options and other derivatives referencing, among other things, interest rates, currencies, investment grade and non-investment grade corporate credits, loans, bonds, U.S. and other sovereign securities, emerging market bonds and loans, credit indices, asset-backed security indices, property indices, mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, and real estate loan products. The Company uses these instruments for trading, foreign currency exposure management, and asset and liability management.

The Company manages its trading positions by employing a variety of risk mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). The Company manages the market risk associated with its trading activities on a Company-wide basis, on a worldwide trading division level and on an individual product basis.

In connection with its derivative activities, the Company generally enters into master netting agreements and collateral agreements with its counterparties. These agreements provide the Company with the right, in the event of a default by the counterparty (such as bankruptcy or a failure to pay or perform), to net a counterparty’s rights and obligations under the agreement and to liquidate and set off collateral against any net amount owed by the counterparty. However, in certain circumstances: the Company may not have such an agreement in place; the relevant insolvency regime (which is based on the type of counterparty entity and the jurisdiction of organization of the counterparty) may not support the enforceability of the agreement; or the Company may not have sought legal advice to support the enforceability of the agreement. In cases where the Company has not determined an agreement to be enforceable, the related amounts are not offset in the tabular disclosures below. The Company’s policy is generally to receive securities and cash posted as collateral (with rights of rehypothecation), irrespective of the enforceability determination regarding the master netting and collateral agreement. In certain cases, the Company may agree for such collateral to be posted to a third-party custodian under a control agreement that enables the Company to take control of such collateral in the event of a counterparty default. The enforceability of the master netting agreement is taken into account in the Company’s risk management practices and application of counterparty credit limits. The following tables present information about the offsetting of derivative instruments and related collateral amounts. See information related to offsetting of certain collateralized transactions in Note 6.

hedging activities.

219


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

  At December 31, 2013 
  Gross Amounts(1)  Amounts Offset
in the
Consolidated
Statements  of
Financial
Condition(2)
  Net Amounts
Presented in the
Consolidated
Statements  of
Financial
Condition
  Amounts Not Offset in the
Consolidated Statements of  Financial
Condition(3)
  Net Exposure 
     Financial
Instruments
Collateral
  Other Cash
Collateral
  
  (dollars in millions) 

Derivative assets

      

Bilateral OTC

 $404,352  $(378,459 $25,893  $(8,785 $(132 $16,976 

Cleared OTC(4)

  267,057   (266,419  638   —     —     638 

Exchange traded

  31,609   (25,673  5,936   —     —     5,936 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivative assets

 $703,018  $(670,551 $32,467  $(8,785 $(132 $23,550 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities

      

Bilateral OTC

 $386,199  $(361,059 $25,140  $(5,365 $(136 $19,639 

Cleared OTC(4)

  266,559   (265,378  1,181   —     (372  809  

Exchange traded

  33,113   (25,673  7,440   (651  —     6,789 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivative liabilities

 $685,871  $(652,110 $33,761  $(6,016 $(508 $27,237 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Amounts include $8.7 billion of derivative assets and $7.3 billion of derivative liabilities, which are either not subject to master netting agreements or collateral agreements or are subject to such agreements but the Company has not determined the agreements to be legally enforceable. See also “Fair Value and Notional of Derivative Instruments” for additional disclosure about gross fair values and notionals for derivative instruments by risk type.
(2)Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default and where certain other criteria are met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.
(3)Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.
(4)Amounts include OTC derivatives that are centrally cleared in accordance with certain regulatory requirements.

  At December 31, 2012 
  Gross Amounts(1)  Amounts Offset
in the
Consolidated
Statements  of
Financial
Condition(2)
  Net Amounts
Presented in the
Consolidated
Statements  of
Financial
Condition
  Amounts Not Offset in the
Consolidated Statements of
Financial  Condition(3)
  Net
Exposure
 
     Financial
Instruments
Collateral
  Other Cash
Collateral
  
  (dollars in millions) 

Derivative assets

      

Bilateral OTC

 $604,713  $(573,844 $30,869  $(7,691 $(232 $22,946 

Cleared OTC(4)

  375,233   (374,546  687   —     —     687 

Exchange traded

  24,305   (19,664  4,641   —     —     4,641 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivative assets

 $1,004,251  $(968,054 $36,197  $(7,691 $(232 $28,274 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Derivative Liabilities

      

Bilateral OTC

 $578,018  $(547,285 $30,733  $(7,871 $(64 $22,798 

Cleared OTC(4)

  374,960   (374,866  94   —     (23  71 

Exchange traded

  25,795   (19,664  6,131   (1,028  —     5,103 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivative liabilities

 $978,773  $(941,815 $36,958  $(8,899 $(87 $27,972 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

220


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(1)Amounts include $7.2 billion of derivative assets and $7.3 billion of derivative liabilities, which are either not subject to master netting agreements or collateral agreements or are subject to such agreements but the Company has not determined the agreements to be legally enforceable. See also “Fair Value and Notional of Derivative Instruments” for additional disclosure about gross fair values and notionals for derivative instruments by risk type.
(2)Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default and where certain other criteria are met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.
(3)Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.
(4)Amounts include OTC derivatives that are centrally cleared in accordance with certain regulatory requirements.

The Company incurs credit risk as a dealer in OTC derivatives. Credit risk with respect to derivative instruments arises from the failure of a counterparty to perform according to the terms of the contract. The Company’s exposure to credit risk at any point in time is represented by the fair value of the derivative contracts reported as assets. The fair value of a derivative represents the amount at which the derivative could be exchanged in an orderly transaction between market participants and is further described in Notes 2 and 4.

The tables below present a summary by counterparty credit rating and remaining contract maturity of the fair value of OTC derivatives in a gain position at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. Fair value is presented in the final column, net of collateral received (principally cash and U.S. government and agency securities):

OTC Derivative Products—Trading Assets at December 31, 2013(1)

   

 

Years to Maturity

   Cross-
Maturity and
Cash  Collateral
Netting(3)
  Net Exposure
Post-Cash
Collateral
   Net Exposure
Post-
Collateral
 

Credit Rating(2)

  Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5      
   (dollars in millions) 

AAA

  $300   $752   $1,073   $3,664   $(3,721 $2,068   $1,673 

AA

   2,687    3,145    3,377    9,791    (13,515  5,485    3,927 

A

   7,382    8,428    9,643    17,184    (35,644  6,993    4,970 

BBB

   2,617    3,916    3,228    13,693    (16,191  7,263    4,870 

Non-investment grade

   2,053    2,980    1,372    2,922    (4,737  4,590    2,174 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $15,039   $19,221   $18,693   $47,254   $(73,808 $26,399   $17,614 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Fair values shown represent the Company’s net exposure to counterparties related to the Company’s OTC derivative products. Amounts include centrally cleared OTC derivatives. The table does not include exchange-traded derivatives and the effect of any related hedges utilized by the Company.
(2)Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Company’s Credit Risk Management Department.
(3)Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within such maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

221


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

OTC Derivative Products—Trading Assets at December 31, 2012(1)

   

 

Years to Maturity

   Cross-
Maturity
and Cash
Collateral
Netting(3)
  Net Exposure
Post-Cash
Collateral
   Net Exposure
Post-Collateral
 

Credit Rating(2)

  Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5      
   (dollars in millions) 

AAA

  $353   $551   $1,299   $6,121   $(4,851 $3,473   $3,088 

AA

   2,125    3,635    2,958    10,270    (12,761  6,227    4,428 

A

   6,643    9,596    14,228    29,729    (50,722  9,474    7,638 

BBB

   2,673    3,970    3,704    18,586    (21,713  7,220    5,754 

Non-investment grade

   2,091    2,855    2,142    4,538    (6,696  4,930    2,725 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $13,885   $20,607   $24,331   $69,244   $(96,743 $31,324   $23,633 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Fair values shown represent the Company’s net exposure to counterparties related to the Company’s OTC derivative products. Amounts include centrally cleared OTC derivatives. The table does not include exchange-traded derivatives and the effect of any related hedges utilized by the Company.
(2)Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Company’s Credit Risk Management Department.
(3)Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within such maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

Hedge Accounting.

The Company applies hedge accounting using various derivative financial instruments to hedge interest rate and foreign exchange risk arising from assets and liabilities not held at fair value as part of asset and liability management and foreign currency exposure management.

The Company’s hedges are designated and qualify for accounting purposes as one of the following types of hedges: hedges of exposure to changes in fair value of assets and liabilities being hedged (fair value hedges) and hedges of net investments in foreign operations whose functional currency is different from the reporting currency of the parent company (net investment hedges).

For all hedges where hedge accounting is being applied, effectiveness testing and other procedures to ensure the ongoing validity of the hedges are performed at least monthly.

Fair Value Hedges—Interest Rate Risk.    The Company’s designated fair value hedges consisted primarily of interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges of changes in the benchmark interest rate of fixed rate senior long-term borrowings. The Company uses regression analysis to perform an ongoing prospective and retrospective assessment of the effectiveness of these hedging relationships (i.e., the Company applies the “long-haul” method of hedge accounting). A hedging relationship is deemed effective if the fair values of the hedging instrument (derivative) and the hedged item (debt liability) change inversely within a range of 80% to 125%. The Company considers the impact of valuation adjustments related to the Company’s own credit spreads and counterparty credit spreads to determine whether they would cause the hedging relationship to be ineffective.

For qualifying fair value hedges of benchmark interest rates, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and the changes in the fair value of the hedged liability provide offset of one another and, together with any resulting ineffectiveness, are recorded in Interest expense. When a derivative is de-designated as a hedge, any basis adjustment remaining on the hedged liability is amortized to Interest expense over the remaining life of the liability using the effective interest method.

222


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Net Investment Hedges.    The Company may utilize forward foreign exchange contracts to manage the currency exposure relating to its net investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency operations. No hedge ineffectiveness is recognized in earnings since the notional amounts of the hedging instruments equal the portion of the investments being hedged and the currencies being exchanged are the functional currencies of the parent and investee. The gain or loss from revaluing hedges of net investments in foreign operations at the spot rate is deferred and reported within AOCI. The forward points on the hedging instruments are recorded in Interest income.

During 2012, the Company recognized an out-of-period pre-tax gain of approximately $109 million in the Institutional Securities business segment’s Other sales and trading net revenues related to the reversal of amounts recorded in cumulative other comprehensive income due to the incorrect application of hedge accounting on certain derivative contracts previously designated as net investment hedges of certain non-U.S. dollar-denominated subsidiaries. The Company has evaluated the effects of the incorrect application of hedge accounting, both qualitatively and quantitatively, and concluded that it did not have a material impact on any prior annual or quarterly consolidated financial statements. Subsequent to the identification of the incorrect application of net investment hedge accounting, the Company has appropriately redesignated the forward foreign exchange contracts and reapplied hedge accounting (see Note 15 for further information).

223


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Fair Value and Notional of Derivative Instruments.    The following tables summarize the fair value of derivative instruments designated as accounting hedges and the fair value of derivative instruments not designated as accounting hedges by type of derivative contract and the platform on which these instruments are traded or cleared on a gross basis. Fair values of derivative contracts in an asset position are included in Trading assets, and fair values of derivative contracts in a liability position are reflected in Trading liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 4):

  Derivative Assets 
  At December 31, 2013 
  Fair Value  Notional 
  Bilateral OTC  Cleared
OTC(1)
  Exchange
Traded
  Total  Bilateral OTC  Cleared
OTC(1)
  Exchange
Traded
  Total 
  (dollars in millions) 

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:

        

Interest rate contracts

 $4,729  $287  $—    $5,016  $54,696  $14,685  $—    $69,381 

Foreign exchange contracts

  236   —     —     236   6,694   —     —     6,694 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges

  4,965   287   —     5,252   61,390   14,685   —     76,075 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(2):

        

Interest rate contracts

  262,697   261,348   291   524,336   6,206,450   11,854,610   856,137   18,917,197 

Credit contracts

  39,054   5,292   —     44,346   1,244,004   240,781   —     1,484,785 

Foreign exchange contracts

  61,383   130   52   61,565   1,818,429   9,634   9,783   1,837,846 

Equity contracts

  26,104   —     28,001   54,105   294,524   —     437,842   732,366 

Commodity contracts

  10,106   —     3,265   13,371   144,981   —     139,433   284,414 

Other

  43   —     —     43   3,198   —     —     3,198 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges

  399,387   266,770   31,609   697,766   9,711,586   12,105,025   1,443,195   23,259,806 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivatives

 $404,352  $267,057  $31,609  $703,018  $9,772,976  $12,119,710  $1,443,195  $23,335,881 

Cash collateral netting

  (48,540  (3,462  —     (52,002  —     —     —     —   

Counterparty netting

  (329,919  (262,957  (25,673  (618,549  —     —     —     —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivative assets

 $25,893  $638  $5,936  $32,467  $9,772,976  $12,119,710  $1,443,195  $23,335,881 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

224


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

  Derivative Liabilities 
  At December 31, 2013 
  Fair Value  Notional 
  Bilateral OTC  Cleared
OTC(1)
  Exchange
Traded
  Total  Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC(1)
  Exchange
Traded
  Total 
  (dollars in millions) 

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:

        

Interest rate contracts

 $570  $614  $—    $1,184  $2,642  $12,667  $—    $15,309 

Foreign exchange contracts

  258   5   —     263   5,970   503   —     6,473 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges

  828   619   —     1,447   8,612   13,170   —     21,782 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(2):

        

Interest rate contracts

  244,906   261,011   228   506,145   6,035,757   11,954,325   1,067,894   19,057,976 

Credit contracts

  37,835   4,791   —     42,626   1,099,483   213,900   —     1,313,383 

Foreign exchange contracts

  61,635   138   23   61,796   1,897,400   10,505   3,106   1,911,011 

Equity contracts

  31,483   —     29,412   60,895   341,232   —     464,622   805,854 

Commodity contracts

  9,436   —     3,450   12,886   138,784   —     120,556   259,340 

Other

  76   —     —     76   4,659   —     —     4,659 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges

  385,371   265,940   33,113   684,424   9,517,315   12,178,730   1,656,178   23,352,223 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivatives

 $386,199  $266,559  $33,113  $685,871  $9,525,927  $12,191,900  $1,656,178  $23,374,005 

Cash collateral netting

  (31,139  (2,422  —     (33,561  —     —     —     —   

Counterparty netting

  (329,920  (262,956  (25,673  (618,549  —     —     —     —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivative liabilities

 $25,140  $1,181  $7,440  $33,761  $9,525,927  $12,191,900  $1,656,178  $23,374,005 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Amounts include OTC derivatives that are centrally cleared in accordance with certain regulatory requirements.
(2)Notional amounts include gross notionals related to open long and short futures contracts of $426 billion and $729 billion, respectively. The unsettled fair value on these futures contracts (excluded from the table above) of $879 million and $27 million is included in Customer and other receivables and Customer and other payables, respectively, on the consolidated statements of financial condition.

225


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

  Derivative Assets 
  At December 31, 2012 
  Fair Value  Notional 
  Bilateral OTC  Cleared
OTC(1)
  Exchange
Traded
  Total  Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC(1)
  Exchange
Traded
  Total 
  (dollars in millions) 

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:

        

Interest rate contracts

 $8,046  $301  $—    $8,347  $66,916  $8,199  $—    $75,115 

Foreign exchange contracts

  367   —     —     367   10,291   —     —     10,291 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges

  8,413   301   —     8,714   77,207   8,199   —     85,406 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(2):

        

Interest rate contracts

  443,523   371,789   142   815,454   8,029,510   10,096,252   776,130   18,901,892 

Credit contracts

  65,168   3,099   —     68,267   1,734,907   197,879   —     1,932,786 

Foreign exchange contracts

  52,349   44   34   52,427   1,831,385   3,834   5,967   1,841,186 

Equity contracts

  19,916   —     18,684   38,600   258,484   —     329,216   587,700 

Commodity contracts

  15,201   —     5,445   20,646   164,842   —     176,714   341,556 

Other

  143   —     —     143   4,908   —     —     4,908 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges

  596,300   374,932   24,305   995,537   12,024,036   10,297,965   1,288,027   23,610,028 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivatives

 $604,713  $375,233  $24,305  $1,004,251  $12,101,243  $10,306,164  $1,288,027  $23,695,434 

Cash collateral netting

  (68,024  (1,224  —     (69,248  —     —     —     —   

Counterparty netting

  (505,820  (373,322  (19,664  (898,806  —     —     —     —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivative assets

 $30,869  $687  $4,641  $36,197  $12,101,243  $10,306,164  $1,288,027  $23,695,434 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

226


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

  Derivative Liabilities 
  At December 31, 2012 
  Fair Value  Notional 
  Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC(1)
  Exchange
Traded
  Total  Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC(1)
  Exchange
Traded
  Total 
  (dollars in millions) 

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:

        

Interest rate contracts

 $167  $1  $—    $168  $2,000  $660  $—    $2,660 

Foreign exchange contracts

  319   —     —     319   17,156   —     —     17,156 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges

  486   1   —     487   19,156   660   —     19,816 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(2):

        

Interest rate contracts

  422,864   370,856   216   793,936   7,726,241   9,945,979   1,994,947   19,667,167 

Credit contracts

  60,420   4,074   —     64,494   1,645,464   222,343   —     1,867,807 

Foreign exchange contracts

  56,062   29   3   56,094   1,878,597   3,473   4,003   1,886,073 

Equity contracts

  22,239   —     19,631   41,870   257,340   —     329,858   587,198 

Commodity contracts

  15,886   —     5,945   21,831   169,189   —     155,912   325,101 

Other

  61   —     —     61   5,161   —     —     5,161 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges

  577,532   374,959   25,795   978,286   11,681,992   10,171,795   2,484,720   24,338,507 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivatives

 $578,018  $374,960  $25,795  $978,773  $11,701,148  $10,172,455  $2,484,720  $24,358,323 

Cash collateral netting

  (41,465  (1,544  —     (43,009  —     —     —     —   

Counterparty netting

  (505,820  (373,322  (19,664  (898,806  —     —     —     —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivative liabilities

 $30,733  $94  $6,131  $36,958  $11,701,148  $10,172,455  $2,484,720  $24,358,323 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Amounts include OTC derivatives that are centrally cleared in accordance with certain regulatory requirements.
(2)Notional amounts include gross notionals related to open long and short futures contracts of $368 billion and $1,476 billion, respectively. The unsettled fair value on these futures contracts (excluded from the table above) of $1,073 million and $24 million is included in Customer and other receivables and Customer and other payables, respectively, on the consolidated statements of financial condition.

The following tables summarize the gains or losses reported on derivative instruments designated and qualifying as accounting hedges for 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Derivatives Designated as Fair Value Hedges.

The following table presents gains (losses) reported on derivative instruments and the related hedge item as well as the hedge ineffectiveness included in Interest expense in the consolidated statements of income from interest rate contracts:

   Gains (Losses) Recognized 

Product Type

  2013  2012   2011 
   (dollars in millions) 

Derivatives

  $(4,332 $29   $3,415 

Borrowings

   5,604   703    (2,549
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $1,272  $732   $866 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

227


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Derivatives Designated as Net Investment Hedges.

   Gains (Losses)
Recognized in
OCI (effective portion)
 

Product Type

    2013       2012(1)     2011   
   (dollars in millions) 

Foreign exchange contracts(2)

  $448   $102   $180 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $448   $102   $180 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)A gain of $77 million, net of tax, related to net investment hedges was reclassified from other comprehensive income into income during 2012. The amount primarily related to the reversal of amounts recorded in cumulative other comprehensive income due to the incorrect application of hedge accounting on certain derivative contracts (see above for further information).
(2)Losses of $154 million, $235 million and $220 million were recognized in income related to amounts excluded from hedge effectiveness testing during 2013, 2012 and 2011.

The table below summarizes gains (losses) on derivative instruments not designated as accounting hedges for 2013, 2012 and 2011:

   Gains (Losses)
Recognized in Income(1)(2)
 

Product Type

  2013  2012  2011 
   (dollars in millions) 

Interest rate contracts

  $(608 $2,930  $5,538 

Credit contracts

   74   (722  38 

Foreign exchange contracts

   4,546   (340  (2,982

Equity contracts

   (9,193  (1,794  3,880 

Commodity contracts

   772   387   500 

Other contracts

   (90  1   (51
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivative instruments

  $(4,499 $462  $6,923 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Gains (losses) on derivative contracts not designated as hedges are primarily included in Trading revenues in the consolidated statements of income.
(2)Gains (losses) associated with certain derivative contracts that have physically settled are excluded from the table above. Gains (losses) on these contracts are reflected with the associated cash instruments, which are also included in Trading revenues in the consolidated statements of income.

The Company also has certain embedded derivatives that have been bifurcated from the related structured borrowings. Such derivatives are classified in Long-term borrowings and had a net fair value of $32 million and $53 million at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, and a notional value of $2,140 million and $2,178 million at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The Company recognized losses of $27 million, gains of $12 million and losses of $21 million related to changes in the fair value of its bifurcated embedded derivatives for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the amount of payables associated with cash collateral received that was netted against derivative assets was $52.0 billion and $69.2 billion, respectively, and the amount of receivables in respect of cash collateral paid that was netted against derivative liabilities was $33.6 billion and $43.0 billion, respectively. Cash collateral receivables and payables of $10 million and $13 million, respectively, at December 31, 2013 and $158 million and $34 million, respectively, at December 31, 2012, were not offset against certain contracts that did not meet the definition of a derivative.

228


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Credit-Risk-Related Contingencies.

In connection with certain OTC trading agreements, the Company may be required to provide additional collateral or immediately settle any outstanding liability balances with certain counterparties in the event of a credit ratings downgrade. At December 31, 2013, the aggregate fair value of OTC derivative contracts that contain credit-risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position totaled $21,176 million, for which the Company has posted collateral of $18,714 million, in the normal course of business. The additional collateral or termination payments which may be called in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract and can be based on ratings by either or both of Moody’s Investor Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”). At December 31, 2013, for such OTC trading agreements, the future potential collateral amounts and termination payments that could be called or required by counterparties or exchange and clearing organizations in the event of one-notch or two-notch downgrade scenarios based on the relevant contractual downgrade triggers were $1,244 million and an incremental $2,924 million, respectively. Of these amounts, $2,771 million at December 31, 2013 related to bilateral arrangements between the Company and other parties where upon the downgrade of one party, the downgraded party must deliver collateral to the other party. These bilateral downgrade arrangements are a risk management tool used extensively by the Company as credit exposures are reduced if counterparties are downgraded.

Credit Derivatives and Other Credit Contracts.

The Company enters into credit derivatives, principally through credit default swaps, under which it receives or provides protection against the risk of default on a set of debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity or entities. A majority of the Company’s counterparties are banks, broker-dealers, insurance and other financial institutions, and monoline insurers.

The tables below summarize the notional and fair value of protection sold and protection purchased through credit default swaps at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

   At December 31, 2013 
   Maximum Potential Payout/Notional 
   Protection Sold  Protection Purchased 
   Notional   Fair Value
(Asset)/Liability
  Notional   Fair Value
(Asset)/Liability
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Single name credit default swaps

  $799,838   $(9,349 $758,536   $8,564 

Index and basket credit default swaps

   454,355    (3,756  361,961    2,827 

Tranched index and basket credit default swaps

   146,597    (3,889  276,881    3,883 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $1,400,790   $(16,994 $1,397,378   $15,274 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   At December 31, 2012 
   Maximum Potential Payout/Notional 
   Protection Sold  Protection Purchased 
   Notional   Fair Value
(Asset)/Liability
  Notional   Fair Value
(Asset)/Liability
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Single name credit default swaps

  $1,069,474   $2,889  $1,029,543   $(2,456

Index and basket credit default swaps

   551,630    5,664   454,800    (5,124

Tranched index and basket credit default swaps

   272,088    2,330   423,058    (7,076
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $1,893,192   $10,883  $1,907,401   $(14,656
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

229


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The table below summarizes the credit ratings and maturities of protection sold through credit default swaps and other credit contracts at December 31, 2013:

   Protection Sold 
   Maximum Potential Payout/Notional   Fair  Value
(Asset)/
Liability(1)(2)
 
   Years to Maturity   

Credit Ratings of the Reference Obligation

  Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5   Total   
   (dollars in millions) 

Single name credit default swaps:

            

AAA

  $1,546   $8,661   $12,128   $1,282   $23,617   $(145

AA

   9,443    24,158    25,310    4,317    63,228    (845

A

   45,663    53,755    44,428    4,666    148,512    (2,704

BBB

   103,143    122,382    112,950    20,491    358,966    (4,294

Non-investment grade

   60,254    77,393    61,088    6,780    205,515    (1,361
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   220,049    286,349    255,904    37,536    799,838    (9,349
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Index and basket credit default swaps(3):

            

AAA

   14,890    40,522    30,613    2,184    88,209    (1,679

AA

   3,751    4,127    4,593    6,006    18,477    (275

A

   2,064    2,263    11,633    36    15,996    (418

BBB

   5,974    29,709    74,982    3,847    114,512    (2,220

Non-investment grade

   67,108    157,149    122,516    16,985    363,758    (3,053
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   93,787    233,770    244,337    29,058    600,952    (7,645
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total credit default swaps sold

  $313,836   $520,119   $500,241   $66,594   $1,400,790   $(16,994
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other credit contracts(4)(5)

  $75   $441   $529   $816   $1,861   $(457
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total credit derivatives and other credit contracts

  $313,911   $520,560   $500,770   $67,410   $1,402,651   $(17,451
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Fair value amounts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting.
(2)Fair value amounts of certain credit default swaps where the Company sold protection have an asset carrying value because credit spreads of the underlying reference entity or entities tightened during the terms of the contracts.
(3)Credit ratings are calculated internally.
(4)Other credit contracts include CLNs, CDOs and credit default swaps that are considered hybrid instruments.
(5)Fair value amount shown represents the fair value of the hybrid instruments.

230


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The table below summarizes the credit ratings and maturities of protection sold through credit default swaps and other credit contracts at December 31, 2012:

  Protection Sold 
  Maximum Potential Payout/Notional  Fair Value
(Asset)/
Liability(1)(2)
 
  Years to Maturity  

Credit Ratings of the Reference Obligation

 Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5  Total  
  (dollars in millions) 

Single name credit default swaps:

      

AAA

 $2,368  $6,592  $19,848  $5,767  $34,575  $(204

AA

  10,984   16,804   34,280   7,193   69,261   (325

A

  66,635   72,796   67,285   10,760   217,476   (2,740

BBB

  124,662   145,462   142,714   34,396   447,234   (492

Non-investment grade

  91,743   98,515   92,143   18,527   300,928   6,650 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  296,392   340,169   356,270   76,643   1,069,474   2,889 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Index and basket credit default swaps(3):

      

AAA

  18,652   36,005   45,789   3,240   103,686   (1,377

AA

  1,255   9,479   12,026   8,343   31,103   (55

A

  2,684   5,423   5,440   125   13,672   (155

BBB

  27,720   105,870   143,562   29,101   306,253   (862

Non-investment grade

  97,389   86,703   153,858   31,054   369,004   10,443 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  147,700   243,480   360,675   71,863   823,718   7,994 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total credit default swaps sold

 $444,092  $583,649  $716,945  $148,506  $1,893,192  $10,883 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other credit contracts(4)(5)

 $796  $125  $155  $1,323  $2,399  $(745
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total credit derivatives and other credit contracts

 $444,888  $583,774  $717,100  $149,829  $1,895,591  $10,138 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Fair value amounts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting.
(2)Fair value amounts of certain credit default swaps where the Company sold protection have an asset carrying value because credit spreads of the underlying reference entity or entities tightened during the terms of the contracts.
(3)Credit ratings are calculated internally.
(4)Other credit contracts include CLNs, CDOs and credit default swaps that are considered hybrid instruments.
(5)Fair value amount shown represents the fair value of the hybrid instruments.

Single Name Credit Default Swaps.    A credit default swap protects the buyer against the loss of principal on a bond or loan in case of a default by the issuer. The protection buyer pays a periodic premium (generally quarterly) over the life of the contract and is protected for the period. The Company in turn will have to perform under a credit default swap if a credit event as defined under the contract occurs. Typical credit events include bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the referenced entity, failure to pay and restructuring of the obligations of the referenced entity. In order to provide an indication of the current payment status or performance risk of the credit default swaps, the external credit ratings of the underlying reference entity of the credit default swaps are disclosed.

Index and Basket Credit Default Swaps.    Index and basket credit default swaps are credit default swaps that reference multiple names through underlying baskets or portfolios of single name credit default swaps. Generally, in the event of a default on one of the underlying names, the Company will have to pay a pro rata portion of the total notional amount of the credit default index or basket contract. In order to provide an indication of the current payment status or performance risk of these credit default swaps, the weighted average external credit ratings of the underlying reference entities comprising the basket or index were calculated and disclosed.

231


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The Company also enters into index and basket credit default swaps where the credit protection provided is based upon the application of tranching techniques. In tranched transactions, the credit risk of an index or basket is separated into various portions of the capital structure, with different levels of subordination. The most junior tranches cover initial defaults, and once losses exceed the notional of the tranche, they are passed on to the next most senior tranche in the capital structure.

When external credit ratings are not available, credit ratings were determined based upon an internal methodology.

Credit Protection Sold through CLNs and CDOs.    The Company has invested in CLNs and CDOs, which are hybrid instruments containing embedded derivatives, in which credit protection has been sold to the issuer of the note. If there is a credit event of a reference entity underlying the instrument, the principal balance of the note may not be repaid in full to the Company.

Purchased Credit Protection with Identical Underlying Reference Obligations.    For single name credit default swaps and non-tranched index and basket credit default swaps, the Company has purchased protection with a notional amount of approximately $1.1 trillion and $1.5 trillion at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, compared with a notional amount of approximately $1.3 trillion and $1.6 trillion at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, of credit protection sold with identical underlying reference obligations. In order to identify purchased protection with the same underlying reference obligations, the notional amount for individual reference obligations within non-tranched indices and baskets was determined on a pro rata basis and matched off against single name and non-tranched index and basket credit default swaps where credit protection was sold with identical underlying reference obligations.

The purchase of credit protection does not represent the sole manner in which the Company risk manages its exposure to credit derivatives. The Company manages its exposure to these derivative contracts through a variety of risk mitigation strategies, which include managing the credit and correlation risk across single name, non-tranched indices and baskets, tranched indices and baskets, and cash positions. Aggregate market risk limits have been established for credit derivatives, and market risk measures are routinely monitored against these limits. The Company may also recover amounts on the underlying reference obligation delivered to the Company under credit default swaps where credit protection was sold.

232


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

13.    Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies.

Commitments.

The Company’s commitments associated with outstanding letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements, investment activities, corporate lending and financing arrangements, and mortgage lending at December 31, 2013 are summarized below by period of expiration. Since commitments associated with these instruments may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements:

   Years to Maturity   Total at
December 31,
2013
 
   Less
than 1
   1-3   3-5   Over 5   
   (dollars in millions) 

Letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements

  $389   $1   $—     $1   $391 

Investment activities

   518    70    30    447    1,065 

Primary lending commitments—investment grade(1)

   7,695    14,674    36,224    798    59,391 

Primary lending commitments—non-investment grade(1)

   1,657    5,402    10,066    2,119    19,244 

Secondary lending commitments(2)

   44    38    10    72    164 

Commitments for secured lending transactions

   1,094    166    —      —      1,260 

Forward starting reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowing agreements(3)(4)

   44,890    —      —      —      44,890 

Commercial and residential mortgage-related commitments

   1,199    48    301    313    1,861 

Underwriting commitments

   588    —      —      —      588 

Other lending commitments

   2,660    340    193    128    3,321 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $60,734   $20,739   $46,824   $3,878   $132,175 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)This amount includes $49.4 billion of investment grade and $12 billion of non-investment grade unfunded commitments accounted for as held for investment and $3.5 billion of investment grade and $4.6 billion of non-investment grade unfunded commitments accounted for as held for sale at December 31, 2013. The remainder of these lending commitments is carried at fair value.
(2)These commitments are recorded at fair value within Trading assets and Trading liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 4).
(3)The Company enters into forward starting reverse repurchase and securities borrowing agreements (agreements that have a trade date at or prior to December 31, 2013 and settle subsequent to period-end) that are primarily secured by collateral from U.S. government agency securities and other sovereign government obligations. These agreements primarily settle within three business days and of the total amount at December 31, 2013, $42.9 billion settled within three business days.
(4)The Company also has a contingent obligation to provide financing to a clearinghouse through which it clears certain transactions. The financing is required only upon the default of a clearinghouse member. The financing takes the form of a reverse repurchase facility, with a maximum amount of approximately $1.1 billion.

Letters of Credit and Other Financial Guarantees Obtained to Satisfy Collateral Requirements.    The Company has outstanding letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued by third-party banks to certain of the Company’s counterparties. The Company is contingently liable for these letters of credit and other financial guarantees, which are primarily used to provide collateral for securities and commodities borrowed and to satisfy various margin requirements in lieu of depositing cash or securities with these counterparties.

Investment Activities.The Company enters into commitments associated with its real estate, private equity and principal investment activities, which include alternative products.

233


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Lending Commitments.    Primary lending commitments are those that are originated by the Company whereas secondary lending commitments are purchased from third parties in the market. The commitments include lending commitments that are made to investment grade and non-investment grade companies in connection with corporate lending and other business activities.

Commitments for Secured Lending Transactions.    Secured lending commitments are extended by the Company to companies and are secured by real estate or other physical assets of the borrower. Loans made under these arrangements typically are at variable rates and generally provide for over-collateralization based upon the creditworthiness of the borrower.

Forward Starting Reverse Repurchase Agreements.    The Company has entered into forward starting securities purchased under agreements to resell (agreements that have a trade date at or prior to December 31, 2013 and settle subsequent to period-end) that are primarily secured by collateral from U.S. government agency securities and other sovereign government obligations.

Commercial and Residential Mortgage-Related Commitments.    The Company enters into forward purchase contracts involving residential mortgage loans, residential mortgage lending commitments to individuals and residential home equity lines of credit. In addition, the Company enters into commitments to originate commercial and residential mortgage loans.

Underwriting Commitments.    The Company provides underwriting commitments in connection with its capital raising sources to a diverse group of corporate and other institutional clients.

Other Lending Commitments.    Other commitments generally include commercial lending commitments to small businesses and commitments related to securities-based lending activities in connection with the Company’s Wealth Management business segment.

The CompanyFirm sponsors severalnon-consolidated investment management funds for third-party investors where the Companyit typically acts as general partner of, and investment advisor to, these funds and typically commits to invest a minority of the capital of such funds, with subscribing third-party investors contributing the majority. The Company’sFirm’s employees, including its senior officers as well as the Company’sFirm’s Board of Directors (the “Board”), may participate on the same terms and conditions as other investors in certain of these funds that the Company formsFirm sponsors primarily for client investment, except that the CompanyFirm may waive or lower applicable fees and charges for its employees. The CompanyFirm has contractual capital commitments, guarantees lending facilities and counterparty arrangements with respect to these investment management funds.

Lending Commitments.Lending commitments represent the notional amount of legally binding obligations to provide funding to clients for different types of loan transactions. For syndications led by the Firm, the lending commitments accepted by the borrower but not yet closed are net of the amounts agreed to by counterparties that will participate in the syndication. For syndications that the Firm participates in and does not lead, lending commitments accepted by the borrower but not yet closed include only the amount that the Firm expects it will be allocated from the lead syndicate bank. Due to the nature of the Firm’s obligations under the commitments, these amounts include certain commitments participated to third parties. See Note 7 for further information.

Forward-Starting Secured Financing Receivables.The Firm has entered into forward-starting securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed (agreements that have a trade date at or prior to December 31, 2016 and settle subsequent toperiod-end) that are primarily secured by collateral from U.S. government agency securities and other sovereign government obligations.

Underwriting Commitments.The Firm provides underwriting commitments in connection with its capital raising sources to a diverse group of corporate and other institutional clients.

December 2016 Form 10-K152


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Premises and EquipmentEquipment.    .    The CompanyFirm hasnon-cancelable operating leases covering premises and equipment (excluding commodities operating leases, shown separately).equipment. At December 31, 2013,2016, future minimum rental commitments under such leases (net of subleases,sublease commitments, principally on office rentals) were as follows (dollars in millions):follows:

Operating Premises Leases

 

Year Ended

  Operating
Premises
Leases
 

2014

  $672 

2015

   656 

2016

   621 

2017

   554 

2018

   481 

Thereafter

   2,712 

234


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

$ in millions  

At

December 31,

2016

 

2017

  $649 

2018

   627 

2019

   549 

2020

   505 

2021

   444 

Thereafter

   2,958 

Total

  $                    5,732 

The total of minimum rentalsrental income to be received in the future undernon-cancelable operating subleases at December 31, 20132016 was $107$22 million.

Occupancy lease agreements, in addition to base rentals, generally provide for rent and operating expense escalations resulting from increased assessments for real estate taxes and other charges. Total rent expense net of sublease rental income, was $742$689 million, $765$705 million and $781$715 million in 2013, 2012for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2011,2014, respectively.

 

In connection with its commodities business, the Company enters into operating leases for both crude oil and refined products storage and for vessel charters. At December 31, 2013, future minimum rental commitmentsGuarantees

Obligations under such leases were as follows (dollars in millions):

Year Ended

  Operating
Equipment
Leases
 

2014

  $239  

2015

   149  

2016

   92 

2017

   87 

2018

   76 

Thereafter

   98 

Guarantees.

The table below summarizes certain information regarding the Company’s obligations under guarantee arrangementsGuarantee Arrangements at December 31, 2013:2016

 

 Maximum Potential Payout/Notional Carrying
Amount
(Asset)/
Liability
  Collateral/
Recourse
   Maximum Potential Payout/Notional   Carrying
Amount
(Asset)/
Liability
  Collateral/
Recourse
 
 Years to Maturity   Years to Maturity        

Type of Guarantee

 Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 Total 
 (dollars in millions) 

Credit derivative contracts(1)

 $313,836  $520,119  $500,241  $66,594  $1,400,790  $(16,994 $—    
$ in millions  Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5   Total   Carrying
Amount
(Asset)/
Liability
  Collateral/
Recourse
 

Credit derivatives1

  $        166,685   $        140,987   $91,784   $30,274   $429,730    

Other credit contracts

  75   441   529   816   1,861   (457  —      49    6        215    270    

Non-credit derivative contracts(1)

  1,249,932   794,776   353,559   474,921   2,873,188   54,098   —   

Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued(2)(3)

  1,024   812   1,205   5,652   8,693   (208  7,016 

Non-credit derivatives1

   1,466,131    779,057            325,616            541,369            3,112,173            55,476    

Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued2

   1,052    753    1,472    5,611    8,888    (164          7,009 

Market value guarantees

  —     112   83   515   710   7   106    38    133    71    8    250    2   4 

Liquidity facilities

  2,328   —     —     —     2,328   (4  3,042    2,812                2,812    (5  4,854 

Whole loan sales representations and warranties

  —     —     —     23,755   23,755   56   —   

Whole loan sales guarantees

           2    23,321    23,323    8    

Securitization representations and warranties

  —     —     —     67,249   67,249   82   —                  59,704    59,704    103    

General partner guarantees

  42   41   62   301   446   73   —      3    30    124    237    394    44    

 

(1)1.

Carrying amounts of derivative contracts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting. For further information on derivative contracts, see Note 12.4.

(2)2.Approximately $2.0 billion of

These amounts include certain issued standby letters of credit are also reflected inparticipated to third parties totaling $0.9 billion due to the “Commitments” table above in primary and secondary lending commitments. Standby letters of credit are recorded at fair value within Trading assets or Trading liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

(3)Amounts include guarantees issued by consolidated real estate funds sponsored by the Company of approximately $13.8 million. These guarantees relate to obligationsnature of the fund’s investee entities, including guarantees related to capital expenditures and principal and interest debt payments.Firm’s obligations under these arrangements.

 

 235153 December 2016 Form 10-K


MORGAN STANLEY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The CompanyFirm has obligations under certain guarantee arrangements, including contracts and indemnification agreements, that contingently require a guarantorthe Firm to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in an underlying measure (such as an interest or foreign exchange rate, security or commodity price, an index, or the occurrence ornon-occurrence of a specified event) related to an asset, liability or equity security of a guaranteed party. Also included as guarantees are contracts that contingently require the guarantorFirm to make payments to the guaranteed party based on another entity’s failure to perform under an agreement, as well as indirect guarantees of the indebtedness of others. The Company’s use

Types of guarantees is described below by type of guarantee:Guarantees

Derivative ContractsContracts..    Certain derivative contracts meet the accounting definition of a guarantee, including certain written options, contingent forward contracts and credit default swaps (see Note 124 regarding credit derivatives in which the CompanyFirm has sold credit protection to the counterparty). Although the Company’s derivative arrangements do not specifically identify whether the derivative counterparty retains the underlying asset, liability or equity security, the CompanyThe Firm has disclosed information regarding all derivative contracts that could meet the accounting definition of a guarantee. Theguarantee and has used the notional amount as the maximum potential payout for certain derivative contracts, such as written interest rate caps and written foreign currency options, cannot be estimated, as increases in interest or foreign exchange rates in the future could possibly be unlimited. Therefore, in order to provide information regarding the maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make under certain derivative contracts, the notional amount of the contracts has been disclosed. options.

In certain situations, collateral may be held by the CompanyFirm for those contracts that meet the definition of a guarantee. Generally, the CompanyFirm sets collateral requirements by counterparty so that the collateral covers various transactions and products and is not allocated specifically to individual contracts. Also, the CompanyFirm may recover amounts related to the underlying asset delivered to the CompanyFirm under the derivative contract.

The CompanyFirm records all derivative contracts at fair value. Aggregate market risk limits have been established, and market risk measures are routinely monitored against these limits. The CompanyFirm also manages its exposure to these derivative contracts through a variety of risk mitigation strategies, including, but not limited to, entering into offsetting economic hedge positions. The CompanyFirm believes that the notional amounts of the derivative contracts generally overstate its exposure.

Standby Letters of Credit and Other Financial Guarantees IssuedIssued.    .    In connection with its corporate lending business and other corporate activities, the CompanyFirm provides standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees to counterparties. Such arrangements represent obligations to make payments to third parties if the counterparty fails to fulfill its obligation under a borrowing arrangement or other contractual obligation. A majority of the Company’sFirm’s standby letters of credit isare provided on behalf of counterparties that are investment grade.

Market Value GuaranteesGuarantees.    .    Market value guarantees are issued to guarantee timely payment of a specified return to investors in certain affordable housing tax credit funds. These guarantees are designed to return an investor’s contribution to a fund and the investor’s share of tax losses and tax credits expected to be generated by a fund. From time to time, the CompanyFirm may also guarantee return of principal invested, potentially including a specified rate of return, to fund investors.

Liquidity FacilitiesFacilities.    .    The CompanyFirm has entered into liquidity facilities with SPEsspecial purpose entities (“SPEs”) and other counterparties, whereby the CompanyFirm is required to make certain payments if losses or defaults occur. Primarily, the CompanyFirm acts as liquidity provider to municipal bond securitization SPEs and for standalone municipal bonds in which the holders of beneficial interests issued by these SPEs or the holders of the individual bonds, respectively, have the right to tender their interests for purchase by the CompanyFirm on specified dates at a specified price. The CompanyFirm often may have recourse to the underlying assets held by the SPEs in the event payments are required under such liquidity facilities, as well as make-whole or recourse provisions with the trust sponsors. Primarily all of the underlying assets in the SPEs are investment grade. Liquidity facilities provided to municipal tender option bond trusts are classified as derivatives.

236


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Whole Loan SaleSales Guarantees.    The CompanyFirm has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain whole loan sales. Under certain circumstances, the CompanyFirm may be required to repurchase such assets or make other payments related to such assets if such representations and warranties wereare breached. The Company’sFirm maximum potential payout related to such representations and warranties is equal to the current unpaid principal balance (“UPB”) of such loans. The CompanyFirm has information on the current UPB only when it services the loans. The amount included in the aboveprevious table for the maximum potential payout of $23.8$23.3 billion includes the current UPB wherewhen known ($4.8 billion)of $4.4 billion and the UPB at the time of sale ($18.9 billion)of $18.9 billion when the current UPB is not known. The UPB at the time of the sale of all loans covered by these representations and warranties was approximately $44.9$42.7 billion. The related liability primarily relates to sales of loans to the federal mortgage agencies.

Securitization Representations and WarrantiesWarranties..    As part of the Company’sFirm’s Institutional Securities business segment’s securitization and related activities, the CompanyFirm has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain assets transferred in securitization transactions sponsored by the Company.Firm. The extent and nature of the representations and warranties, if any, vary among different securitizations. Under certain circumstances, the CompanyFirm may be required to repurchase such assets or make other payments

December 2016 Form 10-K154


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

related to such assets if such representations and warranties wereare breached. The maximum potential amount of future payments the CompanyFirm could be required to make would be equal to the current outstanding balances of, or losses associated with, the assets subject to breaches of such representations and warranties. The amount included in the aboveprevious table for the maximum potential payout includes the current UPB where known and the UPB at the time of sale when the current UPB is not known.

Between 2004 and 2013, the Company sponsoredAt December 31, 2016, there were approximately $148.0$147.9 billion of outstanding RMBS primarily containing U.S. residential loans that are outstanding at December 31, 2013.the Firm had sponsored between 2004 and 2016. Of that amount, the CompanyFirm made representations and warranties concerningrelating to approximately $47.0 billion of loans and agreed to be responsible for the representations and warranties made by third-party sellers, many of which are now insolvent, on approximately $21.0 billion of loans. At December 31, 2013,2016, the CompanyFirm had recorded $82reserved $103 million in theits consolidated financial statements for payments owed as a result of breach of representations and warranties made in connection with these residential mortgages. At December 31, 2013,2016, the current UPB for all the residential assets subject to such representations and warranties was approximately $17.2$11.6 billion, and the cumulative losses associated with U.S. RMBS were approximately $13.5$15.2 billion. The CompanyFirm did not make, or otherwise agree to be responsible for, the representations and warranties made by third partythird-party sellers on approximately $79.9 billion of residential loans that it securitized during that time period. The Company has not sponsored any U.S. RMBS transactions since 2007.

The CompanyFirm also made representations and warranties in connection with its role as an originator of certain commercial mortgage loans that it securitized in CMBS. BetweenAt December 31, 2016, there were outstanding Firm sponsored CMBS in which the Firm had originated and placed between 2004 and 2013, the Company originated approximately $50.6 billion and $13.0 billion of2016, U.S. andnon-U.S. commercial mortgage loans respectively, that were placed into CMBS sponsored by the Company that are outstanding at December 31, 2013.of approximately $37.3 billion and $6.2 billion, respectively. At December 31, 2013,2016, the CompanyFirm had not accrued any amounts in the consolidated financial statements for payments owed as a result of breach of representations and warranties made in connection with these commercial mortgages. At December 31, 2013,2016, the current UPB for all U.S. commercial mortgage loans subject to such representations and warranties was $33.0$31.7 billion. For thenon-U.S. commercial mortgage loans, the amount included in the aboveprevious table for the maximum potential payout includes the current UPB when known of $3.0$0.8 billion and the UPB at the time of sale of $0.4 billion when the current UPB is not known of $0.4 billion.known.

General Partner GuaranteesGuarantees.    .    As a general partner in certain private equity and real estate partnerships,investment management funds, the CompanyFirm receives certain distributions from the partnerships related to achieving certain return hurdles

237


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

according to the provisions of the partnership agreements. The Company, from time to time,Firm may be required to

return all or a portion of such distributions to the limited partners in the event the limited partners do not achieve a certain return as specified in the various partnership agreements, subject to certain limitations.

Other Guarantees and Indemnities.

Indemnities

In the normal course of business, the CompanyFirm provides guarantees and indemnifications in a variety of commercial transactions. These provisions generally are standard contractual terms. Certain of these guarantees and indemnifications related to indemnities, exchange/clearinghouse member guarantees and merger and acquisition guarantees are described below.below:

 

 

Trust Preferred Securities.Indemnities.    The Company has established Morgan Stanley Capital Trusts for the limited purpose of issuing trust preferred securities to third parties and lending the proceeds to the Company in exchange for junior subordinated debentures. The Company has directly guaranteed the repayment of the trust preferred securities to the holders thereof to the extent that the Company has made payments to a Morgan Stanley Capital Trust on the junior subordinated debentures. In the event that the Company does not make payments to a Morgan Stanley Capital Trust, holders of such series of trust preferred securities would not be able to rely upon the guarantee for payment of those amounts. The Company has not recorded any liability in the consolidated financial statements for these guarantees and believes that the occurrence of any events (i.e., non-performance on the part of the paying agent) that would trigger payments under these contracts is remote. See Note 11.

Indemnities.    The CompanyFirm provides standard indemnities to counterparties for certain contingent exposures and taxes, including U.S. and foreign withholding taxes, on interest and other payments made on derivatives, securities and stock lending transactions, certain annuity products and other financial arrangements. These indemnity payments could be required based on a change in the tax laws, or a change in interpretation of applicable tax rulings or a change in factual circumstances. Certain contracts contain provisions that enable the CompanyFirm to terminate the agreement upon the occurrence of such events. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the CompanyFirm could be required to make under these indemnifications cannot be estimated.

 

 

Exchange/Clearinghouse Member Guarantees.Guarantees.    The CompanyFirm is a member of various U.S. andnon-U.S. exchanges and clearinghouses that trade and clear securities and/or derivative contracts. Associated with its membership, the CompanyFirm may be required to pay a certain amount as determined by the exchange or the clearinghouse in case of a default of any of its members or pay a proportionate share of the financial obligations of another member whothat may default on its obligations to the exchange or the clearinghouse. While the rules governing different exchange or clearinghouse memberships and the forms of these guarantees may vary, in general the Company’s guaranteeFirm’s obligations under these rules would arise only if the exchange or clearinghouse had previously exhausted its resources. The maximum potential payout under these membership agreements cannot be estimated. The Company has not recorded any contingent liability in the consolidated financial statements for these agreements and believes that any potential requirement to make payments under these agreements is remote.

In addition, some clearinghouse rules require members to assume a proportionate share of losses resulting from the clearinghouse’s investment of guarantee fund contributions and initial margin, and of other losses unrelated to the default of a clearing member, if such losses exceed the specified resources allocated for such purpose by the clearinghouse.

The maximum potential payout under these rules cannot be estimated. The Firm has not recorded any contingent liability in its consolidated financial statements for these agreements and believes that any potential requirement to make payments under these agreements is remote.

 

155December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Merger and Acquisition Guarantees.Guarantees.    The CompanyFirm may, from time to time, in its role as investment banking advisor be required to provide guarantees in connection with certain European merger and acquisition transactions. If required by the regulating authorities, the CompanyFirm provides a guarantee that the acquirer in the merger and acquisition transaction has or will have sufficient funds to complete the transaction and would then be required to make the acquisition payments in the event the acquirer’s funds are insufficient at the completion date of the transaction. These arrangements generally cover the time frame from the transaction offer date to its closing date and, therefore, are generally short term in nature. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make cannot be estimated. The CompanyFirm believes the likelihood of any payment by the CompanyFirm under these arrangements is remote given the level of the Company’sits due diligence associated with its role as investment banking advisor.

238


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

In addition, in the ordinary course of business, the CompanyFirm guarantees the debt and/or certain trading obligations (including obligations associated with derivatives, foreign exchange contracts and the settlement of physical commodities) of certain subsidiaries. These guarantees generally are entity or product specific and are required by investors or trading counterparties. The activities of the Firm’s subsidiaries covered by these guarantees (including any related debt or trading obligations) are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Contingencies

Contingencies.

Legal.    In the normal course of business, the CompanyFirm has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or are in financial distress. These actions have included, but are not limited to, residential mortgage and credit crisiscredit-crisis related matters.

Over the last several years, the level of litigation and investigatory activity (both formal and informal) by governmentgovernmental and self-regulatory agencies has increased materially in the financial services industry. As a result, the CompanyFirm expects that it may becomewill continue to be the subject of increasedelevated claims for damages and other relief and, while the CompanyFirm has identified below any individual proceedings where the CompanyFirm believes a material loss to be reasonably possible and reasonably estimable, there can be no assurance that material losses will not be incurred from claims that have not yet been asserted or are not yet determined to be probable or possible and reasonably estimable losses.

The CompanyFirm contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the CompanyFirm can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, the CompanyFirm accrues the estimated loss by a charge to income. The Company expectsFirm incurred legal expenses of $263 million in 2016, $563 million in 2015 and $3,364 million in 2014. The Firm’s future litigation accruals in general to continue to be elevated and the changes in accrualslegal expenses may fluctuate from period to period, may fluctuate significantly, given the current environment regarding government investigations and private litigation affecting global financial services firms, including the Company.

The Company incurred litigation expenses of approximately $1,952 million in 2013, $513 million in 2012 and $151 million in 2011. The litigation expenses incurred in 2013 were primarily due to settlements and reserve additions related to various matters, including the Company’s February 7, 2014 agreement to settle theFederal Housing Finance Agency, as Conservator v. Morgan Stanley et al. litigation for $1,250 million, the Company’s January 30, 2014 agreement in principle with the Staff of the Enforcement Division of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) to resolve an investigation related to certain subprime RMBS transactions for $275 million, the Company’s February 11, 2014 agreement to settle theCambridge Place Investment Management Inc. v. Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc., et al. litigation, and the Company’s January 23, 2014 agreement in principle to settle theMetropolitan Life Insurance Company, et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al. litigation, which were reflected within the Institutional Securities business segment.

Firm.

In many proceedings and investigations, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount of any loss. In addition, even where a loss is possible or an exposure to loss exists in excess of the liability already accrued with respect to a previously recognized loss contingency, it is not always possible to reasonably estimate the size of the possible loss or range of loss.

For certain legal proceedings and investigations, the CompanyFirm cannot reasonably estimate such losses, particularly for proceedings and investigations where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or governmental entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages, restitution, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need to be resolved, including through potentially lengthy discovery and

239


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification and the calculation of damages or other relief, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question, before a loss or additional loss or range of loss or additional range of loss can be reasonably estimated for a proceeding or investigation.

For certain other legal proceedings and investigations, the CompanyFirm can estimate reasonably possible losses, additional losses, ranges of loss or ranges of additional loss in excess of amounts accrued, but does not believe, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that such losses will have a material adverse effect on the Company’sFirm’s consolidated financial statements as a whole, other than the matters referred to in the following paragraphs.

On March 15, 2010, the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco filed two complaints against the Company and other defendants in the Superior Court of the State of California. These actions are styledFederal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco v. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, et al., andFederal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco v. Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. et al., respectively. Amended complaints filed on June 10, 2010 allege that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in connection with the sale to plaintiff of a number of mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The amount of certificates allegedly sold to plaintiff by the Company in these cases was approximately $704 million and $276 million, respectively. The complaints raise claims under both the federal securities laws and California law and seek, among other things, to rescind the plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. On August 11, 2011, plaintiff’s Securities Act claims were dismissed with prejudice. The defendants filed answers to the amended complaints on October 7, 2011. On February 9, 2012, defendants’ demurrers with respect to all other claims were overruled. On December 20, 2013, plaintiff’s negligent misrepresentation claims were dismissed with prejudice. A bellwether trial is currently scheduled to begin in September 2014. The Company is not a defendant in connection with the securitizations at issue in that trial. At December 25, 2013, the current unpaid balance of the mortgage pass-through certificates at issue in these cases was approximately $316 million, and the certificates had incurred actual losses of approximately $5 million. Based on currently available information, the Company believes it could incur a loss for this action up to the difference between the $316 million unpaid balance of these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the time of a judgment against the Company, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs. The Company may be entitled to be indemnified for some of these losses and to an offset for interest received by the plaintiff prior to a judgment.

On July 15, 2010, China Development Industrial Bank (“CDIB”) filed a complaint against the Company,Firm, styledChina Development Industrial Bank v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated et al., which is pending in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County (“Supreme Court of NY”). The complaint relates to a $275 million credit default swap referencing the super senior portion of the STACK2006-1 CDO. The complaint asserts claims for common law

December 2016 Form 10-K156


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

fraud, fraudulent inducement and fraudulent concealment and alleges that the CompanyFirm misrepresented the risks of the STACK2006-1 CDO to CDIB, and that the CompanyFirm knew that the assets backing the CDO were of poor quality when it entered into the credit default swap with CDIB. The complaint seeks compensatory damages related to the approximately $228 million that CDIB alleges it has already lost under the credit default swap, rescission of CDIB’s obligation to pay an additional $12 million, punitive damages, equitable relief, fees and costs. On February 28, 2011, the court denied the Company’sFirm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. Based on currently available information, the Company believes it could incur a loss of up to approximately $240 million plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs.

On October 15, 2010, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago filed a complaint against the Company and other defendants in the Circuit Court of the State of Illinois styledFederal Home Loan Bank of Chicago v. Bank of

240


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

America Funding Corporation et al. The complaint alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to plaintiff of a number of mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sold to plaintiff by the Company in this action was approximately $203 million. The complaint raises claims under Illinois law and seeks, among other things, to rescind the plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. On March 24, 2011, the court granted plaintiff leave to file an amended complaint. The Company filed its answer on December 21, 2012. On December 13, 2013, the court entered an order dismissing all claims related to one of the securitizations at issue. At December 25, 2013, the current unpaid balance of the mortgage pass-through certificates at issue in this action was approximately $94 million and certain certificates had incurred actual losses of approximately $1 million. Based on currently available information, the CompanyFirm believes it could incur a loss in this action of up to the difference between the $94approximately $240 million unpaid balance of these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the time of a judgment against the Company, pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs. The Company may be entitled to be indemnified for some of these losses and to an offset for interest received by the plaintiff prior to a judgment.

On July 18, 2011, the Western and Southern Life Insurance Company and certain affiliated companiesAugust 7, 2012, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust2006-4SL and Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series2006-4SLagainst the Company and other defendants in the Court of Common Pleas in Ohio,Firm styledWestern and Southern Life Insurance Company,Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust2006-4SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., et al. An amendedpending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint was filed on April 2, 2012asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that defendants made untrue statements and material omissionsthe loans in the sale to plaintiffstrust, which had an original principal balance of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans.approximately $303 million, breached various representations and warranties. The amount of the certificates allegedly sold to plaintiffs by the Company was approximately $153 million. The amended complaint raises claims under the Ohio Securities Act, federal securities laws, and common law and seeks, among other things, to rescind the plaintiffs’ purchases of such certificates. The Company filed its answer on August 17, 2012. Trial is currently scheduled to begin in May 2015. At December 25, 2013, the current unpaid balancerelief, rescission of the mortgage pass-through certificates at issueloan purchase agreement underlying the transaction, specific performance and unspecified damages and interest. On August 8, 2014, the court granted in this action was approximately $116 million,part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On December 2, 2016, the Firm moved for summary judgment and the certificates had incurred actual losses of approximately $1 million.plaintiff moved for partial summary judgment. Based on currently available information, the CompanyFirm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to the difference between the $116approximately $149 million, unpaid balance of these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the time of a judgment against the Company, plus post-judgment interest, fees and costs. The Company may be entitled to an offset for interest received by the plaintiff prior to a judgment.

On April 25, 2012, The Prudential Insurance Company of America and certain affiliates filed a complaint against the Company and certain affiliates in the Superior Court of the State of New Jersey styledThe Prudential Insurance Company of America, et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al.The complaint alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in connection with the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company is approximately $1 billion. The complaint raises claims under the New Jersey Uniform Securities Law, as well as common law claims of negligent misrepresentation, fraud and tortious interference with contract and seeks, among other things, compensatory damages, punitive damages, rescission and rescissionary damages associated with plaintiffs’ purchases of such certificates. On October 16, 2012, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint which, among other things, increases the total amount of the certificates at issue by approximately $80 million, adds causes of action for fraudulent inducement, equitable fraud, aiding and abetting fraud, and violations of the New Jersey RICO statute, and includes a claim for treble damages. On March 15, 2013, the court denied the defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended complaint. On April 26, 2013, the defendants filed an answer to the amended complaint. At December 25, 2013, the currentoriginal unpaid balance of the mortgage pass-through certificates at issue in this action was approximately $648 million, andloans for which the certificates hadFirm received repurchase demands that it did not yet incurred actual losses. Based on currently available information, the Company believes it could incur a loss in this action up to the difference between therepurchase, pluspre-

241


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

$648 million unpaid balance of these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the time of a judgment against the Company, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs. The Company may be entitledcosts, but plaintiff is seeking to be indemnified for someexpand the number of these losses and to an offset for interest received by the plaintiff prior to a judgment.

On April 20, 2011, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston filed a complaint against the Company and other defendants in the Superior Court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts styledFederal Home Loan Bank ofBoston v. Ally Financial, Inc. F/K/A GMAC LLC et al. An amended complaint was filed on June 19, 2012 and alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to plaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly issued by the Company or sold to plaintiff by the Company was approximately $385 million. The amended complaint raises claims under the Massachusetts Uniform Securities Act, the Massachusetts Consumer Protection Act and common law and seeks, among other things, to rescind the plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. On May 26, 2011, defendants removed the case to the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts. On October 11, 2012, defendants filed motions to dismiss the amended complaint, which was granted in part and denied in part on September 30, 2013. The defendants filed an answer to the amended complaint on December 16, 2013. At December 25, 2013, the current unpaid balance of the mortgage pass-through certificatesloans at issue in this action was approximately $79 million, and the certificates had incurred actual lossespossible range of $0.7 million. Based on currently available information, the Company believes itloss could incur a loss in this action up to the difference between the $79 million unpaid balance of these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the time of a judgment against the Company, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs. The Company may be entitled to be indemnified for some of these losses and to an offset for interest received by the plaintiff prior to a judgment.increase.

On August 8, 2012, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as Trustee,trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-14SL, Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-14SL, Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust2007-4SL and Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series2007-4SL against the Company. The complaint isFirm styledMorganStanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-14SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor in interest to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc. and is, pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trusts, which had original principal balances of approximately $354 million and $305 million respectively, breached various representations

and warranties. On October 9, 2012, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. On August 16, 2013, the court granted in part and denied in part the Company’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On September 17, 2013, the Company filed its answer to the complaint. On September 26, 2013, and October 7, 2013, the Company and the plaintiffs, respectively, filed notices of appeal with respect to the court’s August 16, 2013 decision. The plaintiff is seeking,complaint seeks, among other relief, rescission of the mortgage loan purchase agreements underlying the transactions, specific performance and unspecified damages and interest. On August 16, 2013, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On August 16, 2016, the Firm moved for summary judgment and the plaintiffs moved for partial summary judgment. Based on currently available information, the CompanyFirm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $527 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, pluspre- and post-interest,post-judgment interest, fees and costs.costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On September 28, 2012, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-13ARX against the Firm styledMorgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-13ARX v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor in interest to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The plaintiff filed an amended complaint on January 17, 2013, which asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $609 million, breached various representations and warranties. The amended complaint seeks, among other relief, declaratory judgment relief, specific performance and unspecified damages and interest. By order dated September 30, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the amended complaint, which plaintiff appealed. On August 11, 2016, the Appellate Division, First Department reversed in part the trial court’s order that granted the Firm’s motion to dismiss. On December 13, 2016, the Appellate Division granted the Firm’s motion for leave to appeal to the New York Court of Appeals. The Firm filed its opening letter brief with the Court of Appeals on February 6, 2017. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $170 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On January 10, 2013, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-10SL and Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-10SL against the Firm styledMorgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-10SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor in interest to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., pending in

157December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $300 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, an order requiring the Firm to comply with the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, and interest. On September 23,August 8, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $197 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On May 3, 2013, plaintiffs inNational Credit Union Administration BoardDeutsche Zentral-Genossenschaftsbank AG et al. v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc., et al.filed a complaint against the Company andFirm, certain affiliates, and other defendants in the United States DistrictSupreme Court for the Southern District of New York.NY. The complaint alleges that defendants made untrue statements of material fact or omitted to state material factsmisrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates issuedbacked by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the CompanyFirm to plaintiffsplaintiff was approximately $417$644 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the CompanyFirm for violations of Section 11common law fraud, fraudulent concealment, aiding and Section 12(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, violations of the Texas Securities Act,abetting fraud, negligent misrepresentation, and violations of the Illinois Securities Law of 1953rescission and seeks, among other things, rescissorycompensatory and compensatorypunitive damages. The defendants filed aOn June 10, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the

242


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

complaint complaint. The Firm perfected its appeal from that decision on November 13, 2013. On January 22, 2014 the court granted defendants’ motion to dismiss with respect to claims arising under the Securities Act of 1933 and denied defendants’ motion to dismiss with respect to claims arising under Texas Securities Act and the Illinois Securities Law of 1953.June 12, 2015. At December 25, 2013,2016, the current unpaid balance of the mortgage pass-through certificates at issue in this action was approximately $225$247 million, and the certificates had incurred actual losses of $23approximately $86 million. Based on currently available information, the CompanyFirm believes it could incur a loss in this action up to the difference between the $225$247 million unpaid balance of these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the time of a judgment against the Company,Firm, or upon sale, pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs. The CompanyFirm may be entitled to be indemnified for some of these losseslosses.

On July 8, 2013, U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint against the Firm styled U.S. Bank National Association, solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust2007-2AX (MSM2007-2AX) v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, asSuccessor-by-Merger to Morgan Stanley MortgageCapital Inc. and GreenPoint Mortgage Funding, Inc.,

pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $650 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages and interest. On August 22, 2013, the Firm filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, which was granted in part and denied in part on November 24, 2014. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $240 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On December 30, 2013, Wilmington Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee for Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust2007-12, filed a complaint against the Firm styledWilmington Trust Company v. MorganStanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC et al., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $516 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, unspecified damages, attorneys’ fees, interest and costs. On February 28, 2014, the defendants filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, which was granted in part and denied in part on June 14, 2016. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $152 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, plus attorney’s fees, costs and interest, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On April 28, 2014, Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee for Morgan Stanley Structured Trust I2007-1, filed a complaint against the Firm styledDeutsche Bank National Trust Companyv. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $735 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified compensatory and/or rescissory damages, interest and costs. On April 3, 2015, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. Based on

December 2016 Form 10-K158


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $292 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On September 19, 2014, Financial Guaranty Insurance Company (“FGIC”) filed a complaint against the Firm in the Supreme Court of NY, styledFinancial Guaranty Insurance Company v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. et al.relating to a securitization issued by Basket of Aggregated Residential NIMS2007-1 Ltd. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the net interest margin securities (“NIMS”) in the trust breached various representations and warranties. FGIC issued a financial guaranty policy with respect to certain notes that had an original balance of approximately $475 million. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the NIMS breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, reimbursement of certain payments made pursuant to the transaction documents, attorneys’ fees and interest. On November 24, 2014, the Firm filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, which the court denied on January 19, 2017. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $126 million, the unpaid balance of these notes, pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, as well as claim payments that FGIC has made and will make in the future.

On September 23, 2014, FGIC filed a complaint against the Firm in the Supreme Court of NY styledFinancial Guaranty Insurance Company v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. etal. relating to the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust2007-NC4. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and fraudulent inducement and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust breached various representations and warranties and defendants made untrue statements and material omissions to induce FGIC to issue a financial guaranty policy on certain classes of certificates that had an original balance of approximately $876 million. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, compensatory, consequential and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees and interest. On January 23, 2017, the court denied the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $277 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands from a certificate holder and FGIC that the Firm did not repurchase, pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and

costs, as well as claim payments that FGIC has made and will make in the future. In addition, plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On January 23, 2015, Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint against the Firm styledDeutsche Bank National Trust Company solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust2007-NC4 v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC asSuccessor-by-Merger to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., and Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $1.05 billion, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, compensatory, consequential, rescissory, equitable and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees, costs and other related expenses, and interest. On December 11, 2015, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On February 11, 2016, plaintiff filed a notice of appeal of that order. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $277 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands from a certificate holder and a monoline insurer that the Firm did not repurchase, pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

In May 2016, the Austrian state of Land Salzburg filed a claim against the Firm in Germany (the “German Proceedings”) seeking €209 million (approximately $220 million) relating to certain fixed income and commodities derivative transactions which Land Salzburg entered into with the Firm between 2005 and 2012. Land Salzburg has alleged that it had neither the capacity nor authority to enter into such transactions, which should be set aside, and that the Firm breached certain advisory and other duties which the Firm had owed to it. In April 2016, the Firm filed apre-emptive claim against Land Salzburg in the English courts (the “English Proceedings”) in which the Firm is seeking declarations that Land Salzburg had both the capacity and authority to enter into the transactions, and that the Firm has no liability to Land Salzburg arising from them. In July 2016, the Firm filed an application with the German court to stay the German Proceedings on the basis that the English court was first seized of the dispute between the parties and, pending determination of that application, filed its statement of defense on December 23, 2016. On December 8, 2016,

159December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Land Salzburg filed an application with the English court challenging its jurisdiction to determine the English Proceedings. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately €209 million, plus interest and costs.

13.Variable Interest Entities and Securitization Activities

Overview

The Firm is involved with various SPEs in the normal course of business. In most cases, these entities are deemed to be VIEs.

The Firm’s variable interests in VIEs include debt and equity interests, commitments, guarantees, derivative instruments and certain fees. The Firm’s involvement with VIEs arises primarily from:

Interests purchased in connection with market-making activities, securities held in its Investment securities portfolio and retained interests held as a result of securitization activities, includingre-securitization transactions.

Guarantees issued and residual interests retained in connection with municipal bond securitizations.

Loans made to and investments in VIEs that hold debt, equity, real estate or other assets.

Derivatives entered into with VIEs.

Structuring of CLNs or other asset-repackaged notes designed to meet the investment objectives of clients.

Other structured transactions designed to providetax-efficient yields to the Firm or its clients.

The Firm determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE upon its initial involvement with the VIE and reassesses whether it is the primary beneficiary on an ongoing basis as long as it has any continuing involvement with the VIE. This determination is based upon an analysis of the design of the VIE, including the VIE’s structure and activities, the power to make significant economic decisions held by the Firm and by other parties, and the variable interests owned by the Firm and other parties.

The power to make the most significant economic decisions may take a number of different forms in different types of VIEs. The Firm considers servicing or collateral management decisions as representing the power to make the most significant economic decisions in transactions such as securitizations or CDOs. As a result, the Firm does not consolidate

securitizations or CDOs for which it does not act as the servicer or collateral manager unless it holds certain other rights to replace the servicer or collateral manager or to require the liquidation of the entity. If the Firm serves as servicer or collateral manager, or has certain other rights described in the previous sentence, the Firm analyzes the interests in the VIE that it holds and consolidates only those VIEs for which it holds a potentially significant interest of the VIE.

The structure of securitization vehicles and CDOs is driven by several parties, including loan seller(s) in securitization transactions, the collateral manager in a CDO, one or more rating agencies, a financial guarantor in some transactions and the underwriter(s) of the transactions, that serve to reflect specific investor demand. In addition, subordinate investors, such as the“B-piece” buyer (i.e., investors in most subordinated bond classes) in commercial mortgage-backed securitizations or equity investors in CDOs, can influence whether specific loans are excluded from a CMBS transaction or investment criteria in a CDO.

For many transactions, such asre-securitization transactions, CLNs and other asset-repackaged notes, there are no significant economic decisions made on an ongoing basis. In these cases, the Firm focuses its analysis on decisions made prior to the initial closing of the transaction and at the termination of the transaction. Based upon factors, which include an analysis of the nature of the assets, including whether the assets were issued in a transaction sponsored by the Firm and the extent of the information available to the Firm and to an offset for interest receivedinvestors, the number, nature and involvement of investors, other rights held by the plaintiffFirm and investors, the standardization of the legal documentation and the level of continuing involvement by the Firm, including the amount and type of interests owned by the Firm and by other investors, the Firm concluded in most of these transactions that decisions made prior to the initial closing were shared between the Firm and the initial investors. The Firm focused its control decision on any right held by the Firm or investors related to the termination of the VIE. Mostre-securitization transactions, CLNs and other asset-repackaged notes have no such termination rights.

Consolidated VIEs

Except for consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings and managed real estate partnerships in the tables below, the Firm accounts for the assets held by the entities primarily in Trading assets and the liabilities of the entities in Other secured financings in its consolidated balance sheets. For consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings, the Firm accounts for the assets held by the entities primarily in Premises, equipment and software costs, and

December 2016 Form 10-K160


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Other assets in its consolidated balance sheets. For consolidated VIEs included in managed real estate partnerships, the Firm accounts for the assets held by the entities primarily in Trading assets in its consolidated balance sheets. Except for consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings, the assets and liabilities are measured at fair value, with changes in fair value reflected in earnings.

As part of the Institutional Securities business segment’s securitization and related activities, the Firm has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain assets transferred in securitization transactions sponsored by the Firm (see Note 12).

As a judgment.result of adopting the accounting updateAmendments to the Consolidation Analysis on January 1, 2016, certain consolidated entities are now considered VIEs and are included in the balances at December 31, 2016. See Note 2 for further information.

Assets and Liabilities by Type of Activity

   At December 31, 2016   At December 31, 2015 
$ in millions  VIE Assets   VIE
 Liabilities 
   VIE Assets   VIE
 Liabilities  
 

Credit-linked notes

  $501   $   $900   $—  

Other structured financings

   602    10    787    13  

Asset-backed securitizations1

   397    283    668    423  

Other2

   910    25    245    —  

Total

  $            2,410   $            318   $            2,600   $            436  

1.

Asset-backed securitizations include transactions backed by residential mortgage loans, commercial mortgage loans and other types of assets, including consumer or commercial assets. The value of assets is determined based on the fair value of the liabilities of and the interests owned by the Firm in such VIEs because the fair values for the liabilities and interests owned are more observable.

2.

Other primarily includes certain operating entities, investment funds and structured transactions.

Assets and Liabilities by Balance Sheet Caption

$ in millions  At December 31,
2016
   

At December 31, 

2015

 

Assets

    

Cash and due from banks

  $74   $14  

Trading assets at fair value

   1,295    1,842  

Customer and other receivables

   13     

Goodwill

   18    —  

Intangible assets

   177    —  

Other assets

   833    741  

Total

  $2,410   $2,600  

Liabilities

    

Other secured financings at fair value

  $289   $431  

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

   29     

Total

  $318   $436  

Consolidated VIE assets and liabilities are presented in the previous tables after intercompany eliminations. The assets owned by many consolidated VIEs cannot be removed unilaterally by the Firm and are not generally available to the Firm. The related liabilities issued by many consolidated VIEs arenon-recourse to the Firm. In certain other consolidated VIEs, the Firm either has the unilateral right to remove assets or provide additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.

In general, the Firm’s exposure to loss in consolidated VIEs is limited to losses that would be absorbed on the VIE’s net assets recognized in its financial statements, net of amounts absorbed by third-party variable interest holders. At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, noncontrolling interests in the consolidated financial statements related to consolidated VIEs were $228 million and $37 million, respectively. The Firm also had additional maximum exposure to losses of approximately $78 million and $72 million at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, primarily related to certain derivatives, commitments, guarantees and other forms of involvement.

Non-consolidated VIEs

The following tables include all VIEs in which the Firm has determined that its maximum exposure to loss is greater than specific thresholds or meets certain other criteria and exclude exposure to loss from liabilities due to immateriality. Most of the VIEs included in the following tables are sponsored by unrelated parties; the Firm’s involvement generally is the result of its secondary market-making activities, securities held in its Investment securities portfolio (see Note 5) and certain investments in funds.

161December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Non-consolidated VIE Assets, Maximum and Carrying Value of Exposure to Loss

   At December 31, 2016 
$ in millions  

Mortgage and

Asset-Backed

Securitizations

   

 Collateralized 

Debt

Obligations

   

     Municipal     

Tender

Option

Bonds

   

Other

Structured

    Financings    

            Other          

VIE assets that the Firm does not consolidate

(unpaid principal balance)

  $101,916   $11,341   $4,857   $4,293   $39,077  

Maximum exposure to loss

          

Debt and equity interests

  $11,243   $1,245   $50   $1,570   $4,877  

Derivative and other contracts

           2,812        45  

Commitments, guarantees and other

   684    99        187    228  

Total

  $11,927   $1,344   $2,862   $1,757   $5,150  

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets

          

Debt and equity interests

  $11,243   $1,245   $49   $1,183   $4,877  

Derivative and other contracts

           5        18  

Total

  $11,243   $1,245   $54   $1,183   $4,895  

   At December 31, 2015 
$ in millions  Mortgage and
Asset-Backed
Securitizations
   

 Collateralized 

Debt

Obligations

   

     Municipal     

Tender

Option

Bonds

   

Other

Structured

    Financings    

            Other          

VIE assets that the Firm does not consolidate

(unpaid principal balance)

  $126,872   $8,805   $4,654   $2,201   $20,775  

Maximum exposure to loss

          

Debt and equity interests

  $13,361   $1,259   $1   $1,129   $3,854  

Derivative and other contracts

           2,834        67  

Commitments, guarantees and other

   494    231        361    222  

Total

  $13,855   $1,490   $2,835   $1,490   $4,143  

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets

          

Debt and equity interests

  $13,361   $1,259   $1   $685   $3,854  

Derivative and other contracts

           5        13  

Total

  $13,361   $1,259   $6   $685   $3,867  

Non-consolidated VIE Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securitization Assets

   At December 31, 2016   At December 31, 2015 
$ in millions  

Unpaid

Principal

Balance

   

Debt and

Equity

Interests

   

Unpaid

Principal

Balance

   

Debt and

Equity

Interests

 

Residential mortgages

  $4,775   $458   $13,787   $1,012  

Commercial mortgages

   54,021    2,656    57,313    2,871  

U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations

   14,796    2,758    13,236    2,763  

Other consumer or commercial loans

   28,324    5,371    42,536    6,715  

Total

  $    101,916   $      11,243   $    126,872   $      13,361  

The Firm’s maximum exposure to loss often differs from the carrying value of the variable interests held by the Firm. The maximum exposure to loss is dependent on the nature of the

Firm’s variable interest in the VIEs and is limited to the notional amounts of certain liquidity facilities, other credit support, total return swaps, written put options, and the fair value of certain other derivatives and investments the Firm has made in the VIEs. Liabilities issued by VIEs generally arenon-recourse to the Firm. Where notional amounts are utilized in quantifying maximum exposure related to derivatives, such amounts do not reflect fair value write-downs already recorded by the Firm.

The Firm’s maximum exposure to loss does not include the offsetting benefit of any financial instruments that the Firm may utilize to hedge these risks associated with its variable interests. In addition, the Firm’s maximum exposure to loss is not reduced by the amount of collateral held as part of a transaction with the VIE or any party to the VIE directly against a specific exposure to loss.

December 2016 Form 10-K162


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Securitization transactions generally involve VIEs. Primarily as a result of its secondary market-making activities, the Firm owned additional VIE assets mainly issued by securitization SPEs for which the maximum exposure to loss is less than specific thresholds. These additional assets totaled $11.7 billion and $12.9 billion at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. These assets were either retained in connection with transfers of assets by the Firm, acquired in connection with secondary market-making activities or held as AFS securities in its Investment securities portfolio (see Note 5) or held as investments in funds. At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, these assets consisted of securities backed by residential mortgage loans, commercial mortgage loans or other consumer loans, such as credit card receivables, automobile loans and student loans, CDOs or CLOs, and investment funds. The Firm’s primary risk exposure is to the securities issued by the SPE owned by the Firm, with the risk highest on the most subordinate class of beneficial interests. These assets generally are included in Trading assets—Corporate and other debt, Trading assets—Investments or AFS securities within its Investment securities portfolio and are measured at fair value (see Note 3). The Firm does not provide additional support in these transactions through contractual facilities, such as liquidity facilities, guarantees or similar derivatives. The Firm’s maximum exposure to loss generally equals the fair value of the assets owned.

Securitization Activities

In a securitization transaction, the Firm transfers assets (generally commercial or residential mortgage loans or U.S. agency securities) to an SPE, sells to investors most of the beneficial interests, such as notes or certificates, issued by the SPE, and, in many cases, retains other beneficial interests. In many securitization transactions involving commercial mortgage loans, the Firm transfers a portion of the assets to the SPE with unrelated parties transferring the remaining assets.

The purchase of the transferred assets by the SPE is financed through the sale of these interests. In some of these transactions, primarily involving residential mortgage loans in the U.S., the Firm serves as servicer for some or all of the transferred loans. In many securitizations, particularly involving residential mortgage loans, the Firm also enters into derivative transactions, primarily interest rate swaps or interest rate caps, with the SPE.

Although not obligated, the Firm generally makes a market in the securities issued by SPEs in these transactions. As a market maker, the Firm offers to buy these securities from, and sell these securities to, investors. Securities purchased through these market-making activities are not considered to be retained interests, although these beneficial interests generally are included in Trading assets—Corporate and other debt and are measured at fair value.

The Firm enters into derivatives, generally interest rate swaps and interest rate caps, with a senior payment priority in many securitization transactions. The risks associated with these and similar derivatives with SPEs are essentially the same as similar derivatives withnon-SPE counterparties and are managed as part of the Firm’s overall exposure. See Note 4 for further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities.

Available for Sale Securities

In the AFS securities within the Investment securities portfolio, the Firm holds securities issued by VIEs not sponsored by the Firm. These securities include government-guaranteed securities issued in transactions sponsored by the federal mortgage agencies and the most senior securities issued by VIEs in which the securities are backed by student loans, automobile loans, commercial mortgage loans or CLOs (see Note 5).

Municipal Tender Option Bond Trusts

In a municipal tender option bond transaction, the Firm, generally on behalf of a client, transfers a municipal bond to a trust. The trust issues short-term securities that the Firm, as the remarketing agent, sells to investors. The client retains a residual interest. The short-term securities are supported by a liquidity facility pursuant to which the investors may put their short-term interests. In some programs, the Firm provides this liquidity facility; in most programs, a third-party provider will provide such liquidity facility. The Firm may purchase short-term securities in its role either as remarketing agent or as liquidity provider. The client can generally terminate the transaction at any time. The liquidity provider can generally terminate the transaction upon the occurrence of certain events. When the transaction is terminated, the municipal bond is generally sold or returned to the client. Any losses suffered by the liquidity provider upon the sale of the bond are the responsibility of the client. This obligation generally is collateralized. Liquidity facilities provided to municipal tender option bond trusts are classified as derivatives. The Firm consolidates any municipal tender option bond trusts in which it holds the residual interest.

Credit Protection Purchased through CLNs

In a CLN transaction, the Firm transfers assets (generally high-quality securities or money market investments) to an SPE, enters into a derivative transaction in which the SPE writes protection on an unrelated reference asset or group of assets, through a credit default swap, a total return swap or similar instrument, and sells to investors the securities issued by the SPE. In some transactions, the Firm may also enter into interest rate or currency swaps with the SPE. Upon the

163December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

occurrence of a credit event related to the reference asset, the SPE will deliver collateral securities as payment to the Firm. The Firm is generally exposed to price changes on the collateral securities in the event of a credit event and subsequent sale. These transactions are designed to provide investors with exposure to certain credit risk on the reference asset. In some transactions, the assets and liabilities of the SPE are recognized in the Firm’s consolidated balance sheets. In other transactions, the transfer of the collateral securities is accounted for as a sale of assets, and the SPE is not consolidated. The structure of the transaction determines the accounting treatment.

The derivatives in CLN transactions consist of total return swaps, credit default swaps or similar contracts in which the Firm has purchased protection on a reference asset or group of assets. Payments by the SPE are collateralized. The risks associated with these and similar derivatives with SPEs are essentially the same as similar derivatives withnon-SPE counterparties and are managed as part of the Firm’s overall exposure.

Other Structured Financings

The Firm primarily invests in equity interests issued by entities that develop and ownlow-income communities (includinglow-income housing projects) and entities that construct and own facilities that will generate energy from renewable resources. The equity interests entitle the Firm to its share of tax credits and tax losses generated by these projects. In addition, the Firm has issued guarantees to investors in certainlow-income housing funds. The guarantees are designed to return an investor’s contribution to a fund and the investor’s share of tax losses and tax credits expected to be generated by the fund. The Firm is also involved with entities designed to providetax-efficient yields to the Firm or its clients.

Collateralized Loan and Debt Obligations

A CLO or a CDO is an SPE that purchases a pool of assets, consisting of corporate loans, corporate bonds, asset-backed securities or synthetic exposures on similar assets through derivatives, and issues multiple tranches of debt and equity securities to investors. The Firm underwrites the securities issued in CLO transactions on behalf of unaffiliated sponsors and provides advisory services to these unaffiliated sponsors. The Firm sells corporate loans to many of these SPEs, in some cases representing a significant portion of the total assets purchased. If necessary, the Firm may retain unsold securities issued in these transactions. Although not obligated, the Firm generally makes a market in the securities issued by SPEs in these transactions. These beneficial interests are included in Trading assets and are measured at fair value.

Equity-Linked Notes

In an ELN transaction, the Firm typically transfers to an SPE either (1) a note issued by the Firm, the payments on which are linked to the performance of a specific equity security, equity index, or other index or (2) debt securities issued by other companies and a derivative contract, the terms of which will relate to the performance of a specific equity security, equity index or other index. These transactions are designed to provide investors with exposure to certain risks related to the specific equity security, equity index or other index. ELN transactions with SPEs were not consolidated at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

Transactions with SPEs in which the Firm, acting as principal, transferred financial assets with continuing involvement and received sales treatment are shown below.

Transfers of Assets with Continuing Involvement

  At December 31, 2016 
$ in millions Residential
Mortgage
Loans
  Commercial
Mortgage
Loans
  U.S. Agency
Collateralized
Mortgage
Obligations
  

Credit-
Linked
Notes and

Other1

 

SPE assets (unpaid principal balance)2

 $19,381  $43,104  $11,092  $11,613 

Retained interests (fair value)

 

Investment grade

 $  $22  $375  $ 

Non-investment grade

  4   79      826 

Total

 $4  $101  $375  $826 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

 

Investment grade

 $  $30  $26  $ 

Non-investment grade

  23   75       

Total

 $23  $105  $26  $ 

Derivative assets (fair value)

 $  $261  $  $89 

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

           459 
  At December 31, 2015 
$ in millions Residential
Mortgage
Loans
  Commercial
Mortgage
Loans
  U.S. Agency
Collateralized
Mortgage
Obligations
  

Credit-
Linked
Notes and

Other1

 

SPE assets (unpaid principal balance)2

 $22,440  $72,760  $17,978  $12,235 

Retained interests (fair value)

 

Investment grade

 $  $238  $649  $ 

Non-investment grade

  160   63      1,136 

Total

 $160  $301  $649  $1,136 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

 

Investment grade

 $  $88  $99  $ 

Non-investment grade

  60   63      10 

Total

 $60  $151  $99  $10 

Derivative assets (fair value)

 $  $343  $  $151 

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

           449 

1.

Amounts include CLO transactions managed by unrelated third parties.

2.

Amounts include assets transferred by unrelated transferors.

December 2016 Form 10-K164


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   At December 31, 2016 
$ in millions  Level 2   Level 3   Total 

Retained interests (fair value)

      

Investment grade

  $385   $12   $397 

Non-investment grade

   14    895    909 

Total

  $399   $        907   $    1,306 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

 

Investment grade

  $56   $   $56 

Non-investment grade

   84    14    98 

Total

  $        140   $14   $154 

Derivative assets (fair value)

  $348   $2   $350 

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

   98    361    459 
   At December 31, 2015 
$ in millions  Level 2   Level 3   Total 

Retained interests (fair value)

      

Investment grade

  $886   $1   $887 

Non-investment grade

   17    1,342    1,359 

Total

  $        903   $        1,343   $    2,246 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

 

Investment grade

  $187   $   $187 

Non-investment grade

   112    21    133 

Total

  $299   $21   $320 

Derivative assets (fair value)

  $466   $28   $494 

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

   110    339    449 

Transferred assets are carried at fair value prior to securitization, and any changes in fair value are recognized in the consolidated income statements. The Firm may act as underwriter of the beneficial interests issued by these securitization vehicles. Investment banking underwriting net revenues are recognized in connection with these transactions. The Firm may retain interests in the securitized financial assets as one or more tranches of the securitization. These retained interests are included in the consolidated balance sheets. Any changes in the fair value of such retained interests are recognized in the consolidated income statements.

Proceeds from New Securitization Transactions and Retained Interests in Securitization Transactions

$ in millions  2016   2015   2014 

New transactions

  $    18,975   $    21,243   $    20,553 

Retained interests

   2,701    3,062    3,041 

Net gains on sale of assets in securitization transactions at the time of the sale were not material for all periods presented.

The Firm has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain assets transferred in securitization transactions sponsored by the Firm (see Note 12).

Proceeds from Sales to CLO Entities Sponsored byNon-Affiliates

$ in millions  2016   2015   2014 

Proceeds from sale of corporate loans sold to those SPEs

  $    475   $    1,110   $    2,388 

Net gains on sale of corporate loans to CLO transactions at the time of sale were not material for all periods presented.

The Firm also enters into transactions in which it sells equity securities and contemporaneously enters into bilateral OTC equity derivatives with the purchasers of the securities, through which it retains the exposure to the securities as shown in the following table.

Carrying and Fair Value of Assets Sold and Retained Interest Exposure

$ in millions  

At December 31,

2016

  

At December 31,

2015

 

Carrying value of assets derecognized at the time of sale and gross cash proceeds

  $11,209  $7,878 

Fair value of assets sold

   11,301   7,935 

Fair value of derivative assets recognized in the consolidated balance sheets

   128   97 

Fair value of derivative liabilities recognized in the consolidated balance sheets

   36   40 

Failed Sales

For transfers that fail to meet the accounting criteria for a sale, the Firm continues to recognize the assets in Trading assets at fair value, and the Firm recognizes the associated liabilities in Other secured financings at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 11).

The assets transferred to certain unconsolidated VIEs in transactions accounted for as failed sales cannot be removed unilaterally by the Firm and are not generally available to the Firm. The related liabilities are alsonon-recourse to the Firm. In certain other failed sale transactions, the Firm has the right to remove assets or provide additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.

Carrying Value of Assets and Liabilities Related to Failed Sales

   

At

December 31, 2016

   

At

December 31, 2015

 
$ in millions  Assets   Liabilities   Assets   Liabilities 

Failed sales

  $        285   $        285   $        400   $        400 

165December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

14. Regulatory Requirements.Requirements

Regulatory Capital Framework

Morgan Stanley.    The CompanyFirm is a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and is subject to the regulation and oversight of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve.Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements for the Company,Firm, including well-capitalized standards, and evaluates the Company’sFirm’s compliance with such capital requirements. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency establishes similar capital requirements and standards for MSBNAthe Firm’s U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. The regulatory capital requirements are largely based on the Basel III capital standards established by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and MSPBNA.also implement certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.

Regulatory Capital Requirements

As of December 31, 2013, the Company calculated itsThe Firm is required to maintain minimum risk-based and leverage capital ratios andunder the regulatory capital requirements. A summary of the calculations of regulatory capital, risk-weighted assets (“RWAs”) in accordance with the existingand transition provisions follows.

Regulatory Capital

Minimum risk-based capital adequacy standards for financial holding companies adopted by the Federal Reserve. These existing capital standards are based upon a framework described in the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards,” July 1988, as amended, also referredratio requirements apply to as Basel I. In December 2007, the U.S. banking regulators published final regulations incorporating the Basel II Accord, which requires internationally active U.S. banking organizations, as well as certain of their U.S. bank subsidiaries, to implement Basel II standards over the next several years.

In December 2010, the Basel Committee reached an agreement on Basel III. In July 2013, the U.S. banking regulators promulgated final rules to implement many aspects of Basel III (the “U.S. Basel III final rule”). The U.S. Basel III final rule contains new capital standards that raise capital requirements, strengthen counterparty credit risk capital requirements, introduce a leverage ratio as a supplemental measure to the risk-based ratio and replace the use of externally developed credit ratings with alternatives such as the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development’s country risk classifications. Under the U.S. Basel III final rule, the Company is subject, on a fully phased in basis, to a minimum Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital. Certain adjustments to and deductions from capital are required for purposes of determining these ratios, such as goodwill, intangibles, certain deferred tax assets, other amounts in AOCI and investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions. Certain of these adjustments and deductions are also subject to transitional provisions.

In addition to the minimum risk-based capital ratio of 4.5%,requirements, on a minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% and a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 8%. The Company is alsofullyphased-in basis by 2019, the Firm will be subject to ato:

A greater than 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation bufferbuffer;

The Common Equity Tier 1 global systemically important bank capital surcharge, currently at 3%; and if deployed, up

Up to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 countercyclical capital buffer, on acurrently set by banking regulators at zero (collectively, the “buffers”).

In 2016, thephase-in amount for each of the buffers is 25% of the fullyphased-in basis by 2019. buffer requirement. Failure to maintain suchthe buffers will result in restrictions on the Company’sFirm’s ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers. In addition, certain new items will be deducted from Common Equity Tier 1

Risk-Weighted Assets

RWAs reflect both the Firm’son- andoff-balance sheet risk, as well as capital and certain existing deductions will be modified. The majority of these capital deductions is subject to a phase-in schedule and will be fully phased-in by 2018. Under the U.S. Basel III final rule, unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities will be reflected in Common Equity Tier 1 capital, subject to a phase-in schedule. The U.S. Basel III final rule also subjects certain banking organizations, including the Company, to a minimum supplementary leverage ratio of 3%. The Company became subjectcharges attributable to the U.S. Basel III final rule beginning on January 1, 2014. Certain requirementsrisk of loss arising from the following:

Credit risk: The failure of a borrower, counterparty or issuer to meet its financial obligations to the Firm;

Market risk: Adverse changes in the U.S. Basel III final rule, including the minimumlevel of one or more market prices, rates, indices, implied volatilities, correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity; and

Operational risk: Inadequate or failed processes or systems, human factors or from external events (e.g., fraud, theft, legal and compliance risks, cyber attacks or damage to physical assets).

The Firm’s binding risk-based capital ratios and new capital buffers, will be phased in over several years.

U.S. banking regulators have published final regulations implementing a provisionfor regulatory purposes are the lower of the Dodd-Frank Act requiring that certain institutions supervised bycapital ratios computed under the Federal Reserve, including the Company, be subject to minimum capital requirements that are not less than the generally(i) standardized approaches for calculating credit risk RWAs and market risk RWAs (the “Standardized Approach”) and (ii) applicable risk-based capital

advanced approaches for calculating credit risk, market risk and operational risk RWAs (the “Advanced Approach”).

243


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

requirements. Currently, this minimum “capital floor” is based on Basel I. Beginning on January 1, 2015, the U.S. Basel III final rule will replace the current Basel I-based “capital floor” with a standardized approach that, among other things, modifies the existing risk weights for certain types of asset classes. The “capital floor” applies to the calculation of minimum risk-based capital requirements as well as the capital conservation buffer and, if deployed, the countercyclical capital buffer. Accordingly, the methods for calculating each of the Company’sFirm’s risk-based capital ratios will change through January 1, 2022 as aspects of the U.S. Basel III final rule’s revisions to the numerator and denominatorcapital rules are phased in and following the Company’s completion of the U.S. Basel III advanced approach parallel run period.in. These ongoing methodological changes may result in differences in the Company’sFirm’s reported capital ratios from one reporting period to the next that are independent of changes to the Company’sits capital base, asset composition,off-balance sheet exposures or risk profile.

On January 1, 2013, the U.S. banking regulators’ rules to implement the Basel Committee’s market risk capital framework amendment, commonly referred to as “Basel 2.5”, became effective, which increased the capital requirements for securitizations and correlation trading within the Company’s trading book as well as incorporated add-ons for stressed Value-at-Risk (“VaR”) and incremental risk requirements (“market risk capital framework amendment”).

At December 31, 2013, the Company’s capital levels calculated under Basel I, inclusive of the market risk capital framework amendment, were in excess of well-capitalized levels with ratios of Tier 1 capital to RWAs of 15.7% and total capital to RWAs of 16.9% (6% and 10% being well-capitalized for regulatory purposes, respectively). The Company’s ratio of Tier 1 common capital to RWAs was 12.8% (5% under stressed conditions is the current minimum under the Federal Reserve’s Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (“CCAR”) framework). Financial holding companies, including the Company, are subject to a Tier 1 leverage ratio defined by the Federal Reserve. Consistent with the Federal Reserve’s definition, the Company calculated its Tier 1 leverage ratio as Tier 1 capital divided by adjusted average total assets (which reflects adjustments for disallowed goodwill, certain intangible assets, deferred tax assets and financial and non-financial equity investments). The adjusted average total assets are derived using weekly balances for the period. At December 31, 2013, the Company was in compliance with the Federal Reserve’s Tier 1 leverage requirement, with a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 7.6% (5% is the current well-capitalized standard for regulatory purposes).

The following table summarizes the capital measures for the Company:

   December 31, 2013  December 31, 2012 
   Balance   Ratio  Balance   Ratio 
   (dollars in millions) 

Tier 1 common capital(1)

  $49,917    12.8% $44,794    14.6%

Tier 1 capital(1)

   61,007     15.7%  54,360    17.7%

Total capital(1)

   66,000     16.9%  56,626    18.5%

RWAs(1)

   389,675    —     306,746    —   

Adjusted average total assets

   805,838    —     769,495    —   

Tier 1 leverage

   —      7.6%  —      7.1%

(1)Effective January 1, 2013, in accordance with the U.S. banking regulators’ rules the Company implemented the Basel Committee’s market risk capital framework amendment, commonly referred to as “Basel 2.5”, which increased the capital requirement for securitizations and correlation trading within the Company’s trading book as well as incorporated add-ons for stressed VaR and incremental risk requirements. Under the market risk capital framework amendment, total RWAs would have been approximately $424 billion at December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2012, the capital ratios would have been approximately as follows: Total capital ratio 13.4%, Tier 1 common capital ratio 10.6% and Tier 1 capital ratio 12.8%.

 

December 2016 Form 10-K 244166 


MORGAN STANLEY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)The Firm’s Regulatory Capital and Capital Ratios

At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Firm’s binding ratios are based on the Advanced Approach transitional rules.

Regulatory Capital

 

  At December 31, 2016 
$ in millions Amount   Ratio  Minimum
Ratio1
 

Regulatory capital and capital ratios

    

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

 $60,398    16.9  5.9% 

Tier 1 capital

  68,097    19.0  7.4% 

Total capital

  78,642    22.0  9.4% 

Tier 1 leverage2

      8.4  4.0% 

Assets

    

Total RWAs

 $    358,141    N/A   N/A 

Adjusted average assets3

  811,402    N/A   N/A 

  At December 31, 2015 
$ in millions Amount   Ratio  Minimum
Ratio1
 

Regulatory capital and capital ratios

    

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

 $59,409    15.5  4.5% 

Tier 1 capital

  66,722    17.4  6.0% 

Total capital

  79,403    20.7  8.0% 

Tier 1 leverage2

      8.3  4.0% 

Assets

    

Total RWAs

 $    384,162    N/A   N/A 

Adjusted average assets3

  803,574    N/A   N/A 

N/A—Not Applicable

1.

Percentages represent minimum regulatory capital ratios under the transitional rules.

2.

Tier 1 leverage ratios are calculated under the Standardized Approach transitional rules.

3.

Adjusted average assets represent the denominator of the Tier 1 leverage ratio and are composed of the average daily balance of consolidatedon-balance sheet assets under U.S. GAAP during the calendar quarter ended December 31 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, adjusted for disallowed goodwill, transitional intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets, certain investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions and other adjustments.

The Company’s U.S. Bank Operating Subsidiaries.Subsidiaries’ Regulatory Capital and Capital Ratios

The Company’sFirm’s U.S. bank operating subsidiariesBank Subsidiaries are subject to varioussimilar regulatory capital requirements as administered by U.S. federal banking agencies.the Firm. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries’Bank Subsidiaries’ financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, each of the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiariesBank Subsidiaries must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries’its assets, liabilities and certainoff-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.

At December 31, 2013, the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject and exceeded all regulatory mandated and targeted minimum regulatory capital requirements to be well-capitalized. There are no conditions or events that management believes have changed the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries’ category.

The table below sets forth the capital information for the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries, which are U.S. depository institutions, calculated in a manner consistent with the guidelines described under Basel I in 2012. In 2013, the RWAs disclosed reflect the implementation of the market risk capital framework amendment, commonly referred to as “Basel 2.5”, which became effective on January 1, 2013.

   December 31, 2013  December 31, 2012 
     Amount       Ratio      Amount       Ratio   
   (dollars in millions) 

Total capital (to RWAs):

       

MSBNA(1)

  $12,468    16.5 $11,509    16.7

MSPBNA

  $2,184    26.6 $1,673    28.8

Tier 1 capital (to RWAs):

       

MSBNA(1)

  $10,805    14.3 $9,918    14.4

MSPBNA

  $2,177    26.5 $1,665    28.7

Tier 1 leverage:

       

MSBNA

  $10,805    10.6 $9,918    13.3

MSPBNA

  $2,177    9.7 $1,665    10.6

(1)MSBNA’s Tier 1 capital ratio and Total capital ratio at December 31, 2012 were each reduced by approximately 50 basis points due to an approximate $2.0 billion adjustment to notional value of derivatives contracts, which resulted in an increase to MSBNA’s RWAs by such amount.

Under regulatory capital requirements adopted by the U.S. federal banking agencies, U.S. depository institutions, in order to be considered well-capitalized, must maintain a ratio of total capital to RWAs of 10%, a capital ratio of Tier 1 capital to RWAs of 6%, and a ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total assets (leverage ratio) of 5%. Each U.S. depository institution subsidiary of the CompanyFirm must be well-capitalized in order for the CompanyFirm to continue to

qualify as a financial holding company and to continue to engage in the broadest range of financial activities permitted for financial holding companies. Under regulatory capital requirements adopted by the U.S. federal banking agencies, U.S. depository institutions must maintain certain minimum capital ratios in order to be considered well-capitalized. At December 31, 20132016 and December 31, 2012,2015, the Company’sFirm’s U.S. depository institutionsBank Subsidiaries maintained capital at levels in excess of the universally mandated well-capitalized levels. These subsidiary depository institutions maintain capital at levels sufficiently in excess of the “well-capitalized”universally mandated well-capitalized requirements to address any additional capital needs and requirements identified by the U.S. federal banking regulators.

At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ binding ratios are based on the Standardized Approach transitional rules.

MS&Co. and Other Broker-Dealers.MSBNA’s Regulatory Capital

   At December 31, 2016 
$ in millions  Amount   Ratio  Required
Capital
Ratio1
 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

  $    13,398    16.9  6.5% 

Tier 1 capital

   13,398    16.9  8.0% 

Total capital

   14,858    18.7  10.0% 

Tier 1 leverage

   13,398    10.5  5.0% 
   At December 31, 2015 
$ in millions  Amount   Ratio  Required
Capital
Ratio1
 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

  $13,333    15.1  6.5% 

Tier 1 capital

   13,333    15.1  8.0% 

Total capital

   15,097    17.1  10.0% 

Tier 1 leverage

   13,333    10.2  5.0% 

1.

Capital ratios that are required in order to be considered well-capitalized for U.S. regulatory purposes.

MSPBNA’s Regulatory Capital

   At December 31, 2016 
$ in millions  Amount   Ratio  Required
Capital
Ratio1
 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

  $5,589    26.1  6.5% 

Tier 1 capital

   5,589    26.1  8.0% 

Total capital

   5,626    26.3  10.0% 

Tier 1 leverage

   5,589    10.6  5.0% 
   At December 31, 2015 
$ in millions  Amount   Ratio  Required
Capital
Ratio1
 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

  $    4,197    26.5  6.5% 

Tier 1 capital

   4,197    26.5  8.0% 

Total capital

   4,225    26.7  10.0% 

Tier 1 leverage

   4,197    10.5  5.0% 

1.

Capital ratios that are required in order to be considered well-capitalized for U.S. regulatory purposes.

167December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Broker-Dealer Regulatory Capital Requirements

MS&Co. is a registered U.S. broker-dealer and registered futures commission merchant and, accordingly, is subject to the minimum net capital requirements of the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”(“CFTC”). MS&Co. has consistently operated with capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements. MS&Co.’s net capital totaled $7,201$10,311 million and $7,820$10,254 million at December 31, 20132016 and December 31, 2012,2015, respectively, which exceeded the amount required by $5,627$8,034 million and $6,453$8,458 million, respectively. MS&Co. is required to hold tentative net

245


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

capital in excess of $1 billion and net capital in excess of $500 million in accordance with the market and credit risk standards of Appendix E of SEC Rule15c3-1. In addition, MS&Co. is also required to notify the SEC in the event that its tentative net capital is less than $5 billion. At December 31, 2013,2016 and December 31, 2015, MS&Co. had tentative net capital in excess of the minimum and the notification requirements.

MSSB LLC is a registered U.S. broker-dealer and registeredintroducing broker for the futures commission merchantbusiness and, accordingly, is subject to the minimum net capital requirements of the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. and the CFTC.SEC. MSSB LLC has consistently operated with capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements. MSSB LLC’s net capital totaled $3,489$3,946 million and $2,167$3,613 million at December 31, 20132016 and December 31, 2012,2015, respectively, which exceeded the amount required by $3,308$3,797 million and $2,017$3,459 million, respectively.

MSIP, a London-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Prudential Regulation Authority, and MSMS, a Tokyo-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Financial Services Agency. MSIP and MSMS have consistently operated with capital in excess of their respective regulatory capital requirements.

Other Regulated Subsidiaries.Subsidiaries

Certain other U.S. andnon-U.S. subsidiaries of the Firm are subject to various securities, commodities and banking regulations, and capital adequacy requirements promulgated by the regulatory and exchange authorities of the countries in which they operate. These subsidiaries have consistently operated with capital in excess of their local capital adequacy requirements.

Morgan Stanley Derivative Products Inc. (“MSDP”), a derivative products subsidiary rated A3 by Moody’s and AA- by S&P, maintains certain operating restrictions that have been reviewed by Moody’s and S&P. MSDP is operated such that creditors of the Company should not expect to have any claims on the assets of MSDP, unless and until the obligations to its own creditors are satisfied in full. Creditors of MSDP should not expect to have any claims on the assets of the Company or any of its affiliates, other than the respective assets of MSDP.

The regulatory capital requirements referred to above, and certain covenants contained in various agreements governing indebtedness of the Company,Firm, may restrict the Company’sFirm’s ability to withdraw capital from its subsidiaries. At December 31, 2013 2016

and 2012,December 31, 2015, approximately $21.9$25.3 billion and $17.6$28.6 billion, respectively, of net assets of consolidated subsidiaries may be restricted as to the payment of cash dividends and advances to the parent company.Parent Company.

15. Total Equity

Morgan Stanley Shareholders’ Equity

Common Stock

Changes in Shares of Common Stock Outstanding

 

15.    Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests and Total Equity.

Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests.

Redeemable noncontrolling interests related to the Wealth Management JV (see Note 3). Changes in redeemable noncontrolling interests for 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

   2013  2012 
   (dollars in millions) 

Balance at beginning of period

  $4,309  $—   

Reclassification from nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

   —     4,288 

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

   222   124 

Net change in AOCI

   —     (2

Distributions

   (38  (97

Other

   (11  (4

Carrying value of additional stake in Wealth Management JV purchased from Citi

   (4,482  —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

  $—    $4,309 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

in millions  2016  2015 

Shares outstanding at beginning of period

   1,920   1,951 

Treasury stock purchases1

   (133  (78

Other2

   65   47 

Shares outstanding at end of period

   1,852   1,920 

 

1.
246


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Total Equity.

Morgan Stanley Shareholders’ Equity.

Common Stock.    Changes in shares of common stock outstanding for 2013, 2012 and 2011 were as follows (share data in millions):

   2013  2012  2011 

Shares outstanding at beginning of period

   1,974    1,927    1,512 

Public offerings and other issuances of common stock

   —     —     385 

Net impact of other share activity

   (2  60   41 

Treasury stock purchases(1)

   (27  (13  (11
  

 

 

  

 

 

 ��

 

 

 

Shares outstanding at end of period

   1,945   1,974   1,927 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)

In addition to the Firm’s share repurchase program, Treasury stock purchases include repurchases of common stock for employee tax withholding.

2.

Other includes net shares issued to and forfeited from Employee stock trusts and issued for RSU conversions.

Dividends and Share Repurchases

Treasury Shares.The Firm repurchased approximately $3,500 million of its outstanding common stock as part of its share repurchase program during 2016, and the Firm repurchased approximately $2,125 million during 2015.

In July 2013,June 2016, the CompanyFirm received no objectiona conditionalnon-objection from the Federal Reserve to its 2016 capital plan. The capital plan included a share repurchase through March 31, 2014of up to $500 million$3.5 billion of the Company’sFirm’s outstanding common stock under rules relatingduring the period beginning July 1, 2016 through June 30, 2017. Additionally, the capital plan included an increase in the quarterly common stock dividend to annual capital distributions (Title 12 of$0.20 per share from $0.15 per share during the Code of Federal Regulations, Section 225.8,Capital Planning). Share repurchases are made pursuantperiod beginning with the dividend declared on July 20, 2016.

Pursuant to the share repurchase program, previously authorized by the Company’s Board of DirectorsFirm considers, among other things, business segment capital needs as well as stock-based compensation and arebenefit plan requirements. Share repurchases under the program will be exercised from time to time at prices the CompanyFirm deems appropriate subject to various factors, including the Company’sFirm’s capital position and market conditions. The share repurchases may be effected through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions, including through Rule10b5-1 plans, and may be suspended at any time (see “Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” in Part II, Item 5).

During 2013, the Company repurchased approximately $350 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock as part of its share repurchase program. During 2012, the Company did not repurchase common stock as part of its share repurchase program. At December 31, 2013, the Company had approximately $1.2 billion remaining under its share repurchase program out of the $6 billion authorized by the Board of Directors in December 2006. The share repurchase program considers, among other things, business segment capital needs, as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements.time. Share repurchases by the CompanyFirm are subject to regulatory approval.

 

December 2016 Form 10-K168

MUFG Stock Conversion.    On June 30, 2011, the Company’s outstanding Series B Preferred Stock owned by MUFG with a face value of $7.8 billion (carrying value $8.1 billion) and a 10% dividend was converted into 385,464,097 shares of Company common stock, including approximately 75 million shares resulting from the adjustment to the conversion ratio pursuant to the transaction agreement. As a result of the adjustment to the conversion ratio, the Company incurred a one-time, non-cash negative adjustment of approximately $1.7 billion in its calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share during 2011.


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Employee Stock Trusts.Trusts

The CompanyFirm has established Employee Stock Trustsstock trusts to provide common stock voting rights to certain employees who hold outstanding RSUs, excluding the awards granted for 2012 performance year.RSUs. The assets of the Employee Stock Trustsstock trusts are consolidated with those of the Company,Firm, and the value of the Company’s stock held in the Employee Stock Trustsstock trusts is classified in Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity and generally accounted for in a manner similar to treasury stock.

247


MORGAN STANLEYPreferred Stock

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Preferred Stock.Dividends declared on the Firm’s outstanding preferred stock were $468 million, $452 million and $311 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. On December 15, 2016, the Firm announced that the Board declared quarterly dividends for preferred stock shareholders of record on December 30, 2016 that were paid on January 17, 2017. The CompanyFirm is authorized to issue 30 million shares of preferred stock and the Company’sstock. The preferred stock outstanding consisted ofhas a preference over the following:

   Shares
Outstanding at
December 31,
2013
   Liquidation
Preference
per Share
   Carrying Value 

Series

      At
December 31,
2013
   At
December 31,
2012
 
           (dollars in millions) 

A

   44,000   $25,000   $1,100   $1,100 

C

   519,882    1,000    408    408 

E

   34,500    25,000    862    —    

F

   34,000    25,000    850    —   
      

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

      $3,220   $1,508 
      

 

 

   

 

 

 

common stock upon liquidation. The Company’sFirm’s preferred stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital in accordance with regulatory capital requirements (see Note 14).

Series AK Preferred Stock.In July 2006,January 2017, the CompanyFirm issued 44,000,000 Depositary Shares in an aggregate of $1,100 million. Each Depositary Share represents 1/1,000th of a Share of Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A, $0.01 par value (“Series A Preferred Stock”). The Series A Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, on or after July 15, 2011 at a redemption price of $25,000 per share (equivalent to $25.00 per Depositary Share). The Series A Preferred Stock also has a preference over the Company’s common stock upon liquidation. In December 2013, the Company declared a quarterly dividend of $255.56 per share of Series A Preferred Stock that was paid on January 15, 2014 to preferred shareholders of record on December 31, 2013.

Series B and Series C Preferred Stock.    On October 13, 2008, the Company issued to MUFG 7,839,209 shares of Series B Preferred Stock and 1,160,791 shares of Series C Preferred Stock for an aggregate purchase price of $9 billion.

The Series C Preferred Stock is redeemable by the Company, in whole or in part, on or after October 15, 2011 at a redemption price of $1,100 per share. Dividends on the Series C Preferred Stock are payable, on a non-cumulative basis, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Company, in cash, at the rate of 10% per annum of the liquidation preference of $1,000 per share. In December 2013, the Company declared a quarterly dividend of $25.00 per share of Series C Preferred Stock that was paid on January 15, 2014 to preferred shareholders of record on December 31, 2013.

The $9 billion in proceeds was allocated to the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock based on their relative fair values at issuance (approximately $8.1 billion was allocated to the Series B Preferred Stock and approximately $0.9 billion to the Series C Preferred Stock). Upon redemption by the Company, the excess of the redemption value of $1,100 per share over the carrying value of the Series C Preferred Stock ($0.9 billion allocated at inception or approximately $784 per share) will be charged to Retained earnings (i.e., treated in a manner similar to the treatment of dividends paid). The amount charged to Retained earnings will be deducted from the numerator in calculating basic and diluted earnings per share during the related reporting period in which the Series C Preferred Stock is redeemed by the Company (see Note 16 for additional details).

During 2009, 640,909 shares of the Series C Preferred Stock were redeemed with an aggregate price equal to the aggregate price exchanged by MUFG for approximately $0.7 billion of common stock.

248


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

During 2011, the Company and MUFG completed the conversion of MUFG Series B Preferred Stock (see “MUFG Stock Conversion” above).

Series E Preferred Stock.    On September 30, 2013, the Company issued 34,500,00040,000,000 Depositary Shares, for an aggregate price of $862$1,000 million. Each Depositary Share represents a 1/1,000th interest in a share of perpetualFixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series E Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock,K, $0.01 par value (“Series EK Preferred Stock”). The Series EK Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’sFirm’s option, (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after OctoberApril 15, 20232027 or (ii) in whole but not in part at any time

within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event (as described in the terms of that series), in each case at a redemption price of $25,000 per share (equivalent to $25.00$25 per DepositoryDepositary Share)., plus any declared and unpaid dividends to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends. The Series EK Preferred Stock also has a preference over the Company’sFirm’s common stock upon liquidation. The Series EK Preferred Stock offering (net of related issuance costs) resulted in proceeds of approximately $854$969 million. In December 2013, the Company declared a quarterly dividend of $519.53 per share of Series E

Preferred Stock that was paid on January 15, 2014 to preferred shareholders of record on December 31, 2013.Outstanding

 

Series F Preferred Stock.    On December 10, 2013, the Company issued 34,000,000 Depositary Shares, for an aggregate price of $850 million. Each Depositary Share represents a 1/1,000th interest in a share of perpetual Series F Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value (“Series F Preferred Stock”). The Series F Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after January 15, 2024 or (ii) in whole but not in part at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event (as described in the terms of that series), in each case at a redemption price of $25,000 per share (equivalent to $25.00 per Depositary Share). The Series F Preferred Stock also has a preference over the Company’s common stock upon liquidation. The Series F Preferred Stock offering (net of related issuance costs) resulted in proceeds of approximately $842 million. In December 2013, the Company declared the initial quarterly dividend of $167.10 per share of Series F Preferred Stock that was paid on January 15, 2014 to preferred shareholders of record on December 31, 2013.

$ in millions,
except per

share data

 Shares
Outstanding
  Liquidation
Preference
per Share
  Carrying Value 
 At December 31,
2016
   At December 31,
2016
  At December 31,
2015
 

Series

            

A

  44,000  $25,000  $1,100  $1,100 

C1

  519,882   1,000   408   408 

E

  34,500   25,000   862   862 

F

  34,000   25,000   850   850 

G

  20,000   25,000   500   500 

H

  52,000   25,000   1,300   1,300 

I

  40,000   25,000   1,000   1,000 

J

  60,000   25,000   1,500   1,500 

Total

 

 $7,520  $7,520 

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss.

The following table presents changes in AOCI by component, net of noncontrolling interests, in 2013 (dollars in millions):

   Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
  Net
Change  in

Cash Flow
Hedges
  Change in
Net Unrealized
Gains (Losses)  on
Securities
Available for Sale
  Pension,
Postretirement
and Other Related
Adjustments
  Total 
      
      
      
      

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $(123 $(5 $151  $(539 $(516
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

   (143  —     (406  (16  (565

Amounts reclassified from AOCI

   —     4   (27  11   (12
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net other comprehensive income (loss) during the period

   (143  4   (433  (5  (577
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $(266 $(1 $(282 $(544 $(1,093
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The Company had no significant reclassifications out of AOCI for 2013.

1.

Series C is composed of the issuance of 1,160,791 shares of Series C Preferred Stock to MUFG for an aggregate purchase price of $911 million, less the redemption of 640,909 shares of Series C Preferred Stock of $503 million, which were converted to common shares of approximately $705 million.

 

 249169 December 2016 Form 10-K


MORGAN STANLEY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)Preferred Stock Issuance Description

 

Series  Issuance Date  Preferred Stock Issuance Description  

Redemption
Price

per Share1

   Redeemable on
or after Date
   Dividend
per Share2
 

A3

  July 2006  44,000,000 Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1,000th of a share of Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value  $25,000    July 15, 2011   $255.56 

C3, 4

  October 13, 2008  10% PerpetualNon-CumulativeNon-Voting Preferred Stock   1,100    October 15, 2011    25.00 

E5

  September 30, 2013  34,500,000 Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of perpetualFixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value   25,000    October 15, 2023    445.31 

F5

  December 10, 2013  34,000,000 Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of perpetualFixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value   25,000    January 15, 2024    429.69 

G5

  April 29, 2014  20,000,000 Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of perpetual 6.625%Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value   25,000    July 15, 2019    414.06 

H5, 6

  April 29, 2014  1,300,000 Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/25th interest in a share of perpetualFixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value   25,000    July 15, 2019    681.25 

I5

  September 18, 2014  40,000,000 Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of perpetualFixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value   25,000    October 15, 2024    398.44 

J5, 7

  March 19, 2015  1,500,000 Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/25th interest in a share of perpetualFixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value   25,000    July 15, 2020    693.75 

1.

The redemption price per share for Series A, E, F, G and I is equivalent to $25.00 per Depositary Share. The redemption price per share for Series H and J is equivalent to $1,000 per Depositary Share.

2.

Quarterly (unless noted otherwise) dividends declared in December 2016 were paid on January 17, 2017 to preferred shareholders of record on December 30, 2016.

3.

The preferred stock is redeemable at the Firm’s option, in whole or in part, on or after the redemption date.

4.

Dividends on the Series C preferred stock are payable, on anon-cumulative basis, as and if declared by the Board, in cash, at the rate of 10% per annum of the liquidation preference of $1,000 per share.

5.

The preferred stock is redeemable at the Firm’s option (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after the redemption date or (ii) in whole but not in part at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event (as described in the terms of that series).

6.

Dividend on Series H preferred stock is payable semiannually until July 15, 2019 and quarterly thereafter.

7.

Dividend on Series J preferred stock is payable semiannually until July 15, 2020 and quarterly thereafter. In addition to the redemption price per share, the redemption price includes any declared and unpaid dividends up to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends.

December 2016 Form 10-K170


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

$ in millions Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
  AFS
Securities
  Pensions,
Postretirement
and Other
  DVA  Total 

December 31, 2013

 $(266 $(282 $(545 $  $(1,093

OCI during the period1

  (397  209   33      (155

December 31, 2014

  (663  (73  (512     (1,248

OCI during the period1

  (300  (246  138      (408

December 31, 2015

  (963  (319  (374     (1,656

Cumulative adjustment for accounting change related to DVA2

           (312  (312

OCI during the period1

  (23  (269  (100  (283  (675

December 31, 2016

 $(986 $(588 $(474 $    (595 $    (2,643

1.

Amounts net of tax and noncontrolling interests.

2.

In accordance with the early adoption of a provision of the accounting updateRecognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, a cumulative catch-up adjustment was recorded as of January 1, 2016 to move the cumulative unrealized DVA amount, net of noncontrolling interest and tax, related to outstanding liabilities under the fair value option election from Retained earnings into AOCI. See Note 2 for further information.

Period Changes in OCI Components

  20161 
$ in millions Pre-tax
gain (loss)
  Income tax
benefit
(provision)
  After-tax
gain (loss)
  

Non-

controlling
interest

  Net 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

OCI activity

 $(24 $9  $(15 $12  $(27

Reclassified to earnings

  4      4      4 

Net OCI

  (20  9   (11  12   (23

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities

 

OCI activity

 $(313 $116  $(197 $  $(197

Reclassified to earnings2

  (113  41   (72     (72

Net OCI

  (426  157   (269     (269

Pension, postretirement and other

 

OCI activity

 $(162 $64  $(98 $  $(98

Reclassified to earnings2

  (3  1   (2     (2

Net OCI

  (165  65   (100       (100

Change in net DVA

     

OCI activity

 $(429 $153  $(276 $(13 $(263

Reclassified to earnings2

  (31  11   (20     (20

Net OCI

  (460  164   (296  (13  (283
  2015 
$ in millions Pre-tax
gain (loss)
  Income
tax benefit
(provision)
  After-tax
gain (loss)
  Non-
controlling
interest
  Net 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

OCI activity

 $(119 $(185 $(304 $(4 $(300

Reclassified to earnings

               

Net OCI

  (119  (185  (304  (4  (300

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities

 

OCI activity

 $(305 $112  $(193 $  $(193

Reclassified to earnings2

  (84  31   (53     (53

Net OCI

  (389  143   (246     (246

Pension, postretirement and other

 

OCI activity

 $202  $(70 $132  $  $132 

Reclassified to earnings2

  9   (3  6      6 

Net OCI

  211   (73  138      138 

  2014 
$ in millions Pre-tax
gain (loss)
  Income
tax benefit
(provision)
  After-tax
gain (loss)
  Non-
controlling
interest
  Net 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

OCI activity

 $(139 $(352 $(491 $(94 $(397

Reclassified to earnings

               

Net OCI

  (139  (352  (491  (94  (397

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities

 

OCI activity

 $391  $(158 $233  $  $233 

Reclassified to earnings2

  (40  16   (24     (24

Net OCI

  351   (142  209      209 

Pension, postretirement and other

 

OCI activity

 $41  $(17 $24  $  $24 

Reclassified to earnings2

  12   (3  9      9 

Net OCI

  53   (20  33      33 

1.

Exclusive of 2016 cumulative adjustment for accounting change related to DVA.

2.

Amounts reclassified to earnings related to: realized gains and losses from sales of AFS securities are classified within Other revenues in the consolidated income statements; Pension, postretirement and other are classified within Compensation and benefits expenses in the consolidated income statements; and realization of DVA are classified within Trading revenues in the consolidated income statements.

171December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Cumulative Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments.Adjustments

Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments include gains or losses resulting from translating foreign currency financial statements from their respective functional currencies to U.S. dollars, net of hedge gains or losses and related tax effects. The CompanyFirm uses foreign currency contracts to manage the currency exposure relating to its net investments innon-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries. Increases or decreases in the value of the Company’s net foreign investments generally are tax deferred for U.S. purposes, but the related hedge gains and losses are taxable currently. The Company attempts to protect its net book value from the effects of fluctuations in currency exchange rates on its net investments in non-U.S. dollar subsidiaries by selling the appropriate non-U.S. dollar currency in the forward market. Under some circumstances, however, the CompanyFirm may elect not to hedge its net investments in certain foreign operations due to market conditions or other reasons, including the availability of various currency contracts at acceptable costs. Information at December 31, 20132016 and December 31, 20122015 relating to the effects on cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments resultingthat resulted from the translation of foreign currency financial statements and from gains and losses from hedges of the Company’sFirm’s net investments innon-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries is summarized below:in the following table.

Cumulative Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments

 

   At
December  31,
2013
  At
December  31,
2012
 
   
   
  (dollars in millions) 

Net investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries subject to hedges

  $11,708  $13,811 
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments resulting from net investments in subsidiaries with a non-U.S. dollar functional currency

  

$

(259

 

$

348

 

Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments resulting from realized or unrealized losses on hedges, net of tax(1)

   (7  (471
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

  $(266 $(123
    

 

 

  

 

 

 
$ in millions  At
December 31,
2016
  At
December 31,
2015
 

Resulting from net investments in subsidiaries with anon-U.S. dollar functional currency

  $(2,018 $(1,996

Resulting from realized or unrealized losses on hedges, net of tax

   1,032   1,033 

Total

  $(986 $(963

(1)A gain of $77 million, net of tax, related to net investment hedges was reclassified from other comprehensive income into income during 2012. The amount primarily related to the reversal of amounts recorded in cumulative other comprehensive income due to the incorrect application of hedge accounting on certain derivative contracts (see Note 12 for further information).

Net investments innon-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries subject to hedges were $8,856 million and $8,170 million at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

Nonredeemable Noncontrolling Interests.Interests

ChangesNoncontrolling interests were $1,127 million and $1,002 million at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. The increase in nonredeemable noncontrolling interests was primarily due to the consolidation of certain investment management funds sponsored by the Firm and the increase in 2013 primarily resulted from distributions relatednet income attributable to MSMSnoncontrolling interests. See Note 2 for further information on the adoption of $292 million and a real estate fund of $214 million. In September 2012, the Company reclassified approximately $4.3 billion from nonredeemable noncontrolling interestsaccounting updateAmendments to redeemable noncontrolling interests for Citi’s remaining 35% interest in the Wealth Management JV (see Note 3)Consolidation Analysis. Changes in nonredeemable noncontrolling interests in 2012 also included distributions related to MSMS of $151 million.

 

December 2016 Form 10-K 250172 


MORGAN STANLEY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

16. Earnings per Common Share.Share

Calculation of Basic and Diluted EPS

 

Basic EPS is computed by dividing earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Common shares outstanding include common stock and vested RSUs where recipients have satisfied either the explicit vesting terms or retirement eligibility requirements. Diluted EPS reflects the assumed conversion of all dilutive securities. The Company calculates EPS using the two-class method and determines whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities (see Note 2). The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted EPS (in millions, except for per share data):

   2013  2012  2011 

Basic EPS:

    

Income from continuing operations

  $3,656  $757  $4,696 

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   (43  (41  (51
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

   3,613   716   4,645 

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

   222   124   —   

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

   459   524   535 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   2,932   68   4,110 

Less: Preferred dividends (Series A Preferred Stock)

   (44  (44  (44

Less: Preferred dividends (Series B Preferred Stock)

   —     —     (196

Less: MUFG stock conversion

   —     —     (1,726

Less: Preferred dividends (Series C Preferred Stock)

   (52  (52  (52

Less: Preferred dividends (Series E Preferred Stock)

   (18  —     —   

Less: Preferred dividends (Series F Preferred Stock)

   (6  —     —   

Less: Wealth Management JV redemption value adjustment (see Note 3)

   (151  —     —   

Less: Allocation of (earnings) loss to participating RSUs(1):

    

From continuing operations

   (6  (2  (26

From discontinued operations

   —     —     1 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $2,655  $(30 $2,067 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

   1,906   1,886   1,655 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per basic common share:

    

Income from continuing operations

  $1.42  $0.02  $1.28 

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   (0.03)  (0.04)  (0.03)
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per basic common share

  $1.39  $(0.02) $1.25 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Diluted EPS:

    

Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $2,655  $(30 $2,067 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

   1,906   1,886   1,655 

Effect of dilutive securities:

    

Stock options and RSUs(1)

   51   33   20 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding and common stock equivalents

   1,957   1,919   1,675 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share:

    

Income from continuing operations

  $1.38  $0.02  $1.27 

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   (0.02)  (0.04)  (0.04)
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share

  $1.36  $(0.02) $1.23 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
in millions, except for per share data  2016  2015  2014 

Basic EPS

    

Income from continuing operations

  $6,122  $6,295  $3,681 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   1   (16  (14

Net income

   6,123   6,279   3,667 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

   144   152   200 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   5,979   6,127   3,467 

Less: Preferred stock dividends

   (468  (452  (311

Less: Allocation of (earnings) loss to participating RSUs1

   (3  (4  (4

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $      5,508  $      5,671  $      3,152 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

   1,849   1,909   1,924 

Earnings per basic common share

    

Income from continuing operations

  $2.98  $2.98  $1.65 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

      (0.01  (0.01

Earnings per basic common share

  $2.98  $2.97  $1.64 

Diluted EPS

    

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $5,508  $5,671  $3,152 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

   1,849   1,909   1,924 

Effect of dilutive securities:

    

Stock options and RSUs1

   38   44   47 

Weighted average common shares outstanding and common stock equivalents

   1,887   1,953   1,971 

Earnings per diluted common share

    

Income from continuing operations

  $2.92  $2.91  $1.61 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

      (0.01  (0.01

Earnings per diluted common share

  $2.92  $2.90  $1.60 

 

(1)1.

RSUs that are considered participating securities participate in allare treated as a separate class of the earnings of the Companysecurities in the computation of basic EPS, and, therefore, such RSUs are not included as incremental shares in the diluted calculation.EPS computations. The diluted EPS computations also do not include weighted average antidilutive RSUs and antidilutive stock options of 13 million shares during 2016, 12 million shares during 2015 and 15 million shares during 2014.

251


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following securities were considered antidilutive and, therefore, were excluded from the computation of diluted EPS:

Number of Antidilutive Securities Outstanding at End of Period:

  2013   2012   2011 
   (shares in millions) 

RSUs and performance-based stock units

   3    8    21 

Stock options

   33    42    57 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   36    50    78 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

17. Interest Income and Interest Expense.Expense

 

$ in millions  2016  2015  2014 

Interest income1

    

Investment securities

  $1,142  $876  $613 

Loans

   2,724   2,163   1,690 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   170   108   109 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed2

   (374  (560  (298

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities3

   2,131   2,262   2,109 

Customer receivables and Other4

   1,223   986   1,190 

Total interest income

  $      7,016  $      5,835  $      5,413 

Interest expense1

    

Deposits

  $83  $78  $106 

Short-term and Long-term borrowings

   3,606   3,497   3,613 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned5

   977   1,024   1,216 

Customer payables and Other6

   (1,348  (1,857  (1,257

Total interest expense

  $3,318  $2,742  $3,678 

Net interest

  $3,698  $3,093  $1,735 

Details of

1.

Interest income and Interest expense were as follows:

   2013  2012  2011 
   (dollars in millions) 

Interest income(1):

    

Trading assets(2)

  $2,292  $2,736  $3,593 

Securities available for sale

   447   343   348 

Loans

   1,121   643   356 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   129   124   186 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed

   (20  364   886 

Other

   1,240   1,482   1,865 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total interest income

  $5,209  $5,692  $7,234 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Interest expense(1):

    

Deposits

  $159  $181  $236 

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

   20   38   41 

Long-term debt

   3,758   4,622   4,912 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned

   1,469   1,805   1,925 

Other

   (975  (749  (231
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total interest expense

  $4,431  $5,897  $6,883 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest

  $778  $(205 $351 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Interest income and expense are recorded within the consolidated income statements of income depending on the nature of the instrument and related market conventions. When interest is included as a component of the instrument’s fair value, interest is included within Trading revenues or Investments revenues. Otherwise, it is included within Interest income or Interest expense.

(2)2.

Includes fees paid on Securities borrowed.

3.

Interest expense on Trading liabilities is reported as a reduction to Interest income on Trading assets.

4.

Includes interest from customer receivables and cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements.

5.

Includes fees received on Securities loaned.

6.

Includes fees received from prime brokerage customers for stock loan transactions incurred to cover customers’ short positions.

18. Deferred Compensation Plans.

Plans

The CompanyFirm maintains various deferred stock-based and cash-based compensation plans for the benefit of itscertain current and former employees. The two principal forms of deferred compensation are granted under several stock-based compensation and cash-based compensation plans.

Stock-Based Compensation Plans. The accounting guidance for stock-based compensation requires measurement of compensation cost for stock-based awards at fair value and recognition of compensation cost over the service period, net of estimated forfeitures (see Note 2).

252


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Plans

The components of the Company’sFirm’s stock-based compensation expense (net of cancellations) are presented below:in the following table:

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

 

  2013   2012   2011 
  (dollars in millions) 

Restricted stock units(1)

  $1,140   $864   $1,057 
$ in millions  2016   2015 2014 

Restricted stock units

  $1,054   $1,080  $1,212 

Stock options

   15    4    24    2    (3 5 

Performance-based stock units

   29    29    32    81    26  45 
  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total(2)

  $1,184   $897   $1,113 
  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total1

  $      1,137   $      1,103  $      1,262 

 

(1)1.

Amounts for 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 20112014 include $25$73 million, $31$68 million and $186$31 million, respectively, related to stock-based awards that were granted in 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 2012,2015, respectively, to employees who satisfied retirement-eligible requirements under award terms that do not contain a service period.

(2)Annual expense fluctuations are primarily due to the introduction in 2012 of a new vesting requirement for certain employees who satisfy existing retirement-eligible requirements to provide a one-year advance notice of their intention to retire from the Company. As such, expense recognition for these awards begins after the grant date (see Note 2).
173December 2016 Form 10-K

The table above excludes stock-based compensation expense recorded in discontinued operations, which was approximately $3 million in 2012. See Note 1 for additional information on discontinued operations.


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The tax benefit related to stock-based compensation expense was $371$381 million, $306$369 million and $383$404 million for 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011,2014, respectively. The tax benefit for stock-based compensation expense included in discontinued operations was $1 million in 2012.

At December 31, 2013,2016, the CompanyFirm had $749$619 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock-based awards. Absent estimated or actual forfeitures or cancellations, this amount of unrecognized compensation cost will be recognized as $470$415 million in 2014, $2052017, $175 million in 20152018 and $74$29 million thereafter. These amounts do not include 20132016 performance year awards granted in January 2014,2017, which will begin to be amortized in 2014.

2017 (see “2016 Performance Year Deferred Compensation Awards” herein).

In connection with awards under its stock-based compensation plans, the CompanyFirm is authorized to issue shares of its common stock held in treasury or newly issued shares. At December 31, 2013,2016, approximately 107103 million shares were available for future grantgrants under these plans.

The CompanyFirm generally uses treasury shares, if available, to deliver shares to employees and has an ongoing repurchase authorization that includes repurchases in connection with awards granted under its stock-based compensation plans. Share repurchases by the CompanyFirm are subject to regulatory approval. See Note 15 for additional information on the Company’sFirm’s share repurchase program.

Restricted Stock Units.    The Company has granted restricted stock unit awards pursuant to several stock-based compensation plans. The plans provide for the deferral of a portion of certain employees’ incentive compensation with awards made in the form of restricted common stock or in the right to receive unrestricted shares of common stock in the future. Awards under these plansUnits

RSUs are generally subject to vesting over time, generally three years from the date of grant, contingent upon continued employment and subject to restrictions on sale, transfer or assignment until the end of a specified period, generally oneconversion to three years from the date of grant.common stock. All or a portion of an award may be canceled if employment is terminated before the end of the relevant restriction period. All or a portion of a vested award also may be canceledvesting period and after the relevant vesting period in certain limited situations, including termination for cause during the relevant restriction period.situations. Recipients of stock-based awardsRSUs may have voting rights, at the Company’sFirm’s discretion, and generally receive dividend equivalents.

Vested and Unvested RSU Activity

   2016 
shares in millions  Number of
Shares
  

Weighted
Average Grant
Date

Fair Value

 

RSUs at beginning of period

   105  $29.26 

Granted

   38   25.48 

Conversions to common stock

   (40  25.42 

Canceled

   (3  29.57 

RSUs at end of period1

   100   29.35 

 

1.
253


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table sets forth activity relating to the Company’s vested and unvested RSUs (share data in millions):

   2013 
   Number of
Shares
  Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
 

RSUs at beginning of period

   122  $24.29 

Granted

   57   22.72 

Conversions to common stock

   (41  28.51 

Canceled

   (6  22.21 
  

 

 

  

RSUs at end of period(1)

   132  $22.41 
  

 

 

  

(1)At December 31, 2013,2016, approximately 12198 million RSUs with a weighted average grant date fair value of $22.47$29.35 were vested or expected to vest.

The weighted average pricegrant date fair value for RSUs granted during 20122015 and 20112014 was $18.09$34.76 and $28.94,$32.58, respectively. At December 31, 2013,2016, the weighted average remaining term until delivery for the Company’sFirm’s outstanding RSUs was approximately 1.3 years.

At December 31, 2013,2016, the intrinsic value of outstanding RSUs vested or expected to vest was $4,130$4,159 million.

The total fair marketintrinsic value of RSUs converted to common stock during 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 20112014 was $939$1,068 million, $660$1,646 million and $935$1,461 million, respectively.

The following table sets forth activity relating to the Company’s unvested RSUs (share data in millions):Unvested RSU Activity

 

  2013   2016 
  Number of
Shares
 Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
 
shares in millions  Number of
Shares
 

Weighted
Average Grant
Date

Fair Value

 

Unvested RSUs at beginning of period

   83  $23.83    70  $29.91 

Granted

   57   22.72    38   25.48 

Vested

   (36  26.67    (40  27.70 

Canceled

   (6  22.19    (3  29.58 
  

 

  

Unvested RSUs at end of period(1)

   98  $22.29 
  

 

  

Unvested RSUs at end of period1

   65   28.70 

 

(1)1.

Unvested RSUs represent awards where recipients have yet to satisfy either the explicit vesting terms or retirement-eligible requirements. At December 31, 2013,2016, approximately 8763 million unvested RSUs with a weighted average grant date fair value of $22.35$28.68 were expected to vest.

The aggregate fair value of awards that vested during 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 20112014 was $842$1,088 million, $753$1,693 million and $870$1,517 million, respectively.

Stock Options

Stock Options.    The Company has granted stock option awards pursuant to several stock-based compensation plans. The plans provide for the deferral of a portion of certain key employees’ incentive compensation with awards made in the form of stock options generally havinghave an exercise price not less than the fair value of the Company’sFirm’s common stock on the date of grant. Such stock option awards generallygrant, vest and become exercisable over a three-year period and expire five to 10 years from the date of grant, subject to accelerated expiration upon terminationcertain terminations of

254


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

employment. Stock option awardsoptions have vesting, restriction and cancellation provisions that are generally similar to those in restricted stock units. The weighted average fair value of the Company’s options granted during 2013 and 2011 were $5.41 and $8.24, respectively, utilizing the following weighted average assumptions:

Grant Year

  Risk-Free Interest
Rate
  Expected Life   Expected Stock
Price Volatility
  Expected Dividend
Yield
 

2013

   0.6  3.9 years    32.0  0.9

2011

   2.1  5.0 years    32.7  1.5

RSUs.

No stock options were granted during 2012.

2016, 2015 or 2014.

The Company’sFirm’s expected option life has been determined based upon historical experience. The expected stock price volatility assumption was determined using the implied volatility of exchange-traded options, in accordance with accounting guidance for share-based payments. The risk-free interest rate was determined based on the yields available on U.S. Treasuryzero-coupon issues.

The following table sets forth activity relating to the Company’s stock options (options data in millions):

   2013 
   Number of
Options
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

Options outstanding at beginning of period

   42  $48.37 

Granted

   3   22.98 

Canceled

   (12  39.93 
  

 

 

  

Options outstanding at end of period(1)

   33   49.40  
  

 

 

  

Options exercisable at end of period

   30   52.09 
  

 

 

  

 

(1)
December 2016 Form 10-K174


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Stock Option Activity

   2016 
options in millions  Number of
Options
  

Weighted
Average

Exercise Price

 

Options outstanding at beginning of period

   17  $52.26 

Exercised

   (4  26.90 

Expired

   (11  65.45 

Options outstanding at end of period1

   2   28.20 

Options exercisable at end of period

   2   28.20 

1.

At December 31, 2013,2016, approximately 302 million options with a weighted average exercise price of $51.50$28.20 were vested.

There were noThe aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised during 2013, 2012 or 2011.was $41 million in 2016 and $2 million per year in 2015 and 2014, with a weighted average exercise price of $26.90, $30.01 and $24.68 for 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Cash received from the exercise of stock options was $66 million for 2016. The income tax benefits realized from the exercise of the stock options was $3 million for 2016. At December 31, 2013,2016, the intrinsic value of in-the-money exercisable stock options was $7$26 million.

The following table presents information relating to the Company’s stock options outstanding at December 31, 2013 (options data in millions):Stock Options Outstanding and Exercisable

 

At December 31, 2013

 Options Outstanding  Options Exercisable 

Range of Exercise Prices

 Number
Outstanding
  Weighted Average
Exercise Price
  Average
Remaining Life
(Years)
  Number
Exercisable
  Weighted Average
Exercise Price
  Average
Remaining Life
(Years)
 

$22.00 – $39.99

  6  $26.88   4.0   3  $28.94   4.0 

$40.00 – $49.99

  15   46.51    0.2   15   46.51    0.2 

$50.00 – $59.99

  1   52.08   2.0   1   52.08   2.0 

$60.00 – $76.99

  11   66.75   2.9   11   66.75   2.9 
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

  33     30   
 

 

 

    

 

 

   
   At December 31, 2016 
options in millions  Options Outstanding and Exercisable 
Range of Exercise
Prices
  Number
Outstanding
   

Weighted
Average

Exercise Price

   Average
Remaining Life
(Years)
 

$20.00 - $24.99

   1   $22.98    1.1 

$25.00 - $34.99

   1    30.01    1.1 

Total

   2           

Performance-Based Stock Units.    The Company has granted PSUs to certain senior executives. These Units

PSUs will vest and convert to shares of common stock at the end of the performance period only if the CompanyFirm satisfies predetermined performance and market goalsmarket-based conditions over the three-year performance period that began on

255


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

January 1 of the grant year and ends three years later on December 31. Under the terms of the grant,award, the number of PSUs that will actually vest and convert to shares will be based on the extent to which the CompanyFirm achieves the specified performance goals during the performance period. Performance-based stock unit awardsPSUs have vesting, restriction and cancellation provisions that are generally similar to those in restricted stock units.of RSUs.

One-half of the award will be earned based on the Company’sFirm’s average return on average common shareholders’ equity, excluding the impact of the fluctuation in the Company’s credit spreads and other credit factors for certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, that are accounted for at fair value (“MS Average ROE”). For PSUs granted after 2011, the MS Average ROE also excludesDVA, certain gains or losses associated with the sale of specified businesses, specified goodwill impairments, certain gains or losses associated with specified legal settlements related to business activities conducted prior to January 1, 2011 and specified cumulativecatch-up adjustments resulting from

changes in an existing, or application of a new accounting principle that isare not applied on a fully retrospective basis. The number of PSUs ultimately earned for this portion of the awards will be applied by a multiplier as follows:

  

Minimum

   

Maximum

 

Grant Year

 

MS Average ROE

 Multiplier   

MS Average ROE

 Multiplier 

2013

 Less than 5%  0.0    13% or more  2.0  

2012

 Less than 6%  0.0    12% or more  1.5  

2011

 Less than 7.5%  0.0    18% or more  2.0  

The fair value per share of this portion of the award for 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $22.85, $18.16 and $29.89, respectively.

One-half of the award will be earned based on the Company’s total shareholder returnbasis (“TSR”MS Adjusted Average ROE”), relative to the S&P Financial Sectors Index (for the 2013 and 2012 awards) and to members of a comparison peer group (for the 2011 award). The number of PSUs ultimately earned for this portion of the awards will be applieddetermined by applying a multiplier as follows:within the following ranges:

 

      Minimum   Maximum 

Year

  

Metrics

  TSR  Multiplier   TSR  Multiplier 

2013

  Comparison of TSR  Below   Down to 0.0   Above   Up to 2.0 

2012

  Comparison of TSR  Below   Down to 0.0   Above   Up to 1.5 

2011

  Ranking within the comparison group  Rank 9 or 10   0.0   Rank 1   2.0 
Minimum  Maximum 

MS Adjusted

Average ROE

  Multiplier  MS Adjusted
Average ROE
  Multiplier 

Less than 5%

  0.0  11.5% or more   1.5 

TheOn the date of award, the fair value per share of this portion was $25.19, $34.58 and $32.81 for 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

One-halfof the award will be earned based on the Firm’s total shareholder return, relative to the total shareholder return of the S&P 500 Financial Sectors Index (“Relative MS TSR”). The number of PSUs ultimately earned for 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $34.65, $20.42 and $43.14, respectively, estimated onthis portion of the award will be determined by applying a multiplier within the following ranges:

Minimum  Maximum 
Relative MS TSR  Multiplier  Relative MS TSR  Multiplier 

Less than-50%

  0.0  25% or more   1.5 

On the date of grantaward, the fair value per share of this portion was $24.51, $38.07 and $37.72 for 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation and the following assumptions:

 

Grant Year

  Risk-Free Interest
Rate
  Expected Stock
Price Volatility
  Expected Dividend
Yield
 

2013

   0.4  45.4  0.0

2012

   0.4  56.0  1.1

2011

   1.0  89.0  1.5

Grant
Year
  Risk-Free Interest
Rate
   Expected Stock
Price Volatility
   Expected Dividend
Yield
 

2016

   1.1%    25.4%    0.0% 

2015

   0.9%    29.6%    0.0% 

2014

   0.8%    44.2%    0.0% 

256


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Because the payout depends on the Company’s total shareholder return relative to a comparison group, the valuation also depended on the performance of the stocks in the comparison group as well as estimates of the correlations among their performance. The expected stock price volatility assumption was determined using historical volatility because correlation coefficients can only be developed through historical volatility. The expected dividend yield was based on historical dividend payments. The risk-free interest rate was determined based on the yields available on U.S. Treasuryzero-coupon issues. The expected stock price volatility was determined using historical volatility. The expected dividend yield is equivalent to reinvesting dividends. A correlation coefficient was developed based on historical price data of the Firm and the S&P 500 Financial Sectors Index.

PSU Activity

 

   20132016 
in millions  Number of Shares
(in millions) 

PSUs at beginning of period

   54 

GrantedAwarded

   12 

CanceledConversions to common stock

   (2)

 

PSUs at end of period

   4 

 

175
 December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Deferred Cash-Based Compensation Plans.    The Company maintains various deferredPlans

Deferred cash-based compensation plans for the benefit of certain current and former employees thatgenerally provide a return to the plan participants based upon the performance of various referenced investments. The Company often invests directly, as a principal, in investments or other financial instruments to economically hedge its obligations under its deferred cash-based compensation plans. Changes in value of such investments made by the Company are recorded in Trading revenues and Investments revenues.

The components of the Company’sFirm’s deferred compensation expense (net of cancellations) are presented below:as follows:

Deferred Compensation Expense

 

  2013   2012   2011 
  (dollars in millions) 

Deferred cash-based awards(1)

  $1,490   $1,815   $1,809 
$ in millions  2016   2015   2014 

Deferred cash-based awards1

  $950   $660   $1,757 

Return on referenced investments

   772    435    132    228    112    408 
  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  $2,262   $2,250   $1,941   $1,178   $772   $2,165 
  

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

(1)1.

Amounts for 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 20112014 include $78$151 million, $93$144 million and $113$92 million, respectively, related to deferred cash-based awards that were granted in 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 2012,2015, respectively, to employees who satisfied retirement-eligible requirements under award terms that do not contain a service period.

The table above excludes deferred cash-based compensation expense recorded in discontinued operations, which was approximately $7 million in 2012 and $7 million in 2011. See Note 1 for additional information on discontinued operations.

At December 31, 2013,2016, the CompanyFirm had approximately $672$688 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested deferred cash-based awards (excluding unrecognized expense for returns on referenced investments). Absent actualforfeitures or cancellations and any future return on referenced investments, this amount of unrecognized compensation cost will be recognized as $361$394 million in 2014, $1622017, $111 million in 20152018 and $149$183 million thereafter. These amounts do not include 20132016 performance year awards granted in January 2014,2017, which will begin to be amortized in 2014.

2017 (see below).

257


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

20132016 Performance Year Deferred Compensation Awards.    Awards

In January 2014,2017, the CompanyFirm granted approximately $1.2$763 billion of stock-based awards and $1.4$895 billion of deferred cash-based awards related to the 20132016 performance year that contain a future service requirement. Absent estimated or actual forfeitures or cancellations or accelerations, and any future return on referenced investments, the annual compensation cost for these awards will be recognized as follows:

Annual Compensation Cost for 2016 Performance Year Awards

 

  2014   2015   Thereafter   Total 
  (dollars in millions) 
$ in millions  2017   2018   Thereafter   Total 

Stock-based awards

  $749   $309   $169   $1,227   $440   $174   $149   $763 

Deferred cash-based awards

   990    259    142    1,391    518    263    114    895 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
  $1,739   $568   $311   $2,618 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  $958   $437   $263   $1,658 

19. Employee Benefit Plans.

Plans

The CompanyFirm sponsors various pensionretirement plans for the majority of its U.S. andnon-U.S. employees. The CompanyFirm provides certain other postretirement benefits, primarily health care and life insurance, to eligible U.S. employees. The Company also provides certain postemployment benefits to certain former employees or inactive employees prior to retirement.

Pension and Other Postretirement Plans.Plans

Substantially all of the U.S. employees of the CompanyFirm and its U.S. affiliates who were hired before July 1, 2007 are covered by the U.S. pension plan, anon-contributory, defined benefit pension plan that is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “U.S. Qualified Plan”). The U.S. Qualified Plan has ceased future benefit accruals.

Unfunded supplementary plans (the “Supplemental Plans”) cover certain executives. In addition, certainLiabilities for benefits payable under the Supplemental Plans are accrued by the Firm and are funded when paid. The Morgan Stanley Supplemental Executive Retirement and Excess Plan (the “SEREP”), anon-contributory defined benefit plan that is not qualified under Section 401(a) of the Company’s Internal Revenue Code, ceased future benefit accruals after September 30, 2014. Any benefits earned under the SEREP prior to October 1, 2014 will be payable in the future based on the SEREP’s provisions. The amendment did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Certain of the Firm’snon-U.S. subsidiaries also have defined benefit pension plans covering substantially all of their employees. These

The Firm’s pension plans generally provide pension benefits that are based on each employee’s years of credited service and on compensation levels specified in the plans. The Company’s policy is to fund at least the amounts sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements under applicable employee benefit and tax laws. Liabilities for benefits payable under the Supplemental Plans are accrued by the Company and are funded when paid to the participants and beneficiaries. The Company’s U.S. Qualified Plan ceased future benefit accruals after December 31, 2010.

The Company alsoFirm has an unfunded postretirement benefit plan that provides medical and life insurance for eligible U.S. retirees and medical insurance for their dependents.

Net Periodic Benefit Expense.

The following table presentsMorgan Stanley Medical Plan was amended to change the components ofhealth care plans offered after December 31, 2014 for retirees who are Medicare-eligible and age 65 or older. The amendment did not have a material impact on the net periodic benefit expense (income) for 2013, 2012 and 2011:consolidated financial statements.

   Pension  Postretirement 
   2013  2012  2011  2013  2012  2011 
   (dollars in millions) 

Service cost, benefits earned during the period

  $23  $26  $27  $4  $4  $4 

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

   151   156   158   7   7   8 

Expected return on plan assets

   (114  (110  (131  —     —     —   

Net amortization of prior service cost (credit)

   —     —     —     (13  (14  (14

Net amortization of actuarial loss

   36   27   17   3   2   2 

Settlement loss

   1   —     1   —     —     —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit expense (income)

  $97  $99  $72  $1  $(1 $—   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

December 2016 Form 10-K 258176 


MORGAN STANLEY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)Components of the Net Periodic Benefit Expense (Income)

 

   Pension Plans 
$ in millions  2016  2015  2014 

Service cost, benefits earned during the period

  $17  $19  $20 

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

   150   152   154 

Expected return on plan assets

   (122  (120  (110

Net amortization of prior service credit

      (1   

Net amortization of actuarial loss

   12   26   22 

Curtailment loss

         3 

Settlement loss

      2   2 

Net periodic benefit expense (income)

  $57  $78  $91 
   Other Postretirement Plan 
$ in millions    2016      2015      2014   

Service cost, benefits earned during the period

  $1  $1  $2 

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

   4   3   5 

Net amortization of prior service credit

   (17  (18  (14

Net periodic benefit expense (income)

  $(12 $(14 $(7

Pre-tax Amounts Recognized in Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive loss (income) on a pre-tax basis in 2013, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

   Pension  Postretirement 
   2013  2012  2011  2013  2012  2011 
   (dollars in millions) 

Net loss (gain)

  $87  $416  $(401 $(52 $16  $(5

Prior service cost

   3   3   2   —     —     —   

Amortization of prior service credit

   —     —     —     13   14   14 

Amortization of net loss

   (37  (27  (18  (3  (2  (2
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive loss (income)

  $53  $392  $(417 $(42 $28  $7 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

   Pension Plans 
$ in millions  2016  2015  2014 

Net gain (loss)

  $(149 $212  $(18

Prior service credit (cost)

   1   1   (2

Amortization of prior service credit

      (1   

Amortization of net loss

   12   28   27 

Total

  $(136 $240  $7 
   Other Postretirement Plan 
$ in millions    2016      2015      2014   

Net gain (loss)

  $(2 $(3 $(9

Prior service credit (cost)

      (9  64 

Amortization of prior service credit

   (17  (18  (14

Total

  $(19 $(30 $41 

The Company, for most plans,Firm generally amortizes (as a component ofinto net periodic benefit expense)expense (income) the unrecognized net gains and losses over the average future service of active participants to the extent that the gain (loss) exceedsexceeding 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the market-related value of plan assets. Effective January 1, 2011, the U.S. Qualified Plan amortizesThe amortization of the unrecognized net gains and losses usingis generally over the future service of active participants. The U.S. Qualified Plan and, effective October 1, 2014, the SEREP amortize the unrecognized net gains and losses over the average life expectancy of participants.

The following table presents the weighted average assumptions usedWeighted Average Assumptions Used to determine net periodic benefit expense for 2013, 2012 and 2011:Determine Net Periodic Benefit Expense (Income)

 

  Pension Postretirement   Pension Plans 
  2013 2012 2011 2013 2012 2011   2016   2015   2014 

Discount rate

   3.95  4.57  5.44  3.88  4.56  5.41   4.27%    3.86%    4.74% 

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

   3.73   3.78   4.78   N/A   N/A   N/A    3.61%    3.59%    3.75% 

Rate of future compensation increases

   0.98   2.14   2.28   N/A   N/A   N/A    3.19%    2.85%    1.06% 
  Other Postretirement Plan 
    2016       2015       2014   

Discount rate

   4.13%    3.77%    3.77% 

N/A—Not Applicable.

The accounting for pension and postretirement plans involves certain assumptions and estimates. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets represents the Company’s best estimate of the long-term return on plan assets. For the U.S. Qualified Plan, the expected long-term rate of return was estimated by computing a weighted average return of the underlying long-term expected returns on the plan’s fixed income assets based on the investment managers’ target allocations within this asset class. The expected long-term return on assets is a long-term assumption that generally is expected to remain the same from one year to the next unless there is a significant change in the target asset allocation, the fees and expenses paid by the plan or market conditions. The expected long-term rate of return for the U.S. Qualified Plan was estimated by computing a weighted average of the underlying long-term expected returns based on the investment managers’ target allocations. The U.S. Qualified Plan is 100%primarily invested in fixed income securities and related derivative instruments, including interest rate swap contracts. This asset allocation is expected to help protect the plan’s funded status and limit volatility of the Company’sFirm’s contributions. Total U.S. Qualified Plan investment portfolio performance is assessed by comparing actual investment performance to changes in the estimated present value of the U.S. Qualified Plan’s benefit obligation.

 

 259177 December 2016 Form 10-K


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Benefit Obligations and Funded Status.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for 2013 and 2012:

   Pension  Postretirement 
   (dollars in millions) 

Reconciliation of benefit obligation:

   

Benefit obligation at December 31, 2011

  $3,517  $154 

Service cost

   26   4 

Interest cost

   156   7 

Actuarial loss

   405   15 

Plan settlements

   (2  —   

Benefits paid

   (147  (6

Other, including foreign currency exchange rate changes

   (72  —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at December 31, 2012

  $3,883  $174 

Service cost

   23   4 

Interest cost

   151   7 

Actuarial gain

   (537  (52

Plan amendments

   2   —   

Plan settlements

   (7  —   

Benefits paid

   (186  (6

Other, including foreign currency exchange rate changes

   1   1 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at December 31, 2013

  $3,330  $128 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reconciliation of fair value of plan assets:

   

Fair value of plan assets at December 31, 2011

  $3,604  $—   

Actual return on plan assets

   83   —   

Employer contributions

   42   6 

Benefits paid

   (147  (6

Plan settlements

   (2  —   

Other, including foreign currency exchange rate changes

   (61  —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at December 31, 2012

  $3,519  $—   

Actual return on plan assets

   (512  —   

Employer contributions

   42   6 

Benefits paid

   (186  (6

Plan settlements

   (7  —   

Other, including foreign currency exchange rate changes

   11   —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at December 31, 2013

  $2,867  $—   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 260


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)Benefit Obligation and Funded Status

Rollforward of the Benefit Obligation and Fair Value of Plan Assets

 

   Pension Plans  Other Postretirement
Plan
 
$ in millions  2016  2015  2016  2015 

Rollforward of benefit obligation

 

   

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

  $3,604  $4,007  $87  $75 

Service cost

   17   19   1   1 

Interest cost

   150   152   4   3 

Actuarial loss (gain)1

   159   (267     4 

Plan amendments

   (1  (1     9 

Plan curtailments

      (9      

Plan settlements

   (19  (29      

Change in mortality assumptions2

   64   (46  1   (1

Benefits paid

   (219  (194  (5  (4

Other, including foreign currency exchange rate changes

   (44  (28      

Benefit obligation at end of year

  $3,711  $3,604  $88  $87 

Rollforward of fair value of plan assets

 

  

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

  $3,497  $3,705  $  $ 

Actual return on plan assets

   196   9       

Employer contributions

   38   31   5   4 

Benefits paid

   (219  (194  (5  (4

Plan settlements

   (19  (29      

Other, including foreign currency exchange rate changes

   (62  (25      

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

  $3,431  $3,497  $  $ 

Funded (unfunded) status

  $(280 $(107 $(88 $(87

The following table presents a summary

1.

Amounts primarily reflect the impact of year-over-year discount rate fluctuations.

2.

Amounts represent adoption of new mortality tables published by the Society of Actuaries.

Summary of the funded status at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:Funded Status

 

   Pension  Postretirement 
   December 31,
2013
  December 31,
2012
  December 31,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Funded (unfunded) status

  $(463 $(364 $(128 $(174
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition consist of:

     

Assets

  $60  $97  $—    $—   

Liabilities

   (523  (461  (128  (174
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net amount recognized

  $(463 $(364 $(128 $(174
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:

     

Prior-service cost (credit)

  $1  $(2 $(11 $(24

Net loss (gain)

   871   821   (14  41 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss (gain) recognized

  $872  $819  $(25 $17 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

  Pension Plans  Other Postretirement Plan 
$ in millions At
December 31,
2016
  At
December 31,
2015
  At
December 31,
2016
  At
December 31,
2015
 

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets

 

Assets

 $230  $382  $  $ 

Liabilities

  (510  (489  (88  (87

Net amount recognized

 $(280 $(107 $(88 $(87

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

Prior service credit (cost)

 $2  $1  $17  $34 

Net gain (loss)

  (763  (626     2 

Net gain (loss) recognized

 $(761 $(625 $17  $36 

The estimated prior-service cost (credit)prior service credit that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive lossincome (loss) into net periodic benefit expense over 20142017 is $11approximately $17 million for the other postretirement plans.plan. The estimated net loss that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive lossincome (loss) into net periodic benefit expense (income) over 20142017 is approximately $21$17 million for defined benefit pension plans.

The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $3,309$3,696 million and $3,858$3,592 million at December 31, 20132016 and December 31, 2012,2015, respectively.

The following table contains information for pension plans with projected benefit obligations in excess of the fair value of plan assets at period-end:

   December 31,
2013
   December 31,
2012
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Projected benefit obligation

  $3,127   $552 

Fair value of plan assets

   2,603    90 

The following table contains information for pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of the fair value of plan assets at period-end:

   December 31,
2013
   December 31,
2012
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Accumulated benefit obligation

  $3,089   $527 

Fair value of plan assets

   2,586    90 

 

December 2016 Form 10-K 261178 


MORGAN STANLEY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)Pension Plans with Projected Benefit Obligation in Excess of the Fair Value of Plan Assets

 

$ in millions  

At

December 31,
2016

   At
December 31,
2015
 

Projected benefit obligation

  $566   $543 

Fair value of plan assets

   56    54 

The following table presentsPension Plans with Accumulated Benefit Obligation in Excess of the weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at period-end:Fair Value of Plan Assets

 

   Pension  Postretirement 
   December 31,
2013
  December 31,
2012
  December 31,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 

Discount rate

   4.74  3.95  4.75  3.88

Rate of future compensation increase

   1.06   0.98   N/A    N/A  
$ in millions  At December 31,
2016
   At December 31,
2015
 

Accumulated benefit obligation

  $552   $531 

Fair value of plan assets

   56    54 

N/A—Not Applicable.Weighted Average Assumptions Used to Determine Benefit Obligation

 

  Pension Plans  Other Postretirement Plan 
   At
December 31,
2016
  At
December 31,
2015
  At
December 31,
2016
  At
December 31,
2015
 

Discount rate

  4.01%   4.27%   4.01%   4.13% 

Rate of future compensation increase

  3.10%   3.19%   N/A   N/A 

N/A—Not

Applicable

The discount rates used to determine the benefit obligationsobligation for the U.S. pension U.S.and postretirement and the U.K. pension plans’ liabilitiesplans were selected by the Company,Firm, in consultation with its independent actuaries, using a pension discount yield curve based on the characteristics of the plans, each determined independently. The pension discount yield curve represents spot discount yields based on duration implicit in a representative broad-based Aa rated corporate bond universe of high-quality fixed income investments. For all other non-U.S. pension plans, the CompanyFirm set the assumed discount rates based on the nature of liabilities, local economic environments and available bond indices.

The following table presents assumed health care cost trend rates usedAssumed Health Care Cost Trend Rates Used to determineDetermine the U.S. postretirement benefit obligations at period-end:Postretirement Benefit Obligation

 

   December 31,
2013
   December 31,
2012
 

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year:

    

Medical

   6.90-7.38%     6.93-7.53%  

Prescription

   8.25%     8.66%  

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (ultimate trend rate)

   4.50%     4.50%  

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

   2029        2029     

    

At

December 31,
2016

  

At

December 31,
2015

 

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year

 

Medical

   5.96  6.25% 

Prescription

   9.32  11.00% 

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (ultimate trend rate)

   4.50  4.50% 

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

   2038   2038     

Assumed health care cost trend rates can have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the Company’s postretirement benefit plan. A one-percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:

   One-Percentage
Point Increase
   One-Percentage
Point (Decrease)
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Effect on total postretirement service and interest cost

  $2   $(1

Effect on postretirement benefit obligation

   19    (11

No impact of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 has been reflected in the Company’s consolidated statements of income as Medicare prescription drug coverage was deemed to have no material effect on the Company’sFirm’s postretirement benefit plan.

Effect of Changes in Assumed Health Care Cost Trend Rates

$ in millions  One-Percentage
Point Increase
   One-Percentage
Point Decrease
 

Total 2016 postretirement service and interest cost

   N/M    N/M 

December 31, 2016 postretirement benefit obligation

  $6   $(5

N/M—Not

Meaningful

Plan Assets.Assets

The U.S. Qualified Plan assets represent 87%88% of the Company’sFirm’s total pension plan assets. The U.S. Qualified Plan uses a combination of active and risk-controlled fixed income investment strategies. The fixed income asset allocation consists primarily of fixed income securities and related derivative instruments designed to approximate the expected cash flows of the plan’s liabilities in order to help reduce plan exposure to interest rate variation and to better align assets with obligations.the obligation. The longer durationlonger-duration fixed income allocation is expected to help protect the plan’s funded status and maintain the stability of plan contributions over the long run.

262


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The allocation among investment managers of the Company’s U.S. Qualified Plan is reviewed by the Morgan Stanley Retirement Plan Investment Committee (the “Investment Committee”) on a regular basis. When the exposure to a given investment manager reaches a minimum or maximum allocation level, an asset allocation review process is initiated, and the portfolio will be rebalanced toward the target allocation unless the Investment Committee determines otherwise.

Derivative instruments are permitted in the U.S. Qualified Plan’s investment portfolio only to the extent that they comply with all of the plan’s investment policy guidelines and are consistent with the plan’s risk and return objectives. In addition, any investment in derivatives must meet the following conditions:

 

Derivatives mayMay be used only if theyderivative instruments are deemed by the investment manager to be more attractive than a similar direct investment in the underlying cash market or if the vehicle is being used to manage risk of the portfolio.

 

Derivatives mayMay not be used in a speculative manner or to leverage the portfolio under any circumstances.

 

Derivatives mayMay not be used as short-term trading vehicles. The investment philosophy of the U.S. Qualified Plan is that investment activity is undertaken for long-term investment rather than short-term trading.

 

Derivatives mayMay be used in the management of the U.S. Qualified Plan’s portfolio only when theirthe derivative instruments’ possible effects can be quantified, shown to enhance the risk-return profile of the portfolio, and reported in a meaningful and understandable manner.

 

179December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As a fundamental operating principle, any restrictions on the underlying assets apply to a respective derivative product. This includes percentage allocations and credit quality. Derivatives will beare used solely for the purpose of enhancing investment in the underlying assets and not to circumvent portfolio restrictions.

Plan assets are measured at fair value using valuation techniques that are consistent with the valuation techniques applied to the Company’sFirm’s major categories of assets and liabilities as described in Note 4. Quoted market prices in active markets are the best evidence of fair valueNotes 2 and are used as the basis for the measurement, if available. If a quoted market price is available, the fair value is the product of the number of trading units multiplied by the market price. If a quoted market price is not available, the estimate of fair value is based on the valuation approaches that maximize use of observable inputs and minimize use of unobservable inputs.

The fair value of3. OTC derivative contracts is derived primarily using pricing models, which may require multiple market input parameters. Derivative contracts are presented on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting. Derivatives consist of investments in interest rate swap contracts and are categorized as Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Commingled trust funds are privately offered funds available to institutional clients that are regulated, supervised and subject to periodic examination by a U.S. federal or state agency. The trust must be maintained for the collective investment or reinvestment of assets contributed to it from employee benefit plans maintained by more than one employer or a controlled group of corporations. The sponsor of the commingled trust funds values the funds’ NAV based on the fair value of the underlying securities. The underlying securities of the commingled trust funds consist of mainly long-duration fixed income instruments. Commingled trust funds that are redeemable at the measurement date or in the near future are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, otherwise they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Some non-U.S.-based plans hold foreign funds that consist of investments in foreign corporate equity funds, foreign corporate bond funds, foreign target cash flow funds and foreign liquidity funds. Foreign corporate equity

263


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

funds and foreign corporate bond funds invest in individual securities quoted on a recognized stock exchange or traded in a regulated market and certain bond funds that aim to produce returns as close as possible to certain Financial Times Stock Exchange indexes. Foreign target cash flow funds are designed to provide a series of fixed annual cash flows over five or 10 years achieved by investing in government bonds and derivatives. Foreign liquidity funds place a high priority on capital preservation, stable value and a high liquidity of assets. Foreign funds are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as they are readily redeemable at their NAV. Corporate equity funds traded on a recognized exchange are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

swaps.

Other investments consist of pledged insurance annuity contracts held by non-U.S. based plans consist of real estate funds, hedge funds and insurance annuity contracts. These real estate and hedge funds are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy to the extent that they are readily redeemable at their NAV, otherwise they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.non-U.S.-based plans. The pledged insurance annuity contracts are valued based on the premium reserve of the insurer for a guarantee that the insurer has given to the employee benefit plan that approximates fair value. The pledged insurance annuity contracts are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Commingled trust funds are privately offered funds that are regulated, supervised and subject to periodic examination by a U.S. federal or state agency and available to institutional clients. The following table presentstrust must be maintained for the collective investment or reinvestment of assets contributed to it from U.S.

tax-qualified employee benefit plans maintained by more than one employer or controlled group of corporations. The sponsor of the commingled trust funds values the funds based on the fair value of the net pension plan assetsunderlying securities. The underlying securities of the commingled trust funds held by the U.S. Qualified Plan consist mainly of long-duration fixed income instruments. Commingled trust funds are redeemable at December 31, 2013. There were no transfers between levels during 2013:NAV at the measurement date or in the near future.

Somenon-U.S.-based plans hold foreign funds that consist of investments in fixed income funds, target cash flow funds and liquidity funds. Fixed income funds invest in individual securities quoted on a recognized stock exchange or traded in a regulated market. Certain fixed income funds aim to produce returns consistent with certain Financial Times Stock Exchange indexes. Target cash flow funds are designed to provide a series of fixed annual cash flows achieved by investing in government bonds and derivatives. Liquidity funds place a high priority on capital preservation, stable value and a high liquidity of assets. Foreign funds are readily redeemable at NAV.

   Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
   Significant
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets:

  

      

Investments:

        

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

  $91   $—     $ —      $91 

U.S. government and agency securities:

        

U.S. Treasury securities

   1,047    —       —      1,047 

U.S. agency securities

   —       204    —      204 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   1,047    204    —      1,251 

Corporate and other debt:

        

State and municipal securities

   —       2    —      2 

Collateralized debt obligations

   —       76    —      76 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

   —       78    —      78 

Derivative contracts(2)

   —       122    —      122 

Derivative-related cash collateral receivable

   —       37    —       37 

Commingled trust funds(3)

   —       1,004    —       1,004 

Foreign funds(4)

   21    291    —       312 

Other investments

   —       10    38    48 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

   1,159    1,746    38    2,943 

Receivables:

        

Other receivables(1)

   —       20    —       20 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total receivables

   —       20    —       20 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $1,159   $1,766   $38   $2,963 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities:

        

Derivative contracts(5)

  $—      $92   $ —      $92 

Derivative-related cash collateral payable

   —       2    —       2 

Other liabilities(1)

   —       2    —       2 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   —       96    —       96 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net pension assets

  $1,159   $1,670   $38   $2,867 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Firm generally considers the NAV of commingled trust funds and foreign funds provided by the fund manager to be the best estimate of fair value.

 

December 2016 Form 10-K 264180 


MORGAN STANLEY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)Fair Value of Plan Assets and Liabilities

 

  At December 31, 2016 
$ in millions Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Total 

Assets

    

Investments:

    

Cash and cash equivalents1

 $55  $  $  $55 

U.S. government and agency securities:

    

U.S. Treasury securities

  1,493         1,493 

U.S. agency securities

     423      423 

Total U.S. government and
agency
securities

  1,493   423      1,916 

Corporate and other debt:

    

Collateralized debt obligation

     13      13 

Total corporate and other debt

     13      13 

Derivative contracts

     159      159 

Derivative-related cash collateral receivable

     76      76 

Other investments

        38   38 

Total assets2

 $    1,548  $671  $38  $    2,257 

Liabilities

    

Derivative contracts

 $  $225  $  $225 

Total liabilities

 $  $225  $  $225 

  At December 31, 2015 
$ in millions Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Total 

Assets

    

Investments:

    

Cash and cash equivalents1

 $28  $  $  $28 

U.S. government and agency securities:

    

U.S. Treasury securities

  1,398         1,398 

U.S. agency securities

     263      263 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

  1,398   263      1,661 

Corporate and other debt:

    

State and municipal securities

     2      2 

Collateralized debt obligation

     22      22 

Total corporate and other debt

     24      24 

Derivative contracts

     224      224 

Other investments

        35   35 

Receivables:

    

Other receivables1

     54      54 

Total assets2

 $  1,426  $565  $35  $  2,026 

Liabilities

    

Derivative contracts

 $  $65  $  $65 

Other liabilities1

     100      100 

Total liabilities

 $  $165  $  $165 

 

(1)1.

Cash and cash equivalents, other receivables and other liabilities are valued at their carrying value, which approximates fair value.

(2)2.Derivative contracts

Amounts exclude Commingled trust funds and Foreign funds measured at fair value using the NAV per share, which are not classified in an asset position consist of investments in interest rate swaps of $122 million.

(3)the fair value hierarchy. Commingled trust funds consist of investments in fixed income funds and money market funds of $1,004 million.
(4)$999 million and $86 million, respectively, at December 31, 2016 and $1,239 million and $59 million, respectively, at December 31, 2015. Foreign funds include investments in corporate bondfixed income funds, liquidity funds and targeted cash flow funds liquidity funds, corporate equity funds and diversified funds of $157$111 million, $77 million, $56 million, $21$9 million and $1$194 million, respectively.
(5)Derivative contracts in a liability position consist of investments in interest rate swaps of $92 million.

The following table presents the fair value of the net pension plan assets at December 31, 2012. There were no transfers between levels during 2012:

   Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
   Significant
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets:

  

      

Investments:

        

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

  $80   $—      $ —      $80 

U.S. government and agency securities:

        

U.S. Treasury securities

   1,354    —       —       1,354 

U.S. agency securities

   —       241    —       241 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   1,354    241    —       1,595 

Corporate and other debt:

        

State and municipal securities

   —       2    —       2 

Collateralized debt obligations

   —       71    —       71 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

   —       73    —       73 

Corporate equities

   20    —       —       20 

Derivative contracts(2)

   —       224    —       224 

Derivative-related cash collateral receivable

   —       3    —       3 

Commingled trust funds(3)

   —       1,275    —       1,275 

Foreign funds(4)

   —       282    —       282 

Other investments

   —       11    30    41 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

   1,454    2,109    30    3,593 

Receivables:

        

Other receivables(1)

   —       71    —       71 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total receivables

   —       71    —       71 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $1,454   $2,180   $30   $3,664 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities:

        

Derivative contracts(5)

  $—      $57   $—      $57 

Derivative-related cash collateral payable

   —       28    —       28 

Other liabilities(1)

   —       60    —       60 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   —       145    —       145 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net pension assets

  $1,454   $2,035   $30   $3,519 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Cashrespectively, at December 31, 2016 and cash equivalents, other receivables and other liabilities are valued at their carrying value, which approximates fair value.
(2)Derivative contracts in an asset position consist of investments in interest rate swaps of $224 million.
(3)Commingled trust funds consist of investments in fixed income funds of $1,275 million.
(4)Foreign funds include investments in corporate bond funds, targeted cash flow funds, liquidity funds and diversified funds of $141$149 million, $85 million, $55$98 million and $1$91 million, respectively.respectively, at December 31, 2015. Fund amounts as of December 31, 2015 have been excluded from the table to conform to the current presentation.

(5)Derivative contracts in a liability position consist of investments in interest rate swaps of $57 million.

 

 265181 December 2016 Form 10-K


MORGAN STANLEY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)There were no transfers between levels during 2016 and 2015.

The following table presents changesChanges in Level 3 pension assets measured at fair value for 2013:Pension Assets

 

  Beginning
Balance at
January 1,

2013
  Actual
Return on
Plan Assets
Related to
Assets Still
Held at
December 31,
2013
  Actual
Return

on  Plan
Assets Related
to Assets Sold
during 2013
  Purchases,
Sales,

Other
Settlements
and Issuances,
net
  Net Transfers
In and/or (Out)

of Level 3
  Ending
Balance
at December  31,
2013
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Investments

      

Other investments

 $30  $2  $—     $4  $2  $38 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total investments

 $30  $2  $—     $4  $2  $38 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
$ in millions  2016   2015 

Balance at beginning of period

  $35   $36 

Actual return on plan assets related to assets held at end of period

       (4

Purchases, sales, other settlements and issuances, net

   3    3 

Balance at end of period

  $38   $35 

Expected Contributions

The following table presents changes in Level 3 pension assets measuredFirm’s policy is to fund at fair value for 2012:

  Beginning
Balance at
January 1,
2012
  Actual
Return on
Plan Assets
Related to
Assets Still
Held at
December 31,
2012
  Actual Return
on Plan
Assets Related
to Assets Sold
during 2012
  Purchases,
Sales,
Other
Settlements
and
Issuances,
net
  Net Transfers
In and/or (Out)
of Level 3
  Ending
Balance
at December  31,
2012
 
  (dollars in millions) 
Investments      

Other investments

 $26  $—     $—     $4  $—     $30 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total investments

 $26  $—     $—     $4  $—     $30 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash Flows.

least the amount sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements under applicable employee benefit and tax laws. At December 31, 2013,2016, the Company expectsFirm expected to contribute approximately $50 million to its pension and postretirement benefit plans in 20142017 based upon the plans’ current funded status and expected asset return assumptions for 2014, as applicable.2017.

Expected Future Benefit Payments

 

   At December 31, 2016 
$ in millions  Pension
Plans
   Other
Postretirement
Plan
 

2017

  $        149   $5 

2018

   135    6 

2019

   139    6 

2020

   145    6 

2021

   153    7 

2022-2026

   867    31 

Expected benefit payments associated with the Company’s pension and postretirement benefit plans for the next five years and in aggregate for the five years thereafter at December 31, 2013 are as follows:

   Pension   Postretirement 
   (dollars in millions) 

2014

  $129   $6 

2015

   128    6 

2016

   130    6 

2017

   138    7 

2018

   137    7 

2019-2023

   788    40 

Morgan Stanley 401(k) Plan.Plan

U.S. employees meeting certain eligibility requirements may participate in the Morgan Stanley 401(k) Plan. Eligible U.S. employees receive discretionary 401(k) matching cash contributions representingas determined annually by the Firm. For 2016 and 2015, the Firm made a $1 for $1 CompanyFirm match up to 4% of eligible pay, up to the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) limit. Matching contributions for 20132016 and 20122015 were allocatedinvested according to participants’ currenteach participant’s investment direction. Eligible U.S. employees with eligible pay less than or equal to $100,000 also receivereceived a fixed contribution under the

266


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

401(k) Plan that equalsequaled 2% of eligible pay. A transition contribution is allocated to participants who received a 2010 accrual in the U.S. Qualified Plan or a 2010 retirement contribution in the 401(k) Plan and who met certain age and service requirements as of December 31, 2010.

A separate transition contribution isTransition contributions are allocated to certain eligible legacy Smith Barney employees. The CompanyFirm match, fixed contribution and transition contributionscontribution are included in the Company’sFirm’s 401(k) expense. The pre-taxFirm’s 401(k) expense for 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 20112014 was $242$250 million, $246$255 million and $257$256 million, respectively.

Defined Contribution Pension Plans.Plans

The CompanyFirm maintains separate defined contribution pension plans that cover substantially all employees of certainnon-U.S. subsidiaries. Under such plans, benefits are determined based on a fixed rate of base salary with certain vesting requirements. In 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011,2014, the Company’sFirm’s expense related to these plans was $101 million, $111 million $126and $117 million, and $136 million, respectively.

20. Income Taxes

Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes

Components of Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes

 

Other Postemployment Benefits.    Postemployment benefits may include, but are not limited to, salary continuation, severance benefits, disability-related benefits, and continuation of health care and life insurance coverage provided to former employees or inactive employees after employment but before retirement. The postemployment benefit obligations were not material at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

20.    Income Taxes.

The provision for (benefit from) income taxes from continuing operations consisted of:

  2013 2012 2011 
  (dollars in millions) 

Current:

    
$ in millions  2016 2015 2014 

Current

    

U.S. federal

  $153  $(178 $35   $330  $239  $(604

U.S. state and local

   164   140   276    221  144  260 

Non-U.S.:

    

United Kingdom

   178   (16  169 

Non-U.S.

    

U.K.

   196  247  88 

Japan

   88   90   19    28  19  114 

Hong Kong

   36   16   (3   14  24  34 

Other(1)

   301   355   378 

Other1

   359  333  258 

Total

  $1,148  $1,006  $    150 
  

 

  

 

  

 

 
  $920  $407  $874 
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Deferred:

    

Deferred

    

U.S. federal

  $(3) $(748 $508   $1,336  $1,031  $(207

U.S. state and local

   1   (64  (49   74  43  (56

Non-U.S.:

    

United Kingdom

   (75  77   32 

Non-U.S.

    

U.K.

   56  (56 (31

Japan

   262   170   41    127  58  56 

Hong Kong

   (14  35   27    31  50  9 

Other(1)

   (265  (114  (19
  

 

  

 

  

 

 
  $(94) $(644 $540 
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Other1

   (46 68  (11

Total

  $1,578  $1,194  $(240

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes from continuing operations

  $826  $(237 $1,414   $    2,726  $    2,200  $(90
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes from discontinued operations

  $(29 $(7 $(119  $1  $(7 $(5
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(1)1.Results for 2013

For 2016, significantNon-U.S. other jurisdictions included significant total tax provisions (benefits) of $59$125 million, $54$46 million and $(156)$38 million from Brazil, India and Luxembourg,France, respectively. Results for 2012 For 2015, significantNon-U.S. other jurisdictions included significant total tax provisions (benefits) of $43 million, $36 million, $36 million, $33 million, $32 million, and $(31) million from India, Brazil, Spain, Canada, Singapore, and Netherlands, respectively. Results for 2011 Non-U.S. other jurisdictions included significant total tax provisions of $98 million, $78 million, $68 million, $62 million, $58 million, $45 million and $27$42 million from Mexico, Brazil, Netherlands, India and France, respectively. For 2014, significantNon-U.S. other jurisdictions included total tax provisions of $44 million, $38 million and $38 million from Brazil, Netherlands, Spain,India and India,Mexico, respectively.

The Firm recorded a net income tax provision (benefit) to Additionalpaid-in capital related to employee stock-based compensation transactions of $24 million, $(203) million and $(6) million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

December 2016 Form 10-K 267182 


MORGAN STANLEY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)Effective Income Tax Rate

Reconciliation of the U.S. Federal Statutory Income Tax Rate to the Effective Income Tax Rate

 

    2016  2015  2014 

U.S. federal statutory income tax rate

   35.0  35.0  35.0% 

U.S. state and local income taxes, net of U.S. federal income tax benefits

   2.2   1.4   6.5 

Domestic tax credits

   (2.5  (1.5  (5.0

Tax exempt income

   (0.1  (0.2  (3.5

Non-U.S. earnings

    

Foreign tax rate differential

   (3.1  (8.7  (22.5

Change in reinvestment assertion

      0.2   1.4 

Change in foreign tax rates

   0.1       

Wealth Management legal entity restructuring

         (38.7

Non-deductible legal expenses

         25.5 

Other

   (0.8  (0.3  (1.2

Effective income tax rate

   30.8  25.9  (2.5)% 

The following table reconciles the provision for (benefit from) income taxes to the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate:

   2013  2012(1)  2011 

U.S. federal statutory income tax rate

   35.0  35.0  35.0

U.S. state and local income taxes, net of U.S. federal income tax benefits

   2.4   8.6   2.6 

Domestic tax credits

   (4.3  (42.7  (3.9

Tax exempt income

   (2.5  (29.9  (0.3

Non-U.S. earnings:

    

Foreign Tax Rate Differential

   (6.1  (14.0  0.7 

Change in Reinvestment Assertion

   (1.4  4.8   (2.2

Change in Foreign Tax Rates

   0.1   (0.3  1.6 

Valuation allowance

   —     —     (7.3

Other

   (4.8  (7.1  (3.1
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

   18.4  (45.6)%   23.1
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)2012 percentages are reflective of the lower level of income from continuing operations before income taxes on a comparative basis due to the change in the fair value of certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings resulting from fluctuations in its credit spreads and other credit factors.

The Company’sFirm’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for 20132016 included an aggregate discrete net tax benefit of $407 million. This included discrete tax benefits of: $161 millionof $68 million. These net discrete tax benefits were primarily related to the remeasurement of reserves and related interest associated withdue to new information regarding the status of certaina multi-year tax authority examinations; $92 million related to the establishment of a previously unrecognized deferredexamination, partially offset by adjustments for other tax asset from a legal entity reorganization; $73 million that is attributable tomatters. Excluding these net discrete tax planning strategies to optimize foreign tax credit utilization as a result of the anticipated repatriation of earnings from certain non-U.S. subsidiaries; and $81 million due to the retroactive effective date of the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (the “Relief Act”). The Relief Act that was enacted on January 2, 2013, among other things, extended with retroactive effect to January 1, 2012 a provision of U.S. tax law that defers the imposition of tax on certain active financial services income of certain foreign subsidiaries earned outside the U.S. until such income is repatriated to the U.S. as a dividend. Excluding the aggregate discrete net tax benefit noted above,benefits, the effective tax rate from continuing operations in 2013for 2016 would have been 27.5%31.6%.

The Company’sFirm’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for 20122015 included an aggregate net tax benefit of $142 million. This included a discrete tax benefitbenefits of $299 million related to the remeasurement of reserves and related interest$564 million. These net discrete tax benefits were primarily associated with either the expirationrepatriation ofnon-U.S. earnings at a cost lower than originally estimated due to an internal restructuring to simplify the applicable statute of limitations or new information regarding the status of certain IRS examinations and an aggregate out-of-period net tax provision of $157 million, to adjust the overstatement of deferred tax assets associated with partnership investments, principallyFirm’s legal entity organization in the Company’s Investment Management business segment and repatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries recorded in prior years. The Company has evaluated the effects of the understatement of the incomeU.K. Excluding these net discrete tax provision both qualitatively and quantitatively and concluded that it did not have a material impact on any prior annual or quarterly consolidated financial statements. Excluding the aggregate net tax benefit noted above,benefits, the effective tax rate from continuing operations in 2012for 2015 would have been a benefit of 18.3%32.5%.

The Company’sFirm’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for 20112014 included an aggregatenet discrete tax benefits of $2,226 million. These net discrete tax benefit of $484 million. This included a $447benefits consisted of: $1,380 million discrete net tax benefit fromprimarily due to the remeasurementrelease of a deferred tax asset and the reversal of a related valuation allowance. The deferred tax asset and valuation allowance were recognized in income from discontinued operations in 2010 in connection with the recognition of a $1.2 billion loss due to writedowns and related costs following the Company’s commitment to a plan to dispose

268


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

of Revel. The Company recorded the valuation allowance because the Company did not believe it was more likely than not that it would have sufficient future net capital gain to realize the benefitliability, previously established as part of the expectedacquisition of Smith Barney in 2009 through a charge to Additionalpaid-in capital, loss to be recognized upon the disposal of Revel. During the quarter ended March 31, 2011, the disposal of Revel was restructured as a tax-free like kind exchange and the disposal was completed. The restructured transaction changed the character of the future taxable loss to ordinary. The Company reversed the valuation allowance because the Company believes it is more likely than not that it will have sufficient future ordinary taxable income to recognize the recorded deferred tax asset. In accordance with the applicable accounting literature, this reversal of a previously established valuation allowance due to a change in circumstances was recognized in income from continuing operations during the quarter ended March 31, 2011. Additionally, in 2011 the Company recognized a discrete tax benefit of $137 million related to the reversal of U.S. deferred tax liabilities associated with prior-years’ undistributed earnings of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries that were determined to be indefinitely reinvested abroad, and a discrete tax cost of $100 million related to the remeasurement of Japanese deferred tax assets as a result of the legal entity restructuring that included a decreasechange in tax status of Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Holdings LLC from a partnership to a corporation; $609 million principally associated with remeasurement of reserves and related interest due to new information regarding the local statutory incomestatus of a multi-year tax rates starting in 2012.authority examination; and $237 million primarily associated with the repatriation ofnon-U.S. earnings at a cost lower than originally estimated. Excluding the aggregatethese net discrete tax benefit noted above,benefits, the effective tax rate from continuing operations in 2011for 2014 would have been 31.0%.59.5%,

The Company had $6,675 million and $7,191which is primarily attributable to approximately $900 million of cumulative earnings at December 31, 2013tax provision fromnon-deductible expenses for litigation and December 31, 2012, respectively, attributable to foreign subsidiaries for which no U.S. provision has been recorded for income tax that could occur upon repatriation. Except to the extent such earnings can be repatriated tax efficiently, they are permanently invested abroad. Accordingly, $736 millionregulatory matters.

Deferred Tax Assets and $719 million of deferred tax liabilities were not recorded with respect to these earnings at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

Liabilities

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when such differences are expected to reverse. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets

Deferred Tax Assets and liabilities at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 were as follows:Liabilities

 

   December 31,
2013
   December 31,
2012
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Gross deferred tax assets:

    

Tax credits and loss carryforwards

  $5,130   $6,193 

Employee compensation and benefit plans

   2,417     2,173 

Valuation and liability allowances

   1,122    529 

Valuation of inventory, investments and receivables

   418    —   

Other

   —      158 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

   9,087    9,053 

Valuation allowance(1)

   38    48 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets after valuation allowance

  $9,049   $9,005 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax liabilities:

    

Non-U.S. operations

  $1,293   $1,253 

Fixed assets

   275    115 

Valuation of inventory, investments and receivables

   —      351 

Other

   253     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

  $1,821   $1,719 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

  $7,228   $7,286 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)The valuation allowance reduces the benefit of certain separate Company federal net operating loss and state capital loss carryforwards to the amount that will more likely than not be realized.

269


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

During 2013, the valuation allowance was decreased by $10 million related to the ability to utilize certain state capital losses.

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2016
   At
December 31,
2015
 

Gross deferred tax assets

    

Tax credits and loss carryforwards

  $731   $1,987 

Employee compensation and benefit plans

   3,504    3,514 

Valuation and liability allowances

   656    846 

Valuation of inventory, investments and receivables

   1,062    738 

Other

   21    35 

Total deferred tax assets

   5,974    7,120 

Deferred tax assets valuation allowance

   164    139 

Deferred tax assets after valuation allowance

  $5,810   $6,981 

Gross deferred tax liabilities

    

Non-U.S. operations

  $270   $269 

Fixed assets

   773    716 

Total deferred tax liabilities

  $1,043   $985 

Net deferred tax assets

  $            4,767   $            5,996 

The CompanyFirm had tax credit carryforwards for which a related deferred tax asset of $4,932$465 million and $5,705$1,647 million was recorded at December 31, 20132016 and December 31, 2012,2015, respectively. These carryforwards are subject to annual limitations on utilization, with a significant amount scheduled to expirethe earliest expiration beginning in 2020,2030, if not utilized.

The CompanyFirm believes the recognized net deferred tax asset (after valuation allowance) of $7,228$4,767 million at December 31, 2016 is more likely than not to be realized based on expectations as to future taxable income in the jurisdictions in which it operates.

The CompanyFirm had $12,006 million and $10,209 million of cumulative earnings at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, attributable to foreign subsidiaries for which no U.S. provision has been recorded netfor income tax provision to Paid-in capital related to employee stock-based compensation transactions of $121 million, $114 million, and $76 million in 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Cash payments for income taxes were $930 million, $388 million, and $892 million in 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

The following table presents the U.S. and non-U.S. components of income from continuing operations before income tax expense (benefit) for 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively:

   2013   2012  2011 
   (dollars in millions) 

U.S.

  $1,662   $(1,241 $3,250 

Non-U.S.(1)

   2,820     1,761   2,860 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $4,482   $520  $6,110 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)Non-U.S. income is defined as income generated from operations located outside the U.S.
183December 2016 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

that could occur upon repatriation. Accordingly, $1,111 million and $893 million of deferred tax liabilities were not recorded with respect to these earnings at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. The increase in indefinitely reinvested earnings is attributable to regulatory and other capital requirements in foreign jurisdictions.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits was approximately $4.1$1.9 billion, $4.1$1.8 billion and $4.0$2.2 billion at December 31, 2013,2016, December 31, 2012,2015 and December 31, 2011,2014, respectively. Of this total, approximately $1.4$1.1 billion, $1.6$1.1 billion and $1.8$1.0 billion, respectively (net of federal benefit of state issues, competent authority and foreign tax credit offsets), represent the amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective tax rate in future periods.

Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are classified as provision for income taxes. The CompanyFirm recognized $50$28 million, $(10)$18 million and $56$(35) million of interest expense (benefit) (net of federal and state income tax benefits) in the consolidated income statements of income for 2013, 2012,2016, 2015 and 2011,2014, respectively. Interest expense accrued at December 31, 2013,2016, December 31, 2012,2015 and December 31, 20112014 was approximately $293$150 million, $243$122 million and $330$258 million, respectively, net of federal and state income tax benefits. Penalties

related to unrecognized tax benefits for the years mentioned above were immaterial.

Rollforward of Unrecognized Tax Benefits

$ in millions Unrecognized
Tax Benefits
 

Balance at December 31, 2013

 $4,096 

Increase based on tax positions related to the current period

  135 

Increase based on tax positions related to prior periods

  100 

Decrease based on tax positions related to prior periods

  (2,080) 

Decrease related to settlements with taxing authorities

  (19) 

Decrease related to a lapse of applicable statute of limitations

  (4) 

Balance at December 31, 2014

 $2,228 

Increase based on tax positions related to the current period

 $230 

Increase based on tax positions related to prior periods

  114 

Decrease based on tax positions related to prior periods

  (753) 

Decrease related to settlements with taxing authorities

  (7) 

Decrease related to a lapse of applicable statute of limitations

  (8) 

Balance at December 31, 2015

 $1,804 

Increase based on tax positions related to the current period

 $172 

Increase based on tax positions related to prior periods

  14 

Decrease based on tax positions related to prior periods

  (134) 

Decrease related to settlements with taxing authorities

   

Decrease related to a lapse of applicable statute of limitations

  (5) 

Balance at December 31, 2016

 $1,851 

 

December 2016 Form 10-K 270184 


MORGAN STANLEY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Tax Authority Examinations

The following table presents a reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits for 2013, 2012 and 2011 (dollars in millions):

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

    

Balance at December 31, 2010

  $3,711 

Increase based on tax positions related to the current period

   412 

Increase based on tax positions related to prior periods

   70 

Decreases based on tax positions related to prior periods

   (79

Decreases related to settlements with taxing authorities

   (56

Decreases related to a lapse of applicable statute of limitations

   (13
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $4,045 
  

 

 

 

Increase based on tax positions related to the current period

  $299 

Increase based on tax positions related to prior periods

   127 

Decreases based on tax positions related to prior periods

   (21

Decreases related to settlements with taxing authorities

   (260

Decreases related to a lapse of applicable statute of limitations

   (125
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $4,065 
  

 

 

 

Increase based on tax positions related to the current period

  $51 

Increase based on tax positions related to prior periods

   267 

Decreases based on tax positions related to prior periods

   (141

Decreases related to settlements with taxing authorities

   (146
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $4,096 
  

 

 

 

The CompanyFirm is under continuous examination by the IRS and other tax authorities in certain countries, such as Japan and the U.K., and in states in which the Companyit has significant business operations, such as New York. The Company is currently under review by the IRS Appeals Office for the remaining issues covering tax years 1999 – 2005. Also, the CompanyFirm is currently at various levels of field examination with respect to audits by the IRS, as well as New York State and New York City, for tax years 2006 – 20082009-2012 and 2007 – 2009,2007-2013, respectively. The Firm believes that the resolution of these tax matters will not have a material effect on the consolidated balance sheets, although a resolution could have a material impact on the consolidated income statements for a particular future period and the effective tax rate for any period in which such resolution occurs.

In April 2016, the Firm received a notification from the IRS that the Congressional Joint Committee on Taxation approved the final report of an Appeals Office review of matters from tax years 1999-2005, and the Revenue Agent’s Report reflecting agreed closure of the 2006-2008 tax years. The Firm has reserved the right to contest certain items, associated with tax years 1999-2005, the resolution of which is not expected to have a material impact on the effective tax rate or the consolidated financial statements.

During 2014,2017, the CompanyFirm expects to reach a conclusion with the U.K. tax authorities on substantially all issues through tax year 2010.

The Company believes that2010, the resolution of tax matters willwhich is not have a material effect on the consolidated statements of financial condition of the Company, although a resolution couldexpected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statements of income for a particular future period and on the Company’s effective income tax rate for any period in which such resolution occurs. or the consolidated financial statements.

The CompanyFirm has established a liability for unrecognized tax benefits that the Companyit believes is adequate in relation to the potential for additional assessments. Once established, the CompanyFirm adjusts liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits only when morenew information is available or when an event occurs necessitating a change.

The CompanyFirm periodically evaluates the likelihood of assessments in each taxing jurisdiction resulting from the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations or new information regarding the status of current and subsequent years’ examinations. As part of the Company’sFirm’s periodic review, federal and state unrecognized tax benefits were released or remeasured. As a result of this remeasurement, the income tax provision included a discrete tax benefit of $161 million and $299 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively.

It is reasonably possible that significant changes in the gross balance of unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $4.1 billion as of December 31, 2013 may decrease significantlyoccur within the next 12 months duerelated to ancertain tax authority examinations referred to herein. At this time, however, it is not possible to

reasonably estimate the expected completionchange to the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits and the impact on the Firm’s effective tax rate over the next 12 months.

Earliest Tax Year Subject to Examination in Major Tax Jurisdictions

 

Jurisdiction  271


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

field examination in connection with the audit by the IRS for tax years 2006 – 2008. At this time, however, it is not possible to reasonably estimate the decrease to the net balance of unrecognized tax benefits, as well as the impact on the effective tax rate and the potential benefit to Income from continuing operations due to the forward-looking nature of such analysis.

The following are the major tax jurisdictions in which the Company and its affiliates operate and the earliest tax year subject to examination:

Jurisdiction

Tax Year 

United StatesU.S.

   1999 

New York State and New York City

   2007 

Hong Kong

   20072010 

United KingdomU.K.

   2010 

Japan

   20122013 

Income from Continuing Operations before Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

$ in millions  2016   2015   2014 

U.S.

  $        5,694   $        5,360   $        1,805 

Non-U.S.1

   3,154    3,135    1,786 
   $8,848   $8,495   $3,591 

1.

Non-U.S. income is defined as income generated from operations located outside the U.S.

21. Segment and Geographic Information.Information

Segment Information.

Information

The CompanyFirm structures its segments primarily based upon the nature of the financial products and services provided to customers and the Company’sits management organization. The CompanyFirm provides a wide range of financial products and services to its customers in each of itsthe business segments: Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. For a further discussion of the Company’s business segments, see Note 1.

Revenues and expenses directly associated with each respective business segment are included in determining its operating results. Other revenues and expenses that are not directly attributable to a particular business segment are allocated based upon the Company’sFirm’s allocation methodologies, generally based on each business segment’s respective net revenues,non-interest expenses or other relevant measures.

As a result of revenues and expenses from transactions with other operating segments being treated as transactions with external parties, the CompanyFirm includes an Intersegment Eliminations category to reconcile the business segment results to the Company’s consolidated results. Intersegment Eliminations also reflect the effect of fees paid by the Institutional Securities business segment to the Wealth Management business segment related to the bank deposit program.

272


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Selected financial information for the Company’s segments is presented below:

2013

  Institutional
Securities
  Wealth
Management
  Investment
Management
  Intersegment
Eliminations
  Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Total non-interest revenues

  $16,544  $12,334  $2,994  $(233 $31,639  

Interest income

   3,572   2,100   9   (472  5,209  

Interest expense

   4,673   220   15   (477  4,431  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest

   (1,101  1,880   (6  5   778  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net revenues

  $15,443  $14,214  $2,988  $(228 $32,417  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

  $869  $2,629  $984  $—    $4,482  

Provision for income taxes

   (393  920   299   —     826  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

   1,262   1,709   685   —     3,656  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Discontinued operations(1):

      

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   (81  (1  9   1   (72

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   (29  —     —     —     (29
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net gain (loss) on discontinued operations

   (52  (1  9   1   (43
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

   1,210   1,708   694   1   3,613  

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

   1   221   —     —     222  

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

   277   —     182   —     459  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $932  $1,487  $512  $1  $2,932  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 273185 December 2016 Form 10-K


MORGAN STANLEY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)Selected Financial Information by Business Segment

 

2012

  Institutional
Securities(3)
  Wealth
Management(3)
   Investment
Management
  Intersegment
Eliminations
   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Total non-interest revenues

  $12,772   $11,467    $2,243  $(175  $26,307 

Interest income

   4,224    1,886     10   (428   5,692 

Interest expense

   5,971    319     34   (427   5,897 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest

   (1,747  1,567     (24  (1   (205
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

  $11,025   $13,034    $2,219  $(176  $26,102 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

  $(1,688 $1,622    $590  $(4  $520 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes(2)

   (1,061  557     267   —      (237
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   (627  1,065     323   (4   757 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations(1):

        

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   (158  94     13   3    (48

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   (36  26     4   (1   (7
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net gain (loss) on discontinued operations

   (122  68     9   4    (41
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   (749  1,133     332   —      716 

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

   4    120     —     —      124 

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

   170    167     187   —      524 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $(923 $846    $145  $—     $68 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   2016 
$ in millions  Institutional
Securities1, 2
  Wealth
Management2
   Investment
Management3
  Intersegment
Eliminations
  Total 

Totalnon-interest revenues

  $17,294  $11,821   $2,108  $(290 $30,933 

Interest income

   4,005   3,888    5   (882  7,016 

Interest expense

   3,840   359    1   (882  3,318 

Net interest

   165   3,529    4      3,698 

Net revenues

  $17,459  $15,350   $2,112  $(290 $  34,631 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

  $5,123  $3,437   $287  $1  $8,848 

Provision for income taxes4

   1,318   1,333    75      2,726 

Income from continuing operations

   3,805   2,104    212   1   6,122 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

   (1      2      1 

Net income

   3,804   2,104    214   1   6,123 

Net income (loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests

   155       (11     144 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $3,649  $2,104   $225  $1  $5,979 

   2015 
$ in millions  Institutional
Securities1
  Wealth
Management
   Investment
Management3
  Intersegment
Eliminations
  Total 

Totalnon-interest revenues

  $17,800  $12,144   $2,331  $(213 $32,062 

Interest income

   3,190   3,105    2   (462  5,835 

Interest expense

   3,037   149    18   (462  2,742 

Net interest

   153   2,956    (16     3,093 

Net revenues

  $17,953  $15,100   $2,315  $(213 $35,155 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

  $4,671  $3,332   $492  $  $8,495 

Provision for income taxes4

   825   1,247    128      2,200 

Income from continuing operations

   3,846   2,085    364      6,295 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

   (17      1      (16

Net income

   3,829   2,085    365      6,279 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

   133       19      152 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $3,696  $2,085   $346  $  $6,127 

   2014 
$ in millions  Institutional
Securities1, 5
  Wealth
Management
  Investment
Management3
  Intersegment
Eliminations
  Total 

Totalnon-interest revenues6

  $17,463  $12,549  $2,728  $(200 $32,540 

Interest income

   3,389   2,516   2   (494  5,413 

Interest expense

   3,981   177   18   (498  3,678 

Net interest

   (592  2,339   (16  4   1,735 

Net revenues

  $16,871  $14,888  $2,712  $(196 $34,275 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

  $(58 $2,985  $664  $  $3,591 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes4

   (90  (207  207      (90

Income from continuing operations

   32   3,192   457      3,681 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

   (19     5      (14

Net income

   13   3,192   462      3,667 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

   109      91      200 

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $(96 $3,192  $371  $  $3,467 

1.

In 2016, in accordance with the early adoption of a provision of the accounting updateRecognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, unrealized DVA gains (losses) are recorded within OCI and, when realized, in Trading revenues. In 2015 and in 2014, the realized and unrealized DVA gains (losses) are recorded in Trading revenues. See Notes 2 and 15 for further information.

2.

Effective July 1, 2016, the Institutional Securities and Wealth Management business segments entered into an agreement, whereby Institutional Securities assumed management of Wealth Management’s fixed income client-driven trading activities and employees. Institutional Securities now pays fees to Wealth Management based on distribution activity (collectively, the “Fixed Income Integration”). Prior periods have not been recast for this new intersegment agreement due to immateriality.

 

December 2016 Form 10-K 274186 


MORGAN STANLEY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

2011

  Institutional
Securities(3)
  Wealth
Management(3)
   Investment
Management
  Intersegment
Eliminations
  Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Total non-interest revenues(4)

  $18,723  $11,340   $1,928  $(115 $31,876 

Interest income

   5,860   1,719    10   (355  7,234 

Interest expense

   6,900   287    51   (355  6,883 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest

   (1,040  1,432    (41  —     351 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net revenues

  $17,683  $12,772   $1,887  $(115 $32,227 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

  $4,550  $1,307   $253  $—    $6,110 

Provision for income taxes

   880   461    73   —     1,414 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

   3,670   846    180   —     4,696 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Discontinued operations(1):

       

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   (216  21    24   1   (170

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   (110  7    (17  1   (119
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   (106  14    41   —     (51
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

   3,564   860    221   —     4,645 

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

   220   170    145   —     535 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $3,344  $690   $76  $—    $4,110 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)3.See Note 1

The Firm waives a portion of its fees from certain registered money market funds that comply with the requirements of Rule2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940. These fee waivers resulted in a reduction of fees of approximately $91 million for discussion of discontinued operations.2016, $197 million for 2015 and $195 million for 2014.

(2)4.Results for 2012

The Firm’s effective tax rate from continuing operations included an out-of-period net discrete tax provisionbenefits of $107$68 million attributable to the Investmentin 2016, primarily within Institutional Securities. The Firm’s effective tax rate from continuing operations included net discrete tax benefits of $564 million in 2015 within Institutional Securities. The Firm’s effective tax rate from continuing operations included net discrete tax benefits of $1,390 million and $839 million in 2014 within Wealth Management and Institutional Securities business segment, related to the overstatement of deferred tax assets associated with partnership investments in prior years and an out-of-period net tax provision of $50 million, attributable to thesegments, respectively (see Note 20).

5.

The Institutional Securities business segment related to the overstatement of deferred tax assets associated with repatriated earnings of a foreign subsidiary recordedNet loss in prior years2014 was primarily driven by higher legal expenses (see Note 20)12).

(3)6.On January 1, 2013,

In September 2014, the InternationalFirm sold a retail property space resulting in a gain on sale of $141 million (within Institutional Securities $84 million, Wealth Management business$40 million and Investment Management $17 million), which was transferred fromincluded within Other revenues on the Wealth Management business segmentconsolidated income statements.

Total Assets by Business Segment

$ in millions  At December 31,
2016
   At December 31,
2015
 

Institutional Securities

  $629,149   $602,714 

Wealth Management

   181,135    179,708 

Investment Management1

   4,665    5,043 

Total2

  $814,949   $787,465 

1.

During 2015, the Firm deconsolidated approximately $244 million in net assets previously attributable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests that were primarily related to or associated with real estate funds sponsored by the Equity division within the Institutional Securities business segment. Accordingly, prior-period amounts have been recast to reflect the International Wealth Management business as part of the Institutional Securities business segment.Firm (see Note 13).

(4)2.In the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company recognized a pre-tax loss of approximately $108 million, in net revenues upon application of the OIS curve within the Institutional Securities business segment (see Note 4).

Total Assets(1)

  Institutional
Securities(2)
   Wealth
Management(2)
   Investment
Management
   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

At December 31, 2013

  $668,596   $156,711   $7,395   $832,702 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012

  $648,049   $125,565   $7,346   $780,960 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Corporate assets have been fully allocated to the Company’s business segments.
(2)Prior-period amounts have been recast to reflect the transfer of the International Wealth Management business from the Wealth Management business segment to the Institutional Securities business segment.

275


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Geographic Information.

Information

The CompanyFirm operates in both U.S. andnon-U.S. markets. The Company’s Firm’snon-U.S. business activities are principally conducted and managed through EuropeanEMEA and AsianAsia-Pacific locations. The net revenues disclosed in the following table reflect the regional view of the Company’sFirm’s consolidated net revenues on a managed basis, based on the following methodology:

Institutional Securities:    advisory and equity underwriting—client location, debt underwriting—revenue recording location, sales and trading—trading desk location.

Wealth Management: wealth management representative coverage location.    Wealth Management representatives operate in the Americas.

Investment Management:    client location, except for Merchant Banking and Real Estate Investing businesses,certainclosed-end funds, which are based on asset location.

Net Revenues

  2013   2012   2011 
   (dollars in millions) 

Americas

  $23,282   $20,200   $22,306 

EMEA

   4,542    3,078    6,619 

Asia

   4,593    2,824    3,302 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

  $32,417   $26,102   $32,227 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

  At December 31,
2013
   At December 31,
2012
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Americas

  $632,255   $587,993 

EMEA

   123,008    122,152 

Asia

   77,439    70,815 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $832,702   $780,960 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

22.    Equity Method Investments.Net Revenues by Region

 

$ in millions  2016   2015   2014 

Americas

  $        25,487   $        25,080   $        25,140 

EMEA

   4,994    5,353    4,772 

Asia-Pacific

   4,150    4,722    4,363 

Net revenues

  $34,631   $35,155   $34,275 

The Company has investments accounted for under the equity method of accounting (see Note 1) of $4,746 million and $4,682 million at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, included in Other investments in the consolidated statements of financial condition. Income (losses) from these investments were $375 million, $(23) million and $(995) million for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and are included in Other revenues in the consolidated statements of income. The gains (losses) for 2013, 2012 and 2011 were primarily related to the gains and losses related to the Company’s 40% stake in Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. (“MUMSS”), as described below.Total Assets by Region

 

$ in millions  At December 31,
2016
   At December 31,
2015
 

Americas

  $581,750   $569,369 

EMEA

   158,819    146,177 

Asia-Pacific

   74,380    71,919 

Total

  $814,949   $787,465 

The following presents certain equity method investees at December 31, 201322. Parent Company

Parent Company Only—Condensed Income Statements and 2012:Comprehensive Income Statements

 

      Book Value(1) 
   Percent
Ownership
  December 31,
2013
   December 31,
2012
 
      (dollars in millions) 

Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd.

   40 $1,610   $1,428 

Lansdowne Partners(2)

   19.8  221    221 

Avenue Capital Group(2)(3)

   —     198    224 

276


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(1)Book value of these investees exceeds the Company’s share of net assets, reflecting equity method intangible assets and equity method goodwill.
(2)The Company’s ownership interest represents limited partnership interests. The Company is deemed to have significant influence in these limited partnerships, as the Company’s limited partnership interests were above the 3% to 5% threshold for interests that should be accounted for under the equity method.
(3)The Company’s ownership interest represents limited partnership interests in a number of different entities within the Avenue Capital Group.

Japanese Securities Joint Venture.

The Company holds a 40% voting interest and MUFG holds a 60% voting interest in MUMSS. The Company accounts for its interest in MUMSS as an equity method investment within the Institutional Securities business segment (see Note 15). During 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded income (loss) of $570 million, $152 million and $(783) million, respectively, within Other revenues in the consolidated statements of income, arising from the Company’s 40% stake in MUMSS.

To the extent that losses incurred by MUMSS result in a requirement to restore its capital, MUFG is solely responsible for providing this additional capital to a minimum level, whereas the Company is not obligated to contribute additional capital to MUMSS. To the extent that MUMSS is required to increase its capital level due to factors other than losses, such as changes in regulatory requirements, both MUFG and the Company are required to contribute the necessary capital based upon their economic interest as set forth above.

In June 2013, MUMSS paid a dividend of approximately $287 million, of which the Company received approximately $115 million for its proportionate share of MUMSS.

The following presents summarized financial data for MUMSS:

   At December 31, 
   2013   2012 
   (dollars in millions) 

Total assets

  $118,108   $141,635 

Total liabilities

   114,648    138,742 

Noncontrolling interests

   13    41 

   2013   2012   2011 
   (dollars in millions) 

Net revenues

  $3,305   $2,365   $735 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

   1,325    333    (1,746

Net income (loss)

   1,459    405    (1,976

Net income (loss) applicable to MUMSS

   1,441    397    (1,976

Huaxin Securities Joint Venture.

In June 2011, the Company and Huaxin Securities Co., Ltd. (“Huaxin Securities”) (also known as China Fortune Securities Co., Ltd.) jointly announced the operational commencement of their securities joint venture in China. During 2011, the Company recorded initial costs of $130 million related to the formation of this new Chinese securities joint venture in Other expenses in the consolidated statement of income. The joint venture, Morgan Stanley Huaxin Securities Company Limited, is registered and principally located in Shanghai. Huaxin Securities holds a two-thirds interest in the joint venture, while the Company owns a one-third interest. The establishment of the joint venture allows the Company to further build on its established onshore businesses in China. The joint

$ in millions  2016  2015  2014 

Revenues

    

Dividends fromnon-bank subsidiaries

  $2,448  $4,942  $2,641 

Trading

   96   574   601 

Investments

         (1

Other

   38   53   10 

Totalnon-interest revenues

   2,582   5,569   3,251 

Interest income

   3,008   3,055   2,594 

Interest expense

   4,036   4,073   3,970 

Net interest

   (1,028  (1,018  (1,376

Net revenues

   1,554   4,551   1,875 

Non-interest expenses

    

Non-interest expenses

   126   (195  214 

Income before income taxes

   1,428   4,746   1,661 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   (383  (83  (423

Net income before undistributed gain of subsidiaries

   1,811   4,829   2,084 

Undistributed gain of subsidiaries

   4,168   1,298   1,383 

Net income

   5,979   6,127   3,467 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

    

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   (23  (300  (397

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities

   (269  (246  209 

Pensions, postretirement and other

   (100  138   33 

Change in net DVA

   (283      

Comprehensive income

  $5,304  $5,719  $3,312 

Net income

  $5,979  $6,127  $3,467 

Preferred stock dividends and other

   471   456   315 

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $5,508  $5,671  $3,152 

 

 277187 December 2016 Form 10-K


MORGAN STANLEY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)Parent Company Only—Condensed Balance Sheets

 

$ in millions, except share data 

At

December 31,
2016

  

At

December 31,
2015

 

Assets

  

Cash and due from banks

 $119  $5,169 

Deposits with banking subsidiaries

  3,600   4,311 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

     2,421 

Trading assets at fair value

  139   354 

Securities purchased under agreement to resell with affiliates

  57,906   47,060 

Advances to subsidiaries:

Bank and bank holding company

  28,186   18,380 

Non-bank

  95,684   106,192 

Equity investments in subsidiaries: Bank and bank holding company

  34,329   25,787 

Non-bank

  31,246   34,927 

Other assets

  4,613   6,259 

Total assets

 $255,822  $250,860 

Liabilities

  

Short-term borrowings

 $1  $40 

Trading liabilities at fair value

  49   138 

Payables to subsidiaries

  26,957   29,220 

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

  2,040   2,189 

Long-term borrowings

  150,725   144,091 

Total liabilities

  179,772   175,678 

Commitments and contingent liabilities (see Note 12)

Equity

 

 

 

Preferred stock (see Note 15)

  7,520   7,520 

Common stock, $0.01 par value: Shares authorized:3,500,000,000; Shares issued:2,038,893,979; Shares outstanding:1,852,481,601 and 1,920,024,027

  20   20 

Additionalpaid-in capital

  23,271   24,153 

Retained earnings

  53,679   49,204 

Employee stock trusts

  2,851   2,409 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

  (2,643  (1,656

Common stock held in treasury at cost, $0.01 par value (186,412,378 and 118,869,952)

  (5,797  (4,059

Common stock issued to employee stock trusts

  (2,851  (2,409

Total shareholders’ equity

  76,050   75,182 

Total liabilities and equity

 $255,822  $250,860 

venture’s business includes underwriting and sponsorship of shares in the domestic China market (including A shares and foreign investment shares), as well as underwriting, sponsorship and principal trading of bonds (including government and corporate bonds).Parent Company Only—Condensed Cash Flow Statements

 

Other.

Lansdowne Partners is a London-based investment manager. Avenue Capital Group is a New York-based investment manager. The investments are accounted for within the Investment Management business segment.

The Company also invests in certain structured transactions and other investments not integral to the operations of the Company accounted for under the equity method of accounting amounting to $2.7 billion and $2.8 billion at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

$ in millions  2016  2015  2014 

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net income

  $5,979  $6,127  $3,467 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:

    

Undistributed gain of subsidiaries

   (4,168  (1,298  (1,383

Other operating activities

   1,367   1,084   1,176 

Changes in assets and liabilities

   (212  (3,195  2,305 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   2,966   2,718   5,565 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Advances to and investments in subsidiaries

   (2,502  1,364   (7,790

Securities purchased under agreement to resell with affiliates

   (10,846  (5,459  (7,853

Net cash used for investing activities

   (13,348  (4,095  (15,643

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Net proceeds from (payments for) short-term borrowings

   (39  (655  189 

Proceeds from:

    

Excess tax benefits associated with stock-based awards

   61   211   101 

Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs

      1,493   2,782 

Issuance of long-term borrowings

   32,795   28,575   33,031 

Payments for:

    

Long-term borrowings

   (24,754  (22,803  (28,917

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings

   (3,933  (2,773  (1,458

Cash dividends

   (1,746  (1,455  (904

Other financing activities

   66       

Net cash provided by financing activities

   2,450   2,593   4,824 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

   (250  (65  (208

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   (8,182  1,151   (5,462

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period

   11,901   10,750   16,212 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

  $3,719  $11,901  $10,750 

Cash and cash equivalents include:

    

Cash and due from banks

  $119  $5,169  $5,068 

Deposits with banking subsidiaries

   3,600   4,311   4,556 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

      2,421   1,126 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

  $3,719  $11,901  $10,750 

 

December 2016 Form 10-K 278188 


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

23.    Parent Company.

Parent Company Only

Condensed Statements of Financial Condition

(dollars in millions, except share data)

   December 31,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 

Assets

   

Cash and due from banks

  $2,296  $1,342 

Deposits with banking subsidiaries

   7,070   8,222 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   6,846   4,165 

Trading assets, at fair value

   9,704    2,930 

Securities purchased under agreement to resell with affiliate

   33,748   48,493 

Advances to subsidiaries:

   

Bank and bank holding company

   17,015   16,731 

Non-bank

   114,833   115,949 

Equity investments in subsidiaries:

   

Bank and bank holding company

   24,144   23,511 

Non-bank

   34,968   32,591 

Other assets

   7,508   7,201 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

  $258,132  $261,135 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Liabilities

   

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  $506  $228 

Trading liabilities, at fair value

   1,135    1,117 

Payables to subsidiaries

   43,420   36,733 

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

   3,312   3,132 

Long-term borrowings

   143,838   157,816 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   192,211    199,026 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Commitments and contingent liabilities

   

Equity

   

Preferred stock (see Note 15)

   3,220   1,508 

Common stock, $0.01 par value:

   

Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012;

   

Shares issued: 2,038,893,979 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012;

   

Shares outstanding: 1,944,868,751 at December 31, 2013 and 1,974,042,123 at December 31, 2012

   20   20 

Additional paid-in capital

   24,570   23,426 

Retained earnings

   42,172   39,912 

Employee stock trusts

   1,718   2,932 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (1,093  (516

Common stock held in treasury, at cost, $0.01 par value; 94,025,228 shares at December 31, 2013 and 64,851,856 shares at December 31, 2012

   (2,968  (2,241

Common stock issued to employee stock trusts

   (1,718  (2,932
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

   65,921   62,109 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

  $258,132  $261,135 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 279


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Parent Company Only

Condensed Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income

(dollars in millions)

   2013  2012  2011 

Revenues:

  

  

Dividends from non-bank subsidiaries

  $1,113  $545  $7,153 

Trading

   (635  (3,400  4,772 

Investments

   —     2   —   

Other

   27   36   (241
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-interest revenues

   505   (2,817  11,684 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Interest income

   2,783   3,316   3,251 

Interest expense

   4,053   5,190   5,600 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest

   (1,270  (1,874  (2,349
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net revenues

   (765  (4,691)��  9,335 

Non-interest expenses:

    

Non-interest expenses

   185   114   120 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   (950  (4,805  9,215 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   (354  (1,088  1,825 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss) before undistributed gain (loss) subsidiaries

   (596  (3,717  7,390 

Undistributed gain (loss) of subsidiaries

   3,528   3,785   (3,280
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

   2,932   68   4,110 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

    

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   (143  (128  (35

Amortization of cash flow hedges

   4   6   7 

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale

   (433  28   87 

Pension, postretirement and other related adjustments

   (5  (265  251 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $2,355  $(291 $4,420 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

  $2,932  $68  $4,110 

Preferred stock dividends

   277   98   2,043 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $2,655  $(30 $2,067 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

280


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Parent Company Only

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

(dollars in millions)

   2013  2012  2011 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

    

Net income

  $2,932  $68  $4,110 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:

    

Deferred income taxes

   (303  (1,653  279  

Compensation payable in common stock and options

   1,180   891   1,300 

Amortization

   (47  23   22 

Undistributed (gain) loss of subsidiaries

   (3,528  (3,785  3,280 

Other non-cash adjustments to net income

   —     (29  (155

Change in assets and liabilities:

    

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities

   (7,332  9,587   81 

Other assets

   (165  1,235    681 

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

   (4,192  6,637   (4,242
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

   (11,455  12,974   5,356 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

    

Advances to and investments in subsidiaries

   7,458   6,461   10,290 

Securities purchased under agreement to resell with affiliate

   14,745   1,864   (726
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by investing activities

   22,203   8,325   9,564 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

    

Net proceeds from (payments for) short-term borrowings

   279   (872  (253

Proceeds from:

    

Excess tax benefits associated with stock-based awards

   10   42   —   

Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs

   1,696   —     —   

Issuance of long-term borrowings

   22,944   20,582   28,106 

Payments for:

    

Long-term borrowings

   (31,928  (41,914  (35,805

Repurchases of common stock

   (691  (227  (317

Cash dividends

   (475  (469  (834
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used for financing activities

   (8,165  (22,858  (9,103
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

   (100  (32  113 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   2,483   (1,591  5,930 

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period

   13,729   15,320   9,390 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

  $16,212  $13,729  $15,320 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents include:

    

Cash and due from banks

  $2,296  $1,342  $1,804 

Deposits with banking subsidiaries

   7,070    8,222    10,131  

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   6,846   4,165   3,385 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

  $16,212  $13,729  $15,320 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information.

Information

Cash payments for interest were $3,733$3,650 million $4,254, $3,959 million and $4,617$3,652 million for 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011,2014, respectively.

Cash payments (refunds) for income taxes, net of refunds, were $268$201 million $(13), $255 million and $57$187 million for 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 2011,2014, respectively.

281


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Transactions with Subsidiaries.

Subsidiaries

The Parent Company has transactions with its consolidated subsidiaries determined on an agreed-upon basis and has guaranteed certain unsecured lines of credit and contractual obligations ofon certain of its consolidated subsidiaries. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior-period amounts to conform to the current year’s presentation.

Parent Company’s Long-Term Borrowings

 

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2016
   At
December 31,
2015
 

Senior debt

  $140,422   $130,817 

Subordinated debt

   10,303    13,274 

Total

  $150,725   $144,091 

Guarantees.

Guarantees

In the normal course of its business, the Parent Company guarantees certain of its subsidiaries’ obligations under derivative and other financial arrangements. The Parent Company records Trading assets and Trading liabilities, which include derivative contracts, at fair value on its condensed statements of financial condition.

balance sheets.

The Parent Company also, in the normal course of its business, provides standard indemnities to counterparties on behalf of its subsidiaries for taxes, including U.S. and foreign withholding taxes, on interest and other payments made on derivatives, securities and stock lending transactions, and certain annuity products. These indemnity payments could be required based on a change in the tax laws or change in interpretation of applicable tax rulings. Certain contracts contain provisions that enable the Parent Company to terminate the agreement upon the occurrence of such events. The maximum

potential amount of future payments that the Parent Company could be required to make under these indemnifications cannot be estimated. The Parent Company has not recorded any contingent liability in theits condensed financial statements for these indemnifications and believes that the occurrence of any events that would trigger payments under these contracts is remote.

The Parent Company has issued guarantees on behalf of its subsidiaries to various U.S. andnon-U.S. exchanges and clearinghouses that trade and clear securities and/or futures contracts. Under these guarantee arrangements, the Parent Company may be required to pay the financial obligations of its subsidiaries related to business transacted on or with the exchanges and clearinghouses in the event of a subsidiary’s default on its obligations to the exchange or the clearinghouse. The Parent Company has not recorded any contingent liability in theits condensed financial statements for these arrangements and believes that any potential requirements to make payments under these arrangements are remote.

The Parent Company guarantees certain debt instruments and warrants issued by subsidiaries. The debt instruments and warrants totaled $12.0$11.5 billion and $8.9$9.1 billion at December 31, 20132016 and 2012,December 31, 2015, respectively. In connection with subsidiary lease obligations, the Parent Company has issued guarantees to various lessors. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, theThe Parent Company had $1.4 billion and $1.4$1.1 billion of guarantees outstanding respectively, under subsidiary lease obligations, primarily in the U.K. at both December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

Finance Subsidiary

The Parent Company fully and unconditionally guarantees the securities issued by Morgan Stanley Finance LLC, a 100%-owned finance subsidiary.

Resolution and Recovery Planning

At December 31, 2016, Advances to subsidiaries that met certain criteria were pledged to certain subsidiaries.

 

 282189 December 2016 Form 10-K


MORGAN STANLEY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)23. Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

 

24.    Quarterly Results (unaudited).

  2013 Quarter  2012 Quarter 
  First  Second  Third  Fourth(1)  First  Second(2)  Third(3)  Fourth(3) 
  (dollars in millions, except per share data) 

Total non-interest revenues

 $7,972  $8,297  $7,822  $7,548  $6,981  $7,100  $5,436  $6,790 

Net interest

  182   204   110   282   (59  (161  (158  173 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net revenues

  8,154   8,501   7,932   7,830   6,922   6,939   5,278   6,963 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

  6,572   6,725   6,591   8,047   6,719   6,001   6,760   6,102 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

  1,582   1,776   1,341   (217  203   938   (1,482  861 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  332   556   339   (401  54   225   (525  9 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  1,250   1,220   1,002   184   149   713   (957  852 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Discontinued operations(4):

        

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

  (30  (42  14   (14  27   51   (13  (113

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  (11  (13  (2  (3  42   14   (14  (49
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

  (19  (29  16   (11  (15  37   1   (64
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  1,231   1,191   1,018   173   134   750   (956  788 

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

  122   100   —     —     —     —     8   116 

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

  147   111   112   89   228   159   59   78 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $962  $980  $906  $84  $(94 $591  $(1,023 $594 

Preferred stock dividends

  26    177    26    48    25    27    24    26  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

 $936  $803  $880  $36  $(119 $564  $(1,047 $568 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per basic common share(5):

        

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 $0.50  $0.44  $0.45  $0.02  $(0.05) $0.28  $(0.55 $0.34 

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

  (0.01)  (0.02)  0.01   —     (0.01)  0.02   —     (0.04)
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per basic common share

 $0.49  $0.42  $0.46  $0.02  $(0.06) $0.30  $(0.55 $0.30 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share(5):

        

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 $0.49  $0.43  $0.44  $0.02  $(0.05) $0.28  $(0.55 $0.33 

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

  (0.01)  (0.02)  0.01   —     (0.01)  0.01   —     (0.04)
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share

 $0.48  $0.41  $0.45  $0.02  $(0.06) $0.29  $(0.55 $0.29 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Dividends declared per common share

 $0.05  $0.05  $0.05  $0.05  $0.05  $0.05  $0.05  $0.05 

Book value per common share

 $31.21  $31.48  $32.13  $32.24  $30.74  $31.02  $30.53  $30.70 
   2016 Quarter1   2015 Quarter1 
$ in millions, except per share data  First  Second  Third   Fourth2, 3   First4  Second  Third  Fourth5 

Totalnon-interest revenues

  $6,893  $7,996  $7,906   $8,138   $9,311  $9,045  $7,005  $6,701 

Net interest

   899   913   1,003    883    596   698   762   1,037 

Net revenues

   7,792   8,909   8,909    9,021    9,907   9,743   7,767   7,738 

Totalnon-interest expenses

   6,054   6,426   6,528    6,775    7,052   7,016   6,293   6,299 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   1,738   2,483   2,381    2,246    2,855   2,727   1,474   1,439 

Provision for income taxes

   578   833   749    566    387   894   423   496 

Income from continuing operations

   1,160   1,650   1,632    1,680    2,468   1,833   1,051   943 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   (3  (4  8        (5  (2  (2  (7

Net income

   1,157   1,646   1,640    1,680    2,463   1,831   1,049   936 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

   23   64   43    14    69   24   31   28 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $1,134  $1,582  $1,597   $1,666   $2,394  $1,807  $1,018  $908 

Preferred stock dividends and other

   79   157   79    156    80   142   79   155 

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $1,055  $1,425  $1,518   $1,510   $2,314  $1,665  $939  $753 

Earnings (loss) per basic common share6:

           

Income from continuing operations

  $0.56  $0.77  $0.82   $0.84   $1.21  $0.87  $0.49  $0.40 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

      (0.01  0.01        (0.01         

Earnings per basic common share

  $0.56  $0.76  $0.83   $0.84   $1.20  $0.87  $0.49  $0.40 

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share6:

           

Income from continuing operations

  $0.55  $0.75  $0.80   $0.81   $1.18  $0.85  $0.48  $0.39 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

         0.01                  

Earnings per diluted common share

  $0.55  $0.75  $0.81   $0.81   $1.18  $0.85  $0.48  $0.39 

Dividends declared per common share7

  $0.15  $0.15  $0.20   $0.20   $0.10  $0.15  $0.15  $0.15 

Book value per common share

  $35.34  $36.29  $37.11   $36.99   $33.80  $34.52  $34.97  $35.24 

 

(1)1.

In 2016, in accordance with the early adoption of a provision of the accounting updateRecognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, unrealized DVA gains (losses) are recorded within OCI and, when realized, in Trading revenues. In 2015, the realized and unrealized DVA gains (losses) were recorded in Trading revenues.

2.

The fourth quarter of 20132016 included anet discrete tax benefitbenefits of $192$135 million, consisting of $100 millionprimarily related to the remeasurement of reserves and related interest and $92 million relateddue to new information regarding the establishmentstatus of a previously unrecognized deferredmulti-year tax asset associated with the reorganization of certain non-U.S. legal entitiesauthority examination (see Note 20).

3.

During the fourth quarter of 2016, net revenues included losses of approximately $60 million on sales and markdowns of legacy limited partnership investments in third-party-sponsored funds within the Investment Management business segment. The fourth quarter of 20132016 also included litigation expenses of $1.4 billiona $70 million provision within the Wealth Management business segment related to settlements and reserve additions (see Note 13).certain brokerage service reporting activities.

(2)4.

The second quarter of 2012 included an out-of-period pre-tax gain of approximately $300 million related to the reversal of amounts recorded in cumulative other comprehensive income due to the incorrect application of hedge accounting on certain derivative contracts previously designated as net investment hedges of certain foreign, non-U.S. dollar denominated subsidiaries. This amount included a pre-tax gain of approximately $191 million related to the first quarter of 2012,2015 included net discrete tax benefits of $564 million, primarily associated with the remainder impacting prior periodsrepatriation ofnon-U.S. earnings at a cost lower than originally estimated due to an internal restructuring to simplify the Firm’s legal entity organization in the U.K. (see Note 12)20).

(3)5.The third quarter of 2012 included an out-of-period net tax provision of $82 million primarily related to the overstatement of tax benefits associated with repatriated earnings of a foreign subsidiary in prior periods, while

During the fourth quarter of 20122015, the Firm incurred specific severance costs of approximately $155 million, which is included an out-of-period net tax provision of $75 million primarily related toin Compensation and benefits expenses in the overstatement of deferred tax assetsconsolidated income statements, associated with partnership investmentsthe Firm’s restructuring actions, which were recorded in prior periods (see Note 20).the business segments, approximately, as follows: Institutional Securities: $125 million, Wealth Management: $20 million and Investment Management: $10 million.

(4)6.See Note 1 for more information on discontinued operations.
(5)

Summation of the quarters’ earnings per common share may not equal the annual amounts due to the averaging effect of the number of shares and share equivalents throughout the year.

7.
283

Beginning with the dividend declared on July 20, 2016, the Firm increased the quarterly common stock dividend to $0.20 per share from $0.15 per share.


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

25.24. Subsequent Events.

Events

The CompanyFirm has evaluated subsequent events for adjustment to or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements through the date of this report and the Company has not identified any recordable or disclosable events, not otherwise reported in these consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto, except for the following:thereto.

Common Dividend.

On January 17, 2014, the Company announced that its Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend per common share of $0.05. The dividend is payable on February 14, 2014 to common shareholders of record on January 31, 2014.

Long-Term Borrowings.

Subsequent to December 31, 2013 and through February 10, 2014, the Company’s long-term borrowings (net of issuances) decreased by approximately $2.2 billion. This amount includes the Company’s issuance of $2.8 billion in senior debt on January 24, 2014.

Legal Matters.

On February 4, 2014, and subsequent to the release of the Company’s 2013 earnings on January 17, 2014, legal reserves were increased within the Institutional Securities business segment, related to the settlement with the Federal Housing Finance Agency (see Note 13).

 

December 2016 Form 10-K 284190 


FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

 

  2013   2016 2015 2014 
  Average
Weekly
Balance
   Interest Average
Rate
 
  (dollars in millions) 
$ in millions  

Average

Daily
Balance

   Interest Average
Rate
 

Average

Daily
Balance

   Interest Average
Rate
 

Average

Daily
Balance

   Interest Average
Rate
 

Assets

                  

Interest earning assets:

     

Trading assets(1):

     

Interest earning assets

             

Investment securities1

  $78,562   $1,142   1.5 $67,993   $876  1.3 $62,240   $613  1.0

Loans1

   89,875    2,724   3.0  75,110    2,163  2.9  53,567    1,690  3.2 

Interest bearing deposits with banks1

   25,960    170   0.7  26,650    108  0.4  32,226    109  0.3 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed2:

             

U.S.

  $119,549   $1,948   1.6   144,744    (172  (0.1 172,481    (618 (0.4 177,444    (507 (0.3

Non-U.S.

   103,774    344   0.3    86,622    (202  (0.2 80,490    58  0.1  77,139    209  0.3 

Securities available for sale:

     

U.S.

   44,112    447   1.0 

Loans:

     

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities3:

             

U.S.

   33,939    1,052   3.1    45,268    1,894   4.2  33,589    1,874  5.6  43,040    1,643  3.8 

Non-U.S.

   489    69   14.1    17,321    237   1.4  25,612    388  1.5  29,933    466  1.6 

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

     

Customer receivables and Other4:

             

U.S.

   34,636    86   0.2    48,253    944   2.0  53,887    857  1.6  73,244    655  0.9 

Non-U.S.

   7,609    43   0.6    22,386    279   1.2  26,836    129  0.5  18,635    535  2.9 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed:

     

Total

  $558,991   $7,016   1.3 $562,648   $5,835  1.0 $567,468   $5,413  1.0

Liabilities and Equity

             

Interest bearing liabilities

Interest bearing liabilities

 

           

Deposits1

  $155,143   $83   0.1 $141,502   $78  0.1 $119,819   $106  0.1

Short-term and Long- term borrowings1, 5

   163,647    3,606   2.2  159,781    3,497  2.2  153,813    3,613  2.3 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned6:

             

U.S.

   203,742    (217  (0.1   32,359    555   1.7  51,115    437  0.9  86,063    548  0.6 

Non-U.S.

   77,713    197   0.3    31,491    422   1.3  34,306    587  1.7  50,843    668  1.3 

Other:

     

Customer payables and Other7:

             

U.S.

   62,028    751   1.2    112,159    (1,187  (1.1 117,358    (1,529 (1.3 119,153    (1,366 (1.1

Non-U.S.

   19,077    489   2.6    72,475    (161  (0.2 63,759    (328 (0.5 49,555    109  0.2 
  

 

   

 

  

Total

  $706,668   $5,209   0.7  $567,274   $3,318   0.6  $567,821   $2,742  0.5  $579,246   $3,678  0.6 
    

 

  

Non-interest earning assets

   121,793    
  

 

    

Total assets

  $828,461    
  

 

    

Liabilities and Equity

     

Interest bearing liabilities:

     

Deposits:

     

U.S.

  $91,713   $159   0.2

Non-U.S.

   260    —     —   

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings:

     

U.S.

   964    2   0.2 

Non-U.S.

   1,063    18   1.7 

Long-term debt:

     

U.S.

   152,532    3,696   2.4 

Non-U.S.

   9,857    62   0.6 

Trading liabilities(1):

     

U.S.

   31,861    —     —   

Non-U.S.

   59,200    —     —   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned:

     

U.S.

   108,896    681   0.6 

Non-U.S.

   66,697    788   1.2 

Other:

     

U.S.

   98,335    (1,117  (1.1

Non-U.S.

   37,679    142   0.4 
  

 

   

 

  

Total

  $659,057   $4,431   0.7 
    

 

  

Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity

   169,404    
  

 

    

Total liabilities and equity

  $828,461    
  

 

    

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

    $778        $3,698   0.7    $3,093  0.5    $1,735  0.4
    

 

  

 

 

 

(1)1.Interest expense

Amounts include primarily U.S. balances.

2.

Includes fees paid on Securities borrowed.

3.

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities is reportedexcludenon-interest earning assets andnon-interest bearing liabilities, such as a reductionequity securities.

4.

Includes interest from customer receivables and cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements.

5.

The Firm also issues structured notes that have coupon or repayment terms linked to the performance of Interest incomedebt or equity securities, indices, currencies or commodities, which are recorded within Trading revenues (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).

6.

Includes fees received on Trading assets.Securities loaned.

7.

Includes fees received from prime brokerage customers for stock loan transactions incurred to cover customers’ short positions.

 

 285191 December 2016 Form 10-K


FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—(Continued)

Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)

Rate/Volume Analysis

Average Balances

Effect of Volume and Interest Rates andRate Changes on Net Interest Income

 

   2012 
   Average
Weekly
Balance
   Interest  Average
Rate
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets

     

Interest earning assets:

     

Trading assets(1):

     

U.S.

  $133,615   $2,247   1.7

Non-U.S.

   82,019    489   0.6 

Securities available for sale:

     

U.S.

   35,141    343   1.0 

Loans:

     

U.S.

   20,996    597   2.8 

Non-U.S.

   363    46   12.7 

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

     

U.S.

   25,905    58   0.2 

Non-U.S.

   10,612    66   0.6 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed:

     

U.S.

   189,186    (315  (0.2

Non-U.S.

   91,851    679   0.7 

Other:

     

U.S.

   54,651    471   0.9 

Non-U.S.

   15,404    1,011   6.6 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Total

  $659,743   $5,692   0.9
    

 

 

  

Non-interest earning assets

   122,428    
  

 

 

    

Total assets

  $782,171    
  

 

 

    

Liabilities and Equity

     

Interest bearing liabilities:

     

Deposits:

     

U.S.

  $69,265   $181   0.3

Non-U.S.

   165    —     —   

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings:

     

U.S.

   557    5   0.9 

Non-U.S.

   1,383    33   2.4 

Long-term debt:

     

U.S.

   163,961    4,544   2.8 

Non-U.S.

   7,552    78   1.0 

Trading liabilities(1):

     

U.S.

   38,125    —     —   

Non-U.S.

   51,834    —     —   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned:

     

U.S.

   101,210    522   0.5 

Non-U.S.

   59,932    1,283   2.1 

Other:

     

U.S.

   82,881    (1,475  (1.8

Non-U.S.

   33,992    726   2.1 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Total

  $610,857   $5,897   1.0 
    

 

 

  

Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity

   171,314    
  

 

 

    

Total liabilities and equity

  $782,171    
  

 

 

    

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

    $(205  (0.1)% 
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Interest expense on Trading liabilities is reported as a reduction of Interest income on Trading assets.

   2016 versus 2015  2015 versus 2014 
   

Increase (decrease)

due to change in:

     

Increase (decrease)

due to change in:

    
$ in millions  Volume  Rate  Net Change  Volume  Rate  Net Change 

Interest earning assets

       

Investment securities

  $136  $130  $266  $57  $206  $263 

Loans

   426   135   561   651   (178  473 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   (3  65   62   (31  30   (1

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed:

       

U.S.

   99   347   446   14   (125  (111

Non-U.S.

   4   (264  (260  9   (160  (151

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities:

       

U.S.

   652   (632  20   (361  592   231 

Non-U.S.

   (126  (25  (151  (67  (11  (78

Customer receivables and Other:

       

U.S.

   (90  177   87   (173  375   202 

Non-U.S.

   (21  171   150   235   (641  (406

Change in interest income

  $1,077  $104  $1,181  $334  $88  $422 

Interest bearing liabilities

       

Deposits

   8   (3  5   26   (54  (28

Short-term and Long-term borrowings

   85   24   109   170   (286  (116

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned:

       

U.S.

   (160  278   118   (223  112   (111

Non-U.S.

   (48  (117  (165  (217  136   (81

Customer payables and Other:

       

U.S.

   64   278   342   21   (184  (163

Non-U.S.

   (45  212   167   31   (468  (437

Change in interest expense

  $(96 $672  $576  $(192 $(744 $(936

Change in net interest income

  $1,173  $(568 $605  $526  $832  $1,358 

 

December 2016 Form 10-K 286192 


FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—(Continued)

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

   2011 
   Average
Weekly
Balance
   Interest  Average
Rate
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets

     

Interest earning assets:

     

Trading assets(1):

     

U.S.

  $122,704   $2,636   2.1

Non-U.S.

   114,445    957   0.8 

Securities available for sale:

     

U.S.

   27,712    348   1.3 

Loans:

     

U.S.

   12,294    326   2.7 

Non-U.S.

   420    30   7.1 

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

     

U.S.

   41,256    49   0.1 

Non-U.S.

   16,558    137   0.8 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed:

     

U.S.

   191,843    (79  —   

Non-U.S.

   110,682    965   0.9 

Other:

     

U.S.

   45,336    1,335   2.9 

Non-U.S.

   15,454    530   3.4 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Total

  $698,704   $7,234   1.0
    

 

 

  

Non-interest earning assets

   140,131    
  

 

 

    

Total assets

  $838,835    
  

 

 

    

Liabilities and Equity

     

Interest bearing liabilities:

     

Deposits:

     

U.S.

  $64,559   $236   0.4

Non-U.S.

   91    —     —   

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings:

     

U.S.

   874    7   0.8 

Non-U.S.

   2,163    34   1.6 

Long-term debt:

     

U.S.

   184,623    4,880   2.6 

Non-U.S.

   7,701    32   0.4 

Trading liabilities(1):

     

U.S.

   30,070    —     —   

Non-U.S.

   61,313    —     —   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned:

     

U.S.

   110,270    649   0.6 

Non-U.S.

   69,276    1,276   1.8 

Other:

     

U.S.

   90,193    (1,094  (1.2

Non-U.S.

   38,139    863   2.3 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Total

  $659,272   $6,883   1.0 
    

 

 

  

Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity

   179,563    
  

 

 

    

Total liabilities and equity

  $838,835    
  

 

 

    

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

    $351   —  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Interest expense on Trading liabilities is reported as a reduction of Interest income on Trading assets.

Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited) 287


FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—(Continued)

Rate/Volume Analysis

 

The following tables set forth an analysis of the effect on net interest income of volume and rate changes:Deposits

 

                              2013 versus 2012                           
   Increase (decrease) due to change in:    
   Volume  Rate  Net Change 
   (dollars in millions) 

Interest earning assets

    

Trading assets:

    

U.S.

  $(237 $(62 $(299

Non-U.S.

   130   (275  (145

Securities available for sale:

    

U.S.

   88   16   104 

Loans:

    

U.S.

   368   87   455 

Non-U.S.

   16   7   23 

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

    

U.S.

   20   8   28 

Non-U.S.

   (19  (4  (23

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed:

    

U.S.

   (24  122   98 

Non-U.S.

   (105  (377  (482

Other:

    

U.S.

   64   216   280 

Non-U.S.

   241   (763  (522
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Change in interest income

  $542  $(1,025 $(483
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Interest bearing liabilities

    

Deposits:

    

U.S.

  $59  $(81 $(22

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings:

    

U.S.

   4   (7  (3

Non-U.S.

   (8  (7  (15

Long-term debt:

    

U.S.

   (317  (531  (848

Non-U.S.

   24   (40  (16

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned:

    

U.S.

   40   119   159 

Non-U.S.

   145   (640  (495

Other:

    

U.S.

   (276  634   358 

Non-U.S.

   79   (663  (584
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Change in interest expense

  $(250 $(1,216 $(1,466
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Change in net interest income

  $792  $191  $983 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

  Average Deposits1 
  2016   2015   2014 
$ in millions Average
Amount
1
  Average
Rate
   Average
Amount1
  Average
Rate
   Average
Amount1
  Average
Rate
 

Deposits2:

           

Savings deposits

 $153,387       —%   $139,169       0.1%   $118,086       0.1% 

Time deposits

  1,756       2.4%    2,333       0.6%    1,733       0.7% 

Total

 $155,143       0.1%   $141,502       0.6%   $119,819       0.1% 

 

1.
288


FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—(Continued)

Rate/Volume Analysis

                              2012 versus 2011                           
   Increase (decrease) due to change in:    
   Volume  Rate  Net Change 
   (dollars in millions) 

Interest earning assets

  

  

Trading assets:

    

U.S.

  $234  $(623 $(389

Non-U.S.

   (271  (197  (468

Securities available for sale:

    

U.S.

   93   (98  (5

Loans:

    

U.S.

   231   40   271 

Non-U.S.

   (4  20   16 

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

    

U.S.

   (18  27   9 

Non-U.S.

   (49  (22  (71

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed:

    

U.S.

   1   (237  (236

Non-U.S.

   (164  (122  (286

Other:

    

U.S.

   274   (1,138  (864

Non-U.S.

   (2  483   481 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Change in interest income

  $325  $(1,867 $(1,542
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Interest bearing liabilities

    

Deposits:

    

U.S.

  $17  $(72 $(55

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings:

    

U.S.

   (3  1   (2

Non-U.S.

   (12  11   (1

Long-term debt:

    

U.S.

   (546  210   (336

Non-U.S.

   (1  47   46 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned:

    

U.S.

   (53  (74  (127

Non-U.S.

   (172  179   7 

Other:

    

U.S.

   89   (470  (381

Non-U.S.

   (94  (43  (137
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Change in interest expense

  $(775 $(211 $(986
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Change in net interest income

  $1,100  $(1,656 $(556
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

289


FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—(Continued)

Deposits

   Average Deposits(1) 
   2013  2012  2011 
   Average
Amount(1)
   Average
Rate
  Average
Amount(1)
   Average
Rate
  Average
Amount(1)
   Average
Rate
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Deposits(2):

          

Savings deposits

  $90,447    0.1 $66,073    0.1 $61,258    0.2

Time deposits

   1,526    3.9  3,357    2.6  3,392    3.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

  $91,973    0.2 $69,430    0.3 $64,650    0.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

(1)The Company calculates

In 2016 and 2015, the Firm calculated its average balances based upon daily amounts. In 2014, the Firm calculated its average balances based upon weekly amounts, except where weekly balances arewere unavailable,month-end balances arewere used.

(2)2.Deposits are

The Firm’s deposits were primarily locatedheld in U.S. offices.

Ratios

 

  2013 2012 2011   2016 2015 2014 

Net income to average assets

   0.4  N/M   0.5   0.7 0.7 0.4

Return on average common equity(1)

   4.3  N/M   3.8

Return on total equity(2)

   4.6  0.1  6.9

Dividend payout ratio(3)

   14.7  N/M   16.3

Return on average common equity1

   8.0 8.5 4.8

Return on total equity2

   7.8 8.3 4.9

Dividend payout ratio3

   24.0 19.0 21.9

Total average common equity to average assets

   7.5  7.8  6.5   8.5 8.0 7.9

Total average equity to average assets

   7.7  8.0  7.1   9.4 8.9 8.5

 

N/M—Not meaningful.

(1)1.

Percentage is based on net income applicable to Morgan Stanley less preferred dividends as a percentage of average common equity.

(2)2.

Percentage is based on net income as a percentage of average total equity.

(3)3.

Percentage is based on dividends declared per common share as a percentage of net income per diluted share.

Short-termShort-Term Borrowings

 

   2013  2012  2011 
   (dollars in millions) 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements:

    

Period-end balance

  $145,676  $122,674  $104,800 

Average balance(1)(2)

   136,151   125,465   142,784 

Maximum balance at any month-end

   145,676   139,962   164,511 

Weighted average interest rate during the period(3)

   0.7  0.9  0.9

Weighted average interest rate on period-end balance(4)

   0.4  0.8  0.8

Securities loaned:

    

Period-end balance

  $32,799  $36,849  $30,462 

Average balance(1)

   39,442   35,677   36,762 

Maximum balance at any month-end

   44,182   39,881   50,709 

Weighted average interest rate during the period(3)

   1.2  1.9  1.9

Weighted average interest rate on period-end balance(4)

   1.2  1.5  1.8

$ in millions  2016  2015  2014 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

  

Period-end balance

  $54,628  $36,692  $69,949 

Average balance1, 2

   47,376   61,338   103,640 

Maximum balance at anymonth-end

   57,655   81,346   129,265 

Weighted average interest rate during the period3

   0.8  0.9  0.8

Weighted average interest rate onperiod-end balance4

   (0.3)%   0.8  0.7

Securities loaned

    

Period-end balance

  $15,844  $19,358  $25,219 

Average balance1, 2

   16,474   24,083   33,266 

Maximum balance at anymonth-end

   18,851   29,674   35,700 

Weighted average interest rate during the period3

   3.7  2.1  1.3

Weighted average interest rate onperiod-end balance3

   3.6  2.4  1.6
(1)1.The Company calculates

In 2016 and 2015, the Firm calculated its average balances based upon daily amounts. In 2014, the Firm calculated its average balances based upon weekly amounts, except where weekly balances arewere unavailable,month-end balances arewere used.

(2)2.In 2011,

At December 31, 2016, the period-end balance was lower than the annualdifferences between period end balances and average primarily due to a decrease in the overall balance sheet during the year.balances were not significant.

3.
290


FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—(Continued)

(3)The approximated weighted average interest rate was calculated using (a) interest expense incurred on all securities sold under agreements to repurchase agreements and securities loaned transactions, whether or not such transactions were reported onin the consolidated statements of financial conditionbalance sheets and (b) net average or period-end balances that were reported on a net basis where certain criteria were met in accordance with applicable offsetting guidance.when applicable. In addition, off-balance sheetsecurities-for-securities transactions in which the Company was the borrower were not included in the average balances since they were not reported on the consolidated statements of financial condition.
(4)The approximated weighted average interest rate was calculated using (a) interest expense for all securities sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned transactions, whether or not such transactions were reported on the consolidated statements of financial condition and (b) period-end balances that were reported on a net basis where certain criteria were met in accordance with applicable offsetting guidance. In addition, securities-for-securities transactions in which the Company was the borrower were not included in the period-end balances since they were not reported on the consolidated statements of financial condition.balances.

Cross-borderCross-Border Outstandings

Cross-border outstandings are based upon the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council’s (“FFIEC”) regulatory guidelines for reporting cross-border risk. Claims include cash, customer and other receivables, securities purchased under agreements to resell, securities borrowed and cash trading instruments, but exclude commitments. Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed are presented based on the domicile of the counterparty, without reduction for related securities collateral held. Effective December 31, 2013, the regulatory guidelines for reporting cross-border risk were updated and prospectively require the reporting of, among other items, cross-border exposure to Non-banking financial institutions. Cross-border risk at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 was not recast to reflect the new requirements. For purposes of comparability, exposure to Non-banking financial institutions as of December 31, 2013 is reported in Other in the tables below. For information regarding the Company’sFirm’s country risk exposure, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk—Country Risk Exposure” in Part II, Item 7A.

The following tables set forth cross-border outstandings for each country, excluding derivative exposure, in which cross-border outstandings exceed 1% of the Company’sFirm’s consolidated assets or 20% of the Company’sFirm’s total capital, whichever is less, at December 31, 2013,2016, December 31, 20122015 and December 31, 2011,2014, respectively, in accordance with the FFIEC guidelines (dollars in millions):guidelines:

 

   At December 31, 2013 

Country

  Banks   Governments   Other(1)   Total 

United Kingdom

  $11,874   $911   $57,594   $70,379 

Japan

   27,251    3,622    26,426    57,299 

Cayman Islands

   1    —      45,041    45,042 

Germany

   8,844    10,312    10,613    29,769 

France

   22,408    264    6,247    28,919 

Canada

   2,988    2,012    7,108    12,108 

Netherlands

   1,474    —      10,015    11,489 

Korea

   65    4,307    3,376    7,748 

   At December 31, 2012 

Country

  Banks   Governments   Other   Total 

United Kingdom

  $17,504   $6   $100,090   $117,600 

Cayman Islands

   5    10    41,628    41,643 

France

   28,699    149    3,915    32,763 

Japan

   24,935    148    2,967    28,050 

Germany

   15,084    3,014    4,192    22,290 

Netherlands

   1,700    —       10,920    12,620 

Canada

   6,651    1,310    2,893    10,854 

Korea

   32    6,812    2,311    9,155 

Switzerland

   3,319    242    5,483    9,044 

Luxembourg

   221    223    7,952    8,396 

   At December 31, 2016 
$ in millions Banks  Governments  Non-banking
Financial
Institutions
  Other  Total 
Country:     

Japan

 $12,478  $10,821  $32,618  $8,602  $64,519 

United Kingdom

  6,127   3,064   32,143   10,219   51,553 

France

  6,295   5,201   15,618   5,649   32,763 

Cayman Islands

  5      16,783   3,085   19,873 

Germany

  3,853   3,546   4,797   2,452   14,648 

Ireland

  457   11   7,045   4,444   11,957 

Canada

  3,566   850   2,562   2,832   9,810 

 

 291193 December 2016 Form 10-K


FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT
Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

   At December 31, 2011 

Country

  Banks   Governments   Other   Total 

United Kingdom

  $13,852   $2   $89,585   $103,439 

Cayman Islands

   766    —       31,169    31,935 

France

   23,561    1,096    4,196    28,853 

Japan

   23,542    436    2,821    26,799 

Germany

   18,674    3,485    1,859    24,018 

Netherlands

   3,508    23    8,826    12,357 

Luxembourg

   1,619    94    6,137    7,850 

Brazil

   149    3,398    2,165    5,712 

Australia

   2,008    557    1,414    3,979 

Italy

   881    1,463    539    2,883 

(1)Other includes Non-banking financial institutions and others in the 2013 presentation.

   At December 31, 2015 
$ in millions Banks  Governments  Non-banking
Financial
Institutions
  Other  Total 
Country:     

United Kingdom

 $9,556  $36  $53,039  $11,273  $73,904 

Japan

  6,784   9,903   18,432   9,076   44,195 

France

  15,321   18   7,217   6,087   28,643 

Cayman Islands

  349      19,582   4,848   24,779 

Germany

  5,089   6,516   4,240   6,158   22,003 

Ireland

  411   3   7,058   5,387   12,859 

Switzerland

  1,430   501   719   7,794   10,444 

Canada

  2,667   2,328   3,068   2,354   10,417 

India

  2,514   355   770   5,620   9,259 

Singapore

  2,185   5,980   36   770   8,971 

Netherlands

  669      4,244   3,542   8,455 

China

  1,999   1,134   914   4,431   8,478 
   At December 31, 2014 
$ in millions Banks  Governments  Non-banking
Financial
Institutions
  Other  Total 
Country:     

United Kingdom

 $8,514  $948  $50,855  $9,170  $69,487 

Cayman Islands

  144      38,223   5,249   43,616 

Japan

  14,860   5,645   15,814   7,162   43,481 

France

  18,838   218   2,349   5,591   26,996 

Germany

  6,650   6,679   3,991   3,304   20,624 

Singapore

  2,117   7,761   18   788   10,684 

China

  1,738   3,259   64   5,546   10,607 

Canada

  2,741   286   4,261   2,694   9,982 

South Korea

  149   6,081   721   3,012   9,963 

Ireland

  304   20   5,793   3,203   9,320 

Netherlands

  910      3,509   3,890   8,309 

For cross-border exposure including derivative contracts that exceeds 0.75% but does not exceed 1% of the Company’sFirm’s consolidated assets, Ireland, SwitzerlandSouth Korea, Singapore and ChinaBrazil had a total cross-border exposure of $20,534$22,927 million at December 31, 2013, Saudi Arabia2016; South Korea, Spain and SingaporeAustralia had a total cross-border exposure of $12,848$20,527 million at December 31, 2012,2015; and Korea, Singapore, CanadaSaudi Arabia, Switzerland, Luxembourg and certain other countriesAustralia had a total cross-border exposure of $26,908$28,637 million at December 31, 2011.2014.

 

December 2016 Form 10-K 292194 


Item 9.Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and ProceduresControls and Procedures.

Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.

Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Exchange Act Rule13a-15(e). Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this annual report.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’sFirm’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).

Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

 

Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;Firm;

 

Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,U.S. GAAP, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of the Company’sFirm’s management and directors; and

 

Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’sFirm’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013.2016. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) inInternal Control-Integrated Framework (1992)(2013). Based on management’s assessment and those criteria, management believes that the CompanyFirm maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013.

2016.

The Company’sFirm’s independent registered public accounting firm has audited and issued a report on the Company’sFirm’s internal control over financial reporting, which appears below.

 

 293195 December 2016 Form 10-K


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Morgan Stanley:

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Morgan Stanley and subsidiaries (the “Company”“Firm”) as of December 31, 2013,2016, based on criteria established inInternal Control—Integrated Framework (1992)(2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’sFirm’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’sFirm’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally

accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the CompanyFirm maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013,2016, based on the criteria established inInternal Control—Integrated Framework (1992)(2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements of the CompanyFirm as of December 31, 2013, and for the year then ended December 31, 2016 and our report dated February 25, 201427, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York

February 25, 201427, 2017

 

December 2016 Form 10-K 294196 


Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

Reporting

No change in the Company’sFirm’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule13a-15(f)) occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 20132016 that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’sFirm’s internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information.Information

None.

Not applicable.

295


Part III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate GovernanceDirectors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

Information relating to the Company’sFirm’s directors and nominees under the following captions in the Company’sFirm’s definitive proxy statement for its 20142017 annual meeting of shareholders (“Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement”) is incorporated by reference herein.

“Item 1—Election of Directors—Director Nominees”

“Item 1—Election of Directors—Corporate Governance—Board Meetings and Committees”

“Item 1—Election of Directors—Beneficial Ownership of Company Common Stock—Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance”

Information relating to the Company’sFirm’s executive officers is contained in Part I, Item 1 of this report under “Executive Officers of Morgan Stanley.”

Morgan Stanley’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct applies to all directors, officers and employees, including its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Deputy Chief Financial Officer. You can find our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct on our internet site,www.morganstanley.com/about/company/governance/about-us-governance/ethics.html. We will post any amendments to the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, and any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the rules of either the SECU.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or the NYSE,New York Stock Exchange LLC, on our internet site.

Item 11. Executive CompensationExecutive Compensation.

Information relating to director and executive officer compensation under the following captions in Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein.

Item 1—Election12. Security Ownership of Directors—Executive Compensation”

“Item 1—Election of Directors—Corporate Governance—Director Compensation”

Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

296


Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

Equity Compensation Plan Information.The following table provides information about outstanding awards and shares of common stock available for future awards under all of Morgan Stanley’s relating to equity compensation plans asand security ownership of December 31, 2013.certain beneficial owners and management in Morgan Stanley has not made any grants of common stock outside of its equity compensation plans.Stanley’s Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

   (a)   (b)   (c) 

Plan Category

  Number of securities to be issued
upon exercise of
outstanding options, warrants
and rights
(#)(1)
   Weighted-average exercise
price of outstanding options,
warrants and rights

($)(2)
   Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding securities
reflected in column (a))
(#)
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

   169,757,711     49.3974     107,080,353(3) 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

   1,482,390     —       —  (4) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   171,240,101     49.3974     107,080,353  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions in Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein.

(1)Amounts include outstanding stock option, restricted stock unit and performance stock unit awards. The number of outstanding performance stock unit awards is based on the target number of units granted to senior executives.
(2)Amounts reflect the weighted-average exercise price with respect to outstanding stock options and does not take into account outstanding restricted stock units and performance stock units, which do not provide for an exercise price.
(3)Amount includes the following:

Information regarding director independence in Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein.

(a)39,182,870 shares available under the Morgan Stanley Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). Pursuant to this plan, which is qualified under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code, eligible employees were permitted to purchase shares of common stock at a discount to market price through regular payroll deduction. The Compensation, Management Development and Succession (“CMDS”) Committee approved the discontinuation of the ESPP, effective June 1, 2009, such that no further contributions to the plan will be permitted following such date, until such time as the CMDS Committee determines to recommence contributions under the plan.
(b)61,388,699 shares available under the 2007 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan. Awards may consist of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock (or the value thereof), performance-based units, other awards that are valued by reference to or otherwise based on the fair market value of common stock, and other equity-based or equity-related awards approved by the CMDS Committee.
(c)5,579,314 shares available under the Employee Equity Accumulation Plan, which includes 732,857 shares available for awards of restricted stock and restricted stock units. Awards may consist of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock (or the value thereof), other awards that are valued by reference to or otherwise based on the fair market value of common stock, and other equity-based or equity-related awards approved by the CMDS Committee.
(d)355,243 shares available under the Tax Deferred Equity Participation Plan. Awards consist of restricted stock units, which are settled by the delivery of shares of common stock.
(e)574,227 shares available under the Directors’ Equity Capital Accumulation Plan. This plan provides for periodic awards of shares of common stock and stock units to non-employee directors and also allows non-employee directors to defer the cash fees they earn for services as a director in the form of stock units.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

(4)As of December 31, 2013, no shares remained available for future issuance under the Financial Advisor and Investment Representative Compensation Plan (“FAIRCP”), which was terminated effective December 31, 2011, and the Morgan Stanley 2009 Replacement Equity Incentive Compensation Plan for Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Employees (“REICP”), which was terminated effective December 31, 2012. However, awards remained outstanding under these plans as of December 31, 2013. The material features of the FAIRCP and the REICP, which were not approved by shareholders under SEC rules, are as follows:

Information regarding principal accountant fees and services in Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein.

(a)FAIRCP: Financial advisors and investment representatives in the Wealth Management business segment were eligible to receive awards under FAIRCP in the form of cash, restricted stock and restricted stock units settled by the delivery of shares of common stock.

 

 297197 December 2016 Form 10-K


(b)REICP: REICP was adopted in connection with the Wealth Management JV and without stockholder approval pursuant to the employment inducement award exception under the New York Stock Exchange Corporate Governance Listing Standards. The equity awards granted pursuant to the REICP were limited to awards to induce certain Citigroup Inc. (“Citi”) employees to join the new Wealth Management JV by replacing the value of Citi awards that were forfeited in connection with the employees’ transfer of employment to the Wealth Management business segment. Awards under the REICP were authorized in the form of restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, stock options and restricted stock and other forms of stock-based awards.

The foregoing descriptions do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the FAIRCP and REICP plan documents which, along with all plans under which awards were available for grant in 2013, are included as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

* * *

Other information relating to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is set forth under the caption “Item 1—Election of Directors—Beneficial Ownership of Company Common Stock” in Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement and such information is incorporated by reference herein.

Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions under the following caption in Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein.

“Item 1—Election of Directors—Corporate Governance—Related Person Transactions Policy”

“Item 1—Election of Directors—Corporate Governance—Certain Transactions”

Information regarding director independence under the following caption in Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein.

“Item 1—Election of Directors—Corporate Governance—Director Independence”

Item 14.Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

Information regarding principal accountant fees and services under the following caption in Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein.

“Item 2—Ratification of Appointment of Morgan Stanley’s Independent Auditor” (excluding the information under the subheading “Audit Committee Report”)

 298


Part IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

Documents filed as part of this report.report

 

The consolidated financial statements required to be filed in this Annual Report on Form10-K are included in Part II, Item 8 hereof.

 

An exhibit index has been filed as part of this report beginning on pageE-1 and is incorporated herein by reference.reference herein.

Item 16. Form10-K Summary

None.

 

December 2016 Form 10-K 299198 


Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on February 25, 2014.27, 2017.

 

MORGAN STANLEYMORGAN STANLEY

(REGISTRANT)(REGISTRANT)

By:

 

/s/S/ JAMES P. GORMAN

 

(James P. Gorman)

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned, hereby severally constitute Ruth Porat,Jonathan Pruzan, Eric F. Grossman and Martin M. Cohen, and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys with full power to them and each of them to sign for us, and in our names in the capacities indicated below, any and all amendments to the Annual Report on Form10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming our signatures as they may be signed by our said attorneys to any and all amendments to said Annual Report on Form10-K.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on the 25th27th day of February, 2014.2017.

 

Signature

  

Title

/S/ JAMES P. GORMAN

(James P. Gorman)

  

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

/S/ RJUTHONATHAN PORAT        RUZAN

(Ruth Porat)Jonathan Pruzan)

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

/S/ PAUL C. WIRTH

(Paul C. Wirth)

  

Deputy Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/S/ ERSKINE B. BOWLES

(Erskine B. Bowles)

  Director

/S/ HAOWARDLISTAIR J. DAVIES        ARLING

(Howard J. Davies)Alistair Darling)

  Director

/S/ THOMAS H. GLOCER

(Thomas H. Glocer)

  Director

/S/ ROBERT H. HERZ

(Robert H. Herz)

  Director

/S/ C. RNOBERTOBUYUKI KHIDDER        IRANO

(C. Robert Kidder)Nobuyuki Hirano)

  Director

/S/ KLAUS KLEINFELD

(Klaus Kleinfeld)

  Director

/S/ JAMI MISCIK

(Jami Miscik)

Director

/S/ DENNIS M. NALLY

(Dennis M. Nally)

Director

 

 S-1 December 2016 Form 10-K


Signature

  

Title

/S/ DONALD T. NICOLAISEN

(Donald T. Nicolaisen)

  Director

/S/ HUTHAM S. OLAYAN

(Hutham S. Olayan)

  Director

/S/ JAMES W. OWENS

(James W. Owens)

  Director

/S/    O. GRIFFITH SEXTON        

(O. Griffith Sexton)

Director

/S/ RYOSUKE TAMAKOSHI

(Ryosuke Tamakoshi)

  Director

/S/ MPASAAKIERRY M. TANAKA        RAQUINA

(Masaaki Tanaka)Perry M. Traquina)

  Director

/S/    LAURA D’ANDREA TYSON        

(Laura D’Andrea Tyson)

Director

/S/ RAYFORD WILKINS, JR.

(Rayford Wilkins, Jr.)

  Director

 

December 2016 Form 10-K S-2 


 

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

EXHIBITS TO FORM10-K

For the year ended December 31, 2016

Commission FileNo. 1-11758

 

 

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

EXHIBITS TO FORM 10-K

For the year ended December 31, 2013

Commission File No. 1-11758


Exhibit Index

Certain of the following exhibits, as indicated parenthetically, were previously filed as exhibits to registration statements filed by Morgan Stanley or its predecessor companies under the Securities Act or to reports or registration statements filed by Morgan Stanley or its predecessor companies under the Exchange Act and are hereby incorporated by reference to such statements or reports. Morgan Stanley’s Exchange Act file number is1-11758. The Exchange Act file number of Morgan Stanley Group Inc., a predecessor company (“MSG”), was1-9085.1(1)

 

Exhibit
No.

 

Description

  2.1Amended and Restated Joint Venture Contribution and Formation Agreement dated as of May 29, 2009 by and among Citigroup Inc. and Morgan Stanley and Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Holdings LLC (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 29, 2009).
  2.2Integration and Investment Agreement dated as of March 30, 2010 by and between Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. and Morgan Stanley (Exhibit 2.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2011).
  3.13.1* Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Morgan Stanley, as amended to date (Exhibit 3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009), as amended by the Certificate of Elimination of Series B Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock (Exhibit 3.1 Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 20, 2011), as amended by the Certificate of Merger of Domestic Corporations dated December 29, 2011 (Exhibit 3.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012), as amended by the Certificate of Designation of Preferences and Rights of the Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series E (Exhibit 2.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated September 27, 2013), as amended by the Certificate of Designation of Preferences and Rights of the Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series F (Exhibit 2.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated December 9, 2013).date.
3.2 Amended and Restated Bylaws of Morgan Stanley, as amended to date (Exhibit 3.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form8-K dated March 9, 2010)October 29, 2015).
4.1 Indenture dated as of February 24, 1993 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on FormS-3 (No.33-57202)).
4.2 Amended and Restated Senior Indenture dated as of May 1, 1999 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit4-e to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement onForm S-3/A (No.333-75289) as amended by Fourth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of October 8, 2007 (Exhibit 4.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).
4.3 Senior Indenture dated as of November 1, 2004 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit4-f to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on FormS-3/A (No.333-117752), as amended by First Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of September 4, 2007 (Exhibit 4.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007), Second Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of January 4, 2008 (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form8-K dated January 4, 2008), Third Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of September 10, 2008 (Exhibit 4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2008), Fourth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of December 1, 2008 (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form8-K dated December 1, 2008), Fifth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of April 1, 2009 (Exhibit 4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009), Sixth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of September 16, 2011 (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011), Seventh Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of November 21, 2011 (Exhibit 4.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011), Eighth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of May 4, 2012 (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012), Ninth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of March 10, 2014 (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2014) and Tenth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of January 11, 2017 (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form8-K dated January 11, 2017).
4.4The Unit Agreement Without Holders’ Obligations, dated as of August 29, 2008, between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Unit Agent, as Trustee and Paying Agent under the Senior Indenture referred to therein and as Warrant Agent under the Warrant Agreement referred to therein (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form8-K dated August 29, 2008).
4.5Amended and Restated Subordinated Indenture dated as of May 1, 1999 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit4-f to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement onForm S-3/A (No.333-75289)).
4.6Subordinated Indenture dated as of October 1, 2004 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit4-g to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on FormS-3/A(No. 333-117752)).
4.7Junior Subordinated Indenture dated as of March 1, 1998 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 1998).

 

(1)

For purposes of this Exhibit Index, references to “The Bank of New York” mean in some instances the entity successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. or J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association; references to “JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.” mean the entity formerly known as The Chase Manhattan Bank, in some instances as the successor to Chemical Bank; references to “J.P. Morgan Trust Company, N.A.” mean the entity formerly known as Bank One Trust Company, N.A., as successor to The First National Bank of Chicago.

E-1


Exhibit
No.

  

Description

(Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 1, 2008), Fifth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of April 1, 2009 (Exhibit 4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009), Sixth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of September 16, 2011 (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011), Seventh Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of November 21, 2011 (Exhibit 4.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011) and Eighth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of May 4, 2012 (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012).
  4.4The Unit Agreement Without Holders’ Obligations, dated as of August 29, 2008, between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Unit Agent, as Trustee and Paying Agent under the Senior Indenture referred to therein and as Warrant Agent under the Warrant Agreement referred to therein (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 29, 2008).
  4.5Amended and Restated Subordinated Indenture dated as of May 1, 1999 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4-f to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (No. 333-75289)).
  4.6Subordinated Indenture dated as of October 1, 2004 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4-g to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A(No. 333-117752)).
  4.7Junior Subordinated Indenture dated as of March 1, 1998 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 1998).

4.8

  Junior Subordinated Indenture dated as of October 1, 2004 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit4-ww to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on FormS-3/A (No.A(No. 333-117752)).

4.9

  Junior Subordinated Indenture dated as of October 12, 2006 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form8-K dated October 12, 2006).

4.10

  Deposit Agreement dated as of July 6, 2006 among Morgan Stanley, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts described therein (Exhibit 4.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2006).

4.11

Form of Deposit Agreement among Morgan Stanley, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts representing interests in the Series A Preferred Stock described therein (Exhibit 2.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form8-A dated July 5, 2006).

4.12

  Depositary Receipt for Depositary Shares, representing Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A (included in Exhibit 4.104.11 hereto).
  4.12

4.13

  Amended and Restated TrustForm of Deposit Agreement of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust III dated as of February 27, 2003 among Morgan Stanley, as depositor, The Bank of New York as property trustee,Mellon and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts representing interests in the Series E Preferred Stock described therein (Exhibit 2.6 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form8-A dated September 27, 2013).

4.14

Depositary Receipt for Depositary Shares, representingFixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series E (included in Exhibit 4.13 hereto).

4.15

Form of Deposit Agreement among Morgan Stanley, The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware trustee,Mellon and the administrators namedholders from time to time of the depositary receipts representing interests in the Series F Preferred stock described therein (Exhibit 42.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly ReportRegistration Statement on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2003)8-A dated December 9, 2013).
  4.13

4.16

  Amended and Restated TrustDepositary Receipt for Depositary Shares, representingFixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series F (included in Exhibit 4.15 hereto).

4.17

Form of Deposit Agreement of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust IV dated as of April 21, 2003 among Morgan Stanley, as depositor, The Bank of New York as property trustee,Mellon and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts representing interests in the Series G Preferred stock described therein (Exhibit 2.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form8-A dated April 28, 2014).

4.18

Depositary Receipt for Depositary Shares, representing 6.625%Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series G (included in Exhibit 4.17 hereto).

4.19

Form of Deposit Agreement among Morgan Stanley, The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware TrusteeMellon and the administrators namedholders from time to time of the depositary receipts representing interests in the Series H Preferred stock described therein (Exhibit 44.6 to Morgan Stanley’s QuarterlyCurrent Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2003)8-K dated April 29, 2014).
  4.14

4.20

  Amended and Restated TrustDepositary Receipt for Depositary Shares, representingFixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series H (included in Exhibit 4.19 hereto).

4.21

Form of Deposit Agreement of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust V dated as of July 16, 2003 among Morgan Stanley, as depositor, The Bank of New York as property trustee,Mellon and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts representing interests in the Series I Preferred stock described therein (Exhibit 2.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form8-A dated September 17, 2014).

4.22

Depositary Receipt for Depositary Shares, representingFixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series I (included in Exhibit 4.21 hereto).

4.23

Form of Deposit Agreement among Morgan Stanley, The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware trusteeMellon and the administrators named therein (Exhibit 4holders from time to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q fortime of the quarter ended August 31, 2003).
  4.15Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VI dated as of January 26, 2006 among Morgan Stanley, as depositor, The Bank of New York, as property trustee, The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware trustee anddepositary receipts representing interests in the administrators named therein (Exhibit 4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2006).

E-2


Exhibit
No.

Description

  4.16Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VII dated as of October 12, 2006 among Morgan Stanley, as depositor, The Bank of New York, as property trustee, The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware trustee and the administrators namedSeries J Preferred Stock described therein (Exhibit 4.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form8-K dated October 12, 2006)March 18, 2015).
  4.17

4.24

  Depositary Receipt for Depositary Shares, representingFixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series J (included in Exhibit 4.23 hereto).
Amended and Restated Trust

4.25

Form of Deposit Agreement of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VIII dated as of April 26, 2007 among Morgan Stanley, as depositor, The Bank of New York as property trustee, The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware trusteeMellon and the administrators namedholders from time to time of the depositary receipts representing interests in the Series K Preferred Stock described therein (Exhibit 4.32.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K8-A dated April 26, 2007)January 30, 2017).

4.26

  4.18Depositary Receipt for Depositary Shares, representingFixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series K (included in Exhibit 4.25 hereto).

Exhibit No.

  

Description

4.27  

  Instruments defining the Rights of Security Holders, Including Indentures—Except as set forth in Exhibits 4.1 through 4.174.18 above, the instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt securities of Morgan Stanley and its subsidiaries are omitted pursuant to Section (b)(4)(iii) of Item 601 of RegulationS-K. Morgan Stanley hereby agrees to furnish copies of these instruments to the SECU.S. Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

10.1

  Amended and Restated Trust Agreement dated as of October 18, 2011 by and between Morgan Stanley and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011).

10.2

Transaction Agreement dated as of April 21, 2011 between Morgan Stanley and Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 21, 2011).
10.3

  Amended and Restated Investor Agreement dated as of June 30, 2011 by and between Morgan Stanley and Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form8-K dated June 30, 2011), as amended by Third Amendment, dated October 3, 2013 (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013) and Fourth Amendment, dated April 6, 2016 (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2016).
10.4†

10.3†  

  Morgan Stanley 401(k) Plan, amended and restated as of January 1, 2013 (Exhibit 10.6 to Morgan Stanley Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012), as amended by Amendment (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013), Amendment (Exhibit 10.6 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013). Amendment (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014) and Amendment (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015).
10.5†

10.4†*

  Amendment to Morgan Stanley 401(k) Plan, dated as of December 20, 2013.13, 2016.
10.6†Amendment to Morgan Stanley 401(k) Savings Plan, dated as of December 20, 2013.
10.7†1994 Omnibus Equity Plan as amended and restated (Exhibit 10.23 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2003) as amended by Amendment (Exhibit 10.11 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2006).
10.8†

10.5†  

  Tax Deferred Equity Participation Plan as amended and restated as of November 26, 2007 (Exhibit 10.9 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).
10.9†

10.6†  

  Directors’ Equity Capital Accumulation Plan as amended and restated as of March 22, 2012 (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 15, 2012).
10.10†Select Employees’ Capital Accumulation Program as amended and restated as of May 7, 2008August 1, 2016 (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2008)June 30, 2016).
10.11†Form of Term Sheet under the Select Employees’ Capital Accumulation Program (Exhibit 10.9 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2008).
10.12†

10.7†  

  Employees’ Equity Accumulation Plan as amended and restated as of November 26, 2007 (Exhibit 10.12 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).

E-3


Exhibit
No.
10.8†  

Description

10.13†  Employee Stock Purchase Plan as amended and restated as of February 1, 2009 (Exhibit 10.20 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008).
10.14†

10.9†  

  Morgan Stanley Supplemental Executive Retirement and Excess Plan, amended and restated effective December 31, 2008 (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009) as amended by Amendment (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009), Amendment (Exhibit 10.19 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010) and, Amendment (Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2011) and Amendment (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014).
10.15†

10.10†

  1995 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan (Annex A to MSG’s Proxy Statement for its 1996 Annual Meeting of Stockholders) as amended by Amendment (Exhibit 10.39 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2000), Amendment (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2005), Amendment (Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2006), Amendment (Exhibit 10.24 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2006) and Amendment (Exhibit 10.22 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).
10.16†Form of Equity Incentive Compensation Plan Award Certificate (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2004).
10.17†

10.11†

  Form of Management Committee Equity Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Award of Stock Units and Stock Options (Exhibit 10.30 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2006).
10.18†

10.12†

  Form of Deferred Compensation Agreement under thePre-Tax Incentive Program 2 (Exhibit 10.12 to MSG’s Annual Report for the fiscal year ended November 30, 1996).
10.19†

10.13†

  Key Employee Private Equity Recognition Plan (Exhibit 10.43 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2000).

Exhibit No.

Description

10.20†

10.14†

  Morgan Stanley Financial Advisor and Investment Representative Compensation Plan as amended and restated as of November 26, 2007 (Exhibit 10.34 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).
10.21†

10.15†

  Morgan Stanley UK Share Ownership Plan (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on FormS-8 (No.333-146954)).
10.22†

10.16†

  Supplementary Deed of Participation for the Morgan Stanley UK Share Ownership Plan, dated as of November 5, 2009 (Exhibit 10.36 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009).
10.23†

10.17†

  Aircraft Time Sharing Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2010, by and between Corporate Services Support Corp. and James P. Gorman (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010).
10.24†

10.18†

  Agreement between Morgan Stanley and James P. Gorman, dated August 16, 2005, and amendment dated December 17, 2008 (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010), as amended by Amendment (Exhibit 10.25 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013).
10.25†Amendment to Agreement between Morgan Stanley and James P. Gorman, effective as of December 19, 2013.
10.26†Agreement between Morgan Stanley and Gregory J. Fleming, dated February 3, 2010 (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011).
10.27†

10.19†

  Form of Restrictive Covenant Agreement (Exhibit 10 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report onForm 8-K dated November 22, 2005).

E-4


Exhibit
No.
10.20†

Description

10.28†Morgan Stanley Performance Formula and Provisions (Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2006).
10.29†  Morgan Stanley Performance Formula and Provisions (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form8-K dated May 14, 2013).
10.30†

10.21†

  2007 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended and restated as of March 21, 201324, 2016 (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form8-K dated May 14, 2013)17, 2016).
10.31†

10.22†

  Morgan Stanley 2006 Notional LeveragedCo-Investment Plan, as amended and restated as of November 28, 2008 (Exhibit 10.47 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008).
10.32†

10.23†

  Form of Award Certificate under the 2006 Notional LeveragedCo-Investment Plan (Exhibit 10.7 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2008).
10.33†

10.24†

  Morgan Stanley 2007 Notional LeveragedCo-Investment Plan, amended as of June 4, 2009 (Exhibit 10.6 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009).
10.34†

10.25†

  Form of Award Certificate under the 2007 Notional LeveragedCo-Investment Plan for Certain Management Committee Members (Exhibit 10.8 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2008).
10.35†Governmental Service Amendment to Outstanding Stock Option and Stock Unit Awards (replacing and superseding in its entirety Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2007) (Exhibit 10.41 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).
10.36†Amendment to Outstanding Stock Option and Stock Unit Awards (Exhibit 10.53 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008).
10.37†

10.26†

  Morgan Stanley Compensation Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.54 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008).
10.38†

10.27†

  Form of Executive Waiver (Exhibit 10.55 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008).
10.39†Form of Executive Letter Agreement (Exhibit 10.56 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008).
10.40†Morgan Stanley 2009 Replacement Equity Incentive Compensation Plan for Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Employees (Exhibit 4.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-8(S-8(No. 333-159504)).
10.41†Form of Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Awards of Stock Units (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011).
10.42†Form of Award Certificate for Performance Stock Units (Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011).
10.43†

10.28†

  Form of Award Certificate for Special Discretionary Retention Awards of Stock Options (Exhibit 10.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011).
10.44†

10.29†

  Morgan Stanley Schedule ofNon-Employee Directors Annual Compensation, effective as of May 17, 2011 (Exhibit 10.59 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011).
10.45†Form of Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Awards of Stock Units (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012).
10.46†Form of Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Awards under the Morgan Stanley Compensation Incentive Plan Deferred Bonus ProgramAugust 1, 2016 (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012).

E-5


Exhibit
No.

Description

10.47†Form of Award Certificate for Performance Stock Units (Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012)June 30, 2016).
10.48†

10.30†

  Memorandum to Colm Kelleher Regarding Repatriation to London (Exhibit 10.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012).
10.49†

10.31†

  Morgan Stanley U.S. Tax Equalization Program (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012).
10.50†Change of Employment Status and Release Agreement between Morgan Stanley and Paul J. Taubman, dated January 3, 2013 (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013).
10.51†

10.32†

  Morgan Stanley UK Limited Alternative Retirement Plan, dated as of October 8, 2009 (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013).
10.52†Form of Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Awards under the Morgan Stanley Compensation Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013).
10.53†Form of Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Awards of Stock Units (Exhibit 10.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013).
10.54†

10.33†

  Form of Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Awards of Stock Options (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013).

Exhibit No.

Description

10.55†

10.34†  

  Agreement between Morgan Stanley and Colm Kelleher, dated January 5, 2015 (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2015).

10.35†  

Description of Operating Committee Medical Coverage (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2015).

10.36†  

Form of Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Awards of Stock Units (Exhibit 10.38 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2015).

10.37†  

Form of Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Awards under the Morgan Stanley Compensation Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.39 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2015).

10.38†  

  Form of Award Certificate for Long-Term Incentive Program Awards (Exhibit 10.610.40 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2015).

10.39†  

Agreement between Morgan Stanley and Gregory J. Fleming, dated January 22, 2016 (Exhibit 10.41 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2015).

10.40†  

Memorandum to Colm Kelleher Regarding Relocation to New York, dated February 25, 2016 (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013)2016).

10.41†*

12Agreement between Morgan Stanley and James A. Rosenthal, dated January 17, 2017.

12*       

  Statement Re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends.
21

21*      

  Subsidiaries of Morgan Stanley.
23.1

23.1*   

  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.

24

  Powers of Attorney (included on signature page).
31.1

31.1*   

  Rule13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer.
31.2

31.2*   

  Rule13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer.
32.1*

32.1*

  Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer.
32.2*

32.2*

  Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer.

101

  Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of RegulationS-T: (i) the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition—December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Income—Income Statements—Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2013,2016, December 31, 20122015 and December 31, 2011, (iii)2014, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income—Income Statements—Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2013,2016, December 31, 20122015 and December 31, 2011, (iv)2014, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—Twelve Months Ended Balance Sheets—December 31, 2013, December 31, 20122016 and December 31, 2011, (v)2015, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity—Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2013,2016, December 31, 2012,2015 and December 31, 2011,2014, (iv) the Consolidated Cash Flow Statements—Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

*

Filed herewith.

**

Furnished herewith.

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this Form10-K pursuant to Item 15(b).

 

E-6

E-5